Table of Contents

As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2021

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   3674   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Tel: +44 (0) 1865 292017

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Copies to:

 

James J. Masetti

Davina K. Kaile

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2550 Hanover St

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 233-4500

 

Carl Marcellino

Elizabeth Todd

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

(617) 951-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective and all other conditions to the business combination described in the enclosed prospectus/proxy statement have been satisfied or waived.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer

     Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  ☐

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  ☐


Table of Contents

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

registered(1)

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per share

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee(13)

Ordinary Shares(2)

  22,812,500   $10.10(8)   $230,406,250.00   $25,137.33

Ordinary Shares(3)(7)

  42,232,715   $4.77(9)   $201,576,000.00   $21,991.94

Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of options(4)(7)

  7,207,044   $4.94(10)   $35,602,797.36   $3,884.27

Warrants(5)(7)

  14,075,000   —     (12)   —  

Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants(6)(7)

  14,075,000   $11.50(11)   $161,862,500.00   $17,659.20

Aggregate Fee

              $68,672.74(14)

 

 

(1)

All securities being registered will be issued by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“HoldCo”). In connection with the Business Combination described in this registration statement and the enclosed prospectus/proxy statement (the “Business Combination”), among others, (a) the holders of ordinary shares with a nominal value of £0.00001 per share (the “Rockley ordinary shares”) in the capital of Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (“Rockley”), will exchange their Rockley ordinary shares for ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of HoldCo (the “HoldCo ordinary shares”), by means of a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended, and Rockley will become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, (b) the holders of options exercisable for Rockley ordinary shares (the “Rockley options”) will be invited to rollover their Rockley options for options exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares (“HoldCo options”), and (c) Rockley Mergersub Limited, a newly formed subsidiary of HoldCo (“Merger Sub”), will be merged (the “Merger”) with and into SC Health Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SC Health”), and all of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health (“SC Health Class A ordinary shares”) and Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00008 per share, of SC Health (the SC Health Class B ordinary shares” and, together with the SC Health Class A ordinary shares, the “SC Health ordinary shares”) will be exchanged for HoldCo ordinary shares, and all of the outstanding warrants to purchase SC Health Class A ordinary shares with a per share exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “SC Health warrants”) will be converted into the right to receive warrants to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares with a per share exercise price of $11.50 per share (“HoldCo warrants”).

(2)

Consists of 22,812,500 HoldCo ordinary shares issuable in exchange for SC Health ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

(3)

Consists of 42,232,715 HoldCo ordinary shares issuable in exchange for Rockley ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, estimated on the basis of 33,664,977 Rockley ordinary shares outstanding, 7,581,910 Rockley ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of Rockley’s outstanding convertible loan notes prior to the closing of the Business Combination and 985,828 Rockley ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of Rockley’s outstanding warrants prior to the closing of the Business Combination, in each case, estimated on the basis of securities outstanding as of the date hereof and assuming the consummation of the Business Combination.

(4)

Consists of 7,207,044 HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of HoldCo options to be issued in exchange for outstanding Rockley options in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

(5)

Consists of 14,075,000 HoldCo warrants issuable in exchange for SC Health warrants outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

(6)

Consists of 14,075,000 HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of HoldCo warrants. Each HoldCo warrant will entitle the warrant holder to purchase one HoldCo ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment.

(7)

Pursuant to Rule 416(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(8)

Pursuant to Rules 457(c) and 457(f)(1) under the Securities Act, and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed aggregate maximum offering price is the product of (i) $10.10, the average of the high and low prices of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on March 30, 2021 multiplied by (ii) 22,812,500, the estimated number of SC Health ordinary shares that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (including the SC Health ordinary shares included in the SC Health units).

(9)

Pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price is equal to the aggregate book value of Rockley ordinary shares as of December 31, 2020.

(10)

Pursuant to Rule 457(h)(1) under the Securities Act and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price is equal to the weighted-average exercise price of the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such options.

(11)

Pursuant to Rule 457(g)(1) under the Securities Act and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the HoldCo ordinary shares underlying the HoldCo warrants is calculated based on an exercise price of $11.50 per share.

(12)

No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.

(13)

Calculated by multiplying the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of securities to be registered by 0.0001091.

(14)

Paid herewith.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus/proxy statement is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be issued until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus/proxy statement is not an offer to sell these securities and does not constitute the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY—SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 2, 2021

LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS OF SC HEALTH CORPORATION

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Dear SC Health Corporation Shareholder:

You are cordially invited to attend an extraordinary general meeting of SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company (“SC Health”), which will be held on                 , 2021 at                , local Singapore time, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900 (the “General Meeting”).

On March 19, 2021, SC Health, Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company” or “Rockley”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“HoldCo”), and Rockley Mergersub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (Merger Sub), entered into a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which several transactions will occur (together, the “Business Combination”), and in connection therewith, HoldCo will become the ultimate parent company of the Company and Merger Sub will enter into a merger with SC Health, in which SC Health will be the surviving entity and Merger Sub, as the merging entity will cease to exist (the “Merger”).

At the General Meeting, SC Health shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal, as (i) an ordinary resolution (the “BCA Proposal” or “Proposal No. 1”), to approve the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex A, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination, (ii) a special resolution to approve a plan of merger between SC Health and Merger Sub in the form tabled at the General Meeting, which will be in the form set forth in the Business Combination Agreement (the “Plan of Merger”) and the consummation of the Merger and the remaining transactions contemplated thereby (the “Merger Proposal” or “Proposal No. 2”), (iii) an ordinary resolution (the “Incentive Plan Proposal” or “Proposal No. 3”), to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holding Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H, including the authorization of the share reserve under the 2021 Plan, (iv) an ordinary resolution (the “ESPP Proposal” or “Proposal No. 4”), to approve, assuming the BCA and Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I, including the authorization of the share reserve under the ESPP, and (v) an ordinary resolution (the “Adjournment Proposal” or “Proposal No. 5”), to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from SC Health shareholders in favor of the BCA or the Merger Proposal, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient SC Health ordinary shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SC Health has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to the General Meeting.

 


Table of Contents

As further described in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, among other things:

 

   

the Company will propose a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended (the “UK Companies Act”), as either a transfer scheme or a cancellation scheme pursuant to which the shareholders of the Company will transfer all their ordinary shares, nominal value of £0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Company ordinary shares”) to HoldCo or cancel all of their Company ordinary shares with new Company ordinary shares being issued to HoldCo, in either case in exchange for the same number of ordinary shares of HoldCo, with a par value of $0.00001 per share (the “HoldCo ordinary shares” and the “Equity Scheme”);

 

   

the holders of options (the “Company options”) to purchase Company ordinary shares granted under the Rockley Photonics Limited 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as amended from time to time (the “2013 Plan”) will be invited to rollover their Company options into replacement options for HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

pursuant to a proposed scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the UK Companies Act (i) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a cancellation scheme, the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Scheme Convertible Notes (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) to HoldCo and the Scheme Creditors (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Scheme Convertible Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge the Company from further obligations under the Company Convertible Notes; the consideration for the novation shall be the issuance of an inter-company loan by the Company to HoldCo in an amount equal to the market value of the Scheme Convertible Notes; and (ii) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a transfer scheme, HoldCo proposes to acquire the Scheme Convertible Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration for HoldCo entering into a new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company (the “Creditor Scheme” and together with the Equity Scheme, the “Schemes”);

 

   

the holders of warrants (including conditional warrants) of the Company to purchase Company ordinary shares (the “Company warrants”) (except for certain Company warrants which will be replicated at HoldCo in accordance with their terms) will be notified that their warrants will lapse unless exercised before the Equity Scheme becomes effective;

 

   

as a result of the proposed Initial Exchange, the Company will become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo and following completion of the Schemes (the “Initial Exchange”) and prior to the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo will complete a stock split of the HoldCo ordinary shares at the Exchange Ratio (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) (the “Stock Split” and, together with the Initial Exchange, the “Exchange”); and

 

   

following the consummation of the Exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and in accordance with the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Islands Companies Act”), Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving such merger as a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (the “Merger”) and, in the context of such Merger, all SC Health ordinary shares (as defined below) (other than any SC Health Class A ordinary shares (as defined below) held in treasury by SC Health (the “Excluded Shares”)) outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall be exchanged with HoldCo for the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in the form of HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to a share capital increase of HoldCo, as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Merger in accordance with the Cayman Islands Act, and all SC Health warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be converted, at the Merger Effective Time, into a warrant at the HoldCo level on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

In connection with the foregoing and concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into (i) subscription agreements (the “Investor Subscription


Table of Contents

Agreements”) with certain investors including, among others, SC Health Group Limited (an affiliate of the Sponsor (as defined below)) (the “Institutional PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the Institutional PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell to such Institutional PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 14,790,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for expected gross proceeds of $147,900,000 (as applicable, the “Investor PIPE Financing”) on the date of the Merger prior to the effectiveness thereof and (ii) subscription agreements (the “Individual Subscription Agreements” and, together with the Investor Subscription Agreements, the “Subscription Agreements”) with three individuals (the “Individual PIPE Investors” and, together with the Institutional PIPE Investors, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the Individual PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell to such Individual PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 210,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for expected gross proceeds of $2,100,000 (the “Individual PIPE Financing” and together with the Investor PIPE Financing, the “PIPE Financing”) on the Closing Date prior to the Merger Effective Time. The HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreements have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder. HoldCo will grant the PIPE Investors certain registration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing is contingent upon, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination, and all SC Health warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be converted, at the Merger Effective time into a warrant at the HoldCo level on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Additionally, in connection with their entry into the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health, the Company, Merger Sub, and HoldCo entered into a letter agreement (the “Investor Support Agreement”) with SC Health Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”) pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to vote in favor of the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and any other proposal relating to the transaction on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Investor Support Agreement. In addition, the Sponsor agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares (as defined below) in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

SC Health also entered into a support agreement with the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and certain shareholders of the Company (the “Company Shareholders”), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex C (the “Company Holders Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement, such Company Shareholders agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, vote against certain transactions that would be reasonably expected to impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to ordinary shares of the Company, and do all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transaction contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Holders Support Agreement.

SC Health also entered into a support agreement with the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE, a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex D (the “AR Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the AR Support Agreement, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, vote against certain transactions that would be reasonably expected to impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to ordinary shares of the Company, do all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transaction contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, and vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at a general meeting (or by written consent) of the shareholders of HoldCo, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by HoldCo in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the AR Support Agreement.

In addition to the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal, SC Health shareholders are being asked to consider and vote on a proposal, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates


Table of Contents

(A) in order to solicit additional proxies from SC Health shareholders in favor of the BCA Proposal or the Merger Proposal, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient SC Health ordinary shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting, or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SC Health has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to the General Meeting (the “Adjournment Proposal”). The Adjournment Proposal will only be presented to SC Health shareholders in the event that there are insufficient votes for, or otherwise in connection with, the approval of the BCA Proposal or the Merger Proposal. Each of these proposals is more fully described in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement, which each shareholder is encouraged to read carefully.

Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, (1) each of the then issued and outstanding 5,562,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health (the “SC Health Class B ordinary shares”) will automatically be exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a SC Health Class A ordinary share (as defined below), (2) immediately following the conversion described in clause (1) at the Merger Effective Time, each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health (the “SC Health Class A ordinary shares” and together with the SC Health Class B ordinary shares, the “SC Health ordinary shares”), will automatically be exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, into an ordinary share, with a par value of $0.00001, of HoldCo (the “HoldCo ordinary shares”), (3) each of the then issued and outstanding 8,625,000 redeemable public warrants of SC Health (the “SC Health public warrants” or the “public warrants”) will cease to represent a right to acquire the number of SC Health Class A ordinary shares set forth in such SC Health warrant but will instead convert automatically into one redeemable warrant to purchase one HoldCo ordinary share (the “HoldCo warrants”) pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, dated July 11, 2019 (the “Warrant Agreement”), between SC Health, Sponsor and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“AST” or the “Transfer Agent”), as warrant agent, and (4) each of the then issued and outstanding units of SC Health that have not been previously separated into the underlying SC Health Class A ordinary shares and underlying SC Health warrants upon the request of the holder thereof (the “SC Health units”), will be cancelled and will entitle the holder thereof to one HoldCo ordinary share and one-half of one HoldCo warrant, and (5) each of the then issued and outstanding 5,450,000 private placement warrants of SC Health (the “SC Health private placement warrants” or the “private placement warrants”) will convert automatically into one HoldCo warrant pursuant to the Warrant Agreement. No fractional HoldCo warrants will be issued upon separation of the SC Health units. As used herein, “public shares” shall mean the SC Health Class A ordinary shares (including those that underlie any unit consisting of one SC Health Class A ordinary Share and one-half of one SC Health warrant (the “SC Health units”)) that were registered pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-232240) in connection with SC Health’s initial public offering and the HoldCo ordinary shares issued as a matter of law upon the exchange thereof described above and occurring at the Merger Effective Time.

The SC Health Class A ordinary shares, SC Health units and SC Health warrants are currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “SCPE,” “SCPE.U” and “SCPE.WS.” Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the SC Health securities will be delisted from the NYSE. HoldCo intends to apply to list the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants on the NYSE under the symbols “RKLY” and “RKLY.W,” respectively, upon the closing of the Business Combination. We cannot assure you that the HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants will be approved for listing on the NYSE.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 48 of the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in HoldCo’s securities.

With respect to SC Health and the holders of the SC Health ordinary shares, the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement serves as a:

 

   

proxy statement for the General Meeting of SC Health shareholders being held on                 , 2021, where SC Health shareholders will vote on, among other things, proposals to adopt and approve each


Table of Contents
 

of the Business Combination Agreement and the Plan of Merger, and the transactions contemplated thereby; and

 

   

prospectus for the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants that SC Health shareholders and public warrant holders will receive in the Business Combination.

Pursuant to the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, SC Health is providing its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem, upon the closing of the Business Combination, SC Health Class A ordinary shares then held by them for cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to SC Health to pay income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. Redemptions referred to herein shall take effect as repurchases under the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The per-share amount SC Health will pay to investors who validly redeem their SC Health Class A ordinary shares will not be reduced by the aggregate deferred underwriting commission of $6.0 million that SC Health will pay to the underwriters of the SC Health initial public offering or transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, based on the fair value of marketable securities held in the trust account of approximately $174,545,229 as of March 30, 2021, the estimated per SC Health Class A ordinary share redemption price would have been approximately $10.12. The redemption rights include the requirement that a holder must identify itself in writing as a beneficial holder and provide its legal name, phone number and address to the Transfer Agent in order to validly redeem its shares.

Public shareholders may elect to redeem their shares even if they vote for the BCA Proposal. A public shareholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom he, she or it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, in excess of 20% of the outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares (i.e., in excess of 3,450,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares). Each redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares by SC Health’s public shareholders will reduce the amount in the trust account.

The conditions to closing in the Business Combination Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties thereto and may be waived by such parties. In addition, in no event will SC Health redeem SC Health Class A ordinary shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001, as provided in the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and as required as a closing condition to each party’s obligation to consummate the Business Combination under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. Holders of outstanding SC Health public warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination. Unless otherwise specified, the information in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement assumes that none of SC Health’s public shareholders exercise their redemption rights with respect to their SC Health Class A ordinary shares. For more information about the factors that affect the assumptions above, please see the section entitled “The Business Combination — Ownership of HoldCo.

Sponsor and certain SC Health shareholders (collectively, the “SC Health Initial Shareholders”), as well as SC Health’s officers and other current directors, have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any SC Health ordinary shares they may hold in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. The founder shares that were issued to the SC Health Initial Shareholders (the “Founder Shares”) will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per share redemption price of each SC Health Class A ordinary share that is to be redeemed. Currently, the SC Health Initial Shareholders own 24.1% of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares, including all of the Founder Shares. The Sponsor has agreed to vote any SC Health ordinary shares owned by them in favor of the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated in connection therewith. The Founder Shares are subject to transfer restrictions. The SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association includes a conversion adjustment which provides that the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the Business Combination into a number of SC Health Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the closing of the Business Combination, at a conversion rate that entitles the holders of such Founder Shares to continue to own, in the aggregate, 20% of the


Table of Contents

issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares. However, the SC Health Initial Shareholders have agreed to waive such conversion adjustment pursuant to the Investor Support Agreement. As a result, each remaining Founder Share will be exchanged for one HoldCo ordinary share at Closing, such that the SC Health Initial Shareholders will represent approximately     % of the total number of HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding after giving effect to the closing.

SC Health is providing the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement and accompanying proxy card to its shareholders in connection with the solicitation of proxies to be voted at the General Meeting and at any adjournments or postponements of the General Meeting. Information about the General Meeting, the Business Combination, the Merger and other related business to be considered by the SC Health shareholders at the General Meeting is included in the accompanying registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. Whether or not you plan to attend the General Meeting, all SC Health shareholders are urged to carefully read the accompanying registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, including the Annexes and the accompanying financial statements of SC Health and Rockley carefully and in their entirety. In particular, you are urged to read carefully the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 49 of the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement.

After careful consideration, the SC Health board of directors has approved the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination and the Plan of Merger, and recommends that SC Health shareholders vote “FOR” the BCA Proposal, “FOR” the Merger Proposal, and “FOR” all other proposals presented to SC Health shareholders in the accompanying registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. When you consider the SC board of directors’ recommendation of these proposals, you should keep in mind that certain SC Health directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. Please see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement for additional information.

Approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. Approval of the BCA Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting.

Your vote is very important. Whether or not you plan to attend the General Meeting, please vote as soon as possible by following the instructions in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement to ensure that your shares are represented at the General Meeting. If you hold your shares in “street name” through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to follow the instructions provided to you by your bank, broker or other nominee to ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the General Meeting. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Merger, will be consummated only if both the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are approved at the General Meeting. The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned upon the approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement.

If you sign, date and return your proxy card without indicating how you wish to vote, your proxy will be voted “FOR” each of the proposals presented at the General Meeting. If you fail to return your proxy card or fail to instruct your bank, broker or other nominee how to vote, and do not attend the General Meeting in person, the effect will be, among other things, that your shares will not be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. If you are a shareholder of record and you attend the General Meeting and wish to vote in person, you may withdraw your proxy and vote in person.

TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS, YOU MUST DEMAND IN WRITING THAT SC HEALTH REDEEM YOUR SHARES FOR A PRO RATA PORTION OF THE FUNDS HELD IN THE TRUST ACCOUNT AND TENDER YOUR SHARES TO THE TRANSFER AGENT AT LEAST TWO BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE INITIALLY SCHEDULED VOTE AT THE GENERAL MEETING. THE


Table of Contents

REDEMPTION RIGHTS INCLUDE THE REQUIREMENT THAT A HOLDER MUST IDENTIFY HIMSELF, HERSELF OR ITSELF IN WRITING AS A BENEFICIAL HOLDER AND PROVIDE HIS, HER OR ITS LEGAL NAME, PHONE NUMBER AND ADDRESS TO THE TRANSFER AGENT IN ORDER TO VALIDLY REDEEM HIS, HER OR ITS SHARES. YOU MAY TENDER YOUR SHARES BY EITHER DELIVERING YOUR SHARE CERTIFICATE TO THE TRANSFER AGENT OR BY DELIVERING YOUR SHARES ELECTRONICALLY USING THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY’S DWAC (DEPOSIT WITHDRAWAL AT CUSTODIAN) SYSTEM. IF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION IS NOT COMPLETED, THEN THESE SHARES WILL NOT BE REDEEMED FOR CASH. IF YOU HOLD THE SHARES IN STREET NAME, YOU WILL NEED TO INSTRUCT THE ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE AT YOUR BANK OR BROKER TO WITHDRAW THE SHARES FROM YOUR ACCOUNT IN ORDER TO EXERCISE YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS.

On behalf of SC Health’s board of directors, I would like to thank you for your support of SC Health and look forward to the successful completion of the Business Combination.

Sincerely,

Angelo John Coloma

Chief Executive Officer and Director

                , 2021


Table of Contents

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT, PASSED UPON THE MERITS OR FAIRNESS OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION OR RELATED TRANSACTIONS OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURE IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY CONSTITUTES A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The accompanying prospectus/proxy statement is dated                 , 2021, and is expected to be first mailed or otherwise delivered to SC Health shareholders on or about                 , 2021.


Table of Contents

NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

OF SC HEALTH CORPORATION

TO BE HELD                 , 2021

To the Shareholders of SC Health Corporation:

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that an extraordinary general meeting of SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“SC Health”), will be held on                  , 2021 at                , local Singapore time, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900 (the “General Meeting”). You are cordially invited to attend the General Meeting to conduct the following items of business and/or consider, and if thought fit, approve the following resolutions:

 

1.

BCA Proposal RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “BCA Proposal” or “Proposal No. 1”) that the entry into the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement,” a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex A), by and among SC Health, Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company” or “Rockley”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“HoldCo”), and Rockley Mergersub Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which several transactions will occur, and in connection therewith, HoldCo will become the ultimate parent company of each of Rockley and SC Health will merge with Merger Sub, with SC Health being the surviving entity in such merger (the “Business Combination”), and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby be confirmed, ratified and approved in all respects;

 

2.

Merger Proposal RESOLVED, as a special resolution (the “Merger Proposal” or “Proposal No. 2”) that the plan of merger in the form tabled to the General Meeting (a draft of which is attached as Exhibit D to the Business Combination Agreement, the “Plan of Merger) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health so that SC Health will be the surviving company (the “Surviving Company”) and all the undertaking, property, rights and liabilities of Merger Sub vest in SC Health by virtue of such merger pursuant to the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Islands Companies Act”) (the “Merger”), and the consummation of the Merger and the remaining transactions contemplated thereby, be authorized, approved and confirmed in all respects; and SC Health be authorized to enter into the Plan of Merger;

 

3.

Incentive Plan Proposal RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “Incentive Plan Proposal” or “Proposal No. 3”) to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holding Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H, including the authorization of the share reserve under the 2021 Plan.

 

 

4.

Employee Share Purchase Plan ProposalRESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “ESPP Proposal” or “Proposal No. 4”) to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I, including the authorization of the share reserve under the ESPP.

 

5.

Adjournment Proposal — RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “Adjournment Proposal” or “Proposal No.5”), to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from SC Health shareholders in favor of the BCA Proposal or the Merger Proposal, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient SC Health ordinary shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SC Health has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely


Table of Contents
  to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to the General Meeting.

The record date for the General Meeting for SC Health shareholders that hold their shares in “street name” is                 , 2021. For SC Health shareholders holding their shares in “street name,” only shareholders at the close of business on that date may vote at the General Meeting or any adjournment thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the record date does not apply to SC Health shareholders that hold their shares in registered form and are registered as shareholders in SC Health’s register of members. SC Health shareholders that hold their shares in registered form are entitled to one vote on each proposal presented at the General Meeting for each SC Health ordinary share held on the date of the General Meeting.

As further described in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, among other things:

 

   

the Company will propose a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended (the “UK Companies Act”), as either a cancellation scheme or a transfer scheme pursuant to which the shareholders of the Company will transfer all their ordinary shares, nominal value of £0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Company ordinary shares”) to HoldCo or cancel all of their Company ordinary shares with new Company ordinary shares being issued to HoldCo, in either case in exchange for the same number of ordinary shares of HoldCo, with a par value of $0.00001 per share (the “HoldCo ordinary shares”) (the “Equity Scheme”);

 

   

the holders of options (the “Company options”) to purchase Company ordinary shares granted under the Rockley Photonics Limited 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as amended from time to time will be invited to rollover their Company options into replacement options for HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

pursuant to a proposed scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the UK Companies Act (i) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a cancellation scheme, the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Scheme Convertible Notes (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) to HoldCo and the Scheme Creditors (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Scheme Convertible Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge the Company from further obligations under the Company Convertible Notes; the consideration for the novation shall be the issuance of an inter-company loan by the Company to HoldCo in an amount equal to the market value of the Scheme Convertible Notes; and (ii) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a transfer scheme, HoldCo proposes to acquire the Scheme Convertible Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration for HoldCo entering into a new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company (the “Creditor Scheme” and together with the Equity Scheme, the “Schemes”);

 

   

the holders of warrants (including conditional warrants) of the Company to purchase Company ordinary shares (the “Company warrants”) (except for certain Company warrants which will be replicated at HoldCo in accordance with their terms) will be notified that their warrants will lapse unless exercised before the Equity Scheme becomes effective;

 

   

as a result of the proposed Initial Exchange, the Company will become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo and following completion of the Schemes (the “Initial Exchange”) and prior to the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo will complete a stock split of the HoldCo ordinary shares at the Exchange Ratio (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) (the “Stock Split” and, together with the Initial Exchange, the “Exchange”); and

 

   

following the consummation of the Exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and in accordance with the Cayman Islands Companies Act, Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving such merger as a direct wholly

 


Table of Contents
 

owned subsidiary of HoldCo (the “Merger”) and, in the context of such Merger, all SC Health ordinary shares (as defined below) (other than any SC Health Class A ordinary shares (as defined below) held in treasury by SC Health (the “Excluded Shares”)) outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall be exchanged with HoldCo for the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in the form of HoldCo ordinary shares (as defined below) pursuant to a share capital increase of HoldCo, as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and in accordance with the Cayman Island Companies Act.

In connection with the foregoing and concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into (i) subscription agreements (the “Investor Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors including, among others, SC Health Group Limited (an affiliate of the Sponsor (as defined below)) (the “Institutional PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the Institutional PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell to such Institutional PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 14,790,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for expected gross proceeds of $147,900,000 (as applicable, the “Investor PIPE Financing”) on the date of the Merger prior to the effectiveness thereof and (ii) subscription agreements (the “Individual Subscription Agreements” and, together with the Investor Subscription Agreements, the “Subscription Agreements”) with three individuals (the “Individual PIPE Investors” and, together with the Institutional PIPE Investors, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the Individual PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell to such Individual PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 210,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for expected gross proceeds of $2,100,000 (the “Individual PIPE Financing” and together with the Investor PIPE Financing, the “PIPE Financing”) on the Closing Date prior to the Merger Effective Time. The HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreements have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder. HoldCo will grant the PIPE Investors certain registration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing is contingent upon, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination.

Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, (1) each of the then issued and outstanding 5,562,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health (the “SC Health Class B ordinary shares”) will automatically be exchanged, into one SC Health Class A ordinary share (as defined below), (2) immediately following the conversion described in clause (1), each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health (the “SC Health Class A ordinary shares” and together with the SC Health Class B ordinary shares, the “SC Health ordinary shares”), will automatically be exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, with an ordinary share, with a par value of $0.00001 per share, of HoldCo (the “HoldCo ordinary shares”), (3) each of the then issued and outstanding 8,625,000 redeemable public warrants of SC Health (the “SC Health public warrants” or the “public warrants”) will cease to represent a right to acquire the number of SC Health Class A ordinary shares set forth in such SC Health warrant but will instead convert automatically into one redeemable warrant to purchase one HoldCo ordinary share (the “HoldCo warrants”) pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, dated July 11, 2019 (the “Warrant Agreement”), between SC Health, Sponsor and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“AST” or “Transfer Agent”), as warrant agent, and (4) each of the then issued and outstanding units of SC Health that have not been previously separated into the underlying SC Health Class A ordinary shares and underlying SC Health warrants upon the request of the holder thereof (collectively, the “SC Health units”), will be cancelled and will entitle the holder thereof to one HoldCo ordinary share and one-half of one HoldCo warrant, and (5) each of the then issued and outstanding 5,450,000 private placement warrants of SC Health (the “SC Health private placement warrants” or “private placement warrants”) will convert automatically into one HoldCo warrant pursuant to the Warrant Agreement. No fractional HoldCo warrants will be issued upon separation of the SC Health units. As used herein, “public shares” shall mean the SC Health Class A ordinary shares (including those that underlie any unit consisting of one SC Health Class A ordinary share and one-half of one SC Health warrant (the “SC Health units”)) that were registered pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-232240) in connection with SC Health’s initial public offering and the HoldCo ordinary shares issued as a matter of law upon the exchange thereof described above and occurring at the Merger Effective Time.

 


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, SC Health is providing its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem, upon the closing of the Business Combination, SC Health Class A ordinary shares then held by them for cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to SC Health to pay income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares. Redemptions referred to herein shall take effect as repurchases under the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The per-share amount SC Health (or HoldCo, on its behalf) will pay to investors who validly redeem their SC Health Class A ordinary shares will not be reduced by the aggregate deferred underwriting commission of $6.0 million that SC Health will pay to the underwriters of the SC Health initial public offering or transaction expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, based on the fair value of marketable securities held in the trust account of approximately $174,545,229 as of March 30, 2021, the estimated per SC Health Class A ordinary share redemption price would have been approximately $10.12. The redemption rights include the requirement that a holder must identify itself in writing as a beneficial holder and provide its legal name, phone number and address to the Transfer Agent in order to validly redeem its shares.

Public shareholders may elect to redeem their shares even if they vote for the BCA Proposal. A public shareholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom he, she or it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, in excess of 20% of the outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares (i.e., in excess of 3,450,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares). Each redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares by SC Health’s public shareholders will reduce the amount in the trust account.

The conditions to closing in the Business Combination Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties thereto and may be waived by such parties. In addition, in no event will SC Health redeem SC Health Class A ordinary shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001, as provided in the SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and as required as a closing condition to each party’s obligation to consummate the Business Combination under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. Holders of outstanding SC Health public warrants do not have redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination. Unless otherwise specified, the information in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement assumes that none of SC Health’s public shareholders will exercise their redemption rights with respect to their SC Health Class A ordinary shares. For more information about the factors that affect the assumptions above, please see the section entitled “Summary of the Prospectus/Proxy Statement—Ownership of HoldCo following the Business Combination.

Sponsor and certain SC Health shareholders (collectively, the “SC Health Initial Shareholders”), as well as SC Health’s officers and other current directors, have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any SC Health ordinary shares they may hold in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. The founder shares that were issued to the SC Health Initial Shareholders (the “Founder Shares”) will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per share redemption price of each SC Health Class A ordinary share that is to be redeemed. Currently, the SC Health Initial Shareholders own 24.1% of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares, including all of the Founder Shares. The Sponsor has agreed to vote any SC Health ordinary shares owned by them in favor of the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated in connection therewith. In addition, the Sponsor has agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. The Founder Shares are subject to transfer restrictions. The SC Health amended and restated memorandum and articles of association includes a conversion adjustment which provides that the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the Business Combination into a number of SC Health Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the closing of the Business Combination, at a conversion rate that entitles the holders of such Founder Shares to continue to own, in the aggregate, 20% of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares. However, the SC Health Initial Shareholders have agreed to waive such conversion adjustment pursuant

 


Table of Contents

to the Investor Support Agreement. As a result, each remaining Founder Share will be exchanged for one HoldCo ordinary share at the closing of the Business Combination, such that HoldCo ordinary shares held by the SC Health Initial Shareholders will represent approximately     % of the total number of HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding after giving effect to the closing.

The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned upon the approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned on the approval of any other proposal set forth in this prospectus/proxy statement.

The above matters are more fully described in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement, which also includes, as Annex A, a copy of the Business Combination Agreement. You are urged to carefully read the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement in its entirety, including the Annexes and accompanying financial statements of each of SC Health and Rockley. In particular, you are urged to read carefully the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 49 of the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement.

Approval of the BCA Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the SC Health ordinary shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting and approval of the Merger Proposal requires the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting. The SC Health board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” each of these proposals. When you consider the SC board of directors’ recommendation of these proposals, you should keep in mind that certain SC Health directors and officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. Please see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” in the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement for additional information.

By Order of the Board of Directors

Angelo John Coloma

Chief Executive Officer and Director

            , 2021

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT

     1  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     2  

REFERENCES TO ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     3  

SELECTED DEFINITIONS

     4  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     9  

RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

     12  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AND THE GENERAL MEETING

     15  

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT

     27  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     44  

COMPARATIVE SHARE INFORMATION

     45  

MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

     47  

RISK FACTORS

     48  

GENERAL MEETING OF SC HEALTH

     96  

PROPOSAL NO. 1—BCA PROPOSAL

     102  

PROPOSAL NO. 2—MERGER PROPOSAL

     142  

PROPOSAL NO. 3—INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

     143  

PROPOSAL NO. 4—ESPP PROPOSAL

     150  

PROPOSAL NO. 5—ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

     154  

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     155  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     168  

INFORMATION ABOUT SC HEALTH

     177  

SC HEALTH’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     180  

INFORMATION ABOUT ROCKLEY

     185  

ROCKLEY’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     207  

MANAGEMENT OF HOLDCO FOLLOWING THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

     226  

MANAGEMENT OF SC HEALTH

     233  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION OF ROCKLEY

     241  

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

     252  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     255  

DESCRIPTION OF HOLDCO SECURITIES

     260  

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF HOLDCO SECURITIES

     270  

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS AND NOMINATIONS

     272  

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

     273  

LEGAL MATTERS

     274  

EXPERTS

     275  

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

     276  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITY

     277  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     278  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

ANNEXES

 

A—Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger

     A-1  

B—Investor Support Agreement

     B-1  

C—Company Holders Support Agreement

     C-1  

D—AR Support Agreement

     D-1  

E—Form of Investor Subscription Agreement

     E-1  

F—Form of Individual Subscription Agreement

     F-1  

G—Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

     G-1  

H—Form of HoldCo 2021 Stock Incentive Plan

     H-1  

I—Form of HoldCo Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     I-1  

J—HoldCo Memorandum and Articles of Association

     J-1  

K—Form of Proposed Organizational Documents

     K-1  

 

ii


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT

This document, which forms part of a registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) by HoldCo, constitutes a prospectus of HoldCo under Section 5 of the Securities Act, with respect to (1) the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to the SC Health shareholders, (2) the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to Rockley shareholders, (3) HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of HoldCo options to be issued in exchange for outstanding Rockley options, (4) the warrants to acquire HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued by HoldCo to SC Health warrant holders and (5) the HoldCo ordinary shares underlying such warrants, in each case, if the Business Combination described herein is consummated. This document also constitutes a notice of meeting and a proxy statement under Section 14(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) with respect to the special meeting of SC Health shareholders at which SC Health shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the Business Combination by the approval and adoption of the Business Combination Agreement, among other matters.

This document does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities or a solicitation of proxy in any jurisdiction or to any person to whom it would be unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities regulatory agency has approved or disapproved the transactions described in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, passed upon the merits or fairness of the Business Combination or related transactions or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of the disclosure in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. Any representation to the contrary constitutes a criminal offense.

The securities are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to, and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to, any persons in member states of the European Economic Area which apply Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading on a regulated market (this Regulation together with any implementing measures in any member state, the “Prospectus Regulation”), unless they are qualified investors for the purposes of the Prospectus Regulation in such member state or in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, and no person in member states of the European Economic Area that is not a relevant person or qualified investor may act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

This prospectus/proxy statement includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks, certain of which belong to us or SC Health and others that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this prospectus/proxy statement appear without the ®, TM and SM symbols, but the absence of those symbols is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we or SC Health will not assert our or their rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights to these trademarks, tradenames and service marks to the fullest extent under applicable law. Neither we nor SC Health intend the use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representation with respect to the matters that this prospectus/proxy statement describes other than those contained in this prospectus/proxy statement, and, if given or made, the information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by HoldCo, Merger Sub, SC Health or Rockley. Neither the delivery of this prospectus/proxy statement nor any distribution of securities made under this prospectus/proxy statement will, under any circumstances, create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of HoldCo, Merger Sub, SC Health or Rockley since the date of this prospectus/proxy statement or that any information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to such date.

 

1


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We are responsible for the disclosure contained in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. However, this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement includes market and industry data and forecasts the parties have derived from publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and internal data and estimates. Industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which Rockley operates and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources. Any estimates underlying such market-derived information and other factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the independent parties’ estimates and in our estimates. See “Risk Factors” for additional information regarding risks that could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third-party sources and by HoldCo, Rockley, or SC Health, as applicable.

Certain information in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement is based on independent or third-party sources, including:

 

  1.

Silicon Photonics for healthcare market analysis, Yole Développement SA, September 8, 2020 (the “Yole Report”).

 

  2.

Electronic Skin Patches 2020-2030 Report, IDtechEx (the “IDtechEx Report”).

 

  3.

TrendForce Market Research Projections, September 25, 2019 (the “TrendForce Report”).

 

  4.

LightCounting High Speed Ethernet Optics Report, September 30, 2020.

The content of the foregoing sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, does not constitute a portion of this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement and is not incorporated herein.

 

2


Table of Contents

REFERENCES TO ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement incorporates important information that is not included in or delivered with this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. This information is available for you to review through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

You may request copies of this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement or other information concerning SC Health, without charge, by written request to SC Health Corporation, 108 Robinson Road #10-00 Singapore 068900, or Morrow Sodali LLC, SC Health’s proxy solicitor, by calling (800) 662-5200 (toll-free in North America), or +1 (203) 658-9400 (outside of North America), or by email at SCPE.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

In order for you to receive timely delivery of the documents in advance of the General Meeting of SC Health to be held on                 , 2021, you must request the information no later than four business days prior to the date of the General Meeting, by                 , 2021.

 

3


Table of Contents

SELECTED DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus/proxy statement or the context otherwise requires, references to:

 

   

“Adjournment Proposal” has the meaning set forth in the Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting of SC Health Corporation to be held                , 2021, which is in respect of a proposal, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from SC Health shareholders in favor of the BCA Proposal or the Merger Proposal, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient SC Health ordinary shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SC Health has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to the General Meeting;

 

   

“AR Support Agreement” are to the Support Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, by and among SC Health, the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub and Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE, as attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex D, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“BCA Proposal” and “Proposal No.1” are to the meanings set forth for “BCA Proposal” and “Proposal No.1” in the Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting of SC Health Corporation to be held                , 2021, which is in respect of a proposal, as an ordinary resolution, to approve the entry by SC Health into the Business Combination Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Business Combination;

 

   

“Business Combination” are to the meaning set forth in Article 1.1 of SC Health’s Governing Documents as in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

“Business Combination Agreement” are to the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into on March 19, 2021, by and among SC Health, Rockley, HoldCo, and Merger Sub a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Cayman Islands Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands;

 

   

“CFIUS” are to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or any member agency thereof acting in such capacity;

 

   

“CFIUS Approval” shall occur only when one of the following conditions has been met: (a) in response to the filing of a Notice by the parties, SC Health and Rockley have received written notice from CFIUS stating that: (1) CFIUS has concluded that SC Health’s Designation Right (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) is not a Covered Transaction (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.213) and not subject to review under the DPA; or (2) the review and/or investigation of SC Health’s Designation Right under the DPA has been concluded and there are no unresolved national security concerns; or (b) CFIUS has sent a report to the President of the United States requesting the President’s decision on SC Health’s Designation Right and either (1) the period under the DPA during which the President may announce his decision to take action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SC Health’s Designation Right has expired without any such action being threatened, announced or taken or (2) the President has announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SC Health’s Designation Right;

 

   

“Companies Act” are to the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended;

 

   

“Company Capital Stock” are to Company ordinary shares and preferred stock of the Company (if any);

 

   

“Company Convertible Note” are to each outstanding unsecured convertible loan note issued by the Company set forth on Section 1.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter (as defined in “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal”);

 

4


Table of Contents
   

“Company Holders Support Agreement” are to the Support Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, by and among Rockley, SC Health, HoldCo, Merger Sub and certain shareholders of Rockley as attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex C, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Company options” are options to purchase Company ordinary shares granted under the 2013 Plan;

 

   

“Company ordinary shares” are to Rockley ordinary shares with a par value of £0.00001 per share;

 

   

“Company Restricted Stock” are to a Company ordinary share that, as of immediately prior to the Exchange, is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code and was issued pursuant to the 2013 Plan;

 

   

“Company warrants” are to the warrants (including conditional warrants) issued by Rockley to purchase Company ordinary shares;

 

   

“Condition Precedent Proposals” are to the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal;

 

   

“COVID-19 Measures” are to any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester, safety or similar law, directive, guidelines or recommendations promulgated by any industry group or any governmental authority, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization, in each case, in connection with or in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the CARES Act and Families First Act;

 

   

“Creditor Scheme” means the proposed creditor scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act;

 

   

“DPA” are to Section 721 of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended from time to time, including all implementing regulations thereof;

 

   

“ESPP Proposal” has the meaning set forth in the Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting of SC Health Corporation to be held                , 2021, which is in respect of a proposal, as an ordinary resolution, to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan, as attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I, including the authorization of the share reserve under the ESPP;

 

   

“Exchange Act” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Exchange Ratio” are to the ratio that results in the number of HoldCo ordinary shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares or Company ordinary shares) as of immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time (the “Stock Split ordinary shares”) being increased or decreased on a pro rata basis per Stock Split ordinary share such that the HoldCo ordinary shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares or Company ordinary shares) after the Stock Split equals the number of HoldCo ordinary shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares or Company ordinary shares) that results from dividing the Exchange Value by $10.00;

 

   

“Exchange Value” means one billion one hundred and forty-eight million one hundred and fourteen thousand one hundred and thirteen dollars ($1,148,114,113);

 

   

“GAAP” are to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;

 

   

“HoldCo” are to Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability;

 

   

“HoldCo Governing Documents” are to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HoldCo attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex J, as amended from time to time;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

“HoldCo ordinary shares” are to HoldCo ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.00001 per share;

 

   

“HoldCo options” are to options to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

“HoldCo Restricted Stock” are to restricted HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

“HoldCo warrants” are to the redeemable warrants to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

“HoldCo Warrant Agreement” are to the amended and restated Warrant Agreement to be entered into upon the closing of the Business Combination by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and HoldCo;

 

   

“HSR Act” are to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“initial public offering” are to SC Health’s initial public offering that was consummated on July 16, 2019;

 

   

“Incentive Plan Proposal” has the meaning set forth in the Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting of SC Health Corporation to be held                , 2021, which is in respect of a proposal, as an ordinary resolution, to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are approved and adopted, the Rockley Photonics Holding Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan, as attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H, including the authorization of the share reserve under such stock incentive plan;

 

   

“Individual Subscription Agreements” are to the subscription agreements with three individuals to purchase an aggregate of $2,100,000 shares in HoldCo, each in the form attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex F, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Investor Subscription Agreements” are to the subscription agreements with certain investors, including the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor, to purchase an aggregate of $147,900,000 of HoldCo ordinary shares, each in the form attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex E, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Investor Support Agreement” are to the Support Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, by and among the Sponsor, HoldCo and Rockley attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex B, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“IPO registration statement” are to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-232240) filed by SC Health in connection with its initial public offering, which became effective on July 11, 2019;

 

   

“IRS” are to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service;

 

   

“JOBS Act” are to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012;

 

   

“Merger” are to the merger of Merger Sub with and into SC Health pursuant to the Plan of Merger and in accordance with Part XVI of the Cayman Islands Companies Act, with SC Health surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo;

 

   

“Merger Effective Time” are to the time the Merger shall become effective which shall be at the time specified in the Plan of Merger as submitted to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, or at such later time as may be agreed by SC Health and the Company in writing and specified in the Plan of Merger;

 

   

“Merger Proposal” has the meaning set forth in the Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting of SC Health Corporation to be held                , 2021, which is in respect of a proposal, as a special resolution to authorize the Plan of Merger and the consummation of the Merger and the remaining transactions contemplated thereby;

 

   

“Merger Sub” are to Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

“Notice” are to a notice to CFIUS filed pursuant to the DPA, including 31 C.F.R. Part 800, as appropriate with respect to the proposed transaction;

 

   

“NYSE” are to the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

“Person” are to any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or instrumentality or other entity of any kind;

 

   

“PIPE Financing” are to the issuance and sale of HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements;

 

   

“PIPE Investors” are to investors and individuals participating in the PIPE Financing pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, including the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor;

 

   

“Plan of Merger” are to the plan of merger in the form tabled to the General Meeting (a draft of which is attached as Exhibit D to the Business Combination Agreement.

 

   

“private placement warrants” or the “SC Health private placement warrants” are to the warrants to purchase one (1) SC Health Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 issued to the Sponsor;

 

   

“pro forma” are to giving pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions;

 

   

“Proposed Organizational Documents” are to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of HoldCo, which will be effective upon the closing of the Business Combination;

 

   

“public shareholders” are to holders of public shares, whether acquired in SC Health’s initial public offering or acquired in the secondary market;

 

   

“public shares” are to the SC Health Class A ordinary shares (including those that underlie the units) that were offered and sold by SC Health in its initial public offering and registered pursuant to the IPO registration statement;

 

   

“public warrants” or the “SC Health public warrants” are to the redeemable warrants (including those that underlie the units) that were offered and sold by SC Health in its initial public offering and registered pursuant to the IPO registration statement;

 

   

“redemption” are to each redemption of public shares of SC Health Class A ordinary shares for cash pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents;

 

   

“Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement” are to the Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into at Closing, by and among HoldCo, the Sponsor, certain shareholders of Rockley, attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex G, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Registration Statement” are to the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part;

 

   

“Rockley” or the “Company” are to Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015;

 

   

“Sarbanes Oxley Act” are to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

“SC Health” are to SC Health Corporation, including after its change of name to Rockley Photonics Cayman Limited in connection with the Merger;

 

   

“SC Health Class A ordinary shares” are to SC Health’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

   

“SC Health Class B ordinary shares” are to SC Health’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00008 per share;

 

7


Table of Contents
   

“SC Health Governing Documents” are to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of SC Health, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“SC Health ordinary shares” are to the SC Health Class A ordinary shares and the SC Health Class B ordinary shares, collectively;

 

   

“SC Health units” and “units” are to the units of SC Health, each unit representing one SC Health Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant to acquire one SC Health Class A ordinary share, that were offered and sold by SC Health in its initial public offering and registered pursuant to the IPO registration statement (less the number of units that have been separated into the underlying public shares and underlying warrants upon the request of the holder thereof);

 

   

“Scheme Convertible Notes” are to the Company Convertible Notes subject to the Creditor Scheme;

 

   

“Scheme Creditors” are to such of the holders of Company Convertible Notes as Rockley and SC Health determine jointly shall be subject to the Creditor Scheme subject to their convertible loan notes not having been either repaid in full or already converted into Company ordinary shares;

 

   

“SEC” are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

“Securities Act” are to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Sponsor” are to SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

 

   

“Sponsor Related PIPE Investor” are to SC Health Group Limited, an affiliate of the Sponsor purchasing $50,000,000 of HoldCo ordinary shares in the PIPE Financing;

 

   

“Subscription Agreements” are to the Investor Subscription Agreements and the Individual Subscription Agreements, collectively;

 

   

“trust account” are to the trust account established at the consummation of SC Health’s initial public offering at JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and maintained by AST, acting as trustee;

 

   

“Trust Agreement” are to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between SC Health and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee;

 

   

“Warrant Agreement” is to the Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between SC Health, Sponsor and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company;

 

   

“warrants” or “SC Health warrants” are to the public warrants and the private placement warrants; and

 

   

“we,” “us” and “our” are to Rockley, prior to the Business Combination, and to HoldCo following the Business Combination.

 

8


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements in this prospectus/proxy statement that are not historical in nature constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding the financial position, business strategy, and the plans and objectives of management, including as they relate to the potential Business Combination, Rockley, HoldCo, and SC Health, as well as projections, forecasts, and Rockley’s product development plans and anticipated customer relationships, and are not guarantees of performance. When used in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “strive,” “would,” and similar expressions or the negative of such expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. When Rockley, HoldCo, or SC Health discusses its strategies or plans, including as they relate to the potential Business Combination, it is making projections, forecasts or forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on the beliefs of, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to, the management of Rockley, HoldCo, or SC Health, as the case may be. As used in this subsection, references to “the Company” and “Rockley” are intended to refer to the business and operations of Rockley prior to the Business Combination and the business and operations of HoldCo as directly or indirectly affected by Rockley by virtue of HoldCo’s ownership of Rockley following the Business Combination, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Forward-looking statements in this prospectus/proxy statement may include, without limitation, statements regarding:

 

   

SC Health’s, HoldCo’s, or Rockley’s ability to complete the Business Combination by the anticipated timeframe or at all or, if SC Health, HoldCo, or Rockley do not consummate the Business Combination, any other initial business combination;

 

   

the satisfaction or waiver (if applicable) of the conditions to the Merger, including, among other things:

 

   

certain customary closing conditions, including, among others, (i) approval of the Business Combination and related agreements and transactions by the respective shareholders of SC Health and Rockley; (ii) effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part of; (iii) expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act; (iv) receipt of approval for listing on the NYSE of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Merger; (v) that SC Health have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon Closing; and (vi) the absence of any injunctions enjoining or prohibiting the closing of the Business Combination; and

 

   

the occurrence of any other event, change, or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

SC Health’s, HoldCo’s, or Rockley’s, as applicable, ability to obtain additional financing to complete the transaction and to execute on the Company’s strategy and business plan after the Business Combination and ability to obtain or maintain the listing of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants on the NYSE following the Business Combination;

 

   

the anticipated impact of the Business Combination on Rockley and HoldCo, including Rockley’s ability to develop and commercially launch its products;

 

   

SC Health’s public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

 

   

the lack of a market for SC Health’s securities;

 

   

SC Health officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with SC Health’s business or in approving the Business Combination;

 

   

the funds in the trust account being available to SC Health or, following the Business Combination, HoldCo;

 

9


Table of Contents
   

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to SC Health from interest income on the trust account balance;

 

   

the number of SC Health shareholders voting for or against the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal;

 

   

Rockley’s projected financial information, anticipated growth rate, and market opportunity;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to develop or commercialize its products and services;

 

   

Rockley’s expectations as to when it may generate sufficient revenue from the sale of its products and services to cover expansion plans, operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures;

 

   

the development status and anticipated timeline for commercial production of Rockley’s products;

 

   

Rockley’s plans for products under development and future products and anticipated features and benefits thereof;

 

   

the status and expectations regarding Rockley’s customer and potential customer relationships;

 

   

the success of Rockley’s strategic relationships with third parties;

 

   

the total addressable markets for Rockley’s products and technology;

 

   

the ability of Rockley to increase market share in its existing markets or any new markets it may enter;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to obtain any required regulatory approvals, including any required FDA approvals, in connection with the Company’s anticipated products and technology;

 

   

HoldCo’s ability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to maintain and protect its intellectual property;

 

   

Rockley’s success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, officers, key employees, or directors following the Business Combination;

 

   

the ability of Rockley to manage its growth effectively;

 

   

the ability of Rockley to achieve and maintain profitability in the future;

 

   

the impact of the regulatory environment and complexities with compliance related to such environment; and

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus/proxy statement are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on Rockley, HoldCo, or SC Health. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting Rockley, HoldCo, or SC Health will be those that Rockley, HoldCo, or SC Health have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (many of which are beyond Rockley’s, HoldCo’s or SC Health’s control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 49 of this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Rockley, HoldCo and SC Health undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

10


Table of Contents

BEFORE ANY SC HEALTH SHAREHOLDER GRANTS ITS PROXY OR INSTRUCTS HOW ITS VOTE SHOULD BE CAST OR VOTES ON THE PROPOSALS TO BE PUT TO THE GENERAL MEETING, SUCH SHAREHOLDER SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EVENTS DESCRIBED IN THE “RISK FACTORS” SECTION AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT SC HEALTH, ROCKLEY OR HOLDCO.

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

Rockley’s business and its ability to execute its strategy, the proposed Business Combination, and any investment in the securities of HoldCo after the Business Combination are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond HoldCo’s or Rockley’s control and will be beyond the control of the combined company. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the risks and uncertainties with respect to any investment in the securities of the combined company, including, but not limited to, the following and those discussed under “Risk Factors.” References below to Rockley shall be deemed to also refer to HoldCo and the post-Business Combination company, as the context requires or as appropriate.

Risks Related to Rockley’s Business and Industry; Customer-Related Risks

 

   

If Rockley does not fully develop or commercialize its products and services, or if such products and services experience significant delays, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operation will be materially and adversely affected.

 

   

Rockley has a history of recurring losses and a significant accumulated deficit, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a “going concern.” Rockley expects to incur significant research and development expenses and devote substantial resources to commercializing new products, which could increase its losses and negatively impact its ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

   

If the end products into which Rockley’s products are incorporated are not fully developed and commercialized or do not achieve widespread market acceptance, or if such products experience delays, cancellations, or reductions, or if Rockley’s products are not selected for inclusion in its customers’ end products, are not adopted in other industry verticals or use cases, or are not adopted by leading consumer and medical device companies, Rockley’s business will be materially and adversely affected.

 

   

The forecasts and projections contained in this prospectus/proxy statement are based upon assumptions, analyses, and internal estimates developed by Rockley’s management. If these assumptions, analyses, or estimates prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, Rockley’s actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected.

 

   

Rockley expects its results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause the stock price of the combined company to fluctuate or decline.

 

   

If Rockley is unable to manage its growth or scale its operations, its business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

   

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate.

 

   

Rockley’s international operations expose it to operational, financial, and regulatory risks, which could harm Rockley’s business.

 

   

Rockley is susceptible to supply shortages, long lead times for components, and supply changes, any of which could disrupt its supply chain and could delay deliveries of its products to customers, which in turn could adversely affect Rockley’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

   

If Rockley is unable to sell its products to its target customers, including large corporations with substantial negotiating power, or is unable to enter into agreements with customers and suppliers on satisfactory terms, its prospects and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

   

Rockley currently depends on a few large customers for a substantial portion of its revenue. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, orders from Rockley’s customers, or Rockley’s failure to diversify its customer base, could significantly reduce its revenue and adversely impact Rockley’s operating results.

 

   

Because Rockley does not anticipate long-term purchase commitments with its customers, orders may be cancelled, reduced, or rescheduled with little or no notice, which in turn exposes Rockley to inventory risk, and may cause its business and results of operations to suffer.

 

12


Table of Contents
   

Rockley’s business depends substantially on the efforts of its executive officers, including its Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. Andrew Rickman.

Regulatory, Intellectual Property, Infrastructure, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks

 

   

Rockley’s failure to comply with applicable governmental export and import control laws and regulations, including those related to the use, distribution, and sale of its products, U.S. Food and Drug Administration clearance or approval requirements, or privacy, data protection, and information security requirements in the jurisdictions in which Rockley operates could materially harm its business and operating results.

 

   

Rockley may not be able to adequately protect or enforce its intellectual property rights or prevent unauthorized parties from copying or reverse engineering its products or technology. Further, Rockley’s intellectual property applications, including patent applications, may not be approved or granted.

 

   

A network or data security incident or disruption or performance issues with Rockley’s network infrastructure could harm its brand, reputation, and business, as well as its operating results.

Risks Related to Financial and Accounting Matters

 

   

Rockley’s failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand its operations could reduce its ability to compete and could harm its business.

 

   

In preparing Rockley’s consolidated financial statements, Rockley makes good faith estimates and judgments that may change or turn out to be erroneous, which could adversely affect Rockley’s operating results.

 

   

Projections contained in this prospectus/proxy statement have not been prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and have not been compiled or examined by any registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party.

Risks Related to SC Health and the Business Combination

 

   

HoldCo’s ordinary shares may not be approved, or may not remain eligible, for listing on the NYSE.

 

   

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of SC Health’s securities or, following the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo’s securities, may decline.

 

   

SC Health’s founders, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that shareholders vote in favor of approval of the BCA Proposal and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

   

The post-Business Combination company may be required to take write downs or write offs, or may be subject to restructuring, impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on the post-Business Combination company’s financial condition, results of operations and the market price of HoldCo’s ordinary shares.

 

   

The unaudited pro forma financial information included herein may not be indicative of what the post-Business Combination company’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been.

 

   

If analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the post-Business Combination company or if they change their recommendations regarding HoldCo’s securities, the price and trading volume of HoldCo’s securities could decline.

 

13


Table of Contents
   

The requirements of being a public company may strain HoldCo’s and Rockley’s resources, divert management’s attention, and affect its ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

 

   

The global COVID-19 pandemic could harm Rockley’s business and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE BUSINESS COMBINATION AND THE GENERAL MEETING

The questions and answers below highlight only selected information from this document and only briefly address some commonly asked questions about the proposals to be presented at the General Meeting, including with respect to the proposed Business Combination. The following questions and answers do not include all the information that is important to SC Health’s shareholders. SC Health urges its shareholders to read this prospectus/proxy statement, including the Annexes and the other documents referred to herein, carefully and in their entirety to fully understand the proposed Business Combination and the voting procedures for the General Meeting, which will be held at                , local Singapore time, on                 , 2021, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900. If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other nominee, you will need to take additional steps to participate in the General Meeting, as described in this proxy statement.

 

Q:

Why am I receiving this prospectus/proxy statement?

 

A:

SC Health shareholders are being asked to consider and vote upon, among other proposals, a proposal to approve and adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Business Combination and the Plan of Merger. The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger provides for, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement as more fully described elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal” for more detail.

A copy of the Business Combination Agreement is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex A and you are encouraged to read it in its entirety.

Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, (1) each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health Class B ordinary shares will automatically be exchanged for a SC Health Class A ordinary share according to the conversion ratio at which SC Health Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into SC Health Class A ordinary shares, pursuant to article 13 of the SC Health Governing Documents; (2) immediately following the conversion described in clause (1), at the Merger Effective Time each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares will automatically be exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for a HoldCo ordinary share; (3) each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health public warrants will convert automatically into a HoldCo warrant, pursuant to the Warrant Agreement; (4) each of the then issued and outstanding units of SC Health that have not been previously separated into the underlying SC Health Class A ordinary shares and underlying SC Health warrants upon the request of the holder thereof, will be cancelled and will entitle the holder thereof to one HoldCo ordinary share and one-half of one HoldCo warrant; and (5) each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health private placement warrants will convert automatically into a HoldCo warrant pursuant to the Warrant Agreement. No fractional HoldCo warrants will be issued upon separation of the SC Health units.

THE VOTE OF SC HEALTH’S SHAREHOLDERS IS IMPORTANT. SC HEALTH’S SHAREHOLDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO VOTE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER CAREFULLY REVIEWING THIS PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT, INCLUDING THE ANNEXES AND THE ACCOMPANYING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SC HEALTH AND ROCKLEY, CAREFULLY AND IN ITS ENTIRETY.

 

Q:

What proposals are shareholders of SC Health being asked to vote upon?

 

A:

At the General Meeting, SC Health is asking holders of SC Health ordinary shares to consider and vote upon:

 

   

a proposal to approve and adopt by ordinary resolution the Business Combination Agreement

 

15


Table of Contents
   

a proposal to approve by special resolution the Plan of Merger; and

 

   

a proposal to approve by ordinary resolution the 2021 Plan;

 

   

a proposal to approve by ordinary resolution the ESPP;

 

   

a proposal to approve by ordinary resolution the adjournment of the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of one or more proposals at the General Meeting.

If SC Health’s shareholders do not approve each of the proposals, then unless certain conditions in the Business Combination Agreement are waived by the applicable parties to the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement could terminate and the Business Combination may not be consummated. See “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal.

SC Health will hold the General Meeting to consider and vote upon these proposals. This prospectus/proxy statement contains important information about the Business Combination, the Plan of Merger and the other matters to be acted upon at the General Meeting. Shareholders of SC Health should read it carefully.

After careful consideration, SC Health’s board of directors has determined that the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal, and the Adjournment Proposal are in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and unanimously recommends that you vote or give instruction to vote “FOR” each of those proposals.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s directors in the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she, or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she, or they may believe is best for himself, herself, or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

 

Q:

Are the proposals conditioned on one another?

 

A:

Yes, except the Adjournment Proposal. The BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal are cross-conditioned. The Incentive Plan Proposal and ESPP Proposal are conditioned on approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal.

 

Q:

Why is SC Health proposing the Business Combination?

 

A:

SC Health was organized to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination, with one or more businesses or entities.

Based on its due diligence investigations of Rockley and the industry in which it operates, including the financial and other information provided by Rockley in the course of SC Health’s due diligence investigations, the SC Health board of directors believes that the Business Combination with Rockley is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and presents an opportunity to increase shareholder value. However, there is no assurance of this. See “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—SC Health’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination” for additional information.

Although SC Health’s board of directors believes that the Business Combination with Rockley presents a unique business combination opportunity and is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders, the

 

16


Table of Contents

board of directors did consider certain potentially material negative factors in arriving at that conclusion. These factors are discussed in greater detail in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—SC Health’s Board of Director’s Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination,” as well as in the sections entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Rockley’s Business and Industry.”

 

Q:

How will the Business Combination and the Merger affect my SC Health ordinary shares, warrants and units?

 

A:

Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, (1) each of the then issued and outstanding 5,562,500 SC Health Class B ordinary shares will automatically be converted into and exchanged for a SC Health Class A ordinary share according to the ratio at which SC Health Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into SC Health Class A ordinary shares, pursuant to article 53 of SC Health’s Articles of Association, (2) immediately following the conversion described in clause (1), at the Merger Effective Time each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health Class A ordinary shares will automatically be exchanged, on a one-for-one basis, for one HoldCo ordinary share, (3) each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health public warrants will convert automatically into a HoldCo warrant, pursuant to the Warrant Agreement (4) each of the then issued and outstanding units of SC Health that have not been previously separated into the underlying SC Health Class A ordinary shares and underlying SC Health warrants upon the request of the holder thereof, will be cancelled and will entitle the holder thereof to one HoldCo ordinary share and one-half of one HoldCo warrant, and (5) each of the then issued and outstanding SC Health private placement warrants will convert automatically into one HoldCo warrant pursuant to the Warrant Agreement. No fractional HoldCo warrants will be issued upon separation of the SC Health units.

 

Q:

What will Rockley Shareholders receive in return for HoldCo’s acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Rockley?

 

A:

The Company will propose a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act, as amended, (the “UK Companies Act”) as either a cancellation scheme or a transfer scheme pursuant to which the Company Shareholders will transfer or cancel all their Company ordinary shares to HoldCo in exchange for the same number of HoldCo ordinary shares (the “Equity Scheme”). As a result of the proposed Initial Exchange, the Company will become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo and following completion of the Equity Scheme and Creditor Scheme (the “Initial Exchange”) and prior to the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo will complete a stock split of the HoldCo ordinary shares at the Exchange Ratio (the “Stock Split” and, together with the Initial Exchange, the “Exchange”). For further details, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger—Consideration—Merger Consideration.”

 

Q:

What equity stake will current SC Health shareholders and Rockley shareholders hold in HoldCo immediately after the closing of the Business Combination?

 

A:

It is anticipated that, immediately following the Business Combination, (1) SC Health’s public shareholders are expected to own approximately 11.3% of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares, (2) Rockley Shareholders (without taking into account any public shares held by Rockley Shareholders prior to the closing of the Business Combination or purchased in the PIPE Financing) are expected to own approximately 75.2 % of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares, (3) the Sponsor and related parties (including the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor) are expected to collectively own approximately 6.9 % of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares and (4) the PIPE Investors (other than the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor) are expected to own approximately 6.6 % of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares. These percentages assume: (i) that no public shareholders exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination; (ii) that HoldCo issues HoldCo ordinary shares as the Merger Consideration pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, which in the aggregate equals 137,623,911 HoldCo ordinary shares; and (iii) that HoldCo issues 15,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares to the PIPE Investors

 

17


Table of Contents
  pursuant to the PIPE Financing. If the actual facts are different from these assumptions, the percentage ownership retained by the Company’s existing shareholders in the combined company will be different.

The following table illustrates varying ownership levels in HoldCo immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination and other events contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

 

     Share Ownership of
HoldCo
       
     No Redemption     Maximum
Redemption(1)
 
Shareholder    Shares      %     Shares      %  

Former SC Health Class A shareholders

     17,250,000        11.3     988,576        0.7

Sponsor and related parties(2)

     10,562,500        6.9     10,562,500        7.8

Former Rockley shareholders and warrant holders

     114,811,411        75.2     114,811,411        84.2

Third party investors in PIPE Investment(3)

     10,000,000        6.6     10,000,000        7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding at closing of the Business Combination(4)

     152,623,911        100     136,362,487        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

This scenario assumes that 16,261,424 SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed for an aggregate payment of $174.5 million, which is derived from the number of shares that could be redeemed in connection with the Business Combination at an assumed redemption price of approximately $10.73 per share of HoldCo ordinary shares based on the trust account balance as of December 31, 2020 in order for the amount of cash available in the trust account following the General Meeting to be at least equal to $5,000,001.

(2)

Amount includes 5,562,500 HoldCo ordinary shares the Sponsor will receive upon conversion of its Class B Ordinary Shares and 5,000,000 shares subscribed for by the Sponsor and the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor in the PIPE Financing.

(3)

Amount includes 2,100,000 HoldCo ordinary shares subscribed for by current shareholders of Rockley in the PIPE Financing, but excludes shares to be acquired by Sponsor Related PIPE Investor. See note (2) above.

(4)

The figures in this table are presented only as illustrative examples and are based on the assumptions described above, which may be different from the actual amount of redemptions in connection with the Business Combination. In the event that SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination but the number of shares redeemed is less than 16,261,424, the ownership percentages set forth above will vary on a linear basis between the two scenarios.

For further details, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger—Consideration—Merger Consideration.”

 

Q:

How has the announcement of the Business Combination affected the trading price of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares?

 

A:

On March 18, 2021, the trading date before the public announcement of the Business Combination, SC Health public units, SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health warrants closed at $10.77, $10.11, and $1.19, respectively. On March 30, 2021, the most recent practicable date prior to the date of this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health public units, SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health warrants closed at $10.09, $11.00, and $1.82, respectively.

 

Q:

Will the Company obtain new financing in connection with the Business Combination?

 

A:

Yes. The PIPE Investors have agreed to purchase in the aggregate approximately 15,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares, for approximately $150.0 million of gross proceeds, in the PIPE Financing. The PIPE

 

18


Table of Contents
  Financing is contingent upon, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination. See “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements.”

 

Q.

Do I have redemption rights?

 

A:

If you are a holder of public shares, you have the right to request that we redeem all or a portion of your public shares for cash provided that you follow the procedures and deadlines described elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement. Public shareholders may elect to redeem all or a portion of the public shares held by them regardless of if or how they vote in respect of the BCA Proposal. If you wish to exercise your redemption rights, please see the answer to the next question: “How do I exercise my redemption rights?” If you are a holder of SC Health public warrants (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates), you have the right to require the Sponsor to repurchase or cause one of the Sponsor’s affiliates to repurchase your SC Health public warrants, at $1.00 per SC Health public warrant (exclusive of commissions) provided that you follow the procedures and deadlines described elsewhere in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement. In the event the Business Combination is later abandoned, the Sponsor or its affiliate will not repurchase the SC Health public warrants, and the SC Health public warrants will be returned to the holders. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of the Business Combination with respect to the SC Health public warrants.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such public shareholder or any other person with whom such public shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its public shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares. Accordingly, if a public shareholder, alone or acting in concert or as a group, seeks to redeem more than 20% of the public shares, then any such shares in excess of that 20% limit would not be redeemed for cash.

The Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) has agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. The Founder Shares will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price.

 

Q:

How do I exercise my redemption rights?

 

A:

If you are a public shareholder and wish to exercise your right to redeem the public shares, you must:

 

  (i)

(a) hold public shares, or (b) if you hold public shares through units, you elect to separate your units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising your redemption rights with respect to the public shares;

 

  (ii)

submit a written request to AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, that SC Health redeem all or a portion of your public shares for cash; and

 

  (iii)

deliver your certificates for public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, physically or electronically through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

Holders must complete the procedures for electing to redeem their public shares in the manner described above prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on                 , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on                 , 2021) (two business days before the General Meeting) in order for their shares to be redeemed.

The address of AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, is listed under the question “Who can help answer my questions?” below.

Holders of units must elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public shares. If holders hold their units in an account at a

 

19


Table of Contents

brokerage firm or bank, holders must notify their broker or bank that they elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants, or if a holder holds units registered in its own name, the holder must contact AST directly and instruct them to do so.

Public shareholders will be entitled to request that their public shares be redeemed for a pro rata portion of the amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to SC Health (net of taxes payable). For illustrative purposes, as of March 30, 2021, this would have amounted to approximately $10.00 per issued and outstanding public share. However, the proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of SC Health’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the SC Health claims of the public shareholders, regardless of whether such public shareholders vote or, if they do vote, irrespective of if they vote for or against the BCA Proposal. Therefore, the per share distribution from the trust account in such a situation may be less than originally expected due to such claims. Whether you vote, and if you do vote irrespective of how you vote, on any proposal, including the BCA Proposal, will have no impact on the amount you will receive upon exercise of your redemption rights. It is expected that the funds to be distributed to public shareholders electing to redeem their public shares will be distributed promptly after the closing of the Business Combination.

An SC Health shareholder may not withdraw a redemption request once submitted to AST unless SC Health’s board of directors determines (in their sole discretion) to permit the withdrawal of such redemption request (which they may do in whole or in part). Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivers its certificate (if any) along with the redemption forms in connection with an election of its redemption and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, it may simply request that SC Health permit the withdrawal of the redemption request and instruct AST to return the certificate (physically or electronically). The holder can make such request by contacting AST at the address or email address listed in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Any corrected or changed written exercise of redemption rights must be received by AST prior to the vote taken on the BCA Proposal at the General Meeting. No request for redemption will be honored unless the holder’s certificates for public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms have been delivered (either physically or electronically) to AST at least two business days prior to the vote at the General Meeting.

If a holder of public shares properly makes a request for redemption and the certificates for public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms are delivered as described above, then, if the Business Combination is consummated, SC Health will redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of funds deposited in the trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination. As a result of the election by an eligible holder of SC Health Class A ordinary shares, all or a portion of such SC Health Class A ordinary shares held by such holder shall be redeemed at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the trust account (including any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account) (as determined in accordance with the SC Health Governing Documents).

If you are a holder of public shares and you exercise your redemption rights, such exercise will not result in the loss of any warrants that you may hold.

 

Q:

If I am a holder of units, can I exercise redemption rights with respect to my units?

 

A:

No. Holders of issued and outstanding units must elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public shares. If you hold your units in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, you must notify your broker or bank that you elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants, or if you hold units registered in your own name, you must contact AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, directly and instruct them to do so. You are requested to cause your public shares to be separated and delivered to AST along with the redemption

 

20


Table of Contents
  forms by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on                 , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on                 , 2021) (two (2) business days before the General Meeting) in order to exercise your redemption rights with respect to your public shares.

 

Q:

What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising my redemption rights?

 

A:

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising your redemption rights with respect to your SC Health Class A ordinary shares to receive cash from the trust account in exchange for SC Health Class A ordinary shares depend on your particular facts and circumstances. It is possible that you may be treated as selling such SC Health Class A ordinary shares and, as a result, recognize capital gain or capital loss. It is also possible that the redemption may be treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes depending on the amount of SC Health Class A ordinary shares that you own or are deemed to own (including through the ownership of warrants). For a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income tax considerations of an exercise of redemption rights, see “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

All holders considering exercising redemption rights are urged to consult their tax advisor on the tax consequences to them of an exercise of redemption rights, including the applicability and effect of U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.

 

Q:

What happens to the funds deposited in the trust account after closing of the Business Combination?

 

A:

Following the closing of SC Health’s initial public offering, an amount equal to $172.5 million ($10.00 per unit) of the net proceeds from SC Health’s initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants was placed in the trust account. As of March 19, 2021, funds in the trust account totaled approximately $174,545,229 and were comprised entirely of U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 180 days or less or of money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. These funds will remain in the trust account, except for the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, until the earliest of (1) the completion of a business combination (including the closing of the Business Combination) and (2) the redemption of all of the public shares if SC Health is unable to complete a business combination by April 16, 2021 (or if such date is further extended at a duly called General Meeting, such later date), subject to applicable law.

Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, the funds deposited in the trust account will be released to: (i) pay holders of SC Health public shares who properly exercise their redemption rights; (ii) to pay transaction fees and expenses associated with the Business Combination; and (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes of HoldCo following the Business Combination. See “Summary of the Prospectus/Proxy Statement—Sources and Uses of Funds for the Business Combination.”

 

Q:

What happens if a substantial number of the public shareholders vote in favor of the BCA Proposal and exercise their redemption rights?

 

A:

SC Health’s public shareholders are not required to vote in respect of the Business Combination in order to exercise their redemption rights. Accordingly, the Business Combination may be consummated even though the funds available from the trust account and the number of public shareholders are reduced as a result of redemptions by public shareholders.

The SC Health Governing Documents provide that SC Health is only required to redeem public shares so long as (after such redemption) SC Health’s net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of the Business Combination, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission (so that SC Health is not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).

 

21


Table of Contents
Q:

What conditions must be satisfied to complete the Business Combination?

 

A:

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain customary closing conditions, including, among others: (i) approval of the Business Combination and related agreements and transactions by the respective shareholders of SC Health and Rockley (including approval of the Equity Scheme by the Rockley shareholders and the High Court of the United Kingdom); (ii) effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part; (iii) expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act; (iv) receipt of approval for listing on the NYSE the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Merger; (v) that SC Health have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon Closing; (vi) the amount of cash actually received by HoldCo from the PIPE Investors being at least equal to $150,000,000 (the “Minimum Cash Condition”); and (vii) the absence of any injunctions enjoining or prohibiting the closing of the Business Combination.

For more information about conditions to the closing of the Business Combination, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger.”

 

Q:

When do you expect the Business Combination to be completed?

 

A:

It is currently expected that the Business Combination will be consummated in the second quarter of 2021. This date depends, among other things, on the approval of the proposals to be put to SC Health shareholders at the General Meeting. However, such meeting could be adjourned if the Adjournment Proposal is adopted by SC Health’s shareholders at the General Meeting and SC Health elects to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that there are insufficient votes for the approval of one or more proposals at the General Meeting. For a description of the conditions for the completion of the Business Combination, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger.”

 

Q:

What happens if the Business Combination is not consummated?

 

A:

If SC Health is not able to complete the Business Combination with Rockley by April 16, 2021 and is not able to complete another business combination by such date, in each case, as such date may be extended pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents, SC Health will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of SC Health’s remaining shareholders and its board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for SC Health claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

 

Q:

Do I have appraisal rights in connection with the proposed Business Combination?

 

A:

Neither SC Health’s shareholders nor SC Health’s warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Cayman Islands law.

 

Q:

What do I need to do now?

 

A:

SC Health urges you to read this prospectus/proxy statement, including the Annexes and the documents referred to herein, carefully and in their entirety and to consider how the Business Combination will affect

 

22


Table of Contents
  you as a shareholder or warrant holder. SC Health’s shareholders should then vote as soon as possible in accordance with the instructions provided in this prospectus/proxy statement and on the enclosed proxy card.

 

Q:

How do I vote?

 

A:

If you are a holder of record of ordinary shares on the record date for the General Meeting, you may vote in person at the General Meeting or by submitting a proxy for the General Meeting. You may submit your proxy by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the accompanying pre-addressed postage-paid envelope. If you hold your shares in “street name,” which means your shares are held of record by a broker, bank or nominee, you should contact your broker, bank or nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. In this regard, you must provide the broker, bank or nominee with instructions on how to vote your shares or, if you wish to attend the General Meeting and vote in person, obtain a valid proxy from your broker, bank or nominee.

 

Q:

If my shares are held in “street name,” will my broker, bank or nominee automatically vote my shares for me?

 

A:

No. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the “beneficial holder” of the shares held for you in what is known as “street name.” If this is the case, this prospectus/proxy statement may have been forwarded to you by your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, or its agent, and you may need to obtain a vote instruction form from the institution that holds your shares and follow the instructions included on that form regarding how to instruct your broker, bank or nominee as to how to vote your shares. Under the rules of various national and regional securities exchanges, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-discretionary matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank, or nominee. We believe all the proposals presented to the shareholders will be considered non-discretionary and therefore your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction. Your bank, broker, or other nominee can vote your shares only if you provide instructions on how to vote. As the beneficial holder, you have the right to direct your broker, bank or other nominee as to how to vote your shares and you should instruct your broker to vote your shares in accordance with directions you provide. If you do not provide voting instructions to your broker on a particular proposal on which your broker does not have discretionary authority to vote, your shares will not be voted on that proposal. This is called a “broker non-vote.” Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting, and otherwise will have no effect on a particular proposal.

 

Q:

When and where will the General Meeting be held?

 

A:

The General Meeting will be held at                , local Singapore time, on                , 2021, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900, or such other date, time and place to which such meeting may be adjourned or postponed, to consider and vote upon the proposals. Shareholders who hold their shares in street name will need to obtain a legal proxy from their broker, bank or other nominee. The General Meeting will begin promptly at                , local Singapore time.

 

Q:

Who is entitled to vote at the General Meeting?

 

A:

SC Health has fixed                , 2021 as the record date for the General Meeting. If you were a shareholder of SC Health at the close of business on the record date, you are entitled to vote on matters that come before the General Meeting. However, a shareholder may only vote his or her shares if he or she is present in person or is represented by proxy at the General Meeting.

 

23


Table of Contents
Q:

How many votes do I have?

 

A:

SC Health shareholders are entitled to one vote at the General Meeting for each ordinary share held of record as of the record date. As of the close of business on the record date for the General Meeting, there were                ordinary shares issued and outstanding, of which                % were issued and outstanding public shares held by SC Health shareholders, with the rest being held by SC Health’s Initial Shareholders.

 

Q:

What constitutes a quorum?

 

A:

A quorum of SC Health shareholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the General Meeting if the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting are represented in person or by proxy. As of the record date for the General Meeting,                ordinary shares would be required to achieve a quorum.

 

Q:

What vote is required to approve each proposal at the General Meeting?

 

   

BCA Proposal: The approval of the BCA Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Merger Proposal: The approval of the Merger Proposal requires a special resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Incentive Plan Proposal: The ordinary resolution is being sought to approve the Incentive Plan Proposal, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

ESPP Proposal: The ordinary resolution is being sought to approve the ESPP Proposal, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Adjournment Proposal: The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

Q:

What are the recommendations of SC Health’s board of directors?

 

A:

SC Health’s board of directors believes that the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the General Meeting are in the best interest of SC Health’s shareholders and unanimously recommends that its shareholders vote “FOR” the approval of the BCA Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Merger Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the ESPP Proposal and “FOR” the approval of the Adjournment Proposal, in each case, if presented to the General Meeting.

 

Q:

How does the Sponsor intend to vote its shares?

 

A:

The Sponsor has agreed to vote all the Founder Shares and any other public shares it may hold in favor of all the proposals being presented at the General Meeting. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

 

24


Table of Contents
Q:

What happens if I sell my SC Health ordinary shares before the General Meeting?

 

A:

The record date for the General Meeting is earlier than the date of the General Meeting and earlier than the date that the Business Combination is expected to be completed. If you transfer your public shares after the applicable record date, but before the General Meeting, unless you grant a proxy to the transferee, you will retain your right to vote at such General Meeting but the transferee, and not you, will have the ability to redeem such shares (if time permits).

 

Q:

May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

 

A:

Yes. Shareholders may send a later-dated, signed proxy card to AST at AST’s address set forth below so that it is received by AST prior to the vote at the General Meeting (which is scheduled to take place on                , 2021) or attend the General Meeting in person and vote. Shareholders also may revoke their proxy by sending a notice of revocation to AST, which must be received by AST prior to the vote at the General Meeting. However, if your shares are held in “street name” by your broker, bank or another nominee, you must contact your broker, bank or other nominee to change your vote.

 

Q:

What happens if I fail to take any action with respect to the General Meeting?

 

A:

If you fail to take any action with respect to the General Meeting and the Business Combination is approved by shareholders and the Business Combination is consummated, you will become a shareholder or warrant holder of HoldCo. If you fail to take any action with respect to the General Meeting and the Business Combination is not approved, you will remain a shareholder or warrant holder of SC Health. However, if you fail to vote with respect to the General Meeting, you will nonetheless be able to elect to redeem your public shares in connection with the Business Combination (if time permits).

 

Q:

What should I do with my share certificates, warrant certificates or unit certificates?

 

A:

SC Health shareholders who exercise their redemption rights must deliver (either physically or electronically) their share certificates (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, prior to the General Meeting.

Holders must complete the procedures for electing to redeem their public shares in the manner described above prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on                 , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on                 , 2021) (two business days before the General Meeting) in order for their shares to be redeemed.

SC Health warrant holders should not submit the certificates relating to their warrants. Public shareholders who do not elect to have their public shares redeemed for the pro rata share of the trust account should not submit the certificates relating to their public shares.

 

Q:

What should I do if I receive more than one set of voting materials?

 

A:

Shareholders may receive more than one set of voting materials, including multiple copies of this prospectus/proxy statement and multiple proxy cards or vote instruction forms. For example, if you hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you will receive a separate vote instruction form for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. If you are a holder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you will receive more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each proxy card and vote instruction form that you receive in order to cast a vote with respect to all of your ordinary shares.

 

Q:

Who will solicit and pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the General Meeting?

 

A:

SC Health will pay the cost of soliciting proxies for the General Meeting. SC Health has engaged Morrow Sodali LLC to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the General Meeting. SC Health has agreed to pay

 

25


Table of Contents
  Morrow Sodali LLC a fee of $            , plus disbursements. SC Health will also reimburse banks, brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries representing beneficial owners of SC Health’s Class A ordinary shares for their expenses in forwarding soliciting materials to beneficial owners of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and in obtaining voting instructions from those owners. SC Health’s directors and officers may also solicit proxies by telephone, by facsimile, by mail or email, on the Internet or in person. They will not be paid any additional amounts for soliciting proxies.

 

Q:

Where can I find the voting results of the General Meeting?

 

A:

The preliminary voting results will be expected to be announced at the General Meeting. SC Health will publish final voting results of the General Meeting in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days after the General Meeting.

 

Q:

Who can help answer my questions?

 

A:

If you have questions about the Business Combination or if you need additional copies of the prospectus/proxy statement or additional proxies you may contact Morrow Sodali LLC, SC Health’s proxy solicitor, by calling (800) 662-5200 (toll-free in North America), or +1 (203) 658-9400 (outside of North America), or by email at SCPE.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

You also may obtain additional information about SC Health from documents filed with the SEC by following the instructions in the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.” If you are a holder of public shares and you intend to seek redemption of your public shares, you will need to deliver the certificates for your public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms (either physically or electronically) to AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, at the address below prior to the General Meeting. Holders must complete the procedures for electing to redeem their public shares in the manner described above prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on                 , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on                 , 2021) (two business days before the General Meeting) in order for their shares to be redeemed. If you have questions regarding the certification of your position or delivery of your share certificates (if any) along with the redemption forms, please contact:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11219

Attention: Felix Orihuela

Email: FOrihuela@astfinancial.com

 

26


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS/PROXY STATEMENT

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus/proxy statement and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. To better understand the proposals to be submitted for a vote at the General Meeting, including the Business Combination, you should read this entire document carefully, including the Business Combination Agreement, which is attached as Annex A to this prospectus/proxy statement. The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger is the legal document that governs the Business Combination and the other transactions that will be undertaken in connection therewith. The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger is also described in detail in this prospectus/proxy statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger.”

The Parties to the Business Combination Agreement

SC Health

SC Health is a blank check company incorporated on December 10, 2018, as a Cayman Islands exempted company and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

On July 16, 2019, SC Health consummated its initial public offering of 15,000,000 units. Each unit consists of one Class A Share, and one-half of one redeemable warrant of SC Health. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Share for $11.50 per share. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $150,000,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, SC Health completed the private sale of 5,000,000 warrants to its Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $5,000,000.

On August 2, 2019, SC Health consummated the closing of the sale of 2,250,000 additional Units at the price of $10.00 per unit upon receiving the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, generating additional gross proceeds of $22,500,000 to SC Health. Simultaneously with the exercise of the over-allotment, SC Health completed the private sale of an additional 450,000 private placement warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $450,000.

Following the closing of SC Health’s initial public offering, a total of $172.5 million ($10.00 per unit) of the proceeds from its initial public offering was placed in the trust account. As of March 19, 2021, funds in the trust account totaled approximately $174,545,229.

The SC Health Class A ordinary shares, SC Health units and SC Health public warrants are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SCPE,” “SCPE.U” and “SCPE.WS,” respectively.

SC Health’s principal executive office is located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00 Singapore 068900. SC Health’s corporate website address is https://www.schealthcorp.com SC Health’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus/proxy statement.

Rockley

Rockley is a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales on September 9, 2013. Rockley’s mission is to be the leading global provider of sensing products comprised of integrated optical modules with supporting electronics, software, application algorithms, and AI platforms for high-volume applications in

 

27


Table of Contents

dynamic and high-growth market sectors. Rockley’s focus is on consumer wearables and mobile and medical devices in the health and wellness sectors and the hyper-scale data center connectivity that allows them to seamlessly work together. Rockley’s principal executive office is located at Clarendon Business Centre, 57 Woodstock Road, Oxford, OX2 6HJ. Its telephone number is +44 (0) 1865 292017.

HoldCo

HoldCo is a Cayman Islands exempted company, was incorporated solely for the purposes of the Business Combination and as of the date hereof has as its sole shareholder, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE. HoldCo does not own any material assets or operate any business. HoldCo’s principal executive office is located at Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT. Its telephone number is +44 (0) 1865 292017.

Merger Sub

Merger Sub is a Cayman Islands exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo. Merger Sub does not own any material assets or operate any business. Merger Sub’s principal executive office is located at Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT. Its telephone number is +44 (0) 1865 292017.

Proposals to be Put to the Shareholders of SC Health at the General Meeting

The following is a summary of the proposals to be put to the General Meeting of SC Health and certain transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are cross-conditioned. The Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal are conditioned upon the approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are not conditional on the Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal being approved. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal set forth in this prospectus/proxy statement. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will be consummated only if the Condition Precedent Proposals are approved at the General Meeting.

BCA Proposal

As discussed in this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health is asking its shareholders to approve by ordinary resolution and adopt the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2021, by and among SC Health, Rockley, HoldCo and Merger Sub, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex A. The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger provides for, among other things, the merger of Merger Sub with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement as more fully described elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement. After consideration of the factors identified and discussed in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—SC Health’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination,” SC Health’s board of directors concluded that the Business Combination met the requirements disclosed in the prospectus for SC Health’s initial public offering, including that the business of SC Health and its subsidiaries had a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time of SC Health’s signing the Business Combination Agreement. For more information about the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal.”

 

28


Table of Contents

Merger Consideration

At the Merger Effective Time, immediately following the SC Health Class B Conversion, by virtue of the Merger, and without any further action on the part of SC Health, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or the holders of any of the following securities:

 

  1.

each SC Health Class A ordinary share (other than any SC Health Class A ordinary shares held in treasury by SC Health (if any) (each, an “Excluded Share” and, collectively, “Excluded Shares”)) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall automatically be exchanged for one HoldCo Ordinary Share, in accordance with Section 233(5) of the Cayman Islands Companies Act following a share capital increase realized by HoldCo by virtue of the Merger, to be subscribed by the contributing holders of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares (the “Merger Consideration”), which HoldCo ordinary shares HoldCo shall cause to be issued and delivered in accordance with its obligations set forth in the Business Combination Agreement;

 

  2.

all SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than the Excluded Shares) shall cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and (A) each certificate formerly representing SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than Excluded Shares) and (B) each entry in the SC Health’s register of members formerly representing SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than Excluded Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall thereafter, in case of both (A) and (B), only represent the right to receive Merger Consideration into which such SC Health Class A ordinary shares have been exchanged (and contributed-in-kind) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement;

 

  3.

each Excluded Share shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of SC Health, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled without payment of any consideration therefor and shall cease to exist; and

 

  4.

each ordinary share, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Merger Sub (the “Merger Sub ordinary shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Surviving Company. For further details, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger.

Closing Conditions

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain customary closing conditions, including, among others; (i) approval by SC Health’s shareholders of the Business Combination and related agreements and transactions; (ii) the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part; (iii) the receipt of certain regulatory approvals (including, but not limited to, approval for listing on the NYSE of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Merger); (iv) that SC Health has at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon Closing; (v) the satisfaction of the Minimum Cash Condition; and (vi) the absence of any injunctions enjoining or prohibiting the closing of the Business Combination. For further details, see Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Closing Conditions.”

If such conditions are not met, and such conditions are not or cannot be waived under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, then the Business Combination Agreement could terminate and the proposed Business Combination may not be consummated. In addition, pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents, in no event will SC Health redeem public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

For further details, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger—Consideration.

 

29


Table of Contents

Merger Proposal

As discussed in this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health is asking its shareholders to approve by special resolution the Plan of Merger between SC Health and Merger Sub in the form to be tabled at the General Meeting, which will be substantially in the form set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health so that SC Health will be the surviving company and all the undertakings, property, rights and liabilities of Merger Sub vest in SC Health by virtue of such merger pursuant to the Cayman Island Companies Act, and the consummation of the Merger and the remaining transactions contemplated thereby, be authorized, approved and confirmed in all respects and that SC Health be authorized to enter into the Plan of Merger.

The Plan of Merger is in the form required by the Cayman Island Companies Act and the Merger will become effective at the time when the Plan of Merger is registered by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, or at such later time as may be agreed by SC Health and the Company in writing and specified in the Plan of Merger.

For further details, see “Proposal No. 2—Merger Proposal”.

Incentive Plan Proposal

As discussed in this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health is asking its shareholders to approve by ordinary resolution the 2021 Plan and to authorize the issuance of HoldCo ordinary shares in connection with the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. The purpose of the 2021 Plan is to align the interests of eligible employees and other service providers with those of HoldCo’s shareholders. The total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan will be 7,631,196 shares, plus any shares outstanding under the 2013 Plan after the effective date of the 2021 Plan that (i) are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised or settled, (ii) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash, (iii) are subject to vesting restrictions and are subsequently forfeited, (iv) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price, or (v) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation, plus an annual increase over the 10-year period commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including January 1, 2031) equal to the lesser of 4% of the outstanding HoldCo shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or such amount as determined by the Board (or Committee authorized to administer the 2021 Plan).

ESPP Proposal

As discussed in this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health is asking its shareholders to approve by ordinary resolution the ESPP and to authorize the issuance of HoldCo ordinary shares to eligible employees. The purpose of the ESPP is to provide a broad-based employee benefit to attract the services of new eligible employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum effort toward the Company’s success by purchasing HoldCo ordinary shares on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The number of shares available for purchase under the ESPP is 1,526,239, plus an annual increase over the 10-year period commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including January 1, 2031) equal to the least of 1% of the outstanding shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, 1,526,239 shares, or such amount as determined by the Board (or Committee authorized to administer the ESPP).

Adjournment Proposal

If, based on the tabulated vote, there are not sufficient votes at the time of the General Meeting to authorize SC Health to consummate the Business Combination (because any of the Condition Precedent Proposals (as defined below) have not been approved (including as a result of the failure of any other cross-conditioned

 

30


Table of Contents

Condition Precedent Proposals to be approved)), SC Health’s board of directors may submit a proposal to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies. For additional information, see “Adjournment Proposal.”

Related Agreements

This section describes certain additional agreements entered into or to be entered into pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements.”

Investor Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health, the Sponsor, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company entered into the Investor Support Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex B. Pursuant to the Investor Support Agreement, the Sponsor has agreed to, among other things: (i) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to its shares and warrants in SC Health; (ii) vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the related transaction proposals contemplated therein; (iii) vote against certain transactions involving SC Health or against any proposal or agreement that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of SC Health under the Business Combination Agreement or ancillary agreements, result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled or change the dividend policy or capitalization of SC Health; and (iv) waive any rights to adjustment or other anti-dilution protections with respect to the exchange of shares in SC Health for shares in HoldCo and certain rights relating to certain working capital loans, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Support Agreement. In addition, the Sponsor agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

The Investor Support Agreement will terminate in its entirety, and be of no further force or effect, upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the Merger Effective Time; (b) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms; and (c) the written agreement of SC Health, the Sponsor, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company. Upon such termination of the Investor Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under the Investor Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party thereto to any person in respect thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party thereto will have any claim against another (and no person will have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter thereof; provided, however, that the termination of the Investor Support Agreement will not relieve any party thereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of the Investor Support Agreement prior to such termination. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Investor Support Agreement.

Company Holders Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health entered into the Company Holders Support Agreement with the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and certain shareholders of the Company (the “Company Shareholders”), a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex C. Pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement, certain shareholders who hold a material number of shares in the Company have agreed to, among other things and subject to certain tax conditions being met: (i) vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at the court meeting and general meeting of the Company shareholders contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any

 

31


Table of Contents

ancillary agreement; (ii) vote against certain transactions involving the Company that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any ancillary agreements or the Company Holders Support Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of the Company under the Business Combination Agreement or other related agreement, or result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled; (iii) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the ordinary shares of the Company held by the shareholder; and (iv) do all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and not take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to those transactions, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Holders Support Agreement.

The Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate in its entirety, and be of no further force or effect, upon the earliest to occur of (i) the Merger Effective Time, (ii) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms and (iii) as to each Company Shareholder party thereto, the mutual written agreement of SC Health, the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub and each such Company Shareholder. Upon such termination of the Company Holders Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under the Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party thereto to any person in respect thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party thereto will have any claim against another (and no person will have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter thereof; provided, however, that the termination of the Company Holders Support Agreement will not relieve any party thereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of the Company Holders Support Agreement prior to such termination. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Company Holders Support Agreement.”

Dr. Andrew Rickman OBE (chairman and chief executive officer of the Company and currently the sole shareholder of HoldCo), entered into the AR Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex D, which is on the same terms as the Company Holders Support Agreement except that it also includes Dr. Rickman agreeing to vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at a general meeting (or by written consent) of the shareholders of HoldCo, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by HoldCo in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contemplates that, at the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo, the Sponsor, and certain former shareholders of Rockley, will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which HoldCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain HoldCo ordinary shares and other equity securities of HoldCo that are held by the parties thereto from time to time. Additionally, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement generally provides for a 180-day Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) for the Sponsor and other equity investors and their Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), subject to certain other terms and conditions depending on the price of the HoldCo ordinary shares. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.

PIPE Subscription Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, 15,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment amount of $150,000,000. The closings under the Subscription Agreements will occur substantially concurrently with the

 

32


Table of Contents

closing of the Business Combination. Additionally, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to waive any claims that they may have at the closing of the Business Combination or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, the Subscription Agreements against SC Health, including with respect to the trust account. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—PIPE Subscription Agreements.

Ownership of HoldCo following the Business Combination

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, there are 22,829,750 SC Health ordinary shares issued and outstanding, which include the 5,562,500 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) and the 17,250,000 public shares. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, there is outstanding an aggregate of 14,075,000 SC Health warrants, which includes the 5,450,000 SC Health private placement warrants held by the Sponsor and 8,625,000 SC Health public warrants. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share which shall be exchanged for one HoldCo ordinary share. Therefore, as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement (without giving effect to the Business Combination), the SC Health fully diluted share capital would be 36,887,500 SC Health ordinary shares.

It is anticipated that, following the Business Combination, (1) SC Health’s public shareholders are expected to own approximately 11.3% of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares, (2) Rockley Shareholders (without taking into account any public shares held by the Rockley Shareholders prior to the closing of the Business Combination or purchased in the PIPE Financing) are expected to own approximately 75.2% of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares, (3) the Sponsor and related parties (including the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor) are expected to collectively own approximately 6.9% of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares and (4) the PIPE Investors (other than the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor) are expected to own approximately 6.6% of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares. These percentages assume (i) that no public shareholders exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination, (ii) (a) the vesting of all HoldCo ordinary shares received in respect of the HoldCo Restricted Shares and (b) that HoldCo issues HoldCo ordinary shares as the Merger Consideration pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, which in the aggregate equals 137,623,911 HoldCo ordinary shares, and (iii) that HoldCo issues 15,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the PIPE Financing. The percentages do not take into account the issuance of any shares underlying HoldCo options prior to the Business Combination or the issuance of any shares underlying HoldCo options that will be held by equity holders of HoldCo following completion of the Business Combination. If the actual facts are different from these assumptions, the percentage ownership retained by the Company’s existing shareholders in the combined company will be different.

The following table illustrates varying ownership levels in HoldCo immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination and other events contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

 

     Share Ownership of
HoldCo
       
     No Redemption     Maximum
Redemption(1)
 
Shareholder    Shares      %     Shares      %  

Former SC Health Class A shareholders

     17,250,000        11.3     988,576        0.7

Sponsor and related parties(2)

     10,562,500        6.9     10,562,500        7.8

Former Rockley shareholders and warrant holders

     114,811,411        75.2     114,811,411        84.2

Third party investors in PIPE Financing(3)

     10,000,000        6.6     10,000,000        7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding at closing of the Business Combination(4)

     152,623,911        100     136,362,487        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

This scenario assumes that 16,261,424 SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed for an aggregate payment of $174.5 million, which is derived from the number of shares that could be redeemed in

 

33


Table of Contents
  connection with the Business Combination at an assumed redemption price of approximately $10.73 per share of HoldCo ordinary shares based on the trust account balance as of December 31, 2020 in order for the amount of cash available in the trust account following the General Meeting to be at least equal to $5,000,001.
(2)

Amount includes 5,562,500 HoldCo ordinary shares the Sponsor will receive upon conversion of its Class B Ordinary Shares and 5,000,000 shares subscribed for by the Sponsor and the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor in the PIPE Financing.

(3)

Amount includes 2,100,000 HoldCo ordinary shares subscribed for by current shareholders of Rockley in the PIPE Financing but excludes shares to be acquired by Sponsor Related PIPE Investor. See note (2) above.

(4)

The figures in this table are presented only as illustrative examples and are based on the assumptions described above, which may be different from the actual amount of redemptions in connection with the Business Combination. In the event that SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination but the number of shares redeemed is less than 16,261,424, the ownership percentages set forth above will vary on a linear basis between the two scenarios.

Date, Time and Place of General Meeting of SC Health’s Shareholders

The General Meeting of the shareholders of SC Health will be held at                 , local Singapore time, on                 , 2021, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900, to consider and vote upon the proposals to be put to the General Meeting, including if necessary, the Adjournment Proposal, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies if, based upon the tabulated vote at the time of the General Meeting, each of the Condition Precedent Proposals have not been approved.

Registering for the General Meeting

Any shareholder wishing to attend the General Meeting should register for the General Meeting by                 , 2021 at                , local Singapore time. To register for the General Meeting, please follow these instructions as applicable to the nature of your ownership of ordinary shares:

 

   

Beneficial shareholders (those holding shares through a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other holder of record) who wish to attend the General Meeting must obtain a legal proxy by contacting their account representative at the bank, broker, or other nominee that holds their shares and e-mail a copy (a legible photograph is sufficient) of their legal proxy to AST at FOrihuela@astfinancial.com.

Voting Power; Record Date

SC Health shareholders will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the General Meeting if they owned ordinary shares at the close of business on                 , 2021, which is the record date for the General Meeting. Shareholders will have one vote for each ordinary share owned at the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. SC Health warrants do not have voting rights. As of the close of business on the record date, there were                 ordinary shares outstanding, of which                 % were public shares, with the rest being held by SC Health’s Initial Shareholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

Quorum and Vote of SC Health Shareholders

A quorum of SC Health shareholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the SC Health General Meeting if the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting are represented in person or by proxy (which would include presence at the General Meeting). Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as a vote cast at the General Meeting.

As of the record date for the General Meeting,                 SC Health ordinary shares would be required to achieve a quorum.

The Sponsor has agreed to vote all of its ordinary shares in favor of the proposals being presented at the General Meeting. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares.

The proposals presented at the General Meeting require the following votes:

 

   

BCA Proposal: The approval of the BCA Proposal requires an ordinary resolution, being the affirmative vote for the proposal by the holders of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares who, being present and entitled to vote at the General Meeting to approve the BCA Proposal, vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Merger Proposal. The approval of the Merger Proposal requires a special resolution, being the affirmative vote for the proposal by holders of a majority of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares, who being present and entitled to vote at the General Meeting to approve the Merger Proposal vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Incentive Plan Proposal. The approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal requires an ordinary resolution, being the affirmative vote for the proposal by holders of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares, who being present and entitled to vote at the General Meeting to approve the Incentive Plan Proposal vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

ESPP Proposal. The approval of the ESPP Proposal requires an ordinary resolution, being the affirmative vote for the proposal by holders of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares, who being present and entitled to vote at the General Meeting to approve the ESPP Proposal vote at the General Meeting.

 

   

Adjournment Proposal: The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires an ordinary resolution, being the affirmative vote for the proposal by the holders of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares who, being present and entitled to vote at the General Meeting to approve the Adjournment Proposal, vote at the General Meeting.

Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as a vote cast at the General Meeting.

Redemption Rights

Pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents, a public shareholder may request that SC Health redeem all or a portion of its public shares for cash if the Business Combination is consummated. As a holder of public shares, you will be entitled to receive cash for any public shares to be redeemed only if you:

 

   

hold public shares or if you hold public shares through units, you elect to separate your units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising your redemption rights with respect to the public shares;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

submit a written request to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“AST”), SC Health’s transfer agent, that HoldCo redeem all or a portion of your public shares for cash; and

 

   

deliver the certificates for your public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST physically or electronically through DTC.

Holders must complete the procedures for electing to redeem their public shares in the manner described above prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on                 , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on                 , 2021) (two business days before the General Meeting) in order for their shares to be redeemed.

Holders of units must elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public shares. If holders hold their units in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, holders must notify their broker or bank that they elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants, or if a holder holds units registered in its own name, the holder must contact AST directly and instruct them to do so. Public shareholders may elect to redeem all or a portion of the public shares held by them regardless of if or how they vote in respect of the BCA Proposal. If the Business Combination is not consummated, the public shares will be returned to the respective holder, broker or bank. If the Business Combination is consummated, and if a public shareholder properly exercises its right to redeem all or a portion of the public shares that it holds and timely delivers the certificates for its shares (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST, HoldCo will redeem such public shares for a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro rata portion of the trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, as of March 30, 2021, this would have amounted to approximately $10.00 per issued and outstanding public share. If a public shareholder exercises its redemption rights in full, then it will be electing to exchange its public shares for cash and will no longer own public shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such public shareholder or any other person with whom such public shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its public shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares. Accordingly, if a public shareholder, alone or acting in concert or as a group, seeks to redeem more than 20% of the public shares, then any such shares in excess of that 20% limit would not be redeemed for cash.

Each holder of SC Health public warrants (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates) will have the right to require the Sponsor to repurchase or cause one of its affiliates to repurchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), such holder’s outstanding SC Health public warrants in connection with the completion of the Business Combination. In the event the Business Combination is later abandoned, the Sponsor or its affiliate will not repurchase the SC Health public warrants, and the SC Health public warrants will be returned to the holders. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of the Business Combination with respect to the SC Health public warrants.

The Sponsor has agreed to vote in favor of the Business Combination, regardless of how SC Health’s public shareholders vote. The Sponsor and each director and each officer of SC Health have agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, in the case of the Sponsor, subject also to the terms and conditions contemplated by the Investor Support Agreement. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

Appraisal Rights

Neither SC Health shareholders nor SC Health warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Cayman Islands law.

 

36


Table of Contents

Proxy Solicitation

Proxies may be solicited by mail, telephone or in person. SC Health has engaged Morrow Sodali to assist in the solicitation of proxies.

If a shareholder grants a proxy, it may still vote its shares in person if it revokes its proxy before the General Meeting. A shareholder also may change its vote by submitting a later-dated proxy as described in the section entitled “General Meeting of SC Health—Revoking Your Proxy.”

Interests of HoldCo Health Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When you consider the recommendation of SC Health’s board of directors in favor of approval of the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal, you should keep in mind that the HoldCo and Rockley’s directors and executive officers have interests in such proposal that are different from, or in addition to, those of SC Health shareholders and warrant holders generally. These interests include, among other things, are discussed “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation—HoldCo Executive Compensation.”

Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination

When you consider the recommendation of SC Health’s board of directors in favor of approval of the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal, you should keep in mind that the Sponsor and SC Health’s directors and executive officers have interests in such proposal that are different from, or in addition to, those of SC Health shareholders and warrant holders generally. These interests include, among other things, the interests listed below:

 

   

Prior to SC Health’s initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased 3,450,000 SC Health Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $ 0.006 per share. As a result of the significantly lower investment per share of SC Health’s Sponsor as compared with the investment per share of SC Health’s public shareholders, a transaction which results in an increase in the value of the investment of the Sponsor may result in a decrease in the value of the investment of SC Health public shareholders.

 

   

In addition, if SC Health does not consummate a business combination by April 16, 2021 (or if such date is extended at a duly called extraordinary general meeting, such later date), it would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, redeeming all of the outstanding public shares for cash and, subject to the approval of its remaining shareholders and its board of directors, liquidating and dissolving, subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, the 5,562,500 SC Health Class B ordinary shares owned by the Sponsor would be worthless because following the redemption of the public shares, SC Health would likely have few, if any, net assets and because the Sponsor and SC Health’s directors and officers have agreed to waive their respective rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account in respect of any SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health Class B ordinary shares held by it or them, as applicable, if SC Health fails to complete a business combination within the required period. Additionally, in such event, the 5,000,000 private placement warrants purchased by the Sponsor simultaneously with the consummation of SC Health’s initial public offering for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000 will also expire worthless.

 

   

SC Health’s director and executive officer, David Sin, also has a direct or indirect economic interest in such private placement warrants and in the 5,562,500 SC Health Class B ordinary shares owned by the Sponsor. The 5,562,500 HoldCo ordinary shares into which the 5,562,500 SC Health Class B ordinary shares held by the Sponsor will automatically be exchanged for in connection with the Business Combination (after such SC Health Class B ordinary shares are automatically converted into SC Health Class A ordinary shares), if unrestricted and freely tradable, would have had an aggregate market value of $56.1 million based upon the closing price of $10.09 per public share on the NYSE on March 30,

 

37


Table of Contents
 

2021, the most recent practicable date prior to the date of this prospectus/proxy statement. However, given that such HoldCo ordinary shares will be subject to certain restrictions, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health believes such shares have less value. The 5,450,000 HoldCo warrants into which the 5,450,000 private placement warrants held by the Sponsor will automatically convert in connection with the Business Combination, if unrestricted and freely tradable, would have had an aggregate market value of $60.0 million based upon the closing price of $11.00 per public warrant on the NYSE on March 30, 2021, the most recent practicable date prior to the date of this prospectus/proxy statement;

 

   

Angelo John Coloma and Lim Cheok Peng, current directors of SC Health, are expected to be directors of HoldCo after the closing of the Business Combination, subject to obtaining the CFIUS approval. As such, in the future, Mr. Coloma and Dr. Lim may receive fees for their services as directors of HoldCo, which may consist of cash or stock-based awards under the 2021 Plan, and any other remuneration that HoldCo’s board of directors determines to pay to its non-employee directors. For additional information, see “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation;”

 

   

HoldCo’s existing directors and officers will be eligible for continued indemnification and continued coverage under HoldCo’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy after the Business Combination and pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

The Sponsor Related PIPE Investor has subscribed for $50,000,000 of the PIPE Financing, for which it will receive 5,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—SC Health—Subscription Agreements;

 

   

In order to protect the amounts held in SC Health’s trust account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will indemnify and hold harmless SC Health if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to SC Health, or a prospective target business with which SC Health has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case, less taxes payable, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under the indemnity of the underwriters of SC Health’s initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act;

 

   

SC Health’s officers and directors and their affiliates are entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination. However, if SC Health fails to consummate a business combination by April 16, 2021 (or if such date is extended at a duly called extraordinary general meeting, such later date), they will not have any claim against the trust account for reimbursement. Accordingly, SC Health may not be able to reimburse these expenses if the Business Combination or another business combination is not completed by such date; and

 

   

Pursuant to the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, the Sponsor will have customary registration rights, including demand and piggy-back rights, subject to cooperation and cut-back provisions with respect to the HoldCo ordinary shares and warrants held by such parties following the closing of the Business Combination.

The Sponsor has agreed to vote in favor of the Business Combination, regardless of how SC Health’s public shareholders vote. The Sponsor and each director and each officer of SC Health have agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, in the case of the Sponsor, subject also to the terms and conditions contemplated by the Investor Support Agreement.

 

38


Table of Contents

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

At any time at or prior to the Business Combination, during a period when they are not then aware of any material non-public information regarding SC Health or SC Health’s securities, the Sponsor, Rockley, SC Health’s or Rockley’s respective directors, officers, advisors, or their respective affiliates may purchase public shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against any of the Condition Precedent Proposals, or execute agreements to purchase such shares from such investors in the future, or they may enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares or vote their public shares in favor of the Condition Precedent Proposals. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of SC Health’s shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor, Rockley or their respective directors, officers, advisors or respective affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholder would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of (1) satisfaction of the requirement that holders of a majority of the SC Health ordinary shares, represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the General Meeting, vote in favor of the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal, (2) the satisfaction of the Minimum Cash Condition, (3) otherwise limiting the number of public shares electing to redeem and (4) SC Health’s net tangible assets being at least $5,000,001.

Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on the SC Health ordinary shares (e.g., by giving an investor or holder the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market, such investor or holder may therefore become more likely to sell the shares he or she owns, either at or prior to the Business Combination). If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Business Combination to be consummated in circumstances where such consummation could not otherwise occur. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the proposals to be presented at the General Meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder.

The personal and financial interests of the Sponsor as well as SC Health’s directors and officers may have influenced their motivation in identifying and selecting Rockley as a business combination target, completing an initial business combination with Rockley and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. In considering the recommendations of SC Health’s board of directors to vote for the proposals, its shareholders should consider these interests.

Recommendation to Shareholders of SC Health

SC Health’s board of directors believes that the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the General Meeting are in the best interest of SC Health’s shareholders and unanimously recommends that its shareholders vote “FOR” the approval of the BCA Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Merger Proposal, and “FOR” the approval of each of the other proposals, in each case, if presented to the General Meeting.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests

 

39


Table of Contents

of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

Stock Exchange Listing

The SC Health Class A ordinary shares, SC Health units and SC Health public warrants are currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “SCPE,” “SCPE.U” and “SCPE.WS.” Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the SC Health securities will be delisted from the NYSE. HoldCo intends to apply to list the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants on the NYSE under the symbols “RKLY” and “RKLY.W,” respectively, upon the closing of the Business Combination. We cannot assure you that the HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants will be approved for listing on the NYSE.

Sources and Uses of Funds for the Business Combination

The following table summarizes the sources and uses for funding the Business Combination.

 

Sources

   

Uses

 
($ in millions)                

Rockley shareholders rollover

  $ 1,148.1     Rockley shareholders rollover   $ 1,148.1  

Cash and investments held in trust account(1)

    172.5     Cash to balance sheet     288.9  
    Promissory note(2)     0.1  

PIPE Financing

    150.0     Transaction expenses     33.5  
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total sources

    1,470.6     Total uses     1,470.6  

 

(1)

Assumes no redemptions.

(2)

In January 2019, SC Health issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which SC Health could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2019 or the completion of the initial public offering. In January 2019, SC Health transferred its outstanding advance from a related party in the amount of $32,313 into the Promissory Note. The outstanding balance of $254,595 under the Promissory Note was repaid as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, on December 30, 2020, the Sponsor deposited $100,000 into the operating bank account of SC Health for working capital. This amount is outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

For a discussion summarizing certain U.S. federal income tax considerations of an exercise of redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination, please see “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Expected Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination will be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, SC Health will be treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes, and Rockley will be treated as the accounting acquiror. In accordance with this accounting, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of Rockley issuing stock for the net assets of SC

 

40


Table of Contents

Health, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SC Health will be stated at historical costs, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, and operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Rockley. Rockley has been deemed to be the accounting acquiror for purposes of the Business Combination based on an evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

   

Rockley’s existing shareholders will hold a majority ownership interest in HoldCo, irrespective of whether or not existing shareholders of SC Health exercise their right to redeem their ordinary shares of SC Health, and as such, will have the power to appoint a majority of the member of HoldCo’s board of directors;

 

   

Rockley’s existing senior management team will comprise senior management of HoldCo;

 

   

Rockley’s is the larger of the companies based on historical operating activity and employee base; and

 

   

Rockley’s operations will comprise the ongoing operations of HoldCo.

The Business Combination

We expect the Business Combination to be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under the guidance in ASC 805, SC Health is expected to be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination is expected to be reflected as the equivalent of Rockley issuing stock for the net assets of SC Health, accompanied by a recapitalization whereby no goodwill or other intangible assets are recorded.

Regulatory Matters

Under the HSR Act and the rules that have been promulgated thereunder by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), certain transactions may not be consummated unless information has been furnished to the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (“Antitrust Division”) and the FTC and certain waiting period requirements have been satisfied. Certain anticipated shareholders of HoldCo under the Business Combination are subject to these requirements and may not obtain ordinary shares until the expiration of a 30-day waiting period following the filing of the required Notification and Report Forms with the Antitrust Division and the FTC or until early termination is granted. On                 , 2021, the Sponsor and HoldCo filed the required forms under the HSR Act with respect to the Business Combination with the Antitrust Division and the FTC and requested early termination. On                 , 2021, the 30-day waiting period expired.

At any time before or after closing of the Business Combination, notwithstanding termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act, the Antitrust Division or the FTC, or any state or foreign governmental authority could take such action under applicable antitrust laws as such authority deems necessary or desirable in the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the closing of the Business Combination, conditionally approving the Business Combination upon divestiture of assets, subjecting the completion of the Business Combination to regulatory conditions or seeking other remedies. Private parties may also seek to take legal action under the antitrust laws under certain circumstances. SC Health cannot assure you that the Antitrust Division, the FTC, any state attorney general or any other government authority will not attempt to challenge the Business Combination on antitrust grounds, and, if such a challenge is made, SC Health cannot assure you as to its result.

Neither SC Health nor Rockley are aware of any material regulatory approvals or actions that are required for completion of the Business Combination other than the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to the Sponsor’s acquisition of HoldCo’s ordinary shares. It is presently contemplated that if any such additional regulatory approvals or actions are required, those approvals or actions will be sought. There can be no assurance, however, that any additional approvals or actions will be obtained.

Certain investments that involve the acquisition of, or investment in, a U.S. business may be subject to review and approval by CFIUS, depending on the structure, beneficial ownership, rights and control of interests

 

41


Table of Contents

in the U.S. business. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health’s Designation Right (as defined in Section 9.8 of the Business Combination Agreement) will not become operative until and unless CFIUS Approval has been obtained. CFIUS Approval shall occur only when one of the following conditions has been met: (a) in response to the filing of a Notice by the parties, SC Health and Rockley have received written notice from CFIUS stating that: (1) CFIUS has concluded that SC Health’s Designation Right (as defined in Section 9.8 of the Business Combination Agreement) is not a Covered Transaction (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.213) and not subject to review under the DPA; or (2) the review and/or investigation of SC Health’s Designation Right under the DPA has been concluded and there are no unresolved national security concerns; or (b) CFIUS has sent a report to the President of the United States requesting the President’s decision on SC Health’s Designation Right and either (1) the period under the DPA during which the President may announce his decision to take action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SC Health’s Designation Right has expired without any such action being threatened, announced or taken or (2) the President has announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SC Health’s Designation Right.

Emerging Growth Company

SC Health is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in SC Health’s periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. SC Health has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, SC Health, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of SC Health’s financial statements with certain other public companies difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

SC Health will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of SC Health’s initial public offering, (b) in which SC Health has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which SC Health is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which means the market value of SC Health’s common equity that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th; and (2) the date on which SC Health has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, SC Health is a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. SC Health will remain a smaller reporting company until the last business day of June in any fiscal year in which (1) the market value of its common equity held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of such date or (2) the market value of its common equity exceeds $250 million as of such date and its annual revenues exceeds $100 million during its fiscal year immediately preceding such date.

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

In evaluating the proposals to be presented at the General Meeting, shareholders should carefully read this prospectus/proxy statement and especially consider the factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

43


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The following diagrams illustrate in abbreviated and simplified form the current structures of Rockley, SC Health and the PIPE Financing as well as the expected structure of HoldCo upon the closing of the Business Combination.

Current Structure

 

LOGO

Anticipated Ending Structure

 

LOGO

 

44


Table of Contents

COMPARATIVE SHARE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth summary historical comparative share information for SC Health and Rockley, respectively, and unaudited pro forma condensed combined per share information of HoldCo after giving effect to the Business Combination and other events contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement presented under two scenarios:

 

   

No Redemption Scenario — this scenario assumes that no SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed; and

 

   

Maximum Redemption Scenario — this scenario assumes that 16,261,424 SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed for an aggregate payment of $174.5 million, which is derived from the number of shares that could be redeemed in connection with the Business Combination at an assumed redemption price of approximately $10.73 per share of HoldCo ordinary shares based on the trust account balance as of December 31, 2020 in order for the amount of cash available in the trust account following the General Meeting to be at least equal to $5,000,001 million.

The pro forma book value information reflects the Business Combination as if it had occurred on December 31, 2020. The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding and net loss per share information reflects the Business Combination as if it had occurred on December 31, 2020.

This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of SC Health and Rockley and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement. The unaudited pro forma combined per share information of SC Health and Rockley is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement in the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

The unaudited pro forma combined income (loss) per share information below does not purport to represent the income (loss) per share which would have occurred had the companies been combined during the periods presented, nor earnings per share for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma combined book value per share information below does not purport to represent what the value of SC Health and Rockley would have been had the companies been combined during the periods presented.

 

                Pro forma combined     Rockley equivalent pro forma
per share data(2)
 
    SC Health(1)     Rockley(1)     Assuming no
redemptions
    Assuming
maximum
redemptions
    Assuming no
redemptions
   

Assuming

maximum
redemptions

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    17,250,000       114,811,411       152,623,911       136,362,487       82,848,660       82,848,660  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding — SC Health Class B basic and diluted

    5,562,500       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

  $ 0.04     $ (0.70   $ (0.42   $ (0.47   $ (1.03)     $ (1.15)  

SC Health Class B basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.31     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit) per share — basic and diluted

  $ 0.22     $ (0.27   $ 2.79     $ 1.93     $ 6.87     $ 4.76  

 

45


Table of Contents
(1)

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for SC Health includes amounts related to SC Health Class A ordinary shares and for Rockley includes amounts related to Rockley ordinary shares. Potentially dilutive shares have been deemed to be anti-dilutive and, accordingly, have been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share. As of December 31, 2020, potentially dilutive shares that have been excluded from the determination of SC Health diluted loss per share include 14,075,000 outstanding warrants issued in connection with its initial public offering. Potentially dilutive shares that have been excluded from the determination of Rockley diluted loss per share, as of December 31, 2020, includes 4,420,105 and 985,828 options and warrants to purchase shares of Rockley ordinary shares that will remain outstanding and become exercisable to purchase ordinary shares of HoldCo upon consummation of the Business Combination.

(2)

The equivalent pro forma basic and diluted per share data for Rockley is calculated by multiplying the combined pro forma per share data by 2.461, which is the exchange ratio as determined in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement. Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted is calculated by multiplying the exchange ratio of 2.461 by the shares of Rockley ordinary shares that will be exchanged in the Business Combination.

 

46


Table of Contents

MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

The SC Health Class A ordinary shares, SC Health units and SC Health public warrants of SC Health are currently listed on the NYSE under the symbols “SCPE,” “SCPE.U” and “SCPE.WS,” respectively.

The most recent closing price of the units, ordinary shares and redeemable warrants as of March 18, 2021, the last trading day before announcement of the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, was $10.11, $10.76 and $1.19, respectively. As of                 , 2021, the record date for the General Meeting, the closing price for each unit, ordinary shares and redeemable warrant was $                , $                 and $                , respectively.

Holders of the units, public shares and public warrants should obtain current market quotations for their securities. The market price of SC Health’s securities could vary at any time before the Business Combination.

Holders

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement there was 1 holder of record of SC Health’s Class A ordinary shares, 4 holders of record of SC Health Class B ordinary shares, 1 holder of record of SC Health public units and 2 holders of SC Health’s warrants. See “Beneficial Ownership of Securities.”

Dividend Policy

SC Health has not paid any cash dividends on the SC Health Class A ordinary shares to date and does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of the Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon the revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition of HoldCo subsequent to completion of the Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to the Business Combination will be within the discretion of HoldCo’s board of directors. SC Health’s board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring share dividends nor is it currently expected that HoldCo’s board of directors will declare any dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, the ability of HoldCo to declare dividends may be limited by the terms of financing or other agreements entered into by HoldCo or its subsidiaries from time to time.

Price Range of Rockley’s Securities

Historical market price information regarding Rockley is not provided because there is no public market for Rockley’s securities. For information regarding Rockley’s liquidity and capital resources, see “Rockley’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

47


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Shareholders should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus/proxy statement, including the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein, before they decide whether to vote or instruct their vote to be cast to approve the proposals described in this prospectus/proxy statement. Certain of the following risk factors apply to the business of Rockley and may also apply to the business and operations of HoldCo or the post-Business Combination company following Closing of the Business Combination. If any of the following risks occurs, or if Rockley, HoldCo, or the post-Business Combination company fail to manage these risks and uncertainties successfully, it may have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, or financial condition of Rockley, HoldCo, or the post-Business Combination company after the Business Combination. Further, if any of the following risks or events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ordinary shares of HoldCo and the post-Business Combination company following the Business Combination. Further, the value of an investment in SC Health following the closing of the Business Combination of the Business Combination will be subject to the significant risks affecting Rockley and inherent to the industry in which Rockley operates. If any of the risks or events described below occur, shareholders may lose all or part of their investment. The risks and uncertainties described in this “Risk Factors” section or elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement may also be incorrect or may change and should be read together with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein. Additional risks and uncertainties presently unknown to Rockley, SC Health, and HoldCo may also have a material and adverse impact on the post-Business Combination company.

As used in the risks described in this subsection, references to “the company,” “Rockley,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” are intended to refer to the business and operations of Rockley prior to the Business Combination and the business and operations of HoldCo as directly or indirectly affected by Rockley by virtue of HoldCo’s ownership of Rockley following the Business Combination, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Risks Related to Rockley’s Business and Industry

Rockley has incurred net losses since inception and expects to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. If Rockley does not fully develop or commercialize its products and services, including its silicon photonics chipsets, or if such products and services experience significant delays, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operation will be materially and adversely affected and Rockley may never achieve or sustain profitability.

Rockley has to date generated revenue primarily from non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) and development services for customer-specific designs of silicon photonics chipsets for incorporation into its customers’ end products. Rockley incurred a net loss of $80.3 million and $50.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, Rockley had an accumulated deficit of $232.9 million. Rockley believes that it will continue to incur operating and net losses for the foreseeable future, including for a period of time after commercialization of its silicon photonics chipsets, which is not currently expected to begin until 2022; provided that any such commercialization may occur later than 2022 or not at all. Even if Rockley is able to successfully develop and sell its products, there can be no guarantee that it will do so within its anticipated timeframe or that its products will be commercially successful. Rockley’s potential future profitability is dependent upon the successful development, commercial introduction, and acceptance of its products and services, including its silicon photonics chipsets for the consumer wearables market and its module applications with biomarker detection capabilities for advanced health metrics. Because Rockley will incur costs to develop and commercialize its products and services, including its chipsets and module applications, before it receives any significant revenue from any sales of such products or services, Rockley’s losses in future periods may continue. Rockley may never achieve or sustain profitability.

Rockley expects to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future as it:

 

   

continues to invest in its technology and its silicon photonics chipsets and modules, as well as its cloud-based analytics subscription service;

 

48


Table of Contents
   

continues to develop innovative solutions and applications for its technology;

 

   

commercializes its silicon photonics solutions;

 

   

continues to invest in its sales and marketing activities and distribution channels;

 

   

invests and improves its operational, financial, and management information systems;

 

   

increases its headcount;

 

   

expands its intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

enhances internal functions, systems, and infrastructure to support its anticipated transition to a public company.

Rockley has a history of recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations, and a significant accumulated deficit, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a “going concern.”

Since inception, Rockley has financed its operations primarily through the issuance and sale of convertible loan notes, ordinary shares and revenue received from agreed-upon projects. As of December 31, 2020, Rockley’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $19.2 million and it had an accumulated deficit of $232.9 million. Due to Rockley’s history of recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows from operations, and a significant accumulated deficit, its management concluded that there is substantial doubt about Rockley’s ability to continue as a going concern. There have been no adjustments to the accompanying financial statements of Rockley to reflect this uncertainty. Rockley’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon it becoming profitable in the future or obtaining the necessary capital to meet its obligations. Rockley’s determination of substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern could materially limit its ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, debt financing or otherwise. There can be no assurance that any such issuance of equity securities, debt financing or other means of financing will be available in the future, or the terms of any such financing will be acceptable to Rockley. Further, there can be no assurance that Rockley will ever become profitable or continue as a going concern.

If the end products into which Rockley’s products are incorporated are not fully developed and commercialized or do not achieve widespread market acceptance, or if such products experience delays, cancellations, or reductions, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley’s success in developing and commercializing its products depends in large part on its customers’ success in developing, commercializing, and achieving widespread market acceptance of their end products that incorporate Rockley’s products. Rockley’s customers may be unable to fully develop and commercialize, or achieve widespread market acceptance of, their end products that incorporate Rockley’s products. Further, these customers may not continue to incorporate Rockley’s products into their end products either in the short or long term. If such customers’ end products are not fully developed and commercialized, fail to achieve or maintain widespread market acceptance, experience delays, or if Rockley’s customers otherwise choose not incorporate Rockley’s products into their end products, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

If Rockley’s products are not selected for inclusion in its customers’ end products, including products for the consumer health and wellness market, or adopted in other industry verticals or use cases or are not adopted by leading consumer and medical device companies, life sciences companies, or their respective suppliers, Rockley’s business will be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley is currently developing products for use in its customers’ end products, which are in varying stages of development. Many of these products, including products for consumer device, medical device, and life sciences companies, require extensive testing or qualification processes, which involve testing of Rockley’s

 

49


Table of Contents

products in the customers’ end products and systems, as well as testing for reliability. These qualification processes may continue for several months or longer. However, qualification of any of Rockley’s products by a customer does not assure any sales of such product by Rockley to that customer. Even after successful qualification and sales by Rockley of a product to a customer, a subsequent revision in Rockley’s third-party contractors’ manufacturing process or Rockley’s selection of a new supplier may require a new qualification process with Rockley’s customers, which may result in delays in the sale of such product and could also result in Rockley holding excess or obsolete inventory. After Rockley’s products are qualified, it can take several months before the customer commences production of end products that incorporate Rockley’s products. Rockley spends significant time and resources to have its products selected for incorporation into these end products, which is known as a “design win.” If Rockley fails to win a significant number of design wins in its target markets, its business, results of operations, and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley is targeting the deployment of its products in the consumer health and wellness and medical device sectors and forecasts of Rockley’s future results contained in this prospectus/proxy statement assume that Rockley will successfully commercialize its products and achieve significant market penetration in these sectors. As a result, if Rockley’s products are not selected for inclusion by consumer device and medical device companies or life sciences companies, or their suppliers, Rockley’s actual results may differ materially from the forecasts and projections included in this prospectus/proxy statement and Rockley’s business would be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley’s limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate its future prospects and the risks and challenges which may impact its business.

Rockley was founded in 2013, completed development of its advanced sensing platform in 2019, launched its healthcare module offering in 2020, and has not yet fully developed and commercialized any of its products. This relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate Rockley’s future prospects and the risks and challenges it may encounter. The risks and challenges which may impact Rockley’s future prospects and business include, but are not limited to, its ability to:

 

   

successfully commercialize its products and services, including its silicon photonics chipsets, module applications, and analytics subscription service;

 

   

develop innovative applications for its silicon photonics and sensing technology;

 

   

expand its sales and marketing activities and distribution channels;

 

   

improve its operational, financial, and management information systems;

 

   

attract, hire, integrate, and retain qualified talent to support the growth of its business. This includes increasing headcount to appropriately staff to projected growth;

 

   

protect its intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

enhance internal, systems, functions, and infrastructure to support its anticipated transition to a public company;

 

   

comply with existing and new or modified laws and regulations applicable to its business;

 

   

manage capital expenditures for its current and future products, as well as its supply chain and supplier relationships;

 

   

anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes and changes in the markets in which it operates;

 

   

effectively manage its growth and business operations, including the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on its business; and

 

   

hire, integrate, and retain qualified talent to support the growth of its business.

 

50


Table of Contents

If Rockley fails to successfully manage the risks and difficulties that it faces, including those associated with the challenges listed above and those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors Related to Rockley” section, its business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Further, because Rockley has a limited operating history and has not yet commercialized its products, it is difficult to accurately assess its future prospects or financial performance. Rockley has encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If Rockley’s assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which it uses to plan and operate its business, are incorrect or change, or if it does not address these risks successfully, its results of operations could differ materially from its expectations and its business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley’s forecasts and projections are based upon assumptions, analyses, and internal estimates developed by Rockley’s management. If these assumptions, analyses, or estimates prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, Rockley’s actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected.

Rockley’s forecasts and projections included in this prospectus/proxy statement are subject to uncertainty and are based on assumptions, analyses, and internal estimates developed by Rockley’s management, all or some of which may not prove to be correct or accurate. If these assumptions, analyses, or estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to estimated revenue, production costs, operating expenses, and cash utilization, prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, Rockley’s actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected. We have in the past experienced actual results which varied from our estimates. These assumptions, analyses, or estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which are outside of Rockley’s control. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, risks discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors Related to Rockley” section and in this prospectus/proxy statement, as well as those discussed below:

 

   

Revenue-related assumptions:

 

   

Customer contracts and design wins: Rockley’s existing memoranda of understanding (“MOUs”) and development contracts may not ultimately convert into production contracts. In addition, Rockley may be unable to secure design wins from additional customers in a timely manner;

 

   

Form of customer arrangement: It is possible that instead of entering into agreements with customers for the purchase of a significant amount of Rockley’s products, Rockley may be required to enter into license arrangements with certain customers, any of which would have a significant impact on the revenue Rockley has currently forecasted to achieve;

 

   

Timing of launch and delivery: Rockley or Rockley’s customers may encounter delays in the launch or delivery of Rockley’s product or the customer’s end product incorporating Rockley’s product, including due to a customer’s decision to delay the launch of a product, Rockley’s ability to deliver its product in a timely manner to a customer, which in turn may result in the customer canceling a contract, technical challenges, or customer-related delays in its development program;

 

   

Pricing and volume fluctuation: Rockley may experience pricing and volume fluctuations due to price negotiations, lower than anticipated unit volumes, delays in volume ramp, decreases in average selling prices due to competition or market dynamics, or other factors; and

 

   

Timing and execution of customer agreements: Rockley may face difficulties in meeting customer milestones in a timely manner or achieving required technical specifications. In addition, Rockley may experience execution delays under its NRE programs, including with its largest customer, due to resource constraints or customer delay. Further, to the extent Rockley were to enter into licensing arrangements in lieu of a product sale with a customer, including its largest customer, it could have a significant negative impact on Rockley’s anticipated revenue.

 

51


Table of Contents
   

Production cost-related assumptions:

 

   

Production volume and ramp: Rockley has in the past, and may in the future experience delays in contract execution, lower than expected manufacturing yields, manufacturing delays, and technical challenges, including if and when Rockley commences commercial production of its products, any of which could negatively impact forecasted production volume and ramp;

 

   

Production cost: Rockley may be unable to secure the volume pricing or yield cost levels underlying its assumptions and indirect materials and production overhead costs may exceed forecasted amounts; and

 

   

Inventory and obsolescence: Rockley’s quality, warranty, return merchandise authorization, and inventory obsolescence may exceed forecasted amounts. Rockley may also experience product recalls which are not included in Rockley’s assumptions. Further, Rockley may incur greater than expected costs in connection with its NRE programs.

 

   

Operating expenses and cash utilization-related assumptions: Rockley’s cash utilization may exceed currently anticipated rates due to a variety of factors, including lower than expected revenue, revenue delays, higher than anticipated production and manufacturing costs, operating expenses, and capital expenditures, lower than anticipated average selling prices, greater than anticipated cash needs for internal resources and organic growth, and potential strategic investments and acquisitions not currently anticipated.

The forecasts and projections in this prospectus/proxy statement also include forecasts and estimates relating to the expected size and growth of the markets in which Rockley operates or intends to enter, including the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets. Such markets may not develop or grow, or may develop and grow at a lower rate than expected, and even if these markets experience the forecasted growth described in this prospectus/proxy statement, Rockley may not grow its business at similar rates, or at all. Accordingly, the forecasts and estimates of market size and growth described in this prospectus/proxy statement should not be taken as a guarantee or other indication of Rockley’s future growth or results of operations. In addition, these forecasts may be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors outside of Rockley’s control, including, but limited to, factors associated with the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

The strategic initiatives Rockley has undertaken or may undertake in the future may be more costly than currently anticipated and Rockley may not generate sufficient revenue to offset the costs of these initiatives, which in turn would negatively impact Rockley’s ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

Rockley continues to invest in initiatives designed to grow its business, including:

 

   

partnering with customers and potential customers to develop and commercialize Rockley’s products;

 

   

investing in research and development;

 

   

investing in its workforce, including its engineering talent;

 

   

expanding its sales, marketing, and distribution efforts;

 

   

investing in new applications and markets for its products;

 

   

partnering with third-parties to develop manufacturing processes; and

 

   

investing in legal, accounting, and other administrative and internal functions necessary to support its operations as a public company.

These initiatives may be more costly than anticipated and Rockley may not generate sufficient revenue to offset the costs of these initiatives. Certain of Rockley’s market opportunities, such as healthcare monitoring devices incorporating sensing capabilities for disease detection and management, are at an early stage of development, and it may be years before these end markets generate demand for Rockley’s products at scale, if at

 

52


Table of Contents

all. Rockley’s revenue may be adversely affected for a number of reasons, including the rate and degree of development or market acceptance of new technology that competes with its products, failure of Rockley’s customers to develop and commercialize their end products that incorporate Rockley’s products, Rockley’s inability to effectively manage production of its products to scale, Rockley’s inability to enter new markets or help its customers adopt Rockley’s products for new applications, and Rockley’s failure to attract new customers or expand orders from existing customers. Further, it is difficult to predict the size and growth rate of Rockley’s target markets, customer demand for its products, commercialization timelines, developments in silicon photonics technology, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products and services. As a result, Rockley does not expect to achieve profitability until 2023 at the earliest. If Rockley’s revenue does not grow over the short or long term, its ability to achieve and maintain profitability will be adversely affected, and the value of its business may significantly decrease.

Rockley expects its results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause the stock price of the post-Business Combination company to fluctuate or decline.

Rockley’s revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may vary significantly in the future. Historical comparisons of its operating results may not be relevant, or indicative of future results. In particular, because Rockley’s revenue to date has been generated from NRE and development services for customer-specific designs of silicon photonics chipsets for testing in the customers’ end products, revenue in any given quarter or period can fluctuate based on the timing and success of its customers’ development projects. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Rockley’s quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of its control and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of Rockley’s business. These fluctuations could adversely affect Rockley’s ability to meet its expectations or those of securities analysts, ratings agencies, or investors. If Rockley does not meet these expectations for any reporting period, the value of its business and its securities, or those of the post-Business Combination company, could decline significantly. Factors that may cause these quarterly fluctuations include, but are not limited to, those listed below:

 

   

the timing and magnitude of NRE services revenue in any quarter;

 

   

the timing and magnitude of operating expenses incurred, including research and development expenses;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to meet product development roadmaps and timelines, which in turn may be impacted by resource constraints and must meet certain technical standards;

 

   

the timing and degree of success of commercialization of Rockley’s products;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to attract and retain contracted customers and successfully transition such customers to engaged customers and to attract new customers;

 

   

changes in terms of customer agreements;

 

   

the ability of Rockley’s customers to commercialize and achieve widespread market adoption of products incorporating Rockley’s products;

 

   

the timing and magnitude of orders and shipments of Rockley’s products in any quarter;

 

   

the mix of product sales and licensing arrangements in lieu of product sales;

 

   

the actual timing and magnitude of sales returns and warranty claims of Rockley’s products in any quarter may differ from estimate;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to develop, introduce, commercialize, manufacture, and ship in a timely manner products that meet customer requirements;

 

   

disruptions in Rockley’s sales channels or termination of its relationships with key channel partners;

 

   

customer demand and product life cycles;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

the receipt, reduction, or cancellation of, or changes in the forecasts or timing of, orders by customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the levels of inventories held by distributors or end customers;

 

   

the gain or loss of significant customers, including Rockley’s largest customer;

 

   

fluctuations in sales by customers who incorporate Rockley’s products into their products;

 

   

cyclicality, seasonality, and the competitive landscape in Rockley’s target markets;

 

   

fluctuations in manufacturing yields;

 

   

changes in pricing, product cost, product volume, and product mix;

 

   

sales of subscriptions to Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription service, if and when commercially launched, and in the future, the rate of renewal of subscriptions by existing customers, the extent the use of subscription offerings and related services is expanded under such subscriptions, and timing and magnitude of any such subscriptions which are not renewed;

 

   

the mix of customers licensing the service on a subscription basis as compared to a perpetual license;

 

   

the size, timing, and terms of its subscription agreements with new customers;

 

   

supply chain disruptions, delays, shortages, and capacity limitations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or other reasons;

 

   

the impact and duration of the global COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the timing and rate of broader market adoption of consumer and medical devices utilizing Rockley’s products or technology across the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device sectors;

 

   

changes in the competitive landscape in Rockley’s target markets, including industry consolidation, regulatory developments, and new market entrants;

 

   

Rockley’s ability to effectively manage its third-party suppliers and manufacturing partners;

 

   

changes in the source, cost, and availability of materials and components incorporated in Rockley’s products;

 

   

adverse litigation, judgments, settlements or other litigation-related costs, or claims that may give rise to such costs;

 

   

general economic, industry, and market conditions, including trade disputes; and

 

   

Rockley’s forecasts of market growth in this prospectus/proxy statement may not be accurate.

Rockley expects to incur significant research and development expenses and devote substantial resources to commercializing new products, which could increase its losses and negatively impact its ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Rockley’s future growth depends on developing and commercializing its products, achieving widespread market adoption of its products, adapting existing products to new applications and customer requirements, and introducing new products to address changing customer and market demands. Rockley plans to incur substantial research and development expenses as part of its efforts to design, develop, manufacture, and commercialize new products and enhance existing products. Rockley’s research and development expenditures could increase its losses and adversely affect its results of operations in the future. Further, Rockley’s research and development efforts may not be successful or result in additional revenue. This in turn would negatively impact Rockley’s ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

 

54


Table of Contents

If Rockley is unable to manage its growth or expansion of operations, including in a cost-efficient manner, its business, operations, and financial condition, as well as its ability to scale its operations, could be materially and adversely affected.

Rockley’s ability to effectively manage its anticipated growth and expansion of operations and manage its transition to operating as a public company will also require it to enhance its operational, financial, and management controls and infrastructure, human resources policies, and reporting systems. These enhancements and improvements will require significant capital expenditures, investments in additional headcount and other operating expenditures, and allocation of valuable management and employee resources. Rockley’s future financial performance and ability to execute on its business plan will depend, in part, on its ability to effectively manage any future growth and expansion. Rockley may be unable to effectively manage any future growth or expansion in an efficient or timely manner. Further, Rockley may not be able to implement improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing controls, programs, systems, and procedures, which could have an adverse effect on its business, reputation, and financial results.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus/proxy statement are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate.

The forecasts and estimates in this prospectus/proxy statement relating to the expected size and growth of the markets for consumer wearables, mobile devices, and medical devices may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth described in this prospectus/proxy statement, Rockley may not grow its business at similar rates, or at all. Rockley’s future growth is subject to many factors, including market adoption of its products, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts and estimates of market size and growth described in this prospectus/proxy statement, including Rockley’s estimates that the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical devices markets will represent, in the aggregate, an approximately over $48 billion of total addressable market for healthcare monitoring devices incorporating additional sensing capabilities by 2025, should not be taken as indicative of Rockley’s future growth. In addition, these forecasts may be materially and adversely affected as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

If Rockley is unable to accurately forecast long-term end-customer adoption rates and demand for Rockley’s products, it could materially and adversely affect its current and future financial results of operations.

Rockley is pursuing opportunities in markets that are undergoing rapid changes, including technological and regulatory changes, and it is difficult to predict the timing and size of the opportunities. For example, consumer health and wellness applications and healthcare monitoring devices require complex technology. Because these products may incorporate technology from other companies, commercialization of these products could be delayed or impaired on account of certain technological components of Rockley or others not being ready to be deployed. Although Rockley currently has MOUs or development and supply agreements with various consumer and medical device companies, these companies may not be able to commercialize products incorporating Rockley’s products immediately, or at all. Regulatory developments, many of which are outside of Rockley’s control, could also cause delays or otherwise impair commercial adoption of these products. Rockley’s future financial performance will depend on its ability to make timely investments in the correct market opportunities. Given the evolving nature of the markets in which Rockley operates in, it is difficult to predict customer demand or adoption rates for its products or the future growth of the markets in which it operates. As a result, the financial projections in this prospectus/proxy statement may not necessarily reflect various estimates and assumptions that may not prove accurate and these projections could differ materially from actual results due to the risks included in this “Risk Factors Related to Rockley” section, among others. If demand does not develop or if Rockley cannot accurately forecast customer demand, the size of its markets, inventory requirements, or its future financial results, its business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

 

55


Table of Contents

Rockley’s target customer and product markets may not grow or develop as Rockley currently expects, and if Rockley fails to penetrate new markets and scale successfully within those markets, Rockley’s revenue and financial condition would be harmed.

Rockley’s target markets include the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets. Any deterioration in Rockley’s target customer or product markets or reduction in capital spending to support these markets could lead to a reduction in demand for Rockley’s products, which would adversely affect its revenue and results of operations. Further, if Rockley’s target customer markets do not grow or develop in ways that Rockley currently forecasts, demand for Rockley’s products may not materialize as expected, which would also negatively impact its business, financial condition, and results of operations. Rockley may be unable to predict the timing or development of trends in its target markets with any accuracy. If Rockley fails to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for these solutions, Rockley’s business may suffer.

Rockley’s future revenue growth, if any, will depend in part on Rockley’s ability to penetrate Rockley’s current target markets, and to enter emerging markets, such as the market for consumer healthcare monitoring devices and predictive analytics. Meeting the technical requirements and securing design wins in any of these new markets will require a substantial investment of Rockley’s time and resources. Rockley may not secure design wins from these or other new markets, or achieve meaningful revenue from sales in these markets. If any of these markets do not develop as Rockley currently anticipates or if Rockley is unable to penetrate and scale them successfully, it may adversely affect Rockley’s ability to grow its business.

Rockley’s target markets are characterized by rapid technological change, which requires Rockley to continue to develop new products and technology innovations and could adversely affect market adoption of its products.

Rapid technological changes in the markets for sensing technology, including the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets, could adversely affect adoption of Rockley’s products, either generally or for particular applications. Rockley’s future success will depend upon its ability to develop and introduce a variety of new capabilities and innovations to its products, as well as introduce new products, to address the changing needs of its target markets. Delays in delivering new products that meet customers’ requirements could damage Rockley’s relationships with its customers and lead them to seek alternative sources of supply. Further, the introduction of new products by Rockley’s competitors, the delay or cancellation of any of Rockley’s customers’ end products into which Rockley’s products are designed, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards could render Rockley’s existing or future products uncompetitive, obsolete, and/or otherwise unmarketable.

In addition, Rockley’s success to date has been based on the delivery of prototypes and services to research and development programs in which customers are investing substantial capital to develop new products. Delays in introducing products and innovations, the failure to choose correctly among technical alternatives, or the failure to offer innovative products at competitive prices may cause existing and potential customers to purchase Rockley’s competitors’ products or turn to alternative sensing technology. If Rockley is unable to successfully develop products that meet changing customer or market requirements on a timely basis or that remain competitive with technological alternatives, its products may fail to achieve commercial adoption, its revenue will decline, it may experience operating losses, and its business and prospects will be adversely affected.

Rockley may be unable to make the substantial investments that are required to remain competitive.

The silicon photonics industry requires substantial and continuous investment in research and development in order to bring to market new and enhanced solutions. Rockley expects its research and development expenditures to increase in the future as part of its strategy to increase demand for Rockley’s solutions in Rockley’s current target markets and to expand into additional markets. Rockley may not have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, Rockley cannot assure you that the technologies, that are the focus of its research and development expenditures will become commercially successful or generate any revenue.

 

56


Table of Contents

If Rockley fails to compete effectively, it may lose or fail to gain market share, which could negatively impact Rockley’s operating results and Rockley’s business.

The global optical components market in general, and the consumer sensor, healthcare, and data communications markets in particular, are highly competitive. Rockley expects competition to increase and intensify as additional companies enter Rockley’s target markets. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced gross margins, and difficulty achieving market penetration, any of which could harm Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. Rockley’s competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of services and optical components, such as LEDs, lasers, detectors, or photonic integrated circuit (“PICs”), to smaller companies specializing in narrow market verticals. Some of Rockley’s key competitors across various verticals include: ams AG (“AMS”), Analog Devices, Inc. (“ADI”), Broadcom Inc. (“Broadcom”), Brolis Semiconductors (“Brolis”), Cisco Systems, Inc. (“Cisco”), GlobalFoundries Inc. (“GlobalFoundries”), Intel Corporation (“Intel”), Lumentum Holdings Inc. (“Lumentum”), Maxim Integrated Products Inc. (“Maxim”), Osram Licht AG (“OSRAM”), Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Limited (“TSMC”), and Tower Semiconductor Ltd. (“Tower Jazz”). Rockley expects competition in its target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings and as new competitors enter these markets.

Rockley’s ability to compete successfully depends, in part, on factors that are outside of its control, including industry and general economic trends. Rockley’s ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including its ability to:

 

   

define, design, and regularly introduce new products that anticipate the functionality and integration needs of Rockley’s customers’ next-generation products and applications;

 

   

build strong and long-lasting relationships with Rockley’s customers and other industry participants;

 

   

cost-effectively develop and commercialize products which compete favorably with competitors’ products;

 

   

achieve design wins;

 

   

accurately estimate the effectiveness and success of Rockley’s customers’ end products incorporating Rockley’s products in their competitive end markets;

 

   

expand its research and development capabilities to provide innovative solutions and maintain Rockley’s product roadmap;

 

   

strengthen its sales and marketing efforts, brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

deliver products in volume on a timely basis at competitive prices;

 

   

withstand or respond to significant price competition;

 

   

build and expand international operations in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce Rockley’s intellectual property rights;

 

   

defend potential patent infringement claims arising from third parties;

 

   

promote and support Rockley’s customers’ incorporation of Rockley’s products into their products; and

 

   

retain high-level talent, including Rockley’s management team and engineers.

Rockley’s competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties or may acquire companies that provide similar products to Rockley’s. As a result, new competitors or alliances may emerge that could capture significant market share. Any of these factors, alone or in combination with others, could harm Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations and result in a loss of market share and an increase in pricing pressure.

 

57


Table of Contents

Rockley may pursue strategic investments or acquisitions in the future. If Rockley fails to successfully select, execute, or integrate its acquisitions, then its business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected, and the stock price of the post-Business Combination company could decline.

From time to time, Rockley may pursue investments or acquisitions to add new products and technologies, acquire talent, gain new sales channels, or enter into new markets or sales territories. In addition to possible shareholder approval, Rockley may need approvals and licenses from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with any applicable laws and regulations, which could result in increased delay and costs. Furthermore, acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets, businesses, key talent, customers, vendors, and suppliers require significant attention from Rockley’s management and could result in a diversion of resources from Rockley’s existing business, which in turn could have an adverse effect on Rockley’s operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the financial results Rockley expects. Acquisitions could result in the use of substantial amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the occurrence of significant goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets, and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business. Moreover, the costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant.

Failure to successfully identify, complete, manage, and integrate acquisitions could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operations and could cause the post-Business Combination company’s stock price to decline.

Rockley’s international operations expose it to operational, financial, and regulatory risks, including possible unfavorable regulatory, political, tax, and labor conditions, which could harm Rockley’s business.

Rockley is committed to growing its international sales, and while it has committed resources to expanding its international operations and sales channels, these efforts may not be successful. International operations are subject to a number of other risks, including:

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue;

 

   

political and economic instability, international terrorism, and anti-American or British sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;

 

   

disadvantages of competing against companies from countries that are not subject to U.S. and U.K. laws and regulations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, and U.S. anti-money laundering regulations, as well as exposure of Rockley’s foreign operations to liability under these regulatory regimes;

 

   

preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;

 

   

potential consequences of, and uncertainty related to, the “Brexit” process in the United Kingdom, which could lead to additional expense and complexity in doing business there;

 

   

less effective protection of intellectual property;

 

   

stringent regulation of the end products incorporating Rockley’s products and stringent consumer protection and product compliance regulations, including but not limited to General Data Protection Regulation in the European Union, European competition law, the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, and the European Ecodesign Directive that are costly to comply with and may vary from country to country;

 

   

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes; and

 

   

the U.S. government’s and U.K. government’s restrictions on certain technology transfer to certain countries of concern.

 

58


Table of Contents

For example, we have significant international operations that are denominating in foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound and Euro, subjecting us to foreign currency exchange risk that may adversely impact our financial results. The occurrence of any of these risks could negatively affect Rockley’s international business and consequently its business, operating results, and financial condition.

The average selling prices of Rockley’s products could decrease rapidly over the life of the product, which may negatively affect Rockley’s revenue and margins. In addition, the selling prices Rockley is able to ultimately charge in the future for the products it is currently developing or commercializing may be less than what Rockley currently projects, which may cause Rockley’s actual operating results to differ materially from its projections.

The prices that Rockley is able to ultimately charge in the future for the products it is currently developing or commercializing may experience declines for a variety of reasons, many of which are outside of Rockley’s control. In order to sell products that have a falling average unit selling price and maintain margins at the same time, Rockley will need to continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, Rockley must engineer the most cost-effective design for its products and collaborate with its manufacturing counterparties to reduce manufacturing costs. Rockley also needs to continually introduce new products with higher sales prices and gross margin in order to maintain its overall gross margin. If Rockley is unable to manage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margin, its revenue and overall gross margin would likely decline. In addition, the selling prices Rockley is able to ultimately charge in the future for the products it is currently developing or commercializing may be less than what Rockley currently projects, which may cause Rockley’s actual operating results to differ materially from its forecasts and projections.

Rockley’s gross margins may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, which could negatively impact Rockley’s results of operations and Rockley’s financial condition.

Rockley’s gross margins may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including customer and product mix, market acceptance of Rockley’s new products, yield, wafer pricing, packaging and testing costs, competitive pricing dynamics, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and geographic and market pricing strategies. To the extent Rockley may offer certain customers favorable prices, it would decrease Rockley’s average selling prices and likely impact gross margins. Further, Rockley may in the future offer pricing incentives to Rockley’s customers on earlier generations of products that inherently have a higher cost structure, which would negatively affect Rockley’s gross margins. In addition, in the event Rockley’s customers, including Rockley’s larger customers, exert more pressure with respect to pricing and other terms, it could put downward pressure on Rockley’s margins.

Because Rockley does not operate its own manufacturing, assembly, or testing facilities, it may not be able to reduce its costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities, and Rockley’s costs may even increase, which could further reduce Rockley’s gross margins. Rockley relies primarily on obtaining yield improvements and volume-based cost reductions to drive cost reductions. To the extent that such cost reductions do not occur at a sufficient level and in a timely manner, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected and may vary from Rockley’s projections and estimates.

In addition, Rockley may in the future maintain an inventory of Rockley’s products at various stages of production and in finished goods inventory. Rockley will hold these inventories in anticipation of customer orders. If those customer orders do not materialize in a timely manner, Rockley may have excess or obsolete inventory which Rockley would have to reserve or write-down, and Rockley’s gross margins would be adversely affected.

 

59


Table of Contents

Because some of the raw materials and key components in its products come from limited or single source suppliers, Rockley is susceptible to supply shortages, long lead times for components, and supply changes, any of which could disrupt its supply chain and could delay deliveries of its products to customers, which could adversely affect Rockley’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Some of the components used in the manufacturing of Rockley’s products are sourced from third-party suppliers. To date, Rockley has produced its products in relatively limited quantities for use in products. Rockley does not have extensive experience in managing its supply chain to manufacture and deliver its products at scale. Some of the key components used to manufacture Rockley’s products come from limited or single source suppliers. Rockley is therefore subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that its suppliers discontinue or modify components used in its products. Rockley has a global supply chain and the COVID-19 pandemic and other health epidemics and outbreaks may adversely affect its ability to source components in a timely or cost effective manner from its third-party suppliers due to, among other things, work stoppages or interruptions. For example, Rockley relies on third-party foundries to manufacture its silicon photonic integrated circuits and for wafer scale integration. Any disruptions to those foundries could materially and adversely affect Rockley’s ability to manufacture its products. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. Rockley has in the past experienced and may in the future experience component shortages and price fluctuations of certain key components and materials, and the predictability of the availability and pricing of these components may be limited. In the event of a component shortage, supply interruption or material pricing change from suppliers of these components, Rockley may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner or at all in the case of sole or limited sources. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and Rockley may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to it, or at all, which may undermine Rockley’s ability to meet its requirements or to fill customer orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would adversely affect Rockley’s ability to meet its scheduled product deliveries to its customers. This could adversely affect Rockley’s relationships with its customers and channel partners and could cause delays in shipment of its products and adversely affect its operating results. In addition, increased component costs could result in lower gross margins. Even where Rockley is able to pass increased component costs along to its customers, there may be a lapse of time before it is able to do so such that Rockley must absorb the increased cost. If Rockley is unable to buy these components in quantities sufficient to meet its requirements on a timely basis, it will not be able to deliver products to its customers. This in turn could materially and adversely affect Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If the foundries with which Rockley contracts do not achieve satisfactory yields or quality, Rockley’s reputation and customer relationships could be harmed.

Rockley depends on satisfactory wafer foundry manufacturing capacity, wafer prices, and production yields, as well as timely wafer delivery, to meet customer demand and enable it to maintain gross margins. The fabrication of Rockley’s products is a complex and technically demanding process. Minor deviations in the manufacturing process can cause substantial decreases in yields and, in some cases, cause production to be suspended. Rockley’s foundry vendors may experience manufacturing defects and reduced manufacturing yields from time to time. Further, any new foundry vendors Rockley employs may present additional and unexpected manufacturing challenges that could require significant management time and focus. Changes in manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective or contaminated materials by the foundries that Rockley employs could result in lower than anticipated production yields or unacceptable performance of Rockley’s products. Many of these problems are difficult to detect at an early stage of the manufacturing process and may be time-consuming and expensive to correct. Poor production yields from the foundries that Rockley employs, or defects, integration issues, or other performance problems in Rockley’s products could significantly harm Rockley’s customer relationships and financial results, and give rise to financial or other damages to Rockley’s customers. Any product liability claim brought against Rockley, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend.

 

60


Table of Contents

Manufacturing yields for new products initially tend to be lower as Rockley completes product development and commence volume manufacturing, and typically increase as Rockley brings the product to full production. While Rockley’s business model includes this assumption of improving manufacturing yields its assumptions may be incorrect and, as a result, material variances between projected and actual manufacturing yields will have a direct effect on Rockley’s gross margin and profitability. The difficulty of accurately forecasting manufacturing yields and maintaining cost competitiveness through improving manufacturing yields will continue to be magnified by the increasing process complexity of manufacturing silicon photonics products.

Raw material price fluctuations can increase the cost of Rockley’s products, impact Rockley’s ability to meet customer commitments, and may adversely affect its results of operations.

The cost of raw materials is a key element in the cost of Rockley’s products. Rockley’s inability to offset material price inflation through increased prices to customers, suppliers, productivity actions, or through commodity hedges could adversely affect Rockley’s results of operations. Many major components, product equipment items, and raw materials are procured or subcontracted on a single or sole-source basis. Although Rockley maintains a qualification and performance surveillance process and Rockley believes that sources of supply for raw materials and components are generally adequate, it is difficult to predict what effects shortages or price increases may have in the future. Rockley’s inability to fill its supply needs would jeopardize its ability to fulfill its contractual obligations, which could, in turn, result in reduced revenue, contract penalties or terminations, and damage to Rockley’s customer relationships.

Furthermore, increases in the price of wafers, testing costs, and commodities, which may result in increased production costs, mainly assembly and packaging costs, may result in a decrease in Rockley’s gross margins. Moreover, Rockley’s suppliers may pass the increase in raw materials and commodity costs onto it which would further reduce the gross margin of Rockley’s products. In addition, as Rockley is a fabless company, global market trends such as a shortage of capacity to fulfill Rockley’s fabrication needs also may increase Rockley’s raw material costs and thus decrease its gross margin.

Rockley is subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles, and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry experienced significant downturns during past global recessions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels, and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. While these downturns have not directly impacted Rockley’s business to date, any prolonged or significant downturn in the semiconductor industry could adversely affect Rockley’s business and reduce demand for Rockley’s products. Any future downturns in the semiconductor industry could also harm Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, any significant upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly capacity. Rockley is dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble Rockley’s products and Rockley can provide no assurance that adequate capacity will be available to it in the future.

If Rockley or its suppliers do not maintain sufficient inventory or if they do not adequately manage their respective inventory, Rockley could lose sales or incur higher inventory-related expenses, which could negatively affect Rockley’s operating results.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, Rockley and its suppliers must forecast inventory needs and expenses, place orders sufficiently in advance with their respective suppliers and manufacturing counterparties, and manufacture products based on its estimates of future demand for particular products. Changes in customer purchasing patterns may affect Rockley’s ability to forecast its future operating results, including revenue, gross margins, cash flows, and profitability. Rockley’s ability to accurately forecast demand for its products could be

 

61


Table of Contents

affected by many factors, including the growth rate, if any, in Rockley’s target markets or the market adoption of the end products into which Rockley’s products are incorporated, the emergence of new markets, an increase or decrease in customer demand for Rockley’s products or for products and services of its competitors, product introductions by competitors, the COVID-19 pandemic, other health epidemics and outbreaks, and any associated work stoppages or interruptions, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. If Rockley’s products are commercialized in markets that are quickly growing, including the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets, Rockley may face challenges acquiring adequate supplies to manufacture its products and/or Rockley and its manufacturing counterparties may not be able to manufacture its products at a rate necessary to satisfy the levels of demand, which would negatively affect Rockley’s revenue. This risk may be exacerbated by the fact that Rockley may not carry or be able to obtain for its manufacturers a significant amount of inventory to satisfy short-term demand increases. If it fails to accurately forecast customer demand, Rockley may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would adversely affect Rockley’s financial results, including its gross margin, and have a negative effect on its brand. Conversely, if Rockley underestimates customer demand for its products, Rockley, or its manufacturing counterparties, may not be able to deliver products to meet its requirements, and this could result in damage to Rockley’s brand and customer relationships and adversely affect its revenue and operating results.

If Rockley’s products do not conform to, or are not compatible with, existing or emerging industry standards, demand for Rockley’s products may decrease, which in turn would harm Rockley’s business and operating results.

Rockley’s ability to compete in the future will depend on its ability to identify and ensure compliance with evolving industry standards in its target markets, as well as in the silicon photonics and sensing technology industry generally. The emergence of new industry standards could render Rockley’s products incompatible with products developed by third-party suppliers or make it difficult for Rockley’s products to meet the requirements of certain device manufacturers and their suppliers. If Rockley’s customers or Rockley’s third-party suppliers adopt new or competing industry standards with which Rockley’s solutions are not compatible, or if industry groups fail to adopt standards with which Rockley’s products are compatible, Rockley’s products would become less desirable to its current or prospective customers. As a result, Rockley’s sales would suffer and it could be required to make significant expenditures to develop new products. Although Rockley designs its products to be compliant with applicable industry standards, proprietary enhancements may not in the future result in conformance with existing industry standards under all circumstances. If Rockley’s products do not conform to, or are not compatible with, existing or emerging standards, it would harm its business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Rockley may be subject to warranty or product liability claims, which could result in unexpected expenses and loss of market share.

Rockley may be subject to warranty or product liability claims. These claims may require Rockley to make significant expenditures to defend those claims, replace Rockley’s solutions, refund payments, or pay damage awards. Rockley has not yet commercialized its products. Accordingly, the operation of Rockley’s products and technology has not been validated over longer periods. If a customer’s end product fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages, including a product recall or associated replacement expenses as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in Rockley’s product caused the product failure and assert a claim against Rockley to recover monetary damages. The cost of defending these claims and satisfying any arbitration award or judgment with respect to these claims would result in unexpected expenses, which could be substantial, and could harm Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although Rockley carries product liability insurance, this insurance is subject to significant deductibles and may not adequately cover Rockley’s costs arising from defects in its products or otherwise.

 

62


Table of Contents

The complexity of Rockley’s products and its anticipated future product and service offerings could result in unforeseen delays or expenses from undetected defects, errors, or reliability issues in hardware or software that could reduce the market adoption of its new products, damage its reputation with current or prospective customers, and adversely affect its operating costs.

Rockley’s current and future products and service offerings are or are expected to be highly technical and very complex and require high standards to manufacture or distribute and have in the past and will likely in the future experience defects, errors, or reliability issues at various stages of development. Rockley may be unable to timely release new products, product updates, manufacture existing products, correct problems that have arisen, or correct such problems to its customers’ satisfaction. Additionally, undetected errors, defects, or security vulnerabilities, especially as new products or updates are introduced or as new versions are released, could result in inaccurate data to the end users of products incorporating Rockley’s products. Any of the foregoing could negatively impact Rockley’s ability to commercialize a product or service offering, result in litigation against Rockley, and damage Rockley’s credibility. These risks may be heightened in the medical device industry, one of Rockley’s target markets, where the end user may act in reliance upon inaccurate data as a result of errors or defects, or where there may be a privacy or data breach of an end user’s personal health information. Some errors or defects in Rockley’s products and service offerings may only be discovered after they have been tested, commercialized, and deployed by customers. In these cases, Rockley may incur significant additional development costs and product recall, repair, or replacement costs. These problems may also result in claims, including class actions, against Rockley by its customers or others. Rockley’s reputation or brand may be damaged as a result of these problems and customers may be reluctant to buy its products, which could adversely affect its ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and could adversely affect its financial results.

In addition to product liability claims, Rockley could face material legal claims for breach of contract, fraud, tort, or breach of warranty as a result of these problems. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of Rockley and its products. In addition, Rockley’s business liability insurance coverage could prove inadequate with respect to a claim and future coverage may be unavailable on acceptable terms or at all. These product-related issues could result in claims against Rockley and its business could be adversely affected.

Rockley currently expects to recognize subscription revenue from its future cloud-based analytics subscription offering ratably over the term of these subscriptions and, to a lesser extent, perpetual licenses ratably over an expected period of benefit and, as a result, downturns in sales may not be immediately reflected in its operating results.

If Rockley is able to commercially launch its cloud-based analytics subscription service, which is currently expected to occur as early as 2023, it expects to recognize revenue ratably over the terms of its subscriptions with customers. As a result, a substantial portion of the revenue that it will report in each period will be derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new sales or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected in its revenue results for that period. This decline, however, will negatively affect its revenue in future periods. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of its subscription service and potential changes in the rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in its results of operations until future periods. This will also make it difficult for Rockley to rapidly increase revenue growth through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers generally will be recognized over the term of the applicable agreement. Rockley may be unable to commercially launch its subscription service offering in a timely manner or at all and such subscription offering may not achieve widespread customer adoption.

 

63


Table of Contents

Any decline in customer renewals, terminations, or failure to convince customers to use Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription service would harm its business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The rate at which Rockley’s customers purchase subscriptions to its cloud-based analytics service will depend on a number of factors, including the perceived value of the service. Rockley anticipates that its subscription offerings for enterprise customers will range from one to two years subject to renewal terms. Rockley’s ability to grow revenue from its cloud-based analytics subscription offering, if and when commercially launched, will depend on a significant percentage of customer renewals when the then-existing subscription terms expire, as well as renewals on the same or more favorable terms. Customers will have no obligation to renew their subscriptions, and Rockley may not be able to accurately predict customer renewal rates. The growth of Rockley’s business will depend in part on its customers adopting and expanding their use of Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription offering and related services. If Rockley’s customers do not maintain or renew their subscriptions or renew on less favorable terms, Rockley’s future business prospects and growth opportunities may suffer.

If Rockley’s future platform offerings do not interoperate with its customers’ network and security infrastructure or with third-party products, websites, or services, it would negatively impact its business and results of operations.

Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription offering, which is under development and is currently expected to be commercially launched as early as 2023, is expected to allow for the deployment of Rockley’s technology through a cloud-based software-as-a-service model. As a result, it must interoperate with Rockley’s customers’ existing network and security infrastructure. The components of Rockley’s customers’ infrastructure have different specifications, rapidly evolve, utilize multiple protocol standards, include multiple versions and generations of products, and may be highly customized. Rockley must be able to interoperate and provide its software service to customers with highly complex and customized networks, which requires careful planning and execution between its customers, its customer support teams, and its channel partners. Further, whenever there are new or updated elements of the customers’ infrastructure or new industry standards or protocols, Rockley may have to update or enhance its cloud platform to continue to provide service to customers. Rockley’s competitors or other vendors may refuse to work with Rockley to allow their products to interoperate with Rockley’s, which could make it difficult for Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription service to function properly in customer networks that include these third-party products.

Rockley may not deliver or maintain interoperability quickly or cost-effectively, or at all. If Rockley fails to maintain compatibility of its cloud-based analytics subscription service with its customers’ network and security infrastructures, its customers may not be able to fully utilize the service, and Rockley may, among other consequences, fail to achieve widespread customer adoption of this subscription service and experience reduced demand for its products and services, which would materially harm its business, operating results, and financial condition.

Rockley licenses technology from third parties, and its inability to maintain those licenses could harm its business.

Rockley incorporates technology that it licenses from third parties, including software, into its software subscriptions. Rockley cannot be certain that its licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties or that its licensors have sufficient rights to the licensed intellectual property in all jurisdictions in which Rockley may sell its software subscriptions. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore its competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to Rockley. Some of Rockley’s license agreements may be terminated for convenience by the licensors. Rockley may also be subject to additional fees or be required to obtain new licenses if any of its licensors allege that Rockley has not properly paid for such licenses or that it has improperly used the technologies under such licenses, and such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to Rockley or at all. If Rockley is unable to continue to license any of this

 

64


Table of Contents

technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against its licensors or against it, or claims against Rockley by its licensors, or if Rockley is unable to continue its license agreements or enter into new licenses on commercially reasonable terms, its ability to develop and sell software subscriptions containing such technology would be severely limited, and its business could be harmed. Additionally, if Rockley is unable to license necessary technology from third parties, it may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology, which it may be unable to do in a commercially feasible manner or at all, and Rockley may be required to use alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay its ability to offer new or competitive software subscriptions and increase its costs of production. As a result, Rockley’s margins, market share, and operating results could be significantly harmed.

Portions of Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription offering utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect its business.

Rockley’s cloud-based analytics subscription offering contains software made available by third parties under so-called “open source” licenses. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that distribute or use open source software in their products and services, asserting that such open source software infringes the claimants’ intellectual property rights. Rockley could be subject to suits by parties claiming that what Rockley believes to be licensed open source software infringes their intellectual property rights. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, certain open source licenses require that source code for software programs that are subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works to such open source software continue to be licensed under the same terms. Further, certain open source licenses also include a provision that if Rockley enforces any patents against the software programs that are subject to the license, it will lose the license to such software. If Rockley were to fail to comply with the terms of such open source software licenses, such failures could result in costly litigation, lead to negative public relations, or require that it quickly find replacement software which may be difficult to accomplish in a timely manner.

Although Rockley monitors its use of open source software in an effort both to comply with the terms of the applicable open source licenses and to avoid subjecting its software to conditions it does not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or international courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on its ability to commercialize its product or operate its business. By the terms of certain open source licenses, Rockley could be required to release the source code of its software and to make its proprietary software available under open source licenses, if Rockley combines or distributes its software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of its software are determined to be subject to an open source license, Rockley could be required to publicly release the affected portions of its source code, re-engineer all, or a portion of, that software or otherwise be limited in the licensing of its software, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of its product. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could negatively affect its business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Customer-Related Risks

Rockley currently has, and intends to target, customers and suppliers that are large corporations with substantial negotiating power, exacting product, quality, and warranty standards, and potentially competitive internal solutions. If Rockley is unable to sell its products to these customers or is unable to enter into agreements with customers and suppliers on satisfactory terms, its prospects and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Many of Rockley’s customers and suppliers, and potential customers, are large corporations with substantial negotiating power relative to it and, in some instances, may have internal solutions that are competitive to

 

65


Table of Contents

Rockley’s products. Many of these large corporations that are customers or potential customers also have significant development resources, which may allow them to acquire or develop independently, or in partnership with others, competitive technologies. Meeting the technical requirements and securing design wins with any of these companies will require a substantial investment of Rockley’s time and resources. Rockley cannot assure you that its products or technology will secure design wins from these or other companies or that it will generate meaningful revenue from the sales of its products to these key customers and potential customers. If Rockley’s products are not selected by these large corporations or if these corporations develop or acquire competitive technology, it will have an adverse effect on Rockley’s business.

Rockley currently depends on a few large customers for a substantial portion of its revenue. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, orders from Rockley’s customers, including its largest customer, could significantly reduce its revenue and adversely impact Rockley’s operating results.

Rockley believes that its operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend to a significant extent on revenue attributable to a few large customers, including Apple Inc., Rockley’s largest customer. Rockley’s two largest customers collectively accounted for 100% and 99.6% of Rockley’s revenue in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Revenue attributable to Rockley’s largest customer accounted for the majority of its revenue in 2020 and 2019, respectively. Rockley anticipates revenue attributable to this customer will fluctuate from period to period, although it expects to remain dependent on this customer for a significant portion of its revenue for the foreseeable future. Rockley has a master supply and development agreement with this customer, which provides a general framework for Rockley’s transactions with it. This agreement continues until either party terminates for material breach. Under this agreement, Rockley has agreed to develop and deliver new products to this customer at its request, provided it also meets Rockley’s business purposes, and has agreed to indemnify it for intellectual property infringement or any injury or damages caused by Rockley’s products. This customer does not have any minimum or binding purchase obligations to Rockley under this agreement and could elect to discontinue or reduce making purchases from Rockley with little or no notice.

In addition, customers may seek to enter into licensing arrangements in lieu of product purchases, which could negatively impact Rockley’s revenue, and, to a lesser extent, Rockley’s gross margins. If Rockley’s customers were to choose to work with other manufacturers or its relationships with its customers is disrupted for any reason, it could have a significant negative impact on Rockley’s business. Any reduction in sales attributable to Rockley’s larger customers would have a significant and disproportionate impact on Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Rockley’s customers, or the distributors through which it sells to these customers, may choose to use products in addition to Rockley’s, use a different product altogether, or develop an in-house solution. Any of these events could significantly harm its business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, if Rockley’s distributors’ relationships with Rockley’s end customers, including its larger end customers, are disrupted for inability to deliver sufficient products or for any other reason, it could have a significant negative impact on Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Rockley is dependent in part upon its relationships and alliances with industry participants to generate revenue, which involves risks and uncertainties.

Rockley has, and in the future may, acquire interests in joint ventures, which may subject Rockley to risk because, among other things, Rockley cannot exercise sole decision-making power and its partners may have different economic interests than Rockley has. For example, Rockley currently holds a 24.9% share in a strategic joint venture with another industry participant and is currently in discussions regarding potential licensing of technology to the joint venture in return for future payments. Rockley is therefore dependent on the successful execution of a licensing agreement with this joint venture partner to generate additional revenue. Rockley may also acquire interests in other joint ventures with third parties. There are additional risks involved in joint venture transactions. For example, as a co-investor in a joint venture, Rockley may not be in a position to exercise sole

 

66


Table of Contents

decision-making authority relating to the joint venture or other entity. As a result, the operations of any joint venture are subject to the risk that third parties may make business, financial, or management decisions with which Rockley does not agree, or the management of the joint venture may take risks or otherwise act in a manner that does not serve Rockley’s interests. Further, there may be a potential risk of impasse in some business decisions because Rockley may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority. In such situations, it is possible that Rockley may not be able to exit the relationship because it may not have the funds necessary to complete a buy-out of the other partner or it may be difficult to locate a third-party purchaser for its interest. Because Rockley may not have the ability to exercise control over such operations, it may not be able to realize some or all of the benefits that it believes will be created from its involvement. In addition, there is the potential that a joint venture partner may become bankrupt or have divergent, conflicting, or inconsistent economic or business interests from Rockley. This could result in, among other things, exposing Rockley to liabilities of the joint venture in excess of its proportionate share of these liabilities. If any of the foregoing were to occur, Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.

If Rockley is unable to expand or further diversify its customer base, its business, financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.

Rockley currently expects the composition of its largest customers to vary over time, and that revenue attributable to its largest customers in any given period may decline over time. Rockley’s relationships with existing customers may deter potential customers who compete with these customers from buying Rockley’s products. If Rockley is unable to expand or further diversify its customer base, it could harm its business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Because Rockley does not anticipate long-term purchase commitments with its customers, orders may be cancelled, reduced, or rescheduled with little or no notice, which in turn exposes Rockley to inventory risk, and may cause its business and results of operations to suffer.

Rockley anticipates that its products will be sold directly to customers as well as through distributors and resellers, with, in certain cases, no long-term or minimum purchase commitments from them or their end customers. Rockley expects that sales of its products will be primarily made pursuant to standard purchase orders, which orders may be cancelled, reduced, changed, or rescheduled with little or no notice or penalty. Cancellations of orders could result in the loss of anticipated sales without allowing Rockley sufficient time to reduce its inventory and operating expenses. In addition, changes in forecasts or the timing of orders from its customers expose Rockley to the risks of inventory shortages or excess inventory. As a result, Rockley’s revenue and operating results could fluctuate materially and could be materially and disproportionately impacted by purchasing decisions of Rockley’s customers, including Rockley’s larger customers. In the future, Rockley’s customers or its distributors or their end customers may decide to purchase fewer units than expected, may alter their purchasing patterns at any time with limited or no notice, or may decide not to continue to purchase Rockley’s products at all, any of which could cause Rockley’s revenue to decline materially and materially harm Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Cancellations of, reductions in, or rescheduling of customer orders could also result in the loss of anticipated sales without allowing Rockley sufficient time to reduce its inventory and operating expenses, as a substantial portion of Rockley’s expenses are fixed at least in the short term. In addition, changes in forecasts or the timing of orders expose Rockley to the risks of inventory shortages or excess inventory. Any of the foregoing events could materially and adversely affect Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If Rockley is unable to establish and maintain confidence in its long-term business prospects among customers and analysts and within its industry or is subject to negative publicity, then Rockley’s financial condition, operating results, business prospects, and access to capital may suffer materially.

Rockley has not yet fully developed or commercialized its products or services and the successful commercialization of Rockley’s products depends in part on Rockley’s customers and potential customers

 

67


Table of Contents

committing to use Rockley’s products in their own products. Customers may be less likely to purchase Rockley’s products if they are not convinced that Rockley’s business will succeed or that its service and support and other operations will continue in the long term. Similarly, suppliers and other third parties will be less likely to invest time and resources in developing business relationships with Rockley if they are not convinced that Rockley’s business will succeed. If Rockley is unable to establish and maintain confidence in its long-term business prospects among customers, suppliers, analysts, ratings agencies, and within its industry or is subject to negative publicity, then Rockley’s financial condition, operating results, business prospects, and access to capital may suffer materially.

Rockley’s investments in educating its customers and potential customers about the advantages of Rockley’s silicon photonics and sensing technology and its applications will require significant financial and talent resources and may not result in sales of Rockley’s products.

Educating Rockley’s prospective customers, and to a lesser extent, its existing customers, about Rockley’s silicon photonics and sensing technology and its applications in health monitoring devices, its advantages over competitive technologies, and the potential application of Rockley’s products in different industries and use cases is an integral part of Rockley’s strategy to expand into additional markets. Rockley’s efforts to educate potential customers and the market generally will require significant financial and talent resources. These educational efforts may not be successful and Rockley may not offset the costs of such efforts with revenue from the new customers. If Rockley is unable to acquire new customers to offset these expenses, its financial condition will be adversely affected.

Rockley’s business depends substantially on the efforts of its executive officers, including its Chief Executive Officer and founder, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE, and highly skilled talent, and its operations may be severely disrupted if it lost their services.

Rockley is highly dependent on its founder, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE as well its other executive officers, and the loss of his services would adversely affect Rockley’s business because his loss could make it more difficult to, among other things, compete with other market participants, manage Rockley’s research and development activities, and retain existing customers or cultivate new ones. Competition for highly-skilled talent is often intense and Rockley may incur significant costs to attract highly-skilled talent. Rockley may not be successful in attracting, integrating, or retaining qualified talent to fulfill its current or future needs. Rockley has, from time to time, experienced, and it expects to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications.

In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of Rockley’s equity or equity awards declines, including those of the post-Business Combination company after the closing of the Business Combination of the Business Combination, it may adversely affect Rockley’s ability to retain highly skilled employees. If Rockley fails to attract new talent or fails to retain and motivate its current talent, its business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

Legal and Regulatory Risks Related to Rockley’s Business

Rockley is subject to governmental export and import control laws and regulations. Rockley’s failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

Certain of Rockley’s products and services are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. U.S. export control laws and regulations and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and

 

68


Table of Contents

services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. In addition, complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Exports of Rockley’s products and technology must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If Rockley fails to comply with these laws and regulations, Rockley and certain of its employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on Rockley and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers.

Changes to trade policy, tariffs, and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on Rockley’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in global political, regulatory, and economic conditions, or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development, and investment in the territories or countries where Rockley may purchase its components, sell its products, or conduct its business, could adversely affect Rockley’s business. The United States has in the past instituted or proposed changes in trade policies that included the negotiation or termination of trade agreements, the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the United States, economic sanctions on individuals, corporations, or countries, and other government regulations affecting trade between the United States and other countries where Rockley conducts its business. A number of other nations have proposed or instituted similar measures directed at trade with the United States in response. As a result of these developments or any future similar developments, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade that could adversely affect Rockley’s business. It may be time-consuming and expensive for Rockley to alter its business operations to adapt to or comply with any such changes, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Rockley may become involved in legal and regulatory proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes, which could have an adverse effect on its profitability and financial position.

Rockley may be, from time to time, involved in litigation, regulatory proceedings, and commercial or contractual disputes that may be significant. These matters may include, without limitation, disputes with Rockley’s suppliers and customers, intellectual property claims, shareholder litigation, government investigations, class action lawsuits, personal injury claims, environmental issues, customs and value-added tax disputes, and employment and tax issues. In addition, Rockley could face in the future a variety of labor and employment claims against it, which could include but is not limited to general discrimination, wage and hour, privacy, ERISA, or disability claims. In such matters, government agencies or private parties may seek to recover from Rockley indeterminate amounts in penalties or monetary damages (including, in some cases, treble or punitive damages) or seek to limit Rockley’s operations in some way. These types of lawsuits could require significant management time and attention or could involve substantial legal liability, adverse regulatory outcomes, and/or substantial expenses to defend. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and create risks and uncertainties. No assurances can be given that any proceedings and claims will not have a material adverse impact on Rockley’s operating results and financial position or that its established reserves or its available insurance will mitigate this impact.

Rockley is subject to, and must remain in compliance with, numerous laws and governmental regulations across various jurisdictions concerning the use, distribution, and sale of its products. Some of Rockley’s customers also require that it comply with their own unique requirements relating to these matters.

Rockley sells products that contain electronic components, and such components may contain materials that are subject to government regulation in locations where Rockley sells its products. For example, certain regulations limit the use of lead in electronic components. Since Rockley operates on a global basis, compliance with regulations is a complex process which requires continual monitoring of regulations and an ongoing compliance process to ensure that Rockley and its suppliers are in compliance with existing regulations in each market where it operates. If there is an unanticipated new regulation that significantly impacts Rockley’s use and

 

69


Table of Contents

sourcing of various components or requires more expensive components, that regulation could materially and adversely affect its business, results of operations, and financial condition. Rockley’s products may also be used in healthcare monitoring and other medical devices, which are subject to additional regulation. If Rockley fails to adhere to these new regulations or fails to continually monitor the updates, it may be subject to litigation, loss of customers, or negative publicity and its business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Rockley may in the future become subject to additional regulations, including Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) clearance or approval, for health monitoring products in which Rockley’s products are incorporated. Achieving and maintaining compliance and approval under applicable regulations may be difficult to achieve.

Rockley’s products may be incorporated into end products in the health monitoring sector, including products which collect clinical data. Accordingly, it is possible that certain of Rockley’s products, or the end products which incorporate Rockley’s products will be subject to current and future regulation by the FDA, as well as by other federal, state, and local agencies. As Rockley’s target market is consumer wellness rather than medical, Rockley currently anticipates that FDA clearance will be unnecessary for its products targeting the consumer wearables market; however, Rockley intends to monitor and comply with regulations to the extent they become applicable to Rockley.

Manufacturers of medical devices are required to comply with applicable laws and regulations governing development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing, and distribution of medical devices. Devices are generally subject to varying levels of regulatory control, based on the risk level of the device. Governmental regulations specific to medical devices are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:

 

   

product design, development, and manufacture;

 

   

laboratory, pre-clinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage, and distribution;

 

   

premarketing clearance or approval;

 

   

record-keeping;

 

   

product marketing, promotion and advertising, sales, and distribution; and

 

   

post-marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and recalls and correction and removals.

Rockley or its customers may not be able to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals for their products or may be unduly delayed in doing so, which could harm Rockley’s business. Furthermore, even if Rockley is granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the permitted uses for the product, which may limit the market potential for the product. Delays in obtaining clearance or approval could increase Rockley’s costs and harm Rockley’s revenue and growth.

Additionally, Rockley’s products may be subject to regulation by similar agencies in other states and foreign countries. While Rockley believes that it has complied with all applicable laws and regulations, continued compliance with such laws or regulations, including any new laws or regulations, might impose additional costs on Rockley which could adversely affect its financial performance and results of operations.

Rockley is subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon Rockley.

Concerns over environmental pollution and climate change have produced significant legislative and regulatory efforts on a global basis, and Rockley believes this will continue both in scope and in the number of countries participating. In addition, as climate change issues become more prevalent, foreign, federal, state, and

 

70


Table of Contents

local governments and Rockley’s customers have been responding to these issues. The increased focus on environmental sustainability may result in new regulations and customer requirements, or changes in current regulations and customer requirements, which could materially and adversely impact Rockley’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. If Rockley is unable to effectively manage real or perceived issues, including concerns about environmental impacts or similar matters, sentiments toward Rockley or its products could be negatively impacted, and its business, results of operations, or financial condition could suffer.

Rockley’s operations are and will be subject to foreign, federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, and such laws and regulations could directly increase the cost of energy, which may have an effect on the way Rockley manufactures products or utilizes energy to produce its products. In addition, any new regulations or laws in the environmental area might increase the cost of raw materials or key components Rockley uses in its products. Environmental regulations require Rockley to reduce product energy usage, monitor and exclude an expanding list of restricted substances, and to participate in required recovery and recycling of its products. Environmental and health and safety laws and regulations can be complex, and Rockley has limited experience complying with them. Capital and operating expenses needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations can be significant, and violations may result in substantial fines and penalties, third-party damages, suspension of production, or a cessation of Rockley’s operations.

The costs of complying with environmental laws and regulations and any claims concerning noncompliance, or liability with respect to contamination in the future, could have a material adverse effect on Rockley’s financial condition or operating results. Rockley may face unexpected delays in obtaining the required permits and approvals in connection with its planned production facilities that could require significant time and financial resources and delay its ability to operate these facilities, which would adversely impact Rockley’s business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.

Rockley is subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Rockley can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm its business.

Rockley is subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which Rockley conducts activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. Rockley can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of its employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators, even if Rockley does not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences.

Failures, or perceived failures, to comply with privacy, data protection, and information security requirements in the variety of jurisdictions in which Rockley operates may adversely impact its business, and such legal requirements are evolving, uncertain, and may require improvements in, or changes to, Rockley’s policies and operations.

Rockley’s current and potential future operations and sales are subject to laws and regulations addressing privacy and the collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, and protection of a variety of types of data. For example, the European Commission has adopted the General Data Protection Regulation and California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, both of which provide for potentially material penalties for non-compliance. These regimes may, among other things, impose data security requirements, disclosure requirements, and restrictions on data collection, uses, and sharing that may impact Rockley’s operations and the

 

71


Table of Contents

development of its business. Rockley has limited access to collect, store, process, or share certain information collected by its products, and Rockley’s products may evolve to collect additional information. Therefore, the full impact of these privacy regimes on Rockley’s business is rapidly evolving across jurisdictions and remains uncertain at this time.

Rockley may also be affected by cyber-attacks and other means of gaining unauthorized access to its products, systems, and data. For instance, cyber criminals or insiders may target Rockley or third parties with which it has business relationships to obtain data, or in a manner that disrupts Rockley’s operations or compromises its products or the systems into which its products are integrated.

Rockley is assessing the continually evolving privacy and data security regimes and measures it believes are appropriate in response. Since these data security regimes are evolving, uncertain, and complex, especially for a global business like Rockley, Rockley may need to update or enhance its compliance measures and these updates or enhancements may require implementation costs. In addition, Rockley may not be able to monitor and react to all developments in a timely manner. The compliance measures Rockley does adopt may prove ineffective. Any failure, or perceived failure, by Rockley to comply with current and future regulatory or customer-driven privacy, data protection, and information security requirements, or to prevent or mitigate security breaches, cyber-attacks, or improper access to, use of, or disclosure of data, or any security issues or cyber-attacks affecting Rockley, could result in significant liability, costs (including the costs of mitigation and recovery), and a material loss of revenue resulting from the adverse impact on its reputation and brand, loss of proprietary information and data, disruption to its business and relationships, and diminished ability to retain or attract customers and business partners. Such events may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines, and penalties or adverse publicity, and could cause customers and business partners to lose trust in Rockley, which could have an adverse effect on its reputation and business.

Further, in the event Rockley’s products, or the end products into which Rockley’s products are incorporated, involve the collection of personal medical or clinical data, Rockley would be subject to additional privacy regulations. For example, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) regulations apply U.S. national standards for some types of electronic health information transactions and the data elements used in those transactions to ensure the integrity, security, and confidentiality of health information and standards to protect the privacy of individually identifiable health information businesses receive, maintain or transmit. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH Act”) expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA and increased penalties for violations. In addition, the HITECH Act enacted federal breach notification rules requiring notification to affected individuals and the Department of Health and Human Services (and in some cases, relevant media outlets) whenever a breach of protected health information occurs. Rockley’s failure to maintain confidentiality of sensitive protected health information or other personal information in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements could damage its reputation and expose Rockley to claims, fines, and penalties. Rockley’s business, operating results, and financial condition could also be negatively impacted by a violation of the HIPAA privacy or security rules or any other applicable privacy or data security law.

Many U.S. states and international jurisdictions in which Rockley operates also have laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of confidential, protected health information, or other personal information and have similar or even more protection than U.S. federal regulations. Furthermore, state data breach notification laws continue to expand the type of protected health information and other personal information they encompass, and in many cases are more burdensome than the HIPAA/HITECH breach reporting requirements.

Regulations related to conflict minerals may cause Rockley to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of its products.

As a public company, Rockley will become subject to the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, that will require it to determine, disclose,

 

72


Table of Contents

and report whether its products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in Rockley’s products. In addition, Rockley will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures to determine the sources of conflict minerals that may be used in or necessary to the production of its products and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. It is also possible that its reputation may be adversely affected if Rockley determines that certain of its products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free or if Rockley is unable to alter its products, processes, or sources of supply to avoid use of such materials.

Risks Related to Rockley’s Intellectual Property

Despite the actions Rockley is taking to defend and protect its intellectual property, Rockley may not be able to adequately protect or enforce its intellectual property rights or prevent unauthorized parties from copying or reverse engineering its products or technology. Rockley’s efforts to protect and enforce its intellectual property rights and prevent third parties from violating its rights may be costly.

The success of Rockley’s products and its business depend in part on Rockley’s ability to obtain patents and other intellectual property rights and maintain adequate legal protection for its products in the United States and other international jurisdictions. Rockley relies on a combination of patent, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect its proprietary rights, all of which provide only limited protection.

As of March 1, 2021, Rockley had 154 issued and allowed patents and other patent applications pending in the United States and 51 patents in foreign jurisdictions. Seventy-four issued and allowed patents in the United States expire in the years beginning in 2021 through 2040. The 51 patents in foreign jurisdictions include 29 in the United Kingdom, 20 in China, and 2 in Japan, and they expire in the years beginning 2027 through 2039. Many of Rockley’s issued patents and pending patent applications relate to sensors and sensor chips.

Rockley cannot assure you that any patents will be issued with respect to its currently pending patent applications or that any trademarks will be registered with respect to its currently pending applications in a manner that gives Rockley adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages, if at all, or that any patents issued to Rockley or any trademarks registered by it will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented. Rockley may file for patents and trademarks in the United States and in certain international jurisdictions, but such protections may not be available in all countries in which it operates or in which Rockley seeks to enforce its intellectual property rights, or may be difficult to enforce in practice. For example, the legal environment relating to intellectual property protection in certain emerging market countries where Rockley may operate in the future is relatively weaker, often making it difficult to create and enforce such rights. Rockley’s currently-registered trademarks and any patents and trademarks that may be issued or registered, as applicable, in the future with respect to pending or future applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. Rockley cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will prevent unauthorized use of its technology or the reverse engineering of its technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to Rockley or infringe Rockley’s intellectual property.

Protecting against the unauthorized use of Rockley’s intellectual property, products, and other proprietary rights is expensive and difficult, particularly internationally. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or reverse engineer Rockley’s sensing technology or certain aspects of Rockley’s products or manufacturing processes that it considers proprietary. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend Rockley’s intellectual property rights, to prevent unauthorized parties from copying or reverse engineering its products, or technology to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to block the importation of infringing products into the United States.

 

73


Table of Contents

Any such litigation, whether initiated by Rockley or a third party, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could adversely affect Rockley’s business, operating results, and financial condition. Even if it obtains favorable outcomes in litigation, Rockley may not be able to obtain adequate remedies, especially in the context of unauthorized parties copying or reverse engineering its products or technology.

Further, many of Rockley’s current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defending intellectual property infringement claims and to enforcing their intellectual property rights than Rockley has. Attempts to enforce its rights against third parties could also provoke these third parties to assert their own intellectual property or other rights against Rockley or result in a holding that invalidates or narrows the scope of Rockley’s rights, in whole or in part. Effective patent, trademark, service mark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which Rockley’s products are available and competitors based in other countries may sell infringing products in one or more markets. Failure to adequately protect Rockley’s intellectual property rights could result in Rockley’s competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in the loss of some of Rockley’s competitive advantage and a decrease in its revenue, which would adversely affect Rockley’s business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

Third-party claims that Rockley is infringing intellectual property, whether successful or not, could subject Rockley to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, and its business could be adversely affected.

Although Rockley has applied for patents related to its products and technology, a number of companies hold patents covering aspects of sensing and photonic chip technologies. In addition to these patents, participants in this industry typically also protect their technology, especially embedded software, through copyrights and trade secrets. As a result, there is frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property rights. Rockley may in the future receive inquiries from other intellectual property holders and may become subject to claims that it infringes their intellectual property rights, particularly as Rockley expands its presence in the market, expands to new use cases, and faces increasing competition. In addition, parties may claim that the names and branding of Rockley’s products infringe their trademark rights in certain countries or territories. If such a claim were to prevail, Rockley may have to change the names and branding of its products in the affected territories and it could incur other costs.

Rockley currently has a number of agreements in effect pursuant to which it has agreed to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless its customers, suppliers, and channel partners and other counterparties from damages and costs which may arise from the infringement by Rockley’s products of third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. The scope of these indemnity obligations varies, and, in some instances, include indemnification for damages and expenses, including attorneys’ fees. Rockley’s insurance may not cover all intellectual property infringement claims. A claim that its products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, even if untrue, could adversely affect Rockley’s relationships with its customers, may deter future customers from purchasing its products, and could expose Rockley to costly litigation and settlement expenses. Even if Rockley is not a party to any litigation between a customer and a third party relating to infringement by its products, an adverse outcome in any such litigation could make it more difficult for Rockley to defend its products against intellectual property infringement claims in any subsequent litigation in which it is a named party. Any of these results could adversely affect Rockley’s brand and operating results.

Rockley may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation to try to protect its intellectual property rights. In addition to litigation where Rockley is a plaintiff, Rockley’s defense of intellectual property rights claims brought against it or its customers, suppliers, and channel partners, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle, divert management resources and attention, and force Rockley to acquire intellectual property rights and licenses, which may involve substantial royalty or other payments and may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. Further, a party making such a claim, if successful, could

 

74


Table of Contents

secure a judgment that requires Rockley to pay substantial damages or obtain an injunction and also Rockley may lose the opportunity to license its technology to others or to collect royalty payments. An adverse determination also could invalidate or narrow Rockley’s intellectual property rights and adversely affect its ability to offer its products to its customers and may require that Rockley procure or develop substitute products that do not infringe, which could require significant effort and expense. Any of these events could adversely affect Rockley’s business, reputation, operating results, financial condition, and prospects.

Rockley’s intellectual property applications, including patent applications, may not be approved or granted or may take longer than expected to result in approval or grant, which may have a material adverse effect on Rockley’s ability to prevent others from commercially exploiting products similar to Rockley’s.

Rockley cannot be certain that it is the first inventor of the subject matter to which it has filed a particular patent application, or if it is the first party to file such a patent application. If another party has filed a patent application to the same subject matter as Rockley has, Rockley may not be entitled to the protection sought by the patent application. Rockley also cannot be certain whether the claims included in a patent application will ultimately be allowed in the applicable issued patent or the timing of any approval or grant of a patent application. Further, the scope of protection of issued patent claims is often difficult to determine. As a result, Rockley cannot be certain that the patent applications that it files will issue, or that its issued patents will afford protection against competitors with similar technology. In addition, Rockley’s competitors may design around Rockley’s registered or issued intellectual property, which may adversely affect Rockley’s business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition to patented technology, Rockley relies on its unpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, designs, experiences, workflows, data, processes, software, and know-how.

Rockley relies on proprietary information (such as trade secrets, designs, experiences, workflows, data, know-how, and confidential information) to protect intellectual property that may not be patentable or subject to copyright, trademark, trade dress, or service mark protection, or that Rockley believes is best protected by means that do not require public disclosure. Rockley generally seeks to protect this proprietary information by entering into confidentiality agreements, or consulting, services, or employment agreements that contain non-disclosure and non-use provisions with its employees, consultants, contractors, and third parties. However, these agreements may be breached or may otherwise fail to prevent disclosure, third-party infringement, or misappropriation of its proprietary information, may be limited as to their term, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure or use of proprietary information. Rockley has limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by its current or future manufacturing counterparties and suppliers and could lose future trade secret protection if any unauthorized disclosure of such information occurs. In addition, Rockley’s proprietary information may otherwise become known or be independently developed by its competitors or other third parties. To the extent that its employees, consultants, contractors, advisors, and other third parties use intellectual property owned by others in their work for Rockley, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of Rockley’s proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain protection for its proprietary information could adversely affect its competitive business position. Furthermore, laws regarding trade secret rights in certain markets where Rockley operates may afford little or no protection to its trade secrets.

Rockley also relies on physical and electronic security measures to protect its proprietary information, but it cannot provide assurance that these security measures will not be breached or provide adequate protection for its property. There is a risk that third parties may obtain and improperly utilize Rockley’s proprietary information to its competitive disadvantage. Rockley may not be able to detect or prevent the unauthorized use of such information or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.

 

75


Table of Contents

Rockley may be subject to damages resulting from claims that it or its current or former employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of its current or former employees’ former employers. Rockley may be subject to damages if its current or former employees wrongfully use or disclose Rockley’s trade secrets.

Rockley may be subject to claims that it or its current or former employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of a current or former employee’s former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If Rockley fails to defend against such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, it may lose valuable intellectual property rights or talent. A loss of key talent or their work product could hamper or prevent Rockley’s ability to commercialize its products, which could severely harm its business. Even if Rockley is successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and demand on management resources.

Risks Related to Infrastructure, Cybersecurity and Privacy

A network or data security incident may allow unauthorized access to Rockley’s network or data, harm its reputation, create additional liability, and adversely impact its financial results.

Rockley and its third-party service providers may face security threats and attacks from a variety of sources. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing attempts, employee theft or misuse, and denial of service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors engage in attacks (including advanced persistent threat intrusions) and increase the risks to Rockley’s internal networks and customer facing environments and the information they store and process. These risks may increase due to COVID-19. A breach in Rockley’s data or an attack against its service availability, or that of its third-party service providers, could impact Rockley’s networks, creating system disruptions or slowdowns and exploiting security vulnerabilities of Rockley’s products, and the information stored on Rockley’s networks or those of its third-party service providers could be accessed, publicly disclosed, altered, lost, or stolen, which could subject Rockley to liability and cause it financial harm.

Unauthorized access by a third party to Rockley’s internal network, any actual or perceived breach of network security in its systems or networks, or any other actual or perceived data security incident Rockley or its third-party service providers suffer, could result in damage to its reputation, negative publicity, loss of channel partners, end-customers and sales, loss of competitive advantages over its competitors, increased costs to remedy any problems and otherwise respond to any incident, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, costly litigation, and other liability. In addition, Rockley may incur significant costs to investigate and remediate any security breaches and other security incidents. Rockley’s data, corporate systems, third-party systems, and security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance, a combination of these, or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to its data. For example, in late 2020, Rockley was subject to phishing attacks, one involving a spoofed email whereby certain vendor account information was charged and payment was made to a fraudulent account and a second closely timed incident where a “forwarding” rule was applied to the spoofed email’s recipient. While no personal data was accessed and the issue was addressed, the incident resulted in a net loss of approximately $66,345, which loss has been accounted for in Rockley’s 2020 financial statements (which amount has been offset by a payout under our cybersecurity insurance policy in March 2021). While Rockley maintains cybersecurity insurance, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all liabilities incurred by these incidents, and any incidents may result in loss or increased costs of its cybersecurity insurance. Any of these negative outcomes could adversely impact the market perception of, and investor confidence in, Rockley.

Any disruption or performance issues with Rockley’s network infrastructure could harm its brand, reputation, and business.

Rockley has experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, capacity

 

76


Table of Contents

constraints, and fraud. Any disruptions or other performance problems with Rockley’s products or reliability or security of Rockley’s systems could harm its reputation, brand, and Rockley’s business and operating results. In addition, Rockley must continually improve its computer network and infrastructure to avoid service interruptions or slower system performance. Rockley will need to devote additional resources to improving its platform architecture and its infrastructure. Any failure or delays in Rockley’s computer systems could cause service interruptions or slower system performance. These performance issues could harm Rockley’s business operations and financial condition.

Rockley relies on third parties to maintain and operate certain elements of its network infrastructure.

Rockley relies on third parties to operate and maintain certain elements of its network infrastructure. Interruptions in Rockley’s systems or the third-party systems on which it relies, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, or other factors, could affect the security or availability of Rockley’s network infrastructure and website. Rockley’s existing data center facilities and third-party hosting providers have no obligations to renew their agreements with Rockley on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and certain of the agreements governing these relationships may be terminated by either party at any time, with no or limited notice. If any of these arrangements with third parties are terminated, Rockley could experience interruptions, as well as downtime, delays, and additional expenses in arranging alternative cloud infrastructure services. Rockley may incur significant liability from those customers and from third parties with respect to any breach of security affecting third parties’ infrastructure.

Risks Related to Financial and Accounting Matters

Rockley’s failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand its operations could reduce its ability to compete and could harm its business.

Rockley intends to continue to make investments to support its product development efforts and overall business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features to enhance its products or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, Rockley may in the long-term need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If Rockley raises additional equity or equity-linked financing, shareholders may experience dilution of their ownership interests. Current and future indebtedness may also contain terms that, among other things, restrict Rockley’s ability to incur additional indebtedness. Rockley may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and would require it to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm Rockley’s business, operating results, and financial condition. Rockley may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to it, if at all. If Rockley is unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on satisfactory terms when required, Rockley’s ability to continue to support its business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and its business may be adversely affected.

The nature of Rockley’s business requires the application of complex revenue recognition rules. Significant changes in current principles will affect its consolidated financial statements and changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and harm its results of operations.

The accounting rules and regulations with which Rockley must comply with are complex and subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. In addition, many companies’ accounting disclosures are being subjected to heightened scrutiny by regulators and the public. Further, the accounting rules and regulations are continually changing in ways that could impact Rockley’s financial statements.

 

77


Table of Contents

In preparing Rockley’s consolidated financial statements, Rockley makes good faith estimates and judgments that may change or turn out to be erroneous, which could adversely affect Rockley’s operating results.

In preparing Rockley’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, Rockley must make estimates and judgments in applying Rockley’s most critical accounting policies. Those estimates and judgments have a significant impact on the results Rockley reports in its consolidated financial statements. The most difficult estimates and subjective judgments that Rockley makes relate to (i) revenue recognition including variable consideration, (ii) useful lives and recoverability of property and equipment and long-lived assets, (iii) incremental borrowing rates on the Company’s finance and operating leases, (iv) valuation of our convertible loan notes, (v) valuation allowances for income taxes, (vi) stock-based compensation including the valuation of ordinary shares, (vii) valuation of warrants and (viii) contingencies. Rockley bases its estimates on historical experience, input from outside experts, and on various other assumptions that Rockley believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Rockley also has other key accounting policies that are not as subjective, and therefore, their application would not require Rockley to make estimates or judgments that are as difficult, but which nevertheless could significantly affect its financial reporting. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. In general, if Rockley’s estimates, judgments, or assumptions relating to its critical accounting policies are inaccurate or change or if actual circumstances differ from its estimates, judgments, or assumptions, including uncertainty in the current economic environment due to COVID-19, its operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below Rockley’s publicly announced projections or the expectations of securities analysts and investors.

Additionally, Rockley regularly monitors its compliance with applicable financial reporting standards and review new pronouncements and drafts thereof that are relevant to it. As a result of new standards, changes to existing standards, and changes in their interpretation, Rockley might be required to change its accounting policies, alter its operational policies, and implement new or enhance existing systems so that they reflect new or amended financial reporting standards, or Rockley may be required to restate its published financial statements. Such changes to existing standards or changes in their interpretation may have an adverse effect on Rockley’s reputation, business, financial position, and profit, or cause an adverse deviation from Rockley’s revenue and operating profit target, which may negatively impact Rockley’s financial results. For more information, refer to the section entitled “Critical Accounting Estimates” in “Rockley’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Rockley’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, Rockley had $79.3 million of U.K. net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income and will be carried forward indefinitely. To the extent Rockley is not able to offset future taxable income with its net operating losses, Rockley’s cash flows may be adversely affected.

Rockley’s projections contained in this registration statement/prospectus/S statement are not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”), and neither its registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the projections.

Rockley’s projections and their underlying assumptions contained in this prospectus/proxy statement were not prepared with a view toward compliance with AICPA guidelines and have not been reviewed by its registered public accountants or any other third parties. Accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the projections. Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic, and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond Rockley’s control, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. The rapidly evolving market in which Rockley

 

78


Table of Contents

operates may make it difficult to evaluate its current business and future prospects, including its ability to plan for and model future growth. Any failure to successfully implement Rockley’s operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in this “Risk Factors Related to Rockley” section could result in Rockley’s actual operating results being different from its projections, and the differences may be adverse and material.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Rockley’s management team has varying degrees of experience managing and operating a public company.

Members of Rockley’s management team have varying degrees of experience managing and operating a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Additionally, some members of Rockley’s management team were recently hired, including its Senior Director of Sensing Application Algorithm Development, Controller, Senior Director of Sensing Product Module Development, and VP of Sensing Cloud, and AI Product. Rockley’s management team may not successfully or efficiently manage their new roles and responsibilities. Rockley’s transition to being a public company subjects it to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from Rockley’s senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of Rockley’s business. Rockley may not have adequate key talent with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience, and training in the accounting policies, practices, or internal controls over financial reporting required of public companies. The development and implementation of the standards and controls necessary for the post-Business Combination company to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company may require costs greater than expected. It is possible that the post-Business Combination company will be required to expand its employee base and hire additional employees to support its operations as a public company which will increase its operating costs in future periods. These factors could adversely affect the post-Business Combination company’s business, financial condition, and operating results.

If Rockley fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls, its ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be adversely affected.

Following the closing of the Business Combination of the Business Combination, the post-Business Combination company will carry out Rockley’s business and will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Rockley expects that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase its legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place significant strain on its talent, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that Rockley maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Rockley is continuing to develop and refine its disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting, and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by it in the reports that it will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to Rockley’s principal executive and financial officers.

Rockley’s current controls and any new controls that it develops may be inadequate because of changes in conditions in its business. Further, additional weaknesses in Rockley’s internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could adversely affect Rockley’s operating results or cause it to fail to meet its reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of Rockley’s financial statements for prior periods. Any

 

79


Table of Contents

failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of Rockley’s internal control over financial reporting that it is required to include in its periodic reports Rockley will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in Rockley’s reported financial and other information.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, Rockley has expended and anticipates that it will continue to expend significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase Rockley’s operating costs and could materially and adversely affect its ability to operate its business. If Rockley’s internal controls are perceived as inadequate or that it is unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in Rockley’s operating results and the stock price of the post-Business Combination company could decline.

The post-Business Combination company’s independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until after the post-Business Combination company is no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, the post-Business Combination company’s independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which Rockley’s controls are documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on the post-Business Combination company’s business and operating results.

In addition to Rockley’s results determined in accordance with GAAP, Rockley believes certain non-GAAP measures may be useful in evaluating its operating performance. Rockley presents certain non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus/proxy statement and intends to continue to present certain non-GAAP financial measures in future filings with the SEC and other public statements. Any failure to accurately report and present its non-GAAP financial measures could cause investors to lose confidence in its reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of its ordinary shares.

The requirements of being a public company may strain Rockley’s resources, divert management’s attention, and affect its ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

Upon Closing of the Business Combination, Rockley, as part of the post-Business Combination company, will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase Rockley’s legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increase demand on its systems and resources. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that public companies file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to their business and operating results. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that companies maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to meet the requirements of this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm Rockley’s business and operating results. As a private company, Rockley has not been required to comply with these requirements and as such, had not invested in the resources required for such compliance. Although Rockley has already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, it may need to hire even more employees in the future and will need to engage its auditors to review its quarterly and annual reports, which will increase its costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards related to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some

 

80


Table of Contents

activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Rockley intends to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If Rockley’s efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against Rockley and its business may be harmed.

General Risks

The global COVID-19 pandemic could harm Rockley’s business and results of operations.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures. Since then, extraordinary actions have been taken by international, federal, state, and local public health and governmental authorities and organizations to contain and combat the outbreak and spread of COVID-19 in regions throughout the world. These actions include travel bans, quarantines, “stay-at-home” orders, and similar mandates and guidelines for many individuals to substantially restrict daily activities and for many businesses to curtail or cease normal operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted, and will likely continue to have a negative impact on, worldwide economic activity and financial markets and has impacted, and will further impact, Rockley’s workforce and operations, the operations of its customers, and those of their respective channel partners, vendors, and suppliers. In light of the uncertain and evolving situation and various international and government restrictions and guidelines, Rockley has taken measures intended to mitigate the spread of the virus and minimize the risk to its employees, channel partners, end-customers, and the communities in which it operates. Specifically, these measures include transitioning its employee population to work remotely from home, which is planned to continue through June 30, 2021 with the anticipated roll out of a phased return to office plan in through September 30, 2021 in accordance with government guidance and, in accordance with applicable government directives, reducing on-site operations at its facilities. Certain key laboratory employees and facilities were designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure and Rockley was able to continue internal testing and laboratory work to the extent necessary to service customer commitments. To facilitate on-site operations, revised operational and manufacturing plans were implemented that conform to COVID-19 precautionary health guidelines, including universal requirement of facial coverings, rearranging facilities to follow social distancing protocols, conducting active daily temperature checks, regular and thorough disinfecting of surfaces and tools, and regular testing of its employees for COVID-19. The remaining non-essential workforce was required to perform their duties from home.

Rockley intends to continue to monitor the situation and may adjust its current policies as more information and public health guidance become available. Any precautionary measures that Rockley has adopted or may adopt could negatively affect Rockley’s sales and marketing efforts, delay and lengthen its sales cycles, and create operational or other challenges, any of which could harm its business and results of operations. In addition, COVID-19 may disrupt the operations of Rockley’s customers and channel partners for an indefinite period of time, including as a result of travel restrictions and/or business shutdowns, all of which could negatively impact Rockley’s business and results of operations, including cash flows.

The ongoing impact will depend on the duration of the pandemic, which is being mitigated by advances in the treatment of the disease, prevention efforts including vaccines, broad government measures to contain the spread of the virus, and related government stimulus measures. However, should Rockley experience sustained impact from the pandemic, additional actions such as cost reduction measures may need to be implemented. The impact of COVID-19 is fluid and uncertain, but it has caused and may continue to cause various negative effects,

 

81


Table of Contents

including an inability to meet with actual or potential customers; customers deciding to delay or abandon their planned product development programs and product commercialization timelines; increased requests for delayed payment terms by customers and channel partners; changes in the demand of Rockley’s products, which may cause it to reprioritize its engineering and research and development efforts; and delays or possible disruptions in its supply chain. Until the COVID-19 pandemic is contained and global economic activity stabilizes, it will continue to be more difficult for Rockley to forecast its operating results.

The recurrence or continued effects of a global economic downturn as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could have an adverse effect on Rockley’s business and operating results.

Rockley operates globally and as a result its business and revenue are impacted by global macroeconomic conditions. The multinational efforts to contain the spread of COVID-19 had a significant adverse effect on the global macroeconomic environment. In addition, the instability in the global credit markets, uncertainties regarding the effects of Brexit, uncertainties related to the timing of the lifting of governmental restrictions to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, uncertainties related to changes in public policies such as domestic and international regulations, taxes, or international trade agreements, international trade disputes, government shutdowns, geopolitical turmoil, and other disruptions to global and regional economies and markets could continue to add uncertainty to global economic conditions.

These adverse conditions could result in longer sales, development, and production cycles, slower adoption of new technologies, and increased price competition. As a result, any continued or further uncertainty, weakness, or deterioration in global macroeconomic and market conditions may cause Rockley’s customers to modify spending priorities or delay purchasing decisions, and result in lengthened sales, development, and production cycles, any of which could harm its business and operating results.

Risks Related to SC Health and the Business Combination

There can be no assurance that HoldCo’s ordinary shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE or that HoldCo will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo intends to list its ordinary shares and warrants on the NYSE under the symbols “RKLY” and “RKLYW,” respectively. If HoldCo is unable to list its shares on the NYSE or if, after the Business Combination, the NYSE delists HoldCo’s shares from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, the post-Business Combination company and its shareholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for the HoldCo’s securities;

 

   

a determination that the post-Business Combination company’s ordinary shares is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the post-Business Combination company’s ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for shares of the post-Business Combination company’s ordinary shares;

 

   

a limited amount of analyst coverage; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, the post-Business Combination company may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, or the post-Business Combination company may be subject to restructuring, impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on the post-Business Combination company’s financial condition, results of operations and the market price of HoldCo’s ordinary shares, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Although SC Health has conducted due diligence on Rockley, SC Health cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present with Rockley’s business, that it would be possible to

 

82


Table of Contents

uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of Rockley’s business and outside of SC Health’s control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, the post-Business Combination company may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure its operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in the post-Business Combination company reporting losses. Even if SC Health’s due diligence successfully identified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise, and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with its preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and therefore not have an immediate impact on the post-Business Combination company’s liquidity, the fact that the post-Business Combination company reports charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about the post-Business Combination company or its securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause the post-Business Combination company to be unable to obtain future financing on favorable terms or at all, or to violate net worth or other covenants to which it may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by Rockley or by virtue of obtaining post-Business Combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by the post-Business Combination company’s officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of SC Health’s securities or, following the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo’s securities, may decline.

If the perceived benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of SC Health’s securities prior to the closing of the Business Combination may decline. The market values of SC Health’s securities at the time of the Business Combination may vary significantly from their prices on the date the Business Combination Agreement was executed, the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, or the date on which SC Health’s shareholders vote on the Business Combination.

In addition, following the Business Combination, fluctuations in the price of HoldCo’s securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Prior to the Business Combination, there has not been a public market for HoldCo’s capital stock. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to Rockley or the post-Business Combination company may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following the Business Combination. If an active market for HoldCo’s securities develops and continues, the trading price of HoldCo’s securities following the Business Combination could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond the post-Business Combination company’s control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in HoldCo’s securities and HoldCo’s securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of HoldCo’s securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Factors affecting the trading price of HoldCo’s securities may include:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in the post-Business Combination company’s quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to it;

 

   

changes in the market’s expectations about the post-Business Combination company’s operating results;

 

   

the post-Business Combination company’s operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

 

   

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the post-Business Combination company or the transportation industry in general;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

operating and share price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the post-Business Combination company;

 

   

the post-Business Combination company’s ability to market new and enhanced products and technologies on a timely basis;

 

   

the post-Business Combination company’s ability to compete;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations affecting the post-Business Combination company’s business;

 

   

the post-Business Combination company’s ability to meet compliance requirements;

 

   

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the post-Business Combination company;

 

   

changes in the post-Business Combination company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

   

the volume of the post-Business Combination company’s ordinary shares available for public sale;

 

   

any major change in the post-Business Combination company’s board of directors or management;

 

   

sales of substantial amounts of the post-Business Combination company’s ordinary shares by the post-Business Combination company’s directors, executive officers or significant shareholders, or the perception that such sales could occur; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism, and public health crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of HoldCo’s securities irrespective of the post-Business Combination company’s operating performance. The stock market in general, and the NYSE in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of HoldCo’s securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for semiconductor stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the post-Business Combination company could depress the post-Business Combination company’s share price regardless of the post-Business Combination company’s business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations. A decline in the market price of HoldCo’s securities also could adversely affect the post-Business Combination company’s ability to issue additional securities and the post-Business Combination company’s ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

The unaudited pro forma financial information included herein may not be indicative of what the post-Business Combination company’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been.

The unaudited pro forma financial information included herein is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the post-Business Combination company’s actual financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the dates indicated.

SC Health’s initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote their founder shares in favor of the Business Combination, and its management team and initial shareholders have also agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after the initial public offering in favor of its initial business combination, regardless of how SC Health’s public shareholders vote.

SC Health’s initial shareholders own, on an as-converted basis, 24.4% of SC Health’s outstanding Class A ordinary shares. The total number of SC Health Class B ordinary shares outstanding equals 20% of the sum of the total number of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares outstanding plus the number of Class A ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement (which agreement will be

 

84


Table of Contents

terminated prior to the closing of the Business Combination and the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor will instead purchase an equivalent number of HoldCo ordinary shares in the PIPE Financing). SC Health’s initial shareholders and management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to the Business Combination. SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if it seeks shareholder approval of an initial business combination (as contemplated in connection with the Business Combination), such initial business combination will be approved if it receives the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. As a result, in addition to its initial shareholders’ founder shares, SC Health would need 5,843,751, or approximately 33.9%, of the 17,250,000 public shares sold in the initial public offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have the initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised). Accordingly, the agreements to vote founder shares and public shares, as applicable, in favor of the Business Combination will increase the likelihood that SC Health will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Sponsor, SC Health, Rockley, HoldCo and Merger Sub entered into the Investor Support Agreement, pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the related transaction proposals contemplated therein, and vote against certain transactions involving SC Health or against any proposal or agreement that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of SC Health under the Business Combination Agreement or ancillary agreements, result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled or change the dividend policy or capitalization of SC Health.

Since the Sponsor will lose its entire investment in the founder shares and/or private placement warrants if SC Health’s initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after the initial public offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target, including Rockley, is appropriate for SC Health’s initial business combination. Further, SC Health’s founders, executive officers and directors have potential conflicts of interest in recommending that shareholders vote in favor of approval of the BCA Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this prospectus/proxy statement.

As of December 31, 2020, the Sponsor held an aggregate of 5,562,500 founder shares, 4,312,500 of which were issued in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.006 per share. Prior to the initial investment in SC Health of $25,000 by the Sponsor, SC Health had no assets, tangible or intangible. In 2019, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of SC Health’s independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The founder shares held by the Sponsor will be worthless if SC Health does not complete an initial business combination. In addition, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,450,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($5,450,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering. If SC Health does not complete its initial business combination by April 16, 2021, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financial interests of SC Health’s executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, and may have influenced their motivation in pursuing the Business Combination, completing an initial business combination, including the Business Combination, and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination, including the Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the 18-month anniversary of the closing of the initial public offering nears, which is the deadline for SC Health’s completion of an initial business combination.

Further, when considering SC Health’s board of directors’ recommendation that its shareholders vote in favor of the approval of the BCA Proposal, SC Health’s shareholders should be aware that certain of SC Health’s

 

85


Table of Contents

founders, executive officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of SC Health’s shareholders. These interests include:

 

   

the beneficial ownership of the Sponsor and certain of SC Health’s board of directors and officers of an aggregate of                SC Health’s ordinary shares and                SC Health warrants as of                 , 2021, the record date of the General Meeting, which shares and warrants would become worthless if SC Health does not complete a business combination within the applicable time period, as SC Health’s initial shareholders have waived any right to redemption with respect to these shares. Such shares and warrants have an aggregate market value of approximately $                million and $                million, respectively, based on the closing price of SC Health ordinary shares of $                on the NYSE on                , 2021, the record date for the General Meeting;

 

   

SC Health’s board of directors will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on SC Health’s behalf incident to identifying, investigating, and consummating a business combination to the extent such expenses exceed the amount not required to be retained in the trust account, unless a business combination is consummated;

 

   

the anticipated continuation of Angelo John Coloma, SC Health’s President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of SC Health, and Lim Cheok Peng, a director of SC Health, as directors of HoldCo following the closing, subject to CFIUS clearance; and

 

   

the continued indemnification of current directors and officers of SC Health and the continuation of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance after the Business Combination.

The post-Business Combination company will qualify as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if it takes advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, which could make HoldCo’s securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare the post-Business Combination company’s performance to the performance of other public companies.

The post-Business Combination company will qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act. As such, the post-Business Combination company will be eligible for and intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as it continues to be an emerging growth company, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements. The post-Business Combination company will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of HoldCo ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which it has total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year (as indexed for inflation), (iii) the date on which it has issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in the prior three-year period or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of SC Health Ordinary shares in the IPO. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as the post-Business Combination company is an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. HoldCo has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period and, therefore, the post-Business Combination company may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public

 

86


Table of Contents

companies that are not emerging growth companies. Investors may find HoldCo’s ordinary shares less attractive because the post-Business Combination company will rely on these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market for HoldCo’s ordinary shares and their price may be more volatile.

If SC Health does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of the public shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of the public shares.

If SC Health seeks shareholder approval of its initial business combination (as is contemplated in connection with the Business Combination), and it does not conduct redemptions in connection with its initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares without SC Health’s prior consent, which it refers to as the “Excess Shares.” However, SC Health would not be restricting its shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against its initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over SC Health’s ability to complete its initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if SC Health completes its initial business combination. As a result, you will continue to hold the Excess Shares and, in order to dispose of such Excess Shares, would be required to sell your Excess Shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

SC Health may not be able to complete the Business Combination, by April 16, 2021, in which case it would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and it would redeem its public shares and liquidate, in which case its public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and the warrants to purchase SC Health ordinary shares will expire worthless, subject to the warrant holders’ right to receive $1.00 per public warrant.

SC Health may not be able to complete the Business Combination by April 16, 2021. Although SC Health intends to seek shareholder approval to extend the deadline to complete a business combination to August 16, 2021, there is no assurance that the SC Health shareholders will approve the extension. SC Health’s ability to complete the Business Combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein including as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of infectious diseases. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic is ongoing and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on SC Health will depend on future developments, it could limit SC Health’s ability to complete the Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity, and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may negatively impact Rockley’s business.

If SC Health has not completed the Business Combination (or another business combination) within such time period, it will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of its remaining shareholders and SC Health’s board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, its public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and its warrants will expire worthless, subject to the warrant holders’ right to

 

87


Table of Contents

receive $1.00 per public warrant. In certain circumstances, the SC Health public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

SC Health’s initial shareholders, Sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors, and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares.

The Sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors, or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of the Business Combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, SC Health’s initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors, and their affiliates do not have any current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that the Sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the Business Combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires it to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of SC Health’s initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with SC Health’s initial business combination. Any such purchases of SC Health’s securities may result in the completion of SC Health’s initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of SC Health’s Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of SC Health’s securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of SC Health’s securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of SC Health’s offer to redeem SC Health’s public shares in connection with the Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

SC Health will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with SC Health’s initial business combination, including the Business Combination. Despite SC Health’s compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive SC Health’s proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that SC Health will furnish to holders of SC Health’s public shares in connection with SC Health’s initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

 

88


Table of Contents

SC Health’s ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and the post-Business Combination company’s ability to successfully operate the business thereafter will be largely dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel of HoldCo and Rockley, all of whom are expected to stay with the post-Business Combination company following the Business Combination. The loss of such key personnel could negatively impact the operations and financial results of the combined business.

SC Health’s ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and the post-Business Combination company’s ability to successfully operate the business following the closing is dependent upon the efforts of certain key personnel of Rockley, including Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE. Although key personnel are expected to remain with the post-Business Combination company following the Business Combination, there can be no assurance that they will do so. It is possible that Rockley will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact the operations and profitability of the post-Business Combination company. Furthermore, following the closing, certain of the key personnel of Rockley may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause the post-Business Combination company to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

SC Health’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion in determining whether or not to proceed with the Business Combination and, as a result, the terms may not be fair from a financial point of view to the public shareholders.

In analyzing the Business Combination, SC Health’s board of directors conducted significant due diligence on Rockley. For a complete discussion of the factors utilized by SC Health’s board of directors in approving the business combination, see the section entitled, “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—SC Health’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination.” SC Health’s board of directors believes because of the financial skills and background of its directors, it was qualified to conclude that the Business Combination was fair from a financial perspective to its shareholders and that Rockley’s fair market value was at least 80% of its net assets (excluding any taxes payable on interest earned).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, SC Health’s board of directors did not obtain a fairness opinion to assist it in its determination. Accordingly, SC Health’s board of directors may be incorrect in its assessment of the Business Combination.

SC Health does not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for it to complete its initial business combination with which a substantial majority of its shareholders do not agree.

SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that it will only redeem its public shares so long as (after such redemption) SC Health’s net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of its initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (such that SC Health is not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, SC Health may be able to complete its initial business combination even though a substantial majority of its public shareholders: (a) do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or (b) if SC Health seeks shareholder approval of its initial business combination (as is contemplated in connection with the Business Combination), and does not conduct redemptions in connection with its initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to the Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors, or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration SC Health would be required to pay for all SC Health Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to it, SC Health will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and SC Health instead may search for an alternate business combination.

 

89


Table of Contents

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. SC Health cannot assure you that it will not seek to amend its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for it to complete its initial business combination that its shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. SC Health cannot assure you that it will not seek to amend its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for it to complete its initial business combination that its shareholders may not support. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require a special resolution of its shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending its warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants. In addition, SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require it to provide its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if SC Health proposes an amendment to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if SC Health do not complete an initial business combination by April 16, 2021 or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of its Class A ordinary shares. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, SC Health would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. In addition, the warrant agreement provides that, in connection with a proposed amendment to the terms of SC Health’s public warrants that would affect the substance or timing of the right of holders of the public warrants to receive $1.00 per public warrant in the various circumstances described in the warrant agreement, each holder of public warrants (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates) will have the right to require the Sponsor to repurchase or cause one of its affiliates to repurchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants.

SC Health’s public shareholders will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate their investment, therefore, SC Health’s public shareholders may be forced to sell their securities, potentially at a loss.

SC Health’s public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if it does not complete its initial business combination by April 16, 2021 or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares and (iii) the redemption of the public shares if it is unable to complete an initial business combination by April 16, 2021, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate their investment, SC Health’s public shareholders and holders of warrants may be forced to sell their public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

 

90


Table of Contents

If third parties bring claims against SC Health, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.10 per share.

SC Health’s placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against SC Health. Although SC Health has sought to have all vendors, service providers (other than its independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which it does business execute agreements with SC Health waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of the SC Health’s public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against SC Health’s assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, SC Health’s management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to SC Health’s than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where SC Health may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where SC Health is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of the SC Health public shares, if SC Health is unable to complete its initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with its initial business combination, SC Health will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against SC Health within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per share redemption amount received by SC Health’s public shareholders could be less than the $10.10 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors.

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to SC Health if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than SC Health’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which SC Health has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (1) $10.10 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay SC Health’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under SC Health’s indemnity of the underwriters of the IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. SC Health has not independently verified whether the Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believes that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of SC Health and, therefore, the Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. SC Health has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for SC Health’s initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.10 per public share. In such event, SC Health may not be able to complete its initial business combination, and its shareholders would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of their Public Shares. None of SC Health’s officers or directors will indemnify SC Health for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

 

91


Table of Contents

SC Health’s directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of the Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to its public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and the Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, SC Health’s independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against the Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While SC Health currently expects that its independent directors would take legal action on its behalf against the Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to SC Health, it is possible that the independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If SC Health’s independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to its public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after the distribution of the proceeds in the trust account to SC Health’s public shareholders, SC Health were to file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against it that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of the SC Health board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to SC Health’s creditors, thereby exposing the members of the SC Health Board of directors and SC Health to claims of punitive damages.

If, after SC Health distributes the proceeds in the trust account to its public shareholders, it files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against SC Health that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by SC Health’s shareholders. In addition, the SC Health board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to SC Health’s creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and SC Health to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to its public shareholders, SC Health files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against SC Health that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of SC Health’s shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by its shareholders in connection with SC Health’s liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to SC Health’s public shareholders, SC Health files a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against SC Health that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in SC Health’s bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of SC Health’s shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by SC Health’s shareholders in connection with SC Health’s liquidation may be reduced.

SC Health’s shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against SC Health to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If SC Health is forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it were proven that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, SC Health were unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by SC Health’s shareholders. Furthermore, the SC Health directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to SC Health or its creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and SC Health to claims, by paying

 

92


Table of Contents

public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against SC Health for these reasons. SC Health and its directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of its share premium account while it was unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

SC Health may amend the terms of the SC Health warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants.

The SC Health warrants were issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the SC Health Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, SC Health may amend the terms of the SC Health warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although SC Health’s ability to amend the terms of the SC Health warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the SC Health warrants, convert the SC Health warrants into stock or cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of warrant shares issuable upon exercise of a SC Health warrant.

The post-Business Combination company may redeem your unexpired HoldCo warrants, which will have been converted from SC Health warrants in connection with the Business Combination, prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making such warrants worthless.

The post-Business Combination company will have the ability to redeem outstanding HoldCo warrants, which will have been converted from SC Health warrants in connection with the Business Combination, at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of HoldCo’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date the post-Business Combination company gives notice of redemption. If and when such become redeemable by the post-Business Combination company, the post-Business Combination company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding HoldCo warrants could force you (i) to exercise your HoldCo warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your HoldCo at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your HoldCo warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding HoldCo warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your HoldCo warrants. None of the private warrants will be redeemable by the post-Business Combination company so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

SC Health may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete its initial business combination or HoldCo may issue a substantial number of ordinary shares after completion of the Business Combination. SC Health may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of the initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of its shareholders and likely present other risks. SC Health has entered into the Investor Subscription Agreements and Individual Subscription Agreements in connection with the Business Combination.

SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 180,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00008 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2020, there were 162,750,000 and 19,437,500 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares,

 

93


Table of Contents

respectively, available for issuance, which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares or shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of its initial business combination. At December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued and outstanding.

It is currently anticipated that upon the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo’s memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of up to 5,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.00001 each.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into (i) the Investor Subscription Agreements pursuant to which HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of $150,000,000 shares in HoldCo, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination, and (ii) the Individual Subscription Agreements pursuant to which HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of $2,100,000 shares in HoldCo, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

SC Health may otherwise issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete the Business Combination or HoldCo may issue a substantial number of ordinary shares under employee incentive plans or employee stock purchase plans or otherwise after the closing of the Business Combination. SC Health may also issue Class A ordinary shares to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of its initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to its initial business combination, SC Health may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and of the anticipated memorandum and articles of association of HoldCo to be in effect upon the closing of the Business Combination, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional SC Health (prior to the Business Combination) or HoldCo (after the Business Combination) ordinary or preference shares, as applicable:

 

   

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors from the SC Health initial public offering, who will not have preemption rights in respect of such an issuance;

 

   

may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of ordinary shares if one or more classes of preferred stock are created, and such preferred shares are issued, with rights senior to those afforded to SC Health or HoldCo ordinary shares, as applicable;

 

   

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, its ability to use its net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of its present officers and directors; and

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the SC Health units, SC Health ordinary shares and/or SC Health warrants (prior to the Business Combination) or the HoldCo ordinary shares and/or HoldCo warrants (after the Business Combination).

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, SC Health’s initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if SC Health issues shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The SC Health founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of the initial business combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares, plus the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by SC Health in

 

94


Table of Contents

connection with or in relation to the consummation of its initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any warrants issued in a private placement to the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

After the closing of the Business Combination, we expect that several of the post-Business Combination company’s directors and officers will live outside the United States and that certain assets of the post-Business Combination company will be located outside the United States; therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

We expect that after the closing of the Business Combination, several of the post-Business Combination company’s directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and that certain assets of the post-Business Combination company will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon the post-Business Combination company or any of its directors or officers or to enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on its directors and officers under U.S. laws, including federal securities laws.

Because neither SC Health nor HoldCo have any current plans to pay cash dividends on SC Health ordinary shares, or HoldCo ordinary shares, as applicable, for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your SC Health or HoldCo ordinary shares, as applicable, for a price greater than that which you paid for such shares.

SC Health, prior to the Business Combination, and HoldCo, after the Business Combination, may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends as a public company in the future will be made at the discretion of the SC Health (prior to the Business Combination) or the HoldCo (after the Business Combination) board of directors, as applicable, and will depend on, among other things, its results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors that the SC Health or HoldCo board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness SC Health, HoldCo, or their respective subsidiaries, as applicable, incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in SC Health or HoldCo ordinary shares unless you sell such ordinary shares for a price greater than that which you paid for such shares.

If, following the Business Combination, securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the post-Business Combination company, its business, or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding HoldCo’s securities adversely, the price and trading volume of HoldCo’s securities could decline.

The trading market for HoldCo’s securities will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about the post-Business Combination company, its business, market or competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on the post-Business Combination company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the post-Business Combination company, the post-Business Combination company’s share price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover the post-Business Combination company change their recommendation regarding the post-Business Combination company’s shares of ordinary shares adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about the post-Business Combination company’s competitors, the price of the post-Business Combination company’s shares of ordinary shares would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover the post-Business Combination company were to cease coverage of the post-Business Combination company or fail to regularly publish reports on it, the post-Business Combination company could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

 

95


Table of Contents

GENERAL MEETING OF SC HEALTH

General

SC Health is furnishing this prospectus/proxy statement to its shareholders as part of the solicitation of proxies by its board of directors for use at the General Meeting of SC Health to be held on             , 2021, and at any adjournment thereof. This prospectus/proxy statement is first being furnished to SC Health’s shareholders on or about             , 2021 in connection with the vote on the proposals described in this prospectus/proxy statement. This prospectus/proxy statement provides SC Health’s shareholders with information they need to know to be able to vote or instruct their vote to be cast at the General Meeting.

Date, Time and Place

The General Meeting will be held on             , 2021, at             , local Singapore time, at SC Health’s principal executive office, located at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900.Shareholders who hold their shares in street name must obtain a legal proxy from their broker, bank or other nominee. The General Meeting will begin promptly at            , local Singapore time.

Purpose of the SC Health General Meeting

At the General Meeting, SC Health is asking holders of its ordinary shares to consider and vote upon:

 

   

the BCA Proposal;

 

   

the Merger Proposal;

 

   

the Incentive Plan Proposal;

 

   

the ESPP Proposal; and

 

   

the Adjournment Proposal.

The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are cross-conditioned. The Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal are conditioned upon the approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are not conditional on the Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal being approved. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal set forth in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Recommendation of SC Health Board of Directors

SC Health’s board of directors believes that the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and the other proposals to be presented at the General Meeting are in the best interest of SC Health’s shareholders and unanimously recommends that its shareholders vote “FOR” the approval of the BCA Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Merger Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the ESPP Proposal and “FOR” the approval of the Adjournment Proposal, in each case, if presented to the General Meeting.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion of these considerations.

 

96


Table of Contents

Record Date; Who is Entitled to Vote

SC Health shareholders will be entitled to vote or direct votes to be cast at the General Meeting if they owned ordinary shares at the close of business on             , 2021, which is the “record date” for the General Meeting. Shareholders will have one vote for each ordinary share owned at the close of business on the record date. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted. SC Health warrants do not have voting rights. As of the close of business on the record date, there were             ordinary shares issued and outstanding, of which              were issued and outstanding public shares.

The Sponsor and each director and each officer of SC Health have agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, in the case of the Sponsor, subject also to the terms and conditions contemplated by the Investor Support Agreement, and waive their redemption rights in connection with the closing of the Business Combination with respect to any ordinary shares held by them. The ordinary shares held by the Sponsor will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

Quorum

A quorum of SC Health shareholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present at the General Meeting if the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding SC Health ordinary shares entitled to vote at the General Meeting are represented in person or by proxy. As of the record date for the General Meeting,              ordinary shares would be required to achieve a quorum.

Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes

Proxies that are marked “abstain” and proxies relating to “street name” shares that are returned to SC Health but marked by brokers as “not voted” will be treated as shares present for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum on all matters, but they will not be treated as shares voted on the matter. Under the rules of various national and regional securities exchanges, your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares with respect to non-discretionary matters unless you provide instructions on how to vote in accordance with the information and procedures provided to you by your broker, bank, or nominee. SC Health believes all the proposals presented to the shareholders will be considered non-discretionary and therefore your broker, bank, or nominee cannot vote your shares without your instruction.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the BCA Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

The approval of the Merger Proposal requires a special resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a majority of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. The Merger Proposal and the BCA Proposal are cross-conditioned. Therefore, if the BCA Proposal is not approved, the Merger Proposal will have no effect, even if approved by holders of ordinary shares.

The approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

 

97


Table of Contents

The approval of the ESPP Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands Companies Act and the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting.

The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are cross-conditioned. The Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal are conditioned upon the approval of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. The BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal are not conditional on the Incentive Plan Proposal and the ESPP Proposal being approved. The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon the approval of any other proposal set forth in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Voting Your Shares

Each SC Health ordinary share that you own in your name entitles you to one vote. Your proxy card or vote instruction form shows the number of ordinary shares that you own. If your shares are held in “street name” or are in a margin or similar account, you should contact your broker, bank or other nominee to ensure that votes related to the shares you beneficially own are properly counted.

There are two ways to vote your ordinary shares at the General Meeting:

 

   

You Can Vote by Signing and Returning the Enclosed Proxy Card. If you vote by proxy card, your “proxy,” whose name is listed on the proxy card, will vote your shares as you instruct on the proxy card. If you sign and return the proxy card but do not give instructions on how to vote your shares, your shares will be voted as recommended by SC Health’s board “FOR” the approval of the BCA Proposal, “FOR” the approval of the Merger Proposal, and “FOR” the approval of each of the other proposals, in each case, if presented to the General Meeting. Votes received after a matter has been voted upon at the General Meeting will not be counted.

 

   

You Can Attend the General Meeting and Vote in Person.

 

   

Beneficial shareholders (those holding shares through a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other holder of record) who wish to attend the General Meeting must obtain a legal proxy by contacting their account representative at the bank, broker, or other nominee that holds their shares and e-mail a copy (a legible photograph is sufficient) of their legal proxy to AST at FOrihuela@astfinancial.com.

Revoking Your Proxy

If you are a SC Health shareholder and you give a proxy, you may revoke it at any time before it is exercised by doing any one of the following:

 

   

you may send another proxy card with a later date;

 

   

you may notify AST in writing before the General Meeting that you have revoked your proxy; or

 

   

you may attend the General Meeting, revoke your proxy, and vote, as indicated above.

Who Can Answer Your Questions About Voting Your Shares

If you are a shareholder and have any questions about how to vote or direct a vote in respect of your ordinary shares, you may call Morrow Sodali LLC, SC Health’s proxy solicitor, by calling (800) 662-5200 (toll-free in North America), or +1 (203) 658-9400 (outside of North America), or by email at SCPE.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

 

98


Table of Contents

Redemption Rights

Pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents, a public shareholder may request of SC Health that HoldCo redeem all or a portion of its public shares for cash if the Business Combination is consummated. As a holder of public shares, you will be entitled to receive cash for any public shares to be redeemed only if you:

 

   

(a) hold public shares, or (b) if you hold public shares through units, you elect to separate your units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising your redemption rights with respect to the public shares;

 

   

submit a written request to AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, that HoldCo redeem all or a portion of your public shares for cash; and

 

   

deliver the certificates for your public shares (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST, physically or electronically through DTC.

Holders must complete the procedures for electing to redeem their public shares in the manner described above prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on             , 2021 (which is 5:00 a.m. local Singapore time, on             , 2021) (two business days before the General Meeting) in order for their shares to be redeemed.

Holders of units must elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants prior to exercising redemption rights with respect to the public shares. If holders hold their units in an account at a brokerage firm or bank, holders must notify their broker or bank that they elect to separate the units into the underlying public shares and public warrants, or if a holder holds units registered in its own name, the holder must contact AST, SC Health’s transfer agent, directly and instruct them to do so. Public shareholders may elect to redeem all or a portion of the public shares held by them, regardless of if or how they vote in respect of the BCA Proposal.

If the Business Combination is not consummated, the public shares will be returned to the respective holder, broker or bank. If the Business Combination is consummated, and if a public shareholder properly exercises its right to redeem all or a portion of the public shares that it holds and timely delivers the certificates for its shares (if any) along with the redemption forms to AST, HoldCo will redeem such public shares for a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the pro rata portion of the trust account, calculated as of two business days prior to the closing of the Business Combination. For illustrative purposes, as of March 30, 2021, this would have amounted to approximately $10.00 per issued and outstanding public share. If a public shareholder exercises its redemption rights in full, then it will be electing to exchange its public shares for cash and will no longer own public shares.

If you hold the shares in “street name,” you will have to coordinate with your broker to have your shares certificated or delivered electronically. HoldCo public shares that have not been tendered (either physically or electronically) in accordance with these procedures will not be redeemed for cash. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through DTC’s DWAC (deposit withdrawal at custodian) system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming shareholder. In the event the proposed Business Combination is not consummated this may result in an additional cost to shareholders for the return of their shares.

An SC Health shareholder may not withdraw a redemption request once submitted to AST unless SC Health’s board of directors determines (in their sole discretion) to permit the withdrawal of such redemption request (which they may do in whole or in part). Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivers its certificate (if any) along with the redemption forms in connection with an election of its redemption and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, it may simply request that SC Health permit the withdrawal of the redemption request and instruct AST to return the certificate (physically or electronically). The holder can make such request by contacting AST at the address or email address listed in this prospectus/proxy statement.

 

99


Table of Contents

Any corrected or changed written exercise of redemption rights must be received by AST prior to the vote taken on the BCA Proposal at the General Meeting. No request for redemption will be honored unless the holder’s public shares have been delivered (either physically or electronically) to AST at least two business days prior to the vote at the General Meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such public shareholder or any other person with whom such public shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its public shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the public shares. Accordingly, if a public shareholder, alone or acting in concert or as a group, seeks to redeem more than 20% of the public shares, then any such shares in excess of that 20% limit would not be redeemed for cash.

The Sponsor and each director and each officer of SC Health have agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, in the case of the Sponsor, subject also to the terms and conditions contemplated by the Investor Support Agreement, and waive their redemption rights in connection with the closing of the Business Combination with respect to any ordinary shares held by them. The ordinary shares held by the Sponsor will be excluded from the pro rata calculation used to determine the per-share redemption price. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health’s directors and officers) owns 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

Holders of the warrants will not have redemption rights with respect to the warrants.

The closing price of public shares on March 30, 2021, the most recent practicable date prior to the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, was $10.09. As of March 19, 2021, funds in the trust account totaled approximately $174,545,229 and were comprised entirely of U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or of money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, or approximately $10.00 per issued and outstanding public share.

Prior to exercising redemption rights, public shareholders should verify the market price of the public shares as they may receive higher proceeds from the sale of their public shares in the public market than from exercising their redemption rights if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price. SC Health cannot assure its shareholders that they will be able to sell their public shares in the open market, even if the market price per share is higher than the redemption price, as there may not be sufficient liquidity in its securities when its shareholders wish to sell their shares.

Appraisal Rights

Neither SC Health’s shareholders nor SC Health’s warrant holders have appraisal rights in connection with the Business Combination under Cayman Islands law.

SC Health Initial Shareholders

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, there are 22,812,500 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, which include the 5,562,500 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor (whose members include SC Health directors and officers) and the 17,250,000 public shares. As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, there is outstanding an aggregate of 14,075,000 warrants, which includes the 5,450,000 private placement warrants held by the Sponsor and 8,625,000 public warrants.

At any time at or prior to the Business Combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material non-public information), the Sponsor, the existing shareholders of Rockley or SC Health or their

 

100


Table of Contents

respective directors, officers, advisors or respective affiliates may: (i) purchase public shares from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against any of the Proposals, or elect to redeem, or indicate an intention to redeem, public shares; (ii) execute agreements to purchase such shares from such investors in the future; or (iii) enter into transactions with such investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of the Proposals or not redeem their public shares. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of SC Health’s shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that the Sponsor, the existing shareholders of Rockley or SC Health or their respective directors, officers, advisors, or respective affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such share purchases and other transactions would be to increase the likelihood of (1) satisfaction of the requirement that holders of a majority of the ordinary shares, represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the General Meeting, vote in favor of the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal and the Adjournment Proposal, (2) satisfaction of the Minimum Cash Condition, (3) otherwise limiting the number of public shares electing to redeem, and (4) SC Health’s net tangible assets being at least $5,000,001. Entering into any such arrangements may have a depressive effect on the ordinary shares (e.g., by giving an investor or holder the ability to effectively purchase shares at a price lower than market, such investor or holder may therefore become more likely to sell the shares he or she owns, either at or prior to the Business Combination).

If such transactions are effected, the consequence could be to cause the Business Combination to be consummated in circumstances where such consummation could not otherwise occur. Purchases of shares by the persons described above would allow them to exert more influence over the approval of the proposals to be presented at the General Meeting and would likely increase the chances that such proposals would be approved.

 

101


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 1—BCA PROPOSAL

SC Health is asking its shareholders to approve by ordinary resolution the Business Combination Agreement. SC Health shareholders should carefully read this prospectus/proxy statement in its entirety for more detailed information concerning the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex A to this prospectus/proxy statement. Please see the subsection entitled “The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger” below for additional information and a summary of certain terms of the Business Combination Agreement. You are urged to carefully read the Business Combination Agreement in its entirety before voting on this proposal.

SC Health may consummate the Merger only if it is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority at least two-thirds of SC Health of ordinary shares that are entitled to vote and are voted at the General Meeting.

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger

This subsection of this prospectus/proxy statement describes the material provisions of the Business Combination Agreement but does not purport to describe all of the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Business Combination Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Annex A to this prospectus/proxy statement. You are urged to read the Business Combination Agreement in its entirety because it is the primary legal document that governs the Merger.

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contains representations, warranties and covenants that the respective parties made to each other as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement or other specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations, warranties and covenants were made for purposes of the contract among the respective parties and are subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating the Business Combination Agreement. The representations, warranties and covenants in the Business Combination Agreement are also modified in part by the underlying disclosure letters (the “Disclosure Letters”), which are not filed publicly and which are subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from that generally applicable to shareholders and were used for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. We do not believe that the Disclosure Letters contain information that is material to an investment decision. Additionally, the representations and warranties of the parties to the Business Combination Agreement may or may not have been accurate as of any specific date and do not purport to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement. Accordingly, no person should rely on the representations and warranties in the Business Combination Agreement or the summaries thereof in this prospectus/proxy statement as characterizations of the actual state of facts about SC Health, the Company or any other matter.

Structure of the Merger

On March 19, 2021, SC Health entered into the Business Combination Agreement with the Company, HoldCo, and Merger Sub, pursuant to which, following the consummation of the Exchange, Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving such merger as a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo and, in the context of such Merger, all SC Health ordinary shares (other than Excluded Shares) outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be exchanged with HoldCo for the right to receive the Merger Consideration in the form of HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to a share capital increase of HoldCo, as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and in accordance with the Cayman Islands Companies Act.

Prior to the Merger Effective Time, among other things, the Company will propose a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act as either a cancellation scheme or a transfer scheme pursuant to

 

102


Table of Contents

which the Company Shareholders will transfer all their Company ordinary shares to HoldCo or cancel all their Company ordinary shares with new Company ordinary shares being issued to HoldCo, in either case in exchange for the same number of HoldCo ordinary shares (the “Equity Scheme”).

Consideration

Merger Consideration

At the Merger Effective Time, immediately following the SC Health Class B Conversion, by virtue of the Merger, and without any further action on the part of SC Health, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or the holders of any of the following securities:

 

  1.

each SC Health Class A ordinary share (other than any SC Health Class A ordinary shares held in treasury by SC Health (if any) (each, an “Excluded Share” and, collectively, “Excluded Shares”)) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall automatically be exchanged for one HoldCo ordinary share, in accordance with Section 233(5) of the Cayman Islands Companies Act following a share capital increase realized by HoldCo by virtue of the Merger, to be subscribed by the contributing holders of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares (the “Merger Consideration”), which HoldCo ordinary shares HoldCo shall cause to be issued and delivered in accordance with its obligations set forth in the Business Combination Agreement;

 

  2.

all SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than the Excluded Shares) shall cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and (A) each certificate formerly representing SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than Excluded Shares) and (B) each entry in the SC Health’s register of members formerly representing SC Health Class A ordinary shares (other than Excluded Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall thereafter, in case of both (A) and (B), only represent the right to receive Merger Consideration into which such SC Health Class A ordinary shares have been exchanged (and contributed-in-kind) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement;

 

  3.

each Excluded Share shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of SC Health, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled without payment of any consideration therefor and shall cease to exist; and

 

  4.

each ordinary share, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Merger Sub (the “Merger Sub ordinary shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, of SC Health.

Treatment of the Company Options and Restricted Stock

As a result of and upon the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), among other things, each Company option, whether vested or unvested, that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Exchange shall, upon the Equity Scheme becoming effective and contingent on agreement with the holder thereof executing a rollover agreement, be substituted by a HoldCo option in accordance with the requirements of Section 424(a) and Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable, such that the intrinsic value of the exchanged Company option is preserved, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including any vesting requirements) set forth under the applicable award agreement in effect immediately prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective; each Company Restricted Stock that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective shall, at the Equity Scheme becoming effective, automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be exchanged against the aggregate number of HoldCo Restricted Shares in the manner as provided in the Business Combination Agreement; and the Company will take all necessary actions to effect the treatment of Company options and Company Restricted Stock pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with the 2013 Plan and the applicable

 

103


Table of Contents

award agreements and to ensure that no HoldCo option may be exercised prior to the effective date of an applicable Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-1 or Form S-3) of HoldCo. For additional information on the Business Combination Agreement, see “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger.”

Closing

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, the Closing will take place at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the date that is two business days after the first date on which all conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof) or such time and place as SC Health and the Company may mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the “Closing Date.”

Representations and Warranties

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contains representations and warranties of SC Health, the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub, certain of which are qualified by materiality and material adverse effect (or Company Material Adverse Effect as defined below) and may be further modified and limited by the disclosure letters. See “—Company Material Adverse Effect” below.

Representations and Warranties of the Company

The Company has made representations and warranties relating to, among other things, company organization, subsidiaries, due authorization, no conflict, governmental authorities and consents, capitalization of the Company, capitalization of subsidiaries, financial statements, undisclosed liabilities, litigation and proceedings, legal compliance, contracts and no defaults, the Company’s benefit plans, labor relations and employees, taxes, brokers’ fees, insurance, licenses and permits, equipment and other tangible property, real property, intellectual property, privacy and cybersecurity, environmental matters, absence of changes, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering compliance, sanctions and international trade compliance, information supplied, customers and suppliers, government contracts, sufficiency of assets and no additional representation or warranties.

The representations and warranties of the Company identified as fundamental under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement are those made pursuant to: the first and second sentences of Section 4.1 of the Business Combination Agreement (Company Organization), the first and second sentences of Section 4.2 of the Business Combination Agreement (subsidiaries), Section 4.3 of the Business Combination Agreement (Due Authorization), Section 4.6 of the Business Combination Agreement (Capitalization of the Company) (other than the first sentence of Section 4.6(a) of the Business Combination Agreement), Section 4.7 of the Business Combination Agreement (Capitalization of subsidiaries) and Section 4.16 of the Business Combination Agreement (Broker’s Fees) (collectively, the “Company’s Fundamental Representations”).

Representations and Warranties of SC Health

SC Health has made representations and warranties relating to, among other things, organization, due authorization, no conflict, subsidiaries, litigation and proceedings, SEC filings, internal controls, listing, financial statements, governmental authorities and consents, trust account, Investment Company Act and JOBS Act, absence of changes, no undisclosed liabilities, capitalization, brokers’ fees, indebtedness, taxes, business activities, the NYSE stock market quotation, registration statement and proxy statement and proxy/registration statement, no outside reliance, no additional representations or warranties and affiliate arrangements.

 

104


Table of Contents

Representations and Warranties of HoldCo and Merger Sub

Each of HoldCo and Merger Sub have made representations and warranties relating to, among other things, corporate organization, organizational documents, capitalization, authority relative to the Business Combination Agreement, no conflict, required filings and consents, compliance, board approval and vote required, no prior operations of HoldCo or Merger Sub and post-closing operations, no indebtedness, brokers’ fees and information supplied. The representations and warranties of HoldCo and Merger Sub identified as fundamental under the terms of the Business Combination Agreement are those made pursuant to: Section 6.1 (Corporate Organization), Section 6.3 (Capitalization), Section 6.4 (Authority Relative to this Agreement), Section 6.8 (Post-Closing Operations; No Prior Obligations of HoldCo or Merger Sub) and Section 6.10 (Brokers’ Fees) (collectively, the “HoldCo and Merger Sub Fundamental Representations”).

Survival of Representations and Warranties

Except in the case of claims against a person in respect of such person’s actual fraud, the representations and warranties of the respective parties to the Business Combination Agreement generally will not survive the Closing.

Company Material Adverse Effect

Under the Business Combination Agreement, certain representations and warranties of the Company are qualified in whole or in part by a material adverse effect standard for purposes of determining whether a breach of such representations and warranties has occurred. Under the Business Combination Agreement, certain representations and warranties of the Company are qualified in whole or in part by a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to enter into and perform its obligations under the Business Combination Agreement standard for purposes of determining whether a breach of such representations and warranties has occurred.

“Company Material Adverse Effect” means any event, state of facts, condition, change, development, circumstance, occurrence or effect (collectively, “Events”) that (i) has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) does or would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, prevent, materially delay or materially impede the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger; provided, however, that in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a “Company Material Adverse Effect”: (a) any change in applicable laws or GAAP or any interpretation thereof following the date of the Business Combination Agreement, (b) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, (c) the taking of any action required by the Business Combination Agreement, (d) any natural disaster (including hurricanes, storms, tornados, flooding, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or similar occurrences), pandemic, disease outbreak or other public health emergency (including COVID-19 or the effect of any abatement thereof, and any action permitted under the Business Combination Agreement in response thereto, or any COVID-19 Measures or any change in such COVID-19 Measures or interpretations following the date of the Business Combination Agreement) or change in climate, (e) any acts of terrorism or war, the outbreak or escalation of hostilities, geopolitical conditions, local, national or international political conditions, (f) any failure of the Company to meet any projections or forecasts (provided that clause (f) shall not prevent a determination that any Event not otherwise excluded from this definition of Company Material Adverse Effect underlying such failure to meet projections or forecasts has resulted in a Company Material Adverse Effect), (g) any Events generally applicable to the industries or markets in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate (including increases in the cost of products, supplies, materials or other goods purchased from third party suppliers), (h) the announcement of the Business Combination Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (x) excluding the termination of a Contract by a customer, the termination of a Contract by a top supplier listed in the Company Disclosure Letter and/or termination of a Contract by a key employee (y) but including any termination of, reduction in or similar adverse

 

105


Table of Contents

impact on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with any landlords, suppliers (other than any such top suppliers), distributors, partners or employees (other than any key employees) of the Company and its subsidiaries (it being understood that this clause (h) shall be disregarded for purposes of the representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.4 of the Business Combination Agreement (No Conflict) and the condition to Closing with respect thereto), (i) any matter set forth on Section 1.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (j) any Events to the extent actually known by those individuals set forth on Section 1.3 of the SC Health Disclosure Letter on or prior to the date of the Business Combination Agreement, or (k) any action taken by, or at the request of, SC Health; provided, further, that any Event referred to in clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) or (g) above may be taken into account in determining if a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred to the extent it has a disproportionate and adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to similarly situated companies in the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their respective operations, but only to the extent of the incremental disproportionate effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to similarly situated companies in the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct their respective operations.

Covenants and Agreements

The Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub has made covenants relating to, among other things, conduct of business, inspection, preparation and delivery of additional Company financial statements, affiliate agreements, acquisition proposals, shareholder litigation, employment agreement amendments and indemnification and insurance.

SC Health has made covenants relating to, among other things, trust account proceeds, no solicitation by SC Health, SC Health’s conduct of business, inspection, SC Health public filings, shareholder litigation and affiliate agreements.

Conduct of Business by the Company

The Company has agreed that from the date of the Business Combination Agreement through the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Business Combination Agreement (the “Interim Period”), it will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, except as otherwise explicitly contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (as defined below), as consented to by SC Health in writing (which consent will not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied) or as required by applicable law, use reasonable best efforts to operate the business of the Company in the ordinary course consistent with past practices.

During the Interim Period, the Company has also agreed not to, and to cause its subsidiaries not to, except as otherwise contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, including the Company disclosure letter thereto (the “Company Disclosure Letter”), the ancillary agreements, or as consented to by SC Health in writing (which consent will not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied) or as required by applicable law:

 

   

change or amend the governing documents of the Company;

 

   

make or declare any dividend or distribution to shareholders of the Company or make any other distributions in respect of any of the Company Capital Stock or equity interests;

 

   

split, combine, reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise amend any terms of any shares or series of the Company Capital Stock or equity interests in a manner that would increase the Merger Consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company;

 

   

purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding share capital, outstanding shares of capital stock, membership interests or other equity interests of the Company, except for (i) the acquisition by the Company of any shares of capital stock, membership interests or

 

106


Table of Contents
 

other equity interests of the Company or of any Company options and Company Restricted Stock in connection with the repurchase, forfeiture or cancellation of such interests, Company options and Company Restricted Stock, (ii) the acquisition by the Company of Company ordinary shares in connection with the surrender of Company ordinary shares by holders of Company options in order to pay the exercise price of the Company options, and (iii) the withholding of Company ordinary shares to satisfy tax obligations with respect to the Company options and Company Restricted Stock;

 

   

enter into, modify in any material respect or terminate (other than expiration in accordance with its terms) any contract of a type required to be listed in Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter or any real property lease, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business or as required by law;

 

   

sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, convey, lease, covenant not to assert, pledge or otherwise encumber or subject to any lien, abandon, cancel, let lapse or otherwise dispose of any material tangible assets or properties of the Company or its subsidiaries, except for (i) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) dispositions of obsolete or worthless equipment, (iii) transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries or among its subsidiaries and (iv) transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

   

acquire any ownership interest in any real property;

 

   

except as required by law, an existing Company benefit plan, or contracts listed in the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) grant any severance, retention, change in control or termination or similar pay, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) terminate, adopt, enter into or materially amend or grant any new awards under any Company benefit plan or any plan, policy, practice, program, agreement or other arrangement that would be deemed a Company benefit plan as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) increase the cash compensation or bonus opportunity of any employee, officer, director or other individual service provider, except such increases to any such individuals who are not directors or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iv) take any action to amend or waive any performance or vesting criteria or to accelerate the time of payment or vesting of any compensation or benefit payable by the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, (v) hire or engage any new employee or independent contractor if such new employee or independent contractor will receive annual base compensation in excess of $250,000, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (vi) terminate the employment or engagement, other than for cause, death, or disability, of any employee or independent contractor with an annual base compensation in excess of $250,000;

 

   

acquire by merger or consolidation with, or merge or consolidate with, or purchase substantially all or a material portion of the assets of, any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture or other business organization or division thereof;

 

   

incur or assume any indebtedness for borrowed money under its term facility with Argentum Securities Ireland plc and/or its facility with Silicon Valley Bank and/or any other third party debt facilities, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, which is not in excess of $100,000;

 

   

(i) make or change any material election in respect of taxes in a manner inconsistent with past practice, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change any filed tax return in a manner that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) adopt or request permission of any taxing authority to change any accounting method in respect of material taxes, (iv) enter into any closing agreement in respect of material taxes executed on or prior to the Closing Date or enter into any tax sharing or similar agreement (other than customary commercial contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business not primarily related to taxes), (v) settle any claim or assessment in respect of material taxes, (vi) surrender or allow to expire any right to claim a refund of material taxes, (vii), file any tax return of the Company or its subsidiaries in a manner that is materially inconsistent with the past practices of

 

107


Table of Contents
 

the Company, or (viii) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of material taxes or in respect to any material tax attribute that would give rise to any claim or assessment of taxes;

 

   

authorize for issuance, issue, sell, transfer, encumber, dispose or deliver any additional shares of Company Capital Stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into Company Capital Stock or grant any additional equity or equity-based compensation (including Company Restricted Stock) other than (i) in the ordinary course of business not to exceed the amount of Company ordinary shares available for grant under the 2013 Plan on the date of the Business Combination Agreement, or (ii) upon the exercise or settlement of Company options under the 2013 Plan and applicable award agreement outstanding on the date of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with their terms as in effect as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement, and (iii) as required to comply with any Company benefit plan as in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

adopt a plan of, or otherwise enter into or effect a, complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or its subsidiaries (other than the Merger);

 

   

waive, release, settle, compromise or otherwise resolve any inquiry, investigation, claim, action, litigation or other legal proceedings, except in the ordinary course of business or where such waivers, releases, settlements or compromises are covered by insurance or involve only the payment of monetary damages in an amount less than $250,000 in the aggregate;

 

   

(A) sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, covenant not to assert, pledge, encumber, subject to a lien (other than a permitted lien), or grant to, or agree to grant to, any Person rights in or to any Company IP (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries (other than non-exclusive licenses of Company IP granted to customers or distributors in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or dispose of, cancel, abandon or permit to lapse any rights to any intellectual property that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries except for the expiration of any Company Registered Intellectual Property (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in accordance with the applicable statutory term (or in the case of immaterial domain names, applicable registration period) or (B) subject any material Company IP to any Copyleft Licenses (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

 

   

disclose or agree to disclose to any Person (other than SC Health or any of its representatives) any trade secret or any other material confidential or proprietary information, know-how or process of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to obligations to maintain the confidentiality thereof;

 

   

make or commit to make capital expenditures other than in an amount not in excess of the amount set forth on Section 7.1(a)(xvii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, in the aggregate; enter into or extend any collective bargaining agreement or similar labor agreement other than as required by applicable law, or recognize or certify any labor union, labor organization, or group of employees of the Company or its subsidiaries as the bargaining representative for any employees of the Company or its subsidiaries;

 

   

(i) limit the right of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or in any geographic area, to develop, market or sell products or services, or to compete with any Person or (ii) grant any exclusive or similar rights to any Person, in each case, except where such limitation or grant does not, and would not be reasonably likely to, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect, or materially disrupt, the ordinary course operation of the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

   

terminate without replacement or amend in a manner materially adverse to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, any material insurance policy insuring the business of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries;

 

108


Table of Contents
   

cease conducting, or enter into any new line of business outside of the business currently conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

make any material change in financial accounting methods, principles or practices, except insofar as may have been required by a change in GAAP or applicable law; or

 

   

enter into any agreement to take any of the above actions prohibited under the Business Combination Agreement.

Conduct of Business of HoldCo and Merger Sub

During the Interim Period, except as set forth in the Company’s Disclosure Letter or as consented to by SC Health in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied) HoldCo and Merger Sub shall not, except as otherwise contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or the ancillary agreements or as explicitly contemplated in connection with the Transactions (as defined below) or required by law or in connection with COVID-19 Measures:

 

   

engage in any business or activity other than the consummation of the Exchange;

 

   

amend or otherwise change the HoldCo Governing Documents or organizational documents of Merger Sub except as otherwise required to implement the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

   

declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock;

 

   

reclassify, combine, split, subdivide or redeem, or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize, solicit, propose, or negotiate with respect to the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any class of capital stock or other securities of HoldCo or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest), of HoldCo or of Merger Sub;

 

   

liquidate, dissolve, reorganize or otherwise wind up the business and operations of HoldCo or of Merger Sub;

 

   

amend any agreement directly related to the Exchange;

 

   

permit any Company Shareholder who acquires HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to the Exchange to transfer, sell, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumber, divest, cancel, abandon or otherwise dispose of any HoldCo ordinary shares, or recognize any such transfer, sale, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumbrances, divestment, cancellation, abandonment or other disposition of HoldCo ordinary shares;

 

   

transfer, sell, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumber, divest, cancel, abandon or allow to lapse or expire or otherwise dispose of any Company Shares acquired pursuant to the Exchange and any such attempted action shall be null and void and HoldCo will not inscribe any such transfer (of any kind as contemplated in this provision) in the shareholder register;

 

   

acquire or hold any equity securities or rights thereto in any person other than the Company pursuant to the Exchange except for new HoldCo ordinary shares held by the Company upon the Exchange which shall be distributed in kind by the Company to HoldCo to be held in treasury by HoldCo following completion of the Exchange; or

 

   

enter into any formal or informal agreement or otherwise make a binding commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

109


Table of Contents

Conduct of Business of SC Health

During the Interim Period, SC Health shall, except as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including as contemplated by the PIPE Financing), or as consented to by the Company in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), operate its business in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice. Further, except as consented to by the Company in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), SC Health shall not, except as otherwise contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including as contemplated by the PIPE Financing) or the ancillary agreements or as required by law:

 

   

seek any approval from SC Health shareholders, to change, modify or amend the Trust Agreement or the SC Health Governing Documents, except as contemplated by the Transaction Proposals (as defined below) or otherwise to obtain the approval of the shareholders of SC Health by special resolution to extend the deadline in the SC Health Governing Documents for SC Health to complete an initial business combination to April 16, 2021 (and any further extension);

 

   

make or declare any dividend or distribution to SC Health shareholders or make any other distributions in respect of any of SC Health’s capital stock, share capital or equity interests, (y) split, combine, reclassify or, save pursuant to FPA Termination (as defined below), otherwise amend any terms of any shares or series of SC Health’s capital stock or equity interests, or (z) purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding share capital, outstanding shares of capital stock, share capital or membership interests, warrants or other equity interests of SC Health, other than a redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares made as part of SC Health Share redemptions;

 

   

make or change any material election in respect of taxes, (A) amend, modify or otherwise change any filed material tax return, (B) adopt or request permission of any taxing authority to change any accounting method in respect of material taxes, (C) enter into any closing agreement in respect of material taxes or enter into any tax sharing or similar agreement, (D) settle any claim or assessment in respect of material taxes, (E) surrender or allow to expire any right to claim a refund of material taxes, (F) file any tax return in a manner that is inconsistent with the past practices of SC Health or (G) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of material taxes or in respect to any material tax attribute that would give rise to any claim or assessment of taxes;

 

   

other than as expressly required by the SC Health Investor Support Agreement or to give effect to the FPA Termination, enter into, renew or amend in any material respect, any transaction or Contract with an Affiliate of SC Health (including, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) the Sponsor and (y) any Person in which the Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership interest of 5% or greater);

 

   

incur or assume any Indebtedness or guarantee any Indebtedness of another Person, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire any debt securities of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or guaranty any debt securities of another Person, other than any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000;

 

   

incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any Indebtedness or otherwise knowingly and purposefully incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any other material liabilities, debts or obligations, other than fees and expenses for professional services incurred in support of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or ancillary agreements or in support of the ordinary course operations of SC Health (which the parties agree shall include any Indebtedness in respect of any Working Capital Loan incurred in the ordinary course of business);

 

   

issue any SC Health securities or securities exercisable for or convertible into SC Health securities, (B) grant any options, warrants or other equity-based awards with respect to SC Health Securities not

 

110


Table of Contents
 

outstanding on the date of the Business Combination Agreement, or (C) save pursuant to the FPA Termination, amend, modify or waive any of the material terms or rights set forth in any SC Health warrant or the Warrant Agreement, including any amendment, modification or reduction of the warrant price set forth therein; or

 

   

enter into any agreement to do any action prohibited above.

During the Interim Period, SC Health shall, comply with, and continue performing under, as applicable, SC Health’s Governing Documents, the Trust Agreement and all other agreements or Contracts to which SC Health s may be a party.

Additional Covenants of SC Health

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health has agreed, among other things, in addition to the covenants described above under “—Conduct of Business of SC Health,” to:

 

   

With respect to the trust account, as of the Merger Effective Time, the obligations of SC Health to dissolve or liquidate within a specified time period as contained in SC Health Governing Documents will be terminated and SC Health shall have no obligation whatsoever to dissolve and liquidate the assets of SC Health by reason of the closing of the Business Combination or otherwise, and no SC Health shareholders shall be entitled to receive any amount from the trust account. At least 48 hours prior to the Merger Effective Time, SC Health shall provide notice to the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement and shall deliver any other documents, opinions or notices required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement and shall cause the Trustee prior to the Merger Effective Time to transfer all funds held in the trust account to SC Health (to be held as available cash on the balance sheet of SC Health, and to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the business following the Closing) and thereafter shall cause the trust account and the Trust Agreement to terminate.

 

   

From the date of the Business Combination Agreement until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to, and SC Health shall instruct its and their representatives, not to, (i) make any proposal or offer that constitutes a BCA Proposal, (ii) initiate any discussions or negotiations with any Person with respect to a BCA Proposal or (iii) enter into any acquisition agreement, business combination, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other agreement relating to a BCA Proposal, in each case, other than to or with the Company and its respective representatives. From and after the date of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health shall, and shall instruct its officers and directors to, and SC Health shall instruct and cause its representatives, its subsidiaries and their respective representatives to, immediately cease and terminate all discussions and negotiations with any Persons that may be ongoing with respect to a Business.

 

   

Subject to confidentiality obligations that may be applicable to information furnished to SC Health by third parties that may be in SC Health’s possession from time to time, and except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided that, to the extent possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege or compliance with such confidentiality obligation), and to the extent permitted by applicable law, SC Health shall provide to the Company and, if applicable, its accountants, counsel or other representatives, (x) such information concerning the affairs of SC Health and such other information, materials and resources relating to any Legal Proceeding initiated, pending or threatened during the Interim Period, or to the compliance and risk management operations and activities of SC Health during the Interim Period, in each case, as the Company or such representative may reasonably request, (y) prompt written notice of any material status updates in connection with any such Legal Proceedings or otherwise relating to any compliance and risk management matters or decisions of the Company or

 

111


Table of Contents
 

its subsidiaries, and (z) copies of any communications sent or received by the Company or its subsidiaries in connection with such Legal Proceedings, matters and decisions (and, if any such communications occurred orally, the Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, memorialize such communications in writing to SC Health). All information obtained by the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub or their respective representatives) shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

   

Through the Merger Effective Time, SC Health will keep current and timely file all reports required to be filed or furnished with the SEC and otherwise comply in all material respects with its reporting obligations under applicable laws.

 

   

In the event that any litigation related to the Business Combination Agreement, any ancillary agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby is brought, or, to the knowledge of SC Health, threatened in writing, against SC Health or SC Health board of directors by any of SC Health shareholders prior to the Closing, SC Health shall promptly notify the Company of any such litigation and keep the Company reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. SC Health shall provide the Company the opportunity to participate in (subject to a customary joint defense agreement), but not control, the defense of any such litigation, shall give due consideration to the Company’s advice with respect to such litigation and shall not settle or agree to settle any such litigation without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

   

Prior to the closing pursuant to that certain Forward Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 11, 2019, between SC Health and SC Health Group Limited (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”), SC Health will procure the termination of the Forward Purchase Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, termination of the rights and obligations of SC Health Group Limited under the Warrant Agreement, with respect to the Forward Purchase Warrants as defined therein, without liability or further obligation of SC Health or SC Health Group Limited (the “FPA Termination”).

Covenants of the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub have agreed, among other things, in addition to the covenants described above under —Conduct of Business of the Company” or —Conduct of Business of HoldCo and Merger Sub,” as the case may be, to:

 

   

Subject to confidentiality obligations that may be applicable to information furnished to the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries by third parties that may be in the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ possession from time to time, and except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided that, to the extent possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege or compliance with such confidentiality obligation), and to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) the Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, afford to SC Health and its accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access during the Interim Period, during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice, in such manner as to not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its subsidiaries, to all of their respective properties, books, Contracts, commitments, tax returns, records and appropriate officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, and shall furnish such representatives with all financial and operating data and other information concerning the affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries as such representatives may reasonably request; provided, that such access shall not include any unreasonably invasive or intrusive investigations or other testing, sampling or analysis of any properties, facilities or equipment of the Company or its subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Company, and (b) the Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, provide to SC Health and, if applicable, its accountants, counsel or other representatives, (x) such information and such other materials and resources relating to any Legal Proceeding initiated, pending or threatened during the Interim Period, or to the compliance

 

112


Table of Contents
 

and risk management operations and activities of the Company and its subsidiaries during the Interim Period, in each case, as SC Health or such representative may reasonably request, (y) prompt written notice of any material status updates in connection with any such Legal Proceedings or otherwise relating to any compliance and risk management matters or decisions of the Company or its subsidiaries, and (z) copies of any communications sent or received by the Company or its subsidiaries in connection with such Legal Proceedings, matters and decisions (and, if any such communications occurred orally, the Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, memorialize such communications in writing to SC Health). All information obtained by SC Health or their respective representatives pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

   

As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of the Business Combination Agreement and in any event by no later than April 9, 2021, the Company shall deliver to SC Health audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, together with the auditor’s reports thereon, which comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act (collectively, the “PCAOB Financial Statements”); provided, that upon delivery of such PCAOB Financial Statements, such financial statements shall be deemed “Audited GAAP Financial Statements” for the purposes of the Business Combination Agreement and the representations and warranties set forth in the Business Combination Agreement shall be deemed to apply to such Audited GAAP Financial Statements with the same force and effect as if made as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement.

 

   

If the Merger Effective Time has not occurred prior to May 14, 2021, as soon as reasonably practicable following May 14, 2021, the Company shall deliver to SC Health the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the three-month period ending March 31, 2021 (the “Q1 Financial Statements”), which comply with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act; provided, that upon delivery of such Q1 Financial Statements, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.8 of the Business Combination Agreement (other than those set forth in clause (a) thereof) shall be deemed to apply to the Q1 Financial Statements, with the same force and effect as if made as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement.

 

   

The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (i) to assist, upon advance written notice, during normal business hours and in a manner such as to not unreasonably interfere with the normal operation of the Company, SC Health in causing to be prepared in a timely manner any other financial information or statements (including customary pro forma financial statements) that are required to be included in the Registration Statement and this prospectus/proxy statement and any other filings to be made by SC Health with the SEC in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement and (ii) to obtain the consents of its auditors with respect thereto as may be required by applicable law or requested by the SEC.

 

   

All Affiliate Agreements set forth in the Company’s Disclosure Letter shall be terminated or settled at or prior to the Closing without further liability to HoldCo, the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, in each case, except as otherwise set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter.

 

   

From the date of the Business Combination Agreement until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries shall not, and the Company shall instruct and use its reasonable best efforts to cause its representatives, not to, directly or indirectly: (i) initiate, solicit or engage in any negotiations with any Person with respect to, or provide any non-public information or data concerning the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries to any Person relating to, an Acquisition Proposal (as defined in the Business Combination

 

113


Table of Contents
 

Agreement) or afford to any Person access to the business, properties, assets or talent of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries in connection with an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) execute or enter into any acquisition agreement, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other arrangement or agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any confidentiality agreement or the anti-takeover laws of any state, (iv) otherwise knowingly encourage or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions, or negotiations or any effort or attempt by any Person to make an Acquisition Proposal or (v) agree or otherwise commit to enter into or engage in any of the foregoing. The Company also agrees that immediately following the execution of the Business Combination Agreement it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its and their representatives to, cease any solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than the parties and their respective representatives) conducted heretofore in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or any inquiry or request for information that could reasonably be expected to lead to, or result in, an Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall promptly (and in any event within two business days) notify, in writing, SC Health of the receipt of any inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information received after the date hereof that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to result in or lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall include a summary of the material terms of such inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information. The Company shall promptly (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours) keep SC Health reasonably informed of any material developments with respect to any such inquiry, proposal, offer, request for information or Acquisition Proposal (including any material changes thereto).

 

   

In the event that any litigation related to the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby is brought, or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, threatened in writing, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their boards by any of their shareholders prior to the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify SC Health of any such litigation and keep SC Health reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. The Company and any of its subsidiaries shall provide SC Health the opportunity to participate in (subject to a customary joint defense agreement), but not control, the defense of any such litigation, shall give due consideration to SC Health’s advice with respect to such litigation and shall not settle or agree to settle any such litigation without the prior written consent of SC Health, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

   

The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to agree the employment agreement amendments with the relevant employees by Closing and to arrange for all agreed employment agreement amendments to be entered into by the relevant employer entities and employees on Closing.

 

   

From and after the Merger Effective Time, HoldCo agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless each present and former director and officer of the (x) Company and each of its subsidiaries (in each case, solely to the extent acting in their capacity as such and to the extent such activities are related to the business of the Company being acquired under the Business Combination Agreement) (the “Company Indemnified Parties to the Business Combination Agreement”) and (y) SC Health and each of its subsidiaries (the “SC Health Indemnified Parties to the Business Combination Agreement” together with the Company Indemnified Parties to the Business Combination Agreement, the “D&O Indemnified Parties to the Business Combination Agreement”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any Legal Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to matters existing or occurring at or prior to the Merger Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Merger Effective Time, to the fullest extent that the Company, SC Health or their respective subsidiaries, as the case may be, would have been permitted under applicable law and its respective certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents in effect on the date of the Business Combination Agreement to indemnify such D&O Indemnified Parties to the Business

 

114


Table of Contents
 

Combination Agreement (including the advancing of expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law). Without limiting the foregoing, HoldCo shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to (i) maintain for a period of not less than six (6) years from the Merger Effective Time provisions in the HoldCo Governing Documents concerning the indemnification and exoneration (including provisions relating to expense advancement) of HoldCo’s and its subsidiaries’ former and current officers, directors, employees, and agents that are no less favorable to those Persons than the provisions of the governing documents of the Company, and its subsidiaries’ or SC Health, as applicable, in each case, as of the date of the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) not amend, repeal or otherwise modify such provisions in any respect that would adversely affect the rights of those Persons thereunder, in each case, except as required by law. HoldCo shall assume, and be liable for, each of the covenants in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

   

For a period of six (6) years from the Merger Effective Time, HoldCo shall maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering those Persons who are currently covered by SC Health’s, the Company’s, HoldCo’s, Merger Sub’s or their respective subsidiaries’ directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies (true, correct and complete copies of which have been heretofore made available to the Company or its agents or representatives) on terms not less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage; provided, however, that (i) HoldCo may cause coverage to be extended under the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance by obtaining a six (6) year “tail” policy containing terms not materially less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage with respect to claims existing or occurring at or prior to the Merger Effective Time and (ii) if any claim is asserted or made within such six (6) year period, any insurance required to be maintained under the Business Combination Agreement shall be continued in respect of such claim until the final disposition thereof.

 

   

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Business Combination Agreement to the contrary, the covenants shall survive the closing of the Business Combination indefinitely and shall be binding, jointly and severally, on HoldCo and all successors and assigns of HoldCo. In the event that HoldCo or any of its successors or assigns consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or Surviving Company or entity of such consolidation or merger or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, HoldCo shall ensure that proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of HoldCo shall succeed to the obligations set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

On or prior to the Closing Date, HoldCo shall enter into customary indemnification agreements reasonably satisfactory to each of the Company and SC Health with the post-Closing directors and officers of HoldCo, which indemnification agreements shall continue to be effective following the Closing.

Joint Covenants of SC Health, the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub

In addition, each of SC Health, the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub have agreed, among other things, to take certain actions set forth below.

 

   

To the extent required under any laws that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition or creation or strengthening of a dominant position through merger or acquisition, including the HSR Act and the laws of any jurisdiction or Governmental Authority (as defined below) outside of the United States (“Antitrust laws”), the parties shall promptly (and, to the extent required, shall cause its affiliates to) substantially comply with and take reasonably necessary and appropriate actions with respect to Antitrust laws, including in no event later than ten (10) business days after the date of the Business Combination Agreement complying with the notification and reporting requirements of the HSR Act. The parties shall substantially comply with any Antitrust Information or Document Requests (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement).

 

   

The parties shall (and, to the extent required, shall cause its affiliates to) request early termination of any waiting period under the HSR Act and exercise its reasonable best efforts to (i) obtain termination

 

115


Table of Contents
 

or expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act and (ii) prevent the entry, in any legal proceeding brought by an antitrust authority or any other person, of any Governmental Order (as defined below) which would prohibit, make unlawful or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

   

The parties shall cooperate in good faith with Governmental Authorities and use reasonable best efforts to complete lawfully the transactions as soon as practicable (but in any event prior to the Agreement End Date) (as defined below) and use reasonable best efforts to avoid, prevent, eliminate or remove the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding in any forum by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority or the issuance of any Governmental Order that would delay, enjoin, prevent, restrain or otherwise prohibit the closing of the Business Combination, including, with the Company’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied), (i) proffering and consenting and/or agreeing to a Governmental Order or other agreement providing for (A) the sale, licensing or other disposition, or the holding separate, of particular assets, categories of assets or lines of business of the Company or SC Health or (B) the termination, amendment or assignment of existing relationships and contractual rights and obligations of the Company or SC Health and (ii) promptly effecting the disposition, licensing or holding separate of assets or lines of business or the termination, amendment or assignment of existing relationships and contractual rights, in each case, at such time as may be necessary to permit the lawful consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the Agreement End Date.

 

   

With the exception of any notices or filings made with CFIUS pursuant to the DPA (as discussed below), each of the above filings, and any other requests, filings, inquiries, Actions or other proceedings by or from Governmental Authorities, each of the parties will (i) diligently and expeditiously defend and use reasonable best efforts to obtain any necessary clearance, approval, consent, or Governmental Authorization under laws prescribed or enforceable by any Governmental Authority for the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and to resolve any objections as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement; and (ii) cooperate fully with each other in the defense of such matters. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall promptly furnish to SC Health, and SC Health shall promptly furnish to the Company, copies of any notices or written communications received by such party or any of its Affiliates from any third party or any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions, and each party shall permit counsel to the other parties an opportunity to review in advance, and each party shall consider in good faith the views of such counsel in connection with, any proposed written communications by such party and/or its Affiliates to any Governmental Authority concerning the transactions; provided, that none of the parties shall extend any waiting period or comparable period under the HSR Act or enter into any agreement with any Governmental Authority without the written consent of the other parties. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company agrees to provide SC Health and its counsel, and SC Health agrees to provide the Company and its counsel, the opportunity, on reasonable advance notice, to participate in any substantive meetings or discussions, either in person or by telephone, between such party and/or any of its Affiliates, agents or advisors, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, concerning or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

   

As promptly as practicable after the execution of the Business Combination Agreement and receipt of the PCAOB Financial Statements, (x) HoldCo, SC Health and the Company shall jointly prepare and file with the SEC, mutually acceptable materials which shall include the proxy statement to be filed with the SEC as part of the Registration Statement and sent to SC Health shareholders relating to an SC Health General Meeting (such proxy statement, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Proxy Statement”), and (y) SC Health, HoldCo and the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC the Registration Statement, in which the Proxy Statement will be included as a prospectus, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo Warrants to be issued in the Merger and Exchange or otherwise in

 

116


Table of Contents
 

connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the units comprising such (collectively, the “Registration Statement Securities”). Each of the parties shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration statement and this prospectus/proxy statement to comply with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing and to keep the Registration Statement effective as long as is necessary to consummate the transactions. SC Health also agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary state securities law or “Blue Sky” permits and approvals required to carry out the transactions, and the Company shall furnish all information concerning the Company, its subsidiaries and any of their respective members or shareholders as may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action. Each of the parties agrees to furnish to the other parties all information concerning itself, its subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, shareholders, and other equity holders and information regarding such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable or as may be reasonably requested in connection with the Registration Statement and this prospectus/proxy statement, a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, or any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of SC Health, the Company or their respective subsidiaries to any regulatory authority (including the NYSE) in connection with the Merger and the other transactions (the “Offer Documents”). SC Health will cause this prospectus/proxy statement to be mailed to SC Health shareholders, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act.

 

   

To the extent not prohibited by law, SC Health will advise the Company, reasonably promptly after SC Health receives notice thereof, of the time when the Registration Statement has become effective or any supplement or amendment has been filed, of the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of the qualification of SC Health ordinary shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or written threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplement of the Registration Statement or this prospectus/proxy statement or for additional information. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company and their counsel shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement and any Offer Document each time before any such document is filed with the SEC, and SC Health shall give reasonable and good faith consideration to any comments made by the Company and its counsel. To the extent not prohibited by law, SC Health shall provide the Company and their counsel with (i) any comments or other communications, whether written or oral, that SC Health or its counsel may receive from time to time from the SEC or its staff with respect to the Registration Statement or this prospectus/proxy statement or Offer Documents as promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt of those comments or other communications and (ii) a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response of SC Health to those comments and to provide comments on that response (to which reasonable and good faith consideration shall be given), including by participating with the Company or its counsel in any discussions or meetings with the SEC.

 

   

Each of SC Health and the Company shall ensure that none of the information supplied by or on its behalf for inclusion or incorporation by reference in (A) the Registration Statement will, at the time the Registration Statement is filed with the SEC, at each time at which it is amended and at the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading or (B) the Proxy Statement will, at the date it is first mailed to SC Health shareholders and at the time of the SC Health General Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

   

At any time prior to the Merger Effective Time, any information relating to SC Health, the Company or HoldCo or any of their respective affiliates, directors or officers, should be discovered by SC Health, the Company or HoldCo which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to either the

 

117


Table of Contents
 

Registration Statement or this prospectus/proxy statement, so that the Registrant Statement or this document would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, the party that discovers such information shall promptly notify the other parties hereto and an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by law, disseminated to SC Health shareholder.

 

   

The Registration Statement, to the extent permitted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, also will register the resale of the HoldCo ordinary shares that constitute the Merger Consideration or was issued in connection with the Exchange or Transactions, other than certain equity securities issuable under the Incentive Equity Plan that are based on HoldCo ordinary shares and constitute a portion of the Merger Consideration, which shall instead be registered pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-1 or Form S-3).

 

   

SC Health shall (a) as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act, (i) cause the Proxy Statement to be disseminated to SC Health shareholders in compliance with applicable law, (ii), duly (1) give notice of and (2) convene and hold a General Meeting of SC Health shareholders (the “SC Health General Meeting”) in accordance with SC Health’s Governing Documents and Section 710 of the NYSE Listing Rules for a date no later than thirty (30) business days following the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, and (iii) solicit proxies from the holders of SC Health ordinary shares to vote in favor of each of the Transaction Proposals, and (b) provide SC Health shareholders with the opportunity to elect to effect a SC Health Share redemption. Subject to any Permitted Withdrawal (as defined below), SC Health shall, through its Board of Directors, recommend to SC Health shareholders the (A) the adoption and approval of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated in accordance with applicable law and exchange rules and regulations, (B) adoption and approval of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with Section 233(6) of the Cayman Islands Companies Act (C) adoption and approval of any other proposals as the SEC (or staff member thereof) may indicate are necessary in its comments to the Registration Statement or correspondence related thereto, (E) adoption and approval of any other proposals as reasonably agreed by SC Health and the Company to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions, and (F) adjournment of an SC Health General Meeting, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies because there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt any of the foregoing (such proposals in (A) through (D), together, the “Transaction Proposals”), and include such recommendation in the Proxy Statement. SC Health board of directors shall not withdraw, amend, qualify or modify its recommendation to SC Health shareholders that they vote in favor of the Transaction Proposals (together with any withdrawal, amendment, qualification or modification of its recommendation to SC Health shareholders described in the Business Combination Agreement, a “Modification in Recommendation”); provided that, in the event that the SC Health board of directors determines a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred, the SC Health board of directors may make a withdrawal of such recommendation or an amendment, qualification or modification of such recommendation to the extent required, upon the advice of counsel, in order to comply with its fiduciary duties (a “Permitted Withdrawal”). SC Health shall, subject to any Permitted Withdrawal, promptly notify (and in any event, no later than three (3) business days prior to making any such Permitted Withdrawal or amendment, qualification or modification) the Company in writing of any determination to make any Permitted Withdrawal of its recommendation or amendment, qualification or modification of its recommendation in a manner adverse to the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (x) SC Health’s obligations to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold an SC Health General Meeting shall not be affected by any Modification in Recommendation, save for any Permitted Withdrawal, (y) SC Health agrees to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold an SC Health General Meeting and submit for approval the Transaction Proposals and (z) SC Health agrees that if SC Health shareholder approval (as defined below) shall not have been obtained at any such SC Health General Meeting, then SC Health shall promptly continue to take all such necessary actions, and

 

118


Table of Contents
 

hold additional SC Health General Meetings in order to obtain SC Health shareholder approval. SC Health may only adjourn an SC Health General Meeting (i) to solicit additional proxies for the purpose of obtaining SC Health shareholder approval, (ii) for the absence of a quorum and (iii) to allow reasonable additional time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosure that SC Health has determined in good faith after consultation with outside legal counsel is required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to an SC Health General Meeting; provided, that, without the consent of the Company, SC Health General Meeting (x) may not be adjourned to a date that is more than fifteen (15) days after the date for which such SC Health Shareholders’ Meeting was originally scheduled (excluding any adjournments required by applicable law) and (y) shall not be held later than three (3) business days prior to the Agreement End Date. SC Health agrees that it shall provide the holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares the opportunity to elect redemption of such SC Health Class A ordinary shares in connection with an SC Health General Meeting, as required by SC Health’s Governing Documents.

 

   

Upon the terms set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, the Company and HoldCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to solicit and obtain approvals to the Resolutions (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and the HoldCo shareholder approval (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) including, for the avoidance of doubt, HoldCo circulating the HoldCo shareholder approval to its member for approval prior to the Initial Exchange.

 

   

HoldCo, SC Health (subject to its right of Permitted Withdrawal only), Merger Sub and the Company shall each, and each shall cause its subsidiaries to (a) use reasonable best efforts to obtain all material consents and approvals of third parties that any of SC Health, or the Company or their respective Affiliates are required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger, and (b) take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or as another party hereto may reasonably request to satisfy the conditions of or otherwise to comply with the Business Combination Agreement and to consummate the transactions as soon as practicable (including any applicable actions or filings required under or in connection with the NSIB (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement)).

 

   

All transfer, documentary, sales, use, real property, stamp, registration and other similar taxes, fees and costs (including any associated penalties and interest) incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement that are payable by SC Health, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company or its subsidiaries (“Transfer taxes”) shall constitute Transaction Expenses. The Company and its subsidiaries shall, at their own expense, file all necessary tax returns with respect to all such taxes, and, if required by applicable law, SC Health will cooperate and join in the execution of any such tax returns.

 

   

Prior to the Merger Effective Time, each of the HoldCo, Company and SC Health shall take all such steps as may be required (to the extent permitted under applicable law) to cause any dispositions of shares of the HoldCo ordinary shares, Company Capital Stock or acquisitions of SC Health ordinary shares (including, in each case, securities deliverable upon exercise, vesting or settlement of any derivative securities) resulting from the transactions by each individual who may become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act in connection with the transactions to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Prior to Closing, each of HoldCo, the Company and SC Health shall, and each of them shall cause its respective subsidiaries (as applicable) and its and their officers, directors, managers, employees, consultants, counsel, accounts, agents and other representatives to, reasonably cooperate in a timely manner in connection with any financing arrangement the parties mutually agree to seek in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the consummation of any such financing by HoldCo, the Company or SC Health shall be subject to the parties’ mutual agreement), including (if mutually agreed by the parties) (a) by providing such information and assistance as the other parties may reasonably request, (b) granting such access to

 

119


Table of Contents
 

the other parties and its representatives as may be reasonably necessary for their due diligence, and (c) participating in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions with respect to such financing efforts (including direct contact between senior management and other representatives of HoldCo, the Company and its subsidiaries at reasonable times and locations). All such cooperation, assistance and access shall be granted during normal business hours and shall be granted under conditions that shall not unreasonably interfere with the business and operations of HoldCo, the Company, SC Health, or their respective auditors.

 

   

From the date of the announcement of the Business Combination Agreement or the transactions (pursuant to any applicable public communication), until the Closing Date, SC Health shall use its reasonable best efforts to, and shall instruct its financial advisors to, keep the Company and its financial advisors reasonably informed with respect to the PIPE Financing during such period, including by (i) providing regular updates and (ii) consulting and cooperating with, and considering in good faith any feedback from, the Company or its financial advisors with respect to such matters.

 

   

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, and to applicable laws, prior to Closing, the Parties to the Business Combination Agreement shall cooperate and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action (including executing and delivering and documents, certificates, instruments and other papers that are necessary for the consummation of the transactions), and do, or cause to be done, and assist and cooperate with the other Parties to the Business Combination Agreement in doing, all things necessary to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable the Transactions. The Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, use its and their commercially reasonable efforts to send the requisite notice to or to solicit and obtain the consents of as applicable, the contractual counterparties to the Contracts listed in the Company Disclosure Letter prior to the Closing; provided, however, that no party to the Business Combination Agreement nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to pay or commit to pay any amount to (or incur any obligation in favor of) any Person from whom any such consent may be required (unless such payment is explicitly required in accordance with the terms of the relevant Contract requiring such consent); provided, further, that the Parties to the Business Combination Agreement acknowledge and agree that the failure to obtain any such consents is not, and shall not be, a condition to Closing.

 

   

Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, HoldCo shall approve and adopt, subject to receipt of shareholder approval, (w) an incentive equity plan and an employee stock purchase plan (with such changes that may be agreed in writing by SC Health and the Company (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either SC Health or the Company, as applicable)) (the “Incentive Equity Plans”), (x) a form of stock option agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SC Health not later than ten (10) business days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SC Health’s (or SC Health’s designee’s) review and comment, and (y) a form of restricted stock unit agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SC Health not later than ten (10) business days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SC Health’s (or SC Health’s designee’s) review and comment, and (z) a form of restricted stock agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SC Health not later than ten (10) business days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SC Health’s (or SC Health’s designee’s) review and comment, in each case, effective as of the Closing Date. Within two (2) business days following the expiration of the sixty (60) day period following the date HoldCo has filed current Form 10 information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company, HoldCo shall file an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-3) with respect to the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable under the Incentive Equity Plans, and HoldCo shall use reasonable best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement(s) (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses contained therein) for so long as awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plans remain outstanding.

 

120


Table of Contents
   

Each of the parties to the Business Combination Agreement acknowledges and agrees that all of the provisions of this and the prior paragraph are included for the sole benefit of SC Health, HoldCo and the Company, and that nothing in the Business Combination Agreement, whether express or implied, (i) shall be construed to establish, amend, or modify any employee benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, (ii) shall limit the right of SC Health, HoldCo, the Company or their respective Affiliates to amend, terminate or otherwise modify any Company benefit plan or other employee benefit plan, agreement or other arrangement following the Closing Date, or (iii) shall confer upon any Person who is not a party to the Business Combination Agreement (including any equity holder, any current or former director, manager, officer, employee or independent contractor of the Company, or any participant in any Company benefit plan or other employee benefit plan, agreement or other arrangement (or any dependent or beneficiary thereof)), any right to continued or resumed employment or recall, any right to compensation or benefits, or any third-party beneficiary or other right of any kind or nature whatsoever.

 

   

Subject to the terms of HoldCo’s Governing Documents and the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE, SC Health, the Company and HoldCo shall take all such action within its power as may be necessary or appropriate such that immediately following the Merger Effective Time:

(a) unless and until the CFIUS Approval has been obtained, the board of directors of HoldCo shall consist of up to seven (7) director nominees, with such initial director nominees, to be designated by the Company pursuant to written notice to SC Health as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of the Business Combination Agreement (one of whom shall be the current Chairman of the Company’s board of directors), subject to SC Health’s reasonable acceptance of such initial director nominees:

(b) following the date that the CFIUS Approval is obtained (if at all), the board of directors of HoldCo shall consist of up to nine (9) directors, which shall initially include:

 

   

so long as the Sponsor and its Affiliates continue to own HoldCo ordinary shares, two (2) Class II director nominees to be designated by the Sponsor pursuant to written notice to be delivered to the Company or HoldCo (as applicable) as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of the CFIUS Approval (which notice must, in any event, be delivered prior to the date that is the later of (x) June 30, 2022 and (y) the date of the 2022 Annual Meeting of HoldCo shareholders), and SC Health shall consult with the Company or HoldCo (as applicable) with regards to the identity of such director nominees;

 

   

two (2) director nominees to be designated by the Company (one of whom shall be the current Chairman of the Company’s board of directors), and the Company shall consult with SC Health with regards to the identity of the non-Chairman director nominee; and

 

   

five (5) director nominees to be designated by the Company, subject to SC Health’s reasonable acceptance of the initial director nominees.

(c) the board of directors of HoldCo shall have a majority of “independent” directors for the purposes of NYSE rules, each of whom shall serve in such capacity in accordance with the terms of the HoldCo’s Governing Documents following the Merger Effective Time; and

(d) the initial officers of HoldCo shall be as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter (as may be updated by the Company prior to Closing following written notice to SC Health), who shall serve in such capacity in accordance with the terms of HoldCo’s Governing Documents following the Merger Effective Time.

 

   

The Company and SC Health shall (i) jointly file a draft of the Notice with CFIUS (the “CFIUS filing”) contemplated under 31 C.F.R. § 800.501 with respect to SC Health’s director nominee rights pursuant to Section 9.8(a)(i) of the Business Combination Agreement (the “Designation Right”) as soon as reasonably practicable following the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, and (ii) as

 

121


Table of Contents
 

soon as reasonably practicable after receiving CFIUS notification that the draft Notice meets all requirements of 31 C.F.R. § 800.502 and is, accordingly, complete, jointly file with CFIUS a voluntary notice as contemplated under 31 C.F.R. § 800.501(a). Any filings fees or similar costs associated with the CFIUS Filing shall be borne by SC Health.

 

   

The Company and SC Health shall (i) cooperate and coordinate with the other in the making of the CFIUS filing except as prohibited by applicable law or order or as directed by CFIUS, including any U.S. Government agency that is a member of CFIUS including, (x) providing copies of all such documents and materials to each other (or their outside counsel) prior to filing, and (y) considering all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested in connection therewith and in connection with resolving any investigation, request or other inquiry from CFIUS under the applicable laws or orders with respect to any such filing, (ii) supply the other party (or its outside counsel) with any information and reasonable assistance that may be required or reasonably requested by CFIUS in connection with the making of the filing, (iii) supply any certifications, additional information, documents or other materials that may be required or reasonably requested by CFIUS in connection with the notice filing or the Designation Right as soon as practicable and in all cases within the amount of time allowed by CFIUS, and (iv) use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to obtain the CFIUS Approval as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in the Business Combination Agreement, in no event shall SC Health or any of its Affiliates be obligated in connection with the CFIUS Approval, to (A) propose or agree to accept any undertaking or condition, to enter into any consent decree, to make any divestiture or accept any operational restriction, or take or commit to make payments or enter into any commercial arrangement, or commit, or commit to take, any action which action limits the freedom of action of SC Health or any of its Affiliates with respect to its or its Affiliates’ or the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ businesses, product lines or assets, (B) defend through litigation, any Action asserted by any Person in any court before any Governmental Authority with respect to any notifications, filings, registrations and other materials required or necessary under the DPA or appeal any adverse decision or order by any such governmental body with respect to CFIUS, or (C) take any actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse impact on the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries, SC Health or any of its Affiliates.

 

   

Prior to receipt of CFIUS Approval, SC Health shall not request or obtain from the Company or its subsidiaries, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall not provide to the Sponsor or its Affiliates, either directly or indirectly (through any other person or otherwise), (i) control rights (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.208); (ii) access to material nonpublic technical information (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.232); (iii) the right to appoint any member or observer to the board or equivalent governing body of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iv) the right to have involvement with substantive decision making, as those terms are defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.229 and 31 C.F.R. § 800.245, respectively, regarding (x) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of any sensitive personal data of U.S. citizens (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.241) maintained or collected by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (y) the use, development, acquisition, or release of critical technologies (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.215); or (z) the management, operation, manufacture, maintenance, or supply of covered investment critical infrastructure identified in column 1 of Appendix A to 31 C.F.R. Part 800.

 

   

The Company, HoldCo and SC Health shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants issuable in the Merger or the Exchange and the HoldCo ordinary shares that will become issuable upon the exercise of the HoldCo Warrants to be approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, as promptly as practicable after the date of the Business Combination Agreement, and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

 

   

The Company, HoldCo and SC Health shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause SC Health Units, SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health warrants to be delisted from NYSE (or

 

122


Table of Contents
 

be succeeded by the respective HoldCo securities) and to terminate its registration with the SEC pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or be succeeded by HoldCo) as of the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

   

Unless otherwise approved in writing by HoldCo and SC Health (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), SC Health and HoldCo shall not permit any amendment or modification to be made to, any waiver (in whole or in part) of, or provide consent to modify (including consent to terminate), any provision or remedy under, or any replacements of, any of the Subscription Agreements. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, SC Health and HoldCo shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions required, necessary or that it otherwise deems to be proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements on the terms described therein, including each using its reasonable best efforts to enforce its rights under the Subscription Agreements to cause the PIPE Investors to pay to (or as directed by) HoldCo, the applicable purchase price under each PIPE Investor’s applicable Subscription Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

   

From the date of the Business Combination Agreement until Closing, each party to the Business Combination Agreement shall be bound by and comply with the provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement; provided, that effective as of and subject to the closing of the Business Combination, the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect (other than the terms that expressly survive the termination of the Confidentiality Agreement as set forth therein) without any further action of any of the parties thereto. Each party to the Business Combination Agreement acknowledges and agrees that each is aware, and each of their respective Affiliates and representatives is aware (or upon receipt of any material nonpublic information of the other party to the Business Combination Agreement, will be advised), of the restrictions imposed by the United States federal securities laws and other applicable foreign and domestic laws on Persons possessing material nonpublic information about a public company. Each party to the Business Combination Agreement hereby agrees, that until Closing, except in connection with or support of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, while any of them are in possession of such material nonpublic information, none of such Persons shall, directly or indirectly (through its Affiliates or otherwise), acquire, offer or propose to acquire, agree to acquire, sell or transfer or offer or propose to sell or transfer any securities of SC Health, communicate such information to any other Person or cause or encourage any Person to do any of the foregoing in violation of such US federal securities laws and other applicable foreign and domestic laws.

Closing Conditions

The closing of the Business Combination is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver by the applicable parties to the Business Combination Agreement of the conditions set forth below. Therefore, unless these conditions are waived by the applicable parties to the Business Combination Agreement, the Merger may not be consummated. There can be no assurance that the parties to the Business Combination Agreement would waive any such provisions of the Business Combination Agreement.

Minimum Cash Condition

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger provides that the obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger are conditioned on, among other things, that substantially concurrently with the Closing, the amount of cash actually received by HoldCo from the PIPE Investors is at least equal to $150,000,000. The Minimum Cash Condition is for the sole benefit of the Company.

 

123


Table of Contents

Conditions to the Obligations of Each party to the Business Combination Agreement

The obligations of each party to the Business Combination Agreement to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by all of such parties:

 

   

the approval of the proposals by SC Health’s shareholders entitled to attend and vote thereupon will have been obtained, including the Merger Proposal by at least two-thirds of SC Health’s shareholders (the “SC Health shareholder approval”);

 

   

the Resolutions (other than the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting Resolution (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement)) being duly passed by the requisite majorities at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting and the general meeting of the shareholders of the Company and the Equity Scheme and (if applicable) the Capital Reduction (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) being sanctioned or confirmed (as applicable) by the Court (as each such capitalized term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

 

   

the Equity Scheme Document (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) approved by the Court shall have been filed with the Registrar of Companies (England and Wales);

 

   

the Registration Statement will have become effective under the Securities Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement will have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose will have been initiated or threatened by the SEC and not withdrawn;

 

   

the waiting period or periods under the HSR Act applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (i) the SC Health Investor Support Agreement and Company Holders Support Agreement, (ii) the Employment Agreement Amendments (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (iii) the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement; (iv) the Andrew Rickman Employment Agreement Amendment and (v) the Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2020 (collectively, the “Ancillary Agreements”) will have expired or been terminated;

 

   

there will not be in force any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award (in each case, entered by or with any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, governmental authority, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental commission, department, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, court or tribunal (a “Governmental Authority”)) (a “Governmental Order”), statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the closing of the Business Combination (including any restriction or prohibition under or in connection with the NSIB); provided, that the Governmental Authority issuing such Governmental Order has jurisdiction over the parties to the Business Combination Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

SC Health will have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets; and

 

   

the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the Merger will have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

Conditions to the Obligations of SC Health

The obligations of SC Health to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by SC Health:

 

   

(i) The representations and warranties regarding the capitalization of each of the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub contained in the first sentence of Section 4.6(a), Section 6.3(a), and Section 6.3(b), respectively, of the Business Combination Agreement shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak

 

124


Table of Contents
 

as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of the Business Combination Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger or the Ancillary Agreements; (ii) the Company Fundamental Representations and the HoldCo and Merger Sub Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of the Business Combination Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by the Business Combination Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; and (iii) each of the representations and warranties of the Company, HoldCo, and MergerSub contained in the Business Combination Agreement (other than the representations and warranties regarding capitalization of each of the Company, HoldCo, and Merger Sub contained in the first sentence of Section 4.6(a), Section 6.3(a), Section 6.3(b), respectively, of the Business Combination Agreement, and the Company’s Fundamental Representations and the HoldCo and Merger Sub Fundamental Representations) (disregarding any qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality, material adverse effect and Company Material Adverse Effect or any similar qualification or exception) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct at and as of such date, except for, in each case, inaccuracies or omissions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and

 

   

each of the covenants of the Company and HoldCo to be performed as of or prior to the Closing will have been performed in all material respects (subject to a 20-day cure period).

Conditions to the Obligations of the Company, HoldCo, and Merger Sub

The obligation of each of the Company, HoldCo, and Merger Sub to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by the Company:

 

   

each of the representations and warranties of SC Health regarding its capitalization, as provided for in the Business Combination Agreement, will be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties that are made as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties will be true and correct in all but de minimis respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of the Business Combination Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

each of the other representations and warranties of SC Health contained in the Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (disregarding any qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality, material adverse effect or any similar qualification or exception) will be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties that are made as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties will be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of Business Combination Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by Business Combination Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements;

 

   

each of the covenants of SC Health to be performed as of or prior to the Closing will have been performed in all material respects; and

 

   

the occurrence of the Minimum Cash Condition.

 

125


Table of Contents

Termination; Effectiveness

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated and the Merger abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

 

   

by written consent of SC Health and the Company;

 

   

by the Company or SC Health if any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered Governmental Order has become final and nonappealable which has the effect of making closing of the Business Combination illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting or restricting closing of the Business Combination; provided, that the Governmental Authority issuing such Governmental Order has jurisdiction over the parties to the Business Combination Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

   

by the Company if the SC Health shareholder approval will not have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote at a meeting of SC Health’s shareholders duly convened therefor or at any adjournment thereof;

 

   

by SC Health if the resolutions in connection with the equity scheme have not been approved by the requisite majorities;

 

   

by either the Company or SC Health if the Court shall decline or refuse to sanction the equity scheme, unless both the Company and SC Health agree in writing that the decision of the Court shall be appealed;

 

   

prior to the Closing by written notice to the Company from SC Health if, pursuant to the SC Health Governing Documents, SC Health is required to cease all operations as a result of not completing a business combination;

 

   

prior to the Closing, by written notice to the Company from SC Health in the event of certain uncured breaches on the part of the Company or if the Closing has not occurred on or before December 31, 2021 (the “Agreement End Date”), unless SC Health is in material breach of the Business Combination Agreement and can be cured; or

 

   

prior to the Closing, by written notice to SC Health from the Company in the event of certain uncured breaches on the part of SC Health or if the Closing has not occurred on or before the Agreement End Date, unless the Company is in material breach of the Business Combination Agreement and can be cured.

In the event of the termination of the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement will become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party thereto or its respective affiliates, officers, directors or shareholders, other than liability of the Company, SC Health, HoldCo or Merger Sub, as the case may be, for any willful and material breach of the Business Combination Agreement occurring prior to such termination, other than with respect to certain exceptions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement) that will survive any termination of the Business Combination Agreement.

Waiver; Amendments

No provision of the Business Combination Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party or parties against whom such waiver is effective. Any party to the Business Combination Agreement may, at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken by its board of directors, board of managers, managing member or other officers or persons thereunto duly authorized, (a) extend the time for the performance of the obligations or acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties (of another party hereto) that are contained in the Business Combination Agreement or (c) waive compliance by the other parties hereto with any of the agreements or conditions contained in the Business Combination Agreement, but such extension or waiver will be valid only if in writing signed by the waiving party.

 

126


Table of Contents

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing that is executed in the same manner as the Business Combination Agreement and which makes reference to the Business Combination Agreement.

Fees and Expenses

If the Closing does not occur, each party to the Business Combination Agreement will be responsible for and pay its own expenses incurred in connection with the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including all fees of its legal counsel, financial advisers and accountants. If the Closing occurs, SC Health will, upon the closing of the Business Combination and release of proceeds from the trust account, pay or cause to be paid all accrued and unpaid transaction expenses of the Company and pay or cause to be paid all accrued transaction expenses of SC Health. SC Health and the Company will exchange written statements listing all accrued and unpaid transaction expenses not less than two business days prior to the Closing Date.

Related Agreements

This section describes certain additional agreements entered into or to be entered into pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, but does not purport to describe all of the terms thereof. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of each of the agreements. The full text of the Related Agreements, or forms thereof, are filed as annexes to this prospectus/proxy statement or as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified in their entirety by the full text of such annexes and exhibits. Shareholders and other interested parties are urged to read such Related Agreements in their entirety prior to voting on the proposals presented at the General Meeting.

Investor Support Agreement

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health, the Sponsor, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company entered into the Investor Support Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex B. Pursuant to the Investor Support Agreement, the Sponsor has agreed to, among other things, (i) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to its shares and warrants in SC Health; (ii) vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the related transaction proposals contemplated therein; (iii) vote against certain transactions involving SC Health or against any proposal or agreement that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of SC Health under the Business Combination Agreement or ancillary agreements, result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled or change the dividend policy or capitalization of SC Health; and (iv) waive any rights to adjustment or other anti-dilution protections with respect to the exchange of shares in SC Health for shares in HoldCo and certain rights relating to certain working capital loans,, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Support Agreement. In addition, the Sponsor agreed to waive its redemption rights with respect to all of the Founder Shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination.

The Investor Support Agreement will terminate in its entirety, and be of no further force or effect, upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the effective time of the Merger; (b) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms; and (c) the written agreement of SC Health, the Sponsor, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company. Upon such termination of the Investor Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under the Investor Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party thereto to any person in respect thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party thereto will have any claim against another (and no person will have any rights against such

 

127


Table of Contents

party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter thereof; provided, however, that the termination of the Investor Support Agreement will not relieve any party thereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of the Investor Support Agreement prior to such termination.

Company Holders Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health entered into the Company Holders Support Agreement with the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and certain shareholders of the Company (the “Company Shareholders”), a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex C. Pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement, certain shareholders who hold a material number of shares in the Company have agreed to, among other things and subject to certain tax conditions being met: (i) vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at the court meeting and general meeting of the Company shareholders contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement; (ii) vote against certain transactions involving the Company that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any ancillary agreements or the Company Holders Support Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of the Company under the Business Combination Agreement or other related agreement, or result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled; (iii) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the ordinary shares of the Company held by the shareholder; and (iv) do all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and not take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to those transactions, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company Holders Support Agreement.

The Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate in its entirety, and be of no further force or effect, upon the earliest to occur of (i) the Merger Effective Time, (ii) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms and (iii) as to each Company Shareholder party thereto, the mutual written agreement of SC Health, the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub and each such Company Shareholder. Upon such termination of the Company Holders Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under the Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party thereto to any person in respect thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party thereto will have any claim against another (and no person will have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter thereof; provided, however, that the termination of the Company Holders Support Agreement will not relieve any party thereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of the Company Holders Support Agreement prior to such termination.

Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE (chairman and chief executive officer of the Company and currently the sole shareholder of HoldCo), entered into the AR Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex D, which is on the same terms as the Company Holders Support Agreement except that it also includes Dr. Rickman agreeing to vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at a general meeting (or by written consent) of the shareholders of HoldCo, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by HoldCo in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contemplates that, at the Closing, HoldCo, the Sponsor, and the PIPE Investors of the Company, will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which HoldCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities

 

128


Table of Contents

Act, certain HoldCo ordinary shares and other equity securities of HoldCo that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement provides that, solely with respect to subscriptions by the shareholders and other equity holders, HoldCo is required to file with the SEC, within 30 days after the Closing (the “Filing Deadline”), a registration statement registering the resale of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to any such investor and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof but no later than the earlier of (i) the 90th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC notifies HoldCo that it will “review” such registration statement) following the earlier of (A) the filing of the registration statement and (B) Filing Deadline and (ii) the 10th business day after the date HoldCo is notified (in writing) by the SEC that such registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. However, HoldCo, may delay such filing or effectiveness of such registration statement under certain circumstances, including if the Company were required to update the financial statements included in such registration statement in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements.

Additionally, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, generally, provides for a 180-day Lock-Up Period (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) for the Sponsor and other equity investors and their Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), subject to certain other terms and conditions depending on the price of the HoldCo ordinary shares.

PIPE Subscription Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into (i) the Investor Subscription Agreements with certain investors, including, among others, the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor, pursuant to which such investors agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, 14,790,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment amount of $147,900,000 and (ii) the Individual Subscription Agreements with three individuals, pursuant to which such individuals agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, 210,000 HoldCo ordinary shares at $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment amount of $2,100,000. The closings under the Subscription Agreements will occur substantially concurrently with the Closing.

The Subscription Agreements provide that, solely with respect to subscriptions by the investors, HoldCo is required to file with the SEC, within 30 days after the Closing (the “Filing Deadline”), a registration statement registering the resale of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to any such third-party investor and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof but no later than the earlier of (i) the 90th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC reviews the and has written comments to such registration statement) following the earlier of (A) the filing of the registration statement and (B) Filing Deadline and (ii) the 10th business day after the date HoldCo is notified (in writing) by the SEC that such registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. However, HoldCo may delay such filing or effectiveness of such registration statement under certain circumstances, including if the Company were required to update the financial statements included in such registration statement in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements.

Additionally, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, the PIPE Investors agreed to waive any claims that they may have at the Closing or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, the Subscription Agreements against SC Health, including with respect to the trust account. The Subscription Agreements will terminate, and be of no further force and effect, upon the earlier to occur of (i) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms and (ii) upon the mutual written agreement of HoldCo, SC Health and the applicable PIPE Investor.

Previously, SC Health had entered into a forward purchase agreement with the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor which provided for the purchase by the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor of an aggregate of 5,000,000 SC

 

129


Table of Contents

Health Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,250,000 redeemable warrants to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000, or $10.00 per SC Health Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a warrant in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of its initial business combination. As part of the Business Combination, SC Health agreed with the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor that the forward purchase agreement should be terminated and instead of purchasing $50,000,000 of SC Health Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor would instead enter into the Investor Subscription Agreement referenced above and, pursuant to that agreement, has agreed to purchase an aggregate of $50,000,000 shares in HoldCo.

Background of the Business Combination

On July 16, 2019, SC Health completed its initial public offering of 15,000,000 units, with each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share upon the completion of its initial business combination. On August 2, 2019, SC Health consummated the closing of an additional 2,250,000 Units sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, SC Health consummated the private placement of an aggregate of 5,000,000 warrants at a purchase price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $5,000,000. Simultaneously with the exercise of the over-allotment on August 12, 2019, SC Health completed the private sale of an additional 450,000 private placement warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $450,000. Approximately $172.5 million of the net proceeds of the sale of the units in the initial public offering, over-allotment and the sale of the warrants in the private placement, is held in a trust account for the benefit of the purchasers in SC Health’s initial public offering.

Following SC Health’s initial public offering, SC Health began considering potential target businesses with the objective of consummating a business combination. SC Health sought out potential target businesses based on internal research and through a network of relationships of SC Health’s management, board of directors and with professional service providers (lawyers, accountants, consultants, finders and investment bankers). SC Health educated these parties on its structure as a special purpose acquisition company and its criteria for an acquisition. SC Health also responded to inquiries from investment bankers or other similar professionals who represented companies engaged in a sale or financing process. On a regular basis, SC Health’s directors were updated with respect to the status of the business combination search. Input received from SC Health’s directors was material to SC Health’s management’s evaluation of a potential business combination.

In evaluating potential business combination targets, SC Health used certain criteria, which included revenue growth outlook, strong free cash flow generation, experience and vision of the management team, the competitive position of the target and its industry’s dynamics. SC Health narrowed its focus based on the interest expressed by potential targets and the suitability of each potential target as a potential acquisition candidate.

Based on initial screening efforts and criteria evaluation, SC Health compiled a pipeline of potential targets and updated and supplemented such pipeline from time to time. This pipeline and related developments were discussed periodically with SC Health’s board. From July 2019 to January 2021, SC Health and its representatives:

 

   

Identified and preliminarily evaluated 37 potential acquisition targets;

 

   

Conducted initial business and financial due diligence or had meaningful discussions with representatives of 16 potential acquisition targets;

 

   

Sent non-binding letters of intent or indications of interest to four potential acquisition targets; and

 

   

Executed a non-binding letter of intent and commenced further diligence with respect to three potential acquisition targets.

 

130


Table of Contents

In particular, SC Health executed a term sheet with the major shareholder of a China-based healthcare services platform in January 2020 after several months of initial due diligence and commercial negotiation. Third party advisors were appointed on both sides, and substantial due diligence work was conducted. However, the onset of COVID-19 initially in China in December 2019 and through the first half of 2020 resulted in a material downturn in the business operations of the target company. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic created material uncertainty in respect of the target company’s projections in 2020 and 2021 and more generally, SC Health was of the view that a material change in transaction terms would be necessary in light of the aforementioned factors.

Moreover, the onset of COVID-19 made it materially more difficult for SC Health to initiate discussions with and to evaluate potential acquisition targets in the Asia Pacific region both due to travel bans, which made it impossible to conduct face-to-face negotiations, or to conduct site visits, as well as due to the substantial level of operational and financial volatility introduced to potential targets. Discussions ended between the parties without an agreement to move forward on the transaction.

In September 2020, SC Health executed a term sheet with an Asian healthcare services platform (which we refer to as “Party A”) after several months of initial discussions and third-party advisors were engaged to evaluate such a merger. Despite significant progress on due diligence, transaction documentation, and the launch of a PIPE marketing process, SC Health and Party A determined that the proposed transaction structure would not be in the best interests of the stakeholders of both SC Health and Party A. Negotiations with Party A were therefore ceased in early December 2020.

In October and November 2020, SC Health received introductory investment materials from Cowen and Company, LLC (“Cowen”) regarding Rockley Photonics Ltd. (“Rockley”), which was identified as “an anonymous next generation technology developer” with applications in consumer health and medical devices, among others. However, due to SC Health’s current discussions with Party A, discussions with Rockley did not immediately progress further.

Following its decision to terminate the proposed transaction with Party A, SC Health began to explore a potential business combination with Rockley (the “Proposed Transaction”). SC Health and Rockley held various discussions during December 2020 regarding Rockley’s technology capabilities, commercial outlook, financial plan, and transaction structure.

On December 8, 2020, SC Health and Rockley executed a confidentiality agreement.

On December 10, 2020, representatives of SC Health attended a management presentation of Rockley via conference call.

On December 11, 2020, SC Health filed a preliminary proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to call an extraordinary general meeting of SC Health shareholders to be held on January 12, 2021 (the “SC Health Special Shareholder Meeting”) to consider and vote on a proposal to extend the date by which SC Health was required either to consummate a business combination transaction or to cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and dissolving SC Health from January 16, 2021 to April 16, 2021 (the “Extension Proposal”).

On December 15, 2020, representatives of SC Health, Cowen and Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, legal advisor to Rockley (“Pillsbury”), met to discuss coordination and logistics ahead of an organizational meeting scheduled for the following week.

On December 17, 2020, representatives of SC Health attended a follow-up management presentation of Rockley via conference call to discuss the target company’s financial model and commercial outlook. On the same day, representatives of SC Health and Cowen held a conference call to discuss the Proposed Transaction and next steps.

 

131


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2020, SC Health sent first draft of a non-binding letter of intent which included the term sheet (the “Letter of Intent”) to Rockley.

On December 22, 2020, SC Health filed its definitive proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Agreement to call the SC Health Special Shareholder Meeting to consider the Extension Proposal.

On December 23, 2020, SC Health received a revised draft of the Letter of Intent from Rockley. Representatives of SC Health and Cowen held a conference call to discuss the contents of the revised Letter of Intent.

On December 29, 2020, representatives of SC Health held a conference call with representatives of Ropes & Gray, legal advisor to SC Health (“Ropes”) to discuss the Proposed Transaction and the contents of the Letter of Intent.

On December 30, 2020, SC Health sent a revised draft of the Letter of Intent to Rockley. Representatives of SC Health and Cowen held a conference call to discuss the contents of the revised Letter of Intent.

On December 31, 2020, SC Health received a revised draft of the Letter of Intent from Rockley.

On January 1, 2021, SC Health sent a revised draft of the Letter of Intent to Rockley.

On January 5, 2021, SC Health and Rockley executed a non-binding Letter of Intent.

On January 7, 2021, representatives of SC Health’s management held a briefing with its board of directors to discuss the Proposed Transaction, including key areas of diligence and the overall transaction process.

On January 8, 2021, representatives of SC Health and Cowen held a conference call to initiate the full due diligence process and coordinate transaction workstreams.

On January 5, 2021, SC Health first contacted BofA Securities (“BofA”) to discuss a potential advisory role in connection with an acquisition of Rockley and a placement agent role on the PIPE transaction.

On January 12, 2021, SC Health held a conference call with senior representatives of BofA to discuss further details relating to a potential merger with Rockley and a PIPE transaction. Following the call from January 12, 2021, BofA executed a confidentiality agreement on January 14, 2021 and received access to financial and commercial due diligence.

On January 18, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, Pillsbury, Walkers Global, Cayman legal counsel to SC Health, Ernst & Young, and Connor Group held a conference call to discuss and coordinate key transaction workstreams.

On January 19, 2021, the Rockley board of directors met with representatives of Pillsbury, and discussed, among other business, the current status of the Proposed Transaction.

On January 20, 2021, representatives of SC Health and BofA attended an updated management presentation on Rockley via conference call.

On January 21, 2021, representatives of SC Health and BofA held a conference call to discuss preparations for the PIPE marketing process.

On January 22, 2021, representatives of SC Health and BofA attended a financial model review led by Rockley’s management via conference call.

 

132


Table of Contents

On January 25, 2021, a Transaction Committee of the Rockley board of directors met telephonically with representatives of Pillsbury to review the current status of the Proposed Transaction. Between January 25, 2021 and March 15, 2021, the Transaction Committee of the Rockley board of directors met telephonically with advisors once a week, except for weeks when the Rockley board of directors met, to receive updates on the status of the Proposed Transaction.

On January 26, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, and Cowen held a conference call to discuss preparation and coordination of the PIPE marketing process, including targeted investors.

On January 29, 2021, Rockley announced $65 million was secured from Morningside Ventures.

During the months of January and February 2021, as part of SC Health’s ongoing due diligence efforts, SC Health conducted a virtual lab tour of Rockley’s facilities and several third-party interviews of Rockley’s customers, suppliers, and existing investors, and non-affiliated silicon photonics industry experts. SC Health also engaged a third-party silicon photonics industry expert with over 20 years of experience at photonics companies to conduct in depth technical diligence of Rockley’s patents, IP portfolio, and in-house engineering capabilities.

During the months of January, February, and March 2021, Rockley, Pillsbury, and Ernst & Young held frequent conference calls to discuss the transaction structure and related tax considerations.

On February 3, 2021, representatives of SC Health and Ropes held a conference call to discuss open issues in determining the transaction deal structure given regulatory and tax considerations.

On February 5, 2021, representatives of SC Health, BofA, and Cowen held a conference call to provide updates on key workstreams and review transaction progress.

On February 9, 2021, representatives of SC Health, BofA, Ropes, Pillsbury and Rockley held legal due diligence calls during which members of management of Rockley and representatives of Ropes and Pillsbury actively participated. Also, on February 9, 2020, SC Health, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, Pillsbury and SC Health’s third-party silicon photonics industry advisor attended a three—hour virtual lab tour and product demonstrations which included Q&A on the technology.

During the weeks of February 9, 2021 and February 15, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, and Pillsbury held several conference calls to review and finalize the PIPE investor presentation.

On February 12, 2021, Rockley engaged Travers Thorp Alberga to serve as Cayman Islands counsel.

On February 19, 2021, representatives of BofA provided SC Health with an update regarding the results of its due diligence findings and target company assessment.

Meetings with potential PIPE investors involving SC Health and Rockley commenced on February 22, 2021 and proceeded through to March 12, 2021.

On February 22, 2021, the Rockley board of directors had a virtual meeting with representatives of Pillsbury, during which members of Rockley’s management presented the PIPE presentation intended for prospective PIPE Investors and also reviewed Rockley’s financial forecasts in detail.

On February 24, 2021, SC Health held a briefing with its board of directors to present its diligence findings and provide an update regarding the proposed transaction timing and PIPE marketing process. Representatives from BofA were also present during the board meeting to discuss their commercial and financial due diligence findings.

 

133


Table of Contents

On March 1, 2021, representatives of SC Health, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, and Pillsbury held a conference call to discuss the remaining open issues in the transaction structure.

On March 6, 2021, representatives of Pillsbury sent an initial draft of the Business Combination Agreement to representatives of Ropes & Gray. On the same day, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, Pillsbury, and the Blueshirt Group, LLC, an investor relations firm, held a conference call to discuss the progress of PIPE marketing and preliminary investor feedback.

On March 8, 2021, representatives of SC Health and Ropes held a conference call to review the issues list of the draft Business Combination Agreement.

On March 8, 2021, representatives of Ropes sent representatives of Pillsbury an initial list of outstanding issues related to the Business Combination Agreement, which was discussed on a call between their respective teams later in the day.

On March 8, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, Pillsbury, and Ernst & Young held a conference call to reassess the transaction timeline and discuss the documentation progress.

On March 11, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, BofA, Cowen, Ropes, Pillsbury, and Ernst & Young held a conference call to discuss the progress of the PIPE marketing and transaction documentation processes.

On March 12, 2021, representatives of Ropes sent representatives of Pillsbury a list of outstanding issues related to the Business Combination Agreement.

On March 13, 2021, SC Health, Rockley, Ropes and Pillsbury met to discuss the Business Combination Agreement and ancillary agreements. Between March 13, 2021 and March 15, 2021, Ropes and Pillsbury exchanged drafts of the Business Combination Agreement and ancillary agreements.

On March 15, 2021, the Rockley board of directors, with representatives of Pillsbury, Ernst & Young and Cowen present, met remotely to discuss the Business Combination, including a detailed discussion of the PIPE marketing process, the deal structure and the forms of transaction documents. The Rockley board of directors reviewed the proposed terms of the transaction documents that had been negotiated with SC Health and its representatives. At the end of the meeting, the transaction documents were unanimously approved by the Rockley board of directors, subject to final negotiations and modifications, and the Rockley board of directors determined to recommend the approval of the transaction documents to its shareholders.

On March 17, 2021, representatives of SC Health, Rockley, Ropes and Pillsbury finalized the form of Subscription Agreement to be provided to the PIPE Investors in connection with the PIPE Investment, and on March 17, 2021, the final form of Subscription Agreement was made available for review by potential PIPE Investors.

On March 18, 2021, the SC health board, with representatives of Ropes and Walkers present, met by video conference to discuss the Business Combination, including a detailed discussion of the transaction structure, the key aspects of each of the transaction documents and the required shareholder voting threshold for the Business Combination. A representative of Walkers also discussed with the SC Health board the fiduciary duties of independent directors under Cayman Islands law. Following discussion and careful consideration, the SC health board unanimously (i) determined that the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (the “Transactions”) are fair to, and in the best interests of, SC Health’s shareholders, (ii) adopted a resolution approving the Business Combination Agreement and declaring its advisability and approving the Merger and the other Transactions, and (iii) recommended the approval and adoption of the Business Combination Agreement, the Merger and the other Transactions by SC Health’s shareholders.

 

134


Table of Contents

From March 6, 2021 to March 18, 2021, the parties continued to negotiate and finalize definitive transaction documents and on the morning of March 19, 2021, prior to the opening of trading of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares on the NYSE, SC Health and Rockley issued a joint press release announcing, among other things, the execution of the Business Combination Agreement. Also, on March 19, 2021, SC Health filed with the SEC a Form 8-K that summarized the Business Combination Agreement and included the Business Combination Agreement as an exhibit thereto.

SC Health’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for Approval of the Business Combination

SC Health’s board of directors considered a wide variety of factors in connection with its evaluation of the Business Combination. SC Health’s board of directors did not consider it practicable to, nor did it attempt to, quantify or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it took into account in reaching its decision. Different individual members of SC Health’s board of directors may have given different weight to different factors in their evaluation of the Business Combination.

In considering the business combination, the SC Health board gave considerable weight to the following factors:

 

   

Highly Attractive Large Consumer Health Market Opportunity. The SC Health board considered the large market opportunity of a growing universe of consumer health and wellness monitoring devices generating a total addressable market in 2025 of US$30 billion, based on Rockley’s management estimates. This market includes smartphones, smart watches, fitness bands, biometric patches, smart earbuds, and at-home consumer electronics such as smart speakers. The SC Health board believes that demand for wearable and mobile devices that have advanced biometric sensing capabilities will continue to grow due to the confluence of increased focus on preventative health and wellness as well as a growing prevalence of chronic conditions and need for long-term care. Further, there is a lack of existing health monitoring solutions that are accessible outside of a traditional clinical setting, as most of these devices are limited to one or a few functions, high cost, and bulky. The SC Health board believes Rockley’s sensing technology will enable high quality health monitoring devices to be available to consumers and radically transform the way everyday users monitor their wellbeing.

 

   

Unique and Innovative Technology Platform. The SC Health board believes Rockley’s silicon photonics and optical measurement science deliver peerless sensor performance, accuracy, density, and spectral range that is unmatched by existing LED-based technology solutions. Rockley seeks to protect its technology platform via a portfolio of 154 issued and allowed patents in the United States and 51 patents in foreign jurisdictions covering all key relevant technology domains and the confidential and systematic documentation of critical know-how and trade secrets. Furthermore, Rockley seeks to maintain end-to-end control of the manufacturing ecosystem through implementing proprietary designs and processes and embedding over 20 engineers in one of their foundry partners to perform key wafer integration process steps in a secured facility.

 

   

Strong Relationships with Leading Blue-Chip Customers. The SC Health board considered the terms of Rockley’s existing customer contracts and development agreements as well as SC Health’s positive diligence calls with key customers, including a key customer which has committed to US$70 million of non-recurring engineering to date. Rockley also has identified a large robust pipeline of potential consumer electronics and medical device OEMs that are at varying stages of discussion with the commercial team.

 

   

Scalable, Asset Light Business Model. Rockley is a fabless chip designer, with a seeded global manufacturing ecosystem running proprietary processes that are wholly owned by Rockley, which Rockley believes is protected by IP and unavailable to other customers. Rockley has three primary fab partners for its silicon photonic integrated circuits, III-V semiconductor active optics component, and electronic integrated circuits with back-up secondary sources. These partners are all qualified by consumer OEMs and Rockley has confirmed they are ready for high volume production. The SC

 

135


Table of Contents
 

Health board believes Rockley’s asset-light business model is scalable and will begin to generate free cash flow following commercial launch.

 

   

Multiple Avenues for Consistent Growth. The projected revenue growth through FY 2024 is primarily supported by the launch of wearable and mobile devices for four large consumer technology companies. The SC Health board believes there are several avenues for growth beyond consumer health that are not captured in the financial projections, including medical devices, which requires additional development efforts over the next several years including clinical trials and FDA applications and could generate more consistent and higher margin long-term revenues. Rockley has also implemented a Sensing Cloud and AI Product team to evaluate commercial uses of the valuable spectral data captured from its devices that could be used for health data analytics and clinical insights. Other sensing and data communications fields where Rockley’s technology is applicable include robotics, automotive Lidar, in-package optics, and optical computing. Furthermore, Rockley has established a joint venture with Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd. to manufacture high performance, low-cost optical transceiver modules for datacenters.

 

   

World Class Management Team with an Extensive Track Record. The SC Health board believes Rockley management’s experience in developing new and disruptive technologies and managing public companies make them highly qualified to lead the combined company. The combined company’s chief executive officer and chairman, Dr. Andrew Rickman, is globally recognized as the pioneer of commercial silicon photonics. The combined company chief financial officer, Mr. Mahesh Karanth, has successfully led several early-stage technology and semiconductor companies over the last sixteen years. The combined company’s chief operating officer, Mr. Amit Nagra, PhD., has 15 years of experience in silicon photonics operations and supply chain management. Beyond the executive management team, Rockley is supported by a deep bench of engineers and developers, with over half of the employees holding PhDs in their fields of knowledge. The SC Health Board believes that all of Rockley’s employees intend to remain fully invested in the combined company with 100% equity rollover and key executives will sign new employment agreements.

 

   

Terms of the Business Combination Agreement. The SC Health Board considered the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Merger.

 

   

Independent Director Role. The SC Health board is comprised of a majority of independent directors who are not affiliated with SC Health’s Sponsor and its affiliates. In connection with the Merger, SC Health’s independent directors, Dr. Lim, Mr. Lavin and Mr. Marimuthu, took an active role in evaluating and guiding SC Health management on the proposed terms of the Merger, including the Business Combination Agreement, the governance of SC Health post-Merger and the charter proposals. SC Health’s independent directors evaluated and unanimously approved, as members of the SC Health board, the Business Combination Agreement, and the transactions contemplated therein, including the Merger.

 

   

Other Alternatives. After a thorough review of other business combination opportunities reasonably available to SC Health, the SC Health board believes that the proposed Merger represents the best potential business combination for SC Health and the most attractive opportunity for SC Health management to accelerate its business plan.

The SC Health board also considered a variety of uncertainties and risks and other potentially negative factors concerning the business combination, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

Macroeconomic Risks. Macroeconomic uncertainty and the effects it could have on the combined company’s revenues;

 

   

Benefits Not Achieved. The risk that the potential benefits of the Merger may not be fully achieved or may not be achieved within the expected timeframe;

 

136


Table of Contents
   

Liquidation of SC Health. The risks and costs to SC Health if the Merger is not completed, including the risk of diverting management focus and resources from other businesses combination opportunities, which will likely result in SC Health being unable to effect a business combination by April 16, 2021 and force SC Health to liquidate;

 

   

Shareholder Vote. The risk that SC Health’s shareholders may fail to provide the respective votes necessary to effect the Merger, including approvals of the BCA Proposal, the Merger Proposal, the Incentive Plan Proposal, the ESP Proposal, and the Adjournment Proposal;

 

   

Closing Conditions. The fact that completion of the Merger is conditioned on the satisfaction of certain closing conditions that are not within SC Health’s control;

 

   

Litigation. The possibility of litigation challenging the Merger or that an adverse judgment granting injunctive relief could indefinitely or permanently enjoin consummation of the Merger;

 

   

Fees and Expenses. The fees and expenses associated with completing the Merger; and

 

   

Other Risks. Various other risks associated with the business of Rockley, as described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Projected Financial Information

In connection with its consideration of the potential Business Combination, the SC Health board of directors was provided with prospective financial information prepared by Rockley’s management team (the “Projections”).

Certain Rockley Projected Financial Information

Rockley provided SC Health with its internally prepared forecasts for each of the years in the four-year period ending 2024. Rockley does not, as a matter of general practice, publicly disclose long-term forecasts or internal projections of their future performance, revenue, financial condition or other results. However, in connection with the proposed Business Combination, management of Rockley prepared the financial projections set forth below to present key elements of the forecasts provided to SC Health. The Rockley forecasts were prepared solely for internal use and not with a view toward public disclosure or toward complying with GAAP, the published guidelines of the SEC regarding projections or the guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for preparation and presentation of prospective financial information. In the view of Rockley’s management, the financial projections were prepared on a reasonable basis reflecting management’s currently available estimates and judgments.

The inclusion of financial projections in this prospectus/proxy statement should not be regarded as an indication that Rockley, its board of directors, or their respective affiliates, advisors or other representatives considered, or now considers, such financial projections necessarily to be predictive of actual future results or to support or fail to support your decision whether to vote for or against the BCA Proposal. You are cautioned not to rely on the projections in making a decision regarding the transaction, as the projections may be materially different than actual results. We will not refer back to the financial projections in our future periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act.

The financial projections reflect numerous estimates and assumptions with respect to general business, economic, regulatory, market and financial conditions and other future events, as well as matters specific to Rockley’s business, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond Rockley’s and SC Health’s control. The financial projections are forward-looking statements that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond Rockley’s control. The various risks and uncertainties include those set forth in the “Risk Factors,” “Rockley Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking

 

137


Table of Contents

Statements” sections of this prospectus/proxy statement, respectively. As a result, there can be no assurance that the projected results will be realized or that actual results will not be significantly higher or lower than projected. Since the financial projections cover multiple years, such information by its nature becomes less reliable with each successive year. These financial projections are subjective in many respects and thus are susceptible to multiple interpretations and periodic revisions based on actual experience and business developments.

None of Rockley’s independent registered accounting firm, SC Health’s independent registered accounting firm or any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the financial projections included below, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or their achievability, and they assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the financial projections. Information provided by Rockley does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of any other party. The projected financial information included in this document has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, Rockley’s management. Ernst & Young LLP has not audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the accompanying projected financial information and, accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The Ernst & Young LLP report included in this document relates to Rockley’s historical financial statements included herein. It does not extend to the projected financial information and should not be read to do so. Furthermore, the projected financial information does not take into account any circumstances or events occurring after the date they were prepared. Nonetheless, a summary of the projected financial information is provided in this prospectus/proxy statement because the projected financial information was made available to SC Health. No person has made or makes any representation or warranty to any SC Health shareholder regarding the information included in the projected financial information. The projected financial information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus/proxy statement are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information. The projected financial information should not be viewed as public guidance.

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS, BY INCLUDING IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS A SUMMARY OF THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS FOR ROCKLEY, SC HEALTH UNDERTAKES NO OBLIGATIONS AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY TO UPDATE OR REVISE, OR PUBLICLY DISCLOSE ANY UPDATE OR REVISION TO, THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS TO REFLECT CIRCUMSTANCES OR EVENTS, INCLUDING UNANTICIPATED EVENTS, THAT MAY HAVE OCCURRED OR THAT MAY OCCUR AFTER THE PREPARATION OF THESE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, EVEN IN THE EVENT THAT ANY OR ALL OF THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS ARE SHOWN TO BE IN ERROR OR CHANGE.

The key elements of the projections provided by management of Rockley to SC Health are summarized in the tables below (dollars in thousands).

 

     Fiscal 2021     Fiscal 2022     Fiscal 2023     Fiscal 2024  

Revenue

   $ 40,500     $ 78,600     $ 426,500     $ 1,125,100  

Gross Profit

   $ 7,400     $ 20,700     $ 234,100     $ 595,500  

Gross Margin

     18.3     26.3     54.9     52.9

EBITDA (1)

   ($ 96,400   ($ 95,600   $ 48,900     $ 260,100  

Capital Expenditures

   ($ 10,400   ($ 18,500   ($ 38,500   ($ 50,000

Free Cash Flow (2)

   ($ 106,100   ($ 118,700   ($ 11,600   $ 149,700  

 

(1)

Rockley defines EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

(2)

Rockley defines Free Cash Flow, a non-GAAP financial measure, as cash flow from operations minus capital expenditures.

 

138


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information in compliance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Satisfaction of 80% Test

NYSE rules require that SC Health must consummate an initial business combination with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time of SC Health’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial business combination. Based on the fully-diluted pre-money equity valuation of $1.1 billion for Rockley compared to the approximately $174,545,229 in investments and cash as of March 19, 2021 in the trust account, the fact that the purchase price for SC Health was the result of an arm’s length negotiation and all of the factors described in this section and the section of this prospectus/proxy statement entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger,SC Health board of directors determined that this requirement was met.

Stock Exchange Listing

The SC Health Class A ordinary shares, SC Health units and SC Health public warrants are currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbols “SCPE,” “SCPE.U,” and “SCPE.WS.” Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the SC Health securities will be delisted from the NYSE. HoldCo intends to apply to list the HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants on the NYSE under the symbols “RKLY” and “RKLY.W,” respectively, upon the closing of the Business Combination. We cannot assure you that the HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants will be approved for listing on the NYSE.

Expected Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

We expect the Business Combination to be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under the guidance in ASC 805, SC Health is expected to be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination is expected to be reflected as the equivalent of HoldCo issuing stock for the net assets of SC Health, accompanied by a recapitalization whereby no goodwill or other intangible assets are recorded.

 

Sources and Uses of Funds for the Business Combination

The following table summarizes the sources and uses for funding the Business Combination.

 

Sources

   

Uses

 
($ in millions)                

Rockley shareholders rollover

  $ 1,148.1     Rockley shareholders rollover   $ 1,148.1  

Cash and investments held in trust account(1)

    172.5     Cash to balance sheet     288.9  
    Promissory note(2)     0.1  

PIPE Financing

    150.0     Transaction expenses     33.5  
 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total sources

    1,470.6     Total uses     1,470.6  

 

(1)

Assumes no redemptions.

(2)

In January 2019, SC Health issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which SC Health could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2019 or the completion of the initial public offering. In January 2019, SC Health transferred its outstanding advance from a related party in the amount of $32,313 into the Promissory Note. The outstanding balance of

 

139


Table of Contents
  $254,595 under the Promissory Note was repaid as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, on December 30, 2020, the Sponsor deposited $100,000 into the operating bank account of SC Health for working capital. This amount is outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Regulatory Matters

Under the HSR Act and the rules that have been promulgated thereunder by the FTC, certain transactions may not be consummated unless information has been furnished to the Antitrust Division and the FTC and certain waiting period requirements have been satisfied. Certain anticipated shareholders of HoldCo under the Business Combination are subject to these requirements and may not obtain ordinary shares until the expiration of a 30-day waiting period following the filing of the required Notification and Report Forms with the Antitrust Division and the FTC or until early termination is granted. On             , 2021, the Sponsor and HoldCo filed the required forms under the HSR Act with respect to the Business Combination with the Antitrust Division and the FTC and requested early termination. On             , 2021, the 30-day waiting period expired.

At any time before or after closing of the Business Combination, notwithstanding termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act, the Antitrust Division or the FTC, or any state or foreign governmental authority could take such action under applicable antitrust laws as such authority deems necessary or desirable in the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the closing of the Business Combination, conditionally approving the Business Combination upon divestiture of assets, subjecting the completion of the Business Combination to regulatory conditions or seeking other remedies. Private parties may also seek to take legal action under the antitrust laws under certain circumstances. SC Health cannot assure you that the Antitrust Division, the FTC, any state attorney general or any other government authority will not attempt to challenge the Business Combination on antitrust grounds, and, if such a challenge is made, SC Health cannot assure you as to its result.

Neither SC Health nor Rockley are aware of any material regulatory approvals or actions that are required for completion of the Business Combination other than the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to the Sponsor’s acquisition of HoldCo’s shares. It is presently contemplated that if any such additional regulatory approvals or actions are required, those approvals or actions will be sought. There can be no assurance, however, that any additional approvals or actions will be obtained.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the BCA Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting.

The BCA Proposal is conditioned on the approval of each of the Condition Precedent Proposals. Therefore, if each of the Condition Precedent Approvals is not approved, the BCA Proposal will have no effect, even if approved by holders of SC Health ordinary shares.

Resolution

The full text of the resolution to be passed is as follows:

RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “BCA Proposal” or “Proposal No. 1”) that the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement,” a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex A), by and among SC Health Corporation (“SC Health”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “Company” or “Rockley”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“HoldCo”), and Rockley Mergersub Limited, a Cayman Islands

 

140


Table of Contents

exempted company and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (Merger Sub), pursuant to which several transactions will occur, and in connection therewith, HoldCo will become the ultimate parent company of Rockley and SC Health will merge with Merger Sub, with SC Health being the surviving entity in such merger (the “Business Combination”) be approved and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby be confirmed, ratified and approved in all respects.

Recommendation of SC Health’s Board of Directors

THE SC HEALTH BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SC HEALTH SHAREHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE BCA PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s board of directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she, or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she, or they may believe is best for himself, herself, or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA ProposalInterests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

 

141


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 2—MERGER PROPOSAL

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Merger Proposal requires a special resolution under the Cayman Islands Companies Act, being the affirmative vote of a majority of at least two-thirds of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting.

Resolution

The full text of the resolution to be passed is as follows:

RESOLVED, as a special resolution (the “Merger Proposal” or “Proposal No. 2”) that the plan of merger in the form tabled to the General Meeting (a draft of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as the Business Combination Agreement in Annex A, the “Plan of Merger) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health so that SC Health will be the surviving company and all the undertaking, property, rights and liabilities of Merger Sub vest in SC Health by virtue of such merger pursuant to the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, be approved and the consummation of the Merger and the remaining transactions contemplated thereby, be authorized, approved and confirmed in all respects; and SC Health be authorized to enter into the Plan of Merger”

Recommendation of SC Health’s Board of Directors

THE SC HEALTH BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SC HEALTH SHAREHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s board of directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she, or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she, or they may believe is best for himself, herself, or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA ProposalInterests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

 

142


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 3—INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL

The Background of the 2021 Plan

On March 31, 2021, HoldCo’s board of directors approved and adopted, subject to shareholder approval, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), effective as of and contingent on the closing of the Business Combination (the “Effective Date”). If the 2021 Plan is approved by shareholder, HoldCo will be authorized to grant equity and cash incentive awards to eligible service providers under the 2021 plan. A copy of the 2021 Plan is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H. SC Health shareholders are being asked to approve the 2021 Plan as presented.

Purpose of the 2021 Plan

The purpose of the 2021 Plan is to enhance HoldCo’s ability to attract, retain, incentivize, reward and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to HoldCo by providing these individuals with equity ownership and other incentive opportunities. HoldCo believes that the equity-based awards to be issued under the 2021 Plan will motivate recipients to offer their maximum effort to HoldCo and help focus them on the creation of long-term value consistent with the interests of HoldCo’s shareholders. HoldCo believes that grants of incentive awards are necessary to enable HoldCo to attract and retain top talent.

Reasons for the Approval of the Incentive Plan Proposal

Shareholder approval of the 2021 Plan is necessary in order for HoldCo to (1) meet the shareholder approval requirements of the NYSE and (2) grant thereunder incentive stock options (“ISOs”), as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Consequences if the Incentive Plan Proposal is Not Approved

If the Incentive Plan Proposal is not approved by shareholders, the 2021 Plan will not become effective and HoldCo will not be able to grant equity awards under the 2021 Plan. Additionally, HoldCo believes its ability to recruit, retain and incentivize top talent will be adversely affected if the Incentive Plan Proposal is not approved.

Summary of the Material Terms of the 2021 Plan

The material terms of the 2021 Plan, as adopted by HoldCo’s board of directors, are summarized below. A copy of the 2021 Plan is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2021 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2021 Plan, which we urge you to read in its entirety. SC Health’s shareholders are being asked to approve the 2021 Plan as presented. If the terms of the 2021 Plan are materially amended in a manner that would require shareholder approval under NYSE or the requirements for issuing ISOs under the Code, shareholders will be asked to approve such material amendment.

Stock Awards.    The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), restricted share awards, stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, other stock-based awards, and cash-based awards, and performance-based stock awards, (collectively, “stock awards”). ISOs may be granted only to HoldCo’s employees, including officers, and the employees of HoldCo’s parent or subsidiaries. All other stock awards may be granted to HoldCo’s employees, officers, HoldCo’s non-employee directors, and consultants and the employees and consultants of HoldCo’s parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates.

Share Reserve.    The aggregate number HoldCo ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to stock awards after the closing of the Business Combination under the 2021 Plan will not exceed the sum of (x) 7,631,196 shares, plus (y) the sum of the number of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Rockley

 

143


Table of Contents

Photonic Limited 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2013 Plan”), following the Effective Date that (i) are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised or settled, (ii) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash, (iii) are subject to vesting restrictions and are subsequently forfeited, (iv) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price, or (v) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation, plus (z) the number of shares reserved under the 2013 Plan not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2013 Plan on the Effective Date. In addition, the share reserve will be subject to an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year, for a period of not more than 10 years, beginning on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) four percent (4%) of the outstanding shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) such lesser amount (including zero) that the Compensation Committee (as defined below) determines for purposes of the annual increase for that fiscal year.

If restricted shares or shares issued upon the exercise of options are forfeited, then such shares shall again become available for awards under the 2021 Plan. If stock units, options, or stock appreciation rights are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares to the holder, then the corresponding shares will again become available for awards under the 2021 Plan. Any shares withheld to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award of options or stock appreciation rights shall again become available for awards under the 2021 Plan. If stock units or stock appreciation rights are settled, then only the number of shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such stock units or stock appreciation rights shall reduce the number of shares available under the 2021 Plan, and the balance (including any shares withheld to cover taxes) shall again become available for awards under the 2021 Plan.

Shares issued under the 2021 Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or previously issued shares by HoldCo. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no HoldCo ordinary shares have been issued under the 2021 Plan.

Incentive Stock Option Limit.    The maximum number of HoldCo ordinary shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2021 Plan is equal to 38,155,980 shares plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any shares that become available for issuance under the 2021 Plan on account of (i) an award being forfeited before all underlying shares have been issued or settled, or (ii) a portion of shares underlying an award being withheld to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding of such award.

Grants to Outside Directors.    The sum of (i) the grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes of any awards granted during any calendar year under the 2021 Plan to an outside director as compensation for services as an outside director and (ii) any cash fees paid by HoldCo to such outside director during such calendar year for service on HoldCo’s board of directors, may not exceed $750,000 (other than in the calendar year in which the outside director commences service). In addition, initial awards granted under the 2021 Plan to outside directors who are members of the board on the Effective Date or who first join the board in the calendar year of the Effective Date will not be taken into account for purposes of this limitation.

Administration.    The 2021 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee appointed by HoldCo’s board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”), or by HoldCo’s board of directors acting as the Compensation Committee. Subject to the limitations set forth in the 2021 Plan, the Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine, among other things, to whom awards will be granted, the number of shares subject to awards, the term during which an option or stock appreciation right may be exercised and the rate at which the awards may vest or be earned, including any performance criteria to which they may be subject. The Compensation Committee also will have the authority to determine the consideration and methodology of payment for awards. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the board of directors or Compensation Committee may also authorize one or more officers of HoldCo to designate employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive awards and/or to determine the number of such awards to be received by such persons subject to a maximum total number of awards.

 

144


Table of Contents

Repricing; Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards.    The Compensation Committee will have the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan, the Compensation Committee will have the authority to cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, including awards having the same or a different exercise price cash, or other consideration, without shareholder approval but with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options.    A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock, at a certain exercise price, in the future. Under the 2021 Plan, ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of HoldCo’s ordinary shares on the date of grant (one hundred and ten percent (110%) in the case of ISOs issued to certain individuals who own more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or certain affiliates). Options granted under the 2021 Plan vest at the rate specified by the Compensation Committee.

Stock options granted under the 2021 Plan generally must be exercised by the optionee before the earlier of the expiration of such option or the expiration of a specified period following the optionee’s termination of employment. Each stock option agreement will set forth the extent to which the option recipient will have the right to exercise the option following the termination of the recipient’s service with us, and the right to exercise the option of any executors or administrators of the award recipient’s estate or any person who has acquired such options directly from the award recipient by bequest or inheritance.

Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or, if provided for in the stock option agreement evidencing the award, (1) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares which have already been owned by the optionee, (2) future services or services rendered to HoldCo or HoldCo’s affiliates prior to the award, (3) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to HoldCo in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (4) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge shares and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to HoldCo in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (5) by a “net exercise” arrangement, (6) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note, or (7) by any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations, and rules.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of HoldCo ordinary shares with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of HoldCo’s stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of HoldCo’s total combined voting power or that of any of HoldCo’s affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Share Awards.    The terms of any awards of restricted shares under the 2021 Plan will be set forth in a restricted share agreement to be entered into between HoldCo and the recipient. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms and conditions of such restricted share agreements, which need not be identical. A restricted share award may be subject to vesting requirements or transfer restrictions or both. Restricted shares may be issued for such consideration as the Compensation Committee may determine, including cash, cash equivalents, full recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. Award recipients who are granted restricted shares generally have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to those shares, provided that dividends and other distributions will not be paid in respect of unvested shares unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee and, in such case, only once such unvested shares vest.

Stock Unit Awards.    Stock unit awards give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of stock (or cash amount) at a future date upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including any vesting arrangement, established by the Compensation Committee and as set forth in a stock unit award agreement. A

 

145


Table of Contents

stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee. Recipients of stock unit awards generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the vesting conditions are satisfied and the award is settled. At the Compensation Committee’s discretion and as set forth in the stock unit award agreement, stock units may provide for the right to dividend equivalents. Dividend equivalents may not be distributed prior to settlement of the stock unit to which the dividend equivalents pertain and the value of any dividend equivalents payable or distributable with respect to any unvested stock units that do not vest will be forfeited.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights generally provide for payments to the recipient based upon increases in the price of HoldCo ordinary shares over the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The Compensation Committee determines the exercise price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of HoldCo ordinary shares on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2021 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, HoldCo will pay the participant an amount in stock, cash, or a combination of stock and cash as determined by the Compensation Committee, equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of HoldCo ordinary shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price, multiplied by (2) the number of HoldCo ordinary shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised.

Other Stock Awards.    The Compensation Committee may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to HoldCo ordinary shares. The Compensation Committee will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Cash-Based Awards.    A cash-based award is denominated in cash. The Compensation Committee may grant cash-based awards in such number and upon such terms as it shall determine. Payment, if any, will be made in accordance with the terms of the award, and may be made in cash or in HoldCo ordinary shares, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Performance-Based Awards.    The number of shares or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under a stock or stock unit award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The Compensation Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish performance goals.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event of a recapitalization, stock split, or similar capital transaction, the Compensation Committee will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan, the number of shares that can be issued as incentive stock options, the number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the exercise price under each outstanding option or stock appreciation right.

Transactions.    If HoldCo is involved in a merger or other reorganization, outstanding awards will be subject to the agreement or merger or reorganization. Subject to compliance with applicable tax laws, such agreement may provide, without limitation, for (1) the continuation of the outstanding awards by HoldCo, if HoldCo is a surviving corporation, (2) the assumption or substitution of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary, (3) the immediate vesting, exercisability, and settlement of the outstanding awards followed by their cancellation, (4) cancellation of the award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the merger or reorganization, in exchange for such cash or equity consideration (including no consideration) as the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate, or (5) the settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding awards (whether or not vested or exercisable) in cash, cash equivalents, or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such award or the underlying shares) followed by cancellation of such awards.

 

146


Table of Contents

Change of Control.    The Compensation Committee may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and HoldCo, that the stock award will be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control.

Transferability.    Unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise, no award granted under the 2021 Plan may be transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to shares issued under such award), except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, provided that all ISOs may only be transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code.

Amendment and Termination.     HoldCo’s board of directors will have the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2021 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date HoldCo’s board of directors adopted the 2021 Plan.

Recoupment.    To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Compensation Committee will have the authority to require that, in the event that HoldCo is required to prepare restated financial results owing to an executive officer’s intentional misconduct or grossly negligent conduct, such executive officer will reimburse or forfeit to HoldCo the amount of any bonus or incentive compensation (whether cash-based or equity-based) such executive officer received during a fixed period, as determined by the Compensation Committee, preceding the year the restatement is determined to be required. That executive officer shall forfeit or reimburse to HoldCo any bonus or incentive compensation to the extent that such bonus or incentive compensation exceeds what the officer would have received in that period based on an applicable restated performance measure or target. HoldCo will recoup incentive-based compensation from executive officers to the extent required under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules, regulations and listing standards that may be issued under that act.

Certain Federal Income Tax Aspects of Awards Under the 2021 Plan

This is a brief summary of the federal income tax aspects of awards that may be made under the 2021 Plan based on existing U.S. federal income tax laws. This summary provides only the basic tax rules. It does not describe a number of special tax rules, including the alternative minimum tax and various elections that may be applicable under certain circumstances. It also does not reflect provisions of the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which a holder may reside, nor does it reflect the tax consequences of a holder’s death or purport to describe any applicable employment taxes. The tax consequences of awards under the 2021 Plan depend upon the type of award.

Incentive Stock Options.    The recipient of an ISO generally will not be taxed upon the grant or exercise of the ISO. Federal income taxes are generally imposed only when the HoldCo ordinary shares from an exercised ISO are disposed of, by sale or otherwise. The amount by which the fair market value of HoldCo ordinary shares on the date of exercise exceeds the exercise price is, however, included in determining the option recipient’s liability for the alternative minimum tax. If the ISO recipient does not sell or dispose of the HoldCo ordinary shares until more than one year after the receipt of the shares and two years after the ISO was granted, then, upon sale or disposition of the shares, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon the sale or disposition of such shares will be treated as a long-term capital gain (or loss). If a recipient fails to hold the shares for the minimum required time, the recipient will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition generally in an amount equal to any excess of the market value of HoldCo ordinary shares on the date of exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on the sale or disposition of the shares) over the exercise price paid for the shares. Any further gain (or loss) realized by the recipient generally will be taxed as short-term or long-term gain (or loss) depending on the holding period. HoldCo will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the option recipient.

Nonstatutory Stock Options.    The recipient of stock options not qualifying as ISOs generally will not be taxed upon the grant of the option. Federal income taxes are generally due from an NSO recipient when the

 

147


Table of Contents

NSOs are exercised. The excess of the fair market value of HoldCo ordinary shares purchased on such date over the exercise price of the NSO is taxed as ordinary income. Thereafter, the tax basis for the acquired shares is equal to the amount paid for the shares plus the amount of ordinary income recognized by the recipient on exercise. We will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the NSO recipient by reason of the exercise of the NSO.

Other Awards.    Recipients who receive restricted stock unit awards will generally recognize ordinary income when they receive shares upon settlement of the awards in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at that time. Recipients who receive awards of restricted shares subject to a vesting requirement will generally recognize ordinary income at the time vesting occurs in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at that time minus the amount, if any, paid for the shares. However, a recipient who receives restricted shares which are not vested may, within 30 days of the date the shares are transferred, elect in accordance with Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize ordinary compensation income at the time of transfer of the shares rather than upon the vesting dates. Recipients who receive stock appreciation rights will generally recognize ordinary income upon exercise in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the underlying HoldCo ordinary shares on the exercise date over the exercise price. HoldCo will generally be entitled to a tax deduction at the same time and in the same amount as ordinary income is recognized by the recipient.

Application of Section 409A of the Code.    Section 409A of the Code imposes an additional 20% tax and interest on an individual receiving non-qualified deferred compensation under a plan that fails to satisfy certain requirements. While the awards to be granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan are expected to be designed in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code if they are not exempt from coverage under such section, if they do not, a participant could be subject to additional taxes and interest.

2021 Plan Benefits

Grants of awards under the 2021 Plan are subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Therefore, it is not possible to determine the future benefits that will be received by these participants under the 2021 Plan.

Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Incentive Plan Proposal

When you consider the recommendation of SC Health’s board of directors in favor of approval of the 2021 Plan, you should keep in mind that certain of SC Health’s board of directors and officers have interests in the 2021 Plan that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder or warrant holder, including, among other things, the existence of financial and personal interests. See the section entitled “The Business Combination—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

Registration with the SEC

If the 2021 Plan is approved by SC Health’s shareholders and becomes effective, HoldCo intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering the shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan as soon as reasonably practicable after HoldCo becomes eligible to use such form.

Vote Required for Approval

The ordinary resolution is being sought to approve the Incentive Plan, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting.

 

148


Table of Contents

The Incentive Plan Proposal is conditioned on the approval of each of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. Therefore, if each of such Proposals are not approved, the Incentive Plan will have no effect, even if approved by holders of ordinary shares.

Resolution

The full text of the resolution to be passed is as follows:

“RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “Incentive Plan Proposal” or “Proposal No. 3”) to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal are approved, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex H, including the authorization of the share reserve under the 2021 Plan.

Recommendation of SC Health’s Board of Directors

THE SC HEALTH BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SC HEALTH SHAREHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE INCENTIVE PLAN PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s board of directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she, or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she, or they may believe is best for himself, herself, or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA ProposalInterests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

 

149


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 4—ESPP PROPOSAL

The Background of the ESPP

On March 31, 2021, HoldCo’s board of directors approved and adopted, subject to shareholder approval, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), effective as of and contingent on the closing of the Business Combination. If the ESPP is approved by shareholders, HoldCo will be authorized to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to request payroll deductions to purchase a number of HoldCo ordinary shares at a discount and in an amount determined in accordance with the ESPP’s terms. A copy of the ESPP is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I.

Purpose of the ESPP

The purpose of the ESPP is to provide a broad-based employee benefit to attract the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success by purchasing HoldCo ordinary shares from HoldCo on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. HoldCo believes by providing eligible employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of HoldCo, the ESPP will motivate recipients to offer their maximum effort to HoldCo and help focus them on the creation of long-term value consistent with the interests of the HoldCo shareholders.

Reasons for the Approval of the ESPP Proposal

Shareholder approval of the ESPP is necessary in order for HoldCo to satisfy the shareholder approval requirements under Section 423 of the Code.

Consequences if the ESPP Proposal is Not Approved

If the ESPP Proposal is not approved by shareholders, the ESPP will not become effective and employees of HoldCo will not be able to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares under the ESPP. Additionally, HoldCo believes its ability to recruit, retain and incentivize top talent will be adversely affected if the ESPP Proposal is not approved.

Summary of the Material Terms of the ESPP

The material terms of the ESPP, as currently contemplated by HoldCo’s board of directors, are summarized below. A copy of the ESPP is attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the ESPP. HoldCo’s shareholders are being asked to approve the ESPP as presented. If the terms of the ESPP are materially amended in a manner that would require shareholder approval Section 423 of the Code, shareholders will be asked to approve such material amendment.

General.    The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Code Section 423, except as explained below under heading “—Summary of Material Terms of the ESPP—International Participation.” During regularly scheduled “offerings” under the ESPP, participants will be able to request payroll deductions and then expend the accumulated deduction to purchase a number of HoldCo ordinary shares at a discount and in an amount determined in accordance with the ESPP’s terms.

Shares Available for Issuance.    The ESPP will have 1,526,239 authorized but unissued or reacquired HoldCo ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP after the closing of the Business Combination, plus an additional number of shares to be reserved annually on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of not more than ten years, beginning on January 1, 2022, in an amount equal to the least of (i) one percent (1%) of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares on such date (ii) 7,631,196 shares, or (iii) a lesser amount (including zero) that the Compensation Committee (as defined below) determines for purposes of the annual increase for that fiscal year

 

150


Table of Contents

Administration.    The ESPP will be administered by the Compensation Committee, or by HoldCo’s board of directors acting as the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, to determine eligibility, to establish such limitations and procedures as it determines are consistent with the ESPP and to adjudicate any disputed claims under the ESPP.

Eligibility.    Each employee of HoldCo and any of its participating subsidiaries who is employed by HoldCo (or its participating subsidiaries) on the day preceding the start of any offering period, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP requires that any such employee customarily work more than twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year with HoldCo (or its participating subsidiaries) in order to be eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP will permit an eligible employee to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares through payroll deductions, which may not be less than one percent (1%) nor more than fifteen percent (15%) of the employee’s compensation, or such lower limit as may be determined by the Compensation Committee from time to time. However, no employee is eligible to participate in the ESPP if, immediately after electing to participate, the employee would own stock (including stock such employee may purchase under this plan or other outstanding options) representing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of HoldCo’s stock. No employee will be able to purchase more than five thousand (5,000) shares, or such number of shares as may be determined by the Compensation Committee with respect to a single offering period, or purchase period, if applicable. In addition, no employee is permitted to accrue, under the ESPP and all similar purchase plans of HoldCo or its subsidiaries, a right to purchase stock of the HoldCo having a value in excess of $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined at the time the right is granted) for each calendar year. Employees will be able to withdraw their accumulated payroll deductions prior to the end of the offering period in accordance with the terms of the offering. Participation in the ESPP will end automatically on termination of employment.

Offering Periods and Purchase Price.    The ESPP will be implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, the Compensation Committee may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. During each purchase period, payroll deductions will accumulate, without interest. On the last day of the purchase period, accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares for employees participating in the offering.

The purchase price will be specified pursuant to the offering, but cannot, under the terms of the ESPP, be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value per HoldCo ordinary share on either the offering date or on the purchase date, whichever is less. The fair market value of HoldCo ordinary shares for this purpose will generally be the closing price on the NYSE (or such other exchange as the HoldCo ordinary shares may be traded at the relevant time) for the date in question, or if such date is not a trading day, for the last trading day before the date in question.

Reset Feature.    The Compensation Committee may specify that, if the fair market value of a HoldCo ordinary shares on any purchase date within a particular offering period is less than or equal to the fair market value on the start date of that offering period, then the offering period will automatically terminate and the employee in that offering period will automatically be transferred and enrolled in a new offering period which will begin on the next day following such purchase date.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event that there is a specified type of change in HoldCo’s capital structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the individual and aggregate participant share limitations described in the plan and (3) the price of shares that any participant has elected to purchase.

International Participation.    To provide HoldCo with greater flexibility in structuring HoldCo’s equity compensation programs for HoldCo’s non-U.S. employees, the ESPP also permits HoldCo to grant employees of HoldCo’s non-U.S. subsidiary entities rights to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to other offering rules

 

151


Table of Contents

or sub-plans adopted by the Compensation Committee in order to achieve tax, securities law or other compliance objectives. While the ESPP is intended to be a qualified “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Code Section 423, any such international sub-plans or offerings are not required to satisfy those U.S. tax code requirements and therefore may have terms that differ from the ESPP terms applicable in the U.S. However, the international sub-plans or offerings are subject to the ESPP terms limiting the overall shares available for issuance, the maximum payroll deduction rate, maximum purchase price discount and maximum offering period length.

Corporate Reorganization.    Immediately before a corporate reorganization, the offering period and purchase period then in progress shall terminate and either HoldCo ordinary shares will be purchased with the accumulated payroll deductions or the accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded without occurrence of any HoldCo ordinary shares purchase, unless the surviving corporation (or its parent corporation) assumes the ESPP under the plan of merger or consolidation.

Amendment and Termination.     HoldCo’s board of directors and the Compensation Committee will each have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. Any increase in the aggregate number of shares of stock to be issued under the ESPP is subject to shareholder approval. Any other amendment is subject to shareholder approval only to the extent required under applicable law or regulation, including Section 423 of the Code.

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of Participating in the ESPP

The following brief summary of the effect of U.S. federal income taxation upon the participant and the Company with respect to the shares purchased under the ESPP does not purport to be complete and does not discuss the tax consequences of a participant’s death or the income tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the participant may reside which laws will vary depending upon the particular jurisdiction or jurisdictions involved. In particular, participants who are stationed outside of the United States may be subject to foreign taxes as a result of participation in the ESPP. The ESPP, and the right of U.S. participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Sections 421 and 423 of the Code. Under these provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the shares purchased under the ESPP are sold or otherwise disposed of. Upon sale or other disposition of the shares, the participant generally will be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon whether the sale occurs before or after expiration of the holding periods described in the following sentence. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of more than two years from the first day of the applicable offering and one year from the applicable date of purchase, the participant will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price, or (2) the excess of the fair market value of a share on the offering date that the right was granted over the purchase price for the right as determined on the offering date. Any additional gain will be treated as long term capital gain. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of either of these holding periods, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares have been held from the date of purchase. The Company generally is not entitled to a deduction for amounts taxed as ordinary income or capital gain to a participant except to the extent of ordinary income recognized by participants upon a sale or disposition of shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods described above.

The tax consequences to a participant may vary depending upon the participant’s individual situation. In addition, various state and local laws may provide for tax consequences that vary significantly from those described above.

 

152


Table of Contents

ESPP Benefits

Purchase rights are subject to an eligible employee’s discretion, including an employee’s decision not to participate in the ESPP, and awards under the ESPP are not determinable. Directors who are not employees are not eligible to participate in, and will not receive any benefit under, the ESPP.

Interests of Directors and Officers in the ESPP Proposal

When you consider the recommendation of SC Health’s board of directors in favor of approval of the ESPP, you should keep in mind that certain of HoldCo’s directors and officers have interests in the ESPP that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder or warrant holder, including, among other things, the existence of financial and personal interests. See the section entitled “The Business Combination—Interests of HoldCo’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

Registration with the SEC

If the ESPP is approved by SC Health’s shareholders and becomes effective, HoldCo intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering the shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP as soon as reasonably practicable after HoldCo becomes eligible to use such form.

Vote Required for Approval

An ordinary resolution is being sought to approve the ESPP, being the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting.

The ESPP Proposal is conditioned on the approval of each of the BCA Proposal and the Merger Proposal. Therefore, if each of such Proposals is not approved, the ESPP will have no effect, even if approved by holders of ordinary shares.

Resolution

The full text of the resolution to be passed is as follows:

RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution (the “ESPP Proposal” or “Proposal No. 4”) to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve, assuming the BCA Proposal and Merger Proposal are approved, the Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), a copy of which is attached to the accompanying prospectus/proxy statement as Annex I, including the authorization of the initial share reserve under the ESPP.

Recommendation of SC Health’s Board of Directors

THE SC HEALTH BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SC HEALTH SHAREHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE ESPP PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of one or more of SC Health’s board of directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such director(s) between what he, she, or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she, or they may believe is best for himself, herself, or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. In addition, SC Health’s officers have interests in the Business Combination that may conflict with your interests as a shareholder. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA ProposalInterests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

 

153


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 5—ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL

The Adjournment Proposal allows SC Health’s board of directors to submit a proposal to approve, by ordinary resolution, the adjournment of the General Meeting to a later date or dates, if necessary, to permit further solicitation and vote of proxies in the event that, based on the tabulated votes, there are not sufficient votes at the time of the General Meeting to approve the Condition Precedent Proposals. See “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination.”

Consequences if the Adjournment Proposal is Not Approved

If the Adjournment Proposal is presented to the General Meeting and is not approved by the shareholders, SC Health’s board of directors may not be able to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date in the event that, based on the tabulated votes, there are not sufficient votes at the time of the General Meeting to approve the Condition Precedent Proposals. In such events, the Business Combination would not be completed.

The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon any other proposal.

Vote Required for Approval

The approval of the Adjournment Proposal requires an ordinary resolution under the SC Health Governing Documents, being the affirmative vote of a majority of the SC Health ordinary shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon and who vote at the General Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes, while considered present for the purposes of establishing a quorum, will not count as votes cast at the General Meeting.

The Adjournment Proposal is not conditioned upon any other proposal.

Resolution

The full text of the resolution to be passed is as follows:

RESOLVED, as an ordinary resolution, to adjourn the General Meeting to a later date or dates (A) in order to solicit additional proxies from SC Health shareholders in favor of the BCA Proposal or the Merger Proposal, (B) if as of the time for which the General Meeting is scheduled, there are insufficient SC Health Ordinary Shares represented (either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct business at the General Meeting or (C) to allow reasonable time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosures that SC Health has determined, based on the advice of outside legal counsel, is reasonably likely to be required under applicable law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SC Health shareholders prior to the General Meeting.

Recommendation of the SC Health Board of Directors

SC HEALTH’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE ADJOURNMENT PROPOSAL.

The existence of financial and personal interests of SC Health’s directors may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what he, she or they may believe is in the best interests of SC Health and its shareholders and what he, she or they may believe is best for himself, herself or themselves in determining to recommend that shareholders vote for the proposals. See the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Interests of SC Health’s Directors and Officers in the Business Combination” for a further discussion.

 

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to you if you are a U.S. Holder (as defined below) solely of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and/or SC Health public warrants (other than the Sponsor or any of its affiliates), as a consequence of (i) electing to have your SC Health Class A ordinary shares redeemed for cash if the Business Combination is completed, (ii) the Business Combination, and/or (iii) the ownership and disposition of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants after the Business Combinations. This discussion addresses only those U.S. Holders that hold SC Health Class A ordinary shares and/or SC Health public warrants as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is limited to U.S. federal income tax considerations and does not address estate or any gift tax considerations or considerations arising under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. This discussion does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their particular circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on certain investment income and the different consequences that may apply to investors subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, such as:

 

   

financial institutions,

 

   

insurance companies,

 

   

specified non-U.S. corporations including “controlled foreign corporations,” and “passive foreign investment companies” (each as defined in the Code) or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax,

 

   

mutual funds,

 

   

pension plans,

 

   

S corporations,

 

   

broker-dealers,

 

   

traders in securities, including taxpayers subject to mark-to-market treatment,

 

   

regulated investment companies,

 

   

real estate investment trusts,

 

   

trusts and estates,

 

   

tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes), governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof (including foreign governments)

 

   

investors that hold SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants or who will hold HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion,” “synthetic security,” “constructive ownership transaction,” “constructive sale” or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

   

investors subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code,

 

   

U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar,

 

   

U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States,

 

   

investors subject to the U.S. “inversion” rules,

 

   

U.S. Holders owning or considered as owning (directly, indirectly, or through attribution) 5 percent (measured by vote or value) or more of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares, or, following the Business Combination, HoldCo ordinary shares, or the Sponsor or its affiliates,

 

155


Table of Contents
   

persons who purchase HoldCo ordinary shares as part of the PIPE Financing,

 

   

persons who received any SC Health or HoldCo interests pursuant to an exercise of employee options, in connection with employee incentive plans or otherwise as compensation, and

 

   

persons who are not U.S. Holders, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ materially from those summarized below.

This summary does not discuss any state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations, any non-income tax (such as gift or estate tax) considerations, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income. In addition, this summary does not address any tax consequences to investors that directly or indirectly hold equity interests in Rockley prior to the Business Combination, including holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants that also hold, directly or indirectly, equity interests in Rockley. With respect to the consequences of holding HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants, this discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire such HoldCo ordinary shares in connection with the Business Combination or as a result of the exercise of a HoldCo warrant, and U.S. Holders who acquire such HoldCo warrants in connection with the Business Combination.

If a partnership (or any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants or HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and the partner and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner of a partnership holding SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants or HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of a redemption, the Business Combination and/or the ownership and disposition of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants by the partnership.

This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax considerations described below.

For purposes of this discussion, because any SC Health unit consisting of one SC Health Class A ordinary share and one-half of an SC Health public warrant is separable at the option of the holder, SC Health treats any SC Health Class A ordinary shares and one-half of an SC Health public warrant held by a U.S. Holder in the form of a single unit as separate instruments and is assuming that the SC Health unit itself will not be treated as an integrated instrument. Accordingly, the separation of an SC Health unit in connection with the closing of the Business Combination generally should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This position is not free from doubt, and no assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a contrary position. U.S. Holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health public warrants are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and any non-U.S. tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination (including any Redemption (as defined below)) with respect to any SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health public warrants held through an SC Health unit (including alternative characterizations of an SC Health unit).

SC Health has not sought, and does not intend to, seek any rulings from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax considerations described herein. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions inconsistent with the considerations discussed below or that any such positions would not be sustained by a court.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE SC HEALTH CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES AND WITH THE BUSINESS

 

156


Table of Contents

COMBINATION. EACH U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH HOLDER OF THE EXERCISE OF SUCH REDEMPTION RIGHTS AND OF THE BUSINESS COMBINATION, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants, or of HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants, as the case may be, that is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) a valid election is in place to treat the trust as a United States person.

Tax Consequences for U.S. Holders Exercising Redemption Rights

The following discussion assumes that any redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section entitled “General Meeting of SC Health—Redemption Rights” (a “Redemption”) is treated as a transaction that is separate from the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination. Such treatment is not free from doubt, particularly if you elect to redeem some, but not all, of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares held by you immediately prior to the Business Combination. See “—Tax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders” below for more information. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of electing to redeem some, but not all, of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares held by you.

Redemption of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares

If you are a U.S. Holder and elect to redeem some or all of your SC Health Class A ordinary shares in a Redemption, subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend on whether the Redemption qualifies as a “sale” of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code taxable as described below under the heading “—Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares,” or rather as a “distribution” taxable as described below under the heading “—Taxation of Distributions.” Generally, whether the Redemption by a U.S. Holder qualifies for such sale or distribution treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of SC Health’s stock held or treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. Holder as a result of owning SC Health public warrants) immediately after the Redemption, relative to the shares of SC Health stock held or treated as held by the U.S. Holder immediately before such Redemption. A Redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale of SC Health Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a distribution) if the Redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. Holder’s interest in SC Health or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. Holder, in each case for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests is satisfied, a U.S. Holder generally takes into account not only the shares of SC Health’s stock actually owned by the U.S. Holder, but also any shares of SC Health’s stock that are constructively owned by the U.S. Holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to SC Health stock owned directly, SC Health stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S.

 

157


Table of Contents

Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any stock the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include SC Health Class A ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of any SC Health public warrants held by the U.S. Holder (and, after the completion of the Business Combination, HoldCo ordinary shares which could be acquired by exercise of the HoldCo warrants).

In order to meet the “substantially disproportionate” test, the percentage of the outstanding voting stock of SC Health actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the Redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of such voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Redemption. Prior to the Business Combination, the SC Health Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting stock for this purpose and, consequently, this “substantially disproportionate” test may not be applicable. There will be a “complete termination” of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of SC Health’s stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of the shares of SC Health’s stock actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed, and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of SC Health stock owned by certain family members, and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other SC Health stock (such as through a legal entity or by continuing to hold SC Health public warrants) and certain other requirements are met. A Redemption of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. Holder’s Redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in SC Health. Whether the Redemption will result in a “meaningful reduction” in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in SC Health will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. The IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.”

If none of the foregoing tests is satisfied, the Redemption generally will be treated as a “distribution” and the tax effects will be as described below under “—Taxation of Distributions.

U.S. Holders of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares considering exercising their Redemption rights are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine whether the Redemption of their SC Health Class A ordinary shares would be treated as a sale or as a distribution under the Code as described above.

Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, if a Redemption of an SC Health Class A ordinary share by any U.S. Holder qualifies as a sale of an SC Health Class A ordinary share (rather than a distribution with respect to such SC Health Class A ordinary share), a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the cash received in the Redemption of such SC Health Class A ordinary share and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such SC Health Class A ordinary share. Any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such SC Health Class A ordinary share exceeds one year. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in an SC Health Class A ordinary share generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost of such share (which, if such share was acquired as part of an SC Health unit, is the portion of the purchase price of the SC Health unit allocated to such share or, if such share was received upon exercise of an SC Health public warrant, the initial basis of the SC Health Class A ordinary share upon the exercise of the SC Health public warrant (generally determined as described below in “—Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants—Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant”). Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will be taxable at a reduced rate. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

158


Table of Contents

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if a Redemption of an SC Health Class A ordinary share by any U.S. Holder is taxable as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such distribution generally will be taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from SC Health’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of SC Health’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its SC Health Class A ordinary shares and generally will not be taxable. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the SC Health Class A ordinary share and will be treated as described above under “—Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares.” Amounts treated as dividends that SC Health pays to a U.S. Holder that is taxable as a corporation generally will be taxed at regular rates and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate only if SC Health Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, SC Health is not treated as a PFIC at the time the dividend was paid or in the preceding year and provided certain holding period requirements are met. Because SC Health believes it is likely that SC Health will have been a PFIC for the most recent taxable year at the time of the Redemption (as discussed below under “—Tax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders—PFIC Considerations”) dividends SC Health pays to a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will not constitute “qualified dividends” that would be taxable at a reduced rate.

IF YOU ARE A HOLDER OF SC HEALTH CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES CONTEMPLATING EXERCISE OF YOUR REDEMPTION RIGHTS, SC HEALTH URGES YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES THEREOF.

Tax Consequences of the Merger to U.S. Holders

This section is subject in its entirety to the discussion in the section below entitled “—Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.” This section is addressed to U.S. Holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares that elect to participate in the Business Combination. The parties to the Business Combination intend that (i) the Exchange and the Merger collectively qualify as a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code and (ii) that the Merger constitutes a transaction treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. To qualify as a reorganization, a transaction must satisfy certain requirements, including, among others, that the acquiring corporation (or, in the case of certain reorganizations structured similarly to the Business Combination, its corporate parent) continue, either directly or indirectly through certain controlled corporations, either a significant line of the acquired corporation’s historic business or use a significant portion of the acquired corporation’s historic business assets in a business, in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-1(d). HoldCo (the parent of Merger Sub, the acquiring corporation) intends to continue a significant line of SC Health’s historic business, or use a significant portion of SC Health’s historic business assets in a business, within the meaning of the regulations. However, there are significant factual and legal uncertainties as to whether the Merger will satisfy this requirement and, in turn, qualify as a reorganization. Neither SC Health nor HoldCo intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Business Combination, and the IRS or a court could take a different position. U.S. Holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health public warrants are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the proper U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Business Combination, including with respect to its qualification as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

 

159


Table of Contents

Consequences of the SC Health Merger Being Treated as a Reorganization or Code Section 351 Transaction

Subject to the discussion in the following paragraph and the discussions under the headings “—Additional Requirements for Tax Deferral” and “—PFIC Considerations” below, if, as intended by the parties, the Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, (i) no gain or loss would be recognized by a U.S. Holder of SC Health Class A ordinary shares who exchanges such shares solely for HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to the Merger, and, in such case, the U.S. Holder would have an adjusted tax basis of the HoldCo ordinary shares received in the SC Health Merger equal to the adjusted tax basis of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares surrendered in exchange therefor (determined in U.S. dollars), (ii) the holding period of the HoldCo ordinary shares received in the SC Health Merger by such a U.S. Holder would include the period during which such shares were held on the date of the Merger and (iii) any U.S. Holder that exchanges SC Health public warrants for HoldCo warrants in connection with the Merger also would not recognize gain or loss on such exchange, and, in such case, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the HoldCo warrant received would be equal to the holder’s tax basis in the SC Health public warrant exchanged therefor (determined in U.S. dollars), and the holding period of such HoldCo warrant would include the holding period of the SC Health public warrant exchanged therefor.

If the Merger does not so qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, but the Exchange and the Merger collectively qualify as a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code, then the tax treatment would be same with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) of the previous paragraph, but a U.S. Holder that exchanges SC Health public warrants for HoldCo warrants in connection with the Merger would recognize gain or loss on such exchange, and, in such case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the HoldCo warrant received in the Merger would be equal to the fair market value of such warrant at the time of the Merger, and a U.S. Holder’s holding period in its HoldCo warrant would begin on the day after the Merger.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a U.S. Holder elects to participate in a Redemption with respect to some, but not all, of its SC Health Class A ordinary shares, such Redemption may be treated as integrated with the Merger rather than as a separate transaction. In such case, cash received by such U.S. Holder in a Redemption may be treated as taxable boot received in a reorganization (which, depending on the circumstances applicable to such U.S. Holder, may be treated as capital gain, taxable as described above under the heading “—Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares,” or dividend income to the extent of SC Health’s accumulated earnings and profits, taxable as described above under the heading “—Taxation of Distributions”) or in a Section 351 transaction (in which case gain may be recognized by such U.S. Holder in a manner similar to that described above under the heading “—Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares,” but not in excess of the amount of cash received). Under these characterizations, such U.S. Holder may be required to recognize more gain or income than if the Redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares were treated as a separate transaction from the Merger, and would not be entitled to recognize any loss with respect to its redeemed SC Health Class A ordinary shares.

In addition, if a U.S. Holder elects to participate in a Redemption with respect to all its SC Health Class A ordinary shares and also receives HoldCo warrants in exchange for SC Health public warrants in connection with the Merger, such Redemption also may be treated as integrated with the Merger rather than as a separate transaction. In such case, even if the Merger were treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, and no gain or loss generally recognized upon the deemed exchange of SC Health public warrants for HoldCo warrants as described above, cash received by such U.S. Holder in a Redemption may be treated as taxable boot received in a reorganization (which, depending on the circumstances applicable to such U.S. Holder, may be treated as capital gain, taxable as described above under the heading “—Taxable Sale or Exchange of SC Health Class A Ordinary Shares,” or dividend income to the extent of SC Health’s accumulated earnings and profits, taxable as described above under the heading “—Taxation of Distributions”). Under this characterization, such U.S. Holder generally is expected to recognize capital gain (but not loss) on such exchange in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the SC Health Class A ordinary shares exchanged therefor. This treatment

 

160


Table of Contents

assumes that the terms of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination (including any Redemption) specify that cash received in the Redemption will be received in exchange for SC Health Class A ordinary shares and that the HoldCo warrants received in the exchange will be received solely in exchange for SC Health public warrants, and that such terms will be considered economically reasonable for applicable tax purposes. If the IRS were to assert, and a court were to sustain a contrary position, such U.S. Holder may be required to recognize more gain or income than if the Redemption of SC Health Class A ordinary shares was treated as a separate transaction from the Merger.

PFIC Considerations

As discussed more fully below under “—Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if SC Health is a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of the Code (“PFIC”) for any taxable year, U.S. Holders of SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health warrants may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to dispositions of, and distributions with respect to SC Health’s stock, and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Based upon the composition of SC Health’s income and assets, SC Health believes that it is likely SC Health was a PFIC for the 2019 and 2020 taxable years and likely will be a PFIC for SC Health’s current taxable year.

If SC Health is a PFIC, any income or gain recognized by a U.S. Holder electing to have its SC Health Class A ordinary shares Redeemed would generally be subject to a special tax and interest charge if the U.S. Holder did not make either a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election or a mark-to-market election for SC Health’s first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) such shares, or a QEF election along with an applicable purging election (collectively, the “PFIC Elections”). These rules are described more fully below under “—Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

In addition, Section 1291(f) of the Code requires, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, a U.S. person who disposes of stock of a PFIC to recognize gain (but not loss) notwithstanding any other provision of the Code. No final Treasury Regulations are currently in effect under Section 1291(f) of the Code. However, proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 1291(f) of the Code were proposed in 1992 with a retroactive effective date were they to be finalized in current form. If finalized in their current form, the proposed Treasury Regulations may require a U.S. Holder of SC Health Class A ordinary shares to recognize gain (which generally would be subject to the special tax and interest charge) if (i) SC Health were classified as a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such shares; (ii) the U.S. Holder did not timely make any of the PFIC Elections for all taxable years during the U.S. Holder’s holding period while SC Health was classified as a PFIC; and (iii) HoldCo were not a PFIC in the taxable year that includes the day after the Merger. Although uncertainty exists as to whether, immediately following the Business Combination, HoldCo will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HoldCo believes that it will likely not be a PFIC for its current taxable year, but no assurance can be provided to that effect.

The application of the PFIC rules to SC Health public warrants is unclear. A proposed Treasury Regulation generally treats an “option” (which would include an SC Health public warrant) to acquire the stock of a PFIC as stock of the PFIC, while a final Treasury Regulation provides that the holder of an option is not entitled to make the PFIC Elections. If the proposed Treasury Regulation described in the previous sentence were to apply to a U.S. Holder of SC Health public warrants, and, if finalized in their current form, proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 1291(f) may require a U.S. Holder of SC Health public warrants to recognize gain (which would generally be subject to the special tax and interest charge) on a deemed exchange of SC Health public warrants for HoldCo warrants even if the exchange would have otherwise qualified for non-recognition treatment.

It is difficult to predict if the proposed Treasury Regulations under the PFIC rules will be adopted, whether such proposed Treasury Regulations will be adopted in their current form, and whether any such Treasury Regulations, as finally adopted, would be retroactive to the date of the Business Combination.

 

161


Table of Contents

The rules dealing with PFICs discussed above are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, you are strongly urged to consult your tax advisor concerning the application of the PFIC rules to your exchange of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and/or SC Health public warrants under your particular circumstances, including as a result of PFIC Elections such U.S. Holders may have made (or may wish to make for the taxable year including the Business Combination).

Tax Consequences of Ownership and Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on HoldCo Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by HoldCo to a U.S. Holder with respect to the HoldCo ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in the gross income of such U.S. Holder as dividend income on the date of receipt, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of HoldCo’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will generally not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the HoldCo ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or HoldCo is eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) HoldCo is not a PFIC (as discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”) for either the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to HoldCo ordinary shares.

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds HoldCo’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a non-taxable return of your tax basis in your HoldCo ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. It is unclear whether HoldCo will calculate its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Taxation of Dispositions of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a HoldCo ordinary share and HoldCo warrants equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the HoldCo ordinary share or HoldCo warrant and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) therein. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held HoldCo ordinary shares for more than one year, you may be eligible for reduced tax rates on any such capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a HoldCo Warrant

A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the acquisition of a HoldCo ordinary share upon exercise of a HoldCo warrant for cash. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the HoldCo ordinary share received upon exercise of the HoldCo warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the HoldCo warrant (i.e., its tax basis, calculated in U.S. dollars) and the exercise price. The U.S. Holder’s holding period for HoldCo ordinary shares received upon exercise of the of

 

162


Table of Contents

a HoldCo warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the HoldCo warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the HoldCo warrant (or any SC Health public warrant exchanged therefor). If a HoldCo warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrant (calculated in U.S. dollars). Such loss will be long-term if the warrant has been held for more than one year.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of an SC Health public warrant are not clear under current law. A cashless exercise may be tax free, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for United States federal income tax purposes. In either situation, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the HoldCo ordinary shares received generally would equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the SC Health public warrants. If the cashless exercise were not a realization event, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for HoldCo ordinary shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the HoldCo warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the HoldCo warrant (or any SC Health public warrant exchanged therefor). If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the HoldCo ordinary shares would include the holding period of the SC Health public warrants.

It is also possible that a cashless exercise may be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a portion of the SC Health public warrants to be exercised on a cashless basis could, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be deemed to have been surrendered in consideration for the exercise price of the remaining SC Health public warrants, which would be deemed to be exercised. For this purpose, a U.S. Holder may be deemed to have surrendered a number of SC Health public warrants having an aggregate value equal to the exercise price for the total number of SC Health public warrants to be deemed exercised. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the SC Health public warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such SC Health public warrants. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the HoldCo ordinary shares received would equal such U.S. Holder’s basis in the HoldCo warrants deemed exercised and the exercise price of such warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the HoldCo ordinary shares would commence on the date of such exercise or the day following such date.

Due to the absence of authority on the United States federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, a redemption of SC Health public warrants for SC Health Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the terms of such SC Health public warrants should be treated as a “recapitalization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code, although such treatment is not free from doubt. Accordingly, you should not recognize any gain or loss on the redemption of warrants for HoldCo ordinary shares. Your aggregate tax basis in the HoldCo ordinary shares received in the redemption should equal your aggregate tax basis in your warrants redeemed and your holding period for the HoldCo ordinary shares received in redemption of your warrants should include your holding period for your surrendered warrants.

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if SC Health redeems SC Health public warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions of such warrants or if SC Health purchases warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. Holder, taxed as described above under “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants.”

 

163


Table of Contents

Possible Constructive Distributions

Under Section 305 of the Code, if certain adjustments are made (or not made) to the number of shares to be issued upon the exercise of a HoldCo warrant or to the HoldCo warrant’s exercise price, a U.S. Holder may be deemed to have received a constructive distribution with respect to the warrant, which could result in adverse consequences for the U.S. Holder, including the inclusion of dividend income (with the consequences generally as described above under the heading “—Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on HoldCo Ordinary Shares”). The rules governing constructive distributions as a result of certain adjustments with respect to a HoldCo warrant are complex, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors on the tax consequences any such constructive distribution with respect to a HoldCo warrant.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

The treatment of U.S. Holders of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants could be materially different from that described above if HoldCo is treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Although uncertainty exists as to whether, immediately following the Business Combination, HoldCo will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HoldCo believes that it will likely not be a PFIC for its current taxable year, but no assurance can be provided to that effect.

Although HoldCo’s PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that HoldCo is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants while HoldCo was a PFIC, whether or not HoldCo meets the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years.

If SC Health is determined to be a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder who exchanges SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants for HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants, as applicable, in the Merger, such U.S. Holder did not make any of the PFIC Elections with respect to such SC Health Class A ordinary shares or SC Health public warrants, and such U.S. Holder was not subject to tax on the receipt of such HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants under Section 1291(f) of the Code or otherwise, then, under the proposed regulations, HoldCo would also be treated as a PFIC as to such U.S. Holder with respect to such HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants, even if HoldCo did not meet the test for PFIC status in its own right. In addition, if these rules were to apply, such U.S. Holder would be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules as if such U.S, Holder held such HoldCo ordinary shares (treated as shares of a PFIC as to such U.S. Holder) for a period that includes its holding period for the SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health public warrants exchanged therefor, respectively.

If HoldCo is determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants and, in the case of HoldCo ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either an applicable PFIC Election (or elections) for the first taxable year of HoldCo (or, as applicable, SC Health) in which it was treated as a PFIC, and in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) such shares, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special and

 

164


Table of Contents

adverse rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the HoldCo ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the HoldCo ordinary shares).

Under these rules:

 

   

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the HoldCo ordinary shares or HoldCo warrants;

 

   

the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of HoldCo’s first taxable year in which HoldCo is a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

 

   

an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

PFIC Elections

In general, if HoldCo is determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may avoid some of the adverse PFIC tax consequences described above in respect of HoldCo ordinary shares (but not HoldCo warrants) by making and maintaining a timely and valid qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of HoldCo’s net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which HoldCo’s taxable year ends and each subsequent taxable year. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but, if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its HoldCo warrants. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such HoldCo warrants (other than upon exercise of HoldCo warrants for cash) and HoldCo were a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such HoldCo warrants (including by reason of the exchange of SC Health public warrants for HoldCo warrants in a non-taxable exchange described above), any gain recognized generally will be treated as an excess distribution, taxed as described above. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such HoldCo warrants properly makes and maintains a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired HoldCo ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to HoldCo ordinary shares, or SC Health Class A ordinary shares, as applicable), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired HoldCo ordinary shares. Notwithstanding such QEF election, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired HoldCo ordinary shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the HoldCo warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. Holder will generally have a new basis and holding period in the SC Health Class A ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants for purposes of the PFIC rules. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances.

 

165


Table of Contents

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC Annual Information Statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC Annual Information Statement from us. Upon written request, HoldCo intends to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make or maintain a QEF election, including information necessary to determine the appropriate income inclusion amounts for purposes of the QEF election. However, there is also no assurance that HoldCo will have timely knowledge of its status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

Alternatively, if HoldCo is a PFIC and HoldCo ordinary shares constitute “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder may avoid the adverse PFIC tax consequences discussed above if such U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for the first taxable year in which it holds (or is deemed to hold) HoldCo ordinary shares and each subsequent taxable year. Such U.S. Holder generally will include for each of its taxable years as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its HoldCo ordinary shares at the end of such year over its adjusted basis in its HoldCo ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis of its HoldCo ordinary shares over the fair market value of its HoldCo ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its HoldCo ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of its HoldCo ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to HoldCo warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” generally, stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the NYSE (on which HoldCo ordinary shares are intended to be listed), or on a non-U.S. exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the HoldCo ordinary shares cease to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to HoldCo ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

Related PFIC Rules

If HoldCo is a PFIC and, at any time, has a non-U.S. subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder generally would be deemed to own a proportionate amount of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if HoldCo receives a distribution from, or disposes of all or part of its interest in, the lower-tier PFIC, or the U.S. Holder otherwise was deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is made) and to provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations applicable to such U.S. Holder until such required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

166


Table of Contents

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to HoldCo securities under their particular circumstances.

Additional Reporting Requirements

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property to HoldCo. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. In addition, certain U.S. Holders holding specified non-U.S. financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of the applicable dollar thresholds are required to report information to the IRS relating to HoldCo ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for HoldCo ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions), by attaching a complete IRS Form 8938, (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their tax return for each year in which they hold HoldCo ordinary shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to file IRS Form 8938 and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of these rules on the ownership and disposition of HoldCo ordinary shares.

Treasury Regulations meant to require the reporting of certain tax shelter transactions could be interpreted to cover transactions generally not regarded as tax shelters, including certain non-U.S. currency transactions. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, certain transactions are required to be reported to the IRS including, in certain circumstances, a sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of non-U.S. currency, to the extent that such sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition results in a tax loss in excess of a threshold amount. You should consult your tax advisor to determine the tax return obligations, if any, with respect to HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants including any requirement to file IRS Form 8886 (Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement).

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable to you depending upon your particular situation. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences to you of the disposition of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health public warrants in connection with the Business Combination, and of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo warrants including the tax consequences under state, local, estate, non-U.S. and other tax laws and tax treaties and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws.

 

167


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Introduction

We are providing the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 combines the historical audited balance sheet of SC Health as of December 31, 2020 with the historical audited consolidated balance sheet of Rockley as of December 31, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on that date.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 combines the historical audited statement of operations of SC Health for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 with the historical audited consolidated statement of operations of Rockley for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was derived from and should be read in conjunction with the following historical financial statements and the accompanying notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement:

 

   

The historical audited financial statements of SC Health as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020; and

 

   

The historical audited consolidated financial statements of Rockley as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

The foregoing historical financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should also be read together with “SC Health’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Rockley’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement.

Description of the Business Combination

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, Rockley shareholders, which includes shares issued to convert Rockley’s convertible loan notes and warrants to equity, will transfer their shares in Rockley to HoldCo, a newly formed entity. HoldCo will further undertake a stock split based upon an exchange ratio to align the valuation of Rockley’s shares with the valuation of the SC Health’s shares. Rockley MergerSub Limited (“MergerSub”), another newly formed entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, will merge with SC Health, with SC Health surviving the merger. All SC Health’s ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the merger with Merger Sub will be exchanged with HoldCo for the right to receive HoldCo ordinary shares and HoldCo becomes a public company.

The aggregate merger consideration for Rockley to receive will be 114,811,411 HoldCo ordinary shares at a deemed value of $10 per share for an aggregate merger consideration of $1,148.1 million.

Accounting for the Business Combination

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, SC Health has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting

 

168


Table of Contents

purposes. This determination was primarily based on current shareholders of Rockley having a relative majority of the voting power of the combined entity, and as such, having the power to appoint a majority of the member of HoldCo’s board of directors, the operations of Rockley prior to the acquisition comprising the only ongoing operations of the combined entity and senior management of Rockley comprising the majority of the senior management of the combined entity. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Rockley with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of Rockley issuing stock for the net assets of SC Health, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SC Health will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

Other Events in Connection with the Business Combination

 

   

The board of directors of HoldCo intends to approve and implement a director compensation program for HoldCo’s non-employee directors (the “Director Compensation Program”). Under the Director Compensation Program, and following the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the 2021 Plan, HoldCo expects to grant (i) an “Initial RSU Award” to each non-employee director in connection with the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) an “Annual RSU Award” following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of HoldCo’s shareholders commencing with the 2022 annual meeting, to each non-employee director who continues serving as a member of HoldCo’s board of directors. The grant and vesting of these RSU awards are contingent upon, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination, the approval of the 2021 Plan by SC Health shareholders at the extraordinary general meeting and the continued service of the respective directors through the closing of the Business Combination or the regular annual meeting of shareholders (as applicable). In addition, each eligible non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in connection with their service on HoldCo’s board of directors and respective committees. For additional information, including size of any cash retainers, and the size and vesting terms of the Initial RSU Award and Annual RSU Award, see “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation.”

 

   

Following the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the 2021 Plan, the board of directors of HoldCo is also expected to approve grants of stock options and RSU awards to select members of the management team. The grant and vesting of stock options and RSU awards are contingent upon, among other things, the closing of the Business Combination, the approval of the 2021 Plan by SC Health shareholders at the extraordinary general meeting and the continued service of the respective participants through the Closing Date. For additional information, including the size and vesting terms application to these awards, see “Executive Compensation—HoldCo Executive Compensation.

 

   

In addition, HoldCo expects to enter into new employment agreements with its executive officers, including its named executive officers. The terms of these new employment agreements, including compensation, have been prepared as to form but remain subject to change. Accordingly, the effect of the new employment arrangements with HoldCo’s executive officers has been included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. For additional information, see “Executive Compensation—HoldCo Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements—Post-Closing Agreements.”

The adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined entity upon closing of the Business Combination.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined

 

169


Table of Contents

entity will experience. SC Health and Rockley have not had any historical relationship prior to the transactions. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

Due to the redemption rights held by SC Health’s public shareholders, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming two alternative levels of redemption of SC Health’s publicly-traded shares:

 

   

Assuming No Additional Redemptions. This presentation assumes:

 

   

No Class A shareholders of SC Health exercise their redemption rights with respect to their redeemable Class A public shares upon closing of the Business Combination.

 

   

Assuming Maximum Redemptions. This presentation assumes:

 

   

The redemption of 16,261,424 publicly-traded shares of SC Health, which represents the maximum number of shares outstanding that could be redeemed in connection with the Business Combination.

Assuming no additional redemptions of any Class A public shares of SC Health in connection with the Business Combination, Rockley Shareholders will hold 114,811,411 HoldCo ordinary shares immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, which approximates a 75.2% ownership level. Assuming maximum redemptions of Class A public shares of SC Health in connection with the Business Combination, Rockley Shareholders will hold 114,811,411 HoldCo ordinary shares immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, which approximates an 84.2% ownership level.

 

     No Additional Redemptions     Maximum Redemptions  

Shareholder

   No. of Shares      % Ownership     No. of Shares      % Ownership  

Rockley Shareholders

     114,811,411        75.2     114,811,411        84.2

SC Health public Shareholder

     17,250,000        11.3     988,576        0.7

SC Health Sponsor

     10,562,500        6.9     10,562,500        7.8

PIPE Investors

     10,000,000        6.6     10,000,000        7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(1)

     152,623,911        100.0     136,362,487        100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) 

Outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares held by the Sponsor excludes the 75,000 HoldCo ordinary shares underlying the director RSU Awards that will be granted in connection with the Business Combination. The director RSU Awards will vest at the closing of the Business Combination but will not settle into HoldCo ordinary shares until a date, selected by HoldCo, that occurs between January 1 and December 31 of the year following the closing of the Business Combination.

The two alternative levels of additional redemptions assumed in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and statement of operations are based on the assumption that there are no adjustments for the outstanding public or private placement warrants issued by SC Health as such securities are not exercisable until 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination.

If the actual facts are different than these assumptions, then the amounts and shares outstanding in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information will be different.

 

170


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                            Assuming No Redemption     Assuming Maximum
Redemption
 
    SC
Health
    Rockley     CLN
received
after
December 31,
2020
          Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          Pro
Forma
Combined
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Combined
 

Assets

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 125     $ 19,228     $ 76,723       E     $ 288,894       A     $ 384,970     $ 126,280       P     $ 222,356  

Accounts receivable

      4,925               4,925           4,925  

Other receivable

      18,024               18,024           18,024  

Prepaid expenses

    122       1,605               1,727           1,727  

Other current assets

      609               609           609  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    247       44,391       76,723         288,894         410,255       126,280         247,641  

Property, equipment and finance lease right-of-use assets, net

      6,182               6,182           6,182  

Equity method investment

      5,202               5,202           5,202  

Intangible assets

      3,048               3,048           3,048  

Cash and marketable securities held in trust account

    174,542             (174,542     C         (174,542     C    

Other non-current assets

      1,607           (187     F       1,420       (187     F       1,420  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 174,789     $ 60,430     $ 76,723       $ 114,165       $ 426,107     $ (48,449     $ 263,493  

Liabilities

                   

Current liabilities

                   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 1,037     $ 14,808     $         $         $ 15,845     $         $ 15,845  

Other current liabilities

    100       998           (100     K       998       (100     K       998  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,137       15,806           (100       16,843       (100       16,843  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

      74,804       76,723       E       (148,667     L       2,860       (148,667     L       2,860  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

    6,038             (6,038     G         (6,038     G    

Other long-term liabilities

      1,127               1,127           1,127  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    7,175       91,737       76,723         (154,805       20,830       (154,805       20,830  

Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption

    162,614             (162,614     M         (162,614     M    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

                   

Ordinary shares

            2       N       2       1       Q       1  

Class A ordinary shares

              N           Q    

Class B ordinary shares

              N           Q    

Additional paid-in capital

    5,136       201,576           431,446       N       638,158       268,833       Q       475,545  

Accumulated deficit

    (136     (232,883         136       O       (232,883     136       O       (232,883
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    5,000       (31,307         431,584         405,277       268,970         242,663  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity

  $ 174,789     $ 60,430     $ 76,723       $ 114,165       $ 426,107     $ (48,449     $ 263,493  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

For the Fiscal year Ended December 31, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                Assuming No Redemption           Assuming Maximum
Redemption
       
    SC
Health
    Rockley     Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Combined
          Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Combined
       

Revenue

  $       $ 22,343     $         $ 22,343       $         $ 22,343    

Cost of revenue

      24,240           24,240             24,240    
   

 

 

       

 

 

         

 

 

   

Gross profit

      (1,897         (1,897           (1,897  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    1,736       20,260       198       a           198       a      
        389       b           389       b      
        754       c       23,337         754       c       23,337    

Research and development expenses

      35,900       542       b       36,442         542       b       36,442    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating loss

    (1,736     (58,057     (1,883       (61,676       (1,883       (61,676  

Interest income (expense), net

    644       (189     (644     d       (189       (644     d       (189  

Equity method investment loss

      (1,274         (1,274           (1,274  

Change in fair value of debt instruments

      (20,163     20,163       g           20,163       g      

Realized and unrealized gain/loss on foreign currency

      (25         (25           (25  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,092     (79,708     17,636         (63,164       17,636         (63,164  

Income tax expense

      569           569             569    
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,092   $ (80,277   $ 17,636       $ (63,733     $ 17,636       $ (63,733  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net loss per share

                   

Basic and diluted

          $ (0.42     e         $ (0.47     E  
         

 

 

         

 

 

   

Weighted average shares

outstanding

                   

Basic and diluted

            152,623,911       f           136,362,487       F  
         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

172


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as if the Business Combination had been consummated on December 31, 2020 in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared assuming the following methods of accounting in accordance with GAAP.

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the combined entity will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Rockley with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of Rockley issuing stock for the net assets of SC Health, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SC Health will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded.

The pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and additional analyses are performed. Management considers this basis of presentation to be reasonable under the circumstances.

One-time direct and incremental transaction costs anticipated to be incurred prior to, or concurrent with, the closing of the Business Combination are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as a direct reduction to the combined entity’s additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) and are assumed to be cash settled.

The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the post-combination company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.

2. Adjustments and Assumptions to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 reflects the following adjustments:

A – Represents the aggregate impact of the following pro forma adjustments to cash to give effect to the Business Combination, the PIPE Financing, transaction costs and the cash settlement of certain obligations in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement:

 

Cash inflow from PIPE Financing

   $ 100,000        B  

Cash inflow from SC Health’s trust account

     174,542        C  

Cash inflow from SC Heath Sponsor

     50,000        D  

Payment from SC Health’s deferred IPO fees and SC Health’s accrued transaction-related liabilities

     (6,038      G  

Payments of estimated financing fees

     (21,000      H  

Payments of estimated transaction fees incurred by Rockley

     (5,550      I  

Payment of estimated transaction fees incurred by SC Health

     (2,960      J  

Settlement of SC Health promissory note

     (100      K  
  

 

 

    

Net Pro Forma adjustment to cash

   $ 288,894        A  
  

 

 

    

 

173


Table of Contents

B – Represents gross proceeds attributable to the issuance of 10.0 million HoldCo Ordinary Shares for $10 per share, or $100.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds, upon the closing of the PIPE Financing that will occur immediately prior to closing of the Business Combination.

C – Represents cash equivalents that will be released from SC Health’s trust account and relieve of restrictions regarding use upon consummation of a Business Combination and, accordingly, will be available for general use by the combined company.

D – Represents gross proceeds attributable to the issuance of 5.0 million shares of HoldCo for $10 per share, or $50 million in gross proceeds from SC Health Sponsor that will occur immediately prior to closing of the Business Combination.

E – Represents cash proceeds totaling $76.7 million from issuance of convertible loan notes received after December 31, 2020 that will be converted into Rockley’s Ordinary shares, then subsequently converted to HoldCo’s ordinary shares for which HoldCo will undertake a stock split immediately prior to closing of the Business Combination.

F – Represents deferred legal, accounting and other costs incurred as liabilities on Rockley’s balance sheet that are directly related to the Transactions. For purposes of the forward recapitalization, these transaction costs will be treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds resulting from the Business Combination and accordingly, the deferred asset will be de-recognized as a reduction to additional paid-in capital upon closing of the Business Combination. Refer to balance sheet adjustments A for the corresponding adjustments to cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses reported for the combined company and balance sheet adjustment N for the corresponding adjustment to additional paid-in capital reported for the combined company.

G – Represents cash that will be used to pay 1) underwriting fees incurred by SC Health in connection with the Initial Public Offering, for which payment was deferred until consummation of a business combination, and 2) transaction-related expenses accrued and reported as liabilities on Rockley’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. Detail of amounts accrued on SC Health and Rockley’s balance sheets are as follows:

 

SC Health’s deferred IPO underwriting commissions

   $ 6,038        G  

Rockley’s deferred transaction fees

     187     
  

 

 

    

Total deferred costs and accrued expenses to be paid with SC Health and PIPE Financing fees

   $ 6,225     
  

 

 

    

H – Represents financing fees for which payment will made upon consummation of a Business Combination.

I – Represents cash that will be used to pay the estimated direct and incremental transaction costs, legal and other fees, that will be due from Rockley on the Business Combination close date, but have not yet been accrued and reported as a liability on Rockley’s balance sheet. For purpose of a forward recapitalization transaction, these direct and incremental transaction costs will be treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds resulting from the Transactions and, accordingly, will be reported as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Refer to balance sheet adjustments N for the corresponding pro forma adjustment to additional paid-in capital reported for the combined company.

J – Represents cash that will be used to pay the estimated direct and incremental transaction costs, legal and other fees, that will be due from SC Health on the Business Combination close date, but have not yet been accrued and reported as a liability on SC Health’s balance sheet. For purpose of a forward recapitalization transaction, these direct and incremental transaction costs will be treated as a reduction of the cash proceeds resulting from the Transactions and, accordingly, will be reported as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Refer to balance sheet adjustments N for the corresponding pro forma adjustment to additional paid-in capital reported for the combined company.

 

174


Table of Contents

K – Represents SC Health promissory notes payable to related party for which payment will made upon the closing of the Business Combination.

L – Represents a series of sequential steps of converting Rockley’s convertible loan notes and related accrued interest to Rockley’s ordinary shares at a conversion price of $24.61 per share, then subsequently convert to HoldCo’s ordinary shares for which HoldCo will undertake a stock split prior to the Business Combination. Interest will continue to accrue on the convertible notes through the date that the Business Combination is consummated, increasing the aggregate notes payable obligation for which HoldCo Ordinary Shares will be exchanged. Refer to balance sheet adjustment N for the pro forma impact of this exchange on additional paid-in capital reported for the combined company.

M – Represents the reclassification of SC Health redeemable Class A ordinary shares to permanent equity upon consummation of Business Combination, assuming no redemptions. Balance sheet adjustment N presents the corresponding pro forma impact that the reclassification of SC Health redeemable Class A ordinary shares to permanent equity would have on the pro forma amounts reported for both the par value of HoldCo ordinary shares and additional paid-in capital of the combined company.

N – Represents the net impact of the following pro forma adjustments related to (1) the Business Combination, inclusive of the issuance of HoldCo ordinary shares for Rockley’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares, stock split effected, immediately prior to the Business Combination, SC Health’s issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares prior to the Business Combination, (3) the PIPE Financing, (4) transaction costs, and (5) certain other transactions triggered by the Business Combination on the capital accounts of the combined company:

 

     Scenario 1—Assuming No Redemptions  
     HoldCo
Par Value
     SC Health Par Value      Rockley
Par Value
    

 

 
     Ordinary
Shares
     Class A
Ordinary
Shares
     Class B
Ordinary
Shares
     Ordinary
Shares
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 

Reclassification of redeemable SC Health shares to Class A Ordinary Shares

     1        —          —          —        $ 162,613  

Conversion of SC Health Class B to Class A

Ordinary Shares(1)

     —          —          —          —          —    

PIPE Financing

     —          —          —          —          100,000  

SC Health Sponsor

     —          —          —          —          50,000  

Shares issued to Rockley’s ordinary shareholders as consideration for the Business Combination

     1        —          —          —          148,666  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustment for share issuance and conversion transaction

     2        —          —          —          461,279  

Estimated SC Health transaction costs

     —          —          —          —          (2,960

Estimated Rockley’s transaction costs

     —          —          —          —          (5,537

Estimated PIPE financing transaction costs

     —          —          —          —          (21,000

Elimination of SC Health’s historical retained Earnings

     —          —          —          —          (136
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total adjustments to par value and additional paid-in capital

     2        —          —          —        $ 431,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

SC Health’s issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares will convert to SC Health Class A ordinary shares and will ultimately convert to the single class of HoldCo ordinary shares that will be outstanding subsequent to the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to closing of the Business Combination.

 

175


Table of Contents

O – Represents the aggregate impact of the pro forma adjustments to the combined company’s accumulated deficit to eliminate of SC Health accumulated deficit to additional paid-in capital.

P –Represents the net impact of the following pro forma adjustments to the amount of cash that would be available to the combined company if the holders of SC Health’s publicly-traded Class A ordinary shares exercise their right for maximum redemption of the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares in exchange for cash held in SC Health’s trust account.

Q – Represents the maximum redemption of 16.3 million shares of SC Health’s publicly-traded Class A ordinary shares for cash. The redemption amount has been allocated to ordinary shares and additional paid-in capital using HoldCo ordinary shares with a par value of $0.00001 per share.

3. Adjustments and Assumptions to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Fiscal year Ended December 31, 2020

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 reflects the following adjustments:

a Recognition of executive officers and employees’ compensation under the new employment agreements for the period after Business Combination. The adjustment does not include $3.8 million in bonuses to our executive officers and employees that will be paid contingent upon, and no later than shortly following, the closing of the Business Combination because these bonuses will not have a continuing impact on ongoing operations.

b Recognition of executive officers and employees’ stock compensation for the period after Business Combination.

c Recognition of Director Compensation Program RSU and Cash Considerations for the period prior to the 2021 Business Combination.

d Represents the elimination of interest income earned on cash equivalents held in SC Health’s trust account during the period. Cash equivalents will be released from SC Health’s trust account and available for general use by the combined company upon closing of the Business Combination.

e Basic and diluted net loss per share as a result of the pro forma adjustments.

f Basic and diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding as a result of the pro forma adjustments.

g Represents the elimination of adjustments to the fair value of convertible loan notes which will be converted into Rockley’s Ordinary shares prior to closing of the Business Combination.

 

     Years Ended
December 31, 2020
 
Numerator    Assuming No
Redemptions
           Assuming
Maximum
Redemptions
       

Pro Forma net loss

   $ (63,733      $ (63,733  

Denominator

         

Current Rockley Shareholders

     114,811,411          114,811,411    

SC Health Shareholders

     17,250,000          988,576    

Sponsor Shareholders

     10,562,500          10,562,500    

PIPE Investors

     10,000,000          10,000,000    
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

     152,623,911       f        136,362,487       f  

Net loss per Share

         

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.42     e      $ (0.47     e  

 

176


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT SC HEALTH

Overview; Incorporation and History

SC Health is a blank check company incorporated on December 10, 2018, as a Cayman Islands exempted company and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “business combination”). SC Health has neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on SC Health’s business activities, SC Health is a “shell company,” as defined under the Exchange Act, because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.

On July 16, 2019, SC Health consummated its initial public offering of 15,000,000 units. Each unit consists of one SC Health Class A ordinary share, and one-half of one redeemable SC Health warrant. Each whole SC Health warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share for $11.50 per share. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $150,000,000.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, SC Health completed the private sale of 5,000,000 SC Health warrants (the “SC Heath private placement warrants”) to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.00 per private placement warrant, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $5,000,000.

On August 2, 2019, SC Health consummated the closing of the sale of 2,250,000 additional SC Health units at the price of $10.00 per unit upon receiving the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, generating additional gross proceeds of $22,500,000 to SC Health. As used herein, “initial public offering” includes the consummation of the sale of the shares in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option.

Simultaneously with the exercise of the over-allotment, SC Health completed the private sale of an additional 450,000 SC Health private placement warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $450,000.

Prior to the consummation of the initial public offering, on December 28, 2018, the Sponsor purchased the Founder Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On February 8, 2019, SC Health completed a sub-division of SC Health Class B ordinary shares, pursuant to which the Founder Shares were sub-divided into 4,312,500 shares with a par value of $0.00008 per share. On July 9, 2019, SC Health issued 1,250,000 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in connection with the Forward Purchase Agreement for par value, or $100, resulting in a total of 5,562,500 Founder Shares issued and outstanding, of which an aggregate of up to 562,500 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters did not exercise their over-allotment option. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, such Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

Prior to the initial public offering, SC Health entered into the Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which SC Health Group agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of 5,000,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares (the “forward purchase shares”) plus 1,250,000 redeemable SC Health warrants (the “forward purchase warrants” and, together with the forward purchase shares, the “forward purchase securities”) for a purchase price of  $10.00 per SC Health Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a forward purchase warrant, or $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that closed concurrently with the closing of SC Health’s initial business combination. The forward purchase warrants have the same terms as the SC Health warrants.

The obligations under the Forward Purchase Agreement do not depend on whether any SC Health Class A ordinary shares are converted by SC Health’s public shareholders.

On January 12, 2021, SC Health Corporation held an Extraordinary General Meeting where the shareholders approved a special resolution to amend SC Health’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of

 

177


Table of Contents

association (the “Articles”) to extend the date, from January 16, 2021 to April 16, 2021, by which SC Health must either (a) consummate a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities or (b) (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem all of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares included as part of the SC Health units sold in SC Health’s initial public offering that was consummated on July 16, 2019; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of SC Health’s remaining members and SC Health’s board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of (ii) and (iii), to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law. SC Health will hold an Extraordinary General Meeting on April 14, 2021 for its shareholders to approve a special resolution to amend the Articles to further extend the deadline for such obligations from April 16, 2021 to August 16, 2021.

A total of $172,500,000 from the proceeds SC Health received from the initial public offering and the sale of the SC Health private placement warrants was placed in a segregated trust account located in the United States at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. The amounts held in the trust account are invested in permitted United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act that invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds in the trust account that may be released to us to pay SC Health’s taxes, the funds held in the trust account will not be released until the earliest of: (i) the completion of SC Health’s initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public SC Health Class A ordinary shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of SC Health’s obligation to redeem 100% of SC Health’s public shares if SC Health does not complete our initial business combination by April 16, 2021 or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of the SC Health Class A ordinary shares; and (iii) the redemption of SC Health’s public shares if we are unable to complete SC Health’s initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of SC Health’s initial public offering, subject to applicable law.

As of March 19, 2021, there was approximately $174,545,229 in investments and cash held in the trust account and approximately $10.12 of cash held outside the trust account.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for SC Health’s initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to SC Health’s, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. SC Health’s ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by SC Health’s available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, SC Health’s obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to SC Health for SC Health’s initial business combination and the outstanding SC Health warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place SC Health at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Our Employees

SC Health currently has three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to SC Health matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to

 

178


Table of Contents

our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process SC Health is in.

Material Properties

SC Health currently maintains its executive offices at 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900. The cost for SC Health’s use of this space is included in the $10,000 per month fee that SC Health pays to an affiliate of SC Health’s Sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. SC Health considers its current office space adequate for our current operations.

Legal Proceedings

SC Health is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to SC Health’s knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against SC Health or any of SC Health’s officers or directors in their capacity as such.

 

179


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of SC Health should be read in conjunction with SC Health’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement.

This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements which, although based on assumptions that SC Health considers reasonable, are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or conditions to differ materially from those expressed or implied herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus / offer to exchange, see particularly “Risk Factors” beginning on page 49 and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 9 of this prospectus/proxy statement.

The financial information and related discussion and analysis contained in this section are presented in U.S. dollars, and many of the amounts and percentages have been rounded for convenience of presentation.

As used in this section, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” are to SC Health.

Overview

SC Health was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on December 10, 2018. SC Health was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “business combination”).

Although SC Health is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a business combination, SC Health is focusing its search on companies with operations or prospects in the healthcare sector in the Asia Pacific region. SC Health is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, SC Health is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, SC Health had not commenced any operations. All activity through the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, relates to SC Health’s formation, the initial public offering, which is described below, and, after the initial public offering, identifying a target company for a business combination. SC Health will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial business combination, at the earliest. SC Health generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the initial public offering, and the sale of the SC Health private placement warrants.

On March 19, 2021, SC Health entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which, among other things, contemplates the consummation of the Business Combination.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from inception to the date of this prospectus/proxy statement were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the initial public offering, described below, and, after the initial public offering, identifying a target company for a business combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our business combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the trust account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with completing a business combination.

 

180


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we had net loss of $1,091,958, which consisted of operating expenses of $1,736,059, offset by interest earned on investments held in the trust account of $644,101.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we had net income of $958,107, which consisted of interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $1,397,911, offset by operating expenses of $439,804.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Until the consummation of the initial public offering, SC Health’s only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of SC Health Class B ordinary shares by the Sponsor and loans from the Sponsor.

On July 16, 2019, we consummated the initial public offering of 15,000,000 SC Health units at a price of $10.00 per SC Health unit, generating gross proceeds of $150,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we consummated the sale of an aggregate of 5,000,000 private placement warrants to the Sponsor at a price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $5,000,000.

On August 2, 2019, in connection with the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option, we consummated the sale of an additional 2,250,000 SC Health units and the sale of an additional 450,000 private placement warrants, generating total gross proceeds of $22,950,000.

Following the initial public offering, the exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the SC Health private placement warrants, a total of $172,500,000 was placed in the trust account. We incurred $10,224,407 in transaction costs, including $3,450,000 of underwriting fees, $6,037,500 of deferred underwriting fees and $736,907 of other costs in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the SC Health private placement warrants.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $747,535. Net loss of $1,091,958 was impacted by interest earned on investments of $644,101. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $988,524 of cash from operating activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $515,847. Net income of $958,107 was impacted by interest earned on marketable securities of $1,397,911. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $76,043 of cash from operating activities.

At December 31, 2020, we had investments held in the trust account of $174,542,012. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less taxes payable (if applicable) and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete a business combination. To the extent that our shares or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete a business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the post-business combination entity, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

At December 31, 2020, we had cash of $124,878 held outside of the trust account. We intend to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, properties or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

As of March 19, 2021, there was approximately $174,545,229 in investments and cash held in the trust account and approximately $10.12 of cash held outside the trust account. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that a

 

181


Table of Contents

business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the SC Health private placement warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating and consummating a business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of a business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of a business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

In the event that we are unable to close a business combination by April 16, 2021, the escrow agent under an escrow created by the Sponsor or an affiliate will be authorized and instructed to transfer $1.00 per whole SC Health public warrant, to holders of public warrants other than the Sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as we redeem our public SC Health Class A ordinary shares, and all public warrants will expire worthless.

In connection with the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor deposited cash funds into an escrow account with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. in an amount equal to $8,625,000. The funds held in the escrow account may be used to pay $1.00 per SC Health public warrant (other than public warrants held by the Sponsor and its affiliates) as described above. The funds in the escrow account will not be held in trust or comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. The escrow of the cash funds are governed by an escrow agreement.

Following a repurchase or payment to holders of SC Health public warrants, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to the Sponsor or its affiliate.

Going Concern

In connection with SC Health’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that if SC Health is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs as well as complete a business combination during the Combination Period, then SC Health will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The liquidity condition and date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about SC Health’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should SC Health be required to liquidate after the Combination Period.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

 

182


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than as described below.

We entered into an agreement to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, secretarial and administrative support to SC Health. We began incurring these fees on July 16, 2019 and will continue to incur these fees on a monthly basis until the earlier of the completion of the business combination and SC Health’s liquidation.

We have an agreement to pay the underwriters a deferred fee of $6,037,500, which will become payable to them from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that SC Health completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Additionally, SC Health Group Limited, an affiliate of the Sponsor, entered into the Forward Purchase agreement with us which provides for the purchase by SC Health Group Limited of an aggregate of 5,000,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,250,000 redeemable SC Health warrants, each to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000, or $10.00 per SC Health Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a SC Health warrant in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of condensed interim financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” SC Health ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable SC Health ordinary shares (including SC Health ordinary shares that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, SC Health ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our SC Health ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, SC Health ordinary shares subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of our condensed balance sheets.

Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per SC Health ordinary share, basic and diluted for redeemable SC Health Class A ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the trust account by the weighted average number of redeemable SC Health Class A ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for non-redeemable SC Health Class B ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income attributable to redeemable SC Health Class A ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of non-redeemable SC Health Class B ordinary shares outstanding for the periods presented.

 

183


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our unaudited condensed interim financial statements.

 

184


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT ROCKLEY

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this section, the terms “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “future,” “strategy,” “likely,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks set forth under “Risk Factors.” Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations and reflect management’s opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of hereof. Rockley expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

All references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Rockley” refer to Rockley Photonics, Ltd. and its predecessor and subsidiaries prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

Rockley®, RayDriver, RPFabric, RPStack, Topanga, LightDriver, SpectraCloud, and SpectraSense are among the trademarks, registered trademarks, or service marks owned by Rockley.

Company Overview

We have developed a unique sensing platform that we believe can reshape the wellness and healthcare industries through multiple applications in non-invasive, multi-modal biomarker monitoring. We believe products based on our technology platform could have the potential to unlock and accelerate advancements in areas such as early disease detection, nutrition management, and preventative healthcare delivery through continuous health and wellness monitoring.

Our unique sensing platform has been built upon our silicon photonics technology, which enables compelling sensor performance, power, resolution, and density. This technology has the potential to allow monitoring devices, currently the size of clinical machines, to be condensed to the size of a wearable device. We believe this in turn has the potential to unlock additional uses in consumer electronics and medical devices. Our technology is built on over 120 patents, over seven years of product development, and $290 million in total funding as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, through the issuance of convertible loan notes and ordinary shares. We have established a manufacturing ecosystem based upon our wholly owned, proprietary processes in several areas for rapid scalability, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage. The resulting combination of technologies and manufacturing know-how is the “full-stack Rockley Platform” which is made up of photonic integrated circuits (“PICs”) in silicon with integrated III-V devices (devices incorporating certain conductor elements that offer superior electronic properties, such as lasers), application-specific electronic integrated circuits (“ASICs”), photonic and electronic co-packaging, together with biosensing algorithms and artificial intelligence (“AI”) cloud analytics, firmware/software, system architecture, and hardware design.

As testament to the relevance of our product development, we have captured the attention of several consumer electronics companies and, as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, we are engaged in discussions or have non-binding MOUs or development and supply agreements with entities which collectively account for over 55% market share of wearable devices and over 50% market share of smartphone devices, based on a combination of data sourced from the Yole Report, the IDtechEx Report and the TrendForce Report, as well as our internal volume forecasts for smartphone, smart watch, and smart earbuds through 2025 (based on customer data). We plan to leverage this attention to develop new capabilities in consumer wearables in the near term, and to expand over time into medical devices and other industry applications. There are no binding purchase commitments under our MOUs and supply agreements.

 

185


Table of Contents

Our company was founded in 2013 by Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE. Dr. Rickman, who has over 30 years of experience in silicon photonics and is a pioneer in the field, led the development of our unique and versatile platform to address a range of emerging and growing markets. In 1988, Dr. Rickman founded Bookham Technology Ltd, the first silicon photonics company and one of the world’s largest photonics and fiber optics telecom component producers, and he served as its chief executive officer and chairman until 2004. The acquisition by Bookham of Avanex, Inc., led to the creation of Oclaro, Inc. (NASDAQ: OCLR), which in turn was acquired by Lumentum, Inc., in 2018 (NASDAQ: LITE). From 2007 to 2013, Dr Rickman was chairman of Kotura Inc., a leader in the field of silicon photonics for fiber optic communications, where he oversaw its development and eventual sale to Mellanox Technologies, Ltd. From Rockley’s inception in 2013 through December 31, 2020, Dr. Rickman has assembled an industry leading team in silicon photonics with over 82 PhDs and over 150 engineers to work at Rockley. We believe our extensive industry knowledge and deep talent base is a key differentiator to enable us to build a successful business based on our platform.

Our vision is to address many pressing healthcare concerns using our technology and we believe that there exists a large market opportunity for our platform. We estimate that the total addressable market (“TAM”) for the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets is projected to be over $48 billion by 2025, based on data sourced from the Yole Report, the IDtechEx Report, the TrendForce Report, and our internal volume forecasts for smartphone, smart watch, and smart earbuds through 2025 (based on customer data), as the universe of healthcare and consumer wearable devices incorporating additional sensing capabilities emerges.11 Our target biomarkers for consumer healthcare include lactate, alcohol, glucose (indicator), carbon monoxide, blood pressure, blood oxygen, and core body temperature, among others. Due to the high performance of our lasers up to 1,000,000 times higher resolution, 1,000 times higher accuracy and 100 times broader range in wavelengths compared with existing LED offerings in wearable solutions (based on product analysis undertaken by Rockley comparing the Rockley silicon photonics-based spectrometer chip to existing solutions), we believe our platform will also be able to address existing applications in consumer wearable devices with significantly higher resolution, accuracy, and range. Further, we believe there are multiple additional markets and concrete opportunities for our technology platform in areas such as data center connectivity (optical transceivers), machine vision (robotic and automotive LiDAR), and compute connectivity (co-packaged optics, or CPO).

 

11 

Specifically, we believe our TAM for the wearables, mobile, and medical device markets will be approximately $48 billion by 2025, taking into account our anticipated timeline for commercial availability of our products and the market for the end products into which our products are designed to be incorporated. Our products are being designed for utilization in: (a) medical devices, including blood pressure, body temperature, blood glucose, and alcohol monitoring devices, pulse oximetry, and near infra-red (“NIR”) spectrometers, with an aggregate forecasted TAM of $15.1 billion by 2025, according to the Yole Report, and mobile cardiac telemetry/general patient monitoring patch devices, with an aggregate forecasted TAM of $2.7 billion by 2025, according to the IDtechEx Report; and (b) consumer wearables and mobile devices, including smartwatches, smart earbuds, fitness bands, and mobile phones, which, based on our internal estimates, are expected to have a TAM of $2.7 billion, $3.0 billion, $1.5 billion, and $23.5 billion, respectively, or an aggregate TAM of $30.7 billion, by 2025. We estimated our TAM in the consumer wearables and mobile device sectors by multiplying third-party forecasted total volumes in 2025 for the devices for which our products are being designed, by our currently anticipated and estimated average selling prices for these products. The volume estimate for smartwatches was based on the benchmarked figure forecasted by annual volume for smartwatches for 2022 according to the TrendForce Report. The volume estimate for smart earbuds was based a 20% volume CAGR between 2020-2025, with 2020 annual shipments estimated at 230 million units, according to the TrendForce Report. According to the Yole Report, fitness bands were forecasted to reach 89 million units by 2025. The volume estimates for smartphones were based on multiple third-party forecasted volumes for mobile phones, multiplied by the average selling price.

 

186


Table of Contents

Product Applications and Development Status

We believe our innovative and differentiated silicon photonics platform positions us to make photonics-based solutions increasingly pervasive while unlocking previously unaddressed applications. Consequently, we believe the potential applications for our technology will be wide-ranging. Leveraging the flexibility and power of our innovative silicon photonics platform, we believe we are positioned to become a leading supplier of integrated optical components for dynamic, high-growth market sectors, including consumer sensors, healthcare, and data communications. To date, we have been engaged in developing customer-specific designs of our silicon photonics chipsets for incorporation into our customers’ end products and currently we do not have any of our own end products in commercial production. We expect that our immediate focus over the next two years will be on developing and commercializing our products for incorporation in consumer wearables and mobile applications, followed by medical devices in the healthcare space, and subsequently on developing our AI analytics cloud platform. In respect of consumer wearables and mobile applications, we plan to start delivering final samples to customers in the first half of 2022 with production ramp of these products commencing in in the second half of 2022. For medical devices in the healthcare space, we plan to commence data collection trials in 2022 with production of units commencing in the first half of 2023, initially at a low run rate. During 2022, our aim is to build a collaboration model for our AI analytics cloud platform before progressing to a commercial launch of a subscription platform planned for the first half of 2023.

Healthcare: Consumer Wearables

We are developing an integrated optics module for health-related biomarker sensing and monitoring applications. We believe the high-density optical integration capabilities of our platform can personalize healthcare monitoring of multiple biophysical and biochemical biomarkers and can significantly improve how individuals track and monitor their health and wellbeing. We believe the ability to bring laboratory precision diagnostics to the wrist and other small and convenient form factors can significantly enhance consumer awareness of their health and wellbeing. Further, we plan to develop an AI analytics cloud platform which will offer further insight by leveraging data we collect through our sensing platform and provide meaningful and actionable insight to end users. Although our target market is consumer wellness rather than medical, we intend to monitor and comply with regulations to the extent they become applicable to us, including any requirements for clearance by the FDA. Our plans for the Rockley Platform include a Basic Module and an Advanced Module, which will have a wide array of current and potential applications, as shown in the figure below.

 

LOGO

 

187


Table of Contents

Healthcare: Medical Devices

We plan to incorporate our technology into existing devices such as medical patches, wearable bands, and other monitoring devices to provide additional biomarkers not currently available to consumers. We believe this will enhance point-of-care and remote monitoring solutions that have the potential to ultimately transform and disrupt the delivery of patient monitoring and healthcare. In the medical device space, we currently anticipate that we will need to seek FDA clearance for devices that are currently under development based on our technology platform. As these products are still under development and while there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these product development efforts or that even if developed, that such products will achieve widespread market acceptance, we believe these efforts present significant market opportunities in addition to our consumer wearables applications.

Datacom: Transceiver Chipsets and Co-Packaged Optics

Data centers, which are the nerve centers of the digital economy, require interconnected communications for which we believe our optical transceiver products offer several advantages. Business, entertainment, vital medical research, and other aspects of daily life are in many ways connected to hyperscale data centers, which in turn rely on cost-effective, power-efficient optical communication links. Whether incorporated in pluggable optical transceiver modules or in co-packaged optics, we believe hyperscale data centers will benefit from the unique advantages that our silicon photonics platform has to offer. Furthermore, we believe our go-to-market approach of partnering with a joint venture in China has economic benefits over participating directly as a chipset provider in this margin-sensitive market. By licensing our technology to the joint venture, we offer the joint venture the opportunity to create an economically compelling solution without being required to source elements from multiple suppliers and therefore not incurring higher margin costs, while Rockley benefits from license revenue and our equity stake in the joint venture.

Other Applications

We believe that our silicon photonic platform is ideally suited for delivering sensing solutions needed for machine perception and interrogation at depth, which is increasingly required in industrial automation, robotic vision, including surgical applications, safety, and autonomous applications. Finely tuned light, delivered through a photonic integrated circuit (“PIC”) via a free space aperture or fiber optic interconnect with accompanying detection receiver capabilities, enables substantially better capabilities than previously available technology, such as frequency modulated continuous wave (“FMCW”) LiDAR for automotive safety solutions, as well as future autonomous vehicle offerings. Our team has extensive experience in the design of PICs for use in the LiDAR domain and we have prototyped the key components of the system and demonstrated their superior performance. Although we believe the inflection point for LiDAR and the automotive market may be approaching, we plan to leverage our core technology readiness and economies of scale from our consumer business to position ourselves for this potential market opportunity.

Market Opportunity

Health and Wellness

There is growing demand for miniaturized, non-invasive sensing technology devices with real-time diagnostics and analytics that are affordable and accessible outside the clinical environment. We believe this demand is driven by two major market and secular trends:

 

   

Consumer health and wellbeing awareness. While there is an existing market for athletes in training, and highly active and health-conscious users, there has been an increasing consumer focus globally on preventative health with users desiring greater control and visibility over their own health and wellbeing. In parallel, amid the proliferation of wearable technologies with emerging health monitoring capabilities, there is greater demand for more sophisticated and comprehensive sensing technology that can cover a broad range of conditions and biomarkers. More recently, COVID-19 has had a profound impact on the way consumers perceive their need for “at-home” monitoring solutions.

 

188


Table of Contents
   

Chronic conditions and disease care. With increased life expectancies, a growing number of chronic conditions and diseases has placed a strain on healthcare systems. Further, non-invasive monitoring solutions for chronic conditions have historically been costly and available only in a medical facility. With our potential for individual noninvasive wearable monitoring solutions, we believe we have a great opportunity to impact patients’ compliance with healthcare guidance, that will lead to better quality of life and drastic overall healthcare cost reductions. Non-invasive monitoring could also allow detection and prevention of potential chronic conditions and disease at a much earlier stage, resulting in reduced overall healthcare cost.

We believe existing technologies are not capable of taking full advantage of the above trends, which require solutions that can be miniaturized and operate with low enough power to be integrated into consumer wearables, medical patches, and other compact form factors, that can cover a broad range of conditions and biomarkers, and that can scale cost effectively to high volumes. We believe that our unique silicon photonics-based platform is now poised to serve at the confluence of the above two market and secular trends.

We consider our immediate addressable market to be comprised of consumer wearables and mobile smartphone devices. Based on data sourced from the Yole Report, the IDtechEx Report, and TrendForce Report, as well as our internal forecasts, we estimate that, by 2025, consumer wearables, which includes, smart watches, fitness bands, and smart earbuds, will reach a total of 700 million units per year; smart phones may reach a total of 1.5 billion units per year; and medical devices, which includes blood pressure monitors, pulse oximeters, body temperature monitors, blood glucose monitors, alcohol monitors, and NIR spectrometers, will reach a TAM of $18 billion.12

Beyond these opportunities, we believe there may be significant potential for us in the field of genomics. As the field of genomics grows, as shown in the development of personalized medicines and treatment, the value and effectiveness are enhanced when genomic information is combined and processed along with continuous biomarker monitoring for the users. We believe this emerging field could play to the strengths of our platform and potentially represents a high value growth opportunity for the future.

Datacom

Datacenter operators continue to build and upgrade their datacenter infrastructure to meet the continuing growth in public, private, and hybrid cloud capacity. As these datacenters rely heavily on fiber optics to interconnect compute, storage, accelerators and other resources, this trend is reflected with substantial growth in demand in the high-speed Ethernet optics. LightCounting forecasts that the market for Ethernet optics will grow from approximately $3.0 billion in 2018 to approximately $6.0 billion in 2025. The market segment that we are primarily targeting comprises 400Gb/s and 800Gb/s modules and their addressable market are expected to grow to approximately $3.0 billion in 2025, according to LightCounting’s forecasts. We believe our silicon photonics platform is well positioned to address this market with highly integrated PICs to implement the optical functionality required for such transceiver modules. We believe that our platform will provide a substantial cost advantage over conventional discrete-optics-based solutions, as well as over competing integrated photonics solutions due to our platform’s volume-scale manufacturing readiness and wafer-level integration and testing capabilities. In addition to the PICs, our silicon photonics-based spectrometer chipset for transceiver modules includes the analog/mixed-signal ICs that implement the interface to the electrical domain.

 

12 

We believe the TAM for medical devices into which our products may be incorporated will be approximately $18 billion by 2025 based on: (a) an aggregate forecasted addressable market of $15.1 billion for healthcare monitoring devices and NIR spectrometers by 2025, according to the Yole Report; and (b) mobile cardiac telemetry/general patient monitoring patch devices with an aggregate forecasted addressable market of $2.7 billion by 2025, according to the IDtechEx Report.

 

189


Table of Contents

Competitive Advantages

We believe our silicon photonics solutions and technology offer the following key benefits:

 

   

Superior sensing performance. Our silicon photonics-based spectrometer chip provides up to one million times higher resolution, approximately one thousand times higher accuracy, and approximately one hundred times broader spectral range than existing LED-based solutions based on product analysis undertaken by Rockley comparing the Rockley silicon photonics-based spectrometer chip to existing LED-based solutions. We believe our unique silicon photonics technology and the entire product ecosystem we are developing will make our end-to-end offerings in the health and wellness domain difficult to replicate. Current optical-based sensing solutions rely on LED-based sensing (PPG signals for SpO2, heart rate, heart rate variability, breath rate, and blood pressure). However, there are many biomarkers present in the body (such as in blood or interstitial fluid) that are not detectable in visible LED range. We believe the wide wavelength span in infra-red and capability of our silicon photonics solutions to integrate many wavelengths within that range in a compact chip at high volume and low cost opens the door to addressing those biomarkers.

 

LOGO

 

   

Flexible platform architecture. We have designed our platform from the ground up and, leveraging our team’s extensive experience, have developed a highly flexible platform architecture. As a result, we believe our innovative platform architecture will allow us to easily configure core building blocks to produce a wide range of functional components and modules for high-volume applications across a broad range of market sectors.

 

   

Deep understanding of market opportunity and customer priorities. We are developing many applications and systems with our silicon photonics solutions that are driven by industry leaders in the consumer sensors, healthcare, and data communications markets. Through our established relationships with industry leaders, we have consistently demonstrated our ability to address their technological challenges. As a result, we have signed memoranda of understanding and have contracted with several industry leaders in wearable consumer technology to establish product specifications and desirable features. We believe we are well-positioned to develop high-volume optical sensing modules and algorithms for their emerging architectures. We have ongoing, collaborative discussions with consumer wearables, healthcare, and communication companies and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) and module and component vendors to address their next generation product offering to end users.

 

   

Fabless, scalable business model with manufacturing process expertise and ownership. We plan to operate in a fabless business model by using third-party foundries to manufacture and to test our products. We believe that outsourcing our product manufacturing and test processes and procedures

 

190


Table of Contents
 

simplifies our operations, significantly reduces capital commitments and provides greater flexibility to respond to new market opportunities and scale with our customer demand. We also believe this approach will allows us to invest and focus our resources on proprietary process development and sales and marketing effort.

 

   

Highly differentiated process. Our manufacturing processes in several key areas (PICs, III-V actives, Integration) are unique and well suited to meeting our customers’ economic and performance needs for their applications. In particular, we believe our silicon PIC process on multi-micron thick Silicon-On-Insulator (“SOI”) is a key differentiator. Our manufacturing processes utilize standard semiconductor manufacturing equipment but are optimized for photonics performance through incorporating innovative features to facilitate easier integration and packaging.

 

   

Strong intellectual property portfolio. We believe our extensive intellectual property provides us with a significant competitive advantage. Our know-how is based on over 30 years of leadership in the development and commercialization of silicon photonics and we have established strong and deep technical foundations and expertise for high-volume product delivery that would be difficult for a competitor to replicate.

 

   

Established and committed foundry partner network. We have built a high-volume foundry network comprised of strategic partners who share our growth vision, and our engineering team continues to work to push new boundaries in photonic component manufacturing processes.

We believe the combination of all our capabilities makes the Rockley Platform unique. Our high-performance optical sensing module with broad biomarker detection capabilities, combined with the power of our algorithms and AI platform, enable us to target unmet needs and challenges in the health and wellness markets. We have ongoing formal and informal collaborative discussions with the industry and technology leaders in consumer sensor, healthcare, and data communications companies, as well as with OEMs, and module and component vendors concerning the design of architectures and products to address existing and next generation applications. Based on these interactions, we believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the type of products we plan to sell, and in some cases, we may be the sole supplier for certain applications.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to become the leading global provider of sensing products comprised of integrated optical modules with supporting electronics, software, application algorithms, and AI platforms for high-volume applications in dynamic and high-growth market sectors. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Extend our silicon photonics leadership. We intend, through continuous platform engineering and advanced research and development, to continue driving innovation in the silicon photonics market and to improve the performance of our current solutions across a variety of key metrics, including size, power, and signal quality. Such innovation will be a key to opening new market opportunities.

 

   

Identify and promote new and emerging applications for our technologies. We are actively engaged with our science and technology partners to explore new potential markets and applications for our technology. We intend to continue to collaborate with our partners to understand the challenges in their end-product roadmaps and to demonstrate how our technologies can help them to devise and enable innovative solutions.

 

   

Develop our product portfolio. Beginning with our first target products in the consumer domain and on the wrist applications, we intend to develop and broaden our product portfolio by continuing to invest in research and development so we can expand our platform capabilities as well as enhance our existing product roadmap. We are actively conducting research and development on other form factors and domains such as mobile and patch for spot checks. We believe our differentiated technology will play an important role in usage of patches for post hospital patient monitoring needs and for other niche markets such as diet and weight management, and diabetes prevention.

 

191


Table of Contents
   

Forming strategic partnerships in products and applications: Working with our partners, we have developed many potential product application opportunities with our unique technology that can be researched and unlocked in the future. Our partners operate in various domains such as hardware development, algorithm development, AI, and clinical research.

 

   

Continue to attract and acquire new customers. We intend to expand our customer base by focusing on direct dialogue with large strategic accounts as well as partnering with large distributors and resellers. We believe this multi-track strategy will allow us to provide differentiated solutions to a broad array of customers.

 

   

Sustain margin through expansion of our products into higher-end markets. We intend to use our technological expertise to deliver higher value and high product margins. In addition, we intend to continue to reduce our costs through operational improvements and supply-chain management initiatives.

Our Technology Platform and Product Offerings

Our solutions leverage our deep understanding of silicon photonics, application science, and our innovative platform architecture to address high-volume applications in the consumer sensors, healthcare, and data communications markets. We believe our leadership position in developing silicon photonics-based sensing solutions is a result of the following core strengths:

 

   

A unique and proprietary silicon photonics platform technology to address a broad set of requirements in the healthcare and wellness industries.

 

   

Our custom multi-micron-waveguide photonics-optimized process with integrated III-V semiconductor actives brings multiple competitive advantages in terms of performance and manufacturability, offering lower waveguide losses, higher waveguide power handling, polarization independence, ubiquitous integration of III-V actives in their native known-good-die form, ultra-broad-band performance, and lower sensitivity to manufacturing variations while enabling compact circuitry with high integration densities.

The figure below illustrates the key benefits of Rockley’s silicon photonics platform in comparison with mainstream platforms. The horizontal axis represents waveguide thickness—conventional platforms are based on thin waveguides with a thickness in the range of 220—300nm (on the left side of the scale), whereas Rockley’s platform adopts multi-micron thick waveguides (on the right side of the scale). The diagram shows how several key performance metrics improve with waveguide thickness, highlighting the platform’s superior photonic performance and suitability for high-yield volume manufacturing.

 

LOGO

 

192


Table of Contents

Additional key points concerning the photonics technology include the following:

 

   

Optical loss per unit distance is much lower than for others, enabling lower power solutions and/or larger-scale PICs.

 

   

The platform provides broadband performance and is suitable for the visible, short-wave and mid-infrared bands. This is a key enabler for sensing applications that other platforms cannot serve.

 

   

A larger waveguide is much less sensitive to manufacturing variations that can affect its shape and hence its refractive index, thus achieving much better center wavelength registration than small waveguides enabling accurate wavelength filters.

 

   

Strong optical confinement enables tight packing of waveguides and sharp waveguide bends, hence dense layout capability and compact PICs.

 

   

Our waveguides exhibit low dispersion (low signal distortion) and low polarization dependent loss (simplifying receiver architectures in particular).

 

   

The platform incorporates features that enable low-loss, passively-aligned fiber coupling (integrated mode size converters and v-grooves).

 

   

The platform is well suited to power-efficient integration of III-V waveguide devices such as lasers and modulators that also have a multi-micron mode size. Processed, known good, III-V devices can be flip-chip bonded into recesses etched in the silicon waveguide layer to achieve edge coupling. This has the advantages of compact coupling without tapers or spot-size converters, active device processing in existing III-V foundries, back-end integration of known good and reliable III-V devices, and more favorable thermals.

 

   

The large waveguides also offer a much higher optical power handling capability than small waveguides.

 

   

Broadband optical performance enables sensing a large optical spectrum to cover a wide range of measurands.

 

   

Accurate wavelength targeting enables using many finely-spaced wavelengths for accurate detection.

 

   

Low optical loss enables a high signal-to-noise ratio (“SNR”) and hence high-fidelity signal detection and helps reduce overall power consumption.

 

   

Low-loss coupling from III-V to Si waveguide drives down power consumption for long battery life.

 

   

Compact PIC layouts result in small chip sizes to fit within consumer device form factors and reduce product cost.

 

   

Known-good-die integration of active elements improved yields, which leads to cost-effective solutions.

 

193


Table of Contents

The figure below illustrates our full stack platform model.

 

LOGO

 

   

Photonic integrated circuits in silicon with integrated III-V: The design and large-scale manufacturing of silicon photonic PICs and integration of active “III-V” elements onto these PICs are the foundational competencies of Rockley. These PICs are manufactured using our proprietary and highly differentiated process flow deployed at our foundry partners.

 

   

Application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”): The design of electronic ICs to complement our PICs and facilitate their integration into a specific end product is the second key component of our platform offering. The ICs are designed in volume CMOS or BiCMOS technology nodes using standard design flows and are manufactured at volume-scale foundries.

 

   

Photonic & electronic co-packaging: The next layer of the stack conjoins photonic and electronic ICs into opto-electronic engines through advanced co-packaging technologies, including 2.5D and 3D integration. Such dense integration is key and enables us to achieve the energy efficiency and physical size requirements for our core use cases. We partner with specialized packaging houses to provide the capacity required for serving consumer markets.

 

   

System architecture & hardware design: We have built deep expertise in architecting photonic systems for sensing solutions in healthcare and wellness, machine vision, and data communications. This enables us to go beyond making chips, and allows us to deliver higher value-add photonic subsystems, modules and chipsets that fit seamlessly into our end product partners’ designs.

 

   

Firmware/software: Any system requires some degree of firmware and software to operate and inter-operate, and our photonic systems are no exception. We have in-house expertise to develop the necessary firmware and software to complement our hardware offerings and facilitate system integration, testing, and monitoring by our customers.

 

   

Sensing algorithms, AI & cloud analytics: At the highest level of the stack, we develop algorithms, AI models, and cloud-based infrastructure to gain deeper insights into health and wellness trends from the mass sensor data collected by our wearable modules.

We believe the key benefits that our solutions can provide to our customers are as follows:

 

   

Low Power and Small Footprint. In each of the end markets that we expect to serve, the power budget of the overall system is a key consideration. Power consumption greatly impacts system operation cost, footprint, and cooling requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers and other market participants we are targeting as future customers. We believe that our silicon photonics solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce overall system power

 

194


Table of Contents
 

consumption. In addition, in many of our applications, we are able to design and deliver semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.

 

   

Faster Time to Market. Our customers and other market participants that we are targeting as customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable optical components that can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their development processes.

 

Business Unit

  

Product

 

Application

Health Sensing

  

Basic Module

 

•  PPG sensing: Heart rate, heart rate variability, breath rate, blood oxygenation, blood pressure

•  IR sensing: Temperature, hydration

Health Sensing

  

Advanced Module

 

•  PPG sensing: Heart rate, heart rate variability, breath rate, blood oxygenation, blood pressure

•  IR sensing: Temperature, hydration, alcohol, lactate, glucose

Datacomms

  

400G-DR4 Chipset, 800G-2DR4 Chipset

 

•  Intra datacenter optical communications

 

   

We will target applications in the consumer health and wellness industry and expect strong customer engagement in the consumer electronics and wearables market. The Rockley Platform represents a breakthrough which will confer on consumer electronic devices, primarily including personal wearables, smartphones and homecare devices, the capacity for new powerful healthcare and wellness monitoring. Our first health monitoring product offering is expected to launch in 2022 consists of a basic module targeting fitness tracker bands and an advanced module targeting smartwatches.

 

   

The Rockley basic and advanced modules leverages existing LED based optical sensing and augments with Rockley’s proprietary infrared optical sensing to expand biomarkers sensing at the wrist. The advanced module will have the hardware and software capabilities to collect information available relevant to glucose tracking. This feature will then be enabled for our customers after we gather and analyze an appropriate amount of user data and determine the level of information we need to make available.

 

   

The continuing growth in datacenter deployments and upgrades is driving demand for high-speed optical intra-datacenter network links with reaches up to 2km. Our 400G-DR4 chipset provides 400Gb/s of capacity (four lanes of 100Gb/s each) and is targeted at the market for 400GBASE-DR4 Ethernet optics (pluggable transceiver modules) in QSFP-DD and OSFP form factors. This is forecast to be the largest segment within the datacenter optics market for the coming years. This chipset enables transceiver module vendors to implement a solution with lower cost and lower power than conventional discrete-optics-based approaches. The four-part chipset comprises a transmit PIC, a receive PIC, a transmit IC, and a receive IC, which have been co-optimized for highest performance.

 

   

The 800G-2DR4 chipset addresses the emerging market for 800Gb/s transceiver modules. This market is expected to take off when switch ASICs with 100Gb/s serdes start being deployed. This chipset essentially doubles the number of channels of the 400G-DR4 chipset from four to eight and enables a doubling of bandwidth density at the transceiver module level that will increase power efficiency, and reduce cost per capacity.

 

195


Table of Contents

Rockley’s Silicon Photonics Toolbox Elements

Rockley’s proprietary silicon photonics platform covers a unique end-to-end solution, from generation of the light into, manipulation (modulation, multiplexing), radiation out of the module, and collection and processing of the returned light. The following provides an overview of the key components of our platform:

 

   

Lasers: Our lasers offer fine wavelength control and good power efficiency. The waveguide platform allows efficient wafer-scale integration of laser-devices through a flip-chip process.

 

   

Modulators and detectors: We have developed optical modulators and detectors that are ultra-compact, power efficient and high speed, capable of handling high data rates and a broad range of wavelengths.

 

   

Combiners and splitters: Our platform is capable of wavelength division multiplexing (“WDM”) and demultiplexing, enabling in excess of 100 wavelengths on a single optical path.

 

   

Fiber optic coupling: Our photonic IC contains on-chip embedded interfaces to the optical fibers. These interfaces allow the fiber to be passively attached directly to the photonic IC without external light coupling elements.

 

   

Free-space optics: Our platform allows for efficient light coupling from free space into and out of the photonics circuits, with either edge or perpendicular coupling. This feature enables a broad range of sensing applications.

 

   

Photonic integrated circuits: Our development platform enables integration of light sources, active devices, passive devices and optical coupling elements into a single compact silicon chip.

 

   

Wafer-scale processing: Our silicon photonics platform enables high throughput wafer-scale processing of monolithic and multi-die structures for chip-on-wafer integration.

 

   

Interface electronics: We have in-house design expertise for custom analog circuitry to translate high-speed data streams into signals that actuate the photonics ICs (drivers) and receive signals from them (amplifiers). This is complimented with our digital design capability for device control, signal processing and interfaces to our customers systems.

 

   

Packaged assembly: The assembly of electrical ASICs, photonics ICs and fiber optics (if needed) into a single, highly integrated product requires a test and manufacturing flow which enable high volume scale.

Further application-based expertise is focused on:

 

   

Tissue optics design: Our sensing module product includes probe and hardware design to optimize sensing through skin.

 

   

Biomarker application: Our sensing algorithms are developed through various levels of validation from proof of concept in the lab to clinically validated in human to provide state of the art sensing capabilities.

 

   

Applied data science: Our AI and cloud analytics transforms spectral data from our sensing product to extract additional insights and algorithm improvements.

Future Product Capabilities

We plan to incorporate our technology into existing devices such as patches, wearable bands, and other monitoring devices to provide additional biomarkers not currently available. We continuously research, evaluate, and prioritize the addition of new biomarkers into our product offerings to add more valuable information and insight. Our broad range of addressable biomarkers are at various stage of validation and demonstrations, from

 

196


Table of Contents

proven science to miniaturization. The chart below illustrates a few examples of biomarkers for which we have validated their addressability using its IR wavelengths.

 

LOGO

These biomarkers along a few others we are investigating are key in early detection, prevention, and monitoring of major chronic illnesses, as illustrated in the table below:

 

LOGO

As these products are still under development, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these product development efforts or that even if developed, that such products will achieve widespread market acceptance.

Customers

We believe existing commercial relationships with leading consumer device customers validates our unique technology and the business opportunity at hand. Our near-term commercial focus is on a robust pipeline in

 

197


Table of Contents

consumer devices, medical devices, and life sciences companies. We have a sales funnel of over 100 potential customer targets of which we started discussions with 45, entered into due diligence with 17 of the 45, proceeded to contract negotiations with eight, and engaged (through non-binding memorandums of understanding) or entered into contracts with five of the eight. The customers with whom we are engaged or contracted with represent more than 50% of wearable and more 55% of smartphone global volumes. Although our near-term focus through 2024 is on our consumer health and wellness strategy, we believe other markets also represent upside potential.

To date, we have generated revenue primarily from NRE and development services for customer-specific designs of silicon photonics chipsets for incorporation into their customers’ end products. Our two largest customers collectively accounted for 100% and 99.6% of our revenue in 2020 and 2019, respectively. We anticipate revenue attributable to these customers will fluctuate from period to period, although we expect to remain dependent on these customers for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. See “Risk Factors – Customer-Related Risks.” Our current projections anticipate that we will achieve increased revenue beginning in 2023, assuming commercial adoption of our products by consumer device manufacturers in the wearable space, with revenue projected to exceed over $1.1 billion in 2024, assuming sensor volume ramp with the contracted customers. Our 2024 unit-volume forecast represents less than 5% penetration in the wearables and mobile phone space. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Rockley’s Business and Industry – Rockley’s forecasts and projections are based upon assumptions, analyses and internal estimates developed by Rockley’s management. If these assumptions, analyses or estimates prove to be incorrect or inaccurate, Rockley’s actual operating results may differ materially from those forecasted or projected” and other risk factors discussed in “Risk Factors” relating to the forecasts, projections, and estimates included in this prospectus/proxy statement.

We work closely with our end customers throughout their design cycles and will develop long-term relationships as our differentiated technology becomes embedded into their products. For example, we currently hold a development and supply agreement with one customer since 2017 and have successfully designed and delivered critical sample chips to them. As a result, we believe we are well-positioned to be designed into their current product roadmaps and develop their next generation solutions for their future products. Because many of our target customers or their OEMs are located in North America and Asia Pacific, we anticipate that a majority of our future revenue will come from sales in these regions. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in North America, we believe that a significant number of the systems and devices designed by these customers will incorporate our semiconductor products which are then sold to end-users globally. In addition to our current customers, we have entered into non-binding memorandums of understanding with Zepp Health Corp., LifeSignals Group, Inc., and Withings France SA with respect to the future supply of our Rockley basic and advanced modules, if and when such products become commercially available. The terms of these agreements are non-binding in nature and non-committal as to volumes and price. However, we believe these memorandums of understandings indicate a significant interest in Rockley’s products and the potential for the future supply our products to significant product manufacturers. We expect that once the Rockley modules are commercially available, Rockley will enter into standard supply agreements with each of these parties.

Sales and Marketing

Our customers’ design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment typically ranges from three to five years, with product life cycles of two years or more. For many of our products, which are technically complex, we must engage early with our customers’ technical staff. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our sales, marketing, and development engineers must work closely with our customers and channel partners to understand, identify, and propose solutions to meet their systems’ challenges. We work closely with our customers to anticipate end customer market needs. In some cases, we work with ecosystem partners to better understand market trends and new requirements that are being placed on our end customers.

 

198


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

Our Proprietary Production and Manufacturing Ecosystem

We have built, and plan to continue to develop, a global manufacturing ecosystem designed with the ability to scale in a rapid and efficient manner. Several key areas within this manufacturing ecosystem run on our proprietary process and manufacturing technologies and are protected by our intellectual property portfolio. We possess end-to-end control over design, manufacturing and packaging process, algorithms, and software. Our disciplined and systematic documentation and protection of critical know-how, trade secrets, and proprietary information further underpins our manufacturing ecosystem. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other turnkey options with the components and technologies needed to put together our sensing product. In addition to the intellectual property arrangements, we also have commercial exclusivity agreements with some of the key manufacturing ecosystem partners to prevent replication of this capability.

In addition to providing what we believe to be unmatched capabilities at the product level, our platform and the associated technology have been designed from bottom up to take into account the relative ease and cost of manufacturing and scaling. Elements like waveguide dimensions for ease of wafer fabrication and high yields, robust and position tolerant coupling strategies for III-V integration, wafer scale back-end activities for III-V manufacturing, and all known good die integration at the module are integral to the product and the process technology. These elements are covered by the intellectual property which we have licensed to our manufacturing ecosystem.

Manufacturing Model Overview

We plan to operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our products. In several key areas, our third-party partners operate a proprietary process wholly owned by us and protected by our intellectual property portfolio. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sale, and marketing of our products. In addition, we believe that outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides us with the flexibility needed to respond to new market opportunities and scale for customer demand, simplifies our operations, and significantly reduces our capital commitments.

We believe our fabless model will allow us to scale in a capex efficient manner. We have contracted with global tier-1 foundries, including Newport Wafer Fab (“NWF”) for silicon PICs and wafer-scale III-V device integration and testing. This foundry is qualified for health, consumer and auto applications and has the capacity to manufacture over 400,000 wafers per year. The terms of this agreement provide that Rockley will be a priority customer of NWF with regard to supply of PICs, wafers, and testing facilities. In return, Rockley agrees to give NWF a right of first refusal to supply of such products and services, subject to NWF completing a build out of their capabilities, provided that Rockley is entitled to seek alternative supply where NWF does not satisfy Rockley that NWF is able to meet Rockley’s requirements for price, lead times, or quality of supply. Our agreement with NWF does not include any binding commitments or minimum requirements with respect to order or supply volumes. Our high-volume III-V semiconductor foundry is consumer and telecom qualified, supports very high volumes, and runs fully automated processes at one of the largest wafer scale in III-V manufacturing globally. Finally, our global IC foundry supplier handles the manufacturing of the electronic integrated circuits for our sensing modules. The foundry is used by most major consumer OEMs and is qualified for the ultra-high volume process node that we have chosen.

 

   

Raw Materials and Wafer Supply: The starting raw materials (SOI wafers) for our silicon photonics have been customized by world leading silicon providers for the Rockley proprietary specification. For the active III-V components, we have arrangements in place with the world’s leading epitaxial wafer supplier. We also have volume ready suppliers for commercial off-the shelf-components (“COTS”) that go into the visible sensing and the overall module.

 

199


Table of Contents
   

Wafer Fabrication: Our SOI wafers are converted into fully processed silicon photonics PIC wafers at NWF which is the leading site for semiconductor manufacturing in the United Kingdom and qualified at Tier-1 global companies. The process used by NWF is wholly owned by Rockley and licensed for use by NWF only in Rockley products. The process design kit (“PDK”) for this process is developed and maintained by us and constitutes our intellectual property.

For the III-V active components, epitaxial materials are processed into finished wafers at a world leading dedicated III-V foundry making detectors, lasers and LEDs using state-of-the-art wafer-scale levels of automation. We have adapted the base process technology from this foundry to incorporate the previously discussed elements that allow for ease of integration into our platform and ease of manufacturing. These elements are exclusively for use in Rockley products.

Finally, for ASIC manufacturing, we use a standard process node and PDK provided to us by TSMC. While the manufacturing process is widely used in high volume (good for product economics), the design know-how belongs to Rockley. The custom ASIC matches our silicon photonics platform optimally for low noise, low power and high level of integration.

 

   

Chipset and module integration: The chipset integration of the III-V active components into the silicon PICs is done at wafer scale and using passive alignment techniques that are uniquely enabled in our platform. Furthermore, we have ensured that the III-V components are in arrays of devices (reduces amount of alignment and integration activities) and on pretested known good die (“KGD”) which ensures very high compounded yields. The process IP is developed and owned by Rockley and the integration will be performed at NWF where the PIC wafers are fabricated.

The integration of the overall module is in-line with assemblies used for wearables and mobile devices and there are many global suppliers with this capability. We have engaged with leading suppliers that serve Tier-1 consumers in this space and expect to finalize these arrangements for assembly within 2021.

We have development and supply agreements in place with the key suppliers. These agreements cover the development program, economic framework, IP licenses, exclusivity terms and other matters. Although we have commenced long-term supply agreement discussions in parallel with the detailed manufacturing ramp discussions, we do not currently have any long-term supply agreements in place and transact business with our third-party suppliers on a purchase-order basis with no minimum supply obligations on their part. We have designed our manufacturing partner network to be resilient by having multiple sources of supply for several key processes/components and we have plans for the appropriate inventory and stocking strategies to mitigate risks to our ramp plans.

Commitment to Quality

We are committed to excellence by creating class-leading silicon photonics-based products and services. We intend to meet or exceed our global customer expectations by:

 

   

Creating long-lasting, trusting, and mutually beneficial relationships with customers and partners;

 

   

Establishing a full understanding of our customers’ requirements and ensuring our products and services meet their expectations;

 

   

Building a team of highly trained, empowered, and accountable employees;

 

   

Innovating in the creation of technology driving our products and services; and

 

   

Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of our quality management system through review of results, learning, and enhancement on a continual basis

We are actively seeking ISO 9001:2015 certification in second half of 2021. We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to rigorous qualification requirements to meet the high quality and reliability

 

200


Table of Contents

standards required of our products. We carefully qualify each of our partners and their processes. Our engineers work closely with our foundries (we even have teams embedded at partners sites in some critical areas) and other contractors to perfect the in-house processes, increase yield, lower manufacturing costs, and improve product quality.

Research and Development

We believe that our future success depends on our ability to develop new products for both existing and new markets, development enhancements to our products once developed or if and when commercially launched, to stay ahead of our competition by being leaders in extending the boundaries of our technologies. As a result, a significant amount of our operating expenses has been allocated towards next-generation platform development. Our research and development efforts are focused primarily on extending the functionality and addressable markets of our integrated photonics platform, as well as continually increasing its performance, efficiency, and volume manufacturing competitiveness. We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers with an extremely broad range of skill sets across different disciplines who conduct research and development activities in the United States and various European locations, and we are supported by partnerships with leading research institutions and consumer electronics and medical devices companies. As of March 2021, we have 205 employees globally with over 75% of our workforce focused on research, product development, and engineering.

Competition

The global optical components market in general, and the consumer sensor, healthcare, and data communications markets in particular, are highly competitive. We expect competition to increase and intensify as additional companies enter our target markets. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of services and optical components, such as LEDs, lasers, detectors, or PICs, to smaller companies specializing in narrow market verticals. Some of our key competitors across various verticals include: AMS, ADI, Broadcom, Brolis, Cisco, GlobalFoundries, Intel, Lumentum, Maxim, OSRAM, TSMC, and Tower Jazz. We expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings and as new competitors enter these markets. However, we believe we are currently the only provider with the capability to integrate the technologies and features and performance required by customers in our target markets. We believe our unique silicon photonic-based platform and the entire product ecosystem which we have developed around it will make our end-to-end offerings in the health and wellness domain difficult to replicate and provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We believe this will be particularly true as we incorporate our AI and cloud-based offerings currently under development.

The following summarizes how we believe we are positioned with respect to key competitive factors across our target markets:

 

   

Product performance and features

 

   

Power consumption meeting wearable product requirements: We believe our proprietary low-loss photonics platform in combination with electronics designed in a state-of-the-art technology node and configurability of frequency and accuracy of application data collection enables us to meet the power requirements of our target markets.

 

   

Novel features and extended functionality: Compared with existing conventional solutions, we believe our platform supports more wavelengths in both the visible and infrared (“IR”) wavelength ranges. This in turn unlocks multiple biomarkers that can only be targeted in our optimized IR platform. The number of wavelengths, wavelength registration (accuracy), wavelength resolution, tunability, and stability are all key aspects in delivering such broad functionality.

 

   

Application specific algorithms and AI: We plan to monetize the sensor data generated by our unique hardware capabilities by means of a cloud-based data collection and processing platform based on

 

201


Table of Contents
 

proprietary algorithms and AI models. We believe this will enable extraction of lower order health information. Moreover, processing the sensor data through our AI platform can extract more in-depth health information such as indications of illness or trending direction of all health-related information.

 

   

Size: Our compact form factor technology enables us to meet the product requirements smart bands and smartwatch end products.

 

   

End to end manufacturing ecosystem

 

   

Covers all the elements needed to bring full solution together.

 

   

Optimized to meet the application performance needs.

 

   

Cost effective and designed to scale rapidly.

 

   

Unique and not easy to replicate.

 

   

Reputation and reliability: Deep customer relationships starting at development phase and strong support in adoption and deployment of devices using our technology.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of March 1, 2021, we had 74 issued and allowed patents and 80 other patent applications pending in the United States. The 74 issued and allowed patents in the United States expire in the years beginning in 2021 through 2040. Many of our issued patents and pending patent applications relate to sensors and sensor chips, and we have extensive geographic coverage over numerous relevant technology domains.

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our silicon photonics solutions. These are typically non-exclusive contracts provided under paid-up licenses. These licenses are generally perpetual or automatically renewed for as long as we continue to pay any maintenance fees that may be due. To date, maintenance fees have not constituted a significant portion of our annual capital expenditures. We have entered into a number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license.

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information and trade secrets through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, and customers. We rely in part on the laws of the United States and international laws to protect our work. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with every such party, and we may not have adequate remedies in case of a breach of any such agreements. Our trade secrets could be disclosed to our competitors or others may independently develop substantially equivalent technologies or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets. Trade secrets can be difficult to protect and some courts inside and outside of the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets.

Government Regulation

Healthcare-Related Regulation

Our solutions may be incorporated into multi-application, health-related sensing, and monitoring applications, including healthcare consumer wearables. Accordingly, the end products into which our solutions

 

202


Table of Contents

are incorporated may be subject to FDA and similar or related regulations, and demand for these end products or future regulated products could be adversely affected if such end products do not comply with applicable requirements. Although our target market is consumer wellness rather than medical, we intend to monitor and comply with regulations to the extent they become applicable to us, including any requirements for FDA clearance. Certain healthcare-related products may be regulated by the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies in the United States and separate governmental authorities outside of the United States. In the United States, the medical device industry is regulated by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies. Before a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing medical device may be marketed or sold in the United States, it must comply with FDA Quality Management System regulations, and must obtain regulatory clearance or approval from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In addition, certain future software functionality, whether standalone or embedded in existing or future devices, may be regulated as a medical device and require pre-market review and clearance or approval by the FDA. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and our end customers may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, or at all, for future products. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for any medical device products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from our solutions incorporated into these products.

Medical devices are also subject to numerous ongoing compliance requirements under the regulations of the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies, which can be costly and time consuming. For example, under FDA regulations medical device manufacturers are required to, among other things: (i) establish a quality management system to help ensure that their products consistently meet applicable requirements and specifications; (ii) establish and maintain procedures for receiving, reviewing, and evaluating complaints; (iii) establish and maintain a corrective and preventive action procedure; (iv) report certain device-related adverse events and product problems to the FDA; and (v) report to the FDA the removal or correction of a distributed product. If our solutions are incorporated into any medical device products of our end customers and these customers experience any product problems requiring reporting to the FDA or otherwise fail to comply with applicable FDA regulations or the regulations of corresponding state regulatory agencies, it could harm our ability to sell our solutions. In addition, if our end customers in the healthcare market are subject to enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of products into the market, and refusal of the FDA or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, it could harm our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, in the United States, the FDA has taken the position that device manufacturers are prohibited from promoting their products other than for the uses and indications set forth in the approved product labeling, and any failure to comply could subject our end customers to significant civil or criminal exposure, administrative obligations and costs, and/or other potential penalties from, and/or agreements with, the federal government.

Government regulations outside the United States have, and may continue to, become increasingly stringent and common. In the European Union, for example, the European Union Medical Device Regulation was published in 2017 and, when it entered into full force in 2020, included significant additional pre-market and post-market requirements. Penalties for regulatory non-compliance could be severe, including fines and revocation or suspension of a company’s business license, mandatory price reductions, and criminal sanctions. Future laws and regulations may have a material adverse effect on our end customers in the healthcare market, which in turn may negatively impact our ability to sell our solutions and otherwise harm our business and financial results.

Export Regulation

Our business activities are also subject to various restrictions under U.S. export and similar laws and regulations, as well as various economic and trade sanctions administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. Further, various countries regulate the import of certain technology and have enacted or could enact laws that could limit our ability to provide customers with our products in those countries.

 

203


Table of Contents

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies, their employees, and their intermediaries from authorizing, offering, providing, and/or accepting improper payments or other benefits for improper purposes. Although we take precautions to prevent violations of these laws, our exposure for violating these laws increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

New legislation or regulation, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to technology in the wearables industry generally could result in significant additional compliance costs and responsibilities for our business.

Privacy

We are or may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and abroad regarding privacy, data protection, and data security. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving and developing. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly with respect to foreign laws.

In particular, there are numerous U.S. federal, state, and local laws and regulations and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy and the collection, sharing, use, processing, disclosure, and protection of personal data. Such laws and regulations often have changes in scope, may be subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018, includes operational requirements for companies that receive or process personal data of residents of the European Union that are broader and more stringent than those previously in place in the European Union. The GDPR includes significant penalties for non-compliance, including fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide revenue. Additionally, in June 2018, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which became effective in January 2020. The CCPA requires covered companies to provide California consumers with new disclosures and expands the rights afforded consumers regarding their data. Fines for noncompliance may be up to $7,500 per violation. We cannot currently estimate the potential impact of the CCPA on our business or operations.

Additionally, we rely on various legal mechanisms for transferring certain personal data outside of the European Economic Area, or EEA, including the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, or Privacy Shield, and EU Standard Contractual Clauses, or SCCs. If we fail or are perceived to fail to meet the Privacy Shield principles or our obligations under the SCCs, or if any of these legal mechanisms for transferring data from the EEA are invalidated by European courts or otherwise become defunct, European Union data protection authorities or the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, could bring enforcement actions seeking to prohibit or suspend our data transfers or alleging unfair or deceptive practices. In such cases, we could be required to make potentially expensive changes to our information technology infrastructure and business operations, and we could face legal liability, fines, negative publicity, and resulting loss of business.

Certain health-related laws and regulations such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, may also have an impact on our business. If we are unable to comply with the applicable privacy and security requirements under HIPAA, HITECH, or PCI DSS, or we fail to comply with BAAs that we enter into with covered entities, we could be subject to claims, legal liabilities, penalties, fines, and negative publicity, which could harm our operating results.

Governments are continuing to focus on privacy and data security, and it is possible that new privacy or data security laws will be passed, or existing laws will be amended in a way that is material to our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations, or industry practices regarding our users’ data could require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, and may limit our ability to develop new

 

204


Table of Contents

products, services, and features. Although we have made efforts to design our policies, procedures, and systems to comply with the current requirements of applicable state, federal, and foreign laws, changes to applicable laws and regulations in this area could subject us to additional regulation and oversight, any of which could significantly increase our operating costs.

We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations, and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy, data security, and data protection. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the GDPR, CCPA, HIPAA, and similar laws may limit the use and adoption of our products and services, and/or require us to incur substantial compliance costs, which could have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, given that the scope, interpretation, and application of these laws and regulations are often uncertain and may be conflicting, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us, our end customers, or third-party service-providers to comply with our privacy or security policies or privacy-related legal obligations, the failure or perceived failure by our end customers to comply with their privacy policies or privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personal data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, damages, penalties, and negative publicity, and could also have an adverse effect on our brand and operating results.

Cybersecurity

We have designed and implemented and continue to maintain a security program consisting of policies, procedures, and technology intended to maintain the privacy, security and integrity of our information, systems, and networks. Among other things, the program includes controls designed to limit and monitor access to authorized systems, networks, and data, prevent inappropriate access or modification, and monitor for threats or vulnerability.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

Our workforce represents a highly regarded team of silicon photonics and measurement science experts under the same organization. A significant number of our employees have advanced degrees, including a large percentage holding PhDs. As of January 30, 2021, we had 202 full-time employees, a large percentage of those employees are in technical roles, including engineering.

 

   

The quality of our employees is well recognized in the industry and has a strong and positive impact on our ability to develop and capitalize on our strategic operating model and business plan.

 

   

Our leadership team is recognized for world-leading expertise in silicon photonics design and process, microelectronics design, packaging and test, software and Algorithms including Cloud and AI, and applications in data communications and medical sensing.

 

   

We have strong relationship with our employees and have never experienced a work stoppage.

Despite the significant challenges facing the world economy in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have remained focused on our business plan and priorities. We intend to continue to focus on:

 

   

Protecting the wellbeing of our employees and keeping them healthy and engaged.

 

   

Making our physical workplaces safe and compliant.

 

   

Building out efficient global human resource information systems and processes.

 

   

Recruiting and staff retention for critical skills and competencies.

 

   

Investing in the development of current and future leadership.

 

205


Table of Contents
   

Creating sustainable operations, while building resilience, efficiency and flexibility into everything, from strategy to work design.

Facilities

Our headquarters are currently located in Pasadena, California under a lease for approximately 16,000 square feet, which lease for the majority of the premises leased expires in June 2023. The premises in Pasadena are predominantly used for engineering and finance and general administration services We also lease a property in San Jose, California to approximately 4,600 square feet under a lease expiring in 2024, which is predominantly used for finance and general administration services. To support headcount growth over the past year, we continue to explore options and timing for improving and expanding our facilities. In the United States, we recently finalized a new office lease in Irvine, California to accommodate our sensor application facility under a lease for approximately 8,000 square feet, which lease expires in July 2026. In the United Kingdom, we have expanded our lab facilities in Wales to approximately 1,733 square feet under a lease due to expire in 2024. We believe our current facilities are sufficient to support our operations and growth plans and that additional space, if needed, will be available on commercially reasonably terms.

 

206


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information which Rockley’s management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Rockley’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this registration statement /prospectus/proxy statement. The discussion and analysis should also be read together with our pro forma financial information as of December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2020. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.” This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus/proxy statement. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this “Rockley Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” are intended to mean the business and operations of Rockley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We have developed a unique sensing platform that we believe can reshape the wellness and healthcare industries through multiple applications in non-invasive, multi-modal biomarker monitoring. We believe products based on our technology platform could have the potential to unlock and accelerate advancements in areas such as early disease detection, nutrition management, and preventative healthcare delivery through continuous health and wellness monitoring.

Our unique sensing platform has been built upon our silicon photonics technology, which enables compelling sensor performance, power, resolution, and density. This technology has the potential to allow monitoring devices, currently the size of clinical machines, to be condensed to the size of a wearable device. We believe this in turn has the potential to unlock additional uses in consumer electronics and medical devices. The resulting combination of technologies and manufacturing know-how is the “full-stack Rockley Platform” which is made up of PICs in silicon with integrated III-V devices (devices incorporating certain conductor elements that offer superior electronic properties, such as lasers), ASICs, photonic and electronic co-packaging, together with biosensing algorithms and AI cloud analytics, firmware/software, system architecture, and hardware design.

As testament to the relevance of our product development, we have captured the attention of several consumer electronics companies and, as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, we are engaged or in contract with entities which collectively account for over 55% market share of wearable devices and over 50% market share of smartphone devices, based on a combination of data sourced from the Yole Report, the IDtechEx Report and the TrendForce Report, as well as our internal volume forecasts for smartphone, smart watch, and smart earbuds through 2025 (based on customer data). We plan to leverage this attention to develop new capabilities in consumer wearables in the near term, and to expand over time into medical devices and other industry applications.

Our vision is to address many pressing healthcare concerns using our technology and we believe that there exists a large market opportunity for our platform. We estimate that the TAM for the consumer wearables, mobile device, and medical device markets is projected to be over $48 billion by 2025, based on data sourced from the Yole Report, the IDtexEx Report, the TrendForce Report, and our internal volume forecasts for smartphone, smart watch, and smart earbuds through 2025 (based on customer data), as the universe of healthcare and consumer wearable devices incorporating additional sensing capabilities emerges.1 Our target biomarkers for consumer healthcare include lactate, alcohol, glucose (indicator), carbon monoxide, blood pressure, blood oxygen, and core body temperature, among others. Due to the high performance of our lasers up to 1,000,000 times higher resolution, 1,000 times higher accuracy and 100 times broader range in wavelengths compared with existing LED offerings in wearable solutions (based on product analysis undertaken by Rockley

 

207


Table of Contents

comparing the Rockley silicon photonics-based spectrometer chip to existing solutions), we believe our platform will also be able to address existing applications in consumer wearable devices with significantly higher resolution, accuracy, and range. Further, we believe there are multiple additional markets and concrete opportunities for our technology platform in areas such as data center connectivity (optical transceivers), machine vision (robotic and automotive LiDAR), and compute connectivity (co-packaged optics, or CPO).

To date, we have generated revenue primarily from NRE and development services for customer-specific designs of silicon photonics chipsets for incorporation into their customers’ end products and we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of convertible loan notes, as well as private placements of ordinary shares. From the date of our formation through December 31, 2020 we have raised aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $290.0 million from the issuance of convertible loan notes and ordinary shares. We incurred a net loss of $80.3 million in 2020 and utilized $48.4 million in cash to fund our operations during the year ended December 31, 2020.

We expect both our capital and operating expenditures will increase significantly in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

   

continue to invest in our technology and our silicon photonics solutions;

 

   

continue to develop innovative solutions and applications for our technology;

 

   

commercialize our silicon photonics solutions;

 

   

continue to invest in our sales and marketing activities and distribution channels;

 

   

invest and improve our operational, financial, and management information systems;

 

   

increase our headcount;

 

   

maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

   

enhance internal functions to support our operations as a public company.

Impact of COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures. Since then, extraordinary actions have been taken by international, federal, state, and local public health and governmental authorities to contain and combat the outbreak and spread of COVID-19 in regions throughout the world. These actions include travel bans, quarantines, “stay-at-home” orders, and similar mandates for many individuals to substantially restrict daily activities and for many businesses to curtail or cease normal operations.

Consistent with the actions taken by governmental authorities, we have taken steps to protect our workforce and support community efforts. As part of these efforts and in accordance with applicable government directives, we reduced on-site operations at our facilities, in addition to following all regulatory and safety guidelines and protocols from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and federal, state and local government bodies. We also adhered to all regulatory and safety guidelines and protocols designated by governmental bodies in each country in which we have operations. Certain key laboratory employees and facilities were designated as “Essential Critical Infrastructure” by Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency and the State of California Public Health Department, which allowed us to continue internal testing and laboratory work to the extent necessary to service customer commitments. To facilitate on-site operations, we implemented revised operational plans that conformed to COVID-19 precautionary health guidelines, including universal requirement of facial coverings, rearranging facilities to follow social distancing protocols, conducting active daily temperature checks, regular and thorough disinfecting of surfaces and tools, and regular testing of our employees for COVID-19. The remaining non-essential workforce was required to perform their duties from home.

 

208


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic and continuing precautionary measures taken have adversely impacted our operational efficiency and caused delays in operational activities. The ongoing impact of COVID-19 and related precautionary measures will depend on the duration of the pandemic, which is being mitigated by advances in the treatment of the disease, prevention efforts including vaccines, broad government measures to contain the spread of the virus, and related government stimulus measures. However, should we experience sustained impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, additional actions such as cost reduction measures may need to be implemented. For more information on risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and regulatory actions, see “Risk Factors.”

Comparability of Financial Information

Rockley’s results of operations and statements of assets and liabilities may not be comparable between periods as a result of the Business Combination described below.

Business Combination and Public Company Costs

On March 19, 2021, SC Health, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and Rockley entered into a Business Combination Agreement pursuant to which HoldCo plans to acquire all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Rockley and SC Health. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and assuming a favorable vote of SC Health shareholders, HoldCo will acquire all of the shares of Rockley. Subsequently, Merger Sub, a newly formed subsidiary of HoldCo, will merge with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving the merger. In the merger transaction, Merger Sub will cease to exist and SC Health will become a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo. HoldCo will be a publicly traded company listed in the New York Stock Exchange trading as “RKLY” after the closing of the Business Combination Agreement and SC Health will be delisted from the New York Stock Exchange.

Consideration for the Business Combination will consist of ordinary shares of HoldCo issued in exchange for all outstanding ordinary shares of Rockley and SC Health, determined on a fully diluted basis, as if all of Rockley issued and outstanding convertible loan notes, inclusive of interest accrued thereon, converted into ordinary shares of HoldCo at a conversion price of $10.00 per share, and options exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares issued in exchange for all outstanding options exercisable for Rockley ordinary shares.

The following expenses will occur immediately prior to or upon closing of the Business Combination:

 

   

Total non-recurring transaction costs are estimated at approximately $33.5 million, of which Rockley expects approximately $2.0 million to be expensed; and

 

   

The payment of deferred legal fees, underwriting commission, and other costs in connection with the initial public offering.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the aggregate consideration, consisting of ordinary shares of HoldCo issuable to Rockley securityholders following a stock split at HoldCo, will be the number of HoldCo ordinary shares that results from dividing $1,148,114,113 by 10.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into Investor Subscription Agreements with certain investors, including, among others, the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor. Pursuant to the Investor Subscription Agreements, each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of 14,790,000 HoldCo ordinary shares, at $10.00 per share, for an aggregate commitment amount of $147,900,000, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

Also, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into Individual Subscription Agreements with three individuals pursuant to which HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of 210,000 HoldCo ordinary shares, at $10.00 per share, for an aggregate commitment amount of $2,100,000, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination. These three individuals are existing shareholders of Rockley.

 

209


Table of Contents

PIPE Financing; Accounting for the Business Combination

Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination will be accounted for as a forward recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, SC Health will be treated as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes, and Rockley will be treated as the accounting acquiror. In accordance with this accounting, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of Rockley issuing stock for the net assets of SC Health, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of SC Health will be stated at historical costs, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, and operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Rockley. Rockley has been deemed the accounting acquiror for purposes of the Business Combination based on an evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

   

Rockley’s existing shareholders will hold a majority ownership interest in HoldCo, irrespective of whether or not existing shareholders of SC Health exercise their right to redeem their ordinary shares of SC Health;

 

   

Rockley’s existing senior management team will comprise senior management of HoldCo;

 

   

Rockley’s is the larger of the companies based on historical operating activity and employee base; and

 

   

Rockley’s operations will comprise the ongoing operations of HoldCo.

As a consequence of the Business Combination, HoldCo will be an SEC-registered and NYSE-listed company, which will require it to hire additional talent and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We expect to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, and additional internal and external accounting and legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

We believe that our performance and future success depend on several factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including, without limitation, the following:

Resource Constraints

Our products are currently under development and we do not have any products in commercial production. Our ability to achieve our product roadmaps and development timelines, including our ability to commence commercial production of our products, may be impacted by resource constraints, including the need for additional capital. We have a history of losses and our determination of substantial doubt as a going concern could materially limit our ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities or otherwise. Further, our products must also meet certain technical standards and customer requirements, which in turn require additional funds and other resources. Additional financing and resources may not be available to us when needed or on commercially reasonable terms.

Ability to Achieve Design Wins or Long-Term Production Contracts

We may engage in discussions with customers and co-develop products but we may not be able to convert the relationship into a design win or a long-term production contract due to resource constraints, delays, or technical challenges. We work closely with our customers and potential customers to understand their product roadmaps and strategies. Our customers also continuously develop new products in existing and new application areas. We believe achieving design wins and the ability to secure long-term production contracts will be critical to our future success. The selection process is typically lengthy and may require us to incur significant design and development expenditures in pursuit of a design win with no assurance that our products will be selected. The failure to secure a design win or long-term production contract could adversely affect our business.

 

210


Table of Contents

Customer Orders and Forecasts

We currently anticipate that sales of our future products will be made pursuant to standard purchase orders, which may be cancelled, reduced, or rescheduled with little or no notice and without penalty. Cancellations of orders could result in the loss of anticipated sales without allowing us sufficient time to reduce our inventory and operating expenses. In addition, changes in forecasts or the timing of orders from customers, including if and when we commence commercial production of our products, could expose us to the risks of inventory shortages or excess inventory.

Pricing and Customer Demand

We expect our operating results, including if and when we commence commercial production of our products, will be impacted by the pricing of our products, our average selling prices, and fluctuations in customer purchasing volumes. If and when we begin commercial production of our products, we may not be able to fulfill customer demand in a timely manner or at all. We monitor and work to reduce our product manufacturing costs and improve the potential value our products can provide to our customers’ end products. The cost of raw materials and components critical for the manufacture of our anticipated products is largely out of our control and may fluctuate significantly. Since we rely on third-party wafer foundries and assembly and test contractors to manufacture, assemble, and test our products, we maintain a close relationship with our suppliers to improve quality, increase yields, and lower manufacturing costs.

New Markets and Applications

As we evaluate potential markets and applications for the products we are developing, we analyze forecasts by industry analysts, the adoption curve of technology, and potential competing forces that could hinder such adoption. If we fail to anticipate or respond to technological shifts or market demands, or to timely develop products or technologies in response to the same, it could result in our inability to achieve revenue growth and could harm our business and operations.

Cyclical Nature of the Semiconductor Industry

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles, and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. Downturns in the semiconductor industry have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels, and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Any prolonged or significant downturn in the semiconductor industry generally could adversely affect our business and reduce demand for our products and otherwise harm our financial condition and results of operations.

See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus/proxy statement for additional discussion of the risks and challenges facing our business.

Basis of Presentation

Currently, we conduct business through one operating and reportable segment. All long-lived assets are maintained in, and all losses are attributable to the one segment. See Note 1 in our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements for more information about our operating segment.

Components of Results of Operations

The following discusses certain line items in Rockley’s consolidated statements of operations.

 

211


Table of Contents

Revenue

To date, we have primarily generated revenue from development services, which entail developing customer-specific designs of silicon photonics chipsets. Our contracts with customers include specific achievement of agreed-upon projects and a substantive acceptance criteria for each agreed-upon project. In the event an agreed-upon project is successful and the customer provides acceptance, we allocate the contract consideration related to the performance obligations that are satisfied during the period and recognizes the revenue at that point in time.

Following the completion of our product development phase and introduction of our spectra-sense chipsets to the wearable devices market, we expect the majority of our revenue to be derived from sales of high-volume consumer wearable products. In addition, we plan to offer advanced module applications with biomarker detection capabilities for advanced health metrics that can detect, classify, and potentially prevent disease. We also expect to offer a cloud analytics platform to provide a full range of subscription services, including the deployment of our technology through a subscription and cloud-based software as a service.

Cost of Revenue

To date, our cost of revenue has included cost related to our development services, which include cost of materials, cost associated with packaging and assembly, testing and shipping, cost of talent, including stock-based compensation, and equipment associated with manufacturing support, logistics, and quality assurance, overhead, and occupancy costs. Once we commence commercial production of our silicon photonics chipsets, cost of revenues will include direct parts, material, and labor costs, manufacturing overhead, including amortized tooling costs, shipping and logistics costs, and reserves for estimated warranty expenses.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is calculated based on the difference between our revenue and cost of revenue. Gross margin is the percentage obtained by dividing gross profit by our revenue. As we approach commercial production of spectra-sense chipsets, advanced module applications, and Rockley Photonics Cloud Analytics technology, we expect our gross profit and gross margin to vary.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling, general, and administrative expenses consist of human capital related expenses for employees involved in general corporate functions, including executive management and administration, accounting, finance, tax, legal, information technology, marketing, and human resources; depreciation expense and rent relating to facilities; travel costs; professional fees; and other general corporate costs. Human capital expenses primarily include salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. As we continue to grow as a company, we expect that our selling, general and administrative costs will increase on an absolute dollar basis. We also expect our selling, general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we increase our headcount to support the growth of our business, and as a result of operating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, legal, audit, additional general and director and officer insurance expenses, investor relations activities, and other administrative and professional services.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development expense consists primarily of talent costs for engineers and third parties engaged in the design and development of products, software, and technologies, including salary, bonus, and stock-based compensation expense, project material costs, services, and depreciation of our research and development facilities and equipment. We expense research and development costs as they are incurred. Research and

 

212


Table of Contents

development expense also includes the research and development tax credits that we are able to claim in accordance with the relevant U.K. tax legislation. These tax credits are payable to us in cash and are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at the amount claimed and expected to be received from the U.K. government within the next 12 months. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in the development of our products and technology.

Interest Income (Expense)

Interest income consists primarily of interest received or earned on our cash, cash equivalents, and investment balances held in interest-bearing deposit accounts. Interest expense consists of interest paid on our convertible loan notes and capital lease obligations.

Equity Method Investment

Equity method investments consist of entities over which we have significant influence but not control or joint control. Under the equity method of accounting, all of our investments are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize our share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in our consolidated statements of operations.

Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments

Gains or losses from the change in fair value of debt instruments are recorded from the remeasurement of the fair value of our convertible loan notes using a discounted cash flow methodology based upon certain valuation assumptions.

Gain (Loss) on Foreign Currency

We have significant international operations that are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound and Euro, subjecting us to foreign currency exchange risk that may adversely impact our financial results. We calculate the year-over-year impact of foreign currency movement on our business using foreign currency exchange rates that are applied to transactional currency amounts.

Provision for Income Tax

We are subject to income taxes in the United Kingdom, the United States, Finland, Ireland, and Switzerland. Our income tax provision consists of an estimate of federal, state, and foreign income taxes based on enacted federal, state, and foreign tax rates, as adjusted for allowable credits, deductions, uncertain tax positions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws. Due to cumulative losses, we maintain a valuation allowance against our U.S. federal and foreign deferred tax assets.

 

213


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our historical operating results for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Loss Data:

     

Revenue

   $ 22,343      $ 20,492  

Cost of revenue

     24,240        30,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (1,897      (10,213

Operating expenses:

     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     20,260        13,306  

Research and development expenses

     35,900        22,303  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (58,057      (45,822

Other income (expense):

     

Interest income (expense), net

     (189      (747

Equity method investment loss

     (1,274      (1,281

Change in fair value of debt instruments

     (20,163      (2,969

Gain (loss) on foreign currency

     (25      280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income tax

     (79,708      (50,539

Provision for income tax

     569        311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (80,277    $ (50,850
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations

Revenue (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Revenue

   $ 22,343      $ 20,492      $ 1,851        9

Revenue increased by $1.9 million, or 9%, to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $20.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This is primarily due to an increase of development activities provided to customers under long-term contracts, as well as related fulfillment costs incurred for material and subcontractor costs to satisfy performance obligations. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a decrease in development activities with smaller scale customers, primarily due to the completion of project milestones with those customers in fiscal 2019.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2020     2019     $                      %  

Cost of revenue

   $ 24,240     $ 30,705     $ (6,465      (21 )% 

Gross Profit

   $ (1,897   $ (10,213   $ 8,316        81

Gross Margin

     (8 )%      (50 )%      NM        NM  

 

NM – Not meaningful

Cost of revenue decreased by $6.5 million, or 21%, to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $30.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease in cost of revenue was primarily driven

 

214


Table of Contents

by a decrease of $8.3 million from engineering, fab partner, and compensation costs. The decrease was partially offset by $1.7 million in fulfillment costs to satisfy performance obligations with customers. Gross profit increased by $8.3 million, or 81% to ($1.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from ($10.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by increased revenue from development services and a substantial decrease in engineering level of effort, fab partner, and human capital costs related to cost of revenue. Revenue is recognized at the achievement of milestones and is not necessarily aligned with the timing of costs incurred.

In general, our margins and cost of revenue varies from project to project, with each project requiring differing levels of time and costs. The projects we undertake are determined by our customer commitments and our long-term strategy goals.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 20,260      $ 13,306      $ 6,954        52

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $7.0 million, or 52%, to $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The $7.0 million increase was primarily due to general corporate growth, of which $4.8 million was from additional professional fees related to accounting and audit matters, and $1.1 million and $0.3 million were due to increased human capital and stock-based compensation costs, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Research and development expenses

   $ 35,900      $ 22,303      $ 13,597        61

Research and development expenses increased by $13.6 million, or 61%, to $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to growth of $16.5 million from engineering, fab partner, and engineering research and development headcount due to the allocation of resources into products that are considered part of research and development activities. This also led to an increase in stock-based compensation expenses of $1.5 million. The increase was mainly offset by $3.7 million in research and development tax credits and grants we received in 2020 supporting our research and development activities.

Interest Income (Expense) (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Interest income

   $ 30      $ 281      $ (251      (89 )% 

Interest expense

   $ (219    $ (1,028    $ 809        (79 )% 

Interest income decreased by $0.3 million, or 89%, in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in interest rates and our investment deposit balances. Interest expense decreased by $0.8 million, or 79%, to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1.0 million for year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to new convertible loan notes issued in fiscal 2020. Interest expense relating to convertible loan notes is recorded as part of the change in fair value of the notes.

 

215


Table of Contents

Equity Method Investment Loss

The change in equity method investment was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     As of December 31,      Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Change in fair value of debt instruments

   $ 20,163      $ 2,969      $ 17,194        579

Change in fair value of debt instruments captures losses from a change in fair value estimates using discounted cash flow and binominal lattice methodologies that are based upon a set of valuation assumptions. The key assumptions used in valuation include default rates from historical performance, risk-free rates, expected volatility rates, and discount rates that reflect estimates of the rates of return that investors would require when investing in other convertible debt with similar characteristics. The change in fair value of debt instruments is a result of the difference in value between the initial issuance and subsequent fair value measurements.

Gain (Loss) on Foreign Currency (in thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Gain (loss) on foreign currency

   $ 25      $ (280    $ 305        NM  

 

NM – Not Meaningful

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded an overall loss from the impact of foreign currency, primarily due to timing of transactions in the fiscal year, as well as fluctuations in average foreign currency translation rates versus the closing rates year-over-year.

Provision for Income Tax (in thousands, except for percentages)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2020      2019      $                      %  

Provision for income tax

   $ 569      $ 311      $ 258        83

Provision for income tax expense was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. We have accumulated net operating losses as we have not yet started commercial operations. We maintain a substantially full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. The income tax expenses shown above are primarily related to minimum filing fees in the states where we have operations as well as corporate income taxes for the foreign jurisdictions.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively and in context, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance and trends and in comparing our financial measures with those of comparable companies which may present similar non-GAAP financial measures.

 

216


Table of Contents

Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures

These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, are supplemental in nature, and are not intended, and should not be construed, as the sole measure of our performance, and should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, including the following:

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude certain recurring, non-cash charges, such as depreciation of property and equipment and/or amortization of intangible assets. While these are non-cash charges, we may need to replace the assets being depreciated and amortized in the future and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect cash requirements for these replacements or new capital expenditure requirements.

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect interest expense, net, which may constitute a significant recurring expense in the future.

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation, which may constitute a significant recurring expense in the future, as equity awards are expected to continue to be an important component of our compensation strategy.

 

   

Future expenses may be similar to the non-recurring special items that are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our other GAAP results.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

We define “EBITDA” as net loss before interest expense, net, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as EBITDA adjusted for stock-based compensation, non-capitalized transaction costs, and other non-recurring special items determined by management that are not considered representative of our underlying operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. Our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA in the same fashion.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

 

217


Table of Contents

Reconciliation

The following table reconciles our net loss (the most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Net Loss

   $ (80,277    $ (50,850

Interest expense, net

     189        747  

Income tax expense

     569        311  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,787        1,948  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (76,732      (47,844

Non-capitalized transaction costs*

     3,611        —    

Stock-based compensation

     8,043        6,229  

Equity-method investment loss

     1,274        1,281  

Change in fair value of debt instruments

     20,163        2,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (43,641    $ (37,365
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*

Non-capitalized transaction costs include non-recurring expense related to the issuance of convertible loan notes in 2020 and the Business Combination.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Due to Rockley’s history of recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows from operations, and a significant accumulated deficit, management concluded that there is substantial doubt about Rockley’s ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph in their opinion for the year ended December 31, 2020 as to the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Since inception, Rockley has financed its operations primarily through the issuance and sale of convertible loan notes, ordinary shares and agreed-upon projects. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the cash and cash equivalents balance was $19.2 million and $20.9 million.

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, we have yet to generate any material revenue from our business operations. Based on current cash on hand, management’s plan to continue as a going concern includes raising additional financing, specifically through the Business Combination and PIPE Financing to satisfy our minimum cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. The funds raised through the Business Combination and PIPE Financing will be used to support our core business operations and overall growth of our business and to execute our current growth strategies. Until the Business Combination is completed and PIPE Financing is consummated, we plan to control the timing and extent of certain discretionary operating and planned capital expenditures. Accordingly, absent the funds to be raised upon completion of the Business Combination and PIPE Financing, management has concluded that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as going concern.

If the closing of the Business Combination and the PIPE Financing were to occur, we currently expect to receive approximately $290 million of additional cash, which will be used to fund our future capital and liquidity needs in order to support our core business operations and overall growth of our business and to execute our current growth strategies.

As of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, Management believes that the cash that may be generated by the closing of the of the Business Combination and the PIPE Financing will be sufficient to fund both our liquidity needs for the execution of our business strategy over the next 24 to 36 month period, including (1) investing in research and developments activities, including completion and commercialization of our

 

218


Table of Contents

wearables, smart phone and point-of-care technologies, (2) investing in backend processing, intellectual property protection, quality control and process, (3) expanding sales and marketing activities, and (4) pursuing strategic partnerships. However, actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors, including:

 

   

Timing and the costs involved in bringing our products to market;

 

   

Anticipated customer contracts and design wins may not materialize;

 

   

Delay in launching our products due to technical challenges from our customers or our product development team;

 

   

Pricing and the volume of sales of our products may be different from our forecast;

 

   

Execution delays due to resources constraints;

 

   

Assisting our fab partners with expansion of production capacity;

 

   

The cost of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio, including litigation costs and liabilities;

 

   

The cost of additional general and administrative talent, including accounting and finance, legal and human resources, as a result of becoming a public company; and

 

   

Rockley’s additional investment requirement needed for Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd to be self-sufficient; and

 

   

Other risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

By fiscal year 2024, we anticipate that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue from the sale of our products and services to cover expansion plans, operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures. If adequate funds are not available, we will be required to explore various options to fund future cash needs through sale of additional equity, debt financing, and others. There can be no assurance that any such issuance of equity securities, debt financing or other means of financing will be available in the future, or the terms of any such financing will be acceptable to us. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, there will be dilution to the existing shareholders. Any equity securities issued may also provide for rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those holders of ordinary shares. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, these debt securities would have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to the holders of ordinary shares. The term of debt securities or borrowing could impose significant restriction on our operations. The credit market and financial service industry have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of upheaval that could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing.

If adequate funds are not available, we will need to curb our expansion plans or limit our research and development activities, which would have a material adverse impact on our business prospects and results of operations.

Historical Cash flows

The following table is a summary of our cash flow activities (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data:

     

Net cash (used in) provided by:

     

Operating activities

   $ (48,354    $ (36,556

Investing activities

     (6,656      (2,831

Financing activities

     53,334        48,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,676    $ 9,546  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

219


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $48.4 million, primarily consisting of net losses of $80.3 million, adjusted by non-cash depreciation and amortization of $2.8 million, stock-based compensation of $8.0 million, equity-method investment loss of $1.3 million, increase in fair value of debt instruments of $20.2 million, and gain on disposal of assets of $0.1 million. Changes in assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2020 included the following: decreases in accounts receivable, trade payables, prepaid expenses, other current assets, offset by increases in other receivables, and accrued expenses.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $36.6 million, primarily consisting of net losses of $50.9 million, adjusted by non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million, stock-based compensation of $6.2 million, equity-method investment loss of $1.3 million, non-cash interest on convertible loan notes of $0.3 million, and change in fair value of debt instruments of $3.0 million. Changes in assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 included the following: increases in accounts receivable, other receivables, prepaid expenses, other current assets, and trade payables offset by a decrease in long term debt, net of current portion.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily consisting of $1.4 million purchases of property and equipment to be used in the ordinary course of business, $0.3 million acquisition of TruTouch assets, and $5.0 million additional investments made in equity method investment. Net cash used in investing activities was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily consisting of purchases of property and equipment to be used in the ordinary course of business.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily consisting of proceeds received for convertible loan notes and issuance of ordinary shares and warrants. Net cash provided by financing activities was $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily consisting of proceeds received for convertible loan notes and issuance of ordinary shares and warrants.

Purchase obligations include commitments to third-party suppliers for various research and development activities. As of December 31, 2020, we had $3.0 million in contractual obligations for which we have not yet received services.

We are a party to operating leases, primarily for office space. These leases have remaining lease terms of 1 years to 4 years. Some leases include extension options for up to 5 years.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since the date of our incorporation, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), and we consider the various staff accounting bulletins and other applicable guidance issued by the SEC. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well

 

220


Table of Contents

as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to understanding our financial condition and historical and future results of operations:

 

   

Revenue recognition;

 

   

Equity valuations;

 

   

Fair value of financial instruments and fair value measurements; and

 

   

Income taxes

Revenue Recognition

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we generated revenue principally from development services, which entails developing customer-specific designs of photonics chipsets. Our contracts with customers include specific achievement milestones and a substantive acceptance criteria for each milestone. In the event a milestone is achieved and the customer provides acceptance, the Company allocates the contract consideration related to the performance obligations that are satisfied during the period and recognizes the revenue at that point in time.

Equity Valuations

As there is not a market for the Company’s equity, valuations of the Company’s equity instruments require the application of significant estimates, assumptions, and judgment. These valuations impact various amounts reported in the Company’s financial statements, inclusive of the recognition of equity-based compensation and fair value of convertible loan notes. The following discussion provides additional detail regarding the significant estimates, assumptions, and judgment that impact the determination of the fair values of equity-based compensation awards, warrants, and the ordinary shares that comprises the Company’s capital structure. The following discussion also explains why these estimates, assumptions, and judgments could be subject to uncertainties and future variability.

Equity-Based Compensation, Warrants

The Company estimates the grant date fair value of stock options, warrants, and restricted stock awards granted to employees, non-employees and directors and uses the estimated fair values to measure and recognize the costs for services received in exchange for the grants.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in order to estimate the fair values of both time-based stock option awards and warrants. Estimating the fair value of stock options and warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the application of significant assumptions, such as the fair value of our underlying ordinary shares, the estimated term of the option, the risk-free interest rates, the expected volatility of the price of our ordinary shares and the expected dividend yield. Each of these assumptions is subjective, require significant judgment, and is based upon management’s best estimates. If any of these assumptions were to change significantly in the future, equity-based compensation for future awards may differ significantly, as compared with awards previously granted.

 

221


Table of Contents

The assumptions and estimates applied by the Company to derive the inputs for inclusion in the Black-Scholes pricing model are as follows:

 

   

Fair value of ordinary shares—see “Ordinary shares Valuations” discussion below;

 

   

Expected Term—This is the period that the options or warrants that have been granted are expected to remain unexercised. The Company employs the average period the stock options and warrants are expected to remain outstanding;

 

   

Volatility—This is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable, such as a share price, has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. As the Company does not yet have sufficient history of its own volatility, management has identified several guideline comparable companies and estimates volatility based on the volatility of those companies;

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate—This is the U.S. Treasury rate, having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the stock option or warrant; and

 

   

Dividend Yield—The Company has not and does not expect to pay dividends on its ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.

Convertible Loan Notes

The Company estimates the fair value of convertible loan notes held by its investors at issuance of the note and also at each reporting period-end by using the estimated fair values of the ordinary shares and recognizing changes in the fair value of the note in the Company’s statement of operations. Rockley determines the conversion option component by using the binomial lattice approach which requires the application of significant assumptions, such as the fair value of our underlying ordinary shares, the risk-free interest rates, the expected volatility of the price of our ordinary shares and the implied discount yield. Each of these assumptions is subjective, require significant judgment, and is based upon management’s best estimates, and may impact the change in fair value of the convertible loan note that is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations.

Ordinary Shares Valuations

The Company uses valuations of its ordinary shares for various purposes, including, but not limited to, the determination of the exercise price of stock options and warrants and inclusion in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company also uses valuations of its ordinary shares for determining the fair value of its convertible loan note. As a privately held company, the lack of an active public market for our ordinary shares requires our management and board of directors to exercise reasonable judgment and consider a number of factors in order to make the best estimate of fair value of our equity. We engaged the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist to determine the fair value of the ordinary shares by first estimating the fair value of our total enterprise value and total equity value using a combination of the income approach and guideline transaction method. Estimating our total enterprise value and total equity value requires the application of significant judgment and assumptions. Factors considered in connection with estimating these values:

 

   

Rockley’s historical financial results and future financial projections;

 

   

The lack of marketability of Rockley’s ordinary shares;

 

   

The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or business combination, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

Industry outlook; and

 

   

General economic outlook, including economic growth, inflation and unemployment, interest rate environment and global economic trends.

The fair value ultimately assigned to our ordinary shares may take into account any number or combination of the various factors described above, based upon their applicability at the time of measurement. Determination

 

222


Table of Contents

of the fair value of our ordinary shares may also involve the application of multiple valuation methodologies and approaches, with varying weighting applied to each methodology as of the grant date. Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows; discount rates; market multiples; the selection of comparable companies; and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our ordinary shares. During 2020, the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares fluctuated between $10.433 and $20.280 per share, the later fair value primarily reflecting our progress towards a business combination. The necessary steps undertaken to prepare for the Business Combination included meeting with SC Health and investment bankers, discussing timing expectations, and negotiating the preliminary Letter of Intent between SC Health and the Company. A Letter of Intent related to the Business Combination was signed by both parties in January 2021 reflecting an increased likelihood of a near-term exit transaction and/or liquidity event. The valuation of the Company’s equity as of December 31, 2020 took into consideration the indicated equity value implied in the signed Letter of Intent. While the December 31, 2020 valuation incorporated equity values based upon the traditional income approach consisting of the discounted cash flow method, the valuation also incorporated the equity value implied by the planned Business Combination transaction. Accordingly, the valuation applied the probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) to weigh the indicated equity value determined under the traditional income approach and the equity value implied by our planned Business Combination. Based upon management’s determination that there was a high probability that the Business Combination would occur, a higher weighting was assigned to the implied value of the negotiated Business Combination transaction.

Equity-based grants and issuance of convertible loan notes occur throughout the year. However, the valuation of the ordinary shares is performed at specific points in the fiscal year such as the end of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year. Therefore, to determine the fair value of the ordinary shares at points in time in between valuation dates, management interpolated the change in the fair value of our ordinary shares to derive a fair value between valuation dates.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, we will exchange approximately 0.407 of our ordinary shares for each SC Health common share equivalent, determined based upon the number shares of our ordinary shares that would be outstanding if each outstanding share of our warrants and all of our convertible loan notes were to convert to our ordinary shares immediately prior to the merger. Accordingly, the indicated fair value of our equity based upon the terms of the Business Combination is $1.2 billion. Following the Business Combination with SC Health, it will not be necessary for our management and its board of directors to estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares, as the ordinary shares of the combined company will be traded in the public market.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

We determine fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. For debt instruments for which we have elected fair value accounting, fair value is based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Where available, fair value is based on or derived from observable market prices or other observable inputs. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation techniques are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. For debt instruments for which we have not elected fair value accounting, fair value is based on the present value of expected future cash flows and assumptions about the then-current market interest rates as of the reporting period and our creditworthiness. The carrying value of these debt instruments approximates fair value as the stated interest rate approximates market rates currently available to us.

 

223


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We record income tax expense for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of asset and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. We record valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more likely than not to be realized. Its assessment considers the realization of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis. We recognize the income tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The income tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption, and our assessment, to the extent we have made one, of their potential impact on our financial condition and our results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of market and other risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates, inflation, and foreign currency exchange rates, as well as risks to the availability of funding sources, hazard events, and specific asset risks.

Interest Rate Risk

The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.2 million, consisting of interest-bearing money market accounts for which the fair market value would be affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, due to the short-term maturities and the low-risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash and cash equivalents. We are also exposed to interest rate risk relating to our convertible debt instruments. We carry these instruments at face value in our consolidated balance sheets. Since these instruments bear interest at fixed rates, we have no financial statement risk associated with changes in interest rates. However, the fair value of these instruments fluctuates when interest rates change. For additional details related to our debt, see Note 7, Long Term Debt to the consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Foreign Currency Risk

The functional currency of our operations is the United States dollar. We conduct operations in the United Kingdom, as well as various parts of Europe, and as such we are exposed to foreign currency risk. Currently, we do not use foreign currency forward contracts to manage exchange rate risk, as the amount subject to foreign currency risk has no material impact to our overall operations and results.

 

1 

Specifically, we believe our TAM for the wearables, mobile, and medical device markets will be approximately $48 billion by 2025, taking into account our anticipated timeline for commercial availability of our products and the market for the end products into which our products are designed to be incorporated. Our products are being designed for utilization in: (a) medical devices, including blood

 

224


Table of Contents
  pressure, body temperature, blood glucose, and alcohol monitoring devices, pulse oximetry, and near infra-red (“NIR”) spectrometers, with an aggregate forecasted TAM of $15.1 billion by 2025, according to the Yole Report, and mobile cardiac telemetry/general patient monitoring patch devices, with an aggregate forecasted TAM of $2.7 billion by 2025, according to the IDtechEx Report; and (b) consumer wearables and mobile devices, including smartwatches, smart earbuds, fitness bands, and mobile phones, which, based on our internal estimates, are expected to have a TAM of $2.7 billion, $3.0 billion, $1.5 billion, and $23.5 billion, respectively, or an aggregate TAM of $30.7 billion, by 2025. We estimated our TAM in the consumer wearables and mobile device sectors by multiplying third-party forecasted total volumes in 2025 for the devices for which our products are being designed, by our currently anticipated and estimated average selling prices for these products. The volume estimate for smartwatches was based on the benchmarked figure forecasted by annual volume for smartwatches for 2022 according to the TrendForce Report. The volume estimate for smart earbuds was based a 20% volume CAGR between 2020-2025, with 2020 annual shipments estimated at 230 million units, according to the TrendForce Report. According to the Yole Report, fitness bands were forecasted to reach 89 million units by 2025. The volume estimates for smartphones were based on multiple third-party forecasted volumes for mobile phones, multiplied by the average selling price.

 

225


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF HOLDCO FOLLOWING THE BUSINESS COMBINATION

The following sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement, concerning the persons who are expected to serve as directors and executive officers of HoldCo following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     
Andrew Rickman, OBE      61      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Mahesh Karanth      59      Chief Financial Officer
Amit Nagra, PhD      48      Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Director Nominees

     
William Huyett      65      Lead Independent Director
Brian Blaser      56      Director
Caroline Brown, PhD(1)      58      Director
Karim Karti      52      Director
Michele Klein      71      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee, effective upon the closing of the Business Combination.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee, effective upon the closing of the Business Combination.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee, effective upon the closing of the Business Combination.

Executive Officers

Andrew Rickman, OBE. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE will serve as the chairman of the HoldCo board of directors and chief executive officer. Dr. Rickman founded Rockley in 2013 and currently serves as its chief executive officer. Dr. Rickman previously founded Bookham, Inc. (“Bookham”), now part of Lumentum (NASDAQ:LITE) (after its 2018 acquisition of Oclaro Inc. (NASDAQ:OCLR) which was formed in 2009 after Bookham’s merger with Avanex Inc.), one of the world’s largest photonics and fiber optics telecom component producers in 1998 and served as its chief executive officer and chairman until 2004. From 2007 to 2013, he was chairman of Kotura Inc., a leader in the field of silicon photonics for fiber optic communications, high performance computing, and sensing applications, through to its development and sale to Mellanox Technologies, Ltd (NASDAQ: MLNX) in 2013. In 2000, Dr. Rickman was named U.K.’s Technology and Communications Entrepreneur of the Year by Ernst and Young. In 2011, Dr. Rickman was awarded an Honorary Professorship at SIMIT, Chinese Academy of Sciences. From 2003 to 2013, he was a trustee of the Oxford Trust and from 2001 to 2004 was a council member of the U.K. Government’s Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council. Dr. Rickman holds a mechanical engineering degree from Imperial College, London, a PhD in silicon photonics from Surrey University, an MBA from Cranfield University, and honorary doctorates from Surrey, Edinburgh Napier, and Kingston Universities. He is a chartered engineer and a Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering and the Institute of Physics. He was awarded an OBE in the Queen’s Millennium Honors list for services to the telecommunications industry and is a winner of the prestigious Royal Academy of Engineering Silver medal for his outstanding contribution to British Engineering. We believe Dr. Rickman’s extensive experience and his demonstrated leadership skills make him well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Mahesh Karanth. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Mahesh Karanth will serve as HoldCo’s chief financial officer. Since December 2017, Mr. Karanth has served as the chief financial officer of Rockley. From 2013 to 2017, Mr. Karanth worked as an interim consulting chief financial officer at the Brenner Group LLC, and Mr. Karanth was most recently the chief financial officer for Enlighted, Inc., an enterprise developing advanced lighting control systems. From 2007 to 2010, he was the chief financial officer for InvenSense, Inc., a pioneer in MEMS sensor technology, where he led the company’s expansion of finance, administration, and

 

226


Table of Contents

operations leading up to its initial public offering in 2010. Prior to InvenSense, Mr. Karanth was the chief financial officer for Telsima Inc., which was successfully sold to Harris Stratex Networks. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Karanth held several senior roles at Compaq including M&A, treasury, and corporate development. After Compaq’s acquisition by Hewlett-Packard Company, he led corporate development for the customer services group and several major services acquisitions of publicly listed companies in India and the United Kingdom. Mr. Karanth holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree in commerce and finance from Bangalore University, certifications as a Chartered Accountant from The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), and Chartered Secretary from The Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI), and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) in the State of Texas.

Amit Nagra, PhD. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Amit Nagra will serve as HoldCo’s chief operating officer. Since 2015, Dr. Nagra has served as the chief operating officer of Rockley. Dr. Nagra has experience developing technology and processes in early-stage businesses and scaling up products and organizations to meet customer demand. From 2007 to 2017, Dr. Nagra served as an executive vice president of operations at Source Photonics Inc., where he was responsible for the global operations and internal manufacturing from wafers to final finished goods. From 2001 to 2005, Dr. Nagra was an early employee and key technical contributor at Phasebridge Inc., a start-up involved in high-speed optical communications that was acquired by Emcore Corporation (NASDAQ: EMKR), and was previously a member of technical staff at Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation, working on the design of 40Gbps circuits for optical communications. Dr. Nagra holds a PhD and MS in electrical engineering from the University of California at Santa Barbara and an MBA from the Anderson School of Business at University of California at Los Angeles.

Non-Employee Directors

Rockley and SC Health anticipate that upon the closing of the Business Combination, the initial size of the HoldCo’s board of directors will be seven directors.

William Huyett. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, William Huyett will serve as the lead independent director of the HoldCo board of directors. Mr. Huyett retired in December 2020 as the Chief Financial Officer of Cyclerion Therapeutics, a NASDAQ listed biopharmaceutical company in Cambridge, MA, which was spun out of Ironwood Pharmaceuticals in 2019, where he had been the Chief Operating Officer. Cyclerion is developing small-molecule therapies for CNS diseases. He remains an advisor to the company. Mr. Huyett is a senior partner emeritus at McKinsey and Company, Inc. (“McKinsey”). During his 30 year career at McKinsey, he was a leader in the firm’s pharmaceutical and medical products and its strategy and corporate finance practices, and served on McKinsey’s Shareholder’s Council (its board of directors) from 2005 to 2014, serving as chair of its Finance Committee from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Huyett was, until the company’s merger in August 2020, non-executive board chair of the London Stock Exchange listed, Tbilisi based Georgia Healthcare Group. He serves on the boards of the Rockefeller University, the Marine Biological Laboratory Woods Hole, the University of Virginia Engineering School Foundation, and the National Parks Conservation Association. Mr. Huyett earned his B.S. in electronics in engineering and his MBA from the University of Virginia, where he now serves as a lecturer on corporate finance, corporate strategy and governance. We believe Mr. Huyett’s top executive experience, and his strong governance background, make him well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Brian Blaser. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Brian Blaser will serve as a member of the HoldCo board of directors. Mr. Blaser joins the board of directors after a 15-year tenure at Abbott Laboratories (NYSE: ABT), a multinational medical devices and healthcare company. Since March 2021, Mr. Blaser has served as an Executive Advisor to Water Street Healthcare Partners, an investment and strategic advisory firm specializing in the healthcare sector. From 2012 to 2019 Mr. Blaser was executive vice president of the Diagnostics Products division at Abbott, and he served in several roles covering global and strategic operations. Prior to joining Abbott in 2004, Mr. Blaser held positions in operations, finance, and engineering at Johnson & Johnson, Eastman Kodak Company, and General Motors Company. Mr. Blaser holds a B.S. in mechanical

 

227


Table of Contents

engineering technology from the University of Dayton and an MBA from the Rochester Institute of Technology Saunders College of Business. We believe Mr. Blaser’s strategic and operational experience in the in-vitro diagnostics industry make him well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Caroline Brown, PhD. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Dr. Caroline Brown will serve as an independent member of the HoldCo board of directors and chair the Audit Committee of the HoldCo board of directors. Since 2019, Dr. Brown has served as a non-executive director for the IP Group plc (LON: IPO), an intellectual property commercialization company, and Rockley, where she currently chairs the audit committees for both companies. Dr. Brown is also a non-executive director of Georgia Capital plc (LON: CGEO) and Luceco plc (LON: LUCE). Dr. Brown has served on public company boards for 20 years and is experienced in managing early-stage companies and divisions of FTSE 100 groups in the energy and technology sectors. Dr. Brown spent her early career in corporate finance with Merrill Lynch (New York), UBS, and HSBC, advising global corporations and governments. Dr. Brown holds a first-class degree and PhD in Natural Sciences from the University of Cambridge, an MBA from the City Business School, University of London and is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. We believe Dr. Brown’s strong corporate governance experience and leadership on public company boards makes her well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Karim Karti. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Karim Karti will serve as a member of the HoldCo board of directors. Mr. Karti has served as a senior advisor to Rockley’s management team since February 2021. Since November 2020, Mr Karti has served as chairman of the Med Tech Acquisition Corporation board of directors (NASDAQ: MTAC). Prior to MTAC, Mr. Karti served as the chief operating officer of iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: IRTC) from 2018 to 2020. Prior to iRhythm, Mr. Karti served as the president and chief executive officer of the Imaging division at GE Healthcare, the healthcare business unit of General Electric Company (NYSE: GE) (“GE”) from 2016 to 2018, and as the chief marketing officer for GE Healthcare from 2013 to 2015. In 2011, Mr. Karti was appointed as president and chief executive officer of GE Healthcare’s Eastern and Africa Growth Markets where he was responsible for regional operations in the Middle East, Africa, Turkey, Central Asia, and Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States. Mr. Karti holds an engineering degree from Ecole Centrale de Lyon in France and graduated from the Entrepreneur program of the Business School of Lyon. We believe Mr. Karti’s strong knowledge of the healthcare industry and his prior leadership positions make him well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Michele Klein. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, Michele Klein will serve as a member of the HoldCo board of directors. Since 2011, Ms. Klein has served as the chief executive officer and a director of Jasper Ridge Inc., a company which she co-founded to provide science-based tools to improve vision. Ms. Klein currently serves as a board member of Intevac (NASDAQ: IVAC), Photon Control (TSX: PHO), and Gridtential Energy Inc. From 2005 to 2010, she was a senior director of Applied Ventures, LLC, the venture capital arm of Applied Materials Inc. (NASDAQ: AMAT) (“Applied”), where she recommended and managed investments in energy storage and solar energy, representing Applied on the boards of seven technology companies. Earlier she founded and led two semiconductor equipment companies. Ms. Klein was chief executive of Boxer Cross Inc. from 1997 to 2003 when it was acquired by Applied, and ran the In-line Electrical Metrology team from 2003 to 2005. She led High Yield Technology from 1986 to 1996 when it was acquired by Pacific Scientific (NYSE: DHR). Ms. Klein previously held marketing management positions at Knoll International and Hewlett-Packard Company. Ms. Klein holds a B.S. from the University of Illinois and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Ms. Klein’s founder and leadership experience in the semiconductor industry, coupled with her corporate governance background, makes her well-qualified to serve on the HoldCo board of directors.

Corporate Governance

Composition of the HoldCo Board of Directors

The business and affairs of HoldCo will be managed under the direction of its board of directors. Following the closing of the Business Combination, its board of directors will initially consist of seven directors, with

 

228


Table of Contents

Dr. Rickman serving as chairman and William Huyett serving as the lead independent director. Subject to the terms of HoldCo’s Governing Documents the number of directors will be fixed by HoldCo’s board of directors.

When considering whether directors and director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, taken as a whole, to enable HoldCo’s board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of its business and structure, the board of directors expects to focus primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above in order to provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of its business.

In accordance with the terms of the Proposed Organizational Documents, which will be effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, the HoldCo board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II, and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The HoldCo board of directors will be divided into the following classes:

 

   

Class I, which is currently expected to consist of                ,                and                 , whose terms will expire at HoldCo’s first annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the completion of the Business Combination;

 

   

Class II, which is currently expected to consist of                ,                and                 , whose terms will expire at HoldCo’s second annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the completion of the Business Combination; and

 

   

Class III, which is currently expected to consist of                ,                and                 , whose terms will expire at HoldCo’s third annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the completion of the Business Combination.

At each annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. This classification of the HoldCo board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management of HoldCo. HoldCo’s directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all HoldCo ordinary shares entitled to vote and who vote at a general meeting of HoldCo.

Director Independence

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the HoldCo board of directors is expected to determine that each of the directors on the HoldCo board of directors other than Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE, will qualify as independent directors, as defined under the rules of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE listing rules”), and the HoldCo board of directors will consist of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the SEC and NYSE listing rules relating to director independence requirements. In addition, HoldCo will be subject to the rules of the SEC and NYSE listing rules relating to the membership, qualifications, and operations of the audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee, and compensation committee, as discussed below.

Committees of the Board of Directors

HoldCo’s board of directors will direct the management of its business and affairs, as provided by the laws of the Cayman Islands, and will conduct its business through meetings of the board of directors and standing committees. Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo’s board of directors will establish a standing audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate under a written charter adopted by HoldCo’s board of directors that will comply with the applicable requirements of current NYSE listing rules.

 

229


Table of Contents

In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when the board deems it necessary or advisable to address specific issues. Following the closing of the Business Combination, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of HoldCo’s website.

Audit Committee

HoldCo will establish an audit committee of the board of director to be in place prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination. The audit committee will consist of Dr. Brown,      , and                 , with Dr. Brown serving as chair. The HoldCo board of directors will affirmatively determine that each director to be appointed to the audit committee will qualify as independent under NYSE listing rules applicable to board members generally and under the NYSE listing rules and Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 with respect to audit committee members. All members of HoldCo’s audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable NYSE listing rules. In addition, the HoldCo board of directors has determined that Dr. Brown qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things:

 

   

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating, and overseeing HoldCo’s independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing with HoldCo’s independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;

 

   

reviewing with HoldCo’s independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;

 

   

approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by HoldCo’s independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and HoldCo’s independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that HoldCo will file with the SEC;

 

   

reviewing and monitoring HoldCo’s accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and

 

   

establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Information

HoldCo will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors to be in place prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination.                 will serve as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee,                and                will serve as members of HoldCo’s nominating and corporate governance committee. In accordance with NYSE listing rules and SEC rules, HoldCo’s nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of all independent members. HoldCo will adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including, without limitation:

 

   

Identifying, screening, and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

 

   

Developing, recommending to the board of directors, and overseeing implementation of HoldCo’s corporate governance guidelines;

 

   

Coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors, and management in the governance of the company; and

 

230


Table of Contents
   

Reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

HoldCo’s nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the shareholders. In identifying and evaluating potential candidates, HoldCo’s nominating and corporate governance committee will consider several factors, including, without limitation, high personal and professional integrity, strong ethics and values, the ability to make mature business judgments, experience in corporate management such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company, experience as a board member of another publicly held company, professional and academic experience relevant to our business, leadership skills, experience in finance and accounting, or executive compensation practices, whether candidate has the time required for preparation, participation and attendance at board of directors meetings and committee meetings, if applicable, independence, and the ability to represent the best interests of HoldCo’s shareholders.

Compensation Committee

HoldCo will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors to be in place prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination.                 will serve as chair of the compensation committee,                 and                 will serve as members of HoldCo’s compensation committee following the Business Combination. In accordance with NYSE listing rules and SEC rules, HoldCo’s compensation committee will consist of all independent members.

HoldCo will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including, without limitation:

 

   

Reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to HoldCo’s chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating HoldCo’s chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives, and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of post-Business Combination company’s chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

Reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of HoldCo’s other officers;

 

   

Reviewing on an annual basis HoldCo’s executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

Implementing and administering HoldCo’s incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

Assisting management in complying with HoldCo’s proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

Approving all special perquisites, special cash payments, and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for HoldCo’s officers and employees;

 

   

If required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in HoldCo’s annual proxy statement; and

 

   

Reviewing, evaluating, and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter will also provide that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel, or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

 

231


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers, and Directors

HoldCo will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of its employees, executive officers, and directors, as well as a Code of Ethics applicable to its senior financial officers (collectively, the “Codes of Conduct”) to be in place prior to or upon the closing of the Business Combination. The Codes of Conduct will be available on HoldCo’s website. Information contained on or accessible through HoldCo’s website is not a part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus/proxy statement, and the inclusion of HoldCo’s website address in this prospectus/proxy statement is an inactive textual reference only. The nominating and corporate governance committee of HoldCo’s board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Codes of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Codes of Conduct for employees, executive officers, and directors. HoldCo expects that any amendments to the Codes of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on HoldCo’s website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of HoldCo’s expected executive officers currently serve, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of HoldCo’s board of directors.

The Proposed Organizational Documents, which will be effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, limits HoldCo’s directors’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under the Cayman Island Companies Act. Cayman law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

   

for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for any unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

 

   

for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders.

The Cayman Islands Companies Act and the Proposed Organizational Documents provide that HoldCo will, in certain situations, indemnify HoldCo’s directors and officers and may indemnify other employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any indemnified person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to advancement, direct payment, or reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

In addition, HoldCo will enter into separate indemnification agreements with HoldCo’s directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, require HoldCo to indemnify its directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of HoldCo’s directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at HoldCo’s request.

HoldCo plans to maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which HoldCo’s directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers. We believe these provisions in the Proposed Organizational Documents and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

232


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF SC HEALTH

SC Health’s current executive officers and directors are as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

David Sin

   42    Chairman

AJ Coloma

   40    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Teo

   42    Chief Financial Officer

Lim Cheok Peng

   74    Director

Frank Lavin

   63    Director

Suresh Marimuthu

   54    Director

David Sin, 42, has served as SC Health’s Chairman since inception. In December 2008, Mr. Sin founded the SINCap group of companies, a multi-asset investment group focused on real estate and private investments across Asia, and he has served as the Chief Executive Officer since inception. Mr. Sin is also the Co-Founder, Deputy Chairman and Group President of FHC, a leading integrated healthcare platform in the Asia Pacific region, where he has served as Deputy Chairman since September 2016 and Group President since March 2018. Mr. Sin previously served as Executive Chairman of FHC from 2013 to 2016. Mr. Sin has been instrumental in growing FHC from a Singapore-only business to a pan-regional platform across eight markets in the Asia Pacific region. Before that, he served as an Associate Director of American International Group, Inc. and a Financial Analyst at Goldman Sachs, where he gained experience in investment banking and special situations investing. Mr. Sin is a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader (2018) and a member of the Harvard Business School Global Leaders Circle. Mr. Sin holds a BA in Accounting in Finance from The University of Manchester and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. SC Health believes that Mr. Sin is well-qualified to serve as a member of SC Health’s board of directors due to his experience investing across Asia and his leadership in the healthcare industry.

AJ Coloma, 40, has served as SC Health’s Chief Executive Officer since inception and as a director since the initial public offering. Since January 2019, Mr. Coloma has served as Managing Director-Investments at SINCap, where he focuses on private equity investing in the Asia Pacific region. From May 2018 to July 2020, Mr. Coloma acted as Group Head of M&A at FHC, where he was responsible for leading group M&A activities in the healthcare space across the Asia Pacific region. Previously, from October 2016 to January 2019, Mr. Coloma served as Director-Investments at SINCap. Before SINCap, from January 2015 to October 2016, Mr. Coloma served as Director, Investment Banking at Credit Suisse, a multinational investment lender and financial services company. Mr. Coloma previously served as Vice President, Investment Banking at Credit Suisse from January 2012 to December 2014, and as Associate, Investment Banking from July 2008 to December 2011. In his over 10 years of experience in the Asia Pacific region, Mr. Coloma has executed over 50 transactions in excess of $25 billion in total value. Mr. Coloma holds a BS and an MBA from the New York University-Leonard N. Stern School of Business.

Eric Teo, 42, has served as SC Health’s Chief Financial Officer since February 2021. Mr. Teo is the Chief Operations Officer and Chief Financial Officer for SIN Capital Group Pte Ltd (“SIN Capital”). Prior to SIN Capital, he spent close to three years with Fullerton Healthcare Corporation and held various positions during that period. These include country Chief Financial Officer, Group Finance Director and the latest as Executive Vice President, Group Operations and Strategic Projects. Before Fullerton Healthcare, Mr. Teo was a financial controller with an investment management company, Arisaig Partners. Earlier in his career, Mr. Teo was a senior manager with Ernst & Young, Financial Services practice. Eric holds a Bachelor of Accountancy Degree from Nanyang Technological University and is a Chartered Accountant in Singapore.

Lim Cheok Peng, 74, has served as a director since the initial public offering. Dr. Lim possesses more than 40 years of experience in the healthcare sector, both as a medical practitioner and in managing hospital businesses. He has practiced internal medicine and cardiology at Mr. Elizabeth Hospital in Singapore since

 

233


Table of Contents

January 1985 and has been a physician at Gleneagles Hospital and Parkway East Hospital since January 1985 and June 1985, respectively. Dr. Lim currently serves as Vice Chairman of Cotec Healthcare, a Vietnamese hospital developer and subsidiary of the Vietnamese real estate firm Cotec Group. From 2011 to 2013, Dr. Lim served as the Managing Director of IHH Healthcare Berhad, a Malaysian-Singaporean private healthcare group focused on upmarket health services, and Asia’s largest private healthcare group. From 2000 to 2010, he served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Parkway Holdings Limited. Previously, from 1990 to 2000, he served as Executive Director of Parkway Group Healthcare Pte. Ltd. Both Parkway entities are subsidiaries of IHH Healthcare Berhad. Dr. Lim was instrumental in Parkway’s and IHH Healthcare’s expansion of their healthcare businesses in the Asia Pacific region, as well as in the Middle East and Turkey. Dr. Lim has led a host of significant transactions, including the acquisition of Mount Elizabeth Hospital and East Shore Hospital (now Parkway East), as well as the Shenton Medical Group in Singapore in 1995, the acquisition of a control stake in Pantai Holdings Berhad in Malaysia in 2005, the acquisition of a control stake in The World Link Group in China in 2006 and the acquisition of a control stake in Acibadem Holdings in Turkey in 2011. He was also instrumental to several key projects during his tenure at Parkway / IHH, including the redevelopment of Gleneagles Hospital in Singapore from 1989 to 1994, the construction and commissioning of Gleneagles Kolkata in India in 2003 and the launch of Mount Elizabeth Novena in Singapore in 2009.

Dr. Lim was a Member of the Singapore Medical Council from 2006 to 2013 and was presented with the Singapore Medical Association Merit Award in 2013 for his significant contributions to the medical profession and his social service to the community in Singapore. He is now a member of the Singapore Medical Council’s Disciplinary Tribunal. He is a Member of the Royal College of Physicians of the United Kingdom. He has also received a Diploma of Fellowship from the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow and the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Edinburgh. Dr. Lim sits on the boards of over a dozen companies in Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong and Taiwan. He holds a Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery and a Master of Medicine in Internal Medicine from the University of Singapore. SC Health believes that Dr. Lim is well-qualified to serve as a member of SC Health’s board of directors due to his experience in building and operating hospitals and integrating businesses, as well as his deep industry knowledge across the healthcare spectrum.

Frank Lavin, 63, has served as a director since the initial public offering. In 2010, Mr. Lavin founded Export Now, a U.S. firm that operates e-commerce stores in China for international brands, where he serves as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Lavin previously served as Under Secretary for International Trade at the U.S. Department of Commerce from 2005 to 2007. Before that, Mr. Lavin served as U.S. Ambassador to Singapore from 2001 to 2005. In addition to those roles in government, he served in senior finance and management positions in Hong Kong and Singapore with Edelman, Bank of America and Citibank. Previously, Mr. Lavin served in the George H.W. Bush and Reagan Administrations, working in the Department of Commerce, Department of State, National Security Council and the White House. He served as Director of the White House Office of Political Affairs from 1987 to 1989.

Mr. Lavin currently serves as Chairman of the International Council of the National University of Singapore School of Medicine and on the Board of Directors of Advanced MedTech Holdings, a medical technologies company. He is a Fellow of the Singapore Institute of Directors. Mr. Lavin holds a BS from the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University, an MS in Chinese Language and History from Georgetown, an MA in International Economics from the School of Advanced International Studies at Johns Hopkins University and an MBA in Finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. SC Health believes that Mr. Lavin is well-qualified to serve as a member of SC Health’s board of directors due to his considerable experience in the public and private sector and his knowledge and experience relating to the Asia Pacific region.

Suresh Marimuthu, 54, has served as a director since the initial public offering. Since June 2016, Mr. Marimuthu has served as Chief Financial Officer and Adviser to the SJ Family office, which is involved in investment properties and technology business. Previously, from May 2008 to May 2016, Mr. Marimuthu served as M&A Transaction Services Partner for Singapore and Southeast Asia (SEA) at Deloitte & Touche, LLP, a professional services firm. Before Deloitte, he held various positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers (“PwC”) from

 

234


Table of Contents

June 1990 to April 2008. Mr. Marimuthu holds a Bachelor of Commerce from Murdoch University Australia and holds a CPA-Certified Practicing Accountants Australia, a CA-Malaysian Institute of Chartered Accountants and a CA-Institute of Singapore Chartered Accountants. SC Health believes that Mr. Marimuthu is well-qualified to serve as a member of SC Health’s board of directors due to his extensive experience regarding corporate finance and accounting matters and his experience in leadership roles at Deloitte and PwC.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of SC Health’s board of directors be independent. SC Health’s board of directors has determined that Dr. Lim Cheok Peng, Frank Lavin and Suresh Marimuthu are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. SC Health’s independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Audit Committee

Dr. Lim Cheok Peng, Frank Lavin and Suresh Marimuthu are members of SC Health’s audit committee, with Mr. Marimuthu serving as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and SC Health’s board of directors has determined that Suresh Marimuthu qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee is responsible for:

 

   

meeting with SC Health’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of SC Health’s accounting and control systems;

 

   

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law; inquiring and discussing with management SC Health’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by SC Health’s independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

 

   

appointing or replacing the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent registered public accounting firm regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding SC Health’s financial statements or accounting policies;

 

   

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of the Initial Public Offering and, if any non-compliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such non-compliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of the Initial Public Offering; and

 

   

reviewing and approving all payments made to SC Health’s existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of SC Health’s audit committee will be reviewed and approved by SC Health’s board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

The audit committee’s charter provides that the audit committee has the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers as it determines necessary to carry out its duties. The written charter is available on SC Health’s website.

 

235


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The members of SC Health’s compensation committee are Dr. Lim Cheok Peng, Frank Lavin and Suresh Marimuthu, with Dr. Lim serving as chairman of the compensation committee. SC Health has adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to SC Health’s chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating SC Health’s chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of SC Health’s chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing SC Health’s executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering SC Health’s incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with SC Health’s proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for SC Health’s executive officers and employees;

 

   

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in SC Health’s annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC. The written charter is available on SC Health’s website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of SC Health’s nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Lim Cheok Peng, Frank Lavin and Suresh Marimuthu, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. Mr. Lavin serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of SC Health’s nominating and corporate governance committee are to assist the board in:

 

   

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

 

   

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of SC Health’s corporate governance guidelines;

 

   

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

 

   

reviewing on a regular basis SC Health’s overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The nominating and corporate governance committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE, which is available on SC Health’s website.

 

236


Table of Contents

Director Nominations

SC Health’s nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the first annual meeting of the shareholders. Prior to SC Health’s initial business combination, the SC Health board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of the Founder Shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Prior to SC Health’s initial business combination, holders of SC Health’s public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to SC Health’s board.

SC Health has not formally established any specific minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of SC Health’s business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom and the ability to represent the best interests of SC Health’s shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of SC Health’s executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on SC Health’s board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

SC Health has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of SC Health’s employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. A copy of SC Health’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may be accessed free of charge by visiting SC Health’s website at www.schealthcorp.com. In addition, a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. SC Health intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of SC Health’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Legal Proceedings

SC Health is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to SC Health’s knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against it or any of SC Health’s officers or directors in their capacity as such.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

SC Health has registered its securities under the Exchange Act and has reporting obligations, including the requirement to file annual and quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, SC Health’s annual reports contain financial statements audited and reported on by SC Health’s independent registered public accounting firm. SC Health has filed with the SEC its Annual Report on Form 10-K covering the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

Executive Compensation

None of SC Health’s executive officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to it. Commencing on the date that its securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of its initial business combination, SC Health is paying an affiliate of its Sponsor $10,000 per month, or up to $180,000 in the aggregate, for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to it. In addition, SC Health’s Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be

 

237


Table of Contents

reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on its behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. SC Health’s audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to its Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or its or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, SC Health does not expect to have any additional controls in place governing its reimbursement payments to its directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with SC Health’s activities on its behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by SC Health to its Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates. After the completion of its initial business combination, directors or members of SC Health’s management team who remain with SC Health may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to SC Health shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. SC Health has not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to its directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to SC Health’s executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on the SC Health board of directors.

SC Health does not intend to take any action to ensure that members of its management team maintain their positions with it after the consummation of its initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of its executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with SC Health after its initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with SC Health may influence its management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but SC Health does not believe that the ability of its management to remain with it after the consummation of its initial business combination will be a determining factor in its decision to proceed with any potential business combination. SC Health is not party to any agreements with its executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of SC Health ordinary shares as of March 30, 2021 held by:

 

   

each person known by it to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of its outstanding ordinary shares;

 

   

each of its executive officers and directors; and

 

   

all its executive officers and directors as a group.

 

238


Table of Contents
   

The following table is based on 22,812,500 ordinary shares of outstanding at March 30, 2021, of which 17,250,000 were SC Health Class A ordinary shares and 5,562,500 were SC Health Class B ordinary shares. Unless otherwise indicated, it is believed that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

 

    Class A Ordinary Shares     Class B Ordinary Shares(2)  

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Approximate
Percentage
of Class
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Approximate
Percentage
of Class
    Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
 

SC Health Holdings Limited (SC Health’s Sponsor)(3)

    —         —         5,487,500       98.7     24.1

David Sin(3)

    —         —         5,487,500       98.7     24.1

AJ Coloma

    —         —         —         —         —    

Hwei Lynn Lau

    —         —         —         —         —    

Eric Teo

    —         —         —         —         —    

Lim Cheok Peng

    —         —         25,000       *       *  

Frank Lavin

    —         —         25,000       *       *  

Suresh Marimuthu

    —         —         25,000       *       *  

Glazer Capital, LLC(4)

    2,200,048       12.8     —         —         9.6

Hudson Bay Capital Management LP(5)

    1,283,210       7.4     —         —         5.6

Perceptive Advisors LLC(6)

    1,000,000       5.8     —         —         4.4

Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.(7)

    891,391       5.2     —         —         3.9

HGC Investment Management Inc.(8)

    871,049       5.0     —         —         3.8

All executive officers and directors as a group (6 individuals)

    —         —         5,562,500       100     24.4

 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of its shareholders is 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares, classified as SC Health Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into SC Health Class A ordinary shares at the time of the initial business combination.

(3)

SC Health Holdings Limited is wholly-owned by SC Health Group Limited. Each of SC Health Group Limited and David Sin may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by SC Health’s Sponsor by virtue of their direct and indirect ownership, respectively, of the shares of SC Health Holdings Limited. Each of SC Health Group Limited and David Sin disclaims beneficial ownership over any securities owned by SC Health’s Sponsor other than to the extent of any of their respective pecuniary interest therein, directly or indirectly.

(4)

Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, by Glazer Capital, LLC and Paul J. Glazer. Glazer Capital, LLC and Paul J. Glazer exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 2,200,048 shares and their principal business address is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.

(5)

Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2021, by Hudson Bay Capital Management LP and Sander Gerber. Hudson Bay Capital Management LP and Sander Gerber exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 1,283,210 shares and their principal business address is 777 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(6)

Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, by Perceptive Advisors LLC, Joseph Edelman and Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. Perceptive Advisors LLC, Joseph Edelman and Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 1,000,000 shares and their principal business address is 51 Astor Place, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10003.

(7)

Based on a Schedule 13G/A, filed with the SEC on February 10, 2021, by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 891,391 shares.

 

239


Table of Contents
  The principal business address of Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. is 401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, PO Box 19, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada.
(8)

Based on a Schedule 13G, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020, by HGC Investment Management Inc. HGC Investment Management Inc. exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 871,049 shares. The principal business office of HGC Investment Management Inc. is 366 Adelaide, Suite 601, Toronto, Ontario M5V 1R9, Canada.

 

240


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION OF ROCKLEY

Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms refer to Rockley (which includes its subsidiaries) prior to the closing of the Business Combination, and to HoldCo (which includes its subsidiaries) after the closing of the Business Combination.

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for Rockley’s executive officers who are named in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table” below. For 2020, the “named executive officers” and their positions with Rockley were as follows:

 

   

Andrew Rickman, OBE, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Mahesh Karanth, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Amit Nagra, PhD, Chief Operating Officer.

Following the closing of the Business Combination, Dr. Rickman will serve as chief executive officer, Mr. Karanth will serve as chief financial officer, and Dr. Nagra will serve as chief operating officer, in each case, of HoldCo.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that HoldCo adopts following the closing of the Business Combination may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers of Rockley for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Nonequity
Incentive Plan

Compensation
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
     Total ($)  

Andrew Rickman, OBE

     366,200        —          165,275       10,679        542,154  

Chief Executive Officer

             

Mahesh Karanth

     300,012        586,814        138,006       3,072        1,027,904  

Chief Financial Officer

             

Amit Nagra, PhD

     337,851        —          186,494 (3)      3,081        527,426  

Chief Operating Officer

             

 

(1)

The amount in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to each named executive officer, computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. See Note 11 to Rockley’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement for a discussion of the assumptions Rockley made in determining the grant date fair value of Rockley’s equity awards.

(2)

The amount in this column represents annual bonuses earned by each named executive officer in 2020 and to be paid in cash in 2021, based on the attainment of individual and company performance metrics as determined by the board of directors of Rockley in its discretion.

(3)

In addition to the annual target bonus, this number includes a one-time cash bonus payment of $125,000, paid pursuant to Dr. Nagra’s employment agreement amendment dated November 15, 2019.

 

241


Table of Contents
(4)

Amounts in this column include the amounts set forth in the table below:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Employer
Retirement
Contributions
($)
     AD&D
Premium
($)
 

Andrew Rickman, OBE

     10,679        —    

Mahesh Karanth

     3,000        72  

Amit Nagra, PhD

     3,000        81  

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

2020 Salaries

In 2020, each of the named executive officers of Rockley received an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to Rockley. The base salary payable to each named executive officer was intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting such executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities.

2020 Bonus

In 2020, Dr. Rickman, Mr. Karanth, and Dr. Nagra were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at 50%, 50%, and 60% of their respective base salaries. Each named executive officer was eligible to earn his bonus based on the attainment of company and individual performance metrics, as determined by the board of directors of Rockley, in its discretion. The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2020 performance are set forth above in the 2020 Summary Compensation Table in the column titled “Nonequity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

Equity Compensation

The 2013 Plan was adopted by Rockley’s board of directors, and approved by its shareholders, on November 12, 2013. The 2013 Plan has been amended since that date, with the most recent amendment adopted by Rockley’s board of directors on November 18, 2020 and approved by its shareholders on December 4, 2020. Rockley’s board of directors or the remuneration committee thereof administers the 2013 Plan and any awards granted thereunder.

Options granted pursuant to the 2013 Plan to eligible service providers, including executive officers, have an exercise price that Rockley’s board of directors determined is not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Options generally vest and become exercisable over a four-year period, often with a 25% cliff vest at the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the option holder’s continued service with Rockley. Options generally expire ten years from the date of grant. The materials terms of the 2013 Plan are described in greater detail under “—Equity Benefit Plans.”

In addition, shareholders are being asked to approve the 2021 Plan in connection with the approval of the Business Combination. Upon the 2021 Plan becoming effective, no new awards will be granted under the 2013 Plan. The materials terms of the 2021 Plan are described in greater detail under “Incentive Plan Proposal.”

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

In 2020, Dr. Rickman participated in the Rockley U.K. pension (“U.K. Pension”) and Mr. Karanth and Dr. Nagra participated in the ADP TotalSource Retirement Savings Plan, a multiple employer defined contribution plan in which Rockley participates (“401(k) Plan”). The U.K. Pension and the 401(k) Plan are

 

242


Table of Contents

designed to take advantage of certain provisions of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HRMC”) and the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, which allow eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis to the U.K. Pension or the 401(k) Plan, as applicable. In 2020, contributions made by participants in the U.K. Pension and the 401(k) Plan were matched up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions on behalf of the named executive officers. These matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. Rockley anticipates that, following the closing of the Business Combination, its named executive officers will continue to participate in these retirement plans on the same terms as other full-time employees.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health & Welfare Benefit Plans. In 2020, the named executive officers of Rockley participated in health and welfare plans maintained by Rockley, including:

 

   

medical, dental, and vision benefits;

 

   

medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;

 

   

short-term and long-term disability insurance;

 

   

life insurance; and

 

   

paid time off and paid holidays.

No Tax Gross-Ups

In 2020, Rockley did not make gross-up payments to cover the named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by Rockley.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Grant
Date
  Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
Exercisable (#)
   Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options Unexercisable
(#)
   Options
Exercise
Price
($)
   Options
Expiration
Date

Andrew Rickman, OBE

   —     —      —      —      —  

Mahesh Karanth

   12/22/17(1)   303,750    101,250    5.363    12/21/27
   10/05/20(2)   4,218    97,032    7.722    06/28/30

Amit Nagra, PhD

   05/20/15(3)   712,230    —      1.331    05/19/25

 

(1)

Option vests monthly over a 48-month period, with 25% vesting on December 20, 2018 and the remaining portion vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. All unvested options shall vest in the event of a Change in Control or Sale of Assets, each as defined in the 2013 Plan.

(2)

Option vests monthly over a 48-month period following the grant date. All unvested options shall vest in the event of a Change in Control or Sale of Assets, each as defined in the 2013 Plan.

(3)

Options vest monthly over a 48-month period, with 25% vesting on first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining portion vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. All unvested options shall vest in the event of a Change in Control or Sale of Assets, each as defined in the 2013 Plan.

Executive Compensation Arrangements—Existing

Andrew Rickman, OBE Employment Agreement

On September 9, 2013, Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE entered into an employment agreement with Rockley to serve as its chief executive officer. That employment agreement was subsequently amended on April 1, 2020. On

 

243


Table of Contents

August 1, 2020, Dr. Rickman entered into a consultancy agreement with Rockley Ventures Limited, an affiliate of Rockley and HoldCo. The consultancy agreement, together with Dr. Rickman’s employment agreement as amended on April 1, 2020 (collectively, the “CEO Agreements”), will continue until terminated in accordance with their terms.

Dr. Rickman is entitled to a base salary and consulting fee of $371,681. In addition, under the CEO Agreements, Dr. Rickman is eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary and consulting fee, to be paid based on the achievement of company and individual performance goals. The CEO Agreements also provide that Dr. Rickman may participate in any benefit programs maintained for the benefit of Rockley’s employees within the United Kingdom.

Under the CEO Agreements, Rockley must provide Dr. Rickman at least six months’ notice, or pay in lieu of notice, prior to any termination of his employment unless, in the reasonable view of Rockley, Dr. Rickman is guilty of serious misconduct, willful neglect of duty, dishonesty, gross incompetence, or gross negligence and is terminated on that basis. Dr. Rickman must provide Rockley with at least one month’s notice prior to his resignation. Except in the event of a summary dismissal in the circumstances described above, if Dr. Rickman’s employment is terminated by Rockley, then he will be eligible to receive (a) 50% of his annual target performance bonus payable in installments over six months and (b) continuation of all employee benefits, including any private medical coverage, insurance, and pension benefits, for a period of six months following termination. These severance benefits are in addition to any pay in lieu of notice.

Dr. Rickman’s employment agreement contains customary confidentiality/non-disclosure, non-solicitation, and intellectual property/invention assignment provisions which continue for a period of one month following Dr. Rickman’s termination for any reason.

Mahesh Karanth Employment Agreement

On December 20, 2017, Mr. Mahesh Karanth entered into an employment agreement with Rockley to serve as its chief financial officer. That employment agreement was subsequently amended with the latest amendment dated August 1, 2020. Mr. Karanth’s employment agreement, as amended, is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.

Mr. Karanth is entitled to a base salary of $300,012 per year. In addition, under his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Karanth is eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of individual and company performance goals. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Karanth may participate in the benefit programs maintained for the benefit of Rockley employees within the United States subject to applicable eligibility requirements.

If Mr. Karanth’s employment involuntarily terminates other than for cause or Mr. Karanth resigns for good reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive six months of base salary and 50% of his annual target bonus, paid in equal installments over six months, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims.

In the event of a “Change in Control” or “Sale Event” as defined under the 2013 Plan, Mr. Karanth’s outstanding options under the 2013 Plan will vest in full.

In addition, pursuant to Mr. Karanth’s employment agreement from Rockley dated June 22, 2020, Mr. Karanth is entitled to a cash bonus in the event Rockley undergoes a listing or change in control, as each is defined in such letter. It is expected that the Business Combination will constitute a listing under the liquidity event letter and that Mr. Karanth will thereby receive a $775,000 cash bonus, to be paid contingent upon and shortly following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

244


Table of Contents

In connection with entering into his employment agreement, Mr. Karanth also executed an invention, non-disclosure and non-solicitation agreement.

Amit Nagra, PhD Employment Agreement

On April 25, 2015, Dr. Amit Nagra entered into an employment agreement with Rockley to serve as its chief operating officer. That employment agreement was subsequently amended with the latest amendments dated November 15, 2019 and August 1, 2020. Dr. Nagra’s employment agreement, as amended, is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.

Dr. Nagra is entitled to receive a base salary of $337,851 per year. In addition, under his employment agreement as amended, Dr. Nagra is eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus of up to 60% of his base salary, to be paid based on the achievement of individual and company performance goals. The employment agreement also provides that Dr. Nagra may participate in the benefit programs maintained for the benefit of Rockley employees within the United States, subject to applicable eligibility requirements.

If Dr. Nagra’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the employment agreement), he is entitled to receive, as severance, six months of base salary and 50% of his annual target bonus, payable in installments over six months, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. In addition, unless Dr. Nagra’s employment is terminated for cause (as defined in his employment agreement) or due to death or disability, Dr. Nagra’s equity award will remain exercisable through the original term of the option.

In connection with entering into his employment agreement, Dr. Nagra also executed an invention, non-disclosure and non-solicitation agreement.

HoldCo Executive Compensation

Following the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo intends to develop an executive compensation program that aligns compensation with HoldCo’s business objectives and the creation of shareholder value, while enabling HoldCo to attract, retain, incentivize, and reward individuals who contribute to the long-term success of HoldCo. Decisions on the executive compensation program will be made by the Compensation Committee. On September 30, 2020, Rockley engaged a leading external compensation consulting firm to serve as the executive compensation consultant to the Company. This external consulting firm has provided competitive compensation analysis, including recommendations for the Company’s senior management and directors. All proposals were presentation and approved by the Rockley Compensation Committee.

HoldCo expects to enter into employment agreements with our named executive officers in connection with the closing of the Business Combination. These employment agreements will supersede and restate each named executive officer’s prior employment and compensation arrangements with the modifications described below. In addition, each named executive officer will be asked to waive any entitlement to accelerated vesting under the terms of their respective option award agreements with respect to the Business Combination. These terms, as described below, have not been finalized and remain subject to change.

Andrew Rickman, OBE

HoldCo expects to enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Rickman, pursuant to which Dr. Rickman will serve as the chief executive officer of HoldCo and will report directly to the board of directors of HoldCo. Dr. Rickman’s service pursuant to the employment agreement will continue until terminated in accordance with its terms.

Under the employment agreement, Dr. Rickman will receive an initial annual base salary of $500,000, which will be subject to increase at the discretion of the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation

 

245


Table of Contents

Committee thereof and will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus targeted at 100% of Dr. Rickman’s then current annual base salary. The actual amount of any such bonus will be determined by reference to the attainment of applicable HoldCo and/or individual performance objectives, as determined by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Rickman will also be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare, and fringe benefit plans provided by HoldCo to its employees.

In addition, subject to approval by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof, Dr. Rickman will be eligible to receive equity awards with a fair value of $5 million, weighted equally between (i) stock options to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares at a price equal to such stock’s fair market value at grant and (ii) restricted stock units (“RSUs”). Both Dr. Rickman’s stock option and his RSUs would be subject to ratable monthly vesting over four (4) years beginning on the closing of the Business Combination.

In addition, Dr. Rickman’s severance terms under his existing employment agreement will continue except that: (i) Dr. Rickman’s pre-termination notice period will be extended to twelve (12) months and (ii) if Dr. Rickman’s employment is terminated by HoldCo without “cause,” or by Dr. Rickman for “good reason” (each, as defined in his employment agreement), in each case, on or within twelve (12) months following a change in control (as defined under the 2021 Plan), then, subject to his execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in our favor and continued compliance with customary confidentiality and non-solicitation requirements, the vesting shall accelerate with respect to 100% the stock options and RSUs describe in the preceding paragraph.

The employment agreement will contain non-competition and non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions which, generally, restrict Dr. Rickman’s ability to (i) engage, become involved, or have business dealings with any of HoldCo’s or HoldCo’s affiliates customers or suppliers, or (ii) employ, engage or facilitate the employment of HoldCo or HoldCo’s affiliates key employees, for a period of twelve (12) months following his termination.

Mahesh Karanth

HoldCo expects to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Karanth, pursuant to which Mr. Karanth will serve as the chief financial officer of HoldCo and will report directly to HoldCo’s chief executive officer. Mr. Karanth’s service pursuant to the employment agreement will continue until terminated in accordance with its terms. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Karanth will receive an initial annual base salary of $450,000, which will be subject to increase at the discretion of the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof and will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus targeted at 60% of Mr. Karanth’s then-current annual base salary. The actual amount of any such bonus will be determined by reference to the attainment of applicable company and/or individual performance objectives, as determined by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof.

Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Karanth will also be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare, and fringe benefit plans, provided by HoldCo to its employees.

In addition, subject to approval by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof, Mr. Karanth will be eligible to receive equity awards with a fair value of $2 million, weighted equally between (i) stock options to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares at a price equal to such stock’s fair market value at grant and (ii) RSUs. Both Mr. Karanth’s stock option and his RSUs would be subject to ratable monthly vesting over four (4) years beginning on the closing of the Business Combination.

If Mr. Karanth’s employment is terminated by HoldCo without “cause,” or by Mr. Karanth for “good reason” (each, as defined in his employment agreement), subject to his execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in our favor and continued compliance with customary confidentiality and non-solicitation

 

246


Table of Contents

requirements, then, in addition to any accrued amounts, Mr. Karanth will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits: (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) six (6) months of his annual base salary then in effect and (b) 50% of his target annual bonus amount, payable in equal installments over six months; (ii) continued healthcare coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for up to six (6) months after the termination date; and (iii) if such a termination occurs on or within twelve (12) months following a change in control (as defined under the 2021 Plan), 100% vesting acceleration of the stock options and RSUs describe in the preceding paragraph.

The employment agreement will contain customary confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions, and also will include a “best pay” provision under Section 280G of the Code, pursuant to which any “parachute payments” that become payable to Mr. Karanth will either be paid in full or reduced so that such payments are not subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever results in the better after-tax treatment to Mr. Karanth.

Amit Nagra, PhD

HoldCo expects to enter into an employment agreement with Dr. Nagra, pursuant to which Dr. Nagra will serve as the chief operating officer of HoldCo and will report directly to HoldCo’s chief executive officer. Dr. Nagra’s service pursuant to the employment agreement will continue until terminated in accordance with its terms. Under the employment agreement, Dr. Nagra will receive an initial annual base salary of $450,000, which will be subject to increase at the discretion of the board of directors or the Compensation Committee thereof and will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus targeted at 60% of Dr. Nagra then-current annual base salary. The actual amount of any such bonus will be determined by reference to the attainment of applicable company and/or individual performance objectives, as determined by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof.

Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Nagra will also be eligible to participate in customary health, welfare, and fringe benefit plans, provided by HoldCo to its employees.

In addition, subject to approval by the board of directors of HoldCo or the Compensation Committee thereof, Dr. Nagra will be eligible receive equity awards with a fair value of $1.5 million, weighted equally between (i) stock options to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares at a price equal to such stock’s fair market value at grant and (ii) RSUs. Both Dr. Nagra’s stock option and his RSUs would be subject to ratable monthly vesting over four (4) years beginning on the closing of the Business Combination.

If Dr. Nagra’s employment is terminated by HoldCo without “cause,” or by Dr. Nagra for “good reason” (each, as defined in his employment agreement), subject to his execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in our favor, then, in addition to any accrued amounts, Dr. Nagra will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits: (i) an amount equal to the sum of (a) six months of his annual base salary then in effect and (b) 50% of his target annual bonus amount, payable in equal installments over six months; (ii) payments of premiums for continued healthcare coverage under COBRA for up to six months after the termination date; and (iii) if such a termination occurs on or within twelve (12) months following a change in control (as defined under the 2021 Plan), 100% vesting acceleration of the stock options and RSUs describe in the preceding paragraph.

The employment agreement will contain customary confidentiality provisions, and also will include a “best pay” provision under Section 280G of the Code, pursuant to which any “parachute payments” that become payable to Dr. Nagra will either be paid in full or reduced so that such payments are not subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever results in the better after-tax treatment to Dr. Nagra.

 

247


Table of Contents

Equity Benefit Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

The following is a description of the material terms of the 2013 Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2013 Plan, a copy of which is included as an exhibit to this prospectus/proxy statement.

General. The 2013 Plan was adopted by Rockley’s board of directors, and approved by its shareholders, on November 12, 2013. The 2013 Plan has been amended since the date, with the most recent amendment adopted by Rockley’s board of directors on November 18, 2020 and approved by its shareholders on December 4, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, Rockley had reserved 11,458,989 ordinary shares for issuance under the 2013 Plan. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, there were 7,207,044 options outstanding under the 2013 Plan, 11,458,989 ordinary shares remained available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan (of which 2,746,089 shares were available for grant), and the weighted-average exercise price of the options outstanding under the 2013 Plan was $4.94 per share.

Following the closing of the Business Combination, and upon the effective date of the 2021 Plan, no additional awards and Rockley ordinary shares will remain available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan. However, the 2013 Plan, as assumed by HoldCo, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder. Following the 2021 Plan’s effective date, shares originally reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan will become available for issuance under the 2021 plan as described under “Proposal No. 3—Incentive Plan Proposal." In addition, as a result of and upon the closing of the Business Combination, equity award holders under the 2013 Plan will be treated as described under “Proposal No.1—BCA Proposal—Consideration—Treatment of the Company Options and Restricted Stock.

Administration. The 2013 Plan is administered by Rockley’s board of directors or the Compensation Committee thereof. Following the closing of the Business Combination, the 2013 Plan will be administered by the board of directors of HoldCo, or the Compensation Committee thereof, with respect to outstanding awards. The term “Compensation Committee” will be used in this section to refer to the 2013 Plan administrator both before and after the Business Combination.

Stock Awards. The 2013 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), enterprise management incentive (“EMI”) options, restricted share awards, RSUs awards, stock appreciation rights, cash-based awards, and performance-based stock awards, (collectively, “stock awards”). ISOs may be granted only to Rockley’s employees, including officers, and the employees of Rockley’s affiliates. All other stock awards may be granted to Rockley’s employees, officers, Rockley’s non-employee directors, and consultants and the employees and consultants of Rockley’s parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates.

Stock Options. A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock, at a certain exercise price, in the future. Under the 2013 Plan, ISOs, EMIs, and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines the vesting schedule and exercise price for each stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2013 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of Rockley ordinary shares on the date of grant. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of Rockley’s total combined voting power or that of any of Rockley’s affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Stock options granted under the 2013 Plan generally must be exercised by the optionee before the earlier of the expiration of such option or the expiration of a specified period following the optionee’s termination of employment. Each stock option agreement under the 2013 Plan sets forth the extent to which the option recipient

 

248


Table of Contents

will have the right to exercise the option following the termination of the recipient’s service with us, and the right to exercise the option of any executors or administrators of the award recipient’s estate or any person who has acquired such options directly from the award recipient by bequest or inheritance.

Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash, check, or, if provided for in the stock option agreement evidencing the award, (1) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares which have already been owned by the optionee, (2) future services or services rendered to Rockley or Rockley’s affiliates prior to the award, (3) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to Rockley in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (4) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge shares and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to Rockley in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (5) by a “net exercise” arrangement, (6) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note, or (7) by any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations, and rules.

Repricing; Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards. The Compensation Committee has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2013 Plan, the Compensation Committee has the authority to cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash, or other consideration, without shareholder approval but with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of a recapitalization, stock split, or similar capital transaction, the Compensation Committee will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the exercise price under each outstanding option.

Change of Control. In the event of a change of control as defined in the 2013 Plan, the Compensation Committee may provide that (i) unexercised awards shall terminate in connection with the change of control, (ii) awards shall be assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation, (iii) vesting with respect to outstanding awards shall accelerate in whole or in part in connection with the change of control, (iv) award holders shall receive a share of the transaction consideration or liquidation proceeds (as applicable) in exchange for their awards or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In addition, the Compensation Committee may provide that certain awards will be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control.

Certain awards under the 2013 Plan are subject to vesting acceleration upon a change of control. While the proposed Business Combination may constitute a change of control under the 2013 Plan, all such award holders will be asked to waive any entitlement to accelerated vesting upon a change in control with respect to the Business Combination.

Transferability. Unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise, no award granted under the 2013 Plan may be transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to shares issued under such award), except by will, the laws of descent, and distribution.

 

249


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

2020 Director Compensation

The table below summarizes the compensation of each person serving as a non-employee director of Rockley in 2020.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash ($)
    Option
Awards ($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Caroline Brown(2)

     50,000       40,063          90,063  

Markku Hirvonen(3)

     47,500       40,063        103,509 (4)      191,072  

Robert Rickman

     40,000       40,063          80,063  

Sunit Rikhi

     40,000       40,063        20,247 (5)      100,310  

John Burgess

     12,500 (6)      —          33,764 (7)      12,500  

Andy Parker

     —         —            —    

Jianqiang Ma

     —         —            —    

 

(1)

The amount in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted to each of Rockley’s directors, computed in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 11 to Rockley’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement for a discussion of the assumptions Rockley made in determining the grant date fair value of Rockley’s equity awards.

(2)

Dr. Brown served as the Audit Committee Chair in 2020 and therefore received $10,000 in additional compensation.

(3)

Mr. Hirvonen served as the Compensation Committee Chair from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 and therefor received $7,500 in additional compensation.

(4)

Paid in connection with Mr. Hirvonen’s consultancy services to Rockley.

(5)

Paid in connection with Mr. Rikhi’s consultancy services to Rockley.

(6)

Mr. Burgess resigned as a director and the Compensation Committee Chair on March 31, 2020 and therefore received only a prorated portion of any associated director fees.

(7)

Paid in connection with Mr. Burgess’ consultancy services to Rockley.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Rockley’s policy is to reimburse directors for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of directors and committee meetings or performing other services in their capacities as directors.

It is expected that upon the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo’s board of directors will approve the Director Compensation Program that is expected to consist of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards for its non-employee directors.

Under the Director Compensation Program and in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo expects to grant RSUs to each non-employee director (each an “Initial RSU Award”) under the 2021 Plan covering HoldCo ordinary shares with an aggregate grant date value of $220,000, to vest as to 1/3 of the total number of shares subject to the award on the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next annual meeting of HoldCo’s shareholders, and in each of the next two calendar years following the year of the initial vesting date, 1/3 of the total number of shares shall vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the prior annual meeting of shareholders or the current year annual meeting of shareholders. Each Initial RSU Award shall become 100% vested if a change in control as defined in the 2021 Plan occurs during such director’s service.

 

250


Table of Contents

In addition, under the Director Compensation Program, following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of HoldCo’s shareholders, commencing with the 2022 annual meeting, each non-employee director who will continue serving as a member of HoldCo’s board of directors thereafter shall receive a grant of RSUs (each an “Annual RSU Award”) under the 2021 Plan covering HoldCo ordinary shares with an aggregate grant date target value of $162,000. In addition, if a non-employee director is elected to the HoldCo board of directors other than at an annual meeting of shareholders and after the effective date of the Director Compensation Program, the non-employee director shall receive an Annual RSU Award upon election to HoldCo’s board of directors that is prorated based upon the number of calendar days remaining before (1) the next annual meeting of shareholders, if scheduled, or (2) the date of the first anniversary of the last annual meeting of shareholders, if the next annual meeting is not yet scheduled.

Each Annual RSU Award shall become fully vested, subject to the applicable non-employee director’s continued service as a director, on the earliest of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, the next annual meeting of shareholders following the date of grant or the consummation of a change in control as defined in the 2021 plan.

The Director Compensation Program also will consist of the following cash components:

 

   

Annual Retainer for all non-employee directors: $45,000

 

   

Lead Director Retainer: $23,000

 

   

Annual Committee Chair Retainer:

 

   

Audit: $20,000

 

   

Nominating and Corporate Governance $10,000

 

   

Compensation: $15,000

 

   

Annual Committee Member (Non-Chair) Retainer:

 

   

Audit: $10,000

 

   

Nominating and Corporate Governance: $5,000

 

   

Compensation: $7,500

The annual cash retainer will be paid in quarterly installments in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service.

Non-Employee Director Share Ownership Policy

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo is expected to adopt a share ownership policy (the “Share Ownership Policy”) for its non-employee directors to further align the personal interests of such directors with the interests of HoldCo.

Under the Share Ownership Policy, each non-employee director is expected to acquire, and continue to hold during the term or his or her service on HoldCo’s board of directors, ownership of HoldCo common shares having a value equal to four times the annual cash retainer paid by HoldCo to its non-employee directors. For this purpose, shares are considered owned by a non-employee director which are directly owned by such director or subject to vested RSUs. Non-employee directors are required to hold 100% of the shares acquired through any of HoldCo’s equity incentive plans (net of the number applied to pay applicable taxes) until the Share Ownership Policy is satisfied.

 

251


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding (i) the beneficial ownership of SC Health ordinary shares as of March 30, 2021 and (ii) the expected beneficial ownership of HoldCo ordinary shares immediately following closing of the Business Combination (assuming a “no redemption” scenario and assuming a “maximum redemption” scenario as described below) by:

 

   

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of SC Health ordinary shares and is expected to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of shares of HoldCo’s ordinary shares (i.e. HoldCo shares) post-Business Combination;

 

   

each of SC Health’s current executive officers and directors;

 

   

each person who will become an executive officer or director of HoldCo post-Business Combination; and

 

   

all executive officers and directors of SC Health as a group pre-Business Combination, and all executive officers and directors of HoldCo as a group post-Business Combination.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The beneficial ownership of SC Health ordinary shares pre-Business Combination is based on 22,812,500 SC Health ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of March 30, 2021.

The expected beneficial ownership of HoldCo ordinary shares post-Business Combination assumes two scenarios:

 

   

a “no redemption” scenario where no SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination; and

 

   

a “maximum redemption” scenario where 16,261, 464 SC Health Class A ordinary shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination.

Based on the foregoing assumptions, and including the                  HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued in connection with the PIPE Financing, we estimate that there would be                  HoldCo ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the closing of the Business Combination in the “no redemption” scenario, and                  HoldCo ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the closing of the Business Combination in the “maximum redemption” scenario. If the actual facts are different from the foregoing assumptions, ownership figures in the combined company and the columns under Post-Business Combination in the table that follows will be different.

The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of any HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of public warrants or private placement warrants, as such securities are not exercisable or convertible within 60 days of March 30, 2021.

 

252


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, SC Health believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.

 

    Pre-Business Combination and PIPE
Investment
    Post-Business
Combination and PIPE Financing
 
                            Assuming No
Redemption
    Assuming Maximum
Redemption
 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of
SC Health
Ordinary
Shares(2)
    % of SC
Health
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    % of SC
Health
Class B
Ordinary
Shares
    % of SC
Health
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of
Shares of
HoldCo
Common
Stock
    %     Number of
Shares of
HoldCo
Common
Stock
    %  

5% Holders

               

SC Health Holdings Limited (the Sponsor)(3)

    5,487,500       —         98.7     24.1       %         %  

David Sin(3)

    5,487,500       —         98.7     24.1        

Lim Cheok Peng

    25,000         *       *          

Frank Lavin

    25,000       —         *       *         %         %  

Suresh Marimuthu

    25,000       —         *       *         %         %  

Glazer Capital LLC(4)

    2,200,048       12.8     —         9.6       %         %  

Hudson Bay Capital(5) Management LP

    1,283,210       7.4     —         5.6       %         %  

Perceptive Advisors LLC(6)

    891,391       5.2     —         3.9       %         %  

Polar Asset Management Partners Inc.(7)

    1,000,000       5.8     —         4.4       %         %  

HGC Investment Management Inc.(8)

    871,049       5.0     —         3.8        

Directors and Executive Officers Pre-Business Combination:

               

David Sin(3)

    5,487,500       —         98.7     24.1       *         *  

AJ Coloma

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Hwei Lynn Lau

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Eric Teo

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Lim Cheok Peng

    25,000         *       *       —         —         —         —    

Frank Lavin

    25,000       —         *       *       —         —         —         —    

Suresh Marimuthu

    25,000       —         *       *       —         —         —         —    

All SC Health directors and executive officers as a group (six individuals):

    5,562,500       —         100     24.4       *         *  

Directors and Executive Officers Post-Business Combination:

               

Andrew Rickman

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Mahesh Karanth

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Amit Nagra

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

William Huyettt

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Brian Blaser

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Caroline Brown

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Karim Karti

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

Michele Klein

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

All HoldCo directors and executive officers as a group (eight individuals)

    —         —         —         —           *         *  

 

*

Less than one percent

 

253


Table of Contents
(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of those listed in the table above pre-Business Combination is 3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT.

(2)

Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, holders of record of SC Health Class A ordinary shares and SC Health Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by SC Health shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law; provided, that holders of SC Health Class B ordinary shares have the right to elect all of SC Health’s directors prior to the closing of the Business Combination, and holders of SC Health’s Class A ordinary shares are not entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time.

(3)

SC Health Holdings Limited is wholly-owned by SC Health Group Limited. Each of SC Health Group Limited and David Sin may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Sponsor by virtue of their direct and indirect ownership, respectively, of the shares of SC Health Holdings Limited. Each of SC Health Group Limited and David Sin disclaims beneficial ownership over any securities owned by the Sponsor other than to the extent of any of their respective pecuniary interest therein, directly or indirectly.

(4)

Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, by Glazer Capital, LLC and Paul J. Glazer. Glazer Capital, LLC and Paul J. Glazer exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 2,200,048 shares and their principal business address is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.

(5)

Based on a Schedule 13G with the SEC on February 10, 2021, by Hudson Bay Capital Management LP and Sander Gerber. Hudson Bay Capital Management LP and Sander Gerber exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 1,283,210 shares and their principal business address is 777 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(6)

Based on a Schedule 13G with the SEC on February 16, 2021, by Perceptive Advisors LLC, Joseph Edelman and Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. Perceptive Advisors LLC, Joseph Edelman and Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. exercise shared voting and dispositive power over 1,000,000 shares and their principal business address is 51 Astor Place, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10003.

(7)

Based on a Schedule 13G/A, filed with the SEC on February 10, 2021, by Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 891,391 shares. The principal business address of Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. is 401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, PO Box 19, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada.

(8)

Based on a Schedule 13G, filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020, by HGC Investment Management Inc. HGC Investment Management Inc. exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 871,049 shares. The principal business office of HGC Investment Management Inc. is 366 Adelaide, Suite 601, Toronto, Ontario M5V 1R9, Canada.

 

254


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

SC Health Corporation

Founder Shares

On December 28, 2018, the Sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.006 per share, to cover certain of SC Health’s offering costs relating to the initial public offering in exchange for 3,450,000 Founder Shares. On February 8, 2019, SC Health effected a share capital sub-division (in respect of the founder shares) so that there were 4,312,500 Founder Shares outstanding. The Sponsor surrendered 562,500 Founder Shares to SC Health for no consideration in connection with the underwriters’ election to not exercise the overallotment option relating to the initial public offering at the end of the 45-day option period.

In connection with the Business Combination, each of the 5,562,500 Founder Shares will convert into one HoldCo ordinary share.

Private Placement Warrants

The Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,000,000 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per SC Health warrant, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, in connection with the initial public offering. The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold in the initial public offering except that the private placement warrants, so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) are not be redeemable by SC Health, (ii) may not (including the SC Health Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants), subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of SC Health’s initial business combination, (iii) may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are entitled to registration rights. On August 2, 2019, SC Health consummated the closing of the sale of 2,250,000 additional SC Health units at the price of $10.00 per unit upon receiving the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, generating additional gross proceeds of $22,500,000 to SC Health. Simultaneously with the exercise of the over-allotment, SC Health completed the private sale of an additional 450,000 SC Health private placement warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $450,000.

In connection with the Business Combination, each of the 5,450,000 SC Health private placement warrants will convert automatically into one HoldCo warrant to purchase one HoldCo ordinary share pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.

Subscription Agreements

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into Investor Subscription Agreements with certain investors, including, among others, the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor. Pursuant to the Investor Subscription Agreements, each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of 14,790,000 HoldCo ordinary shares, at $10.00 per share, for an aggregate commitment amount of $147,900,000, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

Previously, SC Health had entered into a forward purchase agreement with the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor which provided for the purchase by the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor of an aggregate of 5,000,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,250,000 redeemable warrants to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000, or $10.00 per SC Health Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a warrant in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of its initial business combination. As part of the Business Combination, SC Health agreed with the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor that the forward purchase agreement should be terminated and

 

255


Table of Contents

instead of purchasing $50,000,000 of SC Health Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, the Sponsor Related PIPE Investor would instead enter into the Investor Subscription Agreement referenced above and, pursuant to that agreement, has agreed to purchase an aggregate of $50,000,000 shares in HoldCo.

Also concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health and HoldCo entered into Individual Subscription Agreements with three individuals pursuant to which HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of 210,000 HoldCo ordinary shares, at $10.00 per share, for an aggregate commitment amount of $2,100,000, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination. These three individuals are existing shareholders of Rockley.

The issuance and sale of HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements will be consummated substantially concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Approval of the Business Combination—Related Agreements—Subscription Agreements.

Related Party Note and Advances

SC Health’s officers and directors are entitled to reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination. SC Health’s audit committee reviews on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, SC Health’s officers, directors or its or their affiliates.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of SC Health’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan SC Health funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If SC Health completes the Business Combination, it would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the Business Combination does not close, SC Health may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from SC Health’s trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contemplates that, at the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo, the Sponsor, and the PIPE Investors will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which HoldCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain HoldCo ordinary shares and other equity securities of HoldCo that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement provides that, solely with respect to subscriptions by the shareholders and other equity holders, HoldCo is required to file with the SEC, within 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination (the “Filing Deadline”), a registration statement registering the resale of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to any such investor and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof but no later than the earlier of: (i) the 90th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC notifies HoldCo that it will “review” such registration statement) following the earlier of (A) the filing of the registration statement and (B) Filing Deadline; and (ii) the 10th business day after the date HoldCo is notified (in writing) by the SEC that such registration statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. However, HoldCo may delay such filing or effectiveness of such registration statement under certain circumstances, including if the Company were required to update the financial statements included in such registration statement in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements.

 

256


Table of Contents

Additionally, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, generally provides for a 180-day Lock-Up Period for the Sponsor and other equity investors and their Permitted Transferees, subject to certain other terms and conditions depending on the price of the HoldCo ordinary shares.

For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.

Company Holders Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, SC Health, Rockley, HoldCo, Merger Sub and certain of the shareholders of Rockley entered into the Company Holders Support Agreement, pursuant to which certain shareholders who hold a material number of shares in Rockley have agreed to, among other things and subject to certain tax conditions being met: (i) vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at the court meeting and general meeting of Rockley shareholders contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by Rockley in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement; (ii) vote against certain transactions involving Rockley that would reasonably be expected to, among other things, impede or nullify the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any ancillary agreements or Company Holders Support Agreement, result in a breach of any obligation or agreement of Rockley under the Business Combination Agreement or other related agreement, or result in any of the conditions to obligations of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled; (iii) be bound by certain transfer restrictions with respect to the ordinary shares of Rockley held by the shareholder; and (iv) do all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and not take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to those transactions.

Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE (chairman and chief executive officer of Rockley and currently the sole shareholder of HoldCo), entered into the AR Support Agreement which is on the same terms as the Company Holders Support Agreement except that it also includes Dr. Rickman agreeing to vote in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any resolutions proposed at a general meeting (or by written consent) of the shareholders of HoldCo, and take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by HoldCo in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any ancillary agreement.

For additional information, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Company Holders Support Agreement.”

Rockley

Hengtong JV

In 2017, Rockley formed HRT, a joint venture with Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd. (“Hengtong”) pursuant to the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Contract (the “JV Agreement”). Under the JV Agreement, HRT must procure chipsets from Rockley for use in finished products and HRT owns the copyright in the final designs. HRT has a license to the underlying intellectual property in the reference designs, including a license to modify and improve. Rockley has certain non-compete obligations under the JV Agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Rockley made sales to HRT of $5.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance owed by the joint venture amounted to $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, and is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying balance sheets.

On March 15, 2019, Hengtong participated in Rockley’s Round E financing, and entered into a further Subscription Agreement whereby Hengtong agreed to purchase, and Rockley agreed to sell, 2,098,195 ordinary shares at a purchase price of $14.298, for an aggregate of $30,000,000.

 

257


Table of Contents

Consultancy Agreements

Rockley engages two affiliate entities of Rockley’s directors for consulting and administrative services, Rockley Ventures Limited and Rockley Management (HK) Limited. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Rockley incurred $0.8 million and $1.9 million in fees for these services, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amounts included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets were not considered material.

Intra Group Loan

On February 24, 2021, Rockley entered into an Intra Group Loan Agreement with Rockley Photonics Oy as borrower, for an amount of €928,794 (the “Finland Loan”). The Finland Loan shall be drawn down in full on or before February 28, 2023 and be repayable immediately by the borrower to Rockley following the final claim submission to a grant funded project with Business Finland (the Finnish funding agency for innovation) scheduled for June 30, 2023.

Indemnification Agreements

HoldCo intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in HoldCo’s Governing Documents. These agreements, among other things, require HoldCo to indemnify HoldCo’s directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of HoldCo’s directors or executive officers or as a director or executive officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at HoldCo’s request. For more information regarding these indemnification arrangements, see “Management of Rockley Following the Business Combination—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” HoldCo believes that these charter provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in HoldCo’s Proposed Organizational Documents may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit HoldCo and its shareholders. A shareholder’s investment may decline in value to the extent HoldCo pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Related Person Transactions Policy Following the Business Combination

Upon closing of the Business Combination, it is anticipated that HoldCo’s board of directors will adopt a written Related Person Transactions Policy that sets forth HoldCo’s policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related person transactions.” For purposes of HoldCo’s policy only, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which HoldCo or any of its subsidiaries are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000, in which any “related person” has a material interest.

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to HoldCo as an employee, consultant or director will not be considered related person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than 5% of any class of HoldCo’s voting securities (including HoldCo’s ordinary shares), including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, the related person in question or, in the case of transactions with a holder of more than 5% of any class of HoldCo’s voting securities, an officer with knowledge of a proposed transaction, must present

 

258


Table of Contents

information regarding the proposed related person transaction to HoldCo’s audit committee (or, where review by HoldCo’s audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of HoldCo’s board of directors) for review. To identify related person transactions in advance, HoldCo will rely on information supplied by HoldCo’s executive officers, directors and certain significant shareholders. In considering related person transactions, HoldCo’s audit committee will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances, which may include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the risks, costs, and benefits to HoldCo;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

   

the terms of the transaction;

 

   

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

   

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

HoldCo’s audit committee will approve only those transactions that it determines are fair to HoldCo’s shareholders and in HoldCo’s best interests. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of such policy.

Certain Engagements in Connection with the Business Combination and Related Transactions

Cowen was engaged by Rockley to act as its exclusive financial advisor in connection with a business combination with a SPAC, and will receive compensation in connection therewith. SC Health also engaged Cowen to act as a co-placement agent on its $150 million PIPE. Cowen will receive fees and expense reimbursements in connection therewith. Cowen provided the SC Health board of directors with a description of Cowen’s relationship with Rockley.

In addition, Cowen (together with its affiliates) is a full service financial institution engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investing, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. In addition, Cowen and its affiliates, may provide investment banking and other commercial dealings to SC Health, Rockley and their respective affiliates in the future, for which they would expect to receive customary compensation.

In addition, in the ordinary course of its business activities, Cowen and its affiliates, officers, directors and employees may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of SC Health or Rockley, or their respective affiliates. Cowen and its affiliates, may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

259


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF HOLDCO SECURITIES

The following summary of certain provisions of HoldCo securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to the Proposed Organizational Documents, the HoldCo Warrant Agreement and the provisions of applicable law. Copies of the Proposed Organizational Documents are attached to this prospectus/proxy statement as Annex K, and a copy of the HoldCo Warrant Agreement is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement is a part.

Share Capital

Authorized Capitalization

General

The total amount of HoldCo’s authorized share capital consists of 5,000,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares with a par value of $0.00001 per share. HoldCo expects to have                  HoldCo ordinary shares and warrants to purchase                 0 HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of the Business Combination, excluding contingent shares and assuming no public shareholders exercise their redemption rights in connection with the Business Combination.

Ordinary Shares

HoldCo ordinary shares are not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of HoldCo’s securities. HoldCo ordinary shares are neither convertible nor redeemable. Unless HoldCo’s board of directors determines otherwise, HoldCo will issue all of HoldCo’s share capital in uncertificated form.

Voting Rights

Each holder of HoldCo ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, as provided by the Proposed Organizational Documents. The Proposed Organizational Documents provide that the holders of one-third of the share capital issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law, the Proposed Organizational Documents. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Each holder of shares of HoldCo’s share capital is entitled to the payment of dividends and other distributions as may be declared by the board of directors of HoldCo from time to time out of HoldCo’s assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of the holders of HoldCo’s preferred shares, if any, and any contractual limitations on HoldCo’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Other Rights

Each holder of HoldCo ordinary shares is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of HoldCo preferred shares, if any, that HoldCo may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

If HoldCo is involved in voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HoldCo’s affairs, or a similar event, each holder of HoldCo ordinary shares will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of HoldCo preferred shares, if any, then outstanding.

 

260


Table of Contents

Special Meetings of Shareholders

The Proposed Organizational Documents provide that a meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of HoldCo. At least seven calendar days’ notice shall be given for any meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business.

Action by Written Consent

The Proposed Organizational Documents provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be effected at an annual or extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders, or taken by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Removal of Directors

The board of directors of HoldCo or any individual director may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the HoldCo ordinary shares entitled to vote and who vote at a general meeting.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The Proposed Organizational Documents provide that HoldCo will indemnify HoldCo’s directors. In addition, HoldCo expects to enter into agreements to indemnify HoldCo’s directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the Board.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for HoldCo ordinary shares will be                 .

Warrants

Public Warrants

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, each whole HoldCo warrant will entitle the registered holder to purchase one HoldCo ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination, provided that there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the HoldCo warrants and a current prospectus relating to them available (or HoldCo permits holders to exercise their HoldCo warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the HoldCo Warrant Agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the HoldCo Warrant Agreement, a HoldCo warrant holder may exercise its HoldCo warrants only for a whole number of HoldCo ordinary shares. This means only a whole HoldCo warrant may be exercised at a given time by a HoldCo warrant holder. The HoldCo warrants will expire five years after the closing of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

HoldCo will not be obligated to deliver any HoldCo ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a HoldCo warrant and will have no obligation to settle such HoldCo warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the HoldCo ordinary shares underlying the HoldCo warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to HoldCo satisfying its obligations described below with respect to registration. No HoldCo warrant will be exercisable and HoldCo will not be obligated to issue a HoldCo ordinary share upon exercise of a HoldCo warrant unless the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon such HoldCo warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the HoldCo warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two

 

261


Table of Contents

immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a HoldCo warrant, the holder of such HoldCo warrant will not be entitled to exercise such HoldCo warrant and such HoldCo warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will HoldCo be required to net cash settle any HoldCo warrant.

HoldCo will be obligated to use its best efforts to file as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 business days after the closing of the Business Combination, with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. HoldCo will be obligated to use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the HoldCo Warrant Agreement. If a registration statement covering the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of the Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when HoldCo will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise such warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Notwithstanding the above, if the HoldCo ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, HoldCo may, at its option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event HoldCo so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event HoldCo does not so elect, it will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Once the HoldCo warrants become exercisable, HoldCo may call the warrants for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per HoldCo warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported closing price of the HoldCo ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending three business days before HoldCo sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

If and when the HoldCo warrants become redeemable by HoldCo, HoldCo may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and HoldCo issues a notice of redemption of the warrants, each HoldCo warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of HoldCo ordinary shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If HoldCo calls the HoldCo warrants for redemption as described above, HoldCo’s board of directors will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” HoldCo’s management will consider, among other factors, HoldCo’s cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on its shareholders of issuing the maximum number of HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of HoldCo’s warrants. If HoldCo’s management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of HoldCo ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the product of the number of HoldCo ordinary

 

262


Table of Contents

shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (b) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average reported closing price of the HoldCo ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If HoldCo’s management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of HoldCo ordinary shares to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. HoldCo believes this feature is an attractive option to it if it does not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after the closing of the Business Combination. If HoldCo calls its warrants for redemption and HoldCo’s management does not take advantage of this option, the holders of the private placement warrants and their permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrant holders would have been required to use had all warrant holders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below. A holder of a warrant may notify HoldCo in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (or such other amount as specified by the holder) of the HoldCo ordinary shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in HoldCo ordinary shares, or by a split-up or other similar event, then, on the effective date of stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of HoldCo ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares. A rights offering to holders of HoldCo ordinary shares entitling holders to purchase HoldCo ordinary shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of HoldCo ordinary shares equal to the product of (a) the number of HoldCo ordinary shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares) and (b) the quotient of (i) the price per HoldCo ordinary share paid in such rights offering and (ii) the fair market value. For these purposes (a) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for HoldCo ordinary shares, in determining the price payable for HoldCo ordinary shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (b) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of HoldCo ordinary shares as reported during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the HoldCo ordinary shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if HoldCo, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of HoldCo ordinary shares on account of such HoldCo ordinary shares (or other securities into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of HoldCo ordinary shares in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, or (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of HoldCo ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Proposed Organizational Documents, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each HoldCo ordinary share in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of HoldCo ordinary shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of HoldCo ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares.

 

263


Table of Contents

Whenever the number of HoldCo ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (a) the numerator of which will be the number of HoldCo ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (b) the denominator of which will be the number of HoldCo ordinary shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such HoldCo ordinary shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of HoldCo with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which HoldCo is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding HoldCo ordinary shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of HoldCo as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which HoldCo is dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the HoldCo ordinary shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of HoldCo ordinary shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of HoldCo ordinary shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of HoldCo ordinary shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within 30 days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the HoldCo Warrant Agreement based on the Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the HoldCo Warrant Agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.

The HoldCo Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (a) curing any ambiguity or to correct any defective provision, (b) adjusting the provisions relating to cash dividends on HoldCo ordinary shares as contemplated by and in accordance with the HoldCo Warrant Agreement or (c) adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the HoldCo Warrant Agreement as the parties to the HoldCo Warrant Agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the interests of the registered holders of the warrants. All other modifications or amendments will require the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants, 50% of the then outstanding private placement warrants. You should review a copy of the HoldCo Warrant Agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to HoldCo, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of HoldCo ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive HoldCo ordinary shares. After the issuance of HoldCo ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

 

264


Table of Contents

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, HoldCo will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to the warrantholder.

Private Placement Warrants

In connection with the initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,000,000 SC Health private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one SC Health Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate. On August 2, 2019, SC Health consummated the closing of the sale of 2,250,000 additional units at the price of $10.00 per SC Health unit upon receiving the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, generating additional gross proceeds of $22,500,000 to SC Health. Simultaneously with the exercise of the over-allotment, SC Health completed the private sale of an additional 450,000 SC Health private placement warrants to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to SC Health of $450,000.

The SC Health private placement warrants (including the HoldCo ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination (except, among other limited exceptions to HoldCo’s officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the Sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by HoldCo so long as they are held by the Sponsor, members of the Sponsor or their permitted transferees. The Sponsor or its permitted transferees, have the option to exercise the private placement warrants on a cashless basis. Except as described below, the private placement warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. If the private placement warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by HoldCo and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the public warrants.

If holders of the private placement warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its warrants for that number of HoldCo ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the product of the number of HoldCo ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” (defined below) over the exercise price of the warrants by (b) the fair market value. The “fair market value” will mean the average reported closing price of the HoldCo ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.

 

265


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF THE RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SC HEALTH CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES AND HOLDCO ORDINARY SHARES

The following is a summary comparison of the material differences between the rights of the SC Health shareholders, and the rights that former SC Health shareholders will have as shareholders of HoldCo under the BCA and the HoldCo Articles effective following the closing of the Business Combination. The discussion in this section does not include a description of rights or obligations under the U.S. federal securities laws or Nasdaq rules. Such rights or obligations generally apply equally to SC Health shares and HoldCo shares.

Both SC Health and HoldCo are companies incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and so both operate under and subject to the same statutory framework. More details about the rights of HoldCo shareholders can be found in the section titled “Description of HoldCo Securities”. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights of SC Health shareholders and HoldCo shareholders and may not contain all of the information that is important to you, but is focused upon the differences that may be considered material to you. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Cayman Island Companies Act and the governing documents of SC Health and HoldCo, which we urge you to read carefully and in their entirety.

SC Health and HoldCo urge you to carefully read this entire prospectus/proxy statement, the relevant provisions of the Cayman Island Companies Act and the other documents to which we refer in this prospectus/proxy statement for a more complete understanding of the differences between the rights of a HoldCo shareholder and the rights of a SC Health shareholder.

SC Health has filed its governing documents with the SEC and will send copies of these documents to you, without charge, upon your request. See the section titled “References to Additional Information”. The form of HoldCo Articles, which will be adopted at the Closing, is included as Annex J to this registration statement/prospectus.

 

    

SC Health

  

HoldCo

Authorized and Outstanding Capital   

The total authorized share capital of SC Health is US$20,100 divided into 180,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.0001, 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.00008, and 1,000,000 preference shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.0001.

 

As of March 30, 2021, there were 17,250,000 SC Health Class A ordinary shares outstanding, were 5,562,500 SC Health Class B ordinary shares outstanding and no SC Health preference shares outstanding.

   Following the closing of the Business Combination, the total authorized share capital of HoldCo will be US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00001 each.

Issue of shares

  

SC Health shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the directors who may:

 

(a) issue, allot and dispose of the same to such persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine; and

 

(b) grant options with respect to such shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with

   Subject to any direction that may be given by the HoldCo shareholders in a general meeting, the HoldCo directors may, in their absolute discretion and without approval of the existing shareholders, issue shares, grant rights over existing shares or issue other securities in one or more series as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation

 

266


Table of Contents
    

SC Health

  

HoldCo

   respect thereto; and, for such purposes, the directors may reserve an appropriate number of shares for the time being unissued; provided however that the directors shall not allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares (including fractions of a share) to the extent that it may affect the ability of SC Health to convert the SC Health Class B ordinary shares or to apply their anti-dilution rights.    preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the shares held by existing shareholders, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper.
Redemption or repurchase    Shareholders who hold SC Health Class A ordinary shares issued as part of the units issued in the SC Health IPO (“Public Shares”) are entitled to request the redemption of such shares in the circumstances described below. Any shareholder holding Public Shares who is not a founder, officer or director may, contemporaneously with any vote on a Business Combination, elect to have their Public Shares redeemed for cash (the “IPO Redemption”), provided that no such shareholder acting together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 20% of the Public Shares, and provided further that any holder that holds Public Shares beneficially through a nominee must identify itself to SC Health in connection with any redemption election in order to validly redeem such Public Shares. In connection with any vote held to approve a proposed Business Combination, holders of Public Shares seeking to exercise their redemption rights will be required to either tender their certificates (if any) to SC Health’s transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve a Business Combination. If so demanded, SC Health shall pay any such redeeming shareholder, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed Business Combination,    Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Islands Companies Act, HoldCo may purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the directors may agree with the relevant shareholder.

 

267


Table of Contents
    

SC Health

  

HoldCo

   a per-Share redemption price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account established by SC Health upon the consummation of the SC Health IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the SC Health IPO, together with certain of the proceeds of a private placement of warrants simultaneously with the closing date of the SC Health IPO, were deposited (the “Trust Fund”) calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, representing (x) the proceeds held in the Trust Fund from the SC Health IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and (y) any interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Fund (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of Public Shares then in issue (such redemption price being referred to herein as the “Redemption Price”).   

Voting Rights

   SC Health’s Governing Documents provide that the shareholders shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the shareholders on which the holders are entitled to vote (except for the appointment of directors upon which only the SC Health Class B ordinary shares are entitled to vote).    The Proposed Organizational Documents provide that each HoldCo share shall entitle its holder to one vote at all meetings of the shareholders of HoldCo, except meetings at which only holders of another specified class of shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the provisions of the Proposed Organizational Documents.
Requisition of Meetings   

SC Health’s Governing Documents provide that general meetings of the shareholders may be convened on the requisition in writing of any shareholder(s) entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least thirty percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company deposited at the registered office of the company in the Cayman Islands specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than 21 days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists.

 

If the directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 45 days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting.

   A HoldCo shareholder requisition is a requisition of shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of HoldCo as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of HoldCo. If the directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.
Notice of Meetings    At least 5 days’ notice in writing counting from the date service is deemed to take place as provided in the SC Health Governing    At least 7 days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or

 

268


Table of Contents
    

SC Health

  

HoldCo

   Documents shall be given to such Persons as are entitled to receive such notices from the Company, but with the consent of all the shareholders entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting and attend and vote thereat, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those shareholders may think fit.    deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given, provided that a general meeting of HoldCo shall be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed: (a) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the shareholders (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote; and (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five percent in par value of the shares giving that right.
Quorum at Shareholder Meetings    One or more shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid up voting share capital of SC Health present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting shall form a quorum, except that, in the case of a separate meeting of a class of shares, a quorum shall be one or more persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal or par value amount of the issued shares of the relevant class.    One or more shareholders holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of HoldCo in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

269


Table of Contents

SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF HOLDCO SECURITIES

Upon completion of this offering, HoldCo will have 5,000,000,000 HoldCo ordinary shares authorized and, based on the assumptions set forth elsewhere in this prospectus/proxy statement, up to                HoldCo ordinary shares issued and outstanding, assuming no shares of SC Health ordinary shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination. All HoldCo ordinary shares issued in connection with the Business Combination will be freely transferable by persons other than by HoldCo’s ‘affiliates’ without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the HoldCo ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the HoldCo ordinary shares.

Lock-up Agreements and Registration Rights

The Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger contemplates that, at the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo, the Sponsor, and the PIPE Investors will enter into the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, pursuant to which HoldCo will agree to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, certain HoldCo ordinary shares and other equity securities of HoldCo that are held by the parties thereto from time to time. The Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement provides that HoldCo will file with the SEC, within 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination, a registration statement registering the resale of the HoldCo ordinary shares to be issued to any such investor and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, subject to the terms of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement. Additionally, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, generally provides for a 180-day Lock-Up Period for the Sponsor and other equity investors and their Permitted Transferees, subject to certain other terms and conditions depending on the price of the HoldCo ordinary shares. For more information about the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, see “Proposal No. 1—BCA Proposal—Related Agreements—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.” and “Certain Relationships and Related party to the Business Combination Agreement Transactions—Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement.”

Rule 144

A person who has beneficially owned restricted HoldCo ordinary shares or restricted HoldCo warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of HoldCo’s affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) HoldCo is subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted HoldCo ordinary shares or restricted HoldCo warrants for at least six months but who are HoldCo affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding equity shares of the same class which, immediately after the Business Combination, will equal                HoldCo ordinary shares and                HoldCo warrants; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of HoldCo ordinary shares of the same class or HoldCo warrants, as applicable, during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by affiliates of HoldCo under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about HoldCo.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

270


Table of Contents
   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, the Sponsor will be able to sell their Founder Shares and private placement warrants, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after SC Health has completed SC Health’s initial business combination, subject to the applicable requirements of Rule 144.

HoldCo and SC Health anticipate that following the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo will no longer be a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.

 

271


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS AND NOMINATIONS

Shareholder Proposals

HoldCo’s Governing Documents do not establish a procedure for shareholders who wish to present a proposal before an annual meeting of shareholders. HoldCo’s Governing Documents provide that the only business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders is business that is properly brought before such meeting by or at the direction of HoldCo’s board of directors.

HoldCo’s Governing Documents do provide a means for shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of HoldCo as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of HoldCo. The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at HoldCo’s principal place of business (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists. If the directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.

Shareholder Director Nominees

HoldCo’s Governing Documents do not provide for shareholders to nominate directors for election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting.

 

272


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

Shareholders and interested parties may communicate with SC Health’s board of directors, any committee chair or the non-management directors as a group by writing to the board or committee chair in care of SC Health Corporation, c/o 108 Robinson Road #10-00, Singapore 068900. Following the business combination, such communications should be sent to HoldCo, 3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT. Each communication will be forwarded, depending on the subject matter, to the board of directors, the appropriate committee chair or all non-management directors.

 

273


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Travers Thorp Alberga and Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP have passed upon the validity of the securities of HoldCo offered by this prospectus/proxy statement and certain other legal matters related to this prospectus/proxy statement, and Ropes & Gray LLP as tax counsel to SC Health Corporation, has passed upon certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the business combination. Walkers (Singapore) Limited Liability Partnership, as Cayman Islands counsel to SC Health, has passed upon matters of Cayman Islands law related to this prospectus/proxy statement

 

274


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The financial statements of SC Health Corporation as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the years then ended included in this prospectus/proxy statement have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to SC Health Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this registration statement/prospectus/proxy statement, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Rockley Photonics Limited at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, included in the prospectus of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited and the proxy statement of SC Health Corporation, which is referred to and made part of this Registration Statement, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

275


Table of Contents

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

Pursuant to the rules of the SEC, SC Health and services that it employs to deliver communications to its shareholders are permitted to deliver to two or more shareholders sharing the same address a single copy of each of SC Health’s annual report to shareholders and SC Health’s proxy statement. Upon written or oral request, SC Health will deliver a separate copy of the annual report to shareholders and/or proxy statement to any shareholder at a shared address to which a single copy of each document was delivered and who wishes to receive separate copies of such documents. Shareholders receiving multiple copies of such documents may likewise request that SC Health deliver single copies of such documents in the future. Shareholders receiving multiple copies of such documents may request that SC Health deliver single copies of such documents in the future. Shareholders may notify SC Health of their requests by calling or writing SC Health at its principal executive offices at c/o 108 Robinson Road #10-00 Singapore 068900.

 

276


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITY

SC Health and HoldCo are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as exempted companies with limited liability. Both are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions, and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provides less protection for investors.

Substantially all of HoldCo’s assets are currently located outside the United States. In addition, several of HoldCo’s directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of these indviduals’ assets may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon HoldCo or these persons, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against HoldCo or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against HoldCo and its officers and directors.

HoldCo has appointed Andrew Rickman as its agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with this offering under the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any State in the United States or any action brought against HoldCo in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York in connection with this offering under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Travers Thorp Alberga, HoldCo’s counsel as to the laws of the Cayman Islands has advised it that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against HoldCo or its directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against HoldCo or its directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

Travers Thorp Alberga has informed HoldCo that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment in personam obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (i) is given by a competent foreign court with jurisdiction to give the judgment, (ii) imposes a specific positive obligation on the judgment debtor (such as an obligation to pay a liquidated sum or perform a specified obligation), (iii) is final and conclusive, (iv) is not in respect of taxes, a fine, or a penalty; (v) has not been obtained by fraud; and (vi) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. However, the Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature. Because such a determination has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from U.S. courts would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

 

277


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SC Health files reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, HoldCo will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You may access information on SC Health, and will be able to access information about HoldCo following the closing of the Business Combination, at the SEC web site containing reports, proxy statements and other information at: http://www.sec.gov.

Information and statements contained in this prospectus/proxy statement or any annex to this prospectus/proxy statement are qualified in all respects by reference to the copy of the relevant contract or other annex filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus/proxy statement forms a part, which includes exhibits incorporated by reference from other filings made with the SEC.

All information contained in this prospectus/proxy statement relating to SC Health has been supplied by SC Health, and all information relating to Rockley has been provided by Rockley and all information relating to HoldCo and Merger Sub has been supplied by HoldCo, respectively. Information provided by one another does not constitute any representation, estimate or projection of the other.

If you would like additional copies of this prospectus/proxy statement, or if you have questions about the business combination, you should contact via phone or in writing Morrow Sodali LLC, SC Health’s proxy solicitor, by calling (800) 662-5200 (toll-free in North America), or +1 (203) 658-9400 (outside of North America), or by email at SCPE.info@investor.morrowsodali.com.

If you are a shareholder of SC Health and would like to request documents, please do so by                , 2021 to receive them before the special meeting of shareholders. If you request any documents from SC Health, SC Health will mail them to you by first class mail, or another equally prompt means.

None of SC Health, Rockley or HoldCo has authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the Business Combination or their companies that is different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus/proxy statement or in any of the materials that have been incorporated in this prospectus/proxy statement. Therefore, neither SC Health, Rockley nor HoldCo take any responsibility for any other information that others may provide you. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to exchange or sell, or solicitations of offers to exchange or purchase, the securities offered by this prospectus/proxy statement or the solicitation of proxies is unlawful, or if you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the offer presented in this prospectus/proxy statement does not extend to you. The information contained in this prospectus/proxy statement speaks only as of the date of this prospectus/proxy statement unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

 

278


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

     Page  

Index to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Rockley Photonics Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rockley Photonics Limited (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred losses from operations since inception and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

San Jose, California

April 2, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,228     $ 20,904  

Accounts receivable

     4,925       6,383  

Other receivables

     18,024       15,949  

Prepaid expenses

     1,605       1,763  

Other current assets

     609       1,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     44,391       46,756  

Property, equipment, and finance lease right-of-use assets, net

     6,182       7,280  

Equity method investment

     5,202       1,486  

Intangible asset

     3,048       —    

Other non-current assets

     1,607       2,212  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 60,430     $ 57,734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Trade payables

   $ 4,413     $ 7,373  

Accrued expenses

     10,395       6,852  

Long term debt, current portion

     —         1,952  

Other current liabilities

     998       3,569  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     15,806       19,746  

Long-term debt

     74,804       —    

Other long-term liabilities

     1,127       1,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     91,737       21,475  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    

Ordinary shares, $0.00001 par value; 55,982,833 and 38,312,233 authorized as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; 33,637,762 and 33,337,115 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     —         —    

Additional paid-in-capital

     201,576       188,865  

Accumulated deficit

     (232,883     (152,606
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (31,307     36,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 60,430     $ 57,734  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Revenue

   $ 22,343     $ 20,492  

Cost of revenue

     24,240       30,705  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (1,897     (10,213
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     20,260       13,306  

Research and development expenses

     35,900       22,303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     56,160       35,609  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (58,057     (45,822

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, net

     (189     (747

Equity method investment loss

     (1,274     (1,281

Change in fair value of debt instruments

     (20,163     (2,969

Gain (loss) on foreign currency

     (25     280  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (21,651     (4,717
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (79,708     (50,539

Provision for income tax

     569       311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (80,277   $ (50,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (2.39   $ (1.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     33,604,752       31,406,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
     Ordinary
Shares
     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     29,215,692      $ —        $ 125,662     $ (101,756   $ 23,906  

Net loss

     —          —          —         (50,850     (50,850

Exercise of stock options

     24,750        —          33       —         33  

Exercise of warrants

     2,757        —          19       —         19  

Issuance of warrants

     —          —          2,878       —         2,878  

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          6,229       —         6,229  

Non-cash warrants issued as dividends

     —          —          (1,838     —         (1,838

Extinguishment of 2019 Convertible Loan Note

     —          —          18,244       —         18,244  

Ordinary share issuance, net of issuance costs

     4,093,916        —          37,638       —         37,638  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     33,337,115      $ —        $ 188,865     $ (152,606   $ 36,259  

Net loss

     —          —          —         (80,277     (80,277

Exercise of stock options

     7,813        —          42       —         42  

Exercise of warrants

     5,523        —          7       —         7  

Issuance of warrants

     —          —          360       —         360  

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          8,043       —         8,043  

Ordinary share issuance for acquisition of in-process research and development

     139,879        —          2,298       —         2,298  

Ordinary share issuance, net of issuance costs

     147,432        —          1,961       —         1,961  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

     33,637,762      $ —        $ 201,576     $ (232,883   $ (31,307
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (80,277   $ (50,850

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and finance lease right-of-use assets

     2,787       1,948  

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

     (107     (24

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     —         268  

Stock-based compensation

     8,043       6,229  

Equity-method investment loss

     1,274       1,281  

Change in fair value of debt instrument

     20,163       2,958  

Non-cash interest on convertible loan notes

     —         286  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     1,458       (618

Other receivables

     (2,074     (3,246

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,307       (1,030

Other non-current assets

     604       (672

Trade payables

     (3,126     2,464  

Accrued expenses

     3,537       2,214  

Other current and long-term liabilities

     (1,943     2,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (48,354     (36,556

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (1,416     (2,973

Purchase of asset acquisition

     (250     —    

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     —         142  

Investment in equity method investee

     (4,990     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,656     (2,831

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from convertible loan notes

     51,781       15,000  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (1,952     (3,534

Proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program

     2,860       —    

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance costs

     1,961       38,639  

Proceeds from exercise of options

     42       33  

Proceeds from issuance of warrants

     360       —    

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     7       —    

Debt issuance costs incurred

     (494     —    

Principal payments on finance lease

     (1,231     (1,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     53,334       48,933  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,676     9,546  

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year

     20,904       11,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 19,228     $ 20,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Rockley Photonics Limited and its subsidiaries (together, “we”, “us,” “our,” or, “the Company”) was founded in 2013 in the United Kingdom. We specialize in the research and development of integrated silicon photonics chipsets and have developed a versatile, application specific, third-generation silicon photonics platform specifically designed for the optical integration challenges facing numerous mega-trend markets. We have partnered with multiple tier-1 customers across the markets to deliver complex optical systems required for transformational sensor, communications, and medical product realization.

Going Concern

The Company has incurred net losses since inception, has an accumulated deficit of $232.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and negative cash flow from operations of $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and expects to incur losses from operations for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $19.2 million. The Company’s ability to meet its obligations in the ordinary course of business is dependent on its ability to obtain additional financing. As a result, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Our future liquidity needs, and ability to address those needs, will largely be determined by its ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us. We will continue to seek additional capital through the sale of debt or equity, or other arrangements, however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital when needed or under acceptable terms, if at all. The sale of additional equity may dilute existing shareholders and newly issued shares may contain senior rights and preferences compared to currently outstanding ordinary shares. Issued debt securities may contain covenants and limit our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to shareholders. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, operations may be scaled back or discontinued.

Global Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures. Since then, extraordinary actions have been taken by international, federal, state, and local public health and governmental authorities to contain and combat the outbreak and spread of COVID-19 in regions throughout the world. These actions include travel bans, quarantines, “stay-at-home” orders, and similar mandates for many individuals to substantially restrict daily activities and for many businesses to curtail or cease normal operations.

Consistent with the actions taken by governmental authorities, we have taken appropriately cautious steps to protect our workforce and support community efforts. As part of these efforts and in accordance with applicable government directives, we reduced on-site operations at our facilities. Certain key laboratory employees and facilities were designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure and we were able to continue internal testing and laboratory work to the extent necessary to service customer commitments. To facilitate on-site operations, revised operational and manufacturing plans were implemented that conform to COVID-19 precautionary health guidelines, including universal requirement of facial coverings, rearranging facilities to follow social distancing protocols, conducting active daily temperature checks, regular and

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

thorough disinfecting of surfaces and tools, and regular testing of its employees for COVID-19. The remaining non-essential workforce was required to perform their duties from home.

The COVID-19 pandemic and continuing precautionary measures taken have adversely impacted our operational efficiency and caused delays in operational activities. The ongoing impact will depend on the duration of the pandemic, which is being mitigated by advances in the treatment of the disease, prevention efforts including vaccines, broad government measures to contain the spread of the virus, and related government stimulus measures. However, should we experience sustained impact from the pandemic, additional actions such as cost reduction measures may need to be implemented.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include Rockley Photonics Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to (i) revenue recognition including variable consideration, (ii) useful lives and recoverability of property and equipment and long-lived assets, (iii) incremental borrowing rates on the Company’s finance and operating leases, (iv) valuation of our convertible loan notes, (v) valuation allowances for income taxes, (vi) stock-based compensation including the valuation of ordinary shares, (vii) valuation of warrants and (viii) contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates, including impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, the anticipated effects of which have been incorporated, as applicable, into management’s estimates as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and presented net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Significant additions or improvements extending the useful life of an asset are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the useful life of the assets. Depreciation and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

 

Computer equipment

  3 years

Lab equipment

  3 years

Furnitures and fixtures

  4 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of the lease term and the useful life

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate our long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and right-of-use assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of assets or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets or asset groups is measured by comparing their carrying value to the future net undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate over their remaining economic life. If such assets or asset groups are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair value.

The Company tests other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment annually and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances between annual tests indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. To date, no such impairment losses have been recorded.

Revenue Recognition

We generate our revenue principally from development services, which entails developing the customer-specific designs of photonics chips. Revenue is recognized when control of promised goods and services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the expected consideration in exchange for those products and services. This principle is achieved by applying the following five-step approach:

 

   

Identification of the contract with a customer—A contract with a customer exists when we enter into an enforceable contract with a customer that defines each party’s rights and obligations regarding the goods or services to be transferred and identifies the payment terms related to these goods or services, the contract has commercial substance, and we determine that collection of substantially all consideration for goods or services that are transferred is probable based on the customer’s intent and ability to pay the promised consideration. We consider the terms and conditions of the contracts and customary business practices in identifying contracts under Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Our contracts with a customer generally consist of a development services contract against which statements of work (“SOW”) are issued. Each SOW contains one or more agreed-upon projects. We consider the arrangement to be the development services contract combined with the SOW. While the typical duration of a development services contract is multiple years, we generally expect the duration of agreed-upon projects to be six months or less. Generally, our customers have the right to cancel their contracts at any time.

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract—Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised goods or services, we apply judgment to determine whether promised goods or services are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. If these

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

criteria are not met, the promised goods or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. The individual components of the development services are generally capable of being distinct but not distinct in the context of the contract unless all the goods and services within a certain agreed-upon project of the contract are completed. Generally, the deliverables associated with each agreed-upon project, when combined, are considered a distinct performance obligation.

 

   

Determination of the transaction price—The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we are entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to the customer. Our contracts generally do not contain a significant amount of variable consideration as the price of our services are generally fixed at the inception of the agreed-upon project. The Company excludes sales taxes and other taxes from the measurement of transaction price. None of the contracts contain a significant financing component.

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract—Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”). The Company prices each agreed-upon project with an SOW at SSP based on the expected cost plus a margin approach.

 

   

Recognition of revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied—We satisfy performance obligations at a point in time for the development services since the customers do not simultaneously receive and consume the benefits, we do not create or enhance an asset that the customer controls, and we do not have an enforceable right to payment for the performance completed to date. The contracts also contain substantive acceptance terms for each agreed-upon project. Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied through the transfer of control of a promised good or service to a customer, which is upon achievement of the agreed-upon project and acceptance by the customer.

Contract balances—The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. Accounts receivable is recorded when the right to consideration is unconditional. We generally have the right to invoice the customer upon acceptance of the agreed-upon project. The payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically 30-45 days, and such amounts are nonrefundable. In situations where revenue recognition occurs before invoicing, an unbilled receivable is recorded, which represents a contract asset. Deferred revenue is recognized if we have an unconditional right to bill or have collected consideration in advance of the right to recognize revenue. There have been no contract balances recorded to date.

Costs to obtain and fulfill a contract—Incremental costs incurred to obtain a contract with a customer are required to be capitalized and amortized over the period in which the goods and services to which the asset relates are transferred to the customer. We have not incurred any incremental costs in connection with obtaining the revenue contracts. We recognize an asset from the costs to fulfill a contract only if, the costs relate directly to a contract or an anticipated contract, the costs generate or enhance resources of the Company that will be used in satisfying a performance obligation in the future, and the costs are expected to be recovered. These costs have been insignificant to date.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency with any related gain or loss recorded in earnings.

Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in realized and unrealized losses/(gains) on foreign currency in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which discrete financial information is available that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the CODM. The CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company determined that it has one operating and reportable segment.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding ordinary shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding ordinary shares including the dilutive effect of outstanding equity instruments as determined under the treasury stock method. For periods in which we report net losses, diluted net loss per ordinary share attributable to ordinary stockholders is the same as basic net loss per ordinary share attributable to ordinary stockholders, because all potentially dilutive ordinary shares are anti-dilutive.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We maintain cash balances at financial institutions that management believes are high-credit, quality financial institutions, where deposits, at times, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable is recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We assess the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of past credit history and the current financial condition of its customers, as well as the consideration of expected trends based upon characteristics of the accounts and general economic conditions. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts is insignificant as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Equity Method Investments

Equity method investments are all entities over which we have significant influence but not control or joint control. Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Earnings and losses of equity method investments are based on the most recently available financial statements of the investee. Basis differences between the cost of an equity method investment and the underlying equity in the long-lived assets are amortized over the estimated economic useful life of the underlying long-lived asset. We periodically review our equity method investments for impairment and record a reduction in the carrying value, if and when necessary. To date, no such impairment losses have been recorded.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. Compensation expense is generally recognized as expense on a straight-line

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

basis over the service period based on the vesting requirements. We recognize forfeitures as they occur. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (i) the fair value of ordinary shares, (ii) the expected stock price volatility, (iii) the expected term of the award, (iv) the risk-free interest rate and (v) expected dividends.

We measure nonemployee awards at their fair value on the adoption date of ASU No. 2018-07. Following the adoption of ASU No. 2018-07 on January 1, 2018, the accounting for nonemployee awards is consistent with the accounting for employee stock-based compensation as described above.

We granted options and restricted stock units which vest on the satisfaction of both a specific performance condition and a service-based condition.

Warrants

We determine the accounting classification of warrants, as either liability or equity classified, by first assessing whether the warrants meet liability classification in accordance with ASC 480-10, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, then in accordance with ASC 815-40, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. Under ASC 480, warrants are considered liability classified if the warrants are mandatorily redeemable, obligate the Company to settle the warrants or the underlying shares by paying cash or other assets, and warrants that must or may require settlement by issuing variable number of shares. If warrants do not meet the liability classification under ASC 480-10, the Company assesses the requirements under ASC 815-40, which states that contracts that require or may require the issuer to settle the contract for cash are liabilities recorded at fair value, irrespective of the likelihood of the transaction occurring that triggers the net cash settlement feature. If the warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815-40, in order to conclude equity classification, the company also assesses whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s ordinary share and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815-40 or other U.S. GAAP. After all such assessments, the Company concludes whether the warrants are classified as liability or equity. Liability classified warrants require fair value accounting at issuance and subsequent to initial issuance with all changes in fair value after the issuance date recorded in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Equity classified warrants only require fair value accounting at issuance with no changes recognized subsequent to the issuance date.

We issue warrants to purchase ordinary shares for goods and services received and these warrants are measured at their fair values upon issuance. Where vendors are issued warrants, the fair value of the services are determined by the fair value of the warrants issued. This fair value is measured at the grant date and excludes the impact of non-market vesting conditions (for example profitability and sales growth targets and performance conditions). Warrants issued for goods and services are ultimately recognized as an expense in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss with a corresponding credit in additional paid-in capital.

We may also issue warrants to purchase ordinary shares in conjunction with equity financing rounds. Such warrant issuances are recognized as equity issuance costs, with a corresponding credit in additional paid-in capital, resulting in a net zero change in additional paid-in capital.

We issued the liability classified warrants during the year ended December 31, 2020 that are embedded with the 8.0% Convertible Notes. Refer to Note 7, Long Term Debt for details.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Leases

Our lease portfolio is comprised of two major classes: real estate leases, which are the majority of our leased assets, are accounted for as operating leases and a manufacturing equipment lease accounted for as a finance lease on the consolidated balance sheet.

We classify leases as either operating or financing. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception by evaluating whether the arrangement conveys the right to use an identified asset and whether we obtain substantially all the economic benefits from and have the ability to direct the use of the asset. Operating lease assets are included under other non-current assets and operating lease liabilities under other current and long-term liabilities, respectively in the consolidated balance sheets. We recognize lease expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Finance lease asset is included under property, equipment, and finance lease right-of-use assets, net and finance lease liabilities, current portion under other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Finance ROU assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments is used. The operating lease ROU asset includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally combined.

We elected, as an accounting policy for leases of real estate, to account for lease and non-lease components in a contract as a single lease component. In addition, the recognition requirements are not applied to leases with a term of twelve months or less. Rather, the lease payments for short-term leases are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Variable payments, such as common area charges, maintenance, insurance and taxes, are primarily based on the amount of space occupied. These payments in the Company’s leases are not dependent on an index or a rate and are excluded from the measurement of the lease liabilities and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. The Company remeasures lease payments when the contingency underlying such variable payments is resolved such that some or all of the remaining payments become fixed.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists of costs related to the Company’s development services which includes cost of materials, cost associated with packaging and assembly, testing and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, and equipment associated with manufacturing support, logistics and quality assurance, overhead and occupancy costs.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs for engineers and third parties engaged in the design and development of products, software and technologies, including salary, bonus and share-based compensation expense, project material costs, services and depreciation. The Company expenses research and development costs as they are incurred.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of human capital related expenses for employees involved in general corporate functions, including executive management and administration, accounting, finance, tax, legal, information technology, marketing, and human resources; depreciation expense and rent relating to facilities; travel costs; professional fees; and other general corporate costs. Human capital expenses primarily include salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. As we continue to grow as a company, we expect that our selling, general and administrative costs will increase on an absolute dollar basis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or instruments in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3 Inputs: Significant inputs into the valuation model are unobservable.

As permitted under the FASB, ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”), we have elected the fair value option to account for the 2019 Convertible Notes, the 3.0% – 2020 Convertible Notes, the 8.00% – 2020 Convertible Notes and the 2020 Term Facility Loan. In accordance with ASC 825, the Company records these debt instruments at fair value with changes in fair value recorded under change in fair value of debt instruments in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As a result of applying the fair value option, direct costs and fees related to the debt instruments were recognized in earnings as incurred and were not deferred.

Fair value is based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Where available, fair value is based on or derived from observable market prices or other observable inputs. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation techniques are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity.

For debt instruments for which we have not elected fair value accounting (i.e. paycheck protection program), fair value is based on the present value of expected future cash flows and assumptions about the then-current market interest rates as of the reporting period and the creditworthiness of the Company. The carrying value of these debt instruments approximates fair value as the stated interest rate approximates market rates currently available to us.

For all debt instruments, including any for which we have elected fair value accounting, the Company classifies interest that has been accrued during each period as Interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The recorded amounts of cash, accounts receivable, trade payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate the fair values principally because of their short-term nature.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided on a liability method, whereby deferred income tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, operating losses, and tax loss carryforwards, and deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, considering all sources of taxable income, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Company recognizes the income tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The income tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial assets and financial liabilities. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2019 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 815), which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings (accumulated deficit) for stranded income tax effects resulting from the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendments in ASU 2018-02 also require certain disclosures about stranded income tax effects. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2019 and it did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (“Topic 820”): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, based on the concepts in the Concepts Statement, including the consideration of costs and benefits. An entity is permitted to early adopt either the entire standard or only the provisions that eliminate or modify requirements. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company has updated its fair value footnote (see Note 5, Fair Value Measurements for details) with additional and modified disclosures as required by the standard upon adoption.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The new guidance also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the Company must apply certain aspects of this standard retrospectively for all periods presented while other aspects are applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

On June 16, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, requiring the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost, which include our accounts receivable and contract assets. The standard also requires that the Company recognizes credit impairment losses related to our available-for-sale debt securities through an allowance for credit losses instead of a reduction in the cost basis. The effective date of the new standard for all non-public entities is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to opening retained earnings as of the initial adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

2.

Fiscal 2020 Asset Acquisition

On November 25, 2020, we acquired certain technologies from TruTouch Technologies, Inc. (“Trutouch”). The consideration for the purchased technology was $3.1 million and consisted of $0.8 million in cash and $2.3 million in equity. The cash payments consisted of $0.3 million paid prior to the close of the transaction, and an additional $0.5 million to be paid in April 2021. The equity component of the consideration was 139,879 shares of ordinary stock in Rockley Photonics Limited, with a fair value of $16.43 per share or $2.3 million in total.

We accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition as substantially all of the estimated fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single identified asset, in-process research & development (“IPR&D”), thus satisfying the requirements of the screen test in ASU 2017-1. We allocated the total purchase price consideration of $3.1 million to IPR&D asset as the asset was purchased solely for the research and development activities and will be incorporated in efforts and milestones to be undertaken by the Company to design and develop a new application in order to expand its presence in the healthcare and well-being markets (which the Company has determined to be the alternative future use of the asset). The IPR&D asset is reported as an indefinite-lived intangible asset and subject to impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset might not be recoverable. Upon completion of our new product development cycle that incorporates Trutouch technology, the IPR&D asset will be amortized over the useful life of the developed technology that underpins our product. In the event the Company abandons the project, the entire IPR&D asset will be written off in full.

 

3.

Revenue Recognition

We satisfy performance obligations at a point in time for the development services since the customers do not simultaneously receive and consume the benefits, we do not create or enhance an asset that the customer controls, and we do not have an enforceable right to payment for the performance completed to date. The contracts also contain substantive acceptance terms for each milestone due to its complexity. Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied with the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer, e.g., upon achievement of the milestone and acceptance by the customer.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Disaggregation of Revenue and Revenue Recognition

The following table depicts the disaggregation of revenue by geography, consistent with how we evaluate its financial performance (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

United States

   $ 17,037      $ 13,783  

Rest of World

     5,306        6,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 22,343      $ 20,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant Customers

The following is our significant customers as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

     Revenue     Accounts receivable  
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2020     2019     2020     2019  

Customer A

     76     67     33     55

Customer B

     24     33     67     45

 

4.

Investments

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we held an investment in Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd (“HRT”) and have appointed two of their five board members. HRT manufactures and sells optical fiber transceivers based on silicon photonics chipsets. HRT has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares. We hold 24.9% of HRT’s ordinary shares, which is the same as the proportion of its voting rights. We consider HRT to be a variable interest entity upon which it does exercise significant influence, but the Company concluded it does not control the investment. Accordingly, the investment in HRT is accounted for under the equity method. We have made the election to use a three-month lag to record our share of HRT’s results. See Note 12, Related Party Transactions for details of the Company’s transactions with HRT.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and comprehensive loss reflected the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

As of January 1,

   $ 1,486      $ 2,767  

Investment in HRT

     4,990        —    

Share of loss of HRT

     (1,274      (1,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31,

   $ 5,202      $ 1,486  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

Fair Value Measurements

Our financial assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are considered Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy and measured at fair value as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Assets

     

Money market funds

   $ 11,516        12,343  

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All of our financial liabilities as of December 31, 2020, and 2019, are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, where inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value were considered unobservable.

The fair value of our liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Liabilities

     

3.0% – 2020 Convertible Notes

   $ 32,106        —    

8.00% – 2020 Convertible Notes

     14,789        —    

2020 Term Facility Loan

     25,049        —    

2017 Term Loan

     —          1,952  

Total financial liabilities

   $ 71,944      $ 1,952  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the 2017 Term Loan approximates the carrying value, as of December 31, 2019, due to the rate of interest of the Term Loan being variable.

The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability.

At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the carrying value of certain financial instruments, such as cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, trade payable and other current accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities and low market interest rates, if applicable.

Changes in the fair value of debt that is accounted for at fair value are presented as gains or losses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments.

3.0% – 2020 Convertible Notes

On March 9, 2020, we issued $21.3 million of 3.0% Convertible Notes and elected the fair value option of accounting for this debt instrument (see Note 7, Long Term Debt for details). At December 31, 2020, the contractual outstanding principal of the 3.0% Convertible Notes Due 2025 was $21.3 million and the fair value was $32.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, we measured fair value using a binominal lattice model (which is discussed in further detail below) with the following significant inputs:

 

Fair Value per share of ordinary shares

   $ 20.28  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.08% - 0.10

Expected volatility

     55

Expected term, in years

     0.14 - 4.19  

Discount yield

     48.4

Conversion price discount

     25% - 40

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a $10.8 million loss from change in fair value of debt in connection with the initial issuance and subsequent fair value remeasurement of the 3.0% Convertible Notes, as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value at March 9, 2020

   $ 21,281  

Plus: Loss from change in fair value

     10,825  
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2020

   $ 32,106  
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A binomial lattice model was used to determine the fair value of the 3.0% Convertible Notes Due 2025 based on assumptions as to when these would be converted or redeemed at each decision point. Within the lattice model, the following assumptions are made: (i) upon IPO/Sale/Merger/SPAC or maturity, the convertible notes may be converted to ordinary shares or redeemed at principal and accrued interest; and (ii) upon qualified financing event, the convertible notes will automatically convert to ordinary shares. The lattice model uses the stock price, conversion price, maturity date, risk-free rate, estimated stock volatility and estimated credit spread. We remeasure the fair value of the debt instrument and record the change as a gain or loss from change in fair value of debt in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each reporting period.

8.00% – 2020 Convertible Notes

On February 19, 2020, we issued $8.0 million of 8.0% Convertible Notes and elected the fair value option of accounting for this debt instrument (see Note 7, Long Term Debt for details). At December 31, 2020, the contractual outstanding principal of the 8.0% Convertible Notes Due 2027 was $8.0 million and the fair value was $14.8 million (including embedded warrants). As of December 31, 2020, we measured fair value using a binominal lattice model (which is discussed in further detail below) with the following significant inputs:

 

Fair Value per share of ordinary shares

   $ 20.28  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.08% - 0.52

Expected volatility

     55

Expected term, in years

     0.14 - 6.14  

Discount yield

     35

Conversion price discount

     25% - 40

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a $4.4 million loss from change in fair value of debt in connection with the initial issuance and subsequent fair value remeasurement of the 8.0% Convertible Notes, as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value at February 19, 2020

   $ 10,415  

Plus: Loss from change in fair value

     4,374  
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2020

   $ 14,789  
  

 

 

 

A binomial lattice model was used to determine the fair value of the 8.0% Convertible Notes Due 2025 based on assumptions as to when these would be converted or redeemed at each decision point. Within the lattice model, the following assumptions are made: (i) upon IPO/Sale/Merger/SPAC or maturity, the convertible notes may be converted to ordinary shares or put at 125% of principal and accrued interest; and (ii) upon financing event, the convertible notes may be converted to ordinary shares. We remeasure the fair value of the debt instrument and record the change as a gain or loss from change in fair value of debt in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each reporting period.

We issued liability classified warrants in conjunction with the issuance of the 8.0% Convertible Notes. We evaluated the terms of these warrants and noted that under ASC 480, our potential obligation to settle the warrants only when the exercise of contingencies is met. Due to this provision, ASC 480 requires that these warrants be classified as liabilities and combined within the 8.0% Convertible Notes. The fair value of these warrants is embedded within the fair value of the 8.0% Convertible Notes presented in the table above.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2020 Term Facility Loan

On September 29, 2020, we issued $35.0 million of convertible notes and elected the fair value option of accounting for this debt instrument (see Note 7, Long Term Debt for details). At December 31, 2020, the contractual outstanding principal of the 2020 Term Facility Loan was $22.5 million and the fair value was $25.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, we measured fair value using a binominal lattice model and discounted cash flow approach for various exit event scenario, with the following significant inputs:

 

Fair Value per share of ordinary shares

   $ 20.28  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.21

Expected volatility

     55

Expected term, in years

     0.14 - 4.13  

Discount yield

     35

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a $1.7 million loss from change in fair value of debt in connection with the initial issuance and subsequent fair value remeasurement of 2020 Term Facility Loan, as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value at September 29, 2020

   $ 23,320  

Plus: Loss from change in fair value

     1,729  
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2020

   $ 25,049  
  

 

 

 

A binomial lattice model was used to determine the fair value of the 2020 Term Facility Loan based on assumptions as to when these would be converted upon IPO/Sale/Merger/SPAC. Upon such event, the convertible notes will be paid off as following: (i) if par value exit, repayment of base multiple times principal plus unpaid interest; (ii) if greater value exit, repayment of base multiple plus add-on multiple ratio times principal plus accrued interest.

We used the probability weighted discounted cash flow approach to determine if the 2020 Term Facility Loan would be converted upon qualified financing or maturity. Upon the qualified financing, the convertible notes will not be converted and will remain outstanding until maturity and put at 280% principal plus unpaid interest. Upon maturity, the convertible notes will be repaid at a full principal balance. We remeasure the fair value of the debt instrument and record the change as a gain or loss from change in fair value of debt in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for each reporting period.

2019 Convertible Notes

During 2019, we issued convertible loan notes in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million (see Note 7, “Long Term Debt” for details). We elected to account for the 2019 Convertible Notes at fair value. Management believes that the fair value option better reflects the underlying economics of the 2019 Convertible Notes, which contains embedded derivatives. The notes were converted to ordinary shares due to a qualified financing event in June 2019. During 2019, the 2019 Convertible Notes were converted into 1,336,344 ordinary shares.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

6.

Balance Sheet Components

Cash and cash equivalents

Our cash and cash equivalents balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were concentrated by location as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2020     2019  

United Kingdom

     96     95

United States

     3     4

Other

     1     1

We have not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date.

Other receivables

Other receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

R&D tax credit receivable

   $ 17,412      $ 14,731  

Grants receivable

     —          239  

VAT receivable

     607        886  

Other receivable

     5        93  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other receivables

   $ 18,024      $ 15,949  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The research and development tax credit receivable consists of research and development expenses that have been claimed as research and development tax credits in accordance with the relevant U.K. tax legislation. These refundable tax credits are payable to the Company in cash and are carried on the consolidated balance sheet at the amount claimed and expected to be received from the U.K. government within the next 12 months. The amount of the R&D tax credit has been recorded as a reduction to cost of revenue and operating expenses (based on the nature of the underlying expenditure) on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Property, equipment and finance lease right-of-use assets, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Computer equipment

   $ 1,218      $ 1,020  

Lab equipment

     7,607        5,614  

Motor vehicles

     31        31  

Furnitures and fixtures

     265        265  

Leasehold improvements

     704        704  

Assets under construction

     27        587  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

   $ 9,852      $ 8,221  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (5,802      (3,561
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 4,050      $ 4,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Depreciation expense was $2.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Finance lease right-of-use assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Finance lease right-of-use assets

   $ 2,966      $ 3,105  

Less: accumulated amortization

     (834      (485
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total finance lease right-of-use assets, net

   $ 2,132      $ 2,620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Intangible asset

Intangible asset consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  

In-process Research and Development

   $ 3,048      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible asset

   $ 3,048      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Accrued bonus

   $ 3,349      $ 2,501  

Accrued payroll and benefits

     1,524        602  

Accrued taxes

     332        75  

Accrued fabrication costs

     2,321        1,884  

Share appreciation rights

     706        435  

Other accrued expenses

     2,163        1,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 10,395      $ 6,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7.

Long Term Debt

The following table summarizes information relating to our long-term debt, (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Principal      Fair Value
Adjustment
     Net  

3.0% – 2020 Convertible Notes

   $ 21,281      $ 10,825      $ 32,106  

8.00% – 2020 Convertible Notes

     8,000        6,789        14,789  

2020 Term Facility Loan

     22,500        2,549        25,049  

Paycheck Protection Program

     2,860        —          2,860  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 54,641      $ 20,163      $ 74,804  

Less: current portion of long-term debt

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 54,641      $ 20,163      $ 74,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future minimum payments under the debt agreements as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Convertible
Notes
 

Year Ending December 31:

  

2021

   $ —    

2022

     —    

2023

     —    

2024

     —    

2025

     66,281  

Thereafter

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum payments

   $ 76,281  

Less: current portion of debt principal

     —    
  

 

 

 

Non-current portion of debt principal

   $ 76,281  
  

 

 

 

January 2017 Term Loan and May 2017 Term Loan

On January 27, 2017, we secured a term loan of $5.0 million from Silicon Valley Bank (“January 2017 Term Loan”). The January 2017 Term Loan matured on March 31, 2020, with an interest only period through March 31, 2017 preceding the 36-month term. Interest is accrued on the outstanding balance of the loan at a variable rate based on Wall Street Prime Rate plus 5.50% and had an interest floor of 9.00%. There were no financial covenants included in the January 2017 Term Loan.

On May 26, 2017, we secured a new term loan for $10.0 million of which $5.0 million was provided by Silicon Valley Bank and €4.5 million was provided by Kreos Capital (“May 2017 Term Loan”). The May 2017 Term Loan had a thirty-six month term and matured on June 1, 2020. Interest is accrued on the outstanding balance of the loan at a variable rate based on Wall Street Prime Rate plus 5.50% and has an interest floor of 9.00%. The interest rate was 11.0% as of December 31, 2019. There are no financial covenants included in the May 2017 Term Loan.

The $5.0 million received from Silicon Valley Bank under the May 2017 Term Loan was used to repay the January 2017 Term Loan and we received a waiver of the prepayment fee. The repayment of the January 2017 Term Loan was treated as a modification of debt. Therefore, additional fees paid to the creditor was

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

reflected as additional debt discount and amortized over the remaining term using the interest method and has been fully amortized as of December 31, 2020 and was immaterial as of December 31, 2019.

Under the January 2017 Term Loan, Silicon Valley Bank and under the May 2017 Term Loan, Kreos Capital each received 52,050 warrants to purchase ordinary shares of the Company at an exercise price of $8.646 per warrant (“Bank Warrants”). The Silicon Valley Bank and Kreos Capital warrants expire on January 27, 2027 and May 26, 2027, respectively. See Note 11 for further discussion regarding warrants.

2019 Convertible Notes

During 2019, we issued convertible loan notes in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million (“2019 Convertible Notes”). The 2019 Convertible Notes mature on the second anniversary date of the instrument and bore interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum. The 2019 Convertible Notes were issued in two tranches—$6.7 million on March 5, 2019 and $8.3 million on March 27, 2019. The 2019 Convertible Notes were convertible as follows:

 

  (a)

if in an equity financing raised total proceeds for the Company of not less than $10.0 million then the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert into the most senior class of share at a conversion price of $11.4384, equal to a 20% discount to the Series E issuance price of $14.298 per share; or

 

  (b)

At an exit event, convert the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into the most senior class of share of the Company, at a conversion price equal to the Series E issuance price of $14.298 per share.

 

  (c)

At the maturity date, convert into the most senior class of share at a conversion price equal to the Series E issuance price of $14.298.

We elected to account for the 2019 Convertible Notes at fair value as of the issuance date. Management believes that the fair value option better reflects the underlying economics of the 2019 Convertible Notes, which contains embedded derivatives. Under the fair value election, changes in fair value are reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments.

On June 12, 2019, we received equity financing of $24.0 million, resulting in the automatic conversion of the 2019 Convertible Notes. Upon settlement, we recorded interest expense in the amount of $0.3 million for the amount that would have been accrued from the issuance date to the settlement date at annual rate of 8%, on the $15.0 million of principal under the terms of the 2019 Convertible Notes. To extinguish the 2019 Convertible Notes, 1,336,344 ordinary shares were issued. A loss of $3.0 million was generated on the extinguishment of the liability during the conversion based on the difference between the fair value of the shares at $13.65 and the conversion price of $11.44 and was recorded in statements of operations and comprehensive loss under change in fair value of debt instruments.

3.0% – 2020 Convertible Notes

On March 9, 2020, we issued convertible loan notes in an aggregate principal amount of $21.3 million (the “3.0% Convertible Notes”). The 3.0% Convertible Notes mature on the fifth anniversary date of the instrument and bear interest at a rate of 3.0% per annum. The 3.0% Convertible Notes contain no financial covenants. We accrued but unpaid interest of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 3.0% Convertible Notes were issued in two tranches – $20.0 million on March 9, 2020 and $1.3 million on October 20, 2020. The 3.0% Convertible Notes were convertible as follows:

 

  (a)

If in an equity financing raised total proceeds for the Company of not less than $10.0 million then the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert into the most senior class of equity share at a conversion price of $14.298 per share; or

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  (b)

if an equity financing is not raised for the Company, then the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest may convert into the most senior class of share at a conversion price of $14.298 per share.

 

  (c)

At an exit event, redeem the outstanding notes for an amount equal to the outstanding principal plus accrued interests or convert the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into the most senior class of share of the Company, at a conversion price equal to the issuance price of $14.298 per share.

 

  (d)

At the maturity date, convert into the most senior class of shares at a conversion price equal to the issuance price of $14.298 per share.

We elected to account for the 3.0% Convertible Notes at fair value as of the issuance date. Management believes that the fair value option better reflects the underlying economics of the 3.0% Convertible Notes. Under the fair value election, changes in fair value are reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a loss of $10.8 million which is shown as Fair Value Adjustment in the table at the beginning of this Note 7. See Note 5, Fair Value Measurements for information about the assumptions we used to measure the fair value of the 3.0% Convertible Notes.

8.00% – 2020 Convertible Notes

On February 19, 2020, we issued convertible loan notes to our board member in an aggregate principal amount of $8.0 million (the “8.0% Convertible Notes”). The 8.0% Convertible Notes mature on the seventh anniversary date of the instrument and bear interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum. The 8.0% Convertible Notes contain no financial covenants. We accrued but unpaid interest of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 8.0% Convertible Notes were convertible as follows:

 

  (a)

In the event of an equity financing, the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest shall automatically convert into the most senior class of share at a conversion price being the lower of 14.298 per share or a discounted subscription price of the equity shares; or

 

  (b)

At an exit event, convert the outstanding principal amount of all notes and any unpaid accrued interest thereon into the most senior class of share of the Company, at a conversion price, equal to a 25% discount to the Series E issuance price of $14.298 per share.

 

  (c)

At the maturity date, convert into the most senior class of equity share at a conversion price of $14.298.

We elected to account for the 8.0% Convertible Notes at fair value as of the issuance date. Management believes that the fair value option better reflects the underlying economics of the 8.0% Convertible Notes. Under the fair value election, changes in fair value are reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a loss of $6.8 million which is shown as Fair Value Adjustment in the table at the beginning of this Note 7. See Note 5, Fair Value Measurements for information about the assumptions we used to measure the fair value of 8.0% Convertible Notes.

In conjunction with the 8.0% Convertible Notes, we also issued the holder warrants (“Investor Warrants”) which are convertible into ordinary shares of the Company. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.00001 per share and will only become exercisable if we fail to achieve certain revenue and contribution margin targets in 2021 and 2022. The number of shares that the warrants will convert into varies according to the proportion of the revenue and contribution targets ultimately achieved. The value of the warrants is embedded within the 8.0% Convertible Notes.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2020 Term Facility Loan

On September 29, 2020, we secured a term facility loan of $35.0 million from Argentum (“2020 Term Facility Loan”). The 2020 Term Facility Loan matures on March 29, 2025 and bears interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum. The 2020 Term Facility Loan has no financial covenants. We may extend the maturity date through the filing of an extension request up to an additional one year. The 2020 Term Facility Loan may be voluntarily prepaid in full (no partial repayments), plus the applicable repayment premium payable. The Company paid interest of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company shall repay the aggregate amount of the loans utilized in full on the maturity date, subject to no Qualified Exit occurring at the time plus the applicable repayment premium payable. The Qualified Exit means: 1) qualified listing—a flotation or a public offering, the value of which is equal to or exceeds the free float value of $350.0 million; 2) non-qualified trade. As of December 31, 2020, the total amount borrowed was $22.5 million.

Upon any occurrence of a non-qualified trade sale or qualified listing, amounts due to Argentum will be discharged in full by way of conversion into our most senior class of shares.

We elected to account for the 2020 Term Facility Loan at fair value as of the issuance date. Management believes that the fair value option better reflects the underlying economics of the 2020 Term Facility Loan. Under the fair value election, changes in fair value are reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under Change in Fair Value of Debt Instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a loss of $2.5 million which is shown as Fair Value Adjustment in the table at the beginning of this Note 7. See Note 5, Fair Value Measurements for information about the assumptions we used to measure the fair value of 2020 Term Facility Loan.

Paycheck Protection Program

On April 21, 2020, we received loan proceeds of approximately $2.9 million (“PPP Loan”) under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). The PPP, established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times the average monthly payroll expenses of the qualifying business. The PPP Loan and accrued interest are forgivable after twenty-four weeks as long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll levels. The amount of loan forgiveness will be reduced if the borrower terminates employees or reduces salaries during the eight-week period.

The PPP Loan is evidenced by a promissory note, dated as of April 21, 2020 (the “Note”), between the Company, as Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Lender (the “Lender”). The interest rate on the Note is 1.0% per annum, with interest accruing on the unpaid principal balance computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. No payments of principal or interest are due during the six-month period beginning on the date of the Note (the “Deferral Period”). On December 8, 2020, we filed an application seeking forgiveness of the PPP Loan. On March 2, 2021, we received notification from the Lender that our loan forgiveness application has been submitted to Small Business Administration (“SBA”).

Beginning one month following expiration of the Deferral Period and continuing monthly until 24 months from the date of the Note (the “Maturity Date”), we are obligated to make monthly payments of principal and interest to the Lender with respect to any unforgiven portion of the Note, in such equal amounts required to fully amortize the principal amount outstanding on the Note as of the last day of the Deferral Period by the Maturity Date. We are permitted to prepay the Note at any time without payment of any premium. As of December 31, 2020, we had $2.9 million of borrowings outstanding under the PPP Loan, recorded under long term debt in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8.

Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, loss before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

U.K. Operations

   $ (82,705    $ (53,291

Foreign operations

     2,997        2,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (79,708    $ (50,539
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of provision for income tax for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Current      Deferred      Total  

Year ended December 31, 2020

        

U.K. operations

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Foreign jurisdictions

     569        —          569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 569      $      $ 569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Current      Deferred      Total  

Year ended December 31, 2019

        

U.K. operations

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Foreign jurisdictions

     311        —          311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 311      $ —        $ 311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The effective tax rate of the Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the 19% statutory rate of the Company’s U.K. headquarters entity (in thousands, except percentages):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

U.K. Statutory Rate

   $ (15,145      19.0   $ (9,602      19.0

Foreign income tax

     308        (0.4 )%      96        (0.2 )% 

Research & Development credit

     (628      0.8     (1,086      2.1

Stock-based compensation

     1,293        (1.6 )%      758        (1.5 )% 

Permanent differences

     3,325        (4.2 )%      (681      1.3

Change in valuation allowance

     7,480        (9.4 )%      2,636        (5.2 )% 

Losses not benefited

     3,999        (5.0 )%      8,169        (16.1 )% 

Others, net

     (63      0.1     21        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 569        (0.7 )%    $ 311        (0.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and (b) operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We record income tax expense for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations using the asset and liability method. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records valuation allowances to reduce its deferred tax assets to the net amount that it believes is more likely than not to be realized. Its assessment considers the realization of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis.

The significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 15,066      $ 7,494  

Research and development credits

     —          1,217  

Stock-based compensation

     1,476        1,057  

Lease liabilities

     482        916  

Accrued liabilities

     788        633  

Other

     2         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     17,814        11,317  

Less valuation allowance

     (16,377      (9,520
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,437      $ 1,797  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Right-of-use Assets

   $ (821    $ (1,064

Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation

     (592      (733

Other

     (24      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (1,437      (1,797
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ASC 740 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses (“NOLs”), temporary differences and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is “more likely than not.” Realization of our future tax benefits is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period.

The changes in valuation allowance related to operating activity was an increase in the amount of $6.9 million and $2.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOLs and tax credit gross carryforwards as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount      Expiration Years  

NOLs, U.K. (gross)

   $ 79,293        See notes below  

Tax credits, Federal

   $ —          See notes below  

Tax credits, State

   $ —          See notes below  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Net Operating Losses

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has U.K. NOL of approximately $79.3 million that can be carried forward indefinitely.

The U.S. R&D tax credit for the year ended December 31, 2020 has been fully utilized.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it believes that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As the Company expands, it will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items. The Company’s policy is to adjust these reserves when facts and circumstances change. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on its financial condition and operating results. The income tax expense includes the effects of any accruals that the Company believes are appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had total uncertain tax positions of $2.2 million and $0.4 million. No interest or penalties have been recorded related to the uncertain tax positions. None of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
           2020                  2019        

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 405      $  271  

Increases based on tax positions related to current year

     733        134  

Increases based on tax positions related to prior years

     1,199        —    

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior years

     (101      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,236      $ 405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that there will be a significant change in uncertain tax position in the next 12 months. We are subject to income tax in the U.K., U.S. federal and various states and three other foreign jurisdictions. Our U.S. income tax filings are currently under audit for the tax year ended December 31, 2018. The statute of limitations for U.K. and foreign tax jurisdictions other than the U.S. are no longer subject to audit for tax years before December 31, 2018. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax audit for the tax years before the year ended December 31, 2017 and are no longer subject to state income tax audit for tax years before December 31, 2016.

 

9.

Ordinary Shares

Ordinary shares have no liquidation preferences and entitle holders to one vote per share. Ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, when and if declared by our Board of Directors.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10.

Earnings Per Share

A reconciliation of net loss available to ordinary shareholders and the number of shares in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share follows (in thousands, except for share and per share data):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Basic and diluted:

     

Net loss

   $ (80,277    $ (50,850

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

     33,604,752        31,406,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (2.39)      $ (1.62)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss for the period by the weighted average number of the ordinary shares outstanding plus 132,099 outstanding warrants outstanding with a $0.01 exercise price during the period.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we excluded the potential effect of the following in the calculation of the diluted loss per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive due to losses incurred.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Outstanding warrants, less 132,099 outstanding warrants with a $0.01 exercise price

     881,004        848,240  

Outstanding options

     7,207,044        5,904,413  

Outstanding performance awards

     249,605        249,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,337,653        7,002,258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has established a number of share-based incentive plans for current employees, directors and others, which include Share Appreciation Rights, 2013 Share Option Plan and Warrants.

Share Appreciation Rights

On November 12, 2013, the Company issued to certain employees Share Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) that require us to pay the intrinsic value of the SARs to the employee at the date of exercise. These SARs vest over a period of four years, provided the employee remains in the employment of the Company and recorded as liabilities at fair value as of the respective period end. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 30,000 SARs outstanding at an exercise price per share of $0.00001.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had recorded liabilities of $0.7 million and $0.4 million related to these SARs based on their fair value of $20.28 and $12.98 per share as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company recognized expense for the SARs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under selling, general and administrative of $0.3 million and $0.02 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2013 Share Option Plan

In 2013, we adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for grants of stock options to attract and retain employees, directors, officers, and consultants. 

As of December 31, 2020, there were 11,458,989 shares authorized for issuance under the Plan, of which 2,746,089 shares were available for grant. Share options can be granted with an exercise price less than, equal to or greater than the shares’ fair market value at the date of grant. All options vest over the earlier of 4 years of service from grant or start of service, with typically 25% becoming exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant or start of service and the balance becoming exercisable in equal monthly portions over the following 36 months. 

The following table summarizes stock option activity related to the plans during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
     Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Intrinsic
Value
 
                   (Years)      (In thousands)  

Balances as of December 31, 2018

     5,565,292      $ 2.88        6.68      $ 59,146  

Options granted

     1,135,148        9.29        

Options exercised

     (24,750      1.33        

Options forfeited

     (120,001      6.65        

Options expired

     (651,276      2.78        
  

 

 

          

Balances as of December 31, 2019

     5,904,413      $ 4.05        6.94      $ 54,100  

Options granted

     2,328,385        8.67        

Options exercised

     (7,813      5.36        

Options forfeited

     (826,488      8.62        

Options expired

     (191,453      6.92        
  

 

 

          

Balances as of December 31, 2020

     7,207,044      $ 4.94        6.75      $ 110,552  
  

 

 

          

Options exercisable—December 31, 2020

     4,693,313      $ 3.16        5.51      $ 80,334  
  

 

 

          

The aggregated intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of ordinary shares. The total aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $8.32 and $7.92 per share, respectively. 

Stock-based compensation expense for all equity arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2020              2019      

Cost of revenue

   $ 2,271      $ 2,230  

Research and development

     4,313        2,835  

Sales and marketing

     639        475  

General and administrative

     820        689  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 8,043      $ 6,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was approximately $19.5 million and $13.8 million of total unrecognized stock based compensation expense, related to unvested options granted to employees under the Company’s stock option plan that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years and 1.3 years, respectively.

Performance Awards

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 249,605 performance-based awards at a weighted average grant date fair value of $7.84 were granted to certain individuals with conditions that include specific sales and fundraising targets. As of December 31, 2020, it was determined that all of these awards met their performance conditions, and the Company recognized a total expense of $0.8 million in relation to these awards. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were approximately $1.2 million and $2.0 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to these performance-based awards. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no additional performance-based awards were granted.

Fair Value of Options

The fair values of options granted during the period were determined using a Black-Scholes model. The following principal assumptions were used in the valuation:

Fair Value of Ordinary Shares—The fair value of the ordinary shares underlying the stock option awards was determined by the Board of Directors (“the Board”). Given the absence of a public trading market, the Board considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third party valuations of ordinary shares; (ii) the lack of marketability of ordinary shares; (iii) stage and development of the Company’s business; (iv) general economic conditions; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions. To evaluate the fair value of the underlying shares for grants between two independent valuations and after the last independent valuation, a linear interpolation framework was used to evaluate the fair value of the underlying shares.

Volatility—The expected stock price volatilities are estimated based on the historical and implied volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies as the Company does not have sufficient history of trading its ordinary shares.

Risk-free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rates are based on US Treasury yields in effect at the grant date for notes with comparable terms as the awards.

Expected Term—As the Company does not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior, the Company determines the expected term based on the average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. For stock options, expected term is calculated as the midpoint of the stock options vesting term and contractual expiration period.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Dividend Yield—The expected dividend rate is zero as the Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends and does not anticipate to do so in the foreseeable future.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2020    2019

Expected term (in years)

   4.86 – 6.25    5.61 – 6.25

Expected volatility (%)

   50.29 – 52.45    50.40 – 51.37

Risk-free interest rate (%)

   0.30 – 1.75    1.42 – 1.88

Fair value of ordinary shares

   $10.58 – 19.96    $13.21 – 13.52

Dividend yield

   —      —  

Warrants

We issued warrant certificates to certain counterparties to subscribe in its ordinary shares.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, 51,859 and 164,485 warrants were issued to intermediaries for introducing new investors related to equity financings. The Company recognized these warrants as equity issuance costs, with a corresponding credit in additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, there were no net change in additional paid in capital.

The 2019 Convertible Loan Notes were converted into ordinary shares during 2019 at a lower price than was paid by certain shareholders who had invested prior to the issuance of the 2019 Convertible Loan Notes. In order to compensate these investors, the Company issued 135,133 warrants to these investors. The fair value of the warrants issued was $1.8 million and was accounted for as a non-cash dividend by the Company. No additional warrants were issued during the year ended December 31, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 5,246 warrants for goods and services, which were recognized as an expense in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss with a corresponding credit in additional paid-in capital.

The below warrants are equity classified and exercisable as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. Investor Warrants in connection with the 8.0% Convertible Notes were excluded from the below table as they were classified as liabilities. A summary of the Company’s outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:

 

     Number of
Warrants
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Per
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual Life
(Years)
 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

     678,232      $ 7.05        7.60  

Warrants issued

     304,864        7.44     

Warrants exercised

     (2,757      0.00     

Warrants cancelled

     —          —       
  

 

 

       

Balances as of December 31, 2019

     980,339      $ 7.19        7.29  

Warrants issued

     51,859        10.30     

Warrants exercised

     (5,523      1.26     

Warrants cancelled

     (13,572      11.44     
  

 

 

       

Balances as of December 31, 2020

     1,013,103      $ 7.33        6.45  
  

 

 

       

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

12.

Related Party Transactions

The Company formed HRT, a joint venture with Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd. in 2017, which was recognized by the Company as an equity method investment. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we made sales to HRT of $5.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the balance owed by the joint venture amounted to $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, and is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying balance sheets.

The Company engages two affiliate entities of the Company’s directors for consulting and administrative services. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $0.8 million and $1.9 million in fees for these services, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amounts included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets were not considered material.

 

13.

Leases

We have operating leases for office space and finance leases for manufacturing equipment. These leases have remaining lease terms of 1 years to 4 years. Some leases include extension options for up to 5 years. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised.

The weighted average remaining lease term was 3 years for operating leases as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average discount rate was 6% for operating leases as of December 31, 2020.

The components of lease cost for the year ended December 31, 2020, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2020              2019      

Operating Lease Cost:

     

Fixed lease cost

   $ 851        777  

Variable lease cost

     154        253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating cost

   $ 1,005      $ 1,030  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $ 1,391      $ 1,533  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2020              2019      

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

     

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

     

Operating cash flows for operating leases

   $ 916      $ 756  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating cash flows for finance leases

   $ 15      $ 115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing cash flows for finance leases

   $ 1,192      $ 1,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange of lease obligations:

     

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ —        $ 1,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020. Maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases  

Year Ending December 31:

  

2021

   $ 682  

2022

     613  

2023

     456  

2024

     121  
  

 

 

 

Total lease obligation

   $ 1,872  

Less: Imputed interest

     (149
  

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

   $ 1,723  

Less: Current lease liabilities

     (596
  

 

 

 

Total non-current lease liabilities

   $ 1,127  
  

 

 

 

 

14.

Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Contingencies

From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We apply accounting for contingencies to determine when and how much to accrue for and disclose related to legal and other contingencies. Accordingly, we disclose contingencies deemed to be reasonably possible and accrue loss contingencies when, in consultation with legal advisors, it is concluded that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable. Although the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters is subject to many uncertainties and is therefore not predictable with assurance, management believes that as of December 31, 2020 there are no litigations pending that could have, individually and in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Financial Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, we make commitments to third-party suppliers for various research and development activities. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had $3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively, in contractual obligations for which we have not yet received the services.

 

15.

Defined Contribution Plan

We have defined contribution plans, under which we contribute based on a percentage of the employees’ elected contributions. We will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The contributions made by us for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

16.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Non-cash operating, investing, and financing activities, and supplemental cash flow information are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2020              2019      

Supplemental disclosure

     

Cash payments for:

     

Interest paid

   $ 47      $ 506  

Income tax paid

   $ 313      $ 352  

Schedule for noncash operating activities

     

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ —        $ 1,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ 1,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Schedule for noncash investing activities

     

Unpaid property and equipment received

   $ 166      $ 397  

Unpaid balance related to the Trutouch Asset Acquisition

     500        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 666      $ 397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Schedule for noncash financing activities

     

Conversion of note payable to ordinary shares

   $ —        $ 18,244  

Issuance of ordinary shares related to the Trutouch Asset Acquisition

     2,298        —    

Non-cash equity issuance costs

     —          995  

Non-cash dividend

     —          1,838  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,298      $ 21,077  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 2, 2021, which is the date that the financial statements were issued.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, 250,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) were offered to our three executives. Each RSU has a performance-based grant criteria that the Company completes a SPAC

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

transaction. As of December 31, 2020, it was determined that none of these awards meet the performance condition and no expense was recognized in relation to these awards.

In 2021, the Company issued convertible notes bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum. The terms of the notes are similar to the 2020 Convertible Notes. We received $25.0 million on January 5, 2021, $10.0 million on January 13, 2021, and $30.0 million on January 18, 2021. We also received $11.4 million in connection with the 2020 Term Facility Loan on February 19, 2021.

On March 19, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to combine with SC Health Corporation, a publicly traded special purpose acquisition company. The transaction will result in Rockley becoming a publicly traded company on the NYSE under the symbol “RKLY” and values the Company at a pro forma enterprise value of $1.2 billion.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-39

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets

   F-40

Statements of Operations

   F-41

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   F-42

Statements of Cash Flows

   F-43

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-44 to F-57

 

F-38


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

SC Health Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs as well as complete a Business Combination by the close of business on April 16, 2021, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. This date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

New York, New York

March 29, 2021

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

     December 31,  
     2020     2019  

ASSETS

    

Current Assets

    

Cash

   $ 124,878     $ 772,413  

Prepaid expenses

     122,067       123,658  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     246,945       896,071  

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

     174,542,012       173,897,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 174,788,957     $ 174,793,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Account payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,037,048     $ 50,115  

Accrued offering costs

     167       167  

Promissory note – related party

     100,000       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,137,215       50,282  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

     6,037,500       6,037,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     7,174,715       6,087,782  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)

    

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 16,261,424 and 16,370,619 shares at $10.00 per share as of December 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     162,614,240       163,706,190  

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 180,000,000 shares authorized; 988,576 and 879,381 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 16,261,424 and 16,370,619 shares subject to possible redemption) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

     99       88  

Class B ordinary shares, $0.00008 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 5,562,500 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

     445       445  

Additional paid-in capital

     5,135,809       4,043,870  

(Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings

     (136,351     955,607  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     5,000,002       5,000,010  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 174,788,957     $ 174,793,982  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Operating costs

   $ 1,736,059     $ 439,804  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,736,059     (439,804

Other income:

    

Interest earned on investments held in Trust Account

     644,101       1,397,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,091,958   $ 958,107  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares

     17,250,000       17,010,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A

   $ 0.04     $ 0.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares

     5,562,500       4,911,815  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B

   $ (0.31   $ (0.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Class A
Ordinary Shares
    Class B
Ordinary Shares
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    (Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance – January 1, 2019

    —       $ —         4,312,500     $ 345     $ 24,655     $ (2,500   $ 22,500  

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

    —         —         1,250,000       100       (100     —         —    

Sale of 17,250,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs

    17,250,000       1,725       —         —         162,273,868       —         162,275,593  

Sale of 5,450,000 Private Placement Warrants

    —         —         —         —         5,450,000       —         5,450,000  

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

    (16,370,619     (1,637     —         —         (163,704,553     —         (163,706,190

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         958,107       958,107  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2019

    879,381       88       5,562,500       445       4,043,870       955,607       5,000,010  

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

    109,195       11       —         —         1,091,939       —         1,091,950  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         (1,091,958     (1,091,958
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2020

    988,576     $ 99       5,562,500     $ 445     $ 5,135,809     $ (136,351     $ 5,000,002  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,091,958   $ 958,107  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

     (644,101     (1,397,911

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     1,591       (123,658

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     986,933       47,615  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (747,535     (515,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Investment of cash in Trust Account

     —         (172,500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         (172,500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

     —         169,050,000  

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants

     —         5,450,000  

Proceeds from promissory note – related party

     100,000       —    

Repayment of promissory note – related party

     —         (254,595

Payments of offering costs

     —         (489,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     100,000       173,755,947  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

     (647,535     740,100  

Cash – Beginning

     772,413       32,313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash – Ending

   $ 124,878     $ 772,413  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

    

Payment of offering costs through promissory note

   $ —       $ 222,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of advances to promissory note

   $ —       $ 32,313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Initial classification of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

   $ —       $ 162,747,730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

   $ (1,091,950   $ 958,460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   $ —       $ 6,037,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on December 10, 2018. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company is focusing its search on companies with operations or prospects in the healthcare sector in the Asia Pacific region. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and, after the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on July 11, 2019. On July 16, 2019, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 15,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 5,000,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $5,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 16, 2019, an amount of $150,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

On August 2, 2019, in connection with the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, the Company consummated the sale of an additional 2,250,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit and the sale of an additional 450,000 Private Placement Warrants at $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total gross proceeds of $22,950,000. Following the closing, an additional $22,500,000 of net proceeds was placed in the Trust Account, resulting in $172,500,000 held in the Trust Account.

Transaction costs amounted to $10,224,407, consisting of $3,450,000 of underwriting fees, $6,037,500 of deferred underwriting fees and $736,907 of other offering costs. As of December 31, 2020, cash of $124,878 was held outside of the Trust Account and is available for working capital purposes.

Substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants are intended to be applied toward consummating a Business Combination, and the Company’s

 

F-44


Table of Contents

management has broad discretion to identify targets for such a potential Business Combination and over the specific application of the funds held in the Trust Account if and when such funds are properly released from the Trust Account. The Company’s initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding deferred underwriting discount) at the time of the agreement to enter into a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account ($10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (“Memorandum and Articles of Association”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, executive officers and directors (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The initial shareholders have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Memorandum and Articles of Association to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Company initially had until January 16, 2021, or such later date as a result of a shareholder vote to amend the Memorandum and Articles of Association, to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

On January 12, 2021, the Company held an extraordinary general meeting pursuant to which the Company’s shareholders approved extending the Combination Period from January 16, 2021 to April 16, 2021 (the “Extension Date”). In connection with the approval of the extension, no shareholders elected to redeem their shares for cash (see Note 8).

The initial shareholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial shareholders acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs as well as complete a Business Combination during the Combination Period, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The liquidity condition and date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after the Combination Period. The Company intends to complete a Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statement with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

The Company will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of its Initial Public Offering, (b) in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which the Company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which means the market value of its ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Investments Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the assets held in the Trust Account were invested in money market funds.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020 and 2019, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheets.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $10,224,407 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the period presented.

Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share does not consider the effect of the warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, (ii) the exercise of the over-allotment option and (iii) Private Placement Warrants since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive. The warrants are exercisable to purchase 14,075,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares in the aggregate.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Company’s statements of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable ordinary shares outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  

Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

    

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

    

Interest Income

   $ 644,101     $ 1,397,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Earnings

   $ 644,101     $ 1,397,911  

Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

    

Redeemable Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted

     17,250,000       17,010,355  

Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

   $ 0.04     $ 0.08  

Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

    

Numerator: Net (Loss) Income minus Redeemable Net Earnings

    

Net (Loss) Income

   $ (1,091,958   $ 958,107  

Redeemable Net Earnings

     (644,101     (1,397,911
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Net Loss

   $ (1,736,059   $ (439,804

Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

    

Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted

     5,562,500       4,911,815  

Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Class B Ordinary Shares

   $ (0.31   $ (0.09

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no securities that are dilutive to the shareholders.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 — PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 17,250,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit, inclusive of 2,250,000 Units sold to the underwriters on August 2, 2019 upon the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In December 2018, the Sponsor purchased 3,450,000 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate price of $25,000. On February 8, 2019, the Company completed a sub-division of its Class B ordinary shares, pursuant to which the Founder Shares were sub-divided into 4,312,500 shares with a par value of $0.00008 per share. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the sub-division. On July 9, 2019, the Company issued 1,250,000 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in connection with the forward purchase agreement (see Note 5) for par value, or $100, resulting in a total of 5,562,500 Founder Shares issued and outstanding of which an aggregate of up to 562,500 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial shareholders would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering (assuming no purchase by the initial shareholders of any Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering). As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 562,500 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments as described in Note 6.

The initial shareholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier of (i) one year after the completion of the Company’s Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the Company’s Business Combination that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Company’s Business Combination, the Founder Shares will be released from the lock-up.

Private Placement

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,000,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000. On August 2, 2019, in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option in full, the Company sold an additional 450,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $450,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placement Warrants and all underlying securities will expire worthless.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on July 16, 2019 and continuing through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, the Company will pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred $120,000 and $60,000, respectively, in fees for these services. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $10,000 and $20,000 of such fees, respectively, are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.

Advance from Related Party

The Sponsor advanced the Company an aggregate of $32,313 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. The advances were non-interest bearing and due on demand. In January 2019, the advances were converted into a promissory note issued to the Sponsor (see below).

Promissory Note – Related Party

In January 2019, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2019 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. In January 2019, the Company transferred its outstanding advance from a related party in the amount of $32,313 into the Promissory Note. The outstanding balance of $254,595 under the Promissory Note was repaid as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, on December 30, 2020, the Sponsor deposited $100,000 into the operating bank account of the Company for working capital. This amount is outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor may, but is not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no amounts were borrowed under the Working Capital Loans.

NOTE 5 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management is continuing to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 11, 2019, the holders of the Private Placement Warrants, the warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans, and the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights with respect to such warrants and the ordinary shares underlying such warrants and Founder Shares. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 2,250,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. In connection with the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option in full on August 2, 2019, the underwriters purchased all 2,250,000 additional Units.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $6,037,500, which will become payable to them from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Forward Purchase Agreement

On July 9, 2019, SC Health Group Limited, an affiliate of the Sponsor, entered into a forward purchase agreement with the Company which provides for the purchase by SC Health Group Limited of an aggregate of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,250,000 redeemable warrants, each to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a warrant in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. On July 9, 2019, the Company issued 1,250,000 Founder Shares to the Sponsor in connection with the forward purchase agreement for par value, or $100, of which such shares will be transferred to SC Health Group Limited. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by the Company’s public shareholders.

NOTE 6 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue to 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 180,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 988,576 and 879,381 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 16,261,424 and 16,370,619 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, respectively.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue to 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.00008 per share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 5,562,500 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect the Company’s directors prior to or in connection with the completion of a Business Combination. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as follows. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of a Business Combination at a ratio such that the total number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, plus the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any warrants issued in a private placement to the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor upon conversion of Working Capital Loans.

Warrants — Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants were issued upon separation of the Units, which occurred on September 3, 2019, and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue a Class A ordinary share upon exercise of a Public Warrant unless the Class A ordinary share issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th) day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

Redemption of Warrants for Cash. Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sales price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Redemption of Warrants for Class A Ordinary Shares. Commencing ninety days after the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price equal to a number of Class A ordinary shares to be determined, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares;

 

   

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;

 

   

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders;

 

   

if, and only if, the Private Placement Warrants are also concurrently exchanged at the same price (equal to a number of Class A ordinary shares) as the outstanding Public Warrants; and

 

   

if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-day period after written notice of redemption is given

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company) and, (i) in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance, and (ii) to the extent that such issuance is made to SIN Capital Group Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of the Company and the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account the transfer of Founder Shares or Private Placement Warrants (including if such transfer is effectuated as a surrender to the Company and subsequent reissuance by the Company) by the Sponsor in connection with such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable (for cash) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 7 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

 

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

 

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC Topic 320 “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying balance sheets and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.

At December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $174,542,012 in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury Securities. At December 31, 2019, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $173,897,911 in money market funds, which are invested in U.S. Treasury Securities, During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value. The gross holding gains and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     Level      December 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Description

        

Assets:

        

Marketable securities held in Trust Account – U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market Fund

     1      $ 174,542,012      $ 173,897,911  

NOTE 8 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as describe below, the

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On January 5, 2021, the Company announced that it had entered into a non-binding letter of intent (the “Letter of Intent”) with a next generation technology developer (the “Target”) relating to a proposed business combination transaction. The Target has developed a technology targeting consumer healthcare applications, and the Company believes the Target is a compelling investment opportunity given its cutting-edge technology and commercial opportunity. Completion of the proposed transaction is subject to the completion of due diligence, the negotiation and execution of a definitive agreement and satisfaction of the conditions therein, including approval of the transaction by the Company’s shareholders.

On January 12, 2021, the Company held an extraordinary general meeting pursuant to which the Company’s shareholders approved extending the Combination Period to the Extension Date.

On March 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Rockley”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“HoldCo”), and Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (“Merger Sub”). The Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (the “Rockley Business Combination”) were approved by our board of directors and the boards of directors of each of HoldCo, Merger Sub and Rockley.

The Business Combination Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on the closing date: (i) the Company carries out a scheme of arrangement in the UK courts pursuant to which all of the Company’s shares (including those issued prior to the scheme as a result of the conversion of convertible loan notes and the exercise of warrants) will be cancelled or transferred by the Company’s shareholders in exchange for shares in HoldCo; (ii) the holders of options over shares in the Company will be invited to roll their options into new options over shares in HoldCo; (iii) to the extent convertible loan notes issued by the Company do not convert into shares in the Company prior to the effectiveness of the scheme described in clause (i) above, such notes will, depending on which form the scheme of arrangement takes, either be (a) novated to HoldCo (resulting in HoldCo becoming responsible to issue HoldCo ordinary shares on exercise) and the consideration for the novation shall be an inter-company loan between the Company and HoldCo, or (b) acquired by HoldCo in exchange for the issue of new convertible loan notes by HoldCo to each convertible loan note holder; (iv) the holders of warrants over shares in the Company (other than warrants that by their terms will be replicated at HoldCo in exchange for market value consideration) will be notified that if they do not exercise their warrants for shares in the Company prior to the effectiveness of the scheme described in clause (i) above, then those warrants will lapse; (v) HoldCo will complete a ‘stock-split’ to prepare its share capital for Merger Sub’s merger into SC Health; (vi) certain investors will subscribe for and purchase an aggregate of $150,000,000 of shares in HoldCo; (vii) Merger Sub will merge with and into SC Health, with SC Health surviving the merger and becoming a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo; and (viii) the shares and warrants in SC Health will be exchanged for shares and warrants in HoldCo.

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, (i) the existing holders of securities in the Company will exchange their securities for new securities in HoldCo; and (ii) HoldCo will split its stock such that the number of shares in (together with any other securities in or convertible for securities in) HoldCo after the stock split will be equal to $1,148,114,113 divided by $10.00. Certain PIPE investors will subscribe for shares in HoldCo and the warrants in SC Health (each $10.00 shares) will then be exchanged for shares in HoldCo.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company and HoldCo entered into subscription agreements (the “Investor Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors and

 

F-56


Table of Contents

individuals, including, among others, SC Health Group Limited (an affiliate of the Sponsor), Medtronic, Senvest Management LLC and UBS O’Connor. Pursuant to the Investor Subscription Agreements, each investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and HoldCo agreed to issue and sell an aggregate of $150,000,000 shares in HoldCo, which will take effect immediately prior to the closing of the Rockley Business Combination.

Previously the Company had entered into a forward purchase agreement with SC Health Group Limited which provided for the purchase by SC Health Group Limited of an aggregate of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 1,250,000 redeemable warrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000, or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share and accompanying fraction of a warrant in a private placement to close concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. As part of the Rockley Business Combination, the Company agreed with SC Health Group Limited that the Forward Purchase Agreement should be terminated and instead of purchasing $50,000,000 of Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, SC Health Group Limited would instead enter into the Investor Subscription Agreement referenced above and, pursuant to that agreement, has agreed to purchase an aggregate of $50,000,000 shares in HoldCo.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

Execution Version

 

 

BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT

AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

SC HEALTH CORPORATION,

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED,

ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED,

and

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

dated as of March 19, 2021

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I CERTAIN DEFINITIONS      A-3  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     A-3  

Section 1.2

 

Construction

     A-19  

Section 1.3

 

Knowledge

     A-19  
ARTICLE II EXCHANGE; AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER      A-19  

Section 2.1

 

Initial Exchange

     A-19  

Section 2.2

 

The Merger

     A-21  

Section 2.3

 

Effects of the Merger

     A-22  

Section 2.4

 

Closing; Merger Effective Time

     A-22  

Section 2.5

 

Closing Deliverables

     A-22  

Section 2.6

 

Governing Documents

     A-23  

Section 2.7

 

Directors and Officers

     A-23  

Section 2.8

 

Intended Tax Treatment

     A-24  

ARTICLE III EXCHANGE CONSIDERATION AND EFFECTS OF THE MERGER ON THE COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK, CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND EQUITY AWARDS

     A-24  

Section 3.1

 

Initial Exchange Consideration

     A-24  

Section 3.2

 

Conversion of Securities

     A-25  

Section 3.3

 

Exchange Procedures

     A-26  

Section 3.4

 

Treatment of Company Options and Company Restricted Stock, Company Convertible Notes and Company Warrants

     A-28  

Section 3.5

 

Withholding

     A-29  

Section 3.6

 

No Dissent Rights

     A-29  

Section 3.7

 

Register of Members

     A-29  

Section 3.8

 

SPAC Warrants

     A-29  
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY      A-29  

Section 4.1

 

Company Organization

     A-30  

Section 4.2

 

Subsidiaries

     A-30  

Section 4.3

 

Due Authorization

     A-30  

Section 4.4

 

No Conflict

     A-31  

Section 4.5

 

Governmental Authorities; Consents

     A-31  

Section 4.6

 

Capitalization of the Company

     A-31  

Section 4.7

 

Capitalization of Subsidiaries

     A-33  

Section 4.8

 

Financial Statements

     A-33  

Section 4.9

 

Undisclosed Liabilities

     A-34  

Section 4.10

 

Litigation and Proceedings

     A-34  

Section 4.11

 

Legal Compliance

     A-34  

Section 4.12

 

Contracts; No Defaults

     A-35  

Section 4.13

 

Company Benefit Plans

     A-36  

Section 4.14

 

Labor Relations; Employees

     A-38  

Section 4.15

 

Taxes

     A-39  

Section 4.16

 

Brokers’ Fees

     A-42  

Section 4.17

 

Insurance

     A-42  

Section 4.21

 

Intellectual Property

     A-43  

Section 4.22

 

Privacy and Cybersecurity

     A-45  

Section 4.23

 

Environmental Matters

     A-45  

 

A-i


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 4.24

 

Absence of Changes

     A-46  

Section 4.25

 

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

     A-46  

Section 4.26

 

Sanctions and International Trade Compliance

     A-46  

Section 4.27

 

Information Supplied

     A-47  

Section 4.28

 

Customers and Suppliers

     A-47  

Section 4.29

 

Government Contracts

     A-47  

Section 4.30

 

Sufficiency of Assets

     A-47  

Section 4.31

 

No Additional Representation or Warranties

     A-48  
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SPAC      A-48  

Section 5.1

 

SPAC Organization

     A-48  

Section 5.2

 

Due Authorization

     A-48  

Section 5.3

 

No Conflict

     A-49  

Section 5.4

 

Subsidiaries

     A-49  

Section 5.5

 

Litigation and Proceedings

     A-49  

Section 5.6

 

SEC Filings

     A-49  

Section 5.7

 

Internal Controls; Listing; Financial Statements

     A-50  

Section 5.8

 

Governmental Authorities; Consents

     A-50  

Section 5.9

 

Trust Account

     A-51  

Section 5.10

 

Investment Company Act; JOBS Act

     A-51  

Section 5.11

 

Absence of Changes

     A-51  

Section 5.12

 

No Undisclosed Liabilities

     A-51  

Section 5.13

 

Capitalization of SPAC

     A-52  

Section 5.14

 

Brokers’ Fees

     A-53  

Section 5.15

 

Indebtedness

     A-53  

Section 5.16

 

Taxes

     A-53  

Section 5.17

 

Business Activities

     A-54  

Section 5.18

 

NYSE Stock Market Quotation

     A-54  

Section 5.19

 

Registration Statement, Proxy Statement and Proxy Statement/Registration Statement

     A-54  

Section 5.20

 

No Outside Reliance

     A-55  

Section 5.21

 

No Additional Representation or Warranties

     A-55  
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB      A-55  

Section 6.1

 

Corporate Organization

     A-55  

Section 6.2

 

Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

     A-56  

Section 6.3

 

Capitalization

     A-56  

Section 6.4

 

Authority Relative to this Agreement

     A-56  

Section 6.5

 

No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

     A-57  

Section 6.6

 

Compliance

     A-57  

Section 6.7

 

Board Approval; Vote Required

     A-57  

Section 6.8

 

No Prior Operations of HoldCo or Merger Sub; Post-Closing Operations

     A-58  

Section 6.9

 

No Indebtedness

     A-58  

Section 6.10

 

Brokers’ Fees

     A-58  

Section 6.11

 

Information Supplied

     A-58  
ARTICLE VII COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY, HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB      A-58  

Section 7.1

 

Conduct of Business

     A-58  

Section 7.2

 

Inspection

     A-62  

 

A-ii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 7.3

 

Preparation and Delivery of Additional Company Financial Statements

     A-62  

Section 7.4

 

Affiliate Agreements

     A-63  

Section 7.5

 

Acquisition Proposals

     A-63  

Section 7.6

 

Shareholder Litigation

     A-63  

Section 7.7

 

Employment Agreement Amendments

     A-64  

Section 7.8

 

Indemnification and Insurance

     A-64  
ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS OF SPAC      A-65  

Section 8.1

 

Trust Account

     A-65  

Section 8.2

 

No Solicitation by SPAC

     A-65  

Section 8.3

 

SPAC Conduct of Business

     A-65  

Section 8.4

 

Inspection

     A-66  

Section 8.5

 

SPAC Public Filings

     A-67  

Section 8.6

 

Shareholder Litigation

     A-67  
ARTICLE IX JOINT COVENANTS      A-67  

Section 9.1

 

Filings

     A-67  

Section 9.2

 

Preparation of Proxy Statement/Registration Statement; Shareholders’ Meeting and Approvals

     A-68  

Section 9.3

 

Support of Transaction

     A-71  

Section 9.4

 

Tax Matters

     A-71  

Section 9.5

 

Section 16 Matters

     A-71  

Section 9.6

 

Cooperation; Consultation

     A-71  

Section 9.7

 

Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances

     A-72  

Section 9.8

 

Employee Matters

     A-72  

Section 9.9

 

Post-Closing Directors and Officers of HoldCo

     A-72  

Section 9.10

 

NYSE Listing and De-Listing

     A-74  

Section 9.11

 

PIPE Subscriptions

     A-74  

Section 9.12

 

Confidentiality

     A-74  
ARTICLE X CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS      A-75  

Section 10.1

 

Conditions to Obligations of SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company

     A-75  

Section 10.2

 

Conditions to Obligations of SPAC

     A-75  

Section 10.3

 

Conditions to the Obligations of the Company

     A-77  
ARTICLE XI TERMINATION/EFFECTIVENESS      A-77  

Section 11.1

 

Termination

     A-77  

Section 11.2

 

Effect of Termination

     A-78  
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS      A-78  

Section 12.1

 

Trust Account Waiver

     A-78  

Section 12.2

 

Waiver

     A-79  

Section 12.3

 

Notices

     A-79  

Section 12.4

 

Assignment

     A-80  

Section 12.5

 

Rights of Third Parties

     A-80  

Section 12.6

 

Expenses

     A-80  

Section 12.7

 

Governing Law

     A-81  

Section 12.8

 

Headings; Counterparts

     A-81  

Section 12.9

 

Company and SPAC Disclosure Letters

     A-81  

 

A-iii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 12.10

 

Entire Agreement

     A-81  

Section 12.11

 

Amendments

     A-81  

Section 12.12

 

Publicity

     A-81  

Section 12.13

 

Severability

     A-82  

Section 12.14

 

Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

     A-82  

Section 12.15

 

Enforcement

     A-82  

Section 12.16

 

Non-Recourse

     A-83  

Section 12.17

 

Non-Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants

     A-83  

Section 12.18

 

Conflicts and Privilege

     A-83  

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

  

Description

Exhibit A    Memorandum of Association of HoldCo
Exhibit B    Articles of Association of HoldCo
Exhibit C    Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement
Exhibit D    Form of Plan of Merger and Director Declaration
Exhibit E    Form of Incentive Equity Plan
Exhibit F    Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

A-iv


Table of Contents

BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into by and among SC Health Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“HoldCo”), and Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (“Merger Sub”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, SPAC is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses;

WHEREAS, each of HoldCo and Merger Sub is an entity newly formed for the purposes of the transactions proposed herein;

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company will complete a business combination transaction pursuant to which, among other things:

(a) the Company will propose a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act, as either a cancellation scheme or a transfer scheme pursuant to which the Company Shareholders will transfer or cancel all their Company Ordinary Shares to HoldCo in exchange for the same number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares (the “Equity Scheme”);

(b) the holders of Company Options will be invited to rollover their Company Options into replacement options over HoldCo Ordinary Shares;

(c) pursuant to a proposed scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act (i) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a cancellation scheme, the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Scheme Convertible Notes to HoldCo and the Scheme Creditors will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Scheme Convertible Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge the Company from further obligations under the Company Convertible Notes; the consideration for the novation shall be the issuance of an inter-company loan by the Company to HoldCo in an amount equal to the market value of the Scheme Convertible Notes; and (ii) if the Equity Scheme is structured as a transfer scheme, HoldCo proposes to acquire the Scheme Convertible Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration for HoldCo entering into a new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company (the “Creditor Scheme” and together with the Equity Scheme, the “Schemes”);

(d) the holders of Company Warrants (except for certain Company Warrants which will be replicated at the HoldCo level in accordance with their terms) will be notified that their warrants will lapse unless exercised before the Equity Scheme becoming effective;

(e) as a result of the proposed Initial Exchange, the Company will become a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo and following completion of the Schemes (the “Initial Exchange”) and prior to Closing HoldCo will complete a stock split of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares at the Exchange Ratio (the “Stock Split”; the Stock Split together with the Initial Exchange, collectively, the “Exchange”); and

 

A-1


Table of Contents

(f) following the consummation of the Exchange, Merger Sub will merge with and into SPAC, with SPAC surviving such merger as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo (the “Merger”) and, in the context of such Merger, all SPAC Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be exchanged with HoldCo for the right to receive the Merger Consideration in the form of HoldCo Ordinary Shares pursuant to a share capital increase of HoldCo, as set forth in this Agreement and in accordance with the Cayman Statute;

WHEREAS, prior to the Closing, HoldCo shall adopt by the HoldCo Shareholder Approval and subsequently file the memorandum of association and the articles of association with the Cayman Registrar (in the forms attached as Exhibits A and B hereto, with such changes as may be agreed in writing by SPAC and the Company);

WHEREAS, each of the parties intends that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) the Transactions, taken together, qualify as a transaction described in Section 351 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (ii) this Agreement constitutes a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) and (iii) the Merger constitutes a transaction treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code (collectively, the “Intended U.S. Tax Treatment”). Additionally, the Exchange may (subject to the facts and meeting the appropriate criteria) also constitute a transaction treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(B) of the Code;

WHEREAS, each of the parties intends that, for UK tax purposes, the Initial Exchange qualifies as a reorganisation of share capital within the meaning of Section 127 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1982 and as a qualifying acquisition of share capital under Section 77 of the Finance Act 1986 (the “Intended UK Tax Treatment” and together with Intended U.S. Tax Treatment, the “Intended Tax Treatment”);

WHEREAS, SPAC Board has unanimously (a) determined that the Merger and the other Transactions are fair to, and in the best interests of, SPAC Shareholders, (b) adopted a resolution approving this Agreement and declaring its advisability and approving the Merger and the other Transactions, and (c) subject to the terms herein, will recommend the approval and adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the other Transactions by SPAC Shareholders;

WHEREAS, the Company Board has (i) unanimously determined that the Transactions contemplated hereby are fair and are in the best interests of the Company and the Company Shareholders, (ii) has approved this Agreement, the Schemes, the Merger and the other Transactions and (iii) will recommend that the Company Shareholders vote in favor of the Resolutions at the Court Meetings and the General Meeting;

WHEREAS, the HoldCo Board has unanimously determined that the transactions contemplated hereby are fair and are in the best interests of HoldCo and has approved this Agreement, the Schemes, the Merger and the other Transactions;

WHEREAS, the Merger Sub Board has unanimously (a) determined that this Agreement, the Merger and the other Transactions are fair to, and in the best interests of, Merger Sub and HoldCo (as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub), (b) adopted a resolution approving this Agreement and approving the Merger and the other Transactions contemplated hereby, and (c) recommended the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger by HoldCo (as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub);

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to SPAC’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, certain of the Company Shareholders have each executed and delivered to SPAC the Company Holders Support Agreement pursuant to which such shareholders have agreed, among other things, to vote (whether pursuant to a duly convened meeting of the Company Shareholders or pursuant to an action by written consent of the Company Shareholders) in favor of the adoption and approval of this Agreement and the other documents contemplated hereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Exchange;

 

A-2


Table of Contents

WHEREAS, in connection with the Exchange and the Merger, the Parties desire for HoldCo to register with the SEC to become a publicly traded company;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the Merger and in accordance with the terms hereof, SPAC shall provide an opportunity to SPAC Shareholders to have their outstanding SPAC Ordinary Shares redeemed on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and SPAC’s Governing Documents (as defined below) in connection with obtaining SPAC Shareholder Approval (as defined below);

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Sponsor has executed and delivered to the Company the SPAC Investor Support Agreement pursuant to which the Sponsor has agreed to, among other things, vote to adopt and approve this Agreement and the other documents contemplated hereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, SPAC and HoldCo entered into Subscription Agreements with PIPE Investors (as defined below) pursuant to which, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, such PIPE Investors agreed to purchase HoldCo Ordinary Shares from HoldCo for an aggregate purchase price equal to the Minimum PIPE Investment Amount, such purchases to be consummated after the Exchange and immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time;

WHEREAS, at the Closing, SPAC, the Sponsor and certain former Company Shareholders shall enter into a Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement (the “Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (with such changes as may be agreed in writing by SPAC and the Company) which shall be effective as of the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the Company shall procure that HoldCo or one of its subsidiaries and Andrew Rickman enter into an employment agreement amendment which shall incorporate the applicable key terms attached hereto as Exhibit A of the Company Disclosure Letter (the “Andrew Rickman Employment Agreement Amendment”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Acquisition Proposal” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries other than the transactions contemplated hereby and other than the acquisition or disposition of inventory, equipment or other tangible personal property in the ordinary course of business, any offer or proposal relating to, in a single transaction or series of related transactions: (a) any acquisition or purchase, direct or indirect, of: (i) a portion of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, that comprises 15% or more of their combined net revenues or net income (ii) 15% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, taken as a whole (based on the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company Board) or (iii) 15% or more of any class of equity or voting securities of (x) the Company or (y) one or more Subsidiaries of the Company holding assets constituting, individually or in the aggregate, 15% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (b) any tender offer (including a self-tender offer) or exchange offer that, if consummated, would result in any Person beneficially owning 15% or more of any class of equity or voting securities of (i) the Company or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of the Company holding assets constituting,

 

A-3


Table of Contents

individually or in the aggregate, 15% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) a merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, sale of substantially all the assets, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction involving the sale or disposition of (i) the Company or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of the Company holding assets constituting, individually or in the aggregate, 15% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Action” means any claim, action, suit, audit, examination, assessment, arbitration, mediation or inquiry, or any proceeding, investigation or enforcement action, by or before any Governmental Authority.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, whether through one or more intermediaries or otherwise. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise.

Affiliate Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 4.12(a)(vi).

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

Agreement End Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(g).

Ancillary Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 12.10.

“Andrew Rickman Employment Agreement Amendment” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Anti-Bribery Laws” means the anti-bribery provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and all other applicable anti-corruption and bribery Laws (including the UK Bribery Act 2010, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or other Laws of other countries implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Officials).

Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means all applicable laws or regulations of the United Kingdom, the United States of America, the European Union and its Member States and any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries that relate to money laundering, counter-terrorist financing or record keeping and reporting requirements relating to money laundering or counter-terrorist financing.

Antitrust Authorities” means the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice, the United States Federal Trade Commission or the antitrust or competition Law authorities of any other jurisdiction (whether United States, foreign or multinational).

Audited GAAP Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(b).

Audited IFRS Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8(a).

Antitrust Information or Document Request” means any request or demand for the production, delivery or disclosure of documents or other evidence, or any request or demand for the production of witnesses for interviews or depositions or other oral or written testimony, by any Antitrust Authorities relating to the transactions contemplated hereby or by any third party challenging the transactions contemplated hereby, including any so called “second request” for additional information or documentary material or any civil investigative demand made or issued by any Antitrust Authority or any subpoena, interrogatory or deposition.

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Article 1.1 of SPAC’s Governing Documents as in effect on the date hereof.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Business Combination Proposal” means any offer, inquiry, proposal or indication of interest (whether written or oral, binding or non-binding, and other than an offer, inquiry, proposal or indication of interest with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby), relating to a Business Combination.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York, London, United Kingdom, Singapore, or Governmental Authorities in the Cayman Islands are authorized or required by Law to close.

Capital Reduction” means the reduction of the Company’s share capital under section 648 of the Companies Act provided for by the Equity Scheme, if applicable.

Cayman Registrar” means the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands under the Cayman Statute.

Cayman Statute” means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

CFIUS” means the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or any member agency thereof acting in such capacity.

CFIUS Approval” shall occur only when one of the following conditions has been met: (a) in response to the filing of a Notice by the parties, SPAC and the Company have received written notice from CFIUS stating that: (1) CFIUS has concluded that SPAC’s Designation Right (as defined in Section 9.8 of this Agreement) is not a Covered Transaction (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.213) and not subject to review under the DPA; or (2) the review and/or investigation of SPAC’s Designation Right under the DPA has been concluded and there are no unresolved national security concerns; or (b) CFIUS has sent a report to the President of the United States requesting the President’s decision on SPAC’s Designation Right and either (1) the period under the DPA during which the President may announce his decision to take action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SPAC’s Designation Right has expired without any such action being threatened, announced or taken or (2) the President has announced a decision not to take any action to suspend, prohibit or place any limitations on SPAC’s Designation Right.

Class B Conversion Ratio” means the ratio at which SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares are automatically convertible into SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to article 53 of SPAC Articles of Association.

Closing” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).

Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a).

Code” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Companies Act” means the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended.

Company” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

Company Award” shall mean a Company Option or Company Restricted Stock.

Company Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Company Benefit Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(a).

Company Convertible Note” means each outstanding unsecured convertible loan note issued by the Company set forth on Section 1.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter (collectively, the “Company Convertible Notes”).

Company Cure Period” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(g).

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Company Disclosure Letter” has the meaning specified in the introduction to Article IV.

Company Holders Support Agreement” means a shareholders Support Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among each of the Company shareholders that are parties thereto, SPAC and the Company, as amended or modified from time to time.

Company Incentive Plan” means the Rockley Photonics Limited 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as amended from time to time.

Company Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 7.8(a).

Company IP” or “Company Intellectual Property” mean any and all Intellectual Property owned (or purported to be owned), in whole or in part, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and includes the Company Software and Company Registered Intellectual Property.

Company IT Contracts” means all agreements or arrangements (whether written or unwritten and including those currently being negotiated) under which any third party provides or will provide any element of, or services relating to, the Company IT Systems, including leasing, hire purchase, licensing, maintenance, website hosting, outsourcing, security, back-up, disaster recovery, insurance, cloud computing and other types of services agreements.

Company IT Systems” means any and all IT Systems that are owned, leased, or licensed by the Company or its Subsidiaries and used (or held for use) in or necessary for the operation of their businesses.

Company Material Adverse Effect” means any event, state of facts, condition, change, development, circumstance, occurrence or effect (collectively, “Events”) that (i) has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) does or would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, prevent, materially delay or materially impede the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger; provided, however, that in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a “Company Material Adverse Effect”: (a) any change in applicable Laws or GAAP or any interpretation thereof following the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, (c) the taking of any action required by this Agreement, (d) any natural disaster (including hurricanes, storms, tornados, flooding, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or similar occurrences), pandemic, disease outbreak or other public health emergency (including COVID-19 or the effect of any abatement thereof, and any Permitted Action in response thereto, or any COVID-19 Measures or any change in such COVID-19 Measures or interpretations following the date of this Agreement) or change in climate, (e) any acts of terrorism or war, the outbreak or escalation of hostilities, geopolitical conditions, local, national or international political conditions, (f) any failure of the Company to meet any projections or forecasts (provided that clause (f) shall not prevent a determination that any Event not otherwise excluded from this definition of Company Material Adverse Effect underlying such failure to meet projections or forecasts has resulted in a Company Material Adverse Effect), (g) any Events generally applicable to the industries or markets in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate (including increases in the cost of products, supplies, materials or other goods purchased from third party suppliers), (h) the announcement of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (x) excluding the termination of a Contract by a customer, the termination of a Contract by a Top Supplier and/or termination of a Contract by a key employee (y) but including any termination of, reduction in or similar adverse impact on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with any landlords, suppliers (other than any Top Suppliers), distributors, partners or employees (other than any key employees) of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that this clause (h) shall be disregarded for purposes of the representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.4 and the condition to Closing with respect thereto), (i) any matter set forth on Section 1.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (j) any Events to the extent actually known by

 

A-6


Table of Contents

those individuals set forth on Section 1.3 of SPAC Disclosure Letter on or prior to the date hereof, or (k) any action taken by, or at the request of, SPAC; provided, further, that any Event referred to in clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) or (g) above may be taken into account in determining if a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred to the extent it has a disproportionate and adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to similarly situated companies in the industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct their respective operations, but only to the extent of the incremental disproportionate effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to similarly situated companies in the industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct their respective operations.

Company Option” means an option to purchase Company Ordinary Shares granted under the Company Incentive Plan.

Company Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company with a nominal value of £0.00001 per share.

Company Organizational Documents” means the articles of association and bylaws of Company or equivalent organizational documents, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Company Registered Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 4.21(a).

Company Restricted Stock” means a Company Ordinary Share that, as of immediately prior to the Exchange, is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code and was issued pursuant to the Company Incentive Plan.

Company Restricted Stock Unit Award” means an award of restricted stock units covering Company Ordinary Shares granted under the Company Incentive Plan.

Company Software” means any and all Software owned (or purported to be owned), in whole or in part, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Company Shareholders” means holders of Company Ordinary Shares.

Company Warrants” means the warrants (including conditional warrants) of the Company to purchase Company Ordinary Shares.

Confidentiality Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 12.10.

Constituent Companies” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

Contracts” means any legally binding contracts, agreements, subcontracts, leases, and purchase orders.

CTA 2010” means the United Kingdom Corporation Tax Act 2010.

Copyleft License” means any license that requires, as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution of Software subject to such license, that such Software subject to such license, or other Software incorporated into, derived from, linked in or to, or used or distributed with such Software subject to such license (i) in the case of Software, be made available or distributed in a form other than binary (e.g., source code form), (ii) be licensed for the purpose of preparing derivative works, (iii) be licensed under terms that allow products or portions thereof or interfaces therefor to be reverse engineered, reverse assembled or disassembled (other than by operation of Law) or (iv) be redistributable at no license fee. Copyleft Licenses include the GNU General Public License, the GNU Lesser General Public License, the Affero General Public License, the Mozilla Public License, the Common Development and Distribution License, the Eclipse Public License, and all Creative Commons “sharealike” licenses.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

COVID-19” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions, variations or mutations thereof or related or associated epidemics, pandemic or disease outbreaks.

COVID-19 Measures” means any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester, safety or other similar measure, in each case in connection with or in response to COVID-19 and in each case implemented or otherwise required by Law applicable to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, including the CARES Act and Families First Act.

Court” means the High Court of Justice in England and Wales.

Court Meetings” means the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting and the Equity Scheme Court Meeting.

Creditor Scheme” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Creditor Scheme Court Hearing” means the hearing by the Court to sanction the Creditor Scheme.

Creditor Scheme Court Meeting” means the meeting of the relevant holders of Company Convertible Notes convened at the direction of the Court pursuant to Part 26 of the Companies Act for the purpose of considering and approving the Creditor Scheme (with or without amendment), and any adjournment thereof.

Creditor Scheme Court Meeting Resolution” means the resolution to be proposed at the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting for the purposes of approving and implementing the Creditor Scheme.

Creditor Scheme Circular” means a document (including any amendments or supplements thereto) to be distributed to Scheme Creditors containing (i) the Creditor Scheme, (ii) the notice or notices of the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting, (iii) an explanatory statement as required by the Companies Act with respect to the Creditor Scheme, (iv) such other information as may be required or necessary pursuant to the Companies Act, and (v) such other information as the Company and SPAC shall agree.

D&O Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 7.8(a).

Disclosure Letter” means, as applicable, the Company Disclosure Letter or SPAC Disclosure Letter.

Dollars” or “$” means lawful money of the United States.

DPA” means Section 721 of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof.

Employment Agreement Amendments” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable Laws relating to Hazardous Materials, pollution, or the protection or management of the environment or natural resources, or protection of human health (with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials).

Equity Scheme” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Equity Scheme Court Meeting” means the meeting of Company Shareholders convened at the direction of the Court pursuant to Part 26 of the Companies Act for the purpose of considering and approving the Equity Scheme (with or without amendment), and any adjournment thereof.

Equity Scheme Court Meeting Resolution” means the resolution to be proposed at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting for the purposes of approving and implementing the Equity Scheme.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Equity Scheme Circular” means a document (including any amendments or supplements thereto) to be distributed to Company Shareholders and, for information only, to holders of Company Awards and Company Warrants containing (i) the Equity Scheme, (ii) the notice or notices of the Equity Scheme Court Meeting and General Meeting, (iii) an explanatory statement as required by the Companies Act with respect to the Equity Scheme, (iv) such other information as may be required or necessary pursuant to the Companies Act, and (v) such other information as the Company and SPAC shall agree.

ERISA” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(a).

ERISA Affiliate” means any Affiliate or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with the Company would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Exchange” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(a).

Exchange Ratio” The Exchange Ratio shall be the ratio that results in the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo Ordinary Shares or Company Ordinary Shares) as of immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time (the “Stock Split Ordinary Shares”) being increased or decreased on a pro rata basis per Stock Split Ordinary Share such that the HoldCo Ordinary Shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo Ordinary Shares or Company Ordinary Shares) after the Stock Split equals the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares (including for this purpose any restricted shares, options, warrants, notes or other interests exercisable for HoldCo Ordinary Shares or Company Ordinary Shares) that results from dividing the Exchange Value by $10.00.

Exchange Value” means one billion one hundred and forty eight million one hundred and fourteen thousand one hundred and thirteen dollars ($1,148,114,113).

Excluded Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(c)

Export Approvals” has the meaning specified in Section 4.26(a).

Forward Purchase Agreement” means the Forward Purchase Agreement entered into as of July 11, 2019, between SPAC and SC Health Group Limited, which was filed as Exhibit 10.12 to to SPAC’s Form 10-K, filed March 23, 2020.

FPA Termination” has the meaning specified in Section 8.7.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

General Meeting” means the general meeting of Company Shareholders (and any adjournment or postponement thereof) to be convened for the purposes of considering and approving the Special Resolution required to approve among other things (and if applicable) the Capital Reduction, and certain other matters ancillary to the Schemes and their implementation to be held as soon as the preceding Court Meeting(s) shall have been concluded (it being understood that if a Court Meeting is adjourned or postponed, the General Meeting shall be correspondingly adjourned or postponed).

Governing Documents” means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs. For example, the “Governing Documents” of a US

 

A-9


Table of Contents

corporation are its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the “Governing Documents” of a US limited partnership are its limited partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, the “Governing Documents” of a US limited liability company are its operating agreement and certificate of formation and the “Governing Documents” of an exempted company are its memorandum and articles of association and in each case analogous documents in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Person.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, governmental authority, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental commission, department, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, court or tribunal, including any data protection regulators or supervisory authorities.

Governmental Authorization” has the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

Governmental Order” means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Material” means any (i) pollutant, contaminant, chemical, (ii) industrial, solid, liquid or gaseous toxic or hazardous substance, material or waste, (iii) petroleum or any fraction or product thereof, (iv) asbestos or asbestos-containing material, (v) polychlorinated biphenyl, (vi) chlorofluorocarbons, and (vii) other substance, material or waste, in each case, which are regulated under any Environmental Law or as to which liability may be imposed pursuant to Environmental Law.

HoldCo” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

HoldCo Board” means the board of directors of HoldCo.

HoldCo Board Approval” means, resolutions of the HoldCo Board approving the entry into this Agreement and the matters set out herein dated as of the date hereof.

HoldCo Convertible Notes” means the convertible notes to be issues to the Scheme Creditors pursuant to the

Creditors Scheme.

HoldCo Ordinary Shares” means ordinary shares in the capital of HoldCo with a nominal value of $0.00001 per share.

HoldCo Organizational Documents” means the memorandum of association and articles of association of HoldCo as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.

HoldCo Requisite Approvals” means the HoldCo Board Approval and the HoldCo Shareholder Approval, as applicable.

HoldCo Shareholder Approval” means a written resolution of HoldCo’s sole shareholder approving the amendment and restatement of the HoldCo Organizational Documents in the forms set out in Exhibit A and Exhibit B and the matters set out in this Agreement in the form agreed with SPAC (acting reasonably).

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Incentive Equity Plans” has the meaning specified in Section 9.8(a).

IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

IHTA 1984” means the United Kingdom Inheritance Tax Act 1984.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations, contingent or otherwise (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any prepayment premium or other penalties and any fees, costs, and expenses thereunder due upon repayment thereof), in respect of (a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of all indebtedness for borrowed money, including accrued interest and any per diem interest accruals or cost associated with prepaying any such indebtedness solely to the extent such indebtedness is prepaid, (b) the principal and interest components of capitalized lease obligations under GAAP, (c) amounts drawn (including any accrued and unpaid interest) on letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments (solely to the extent such amounts have actually been drawn), (d) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, debt securities, loans, credit agreements and similar instruments, (e) payment obligations of a third party secured by (or for which the holder of such payment obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, on assets or properties of such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (f) the termination value of interest rate protection agreements and currency obligation swaps, hedges or similar arrangements (without duplication of other indebtedness supported or guaranteed thereby), (g) the principal component of all obligations to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property and equipment which have been delivered, including “earn outs” and “seller notes” and (h) breakage costs, prepayment or early termination premiums, penalties, or other fees or expenses payable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in respect of any of the items in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g), and (j) all Indebtedness of another Person referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above guaranteed directly or indirectly, jointly or severally.

Initial Exchange” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property, including any and all rights in or to the following: (i) patents, patent applications, invention disclosures, including all related continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions, provisionals, and extensions thereof (collectively, “Patents”); (ii) registered and unregistered trademarks, logos, service marks, certification marks, trade dress and trade names, taglines, social media identifiers and accounts, brand names, slogans, corporate names, business names, pending applications therefor, and all other indicia of source or origin, together with all goodwill symbolized by or associated with any of the foregoing and the right to sue for passing off (collectively, “Marks”); (iii) registered and unregistered copyrights, neighboring and related rights, mask work rights, design rights and all moral rights or similar attribution rights and applications for registration of copyright, including such corresponding rights in Software, and other works of authorship; (iv) know-how, trade secrets, confidential information, inventions, processes, procedures, database rights, customer lists, supplier lists, business plans, formulae, discoveries, methods, techniques, ideas, designs, models, concepts, creations, confidential business information and other proprietary information (collectively, “Trade Secrets”); (v) internet domain names and IP addresses; (vi) rights of publicity and privacy; (vii) all other intellectual property rights and other rights recognized under applicable Law that are equivalent or similar to any of the foregoing which subsist now or in the future; and (viii) applications, rights to apply for and be granted, registrations, issuances, renewals, extensions, rights to claim priority from, or equivalents or foreign equivalents or counterparts of any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction.

Intended Tax Treatment” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Intended UK Tax Treatment” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Intended U.S. Tax Treatment” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Interim Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

International Trade Laws” means all Laws relating to the import, export, re-export, deemed export, deemed re-export, or transfer of information, data, goods, and technology, including but not limited to the Export

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Administration Regulations administered by the United States Department of Commerce, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the United States Department of State, customs and import Laws administered by United States Customs and Border Protection, any other export or import controls administered by an agency of the United States government, the anti-boycott regulations administered by the United States Department of Commerce and the United States Department of the Treasury, and other Laws adopted by Governmental Authorities of the United Kingdom and of other territories (including the European Union, as enforced by its Member States) relating to the same subject matter as the United States Laws described above.

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

IT Systems” mean any and all information technology systems, hardware, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications lines and all other information technology equipment and assets and any Software in or used in connection with any of the foregoing, including any of the foregoing that are used (or held for use) pursuant to outsourced or cloud computing arrangements.

JOBS Act” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(a).

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation or Governmental Order, in each case, of any Governmental Authority.

Leased Real Property” means all real property leased, licensed, subleased or otherwise used or occupied by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Legal Proceedings” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

Letter of Transmittal” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(b).

Licenses” means any approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses, registrations, permits or certificates of a Governmental Authority.

Lien” means all liens, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges, hypothecations, encumbrances, security interests, adverse claim, options, restrictions, claims or other liens of any kind whether consensual, statutory or otherwise.

Merger” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Merger Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(c)(i).

Merger Effective Time” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)

Merger Sub” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

Merger Sub Board” means the board of directors of Merger Sub.

Merger Sub Share Capital” means the ordinary shares of par value $0.00001 per share in the capital of Merger Sub.

Minimum PIPE Investment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(d).

Modification in Recommendation” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(b).

Multiemployer Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(c).

 

A-12


Table of Contents

NSIB” means the UK National Security and Investment Bill.

Notice” means a notice to CFIUS filed pursuant to the DPA, including 31 C.F.R. Part 800, as appropriate, with respect to the Proposed Transaction.

NYSE” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(c).

Offer Documents” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a)(i).

Open Source License” means any license meeting the Open Source Definition (as promulgated by the Open Source Initiative) or the Free Software Definition (as promulgated by the Free Software Foundation), or any substantially similar license, including any license approved by the Open Source Initiative or any Creative Commons License. “Open Source Licenses” shall include Copyleft Licenses.

Open Source Materials” means any Software subject to an Open Source License.

Payment Spreadsheet” means a spreadsheet that shall be delivered by the Company to SPAC pursuant to Section 3.1(a) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing, which shall set forth, in accordance with the Exchange Ratio, the allocation of HoldCo Ordinary Shares post Stock Split among each of the Company Shareholders.

PCAOB Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.

Permitted Action” means any such commercially reasonable action or inaction, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, that the Company reasonably believes is necessary or prudent for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to take or abstain from taking, in order to carry on and preserve or protect their respective businesses, assets or properties or to protect the health or safety of natural Persons employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, solely in connection with COVID-19 or any other pandemic, disease outbreak or other public health emergency, or the effect of any abatement thereof.

Permitted Liens” means (i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s and similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to any amounts (A) not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and (B) for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Liens for Taxes (A) not yet due and payable or (B) which are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iii) defects or imperfections of title, easements, encroachments, covenants, rights-of-way, conditions, matters that would be apparent from a physical inspection or current, accurate survey of such real property, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances that do not, in the aggregate, materially impair the value or materially interfere with the present use of the Leased Real Property, (iv) with respect to any Leased Real Property (A) the interests and rights of the respective lessors with respect thereto, including any statutory landlord liens and any Lien on the lessor’s interest therein, and (B) any Liens encumbering the underlying fee title of the real property of which the Leased Real Property is a part, (v) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use and environmental regulations promulgated by any Governmental Authority that do not, in the aggregate, materially interfere with the current use of, or materially impair the value of, the Leased Real Property and which are not violated in any material respect, (vi) non-exclusive licenses of Company Intellectual Property granted to customers or distributors entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vii) ordinary course purchase money Liens and Liens securing rental payments under operating or capital lease arrangements for amounts not yet due or payable, (viii) other Liens arising in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security, (ix) reversionary rights in favor of landlords under any Real Property Leases with respect to any of the buildings or other improvements owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (x) real property Liens that do not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Permitted Withdrawal” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(b).

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or instrumentality or other entity of any kind.

Pillsbury” has the meaning specified in Section 12.18(b).

PIPE Investment” means the purchase of HoldCo Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreements.

PIPE Investment Amount” means the aggregate gross purchase price received by HoldCo after the Exchange and immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time for the shares in the PIPE Investment.

PIPE Investors” means those certain investors participating in the PIPE Investment pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, including SC Health Group Limited purchasing $50,000,000 of HoldCo Ordinary Shares.

Plan of Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

Prospectus” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

Proxy Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a)(i).

Proxy Statement/Registration Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a)(i).

Q1 Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.

Real Property Leases” has the meaning specified in Section 4.20(a)(ii).

Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-4, or other appropriate form, including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, to be filed with the SEC by SPAC under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration Statement Securities.

Registration Statement Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a)(i).

Resolutions” means the Equity Scheme Court Meeting Resolution, the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting Resolution and the Special Resolution, and any other resolutions to be proposed at the General Meeting.

Rockley Group” has the meaning specified in Section 12.18(b).

Rollover Spreadsheet” means a spreadsheet that shall be delivered by the Company to SPAC for SPAC’s reasonable review and comment pursuant to Section 3.1(c), which shall set forth (a) the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares for which each Company Option is exercisable after the replacement of such Company Option with a HoldCo Option in accordance with Section 3.4(a) (b) the holder thereof and (c) the applicable exercise prices of each Company Option and each HoldCo Option, (ii) the number of HoldCo Restricted Shares to be received by each holder upon replacement of the Company Restricted Stock in accordance with Section 3.4(b), and (iii) in respect of any Company Warrants that have been replaced by equivalent warrants issued by HoldCo pursuant to Section 3.4(a), the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares upon exercise and the applicable exercise price.

Ropes” has the meaning specified in Section 4.6(a).

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Sanctioned Country” means, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions Laws (at the time of this Agreement, the Crimea region, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means (i) any Person identified in any sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by (a) the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security, or the United States Department of State; (b) Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom; (c) any committee of the United Nations Security Council; or (d) the European Union; (ii) any Person located, organized, or resident in, or a Governmental Authority or government instrumentality of, any Sanctioned Country; and (iii) any Person directly or indirectly 50% or more owned by, or acting for the benefit or on behalf of, a Person described in clause (i) or (ii), either individually or in the aggregate.

Sanctions Laws” means those trade, economic and financial sanctions Laws administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the United States (including the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control), (ii) the European Union and enforced by its Member States, (iii) the United Nations, or (iv) Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Schemes” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Scheme Convertible Notes” means the Company Convertible Notes subject to the Creditor Scheme.

Scheme Creditors” means such of the holders of Company Convertible Notes as the Company and SPAC determine jointly shall be subject to the Creditor Scheme subject to their convertible notes not having been either repaid in full or already converted into Company Ordinary Shares.

Scheme Consideration” means the HoldCo Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Company Shareholders as consideration pursuant to the Equity Scheme.

Scheme Documents” means the Equity Scheme Circular and the Creditor Scheme Circular.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Software” means any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, including compilers, middleware, tools, firmware, operating systems, specifications, platforms, algorithms, interfaces, APIs, architecture, modules, test specifications, scripts, executables, libraries, and other components thereof, (b) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (c) all versions, updates, releases, patches, corrections, enhancements and modifications thereto and all documentation including developer notes, instructions, comments, annotations, user manuals and other training documentation relating to any of the foregoing.

SPAC” has the meaning specified in the Preamble hereto.

SPAC Articles of Association” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of SPAC adopted by special resolution on July 15, 2019.

SPAC Board” means the board of directors of SPAC.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares” means Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of SPAC.

SPAC Class B Ordinary Share” means Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.00008 per share, of SPAC.

SPAC Cure Period” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(h).

SPAC Disclosure Letter” has the meaning specified in the introduction to Article V.

SPAC Extension” means the approval of SPAC shareholders by special resolution to extend the deadline in the articles of association of SPAC for SPAC to complete an initial business combination to 16 August 2021 (and any further extension).

SPAC Forward Purchase Warrant” means the Forward Purchase Warrants (as such term is defined in the Warrant Agreement).

SPAC Forward Purchase Shares” means the Forward Purchase Shares (as such term is defined in the Forward Purchase Agreement).

SPAC Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(d).

SPAC Group” has the meaning specified in Section 12.18(a).

SPAC Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 7.8(a).

SPAC Memorandum of Association” means the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of SPAC adopted by special resolution on July 15, 2019.

SPAC Ordinary Shares” means SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares and SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares.

SPAC Ordinary Warrant” means a warrant to purchase one (1) SPAC Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of eleven Dollars fifty cents ($11.50) that was included in the units sold as part of SPAC’s initial public offering.

SPAC Organizational Documents” means SPAC Memorandum of Association, SPAC Articles of Association, and the Trust Agreement, in each case as amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

SPAC Private Placement Warrant” means a warrant to purchase one (1) SPAC Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of eleven Dollars fifty cents ($11.50) issued to the Sponsor.

SPAC SEC Filings” has the meaning specified in Section 5.6.

SPAC Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a).

SPAC Share Redemption” means the election of an eligible (as determined in accordance with SPAC’s Governing Documents) holder of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares to redeem all or a portion of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account (including any interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account) (as determined in accordance with SPAC’s Governing Documents) in connection with the Transaction Proposals.

SPAC Share Redemption Amount” means the aggregate amount payable with respect to all SPAC Share Redemptions.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

SPAC Shareholder Approval” means the approval of those Transaction Proposals identified in Section 9.2(b), in each case, by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of SPAC Ordinary Shares who, being entitled to, attend and vote thereupon (as determined in accordance with SPAC’s Governing Documents) at a shareholders’ meeting duly called by SPAC Board and held for such purpose.

SPAC Shareholders” means the shareholders of SPAC as of immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time.

SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(b).

SPAC Investor Support Agreement” means that certain Support Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Sponsor, HoldCo and the Company, as amended or modified from time to time.

SPAC Warrants” means SPAC Ordinary Warrants and SPAC Private Placement Warrants.

Special Resolution” means the resolution of the Company, among other things, necessary to implement the Equity Scheme.

Sponsor” means SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares.

Stock Split” has the meaning specified in the Recitals hereto.

Subscription Agreements” means the subscription agreements pursuant to which the PIPE Investment will be consummated.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to a Person, a corporation or other entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the equity securities or equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Surviving Company” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(b).

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, statement, information statement or other document filed or required to be filed with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes, including any claims for refunds of Taxes, any information returns and any schedules, attachments, amendments or supplements of any of the foregoing.

Taxes” means any and all federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority, including all income, gross receipts, license, payroll, net worth, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, escheat, capital stock, ad valorem, value added, inventory, franchise, profits, withholding, employment, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, governmental charges, duties, levies and other similar charges imposed by a Governmental Authority in the nature of a tax, alternative or add-on minimum, or estimated taxes, and including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto.

Terminating Company Breach” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(g).

Terminating SPAC Breach” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(h).

Title IV Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 4.13(c).

Top Customers” has the meaning specified in Section 4.28(a).

Top Suppliers” has the meaning specified in Section 4.28(a).

 

A-17


Table of Contents

Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including the Initial Exchange, Exchange, the transactions related to the Exchange, the PIPE Investment and the Merger.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, including all schedules and exhibits hereto, the Company Disclosure Letter, the Ancillary Agreements, and all other agreements, certificates and instruments executed and delivered by SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub or the Company in connection with the transactions and specifically contemplated by this Agreement.

Transaction Expenses” means the following out-of-pocket fees and expenses paid or payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not billed or accrued for) as a result of or in connection with the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby: (i) all fees, costs, expenses, brokerage fees, commissions, finders’ fees and disbursements of financial advisors, investment banks, data room administrators, attorneys, accountants and other advisors and service providers, (ii) change-in-control payments, transaction bonuses, retention payments, severance or similar compensatory payments payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee (including any amounts due under any consulting agreement with any such former employee), independent contractor, officer, or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby (and not tied to any subsequent event or condition, such as a termination of employment), including the employer portion of payroll Taxes arising therefrom, (iii) Transfer Taxes, (iv) any and all filing fees payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Antitrust Authorities in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and (v) amounts owing or that may become owed, payable or otherwise due, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including fees, costs and expenses related to the termination of any Affiliate Agreement.

Transaction Proposals” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(b).

Transfer Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4.

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Department of the Treasury (whether in final, proposed or temporary form), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Treasury Share” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a).

Trust Account” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 5.9.

Trustee” has the meaning specified in Section 5.9.

Unpaid Transaction Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(c).

VAT” means: (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between SPAC, Sponsor and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Working Capital Loans” means any loan made to SPAC by any of the Sponsor, an Affiliate of the Sponsor, or any of SPAC’s officers or directors, and evidenced by a promissory note, for the purpose of financing costs incurred in connection with a Business Combination.

Written Consent” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2(c).

 

A-18


Table of Contents

Section 1.2 Construction.

(a) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (iv) the terms “Article” or “Section” refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement; (v) the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” and (vi) the word “or” shall be disjunctive but not exclusive.

(b) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, references to statutes shall include all regulations promulgated thereunder and references to statutes or regulations shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute or regulation.

(c) Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified.

(d) All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given to them under GAAP.

(e) The term “actual fraud” means, with respect to a party to this Agreement, an actual and intentional fraud with respect to the making of the representations and warranties pursuant to Article IV, Article V, or Article VI (as applicable), provided, that such actual and intentional fraud of such Person shall only be deemed to exist if any of the individuals included on Section 1.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter (in the case of the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub) or Section 1.3 of SPAC Disclosure Letter (in the case of SPAC) had actual knowledge (as opposed to imputed or constructive knowledge) that the representations and warranties made by such Person pursuant to, in the case of the Company, Article IV as qualified by the Company Disclosure Letter, or, in the case of SPAC, Article V as qualified by SPAC Disclosure Letter, or, in case of the Merger Sub or HoldCo, Article VI were actually breached when made, with the express intention that the other party to this Agreement rely thereon to its detriment.

Section 1.3 Knowledge. As used herein, (i) the phrase “to the knowledge” of the Company shall mean the knowledge of the individuals identified on Section 1.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter and (ii) the phrase “to the knowledge” of SPAC shall mean the knowledge of the individuals identified on Section 1.3 of SPAC Disclosure Letter, in each case, as such individuals would have acquired in the exercise of a reasonable inquiry of direct reports.

ARTICLE II

EXCHANGE; AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

Section 2.1 Initial Exchange.

(a) The Initial Exchange shall take place through the Equity Scheme and the Creditor Scheme, an overview of which is set out in Schedule A attached hereto. Save where the SPAC and the Company agree otherwise by April 2, 2021 that the alternatives set out in Schedule A shall be adopted, the Equity Scheme will be implemented by way of a transfer scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act.

(b) The Company shall, unless this Agreement has been validly terminated pursuant to Section 11.1:

(i) be responsible for the preparation of the Scheme Documents and all other documentation necessary to effect the Schemes and to convene the Court Meetings and the General Meeting, with all such documentation (including the Scheme Documents) to be agreed by the Company with SPAC (acting reasonably);

(ii) for the purpose of implementing the Schemes, shall provide SPAC with the opportunity to attend any meetings with the barrister instructed by the Company in connection with the Schemes to discuss matters pertaining to the Schemes, and any issues arising in connection with them;

 

A-19


Table of Contents

(iii) as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement make all necessary applications to the Court in connection with the implementation of the Schemes, including issuing appropriate proceedings requesting the Court to give directions as to what are the appropriate meetings to be held and to order that the Court Meetings be convened as promptly as is reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, and to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the hearing of such proceedings occurs as promptly as is reasonably practicable in order to facilitate the despatch of the Scheme Documents and seek such directions of the Court as it considers necessary or desirable in connection with such Court Meetings and thereafter comply with such directions;

(iv) procure the publication of the requisite advertisements and despatch of the Scheme Documents (and the related forms of proxy for the use at the Court Meetings and the General Meeting (the form of which shall be agreed between the Company and SPAC, each acting reasonably) as promptly as reasonably practicable after securing approval of the Court to despatch such documents, and thereafter shall publish and/or post such other documents and information (the form of which shall be agreed between the Company and SPAC, each acting reasonably) as the Court may approve or direct from time to time;

(v) prior to the Court Meetings, keep SPAC reasonably informed on a reasonably current basis of the number of proxy votes received in respect of resolutions to be proposed at the Court Meetings and/or the General Meeting, and in any event provide such number promptly upon the request of SPAC and use reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies as may be necessary to pass the Resolutions at the Court Meetings and/or the General Meeting;

(vi) hold the Court Meetings and the General Meeting on the relevant dates set out in the Scheme Documents, or such later date as may be agreed in writing by the Company and SPAC (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and in such a manner as shall be approved, if necessary by the Court, and propose the Resolutions in the form agreed to in writing by SPAC, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

(vii) shall procure that a special resolution be proposed to the Company Shareholders at the General Meeting proposing that the Company Articles of Association be amended so that any Company Shares allotted following the General Meeting will either be subject to the terms of the Equity Scheme or acquired by HoldCo for the same Scheme Consideration as shall be payable to Company Shareholders under the Equity Scheme (depending upon the timing of such allotment);

(viii) following the Court Meetings and the General Meeting, assuming the Resolutions are duly passed (including by the requisite majorities required under the Companies Act in the case of the Court Meetings) and all other conditions of the Schemes are satisfied or with the prior consent of SPAC, waived (where permissible under the Scheme Documents) take all necessary steps on the part of the Company to prepare and issue, serve and lodge all such court documents as are required to seek the sanction of the Court to the Schemes as soon as possible thereafter; provided, that, if the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting Resolution is not duly passed and/or any other conditions of the Creditor Scheme are not satisfied or waived, the Company shall take all necessary steps on the part of the Company to prepare and issue, serve and lodge all such court documents as are required to seek the sanction of the Court to the Equity Scheme as soon as possible thereafter;

(ix) if the Company becomes aware of any information that, pursuant to the Act, should be disclosed in an amendment or supplement to the Scheme Documents then on becoming so aware shall promptly inform SPAC and the Company and SPAC shall cooperate with each other in submitting or filing such amendment or supplement with the Court and, if required, in mailing such amendment to the Company Shareholders or Company Convertible Notes participating in the Creditor Scheme, as applicable;

(c) HoldCo shall, unless this Agreement has been validly terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 provide a written undertaking to the Court to be bound by the terms of the Equity Scheme and the Creditor Scheme insofar as it relates to HoldCo;

 

A-20


Table of Contents

(d) Both the Company and HoldCo shall, unless this Agreement has been validly terminated pursuant to Section 11.1:

(i) keep SPAC reasonably informed as to the performance of the obligations and responsibilities required of them pursuant to the Schemes;

(ii) agree with SPAC the content and form or all pleadings, affidavits, petitions and other filings prepared by them for submission to the Court in connection with the Schemes prior to their filing; and

(iii) give such undertakings as are required by the Court in connection with the Schemes as are reasonably necessary to implement the Schemes.

(e) SPAC shall, unless this Agreement has been validly terminated pursuant to Section 11.1:

(i) assume responsibility for the information relating to it contained in the Equity Scheme Circular and the Creditor Scheme Circular or filed with the Court or in any announcement, in each case unless provided for inclusion by or on behalf of the Company; and

(ii) review and provide comments (if any) in a reasonably timely manner on all documentation submitted to it by the Company.

(f) At the closing of the Initial Exchange and implementation of the Schemes, it is proposed that:

(i) the Company Ordinary Shares held by Company Shareholders will provided the Equity Scheme has become effective:

(A) if a cancellation scheme is used: be cancelled and following such cancellation the issued share capital of the Company will be restored to its former amount by the application of the credit arising on the balance sheet of the Company in paying up in full, at par, shares of an equivalent nominal value, which will be issued by the Company to HoldCo; or

(B) if a transfer scheme is used: be transferred to HoldCo,

in both cases, in consideration HoldCo shall allot and issue to each of the Company Shareholders one (1) HoldCo Ordinary Share for each Company Ordinary Share that they have cancelled or transferred; and

(ii) the Scheme Convertible Notes held by the Scheme Creditors will provided the Creditor Scheme has become effective:

(A) if a cancellation scheme has been used for the Company Ordinary Shares: the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Convertible Loan Notes to HoldCo and the Scheme Creditors will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Convertible Loan Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge HoldCo from further obligations under the Convertible Loan Notes; or

(B) if a transfer scheme is used: HoldCo proposes to acquire the Scheme Convertible Loan Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration of HoldCo entering into new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Loan Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company.

(g) Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, SPAC and HoldCo shall consummate (i) the Stock Split and (ii) the transactions contemplated by the PIPE Investment, including the issuance of HoldCo Ordinary Shares contemplated thereby.

Section 2.2 The Merger.

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and immediately following the consummation of the PIPE Investment, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into SPAC (Merger Sub and SPAC sometimes being referred to herein as the “Constituent Companies”), with SPAC being the surviving company in

 

A-21


Table of Contents

the Merger. The Merger shall be consummated in accordance with this Agreement and a plan of merger with respect to the Merger in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Cayman Statute in a form substantially the same as that attached at Exhibit D (with any changes to be reasonably agreed by or on behalf of the Company and SPAC) (the “Plan of Merger”), executed by the Constituent Companies and filed (together with the required supporting declarations of a director of each Constituent Company) with the Cayman Registrar in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Cayman Statute. The consummation of the Exchange shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of the Merger.

(b) Upon consummation of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and SPAC, as the surviving company of the Merger (hereinafter referred to for the periods at and after the Merger Effective Time as the “Surviving Company”), shall continue its corporate existence under the Cayman Statute, as a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo.

Section 2.3 Effects of the Merger. At and after the Merger Effective Time, the Surviving Company shall thereupon and thereafter possess all of the rights, privileges, powers and franchises, of a public as well as a private nature, of the Constituent Companies, and shall become subject to all the restrictions, disabilities and duties of each of the Constituent Companies; and all rights, privileges, powers and franchises of each Constituent Company, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to each such Constituent Company, on whatever account, shall become vested in the Surviving Company; and all property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises, and all and every other interest shall become thereafter the property of the Surviving Company as they are of the Constituent Companies; all of the foregoing in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Cayman Statute.

Section 2.4 Closing; Merger Effective Time.

(a) In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP, 31 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date which is two (2) Business Days after the first date on which all conditions set forth in Article X shall have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof) or such other time and place as SPAC and the Company may mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Closing Date”.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions set forth in Article X of this Agreement, and provided this Agreement has not theretofore been terminated pursuant to its terms, SPAC, Merger Sub, and the Company shall cause the Plan of Merger to be executed and duly submitted for filing with the Cayman Registrar in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Cayman Statute, together with the required declaration from a director of each Constituent Company in substantially the form attached at Exhibit D (with such changes requested to reflect the facts as apply at that time). The Merger shall become effective at the time when the Plan of Merger is registered by the Cayman Registrar, or at such later time as may be agreed by SPAC and the Company in writing and specified in the Plan of Merger (the “Merger Effective Time”).

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, the Closing and the Merger Effective Time shall occur after the Equity Scheme becoming effective.

Section 2.5 Closing Deliverables.

(a) At the Closing, the Company, HoldCo and Merger Sub will deliver or cause to be delivered:

(i) to SPAC, a certificate signed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such officer, the conditions specified in Section 10.2(a), Section 10.2(b) and Section 10.2(c) have been fulfilled;

(ii) to SPAC, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, duly executed by the Company Shareholders that are parties thereto and HoldCo;

 

A-22


Table of Contents

(iii) to SPAC, a certificate on behalf of the Company dated no more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, prepared in a manner consistent and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(g), (h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), certifying that no interest in the Company is, or has been during the relevant period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code, a “U.S. real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, and a form of notice to the Internal Revenue Service prepared in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2); and

(iv) to SPAC, the Andrew Rickman Employment Agreement Amendment, duly executed by each of HoldCo (or one of its Subsidiaries) and Andrew Rickman;

(b) At the Closing, SPAC will deliver or cause to be delivered:

(i) to the Company, a certificate signed by an officer of SPAC, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such officer, the conditions specified in Section 10.3(a), Section 10.3(b) and Section 10.3(c) have been fulfilled; and

(ii) to the Company, the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, duly executed by duly authorized representatives of SPAC and the Sponsor.

(c) On the Closing Date, concurrently with the Merger Effective Time, the Surviving Company shall pay or cause to be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds, (i) all accrued transaction expenses of SPAC (which shall include any outstanding amounts under any Working Capital Loans) as set forth on a written statement to be delivered to the Company not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and (ii) all accrued and unpaid Transaction Expenses (“Unpaid Transaction Expenses”) as set forth on a written statement to be delivered to SPAC by or on behalf of the Company not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, which shall include the respective amounts and wire transfer instructions for the payment thereof, together with corresponding invoices for the foregoing; provided, that any Unpaid Transaction Expenses due to current or former employees, independent contractors, officers, or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be paid to the Company for further payment to such employee, independent contractor, officer or director through the Company’s payroll.

(d) Frustration of Closing Conditions. None of the Company, HoldCo or SPAC may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Section 2.5 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such Party’s failure to comply with its obligation under this Agreement.

Section 2.6 Governing Documents.

(a) The memorandum of association and the articles of association of the Merger Sub in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, shall be the memorandum of association and the articles of association of the Surviving Company until thereafter amended as provided therein and under the Cayman Statute, except that the name of the Surviving Company shall be Rockley Photonics Cayman Limited.

(b) The memorandum of association and the articles of association of HoldCo as of immediately prior to the Closing Date (which shall be in the form attached as Exhibits A and B hereto (with such changes as may be agreed in writing by SPAC and the Company)), shall be the memorandum of association and the articles of association of HoldCo from and after the Effective Time, until thereafter amended as provided therein and under the Cayman Statute.

Section 2.7 Directors and Officers.

(a) The parties shall cause the initial directors of the Company and the initial officers of the Company on the Merger Effective Time to be comprised of the individuals set forth on Exhibit B of the Company Disclosure Letter, each to hold office in accordance with the Company Organizational Documents.

(b) At the Merger Effective Time, subject to CFIUS Approval, if applicable, the parties shall cause (including by obtaining the HoldCo Requisite Approvals) the initial directors of HoldCo and the initial officers of

 

A-23


Table of Contents

HoldCo as of immediately following the Merger Effective Time to be comprised of the individuals set forth on Exhibit C of the Company Disclosure Letter, each to hold office in accordance with the HoldCo Organizational Documents.

(c) The parties shall cause the initial directors of the Surviving Company and the officers of Surviving Company as of immediately following the Merger Effective Time to be comprised of the individuals set forth on Exhibit D of the Company Disclosure Letter, each to hold office in accordance with the memorandum and articles of association of the Surviving Company.

Section 2.8 Tax Matters

(a) The parties intend that, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Transactions qualify for the Intended U.S. Tax Treatment and this Agreement is hereby adopted as, a plan of reorganization for purposes of Sections 354, 361 and the 368 of the Code and within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-2(g). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each of SPAC, HoldCo, the Company and Merger Sub, (i) is classified as an association taxable as a corporation as of the date hereof, and (ii) shall, unless the Company and the Sponsor agree otherwise, maintain such classification until at least two business days after the Closing Date. The Transactions shall be reported by the parties for all applicable Tax purposes in accordance with the foregoing, unless otherwise required by a Governmental Authority as a result of a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or non-U.S. Tax Law) or a change in applicable Law after the date hereof.

(b) The parties intend that, for UK tax purposes, the Transactions qualify for the Intended UK Tax treatment. Clearance applications have been submitted to HM Revenue & Customs seeking confirmation that the Board of HM Revenue & Customs are satisfied that Section 137 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 shall not apply to the Transactions. Clearance has also been sought to confirm that the Equity Scheme (if executed as a transfer scheme) shall qualify for reconstruction relief from stamp duty under Section 77 of the Finance Act 1986.

(c) None of the parties knows of any fact or circumstance (without conducting independent inquiry or diligence of the other relevant party), or has knowingly taken or will knowingly take any action (excluding any action contemplated by this Agreement), if such fact, circumstance or action would be reasonably expected to cause the Transactions to fail to qualify for the Intended Tax Treatment. Each of the parties agrees to use reasonable best efforts to promptly notify all other parties of any challenge to the Intended Tax Treatment by any Governmental Authority. The parties shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with each other and their respective counsel to document and support the Tax treatment of the Transactions consistent with the Intended Tax Treatment, including providing reasonable and customary factual support letters. Further, each of the parties shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by another party, in connection with the filing of relevant Tax Returns, and any audit or tax proceeding. Such cooperation may include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision (with the right to make copies) of records and information reasonably relevant to any tax proceeding or audit, making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

ARTICLE III

EXCHANGE CONSIDERATION AND EFFECTS OF THE MERGER ON THE COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK, CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND EQUITY AWARDS

Section 3.1 Initial Exchange Consideration.

(a) The new HoldCo Ordinary Shares following the Equity Scheme will be held in the same proportions as the Company Ordinary Shares were held in the Company prior to the Equity Scheme .

 

A-24


Table of Contents

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the allocation of HoldCo Ordinary Shares in the Stock Split shall be based on the Exchange Ratio as set forth in the Payment Spreadsheet.

(c) At least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall cause the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, solely in his or her capacity as such, to deliver to SPAC a certificate certified by such Chief Financial Officer (solely in his or her capacity as such) setting forth: (i) the Company’s good faith estimate of the Transaction Expenses, including reasonable supporting materials for the amount of each item included in Transaction Expenses and (ii) the Payment Spreadsheet and the Rollover Spreadsheet.

Section 3.2 Conversion of Securities.

(a) Immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, each SPAC Class B Ordinary Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall automatically be converted into and exchanged for a number of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the Class B Conversion Ratio (the “SPAC Class B Conversion”) and SPAC shall cause its register of members to be updated, with effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time, to reflect the SPAC Class B Conversion;

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, HoldCo Ordinary Shares are being issued in consideration for the acquisition of SPAC in connection with the Transactions.

(c) At the Merger Effective Time, immediately following SPAC Class B Conversion, by virtue of the Merger, and without any further action on the part of SPAC, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or the holders of any of the following securities:

(i) each SPAC Class A Ordinary Share (other than any SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares held in treasury by SPAC (if any) (each, an “Excluded Share” and, collectively, “Excluded Shares”)) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall automatically be exchanged for one HoldCo Ordinary Share, in accordance with Section 233(5) of the Cayman Statute following a share capital increase realized by HoldCo by virtue of the Merger, to be subscribed by the contributing holders of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Merger Consideration”), which HoldCo Ordinary Shares HoldCo shall cause to be issued and delivered in accordance with its obligations set forth in Section 3.3;

(ii) all SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than the Excluded Shares) shall cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and (A) each certificate formerly representing SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) and (B) each entry in SPAC’s register of members formerly representing SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall thereafter, in case of both (A) and (B), only represent the right to receive Merger Consideration into which such SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares have been exchanged (and contributed-in-kind) pursuant to this Section 3.2 and any distribution or dividend pursuant to Section 3.3(c);

(iii) each Excluded Share shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of SPAC, Merger Sub, HoldCo or the Company or holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled without payment of any consideration therefor and shall cease to exist; and

(iv) each ordinary share, par value $0.00001 per share, of Merger Sub (the “Merger Sub Ordinary Shares”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Surviving Company.

(d) On the Closing Date (and after the Merger Effective Time and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Section 3.2(c)), SPAC shall cause its register of members to be updated, to reflect the transactions contemplated by Section 3.2(c)(ii) to Section 3.2(c)(iv).

 

A-25


Table of Contents

Section 3.3 Exchange Procedures.

(a) On the Closing Date (and after the Merger Effective Time and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Section 3.2(c)), HoldCo shall deposit with a bank or trust company that shall be designated by SPAC and is reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Exchange Agent”), for the benefit of the holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares, for exchange in accordance with this Article III, the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares (in uncertificated registered form) sufficient to deliver the Merger Consideration consisting of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holders of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) in the Merger pursuant to this Agreement and HoldCo shall cause its register of members to be updated, to reflect the deposit of such HoldCo Ordinary Shares with the Exchange Agent. In addition, HoldCo shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Exchange Agent, as necessary from time to time after the Merger Effective Time, any dividends or other distributions payable pursuant to Section 3.3(c) (all such HoldCo Ordinary Shares, together with the amount of any dividends or distributions contemplated pursuant to Section 3.3(c), being hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Exchange Fund”). HoldCo shall cause the Exchange Agent pursuant to irrevocable instructions, to deliver the Merger Consideration out of the Exchange Fund in accordance with this Agreement. Except as contemplated by this Section 3.3 hereof, the Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose. The Exchange Agent shall invest the cash portion of the Exchange Fund as directed by HoldCo; provided that such investments shall be in obligations, funds or accounts typical for (including having liquidity typical for) transactions of this nature. To the extent that there are losses or any diminution of value with respect to such investments, or the Exchange Fund diminishes for any other reason below the level required to make prompt cash payment of any dividends or other distributions payable pursuant to Section 3.3(c), HoldCo shall promptly replace or restore the cash in the Exchange Fund lost through such investments or other events so as to ensure that the Exchange Fund is at all times maintained at a level sufficient to make such cash payments. Any interest and other income resulting from such investment shall become a part of the Exchange Fund, and any amounts in excess of the amounts payable under this Section 3.3(a) shall be promptly returned to HoldCo.

(b) As promptly as practicable after the Merger Effective Time, HoldCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Agent to deliver to each holder of record of SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from SPAC Class B Conversion) entitled to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 3.2 a letter of transmittal, which shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to SPAC and the Company (the “Letter of Transmittal”) and shall specify (i) that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the certificates evidencing such SPAC Ordinary Shares (collectively, the “Certificates”) shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent; and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal. Within five (5) Business Days after the surrender to the Exchange Agent of all Certificates held by such holder for cancellation, together with a Letter of Transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto and such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, and HoldCo shall cause the Exchange Agent to deliver (i) the Merger Consideration and (ii) an amount in immediately available funds (or, if no wire transfer instructions are provided, a check) equal to any unpaid non-stock dividends and any other dividends or other distributions that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to Section 3.3(c) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3, and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. No interest will be paid or accrued on any amount payable upon due surrender of the Certificates. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.3, each Certificate entitled to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 3.2 shall be deemed at all times after the Merger Effective Time, as the case may be, to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the Merger Consideration that such holder is entitled to receive in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2. HoldCo shall cause its register of members to be updated to reflect any transfers of HoldCo Ordinary Shares made by the Exchange Agent to holders of record of SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the SPAC Class B Conversion) in connection with the delivery of Merger Consideration out of the Exchange Fund in accordance with this Section 3.3.

(c) No dividends or other distributions declared or made after the Merger Effective Time with respect to the HoldCo Ordinary Shares with a record date after the Merger Effective Time shall be paid to the holder of any

 

A-26


Table of Contents

unsurrendered Certificate with respect to SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from SPAC Class B Conversion) represented thereby until the holder of such Certificate shall surrender such Certificate in accordance with this Section 3.3. Subject to the effect of escheat, tax or other applicable Laws, following surrender of any such Certificate, HoldCo shall pay or cause to be paid to the holder of the certificates representing SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from SPAC Class B Conversion) issued in exchange therefor, without interest, (i) promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days of such surrender, the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date after the Merger Effective Time and theretofore paid with respect to such Person’s HoldCo Ordinary Shares, and (ii) at the appropriate payment date, the amount of dividends or other distributions, with a record date after the Merger Effective Time but prior to surrender and a payment date occurring after surrender, payable with respect to such Person’s HoldCo Ordinary Shares.

(d) The Merger Consideration payable upon conversion of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from SPAC Class B Conversion) in accordance with the terms hereof, when paid in accordance with this Section 3.3 shall be deemed to have been paid and issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares).

(e) The Merger Consideration shall be adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any stock split, reverse share split, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to SPAC Ordinary Shares occurring on or after the date hereof and prior to the Merger Effective Time.

(f) Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains undistributed to the holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares with respect to the Merger Consideration for one (1) year after the Merger Effective Time shall be delivered to HoldCo, and any holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from SPAC Class B Conversion) who have not theretofore complied with this Section 3.3 shall thereafter look only to HoldCo for the Merger Consideration. Any portion of the Exchange Fund with respect to the Merger Consideration remaining unclaimed by holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares (including SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of SPAC Class B Conversion), as may be applicable, as of a date which is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any government entity shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of HoldCo free and clear of any claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto.

(g) None of the Exchange Agent, SPAC, HoldCo, the Surviving Company or any of their respective affiliates shall be liable to any holder of SPAC Ordinary Shares for any such SPAC Ordinary Shares (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) or cash delivered to a public official pursuant to any abandoned property, escheat or similar Law in accordance with this Section 3.3.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no fractional shares of HoldCo Ordinary Shares will be issued. In connection with the Stock Split such holders otherwise enititled to a fractional share shall have their shareholdings of HoldCo Ordinary Shares rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(i) If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent will deliver in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the Merger Consideration, as the case may be, that such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to, and in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.2.

 

A-27


Table of Contents

Section 3.4 Treatment of Company Options and Company Restricted Stock, Company Convertible Notes and Company Warrants.

Pursuant to the terms of the applicable Company Incentive Plan or other terms and conditions governing each security and as specified on the Rollover Spreadsheet:

(a) Each Company Option, whether vested or unvested, that is issued immediately prior to the Initial Exchange shall, at the Equity Scheme becoming effective, contingent on agreement with the holder thereof executing a rollover agreement, a form of which shall be provided to SPAC not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the distribution of such agreement to holders of Company Options for SPAC’s (or SPAC designee’s) review and comment (save where such form has previously been agreed with SPAC) be substituted by an option over shares in HoldCo (a “HoldCo Option ”) in such a manner by which such HoldCo Option shall represent an option award exercisable for the aggregate number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares as set forth opposite the name of each holder thereof on the Rollover Spreadsheet. Each HoldCo Option shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including any vesting requirements) set forth under the applicable award agreement in effect immediately prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective; provided, however, that in the case of any Company Option to which Section 409A of the Code applies, the exercise price and the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares purchasable under each HoldCo Option shall be determined in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and provided, further, that in the case of any Company Option to which Section 422 of the Code applies, the exercise price and the number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares purchasable under such HoldCo Option shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(b) Each Company Restricted Stock that is issued immediately prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective shall, at the Equity Scheme becoming effective, automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be exchanged against the aggregate number of HoldCo Restricted Shares in the manner as provided in Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement as set forth opposite the name of each holder thereof on the Payment Spreadsheet.

(c) For those Company Convertible Notes that have not been repaid or converted, the Company shall seek to carry out the Creditor Scheme as set out above. The HoldCo Convertible Notes in issue following the Creditor Scheme shall, subject to meeting applicable conversion conditions and performance criteria (if applicable) shall be permitted to convert into or shall automatically convert into HoldCo Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the NYSE Listing of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares as set out in Section 9.10.

(d) The exercise period under each Company Warrant that is in issue immediately prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective, shall automatically lapse except for Company Warrants with SVB Financial Group, Kreos Capital (Expert Fund) LP and potentially, BVC Limited, which subject to the consent of the relevant warrant holder, will be cancelled and replaced with equivalent warrants in HoldCo. The Company shall notify the holders of the Company Warrants at least 20 days in advance of the Equity Scheme becoming effective in order to give them the opportunity to participate in the Equity Scheme. If the relevant Company Warrants are exercised prior to the Equity Scheme becoming effective, the Company Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise shall participate in the Equity Scheme. Any Company Ordinary Shares issued after the Equity Scheme has become effective, shall be subject to drag rights, such that they shall be acquired by HoldCo for similar consideration to that consideration received under the Equity Scheme.

(e) The Company shall take all necessary actions to effect the treatment of Company Options and Company Restricted Stock pursuant to Sections 3.4(a) and 3.4(b) in accordance with the Company Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreements and to ensure that no HoldCo Option may be exercised prior to the effective date of an applicable Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-1 or Form S-3) of HoldCo. The Company Board shall amend the Company Incentive Plan and take all other necessary actions, effective as of immediately prior to the Closing, in order to (i) cancel the remaining unallocated share reserve under the Company Incentive

 

A-28


Table of Contents

Plan, and (ii) provide that no new Company Options, Company Restricted Stock Unit Awards and Company Restricted Stock will be granted under the Company Incentive Plan.

Section 3.5 Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision to this Agreement, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Exchange Agent, as applicable, shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement such Taxes that are required to be deducted and withheld from such amounts under the Code or any other applicable Law (as reasonably determined by HoldCo, SPAC, Merger Sub, the Company or its Subsidiaries, or the Exchange Agent, respectively); provided, that the party proposing to deduct and withhold any tax shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the other party with commercially reasonable prior written notice of any amounts that it intends to withhold in connection with any payment contemplated by this Agreement (other than any compensatory payments to be made pursuant to this Agreement) and will reasonably cooperate to reduce or eliminate any applicable withholding. To the extent that any amounts are so deducted and withheld, such deducted and withheld amounts shall be (i) timely remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority and (ii) treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. In the case of any such payment payable to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions treated as compensation, the parties shall cooperate to pay such amounts through the Company’s or the relevant Subsidiary’s payroll to facilitate applicable withholding.

Section 3.6 No Dissent Rights. In accordance with Section 239(1) of the Cayman Statute and provided that the HoldCo Ordinary Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE (or on another recognized stock exchange), and become so listed, on or prior to the Merger Effective Date, holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares shall not be entitled to dissenter rights in respect of such shares under Section 238 of the Cayman Statute. If the Merger becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan of Merger, all holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares), including any such holders who do not vote in favor of approving the Plan of Merger, shall be entitled to receive the Merger Consideration in respect of their SPAC Ordinary Shares in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan of Merger.

Section 3.7 Register of Members. At the Merger Effective Time, following the recordation of the transactions contemplated hereby in the share records of HoldCo, the register of members of SPAC shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers of SPAC Ordinary Shares thereafter on the records of SPAC. From and after the Merger Effective Time, the holders of Certificates representing SPAC Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such SPAC Ordinary Shares, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable Law. On or after the Merger Effective Time, any Certificates presented to the Exchange Agent or HoldCo for any reason shall be converted into the Merger Consideration in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2.

Section 3.8 SPAC Warrants. At the Merger Effective Time, each SPAC Warrant that is outstanding immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time shall, pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, cease to represent a right to acquire the number of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares set forth in such SPAC Warrant and shall be converted in accordance with the terms of such Warrant Agreement, at the Merger Effective Time, into a right to acquire one (1) HoldCo Ordinary Share (a “HoldCo Warrant” and collectively, the “HoldCo Warrants”) on substantially the same terms as were in effect immediately prior to the Merger Effective Time under the terms of the Warrant Agreement. The parties hereof shall take all lawful action to effect the aforesaid provisions of this Section 3.8, including causing the Warrant Agreement to be amended or amended and restated to the extent necessary to give effect to this Section 3.8, including adding HoldCo as a party thereto.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the disclosure letter delivered to SPAC by the Company on the date of this Agreement (the “Company Disclosure Letter”) (each section of which, subject to Section 12.9, qualifies the correspondingly

 

A-29


Table of Contents

numbered and lettered representations in this Article IV, the Company represents and warrants to SPAC as follows:

Section 4.1 Company Organization. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the Laws of England and Wales and has the requisite company or corporate power, as applicable, and authority to own, lease or operate all of its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. The Governing Documents of the Company, as amended to the date of this Agreement and as previously made available by or on behalf of the Company to SPAC, are true, correct and complete. The Company is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation (or other entity, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing, as applicable, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing would not be material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.2 Subsidiaries. A complete list of each Subsidiary of the Company and its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization, as applicable, is set forth on Section 4.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter. The Subsidiaries of the Company have been duly formed or organized and are validly existing under the Laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and have the requisite power and authority to own, lease or operate all of their respective properties and assets and to conduct their respective businesses as they are now being conducted. True, correct and complete copies of the Governing Documents of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case, as amended to the date of this Agreement, have been previously made available to SPAC by or on behalf of the Company. Each Subsidiary of the Company is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation (or other entity, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing, as applicable, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified or in good standing would not have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.3 Due Authorization.

(a) Other than the approvals required at the Court Meeting and the General Meeting, the Company has all requisite company or corporate power, as applicable, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other documents to which it is a party contemplated hereby and (subject to the approvals described in Section 4.5) to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by the Company Board, and no other company or corporate proceeding on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize this Agreement and the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been, and on or prior to the Closing, the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and this Agreement constitutes, and on or prior to the Closing, the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

(b) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company Board has duly adopted resolutions (i) determining that this Agreement and the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and Company Shareholders, as applicable, and (ii) authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. No other corporate action is required on the part of the Company or any of the Company Shareholders to enter into this Agreement or the

 

A-30


Table of Contents

documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby or to approve the Exchange or Merger other than the approvals required at the Court Meeting and the General Meeting.

Section 4.4 No Conflict. Subject to the receipt of the consents, approvals, authorizations and other requirements set forth in Section 4.5 and except as set forth on Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the documents to which the Company is a party contemplated hereby and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of, or default under the Governing Documents of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (b) violate or conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of, or default under any Law, permit, or Governmental Order applicable to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties or assets (other than applicable requirements of the HSR Act), (c) violate, conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of, result in the loss of any right or benefit, or cause acceleration, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, modification, or acceleration) under any Contract of the type described in Section 4.12(a) to which the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries may be bound, or terminate or result in the termination of any such foregoing Contract or (d) result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the properties, equity interests or assets of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (b) through (d), to the extent that the occurrence of the foregoing would not (i) have, or would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.5 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Assuming the truth and completeness of the representations and warranties of SPAC contained in this Agreement, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority (each, a “Governmental Authorization”) is required on the part of the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to the Company’s execution or delivery of this Agreement or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) applicable requirements of the HSR Act; and (ii) any consents, approvals, authorizations, designations, declarations, waivers or filings, the absence of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform or comply with on a timely basis any material obligation of the Company under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) the filing of the Plan of Merger in accordance with Cayman Statute.

Section 4.6 Capitalization of the Company.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has 33,664,977 Company Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, and there are no other authorized equity interests of the Company that are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding Company Ordinary Shares (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including applicable securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) the Governing Documents of the Company and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, the Governing Documents of the Company or any Contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound; and (iv) are free and clear of any Liens, other than as set out in the Governing Documents.

(b) Section 4.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, the outstanding Company Warrants. All outstanding Company Warrants (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including

 

A-31


Table of Contents

applicable securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) the Governing Documents of the Company and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; and (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, the Governing Documents of the Company or any Contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound; (iv) are free and clear of any Liens; and (v) are, as of the date of this Agreement, within their exercise period and have not lapsed.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, Company Options to purchase 6,877,613 Company Ordinary Shares are outstanding and Company has no Company Restricted Stock or Company Restricted Stock Unit Awards outstanding. There are 3,071,583 Company Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance under the Company Incentive Plan as of the date of this Agreement. The Company has provided to SPAC, prior to the date of this Agreement, a true and complete list of each current or former employee, consultant or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who, as of the date of this Agreement, holds a Company Award, including the type of Company Award, the number of Company Ordinary Shares comprised thereof or subject thereto, vesting schedule, expiration date and, if applicable, the exercise price thereof. All Company Options, shares of Company Restricted Stock and Company Restricted Stock Unit Awards are evidenced by award agreements in substantially the forms previously made available to SPAC, and no Company Option, share of Company Restricted Stock or Company Restricted Stock Unit Award is subject to terms that are materially different from those set forth in such forms. Each Company Option, each share of Company Restricted Stock, and each Company Restricted Stock Unit Award was validly granted or issued and properly approved by the Company Board (or appropriate committee thereof) in accordance with the terms of the Company Incentive Plan. Each Company Option granted to a U.S. Person has been granted with an exercise price that is no less than the fair market value of the underlying Company Ordinary Share on the date of grant, as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code or section 422 of the Code, if applicable. Each Company Option granted to a U.S. Person is intended to either qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code or to be exempt under Section 409A of the Code.

(d) Section 4.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, the outstanding Company Convertible Notes. All outstanding Company Convertible Notes (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including applicable securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) the Governing Documents of the Company and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; and (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, the Governing Documents of the Company or any Contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound.

(e) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4.6 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has not granted any outstanding subscriptions, options, stock appreciation rights, warrants, rights or other securities (including debt securities) convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Company Capital Stock, any other commitments, calls, conversion rights, rights of exchange or privilege (whether pre-emptive, contractual or by matter of Law), plans or other agreements of any character providing for the issuance of additional shares, the sale of treasury shares or other equity interests, or for the repurchase or redemption of shares or other equity interests of the Company or the value of which is determined by reference to shares or other equity interests of the Company, and there are no voting trusts, proxies or agreements of any kind which may obligate the Company to issue, purchase, register for sale, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Company Capital Stock.

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Section 4.7 Capitalization of Subsidiaries.

(a) The outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are, to the extent applicable, fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including applicable securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) the Governing Documents of each such Subsidiary, and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, the Governing Documents of each such Subsidiary or any Contract to which each such Subsidiary is a party or otherwise bound; and (iv) are free and clear of any Liens.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 4.7(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company owns of record and beneficially all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or equity interests of such Subsidiaries free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(c) Except as set forth on Section 4.7(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, rights or other securities (including debt securities) exercisable or exchangeable for any capital stock of such Subsidiaries, any other commitments, calls, conversion rights, rights of exchange or privilege (whether pre-emptive, contractual or by matter of Law), plans or other agreements of any character providing for the issuance of additional shares, the sale of treasury shares or other equity interests, or for the repurchase or redemption of shares or other equity interests of such Subsidiaries or the value of which is determined by reference to shares or other equity interests of the Subsidiaries, and there are no voting trusts, proxies or agreements of any kind which may obligate any Subsidiary of the Company to issue, purchase, register for sale, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock.

Section 4.8 Financial Statements.

(a) Attached as Section 4.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter are true and complete copies of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (the “Audited IFRS Financial Statements”); and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Unaudited 2020 Financial Statements”). The Audited IFRS Financial Statements and the Unaudited 2020 Financial Statements (i) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as at the date thereof, and the consolidated results of their operations, their consolidated changes in shareholders’ equity and their consolidated cash flows for the period then ended, (ii) were prepared in conformity with IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto), and (iii) and were prepared from, and are in accordance in all material respects with, the books and records of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, subject, in the case of the Unaudited 2020 Financial Statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and the absence of notes.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 4.8(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter when delivered pursuant to Section 7.3, the PCAOB Financial Statements (the “Audited GAAP Financial Statements”) and the Q1 Financial Statements (collectively, the “Financial Statements”) in each case, (i) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as at the respective dates thereof, and the consolidated results of their operations, their consolidated changes in shareholders’ equity (with respect to the Audited GAAP Financial Statements only) and their consolidated cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of the Q1 Financial Statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), (ii) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto and, in the case of the Q1 Financial Statements, the absence of footnotes or the inclusion of limited footnotes), (iii) were prepared from, and are in accordance in

 

A-33


Table of Contents

all material respects with, the books and records of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (iv) when delivered by the Company for inclusion in the Registration Statement for filing with the SEC following the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.3, will comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act applicable to a registrant, in effect as of the respective dates thereof.

(c) Except as set forth on Section 4.8(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the Company (including, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee thereof) nor any independent auditor of the Company has identified or been made aware of (i) any significant deficiency or material weakness in the system of internal accounting controls utilized by the Company, (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s management or other employees who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by the Company or (iii) any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

Section 4.9 Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Section 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Letter, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no other liability, debt (including Indebtedness) or obligation of, or claim or judgement against, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due), except for liabilities, debts, obligations, claims or judgments (a) reflected or reserved for on the Financial Statements or disclosed in the notes thereto, (b) that have arisen since the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (c) that will be discharged or paid off to or at the Closing, (d) obligations for future performance under any contract to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or (e) any other liabilities and obligations which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.10 Litigation and Proceedings. Except as set forth on Section 4.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter or that in each case would not be, or would not reasonably be expected to be, material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as of the date hereof (a) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, lawsuits, actions, suits, judgments, claims, proceedings or any other Actions (including any investigations or inquiries initiated, pending or threatened by any Governmental Authority), or other proceedings at law or in equity (collectively, “Legal Proceedings”), against the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets; and (b) there is no outstanding Governmental Order imposed upon the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; nor are any properties or assets of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ respective businesses bound or subject to any Governmental Order.

Section 4.11 Legal Compliance.

(a) As of the date hereof, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws in all material respects.

(b) For the past three (3) years, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice of, or been charged with, the violation of any Laws, except where such violation has not been material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain a program of policies, procedures and internal controls reasonably designed and implemented to provide reasonable assurance that violation of applicable Law by any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees or its or their respective agents, representatives or other Persons, acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, will be prevented, detected and deterred.

 

A-34


Table of Contents

Section 4.12 Contracts; No Defaults.

(a) Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a listing of all Contracts described in clauses (i) through (xv) below to which, as of the date of this Agreement, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a party or by which they are bound, other than a Company Benefit Plan. True, correct and complete copies of the Contracts listed on Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter have previously been delivered to or made available to SPAC or its agents or representatives, together with all amendments thereto.

(i) Any Contract with any of the Top Customers or Top Suppliers;

(ii) Each note, debenture, other evidence of Indebtedness, guarantee, loan, credit or financing agreement or instrument or other Contract for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case, in excess of $500,000;

(iii) Each Contract for the acquisition of any Person or any business unit thereof or the disposition of any material assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the last two (2) years, in each case, involving payments in excess of $500,000 other than Contracts (A) in which the applicable acquisition or disposition has been consummated and there are no material obligations ongoing, (B) entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (C) between the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(iv) Each lease, rental or occupancy agreement, license, installment and conditional sale agreement, and other Contract that provides for the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in any real or personal property that involves aggregate payments in excess of $500,000 in any calendar year;

(v) Each Contract involving the formation of a (A) joint venture (B) partnership, excluding any Subsidiary of the Company);

(vi) Contracts (other than employment agreements, employee confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, equity or incentive equity documents and Governing Documents) between the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Affiliates of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries), the officers and managers (or equivalents) of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, the members or Company Shareholders or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, any employee of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or a member of the immediate family of the foregoing Persons, on the other hand (collectively, “Affiliate Agreements”);

(vii) Contracts with each current executive, officer, director or current employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries with a title of Vice President or higher;

(viii) Contracts with any employee or consultant of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that provide for change in control, retention or similar payments or benefits contingent upon, accelerated by or triggered by the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(ix) Contracts containing covenants of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (A) prohibiting or limiting the right of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to engage in or compete with any Person in any line of business in any material respect or (B) prohibiting or restricting the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’ ability to conduct their business with any Person in any geographic area in any material respect other than customary non-solicitation and no-hire provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Any collective bargaining (or similar) agreement or Contract between the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, on one hand, and any labor union or other body representing employees of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(xi) Each Contract (including license agreements, coexistence agreements, and agreements with covenants not to sue) pursuant to which the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (i) grants to a third Person a license, immunity, or other right in or to any material Company Intellectual Property or (ii) is

 

A-35


Table of Contents

granted by a third Person a license, immunity, or other right in or to any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, provided, however, that none of the following are required to be set forth on Section 4.12(a) in the Company Disclosure Letter (but shall be deemed to constitute Material Contracts for purposes of Section 4.12(b) if they otherwise qualify): (A) non-exclusive licenses or grants of rights in Intellectual Property in independent contractor agreements or consulting agreements on terms substantially similar to the Company’s or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ standard forms made available to SPAC); (B) Contracts granting nonexclusive rights to use Company products or services (or Marks in connection with the promotion or sale of Company products or services); (C) Contracts granting nonexclusive rights to Intellectual Property incidental to or implied by the sale or purchase of goods or services, in each case of (A)-(C), entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (D) Open Source Licenses; or (E) Contracts granting to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nonexclusive rights to use uncustomized Software that is generally commercially available to the public on standard or nondiscriminatory terms with license, maintenance, support, and other fees less than $100,000 per year);

(xii) Each Contract requiring capital expenditures by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement in an amount in excess of $500,000 in any calendar year;

(xiii) Any Contract that (A) grants to any third Person any “most favored nation rights” or (B) grants to any third Person price guarantees for a period greater than one year from the date of this Agreement and requires aggregate future payments to the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 in any calendar year;

(xiv) Contracts granting to any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) a right of first refusal, first offer or similar preferential right to purchase or acquire equity interests in the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; and

(xv) Any outstanding written commitment to enter into any Contract of the type described in subsections (i) through (xiv) of this Section 4.12(a).

(b) Except for any Contract that will terminate upon the expiration of the stated term thereof prior to the anticipated Closing Date, all of the Contracts listed pursuant to Section 4.12(a) in the Company Disclosure Letter are (i) in full force and effect and (ii) represent the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary of the Company party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, represent the legal, valid and binding obligations of the counterparties thereto. Except, in each case, where the occurrence of such breach or default or failure to perform would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (x) the Company and its Subsidiaries have performed in all respects all respective obligations required to be performed by them to date under such Contracts listed pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and neither the Company, the Company’s Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in breach of or default under any such Contract, (y) during the last twelve (12) months, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written claim or written notice of termination or breach of or default under any such Contract, and (z) to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred which individually or together with other events, would reasonably be expected to result in a breach of or a default under any such Contract by the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto (in each case, with or without notice or lapse of time or both).

Section 4.13 Company Benefit Plans.

(a) Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth an accurate and complete list, as of the date hereof, of each material Company Benefit Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Company Benefit Plan” means an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (“ERISA”) or any other plan, policy, practice, program, agreement or other arrangement (including any employment, bonus, incentive or deferred compensation, employee loan, note or pledge agreement, equity or equity-based compensation, severance, termination, retention, retirement, supplemental

 

A-36


Table of Contents

retirement, profit sharing, change in control, vacation, sick, insurance, medical, welfare, fringe or similar plan, policy, program, agreement or other arrangement) providing compensation or other benefits or remuneration to any current or former director, officer, individual consultant, worker or employee, which are maintained, sponsored or contributed to by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or to which the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a party or has or may have any liability, and in each case whether or not (i) subject to the Laws of the United States, (ii) in writing or (iii) funded, but excluding in each case any statutory plan, program or arrangement that is required under applicable Law and maintained by any Governmental Authority. With respect to each material Company Benefit Plan, the Company has made available to SPAC, to the extent applicable, true, complete and correct copies of (A) such Company Benefit Plan (or, if not written a written summary of its material terms) and all plan documents, trust agreements, insurance Contracts or other funding vehicles and all amendments thereto, (B) the most recent summary plan descriptions, including any summary of material modifications (C) the three (3) most recent annual reports (Form 5500 series) filed with the IRS with respect to such Company Benefit Plan, (D) the most recent actuarial report or other financial statement relating to such Company Benefit Plan, (E) the most recent determination or opinion letter, if any, issued by the IRS with respect to any Company Benefit Plan and any pending request for such a determination letter and (F) all material correspondence to or from the IRS, the United States Department of Labor (“DOL”), the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other Governmental Authority received in the last three (3) years with respect to any Company Benefit Plan.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) each Company Benefit Plan has been operated and administered in compliance with its terms and all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code, except where the failure to comply would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) in all material respects, all contributions required to be made with respect to any Company Benefit Plan have been made and all obligations in respect of each Company Benefit Plan have been accrued and reflected in the Company’s financial statements to the extent required by GAAP; and (iii) each Company Benefit Plan which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS as to its qualification or may rely upon an opinion letter for a prototype plan and, to the knowledge of the Company, no fact or event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Company Benefit Plan.

(c) No Company Benefit Plan is a multiemployer pension plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “Multiemployer Plan”) or other pension plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (each, a “Title IV Plan”), and neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has sponsored or contributed to, been required to contribute to, or had any actual or contingent liability under, a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan at any time within the previous six (6) years. Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA that has not been fully satisfied. No Company Benefit Plan is (i) a “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of the Code or ERISA), (ii) a “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (within the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA) or a (iii) a “funded welfare plan” within the meaning of Section 419 of the Code.

(d) There are no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened claims (other than routine claims for benefits) by, on behalf of or against any Company Benefit Plan or any trust related thereto, which could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no audit or other proceeding by a Governmental Authority is pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Company Benefit Plan.

(e) Neither the Company, any Company Benefit Plan nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any trustee, administrator or other third-party fiduciary and/or party-in-interest thereof, has engaged in any breach of fiduciary responsibility or any “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) to which Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code applies and which could subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to the tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, which, assuming the taxable period of such transaction expired as of the date hereof,

 

A-37


Table of Contents

could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(f) With respect to each Company Benefit Plan, no material actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, and to the knowledge of the Company, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such actions, suits or claims.

(g) No Company Benefit Plan provides medical, surgical, hospitalization, death or similar benefits (whether or not insured) for employees or former employees of the Company or any Subsidiary for periods extending beyond their retirement or other termination of service, other than coverage mandated by applicable Law, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to provide such benefits.

(h) Except as set forth on Section 4.13(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, either alone or in combination with another event (such as termination following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby), (i) entitle any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to any severance pay or increase in severance pay or any other compensation payable by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) accelerate the time of payment, funding or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due to any such employee, officer or other individual service provider by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) directly or indirectly cause the Company to transfer or set aside any assets to fund any material benefits under any Company Benefit Plan, (iv) otherwise give rise to any material liability under any Company Benefit Plan, or (v) limit or restrict the right to merge, materially amend, terminate or transfer the assets of any Company Benefit Plan on or following the Merger Effective Time. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, either alone or in combination with another event, result in any “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code. No Company Benefit Plan provides for a Tax gross-up, make whole or similar payment with respect to the Taxes imposed under Sections 409A or 4999 of the Code or any other Tax.

Section 4.14 Labor Relations; Employees.

(a) Except as set forth on Section 4.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, or any similar agreement or arrangement, (ii) no such agreement or such other arrangement is being negotiated by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, (iii) no labor union or any other employee representative body has requested or, to the knowledge of the Company, has sought to represent any of the employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (iv) there are no representation or certification proceedings or petitions seeking a representation proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations Board or any other applicable labor relations authority. In the past three (3) years, there has been no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened strike, slowdown, work stoppage, labor organization activity, lockout or other material labor dispute or similar activity against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

(b) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries are, and have been for the past three (3) years, in material compliance with all applicable Laws respecting labor and employment including, but not limited to, all Laws respecting terms and conditions of employment, health and safety, wages and hours, holiday pay and the calculation of holiday pay, working time, employee classification (with respect to both exempt vs. non-exempt status and employee vs. independent contractor and worker status), child labor, immigration, employment discrimination, disability rights or benefits, equal opportunity and equal pay, plant closures and layoffs, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, labor relations, employee leave issues and unemployment insurance.

(c) In the past three (3) years, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received written (i) notice of any unfair labor practice charge or material complaint pending or threatened before the National Labor Relations

 

A-38


Table of Contents

Board or any other Governmental Authority against them, (ii) notice of any complaints, grievances or arbitrations arising out of any collective bargaining agreement or any other complaints, grievances or arbitration procedures against them, (iii) notice of any material charge or complaint with respect to or relating to them pending before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental Authority responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices, (iv) notice of the intent of any Governmental Authority responsible for the enforcement of labor, employment, wages and hours of work, child labor, immigration, or occupational safety and health Laws to conduct an investigation with respect to or relating to them or notice that such investigation is in progress, or (v) notice of any material complaint, lawsuit or other proceeding pending or threatened in any forum by or on behalf of any present or former employee of such entities, any applicant for employment or classes of the foregoing alleging breach of any express or implied Contract of employment, any applicable Law governing employment or the termination thereof or other discriminatory, wrongful or tortious conduct in connection with the employment relationship.

(d) To the knowledge of the Company, no present or former employee, worker or independent contractor of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ is in material violation of (i) any restrictive covenant, nondisclosure obligation or fiduciary duty to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or (ii) any restrictive covenant or nondisclosure obligation to a former employer or engager of any such individual relating to (A) the right of any such individual to work for or provide services to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ or (B) the knowledge or use of Trade Secrets.

(e) In the past three (3) years, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not engaged in layoffs, furloughs or employment terminations sufficient to trigger application of the Workers’ Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local law relating to group terminations. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not engaged in layoffs or furloughs or effected any broad-based salary or other compensation or benefits reductions, in each case, whether temporary or permanent, since January 1, 2020 through the date hereof.

(f) In the past three (3) years, (i) no allegations of sexual harassment or sexual misconduct have been made in writing, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to be made against or involving any current or former officer, director or other employee at the level of Vice President or above by any current or former officer, employee or individual service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any settlement agreements resolving, in whole or in part, allegations of sexual harassment or sexual misconduct by any current or former officer, director or other key employee.

Section 4.15 Taxes.

(a) All material Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), all such Tax Returns (taking into account all amendments thereto) are true, complete and accurate in all material respects and all material Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been paid, other than Taxes being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.

(b) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have withheld from amounts owing to any employee, creditor or other Person all material Taxes required by Law to be withheld, paid over to the proper Governmental Authority in a timely manner all such withheld amounts required to have been so paid over and otherwise complied in all material respects with all applicable withholding and related reporting requirements with respect to such Taxes.

(c) There are no material Liens for Taxes (other than Liens described in clause (ii) of the definition of Permitted Liens) upon the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

A-39


Table of Contents

(d) No claim, assessment, deficiency or proposed adjustment for any material amount of Tax has been asserted or assessed by any Governmental Authority against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) remained unresolved or unpaid as of the date of the PCAOB Financial Statements or (ii) was asserted after the date of the PCAOB Financial Statements.

(e) There are no audits, examinations or other Legal Proceedings with respect to any Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $125,000 (determined individually or in the aggregate) presently in progress, and there are no waivers, extensions or requests for any waivers or extensions of any statute of limitations currently in effect with respect to any Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(f) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made a request for an advance tax ruling, request for technical advice, a request for a change of any method of accounting or any similar request that is in progress or pending with any Governmental Authority with respect to any material Taxes.

(g) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any Tax indemnification or Tax sharing or similar agreement (other than any such agreement solely between the Company and its existing Subsidiaries and customary commercial Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business not primarily related to Taxes).

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a party to any transaction treated by the parties as a distribution of stock qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or a similar provision of non-US Tax Law) in the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement.

(i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is liable for Taxes of any other Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax Law or as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than customary commercial Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business not primarily related to Taxes) or (ii) has ever been a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group filing for income Tax purposes, other than a group the common parent of which was or is the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(j) No transaction, act, omission or event has occurred in consequence of which the Company is or may be held liable for any Tax or deprived of any Relief or allowances otherwise available to it in consequence of any Tax or may otherwise be held liable for or to indemnify any person in respect of Tax where some other company or person is or may become primarily liable for the Tax in question.

(k) No written claim has been made by any Governmental Authority within the last three (3) years where the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to material taxation in that jurisdiction.

(l) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b).

(m) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to include any material amount in taxable income, exclude any material item of deduction or loss from taxable income, or make any adjustment under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law) for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) installment sale, intercompany transaction described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law) or open transaction disposition, in each case, made by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, (ii) prepaid amount received or deferred revenue realized or received by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, (iii) change in method of accounting of the Company or its Subsidiaries for a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date made or required to be made prior to the Closing, (iv) “closing agreement” described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or non-U.S. Law) executed by the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing or (v) election under Section 965 of the Code.

 

A-40


Table of Contents

(n) The Company has not entered into nor been a party to nor otherwise been involved in any scheme, arrangement, transaction or series of transactions designed wholly or mainly, or containing steps or stages having no commercial purpose and designed wholly or mainly, for the purposes of avoiding, deferring or reducing a liability to Tax or amounts to be accounted for to a Governmental Authority, or the main benefit or purpose or one of the main benefits or purposes of which was the avoidance or reduction of Tax or the relief from Tax or the repayment of Tax or the obtaining of a tax advantage

(o) The Company has not taken any action or agreed to take any action, nor to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are there any facts or circumstances, that could reasonably be expected to prevent the Transactions from qualifying for the Intended Tax Treatment.

(p) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is resident for tax purposes solely in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has an office, permanent establishment, branch or other activities outside the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

(q) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, nor has been, party to any transaction or arrangement for which the pricing stands to be adjusted under applicable transfer pricing or thin capitalization legislation. All transactions entered into by the Company and it subsidiaries have been on arm’s length terms.

(r) No associated person of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has facilitated tax evasion in any manner which could give rise to criminal liability of that Group Company under Part 3 of the Criminal Finances Act 2017 (“Part 3”) and each of the Company and its Subsidiaries to which Part 3 may apply is covered by a written risk assessment in connection with the Part 3 offences which is in the possession of a the relevant company, has otherwise put in place prevention procedures for the purposes of establishing the defence under Part 3, and has monitored and kept updated such risk assessment and procedures.

(s) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries which is required to be registered is properly registered for the purposes of VAT in each jurisdiction in which it is liable to be so registered and has complied in all material respects with all Tax legislation concerning VAT, and has made, obtained and kept up to date accurate records, invoices and other documents appropriate or requisite for the purposes of such Tax legislation.

(t) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiary is, nor has ever been, a close company (within the meaning of section 439 of CTA 2010).

(u) No distribution within section 1064 of CTA 2010 has been made by the Company or any Subsidiary during the seven years ending at Closing.

(v) Any loans or advances made, or agreed to be made, by the Company or any Subsidiary within sections 455, 459 and 460 of CTA 2010 have been disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has released or written off, or agreed to release or write off, the whole or any part of any such loans or advances.

(w) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has: (a) made any transfer of value within sections 94 and 202 of IHTA 1984; or (b) received any value such that liability might arise under section 199 of IHTA 1984; or (c) been a party to associated operations in relation to a transfer of value as defined by section 268 of IHTA 1984.

(x) There is no unsatisfied liability to inheritance tax attached to, or attributable to, the Company Ordinary Shares or any asset of the Company or any Subsidiary. None of them are subject to any Inland Revenue charge as mentioned in sections 237 and 238 of IHTA 1984.

(y) No asset owned by the Company or any Subsidiary, nor the Company Ordinary Shares, are liable to be subject to any sale, mortgage or charge by virtue of section 212(1) of IHTA 1984.

 

A-41


Table of Contents

(z) The Company was not a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for its taxable period ending December 31, 2020. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is treated as an “expatriated entity” as defined in Section 7874(a)(2)(A) of the Code, a “surrogate foreign corporation” as defined in Section 7874(a)(2)(B) of the Code or a domestic corporation as a result of the application of Section 7874(b) of the Code.

Section 4.16 Brokers Fees. Except as set forth on Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by the Company, any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ or any of their Affiliates for which SPAC, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries has any obligation.

Section 4.17 Insurance. Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a list of, as of the date hereof, all material policies or binders of property, fire and casualty, product liability, workers’ compensation, and other forms of insurance held by, or for the benefit of, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement. True, correct and complete copies of such insurance policies as in effect as of the date hereof have previously been made available to SPAC. All such policies are in full force and effect, all premiums due have been paid, and no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries with respect to any such policy. Except as disclosed on Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no insurer has denied or disputed coverage of any material claim under an insurance policy during the last twelve (12) months.

Section 4.18 Licenses and Permits. The Company and its Subsidiaries have obtained, and maintain, all of the material Licenses reasonably required to permit the Company and its Subsidiaries to acquire, originate, own, operate, use and maintain their assets in the manner in which they are now operated and maintained and to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted. Each material License held by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in default or violation (and no event has occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a material default or violation) in any material respect of any term, condition or provision of any material License to which it is a party, (b) is or has been in the past three (3) years the subject of any pending or threatened Action by a Governmental Authority seeking the revocation, suspension, termination, modification, or impairment of any material License; or (c) has received any written notice in the past three (3) years that any Governmental Authority that has issued any material License intends to cancel, terminate, or not renew any such material License, except to the extent such material License may be amended, replaced, or reissued as a result of and as necessary to reflect the transactions contemplated hereby, or as otherwise disclosed in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter, provided such amendment, replacement, or reissuance does not materially adversely affect the continuous conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted from and after Closing. Section 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, correct and complete list of material Licenses held by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.19 Equipment and Other Tangible Property. The Company or one of its Subsidiaries owns and has good title to, and has the legal and beneficial ownership of or a valid leasehold interest in or right to use by license or otherwise, all material machinery, equipment and other tangible property reflected on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries as owned by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All material personal property and leased personal property assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries are structurally sound and in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear expected) and are suitable for their present use.

Section 4.20 Real Property.

(a) Section 4.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, correct and complete list as of the date of this Agreement of all Leased Real Property, including the address thereof, and all Real Property Leases

 

A-42


Table of Contents

(as hereinafter defined) pertaining to such Leased Real Property. With respect to each parcel of Leased Real Property:

(i) The Company or one of its Subsidiaries holds a good and valid leasehold estate in such Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

(ii) The Company and its Subsidiaries have delivered to SPAC true, correct and complete copies of all leases, lease guaranties, subleases, agreements for the leasing, use or occupancy of, or otherwise granting a right in and to the Leased Real Property by or to the Company and its Subsidiaries, including all amendments, terminations and modifications thereof (collectively, the “Real Property Leases”), and none of such Real Property Leases have been modified in any material respect, except to the extent that such modifications have been disclosed by the copies delivered to SPAC.

(iii) The Company and its Subsidiaries’, as applicable, possession and quiet enjoyment of the Leased Real Property under such Real Property Leases has not been materially disturbed and, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no material disputes with respect to such Real Property Leases.

(iv) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have received or served written notice of a material breach in relation to the Real Property Leases and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is any such material breach.

(v) No party, other than the Company or its Subsidiaries, has any right to use or occupy the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries are expecting any material end of term liabilities (including reinstatement or dilapidations liabilities) in relation to the Leased Real Property.

(vii) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have received written notice of any current condemnation proceeding or proposed similar Action or agreement for taking in lieu of condemnation with respect to any portion of the Leased Real Property, and to the Company’s knowledge no such proceeding or similar Action has been threatened.

(b) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owns real property.

Section 4.21 Intellectual Property.

(a) Section 4.21(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, complete and accurate list of (i) each item of Company Intellectual Property that is registered or applied for with a Governmental Authority and is owned by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement (“Company Registered Intellectual Property”) and (ii) all material unregistered trademarks used by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as the name of Company products or otherwise material to their business as a whole; and (iii) material Company Software. The Company or one of the Company’s Subsidiaries is the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title, and interest in and to all Company Intellectual Property, and all Company Intellectual Property (excluding any pending applications included in the Company Registered Intellectual Property) is valid, subsisting, and enforceable and nothing has been done, or not been done, or is due to be done within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement as a result of which any Company Intellectual Property has ceased or might cease to be valid, subsisting or enforceable. All Company Registered Intellectual Property has been maintained effective by the filing of all necessary timely filings, maintenance and renewals and timely payment of requisite fees.

(b) The Company or one of its Subsidiaries solely and exclusively owns all right, title, and interest in and to all Company IP free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and has a valid license or otherwise lawful right to use all other Intellectual Property and Company IT Systems used in or necessary for the continued conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in substantially the same manner as such business has been operated during the twenty-four (24) months prior to the date hereof and as currently contemplated to be conducted, and none of the foregoing (including any material Company IT Contracts) will be materially

 

A-43


Table of Contents

adversely impacted by (nor will require the payment or grant of additional amounts or consideration as a result of) the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed a representation or warranty regarding non-infringement, validity or enforceability of Intellectual Property.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, there is not, and within the six (6) years preceding the date of this Agreement there has not been, any Action or other Legal Proceedings, oppositions, challenges or disputes pending against the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of the Company, that is threatened (including unsolicited offers to license Patents) against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries either (A) alleging the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property of any third Person; or (B) challenging the ownership, use, patentability, validity, or enforceability of any Company IP. None of the Company, its Subsidiaries, their products and services, nor the conduct of their businesses does or did infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any Person.

(d) Except as set forth on Section 4.21(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) to the knowledge of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, no Person is infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property owned and/or used by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in any respect, and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not sent to any Person within the six (6) years preceding the date of this Agreement any written notice, charge, complaint, claim or other written assertion against any such third Person claiming infringement or violation by or misappropriation of any such Intellectual Property and no action is current.

(e) The Company and its Subsidiaries have implemented commercially reasonable measures to maintain and protect all Company IP and to protect the confidentiality of any Trade Secrets included in the Company Intellectual Property and other Trade Secrets used by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries that are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, there has not been any unauthorized disclosure of or unauthorized access to any Trade Secrets owned and/or used by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to or by any Person.

(f) All current or past employees and contractors of the Company who contribute or have contributed to the creation or development of any material Intellectual Property in the course of their employment or provision of services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have executed valid written agreements pursuant to which such Persons have assigned to the Company or its applicable Subsidiaries all of such Person’s rights, title, and interest in and to such Intellectual Property that did not vest automatically in the Company or its relevant Subsidiaries by operation of Law (and, in the case of contractors, to the extent such Intellectual Property was intended by the Company to be proprietary to the Company or its relevant Subsidiary). There are no outstanding or potential claims against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries under any contract or under section 40 of the Patents Act 1977 (or any similar or equivalent Laws) for employee compensation in respect of any Intellectual Property.

(g) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a member of or party to any patent pool, industry standards body, trade association, or other organization pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to grant any licence, rights, or immunity in or to any Company IP to any Person.

(h) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries use or distribute Open Source Materials in the Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ products and/or services.

(i) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company IT Systems and Company IT Contracts are adequate for the purposes of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as they are operated on the date of this Agreement.

(j) The Company IT Systems operate and perform as required for the conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries as presently conducted. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company IT

 

A-44


Table of Contents

Systems and Company Software do not contain and have not within the last twelve (12) months contained any “time bombs,” “Trojan horses,” “back doors,” “trap doors,” worms, viruses, spyware, keylogger software, or other faults or malicious code or damaging devices, or other vulnerabilities that, in each case, if activated would be material to the business of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.22 Privacy and Cybersecurity.

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain and are in compliance with, and during the past three (3) years have maintained and been in compliance with, (i) all applicable Laws relating to privacy, data security, and data protection, (ii) the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ internal and external privacy policies, and (iii) the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ contractual obligations concerning privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, data security and the security of the Company’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ information technology systems, in each case of (i)-(iii) above, other than any non-compliance that would not reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole. There are no Legal Proceedings by any Person (including any Governmental Authority) pending to which the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a named party or, threatened in writing against the Company or its Subsidiaries alleging a violation of any applicable Law relating to privacy, data security, and/or data protection, or of any third Person’s privacy or personal information rights and there have been no such Legal Proceedings during the past three (3) years.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 4.22(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, during the past three (3) years preceding the date of this Agreement (i) there have been no unauthorized intrusions nor material breaches of the security of the information technology systems of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) there have been no disruptions in any information technology systems of the Company or its Subsidiaries that have been material to the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries have implemented (A) commercially reasonable measures designed to protect personal information in their possession, custody, or control against unauthorized access, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse, including through administrative, technical and physical safeguards; (B) commercially reasonable security controls and disaster recovery plans and procedures for the Company IT Systems to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Company IT Systems and the data processed by such Company IT Systems, including backup, anti-virus, security and disaster recovery technology, policies and procedures consistent with applicable legal and regulatory standards and customary industry practices; and (C) commercially reasonable security designed to prevent unauthorized access to, or control of, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ products.

(c) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has experienced any material incident impacting the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of any personal information, or any information technology systems, networks, or Software owned and/or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has suffered any other material personal data breach (as defined in the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has received any written notice or complaint from any Person, or provided any written notice to any Person, with respect to any material violation of their privacy, data security, and data protection practices or obligations, nor has any such notice or complaint been threatened in writing against the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Section 4.23 Environmental Matters.

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and, except for matters which have been fully resolved, have been for the past three (3) years in material compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(b) There has been no material release of any Hazardous Materials by the Company or its Subsidiaries (i) at, in, on or under any Leased Real Property or (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, at, in, on or under any formerly owned or Leased Real Property during the time that the Company owned or leased such property or at any other location where Hazardous Materials generated by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries have been transported to, sent, placed or disposed of.

 

A-45


Table of Contents

(c) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries are subject to any current Governmental Order relating to any material non-compliance with Environmental Laws by the Company or its Subsidiaries or the investigation, sampling, monitoring, treatment, remediation, removal or cleanup of Hazardous Materials.

(d) No material Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ compliance with or liability under Environmental Laws, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no facts or circumstances which could reasonably be expected to form the basis of such a Legal Proceeding.

(e) The Company has made available to SPAC all material environmental reports, assessments, audits and inspections and any material communications or notices from or to any Governmental Authority concerning any material non-compliance of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries with, or liability of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries under, Environmental Law.

Section 4.24 Absence of Changes. From the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Audited IFRS Financial Statements to the date of this Agreement there has not been any Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.25 Anti-Corruption and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance.

(a) For the past three (3) years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee or agent acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, has (i) violated any Anti-Bribery Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or (ii) offered or given anything of value to any official or employee of a Governmental Authority, any political party or official thereof, any candidate for political office, or any other Person, in any such case while knowing that all or a portion of such money or thing of value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any official or employee of a Governmental Authority or candidate for political office, in each case in violation of the Anti-Bribery Laws.

(b) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has instituted and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects with the Anti-Bribery Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

(c) To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, there are no current or pending internal investigations, third party investigations (including by any Governmental Authority), or internal or external audits that address any material allegations or information concerning possible material violations of the Anti-Bribery Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws related to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Section 4.26 Sanctions and International Trade Compliance.

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) are, and have been for the past three (3) years, in compliance with all International Trade Laws and Sanctions Laws, and (ii) have obtained all required licenses, consents, notices, waivers, approvals, orders, registrations, declarations, or other authorizations from, and have made any material filings with, any applicable Governmental Authority for the import, export, re-export, deemed export, deemed re-export, or transfer required under the International Trade Laws and Sanctions Laws (the “Export Approvals”). There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, claims, complaints, charges, investigations, voluntary disclosures or Legal Proceedings against the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries related to any violation of International Trade Laws or Sanctions Laws or any Export Approvals.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, employees or any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ respective agents, representatives or other Persons acting on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, (i) is, or has been during the past three (3) years, a Sanctioned Person or (ii) has transacted business directly or knowingly indirectly with any Sanctioned Person or in any Sanctioned Country, in violation of Sanctions Laws.

 

A-46


Table of Contents

Section 4.27 Information Supplied. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries specifically in writing for inclusion in the Registration Statement will, as of the date on which the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement is declared effective (and in the case of any amendment thereto, at the time of such amendment), at the time the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement is first mailed to SPAC Shareholders, at the time of SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting or at the Merger Effective Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

Section 4.28 Customers and Suppliers.

(a) Section 4.28(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, the top ten (10) customers and the top five (5) suppliers or manufacturers, in each case, based on the aggregate Dollar value of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ transaction volume with such counterparty during the trailing twelve months for the period ending December 31, 2020 (each group of Persons, respectively, the “Top Customers” and “Top Suppliers”).

(b) Except as set forth on Section 4.28(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, none of the Top Customers or Top Suppliers has, as of the date of this Agreement, notified the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in writing, or to the Company’s knowledge, verbally: (i) that it will, or, to the knowledge of the Company, has threatened to, terminate, cancel, materially limit or materially alter and adversely modify any of its existing business with the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than due to the expiration of an existing contractual arrangement); or (ii) that it is in a material dispute with the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses.

(c) No Top Supplier or Top Customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall either (i) have a right to terminate or modify (in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) any Contract with the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) be required to consent to or be notified of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) No party to any joint venture or partnership arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) have a right to terminate or modify (in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) any Contract with the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii)  be required to consent to or be notified of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.29 Government Contracts. The Company is not party to: (i) any Contract, including an individual task order, delivery order, purchase order, basic ordering agreement, letter Contract or blanket purchase agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, or (ii) any subcontract or other Contract by which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has agreed to provide goods or services through a prime contractor directly to a Governmental Authority that is expressly identified in such subcontract or other Contract as the ultimate consumer of such goods or services. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have provided any offer, bid, quotation or proposal to sell products made or services provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, if accepted or awarded, would lead to any Contract or subcontract of the type described by the foregoing sentence.

Section 4.30 Sufficiency of Assets. Except as would not be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the tangible and intangible assets owned, licensed or leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries constitute all of the assets reasonably necessary for the continued conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries after the Closing in the ordinary course.

 

A-47


Table of Contents

Section 4.31 No Additional Representation or Warranties. Except as provided in and this Article IV, neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates, nor any of their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, equityholders, partners, members or representatives has made, or is making, any representation or warranty whatsoever to SPAC or its Affiliates and no such party shall be liable in respect of the accuracy or completeness of any information provided to SPAC or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SPAC

Except as set forth in (i) any SPAC SEC Filings filed or submitted on or prior to the date hereof (excluding (a) any disclosures in any risk factors section that do not constitute statements of fact, disclosures in any forward-looking statements disclaimer and other disclosures that are generally cautionary, predictive or forward-looking in nature and (b) any exhibits or other documents appended thereto) (it being acknowledged that nothing disclosed in such SPAC SEC Filings will be deemed to modify or qualify the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 5.9, Section 5.13 and Section 5.16), or (ii) in the disclosure letter delivered by SPAC to the Company (the “SPAC Disclosure Letter”) on the date of this Agreement (each section of which, subject to Section 12.9, qualifies the correspondingly numbered and lettered representations in this Article V), SPAC represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

Section 5.1 SPAC Organization. SPAC has been duly incorporated, organized or formed and is validly existing as an exempted company in good standing (or equivalent status, to the extent that such concept exists) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, and has the requisite company power and authority to own, lease or operate all of its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. The copies of SPAC’s Governing Documents previously delivered by SPAC to the Company, are true, correct and complete. SPAC is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation or company in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to SPAC.

Section 5.2 Due Authorization.

(a) SPAC has all requisite corporate power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby, and (b) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and perform all obligations to be performed by it hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been (i) duly and validly authorized and approved by SPAC Board and (ii) determined by SPAC Board as advisable to SPAC and SPAC Shareholders and recommended for approval by SPAC Shareholders. No other company proceeding on the part of SPAC is necessary to authorize this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby (other than SPAC Shareholder Approval). This Agreement has been, and at or prior to the Closing, the other documents contemplated hereby will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by SPAC, and this Agreement constitutes, and at or prior to the Closing, the other documents contemplated hereby will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of SPAC, enforceable against SPAC in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

(b) Assuming that a quorum (as determined pursuant to SPAC’s Governing Documents) is present, each of those Transaction Proposals identified in Section 9.2(b), in each case, shall require approval by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a two-thirds majority of the outstanding SPAC Ordinary Shares entitled to vote, who attend and vote thereupon (as determined in accordance with SPAC’s Governing Documents) at a shareholders’ meeting duly called by SPAC Board and held for such purpose.

 

A-48


Table of Contents

(c) The foregoing votes are the only votes of any of SPAC’s share capital necessary in connection with entry into this Agreement by SPAC and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Closing.

(d) At a meeting duly called and held, SPAC Board has unanimously approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a Business Combination.

Section 5.3 No Conflict. Subject to SPAC Shareholder Approval, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by SPAC and the other documents contemplated hereby by SPAC and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of or default under the Governing Documents of SPAC, (b) violate or conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of, or default under any applicable Law or Governmental Order applicable to SPAC, (c) violate or conflict with any provision of, or result in the breach of, result in the loss of any right or benefit, or cause acceleration, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any Contract to which SPAC is a party or by which SPAC may be bound, or terminate or result in the termination of any such Contract or (d) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of SPAC, except, in the case of clauses (b) through (d), to the extent that the occurrence of the foregoing would not (i) have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of SPAC to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  be material to SPAC.

Section 5.4 Subsidiaries. SPAC has no Subsidiaries. SPAC is not obligated to make nor bound by any written, oral or other agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, binding understanding, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan, commitment or undertaking of any nature, directly or indirectly, as of the date hereof or as may hereafter be in effect under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other entity. SPAC does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in or any interest convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business, association or entity.

Section 5.5 Litigation and Proceedings. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened Legal Proceedings against SPAC, its properties or assets, or, to the knowledge of SPAC, any of its directors, managers, officers or employees (in their capacity as such). There are no investigations or other inquiries pending or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened by any Governmental Authority, against SPAC, its properties or assets, or, to the knowledge of SPAC, any of its directors, managers, officers or employees (in their capacity as such). There is no outstanding Governmental Order imposed upon SPAC, nor are any assets of SPAC’s businesses bound or subject to any Governmental Order the violation of which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to SPAC. As of the date hereof, each of SPAC is in compliance with all applicable Laws in all material respects. Since December 10, 2018, SPAC has not received any written notice of or been charged with the violation of any Laws, except where such violation has not been, individually or in the aggregate, material to SPAC.

Section 5.6 SEC Filings. SPAC has timely filed or furnished all statements, prospectuses, registration statements, forms, reports and documents required to be filed by it with the SEC since July 16, 2019, pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (collectively, as they have been amended since the time of their filing through the date hereof, the “SPAC SEC Filings”). Each of SPAC SEC Filings, as of the respective date of its filing, and as of the date of any amendment, complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to SPAC SEC Filings. As of the respective date of its filing (or if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, then on the date of such filing), SPAC SEC Filings did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters

 

A-49


Table of Contents

received from the SEC with respect to SPAC SEC Filings. To the knowledge of SPAC, none of SPAC SEC Filings filed on or prior to the date hereof is subject to ongoing SEC review or investigation as of the date hereof.

Section 5.7 Internal Controls; Listing; Financial Statements.

(a) Except as not required in reliance on exemptions from various reporting requirements by virtue of SPAC’s status as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”), SPAC has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act). Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to SPAC, including its consolidated Subsidiaries, if any, is made known to SPAC’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. Such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting SPAC’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in SPAC’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act. Since July 16, 2019, SPAC has established and maintained a system of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act) sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of SPAC’s financial reporting and the preparation of SPAC Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Each director and executive officer of SPAC has filed with the SEC on a timely basis all statements required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) Since July 16, 2019, SPAC has complied in all material respects with the applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE. There is no Legal Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened against SPAC by the NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares or prohibit or terminate the listing of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares on the NYSE.

(d) SPAC SEC Filings contain true and complete copies of the audited balance sheets and statements of cash flows, statement of operations, and changes in shareholders’ equity of SPAC from inception through December 31, 2020, together with the auditor’s reports thereon (the “SPAC Financial Statements”). SPAC Financial Statements (i) fairly present in all material respects the financial position of SPAC, as at the respective dates thereof, and the results of operations and cash flows for the respective periods then ended, (ii) were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto), and (iii) comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act in effect as of the respective dates thereof. The books and records of SPAC have been, and are being, maintained in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and any other applicable legal and accounting requirements.

(e) There are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit made by SPAC to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of SPAC. SPAC has not taken any action prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(f) Neither SPAC (including any employee thereof) nor SPAC’s independent auditors has identified or been made aware of (i) any significant deficiency or material weakness in the system of internal accounting controls utilized by SPAC, (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves SPAC’s management or other employees who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by SPAC or (iii)  any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

Section 5.8 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Assuming the truth and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of, or

 

A-50


Table of Contents

designation, declaration or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required on the part of SPAC with respect to SPAC’s execution or delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) applicable requirements of the HSR Act, and (ii) as otherwise disclosed on Section 5.8 of SPAC Disclosure Letter.

Section 5.9 Trust Account. As of the date of this Agreement, SPAC has at least $150,000,000 in the Trust Account, such monies invested in United States government securities or money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act pursuant to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2019, between SPAC and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (the “Trust Agreement”). There are no separate Contracts, side letters or other arrangements or understandings (whether written or unwritten, express or implied) that would cause the description of the Trust Agreement in SPAC SEC Filings to be inaccurate or that would entitle any Person (other than SPAC Shareholders holding SPAC Ordinary Shares sold in SPAC’s initial public offering who shall have elected to redeem their SPAC Ordinary Shares pursuant to SPAC’s Governing Documents and the underwriters of SPAC’s initial public offering with respect to deferred underwriting commissions) to any portion of the proceeds in the Trust Account. Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Account may be released other than to pay Taxes and payments with respect to all SPAC Share Redemptions. There are no claims or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened with respect to the Trust Account. SPAC has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in default, breach or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Trust Agreement, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default or breach thereunder. As of the Merger Effective Time, the obligations of SPAC to dissolve or liquidate pursuant to SPAC’s Governing Documents shall terminate, and as of the Merger Effective Time, SPAC shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to SPAC’s Governing Documents to dissolve and liquidate the assets of SPAC by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To SPAC’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, following the Merger Effective Time, no SPAC Shareholder shall be entitled to receive any amount from the Trust Account except to the extent such SPAC Shareholder is exercising an SPAC Share Redemption. As of the date hereof, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder, SPAC does not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions to the use of funds in the Trust Account will not be satisfied or funds available in the Trust Account will not be available to SPAC on the Closing Date.

Section 5.10 Investment Company Act; JOBS Act. SPAC is not an “investment company” or a Person directly or indirectly “controlled” by or acting on behalf of an “investment company”, in each case within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. SPAC constitutes an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the JOBS Act and a “smaller reporting company” (as defined in 17 CFR § 229.10(f)(1)).

Section 5.11 Absence of Changes. Since December 10, 2018, (a) there has not been any event or occurrence that has had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of SPAC to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement and (b) except as set forth in Section 5.11 of SPAC Disclosure Letter, SPAC has, in all material respects, conducted its business and operated its properties in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

Section 5.12 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Section 5.12 of SPAC Disclosure Letter, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no other liability, debt (including Indebtedness) or obligation of, or claim or judgement against, SPAC (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due), except for liabilities, debts, obligations, claims or judgments (a) reflected or reserved for on SPAC’s financial statements in SPAC SEC Filings or disclosed in the notes thereto, (b) that have arisen since the date of the most recent balance sheet included in SPAC SEC Filings in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, (c) that will be discharged or paid off to or at the Closing, (d) obligations for future performance under any contract to which SPAC is a party or (e) any other liabilities and obligations which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to SPAC.

 

A-51


Table of Contents

Section 5.13 Capitalization of SPAC.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized share capital of SPAC is $20,100 divided into (i) 180,000,000 SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares, 17,250,000 of which are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, (ii) 25,000,000 SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares, of which 5,562,500 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and (iii) 1,000,000 preference shares of par value $0.0001 each, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, the “SPAC Securities”). The foregoing represents all of the issued and outstanding SPAC Securities as of the date of this Agreement. All issued and outstanding SPAC Securities (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including federal and state securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) SPAC’s Governing Documents, and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; and (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, SPAC’s Governing Documents or any Contract to which SPAC is a party or otherwise bound.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement, SPAC Warrants will be exercisable after giving effect to the Merger for one SPAC Ordinary Share at an exercise price of eleven Dollars fifty cents ($11.50) per share. As of the date of this Agreement, 7,500,000 SPAC Ordinary Warrants and 5,450,000 SPAC Private Placement Warrants are issued and outstanding. SPAC Warrants are not exercisable until the later of (x) July 16, 2020 and (y) thirty (30) days after the Closing. All outstanding SPAC Warrants (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and constitute valid and binding obligations of SPAC, enforceable against SPAC in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity; (ii) have been offered, sold and issued in compliance with applicable Law, including federal and state securities Laws, and all requirements set forth in (1) SPAC’s Governing Documents and (2) any other applicable Contracts governing the issuance of such securities; and (iii) are not subject to, nor have they been issued in violation of, any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of any applicable Law, SPAC’s Governing Documents or any Contract to which SPAC is a party or otherwise bound. Except for the Subscription Agreements, SPAC’s Governing Documents, the Forward Purchase Agreement (which shall be terminated in accordance with Section 8.7) and this Agreement, there are no outstanding Contracts of SPAC to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any SPAC Securities.

(c) Except as set forth in this Section 5.13 or as contemplated by this Agreement, the Forward Purchase Agreement (which shall be terminated in accordance with Section 8.7) or the other documents contemplated hereby, SPAC has not granted any outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, warrants, rights or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for SPAC Securities, or any other commitments or agreements providing for the issuance of additional shares, the sale of treasury shares, for the repurchase or redemption of any SPAC Securities or the value of which is determined by reference to SPAC Securities, and there are no Contracts of any kind which may obligate SPAC to issue, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its SPAC Securities.

(d) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, SPAC and HoldCo have entered into Subscription Agreements, in the forms attached to Section 5.13(d) of SPAC Disclosure Letter, with PIPE Investors, true and correct copies of which have been provided to the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, pursuant to which, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, such PIPE Investors have agreed, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, to purchase HoldCo Ordinary Shares from HoldCo for a PIPE Investment Amount of at least $150,000,000 (such amount, the “Minimum PIPE Investment Amount”). On or prior to the date of this Agreement, SPAC has identified to the Company each of the PIPE Investors (or has caused the identification of each such PIPE Investor to the Company) and, to the knowledge of SPAC, the Company has not exercised its right to reasonably object to any such PIPE Investor as of the date of this

 

A-52


Table of Contents

Agreement. Such Subscription Agreements are in full force and effect with respect to, and binding on, SPAC and, to the knowledge of SPAC, on HoldCo and each PIPE Investor party thereto, in accordance with their terms.

Section 5.14 Brokers Fees. Except fees described on Section 5.14 of SPAC Disclosure Letter, no broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by SPAC or any of its Affiliates.

Section 5.15 Indebtedness. SPAC has no Indebtedness.

Section 5.16 Taxes.

(a) All material Tax Returns required to be filed by SPAC have been timely filed (taking into account any applicable extensions), all such Tax Returns (taking into account all amendments thereto) are true, complete and accurate in all material respects and all material Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) by SPAC have been paid, other than Taxes being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP.

(b) SPAC has withheld from amounts owing to any employee, creditor or other Person all material Taxes required by Law to be withheld, paid over to the proper Governmental Authority in a timely manner all such withheld amounts required to have been so paid over and otherwise complied in all material respects with all applicable withholding and related reporting requirements with respect to such Taxes.

(c) There are no Liens for any material Taxes (other than Liens described in clause (ii) of the definition of Permitted Liens) upon the property or assets of SPAC.

(d) No claim, assessment, deficiency or proposed adjustment for any material amount of Tax has been asserted or assessed by any Governmental Authority against SPAC that remains unresolved or unpaid.

(e) There are no audits, examinations or other Legal Proceedings with respect to any Taxes of SPAC in excess of $15,000 (determined individually or in the aggregate) presently in progress, and there are no waivers, extensions or requests for any waivers or extensions of any statute of limitations currently in effect with respect to any Taxes of SPAC.

(f) No written claim has been made by any Governmental Authority where SPAC does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation in that jurisdiction.

(g) SPAC is not a party to any Tax indemnification or Tax sharing or similar agreement (other than customary commercial Contracts not primarily related to Taxes that were entered into with persons who are not Affiliates or equity owners of SPAC).

(h) SPAC has not been a party to any transaction treated by the parties as a distribution of stock qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code.

(i) SPAC is not liable for Taxes of any other Person (other than SPAC) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law or as a transferee or successor or by Contract (other than customary commercial Contracts not primarily related to Taxes).

(j) SPAC has not taken any action or agreed to take any action, nor to the knowledge of SPAC are there any facts or circumstances, that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Transactions from qualifying for the Intended U.S. Tax Treatment.

(k) SPAC has not ever owned any equity interest in another Person.

 

A-53


Table of Contents

Section 5.17 Business Activities.

(a) Since formation, SPAC has not conducted any business activities other than activities related to SPAC’s initial public offering or directed toward the accomplishment of a Business Combination. Except as set forth in SPAC’s Governing Documents or as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, there is no agreement, commitment, or Governmental Order binding upon SPAC or to which SPAC is a party which has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or impairing any business practice of SPAC or any acquisition of property by SPAC or the conduct of business by SPAC as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted as of the Closing, other than such effects, individually or in the aggregate, which have not been and would not reasonably be expected to be material to SPAC.

(b) Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, SPAC does not own or have a right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, trust or other entity. Except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, SPAC has no material interests, rights, obligations or liabilities with respect to, and is not party to, bound by or has its assets or property subject to, in each case whether directly or indirectly, any Contract or transaction which is, or would reasonably be interpreted as constituting, a Business Combination.

(c) As of the date hereof and except for this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the other documents and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including with respect to expenses and fees incurred in connection therewith), SPAC is not party to any Contract with any other Person that would require payments by SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate with respect to any individual Contract, other than Working Capital Loans. As of the date hereof, the amount outstanding under any Working Capital Loans is set out in Section  5.17 of the SPAC Disclosure Letter.

Section 5.18 NYSE Stock Market Quotation. SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “SCPE”. SPAC Ordinary Warrants are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “SCPE WS”. SPAC is in compliance with the rules of the NYSE, as applicable, and there is no Action or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened against SPAC by the NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants or terminate the listing of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants on the NYSE, as applicable. None of SPAC or its Affiliates has taken any action in an attempt to terminate the registration of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants under the Exchange Act except as contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.19 Registration Statement, Proxy Statement and Proxy Statement/Registration Statement. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement, and when first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and/or filed pursuant to Section 14A, the Proxy Statement and the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), shall comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. On the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and/or Section 14A, the date the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement, as applicable, is first mailed to SPAC Shareholders and certain or all of the Company Shareholders (including as a component of an information statement or other shareholder disclosure to Company Shareholders in connection with the Transactions), as applicable, and at the time of SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement or Company Shareholder disclosure, as applicable (together with any amendments or supplements thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in

 

A-54


Table of Contents

the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that SPAC makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, Proxy Statement or the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to SPAC by or on behalf of the Company specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, Proxy Statement or the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement.

Section 5.20 No Outside Reliance. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article V or any other provision hereof, SPAC and any of its directors, managers, officers, employees, equityholders, partners, members or representatives, acknowledge and agree that SPAC has made its own investigation of the Company and that neither the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub, nor any of their respective Affiliates, agents or representatives is making any representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, beyond those expressly given by the Company in Article IV, including any implied warranty or representation as to condition, merchantability, suitability or fitness for a particular purpose or trade as to any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood that any cost estimates, financial or other projections or other predictions that may be contained or referred to in the Company Disclosure Letter or elsewhere, as well as any information, documents or other materials (including any such materials contained in any “data room” (whether or not accessed by SPAC or its representatives) or reviewed by SPAC pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement) or management presentations that have been or shall hereafter be provided to SPAC or any of its Affiliates, agents or representatives are not and will not be deemed to be representations or warranties of the Company, and no representation or warranty is made as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the foregoing except as may be expressly set forth in Article IV of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, SPAC understands and agrees that any assets, properties and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries are furnished “as is”, “where is” and subject to and except as otherwise provided in the representations and warranties contained in Article IV, with all faults and without any other representation or warranty of any nature whatsoever.

Section 5.21 No Additional Representation or Warranties. Except as provided in this Article V, SPAC nor its Affiliates, nor any of its directors, managers, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members or representatives has made, or is making, any representation or warranty whatsoever to the Company, Merger Sub, HoldCo or their respective Affiliates and no such party shall be liable in respect of the accuracy or completeness of any information provided to the Company, Merger Sub, HoldCo or their respective Affiliates. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company acknowledges that the Company, Merger Sub and HoldCo and their advisors, have made their own investigation of SPAC and, except as provided in this Article V, are not relying on any representation or warranty whatsoever as to the condition, merchantability, suitability or fitness for a particular purpose or trade as to any of the assets of SPAC or any of its Subsidiaries, the prospects (financial or otherwise) or the viability or likelihood of success of the business of SPAC as conducted after the Closing, as contained in any materials provided by SPAC or any of its Affiliates or any of its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members or representatives or otherwise.

Section 5.22 Affiliate Arrangements. Except as set forth on Section 5.22 of the SPAC Disclosure Letter, SPAC does not have any rights, obligations or liabilities with respect to, or arising from, any contract with Sponsor nor any anyone related by blood, marriage or adoption to Sponsor or, to the knowledge of Sponsor, any Person in which Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership of 5% or greater.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB

Each of HoldCo and Merger Sub hereby represents and warrants to SPAC as follows:

Section 6.1 Corporate Organization. Each of HoldCo and Merger Sub is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (insofar as such concept exists in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the

 

A-55


Table of Contents

jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and authority and all necessary governmental approvals to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

Section 6.2 Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws. Each of HoldCo and Merger Sub has heretofore furnished to SPAC complete and correct copies of the HoldCo Organizational Documents and Merger Sub Organizational Documents, respectively, Each of the HoldCo Organizational Documents and Merger Sub Organizational Documents are in full force and effect and neither HoldCo nor Merger Sub is in violation of any of the provisions of such organizational documents.

Section 6.3 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of HoldCo consists of $50,000 divided into ordinary shares of $0.00001 each.

(b) As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of Merger Sub consists of $50,000 divided into ordinary shares of $0.00001 each.

(c) The outstanding HoldCo Ordinary Shares have been issued and granted in compliance with all applicable securities Laws and other applicable Laws and were issued free and clear of all Liens other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities Laws and the HoldCo Organizational Documents.

(d) The shares constituting the Merger Consideration being delivered by HoldCo hereunder shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and each such share or other security shall be issued free and clear of preemptive rights and all Liens, other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities Laws and the HoldCo Organizational Documents. The HoldCo Ordinary Shares constituting the Merger Consideration being delivered by HoldCo hereunder will be issued in compliance with all applicable securities Laws and other applicable Laws and will not be subject to or give rise to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal.

(e) Except as contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder, (i) there are no other options, warrants, preemptive rights, calls, convertible securities, conversion rights or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued share capital of HoldCo or obligating HoldCo to issue or sell any shares in the capital of, or other equity interests in, HoldCo, (ii) HoldCo is not a party to, or otherwise bound by, and HoldCo has not granted, any equity appreciation rights, participations, phantom equity or similar rights and (iii) there are no voting trusts, voting agreements, proxies, shareholder agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the voting or transfer of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares or any of the equity interests or other securities of HoldCo. As of the date hereof, except for Merger Sub, HoldCo does not own any equity interests in any person. As of the date hereof, Merger Sub does not own any equity interests in any person.

Section 6.4 Authority Relative to this Agreement. Each of HoldCo and Merger Sub have all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements by each of HoldCo and Merger Sub and the consummation by each of HoldCo and Merger Sub of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of HoldCo or Merger Sub are necessary to authorize this Agreement, each such Ancillary Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (other than, (a) with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the approval and adoption of this Agreement by the holders of a relevant majority of the then-outstanding HoldCo Ordinary Shares and by HoldCo (as the holder of all of the then outstanding Merger Sub share capital), and the filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by the laws of the Cayman Islands, as

 

A-56


Table of Contents

the case may be, and (b) with respect to the issuance of HoldCo Ordinary Shares, the Exchange and the amendment and restatement of the HoldCo Organizational Documents pursuant to this Agreement, the approval a relevant majority of the then-outstanding HoldCo Ordinary Shares). This Agreement and each such Ancillary Agreement have been duly and validly executed and delivered by HoldCo and Merger Sub and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of HoldCo or Merger Sub, enforceable against HoldCo or Merger Sub in accordance with its terms.

Section 6.5 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.

(a) The execution and delivery by HoldCo and Merger Sub of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party does not, and the performance of this Agreement and each such Ancillary Agreement by HoldCo and Merger Sub will not (i) conflict with or violate the HoldCo Organizational Documents or Merger Sub Organizational Documents (as the case may be), (ii) assuming that all consents, approvals, authorizations and other actions described in Section 6.5(b) have been obtained and all filings and obligations described in Section 6.5(b) have been made, conflict with or violate any Law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to HoldCo or Merger Sub or by which any of their respective property or assets is bound or affected or (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of HoldCo or Merger Sub pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which each of HoldCo or Merger Sub is a party or by which HoldCo or Merger Sub or any of their respective property or assets is bound or affected, except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other occurrences which would not (i) have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of the HoldCo or Merger Sub to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement or (ii) be material to the business of the HoldCo or Merger Sub, taken as a whole.

(b) The execution and delivery by HoldCo and Merger Sub of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party does not, and the performance of this Agreement and each such Ancillary Agreement by HoldCo or Merger Sub, as applicable, will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Authority, except (i) for applicable requirements, if any, of the Exchange Act, Blue Sky Laws and state takeover laws, the premerger notification requirements of the HSR Act and filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by the laws of the Cayman Islands and (ii) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or materially delay consummation of any of the Transactions or otherwise prevent HoldCo and Merger Sub from performing their respective material obligations under this Agreement and each such Ancillary Agreement.

Section 6.6 Compliance. Neither HoldCo nor Merger Sub is or has been in conflict with, or in default, breach or violation of, (a) any Law applicable to HoldCo or Merger Sub or by which any property or asset of HoldCo or Merger Sub is bound or affected, or (b) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which HoldCo or Merger Sub is a party or by which HoldCo or Merger Sub or any property or asset of HoldCo or Merger Sub is bound. HoldCo and Merger Sub are in possession of all material franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and orders of any Governmental Authority necessary for HoldCo and Merger Sub to own, lease and operate their respective properties or to carry on their respective businesses as they are now being conducted.

Section 6.7 Board Approval; Vote Required.

(a) The HoldCo Board has, by resolutions duly adopted by written consent and not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has duly (i) determined that this Agreement and the Transactions are in the best interests of HoldCo and (ii) approved this Agreement and the Transactions.

 

A-57


Table of Contents

(b) The only vote of the holders of any class or series of share capital of HoldCo that is necessary to approve this Agreement, the Exchange and the Transactions is the HoldCo Requisite Approval.

(c) Merger Sub Board has, by resolutions duly adopted by written consent and not subsequently rescinded or modified in any way, has duly (i) determined that this Agreement and the Transactions are fair to and in the best interests of Merger Sub and HoldCo (as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub), (ii) approved this Agreement and the Transactions and declared their advisability and (iii) recommended that HoldCo (as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub) approve and adopt this Agreement and approve the Transactions and directed that this Agreement and the Transactions be submitted for consideration by HoldCo (as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub).

(d) The only vote of the holders of any class or series of share capital of Merger Sub that is necessary to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is the affirmative vote of HoldCo as sole shareholder of all outstanding shares in the capital of Merger Sub.

Section 6.8 No Prior Operations of HoldCo or Merger Sub; Post-Closing Operations. HoldCo and Merger Sub were formed for the sole purposes of entering into this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are party and engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Since the date of the HoldCo Organizational Documents and the Merger Sub Organizational Documents, as the case may be, neither HoldCo nor Merger Sub has engaged in any business or activities whatsoever, nor incurred any liabilities, except in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Neither HoldCo nor Merger Sub has any employees or liabilities under any Plan. HoldCo and Merger Sub are qualified and able to acquire and hold or control each Company Permit necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the Closing under applicable Law, including the rules and regulations of the Governmental Authority that issued such Company Permit and there are no facts or circumstances that exist which would materially impair, delay or preclude SPAC’s ability to obtain any Company Permits necessary for HoldCo to conduct the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

Section 6.9 No Indebtedness. Neither HoldCo nor Merger Sub has incurred or assumed any indebtedness for borrowed money with any third party lender.

Section 6.10 Brokers Fees. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of HoldCo or Merger Sub.

Section 6.11 Information Supplied. None of the information relating to HoldCo or Merger Sub supplied by HoldCo or Merger Sub specifically in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/ Registration Statement will, as of the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective (and in the case of any amendment thereto, at the time of such amendment), as of the date the Proxy Statement/Prospectus is mailed to SPAC Shareholders, at the time of SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, or at the Merger Effective Time, contain any misstatement of a material fact or omission of any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, however, that HoldCo and Merger Sub make no representation with respect to any forward-looking statements supplied by or on behalf of HoldCo or Merger Sub for inclusion in, or relating to information to be included in the Proxy Statement/ Registration Statement.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY, HOLDCO AND MERGER SUB

Section 7.1 Conduct of Business.

(a) From the date of this Agreement through the earlier of the Closing or valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article XI (the “Interim Period”), the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to,

 

A-58


Table of Contents

except in connection with COVID-19 Measures or as otherwise explicitly contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or as explicitly contemplated in connection with the Transactions or required by Law or as consented to by SPAC in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), use reasonable best efforts to operate the business of the Company in the ordinary course consistent with past practices. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth on Section 7.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as consented to by SPAC in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied) the Company shall not, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or required by Law or in connection with COVID-19 Measures:

(i) change or amend the Governing Documents of the Company;

(ii) make or declare any dividend or distribution to the Company Shareholders or make any other distributions in respect of any of the Company Capital Stock or equity interests;

(iii) split, combine, reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise amend any terms of any shares or series of the Company Capital Stock or equity interests in a manner that would increase the Merger Consideration payable to the Company Shareholders;

(iv) purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding share capital, outstanding shares of capital stock, membership interests or other equity interests of the Company, except for (i) the acquisition by the Company of any shares of capital stock, membership interests or other equity interests of the Company or of any Company Options and Company Restricted Stock in connection with the repurchase, forfeiture or cancellation of such interests, Company Options and Company Restricted Stock, (ii) the acquisition by the Company of shares of Company Ordinary Shares in connection with the surrender of shares of Company Ordinary Shares by holders of Company Options in order to pay the exercise price of the Company Options, and (iii) the withholding of shares of Company Ordinary Shares to satisfy Tax obligations with respect to the Company Options and Company Restricted Stock;

(v) enter into, modify in any material respect or terminate (other than expiration in accordance with its terms) any Contract of a type required to be listed on Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, or any Real Property Lease, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business or as required by Law;

(vi) sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, convey, lease, covenant not to assert, pledge or otherwise encumber or subject to any Lien, abandon, cancel, let lapse, or otherwise dispose of any material tangible assets or properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except for (i) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) dispositions of obsolete or worthless equipment, (iii) transactions among the Company and its Subsidiaries or among its Subsidiaries and (iv) transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(vii) acquire any ownership interest in any real property;

(viii) except as otherwise required by Law, existing Company Benefit Plans or the Contracts listed on Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) grant any severance, retention, change in control or termination or similar pay except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) terminate, adopt, enter into or materially amend or grant any new awards under any Company Benefit Plan or any plan, policy, practice, program, agreement or other arrangement that would be deemed a Company Benefit Plan as of the date hereof except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) increase the cash compensation or bonus opportunity of any employee, officer, director or other individual service provider, except such increases to any such individuals who are not directors or officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iv) take any action to amend or waive any performance or vesting criteria or to accelerate the time of payment or vesting of any compensation or benefit payable by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, (v) hire or engage any new employee or independent contractor if such new employee or independent contractor will receive annual base compensation in excess of $250,000, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or (vi) terminate the employment or engagement,

 

A-59


Table of Contents

other than for cause, death or disability, of any employee or independent contractor with an annual base compensation in excess of $250,000;

(ix) acquire by merger or consolidation with, or merge or consolidate with, or purchase substantially all or a material portion of the assets of, any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture or other business organization or division thereof;

(x) incur or assume any indebtedness for borrowed money under its term facility with Argentum Securities Ireland plc and/or its facility with Silicon Valley Bank and/or any other third party debt facilities, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, which is not in excess of $100,000;

(xi) (i) make or change any material election in respect of Taxes in a manner inconsistent with past practice, (ii) amend, modify or otherwise change any filed Tax Return in a manner that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) adopt or request permission of any taxing authority to change any accounting method in respect of material Taxes, (iv) enter into any closing agreement in respect of material Taxes executed on or prior to the Closing Date or enter into any Tax sharing or similar agreement (other than customary commercial contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business not primarily related to Taxes), (v) settle any claim or assessment in respect of material Taxes, (vi) surrender or allow to expire any right to claim a refund of material Taxes, (vii), file any Tax Return of the Company or its Subsidiaries in a manner that is materially inconsistent with the past practices of the Company, or (viii) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of material Taxes or in respect to any material Tax attribute that would give rise to any claim or assessment of Taxes;

(xii) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, transfer, encumber, dispose or deliver any additional shares of Company Capital Stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into Company Capital Stock or grant any additional equity or equity-based compensation (including Company Restricted Stock) other than (i) in the ordinary course of business not to exceed the amount of Company Ordinary Shares available for grant under the Company Incentive Plan on the date of this Agreement, or (ii) upon the exercise or settlement of Company Options under the Company Incentive Plan and applicable award agreement outstanding on the date of this Agreement in accordance with their terms as in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and (iii) as required to comply with any Company Benefit Plan as in effect on the date of this Agreement;

(xiii) adopt a plan of, or otherwise enter into or effect a, complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than the Merger);

(xiv) waive, release, settle, compromise or otherwise resolve any inquiry, investigation, claim, Action, litigation or other Legal Proceedings, except in the ordinary course of business or where such waivers, releases, settlements or compromises are covered by insurance or involve only the payment of monetary damages in an amount less than $250,000 in the aggregate;

(xv) (A) sell, assign, transfer, license, sublicense, covenant not to assert, pledge, encumber, subject to a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien), or grant to, or agree to grant to, any Person rights in or to any Company IP that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than non-exclusive licenses of Company IP granted to customers or distributors in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or dispose of, cancel, abandon or permit to lapse any rights to any Intellectual Property that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries except for the expiration of Company Registered Intellectual Property in accordance with the applicable statutory term (or in the case of immaterial domain names, applicable registration period) or (B) subject any material Company IP to any Copyleft Licenses;

(xvi) disclose or agree to disclose to any Person (other than SPAC or any of its representatives) any Trade Secret or any other material confidential or proprietary information, know-how or process of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to obligations to maintain the confidentiality thereof;

(xvii) make or commit to make capital expenditures other than in an amount not in excess of the amount set forth on Section 7.1(a)(xvii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, in the aggregate;

 

A-60


Table of Contents

(xviii) enter into or extend any collective bargaining agreement or similar labor agreement, other than as required by applicable Law, or recognize or certify any labor union, labor organization, or group of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries as the bargaining representative for any employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(xix) (i) limit the right of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to engage in any line of business or in any geographic area, to develop, market or sell products or services, or to compete with any Person or (ii) grant any exclusive or similar rights to any Person, in each case, except where such limitation or grant does not, and would not be reasonably likely to, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect, or materially disrupt, the ordinary course operation of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(xx) terminate without replacement or amend in a manner materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, any material insurance policy insuring the business of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(xxi) cease conducting, or enter into any new line of business outside of the business currently conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement;

(xxii) make any material change in financial accounting methods, principles or practices, except insofar as may have been required by a change in GAAP or applicable Law; or

(xxiii) enter into any agreement to do any action prohibited under this Section 7.1.

(b) During the Interim Period, except as set forth on Section 7.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as consented to by SPAC in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied) HoldCo and Merger Sub shall not, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or as explicitly contemplated in connection with the Transactions or required by Law or in connection with COVID-19 Measures:

(i) engage in any business or activity other than the consummation of the Exchange;

(ii) amend or otherwise change the HoldCo Organizational Documents or organizational documents of Merger Sub except as otherwise required to implement the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock;

(iv) reclassify, combine, split, subdivide or redeem, or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares;

(v) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant or encumber, or authorize, solicit, propose, or negotiate with respect to the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant or encumbrance of, any shares of any class of capital stock or other securities of HoldCo or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such capital stock, or any other ownership interest (including, without limitation, any phantom interest), of HoldCo or of Merger Sub;

(vi) liquidate, dissolve, reorganize or otherwise wind up the business and operations of HoldCo or of Merger Sub;

(vii) amend any agreement directly related to the Exchange;

(viii) permit any Company Shareholder who acquires HoldCo Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Exchange to transfer, sell, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumber, divest, cancel, abandon or otherwise dispose of any HoldCo Ordinary Shares, or recognize any such transfer, sale, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumbrances, divestment, cancellation, abandonment or other disposition of HoldCo Ordinary Shares;

(ix) transfer, sell, lease, license, mortgage, pledge, surrender, encumber, divest, cancel, abandon or allow to lapse or expire or otherwise dispose of any Company Shares acquired pursuant to the Exchange and

 

A-61


Table of Contents

any such attempted action shall be null and void and HoldCo will not inscribe any such transfer (of any kind as contemplated in this provision) in the shareholder register;

(x) acquire or hold any equity securities or rights thereto in any person other than the Company pursuant to the Exchange except for new HoldCo Ordinary Shares held by the Company upon the Exchange which shall be distributed in kind by the Company to HoldCo to be held in treasury by HoldCo following completion of the Exchange; or

(xi) enter into any formal or informal agreement or otherwise make a binding commitment to do any of the foregoing.

Section 7.2 Inspection. Subject to confidentiality obligations that may be applicable to information furnished to the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries by third parties that may be in the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ possession from time to time, and except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided that, to the extent possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege or compliance with such confidentiality obligation), and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, afford to SPAC and its accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access during the Interim Period, during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice, in such manner as to not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to all of their respective properties, books, Contracts, commitments, Tax Returns, records and appropriate officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and shall furnish such representatives with all financial and operating data and other information concerning the affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries as such representatives may reasonably request; provided, that such access shall not include any unreasonably invasive or intrusive investigations or other testing, sampling or analysis of any properties, facilities or equipment of the Company or its Subsidiaries without the prior written consent of the Company, and (b) the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to SPAC and, if applicable, its accountants, counsel or other representatives, (x) such information and such other materials and resources relating to any Legal Proceeding initiated, pending or threatened during the Interim Period, or to the compliance and risk management operations and activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the Interim Period, in each case, as SPAC or such representative may reasonably request, (y) prompt written notice of any material status updates in connection with any such Legal Proceedings or otherwise relating to any compliance and risk management matters or decisions of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (z) copies of any communications sent or received by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with such Legal Proceedings, matters and decisions (and, if any such communications occurred orally, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, memorialize such communications in writing to SPAC). All information obtained by SPAC or their respective representatives pursuant to this Section 7.1(a) shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement.

Section 7.3 Preparation and Delivery of Additional Company Financial Statements.

(a) As soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement and in any event by no later than April 9, 2021, the Company shall deliver to SPAC audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, together with the auditor’s reports thereon, which comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act (collectively, the “PCAOB Financial Statements”); provided, that upon delivery of such PCAOB Financial Statements, such financial statements shall be deemed “Audited GAAP Financial Statements” for the purposes of this Agreement and the representation and warranties set forth in Section 4.8 (other than those set forth in Section 4.8(a)) shall be deemed to apply to such Audited GAAP Financial Statements with the same force and effect as if made as of the date of this Agreement.

(b) If the Merger Effective Time has not occurred prior to May 14, 2021, as soon as reasonably practicable following May 14, 2021, the Company shall deliver to SPAC the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and

 

A-62


Table of Contents

statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of and for the three-month period ending March 31, 2021 (the “Q1 Financial Statements”), which comply with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act; provided, that upon delivery of such Q1 Financial Statements, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.8 (other than those set forth in Section 4.8(a)) shall be deemed to apply to the Q1 Financial Statements, with the same force and effect as if made as of the date of this Agreement.

(c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts (i) to assist, upon advance written notice, during normal business hours and in a manner such as to not unreasonably interfere with the normal operation of the Company, SPAC in causing to be prepared in a timely manner any other financial information or statements (including customary pro forma financial statements) that are required to be included in the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and any other filings to be made by SPAC with the SEC in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and (ii) to obtain the consents of its auditors with respect thereto as may be required by applicable Law or requested by the SEC.

Section 7.4 Affiliate Agreements. All Affiliate Agreements set forth on Section 7.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be terminated or settled at or prior to the Closing without further liability to HoldCo, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case, except as otherwise set forth on Section 7.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Section 7.5 Acquisition Proposals.

(a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not, and the Company shall instruct and use its reasonable best efforts to cause its representatives, not to, directly or indirectly: (i) initiate, solicit or engage in any negotiations with any Person with respect to, or provide any non-public information or data concerning the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to any Person relating to, an Acquisition Proposal or afford to any Person access to the business, properties, assets or personnel of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) execute or enter into any acquisition agreement, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other arrangement or agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any confidentiality agreement or the anti-takeover laws of any state, (iv) otherwise knowingly encourage or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions, or negotiations or any effort or attempt by any Person to make an Acquisition Proposal or (v) agree or otherwise commit to enter into or engage in any of the foregoing. The Company also agrees that immediately following the execution of this Agreement it shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its and their representatives to, cease any solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than the parties and their respective representatives) conducted heretofore in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or any inquiry or request for information that could reasonably be expected to lead to, or result in, an Acquisition Proposal. The Company shall promptly (and in any event within two Business Days) notify, in writing, SPAC of the receipt of any inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information received after the date hereof that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to result in or lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall include a summary of the material terms of such inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information. The Company shall promptly (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours) keep SPAC reasonably informed of any material developments with respect to any such inquiry, proposal, offer, request for information or Acquisition Proposal (including any material changes thereto).

Section 7.6 Shareholder Litigation. In the event that any litigation related to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby is brought, or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened in writing, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their boards by any of their shareholders prior to the Closing, the Company shall promptly notify SPAC of any such litigation and keep SPAC reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. The Company and any of its

 

A-63


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries shall provide SPAC the opportunity to participate in (subject to a customary joint defense agreement), but not control, the defense of any such litigation, shall give due consideration to SPAC’s advice with respect to such litigation and shall not settle or agree to settle any such litigation without the prior written consent of SPAC, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 7.7 Employment Agreement Amendments. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to agree the Employment Agreement Amendments with the relevant employees by Closing and to arrange for all agreed Employment Agreement Amendments to be entered into by the relevant employer entities and employees on Closing.

Section 7.8 Indemnification and Insurance.

(a) From and after the Effective Time, HoldCo agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless each present and former director and officer of the (x) Company and each of its Subsidiaries (in each case, solely to the extent acting in their capacity as such and to the extent such activities are related to the business of the Company being acquired under this Agreement) (the “Company Indemnified Parties”) and (y) SPAC and each of its Subsidiaries (the “SPAC Indemnified Parties” together with the Company Indemnified Parties, the “D&O Indemnified Parties”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any Legal Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to matters existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent that the Company, SPAC or their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, would have been permitted under applicable Law and its respective certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents in effect on the date of this Agreement to indemnify such D&O Indemnified Parties (including the advancing of expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law). Without limiting the foregoing, HoldCo shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to (i) maintain for a period of not less than six (6) years from the Effective Time provisions in its Governing Documents concerning the indemnification and exoneration (including provisions relating to expense advancement) of HoldCo’s and its Subsidiaries’ former and current officers, directors, employees, and agents that are no less favorable to those Persons than the provisions of the Governing Documents of the Company, and its Subsidiaries’ or SPAC, as applicable, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement, and (ii) not amend, repeal or otherwise modify such provisions in any respect that would adversely affect the rights of those Persons thereunder, in each case, except as required by Law. HoldCo shall assume, and be liable for, each of the covenants in this Section 7.8.

(b) For a period of six (6) years from the Effective Time, HoldCo shall maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering those Persons who are currently covered by SPAC’s, the Company’s, HoldCo’s, Merger Sub’s or their respective Subsidiaries’ directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies (true, correct and complete copies of which have been heretofore made available to the Company or its agents or representatives) on terms not less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage; provided, however, that (i) HoldCo may cause coverage to be extended under the current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance by obtaining a six (6) year “tail” policy containing terms not materially less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage with respect to claims existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time and (ii) if any claim is asserted or made within such six (6) year period, any insurance required to be maintained under this Section 7.8 shall be continued in respect of such claim until the final disposition thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 7.8 shall survive the consummation of the Merger indefinitely and shall be binding, jointly and severally, on HoldCo and all successors and assigns of HoldCo. In the event that HoldCo or any of its successors or assigns consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or Surviving Company or entity of such consolidation or merger or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, HoldCo shall ensure that proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of HoldCo shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 7.8.

 

A-64


Table of Contents

(d) On or prior to the Closing Date, HoldCo shall enter into customary indemnification agreements reasonably satisfactory to each of the Company and SPAC with the post-Closing directors and officers of HoldCo, which indemnification agreements shall continue to be effective following the Closing.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS OF SPAC

Section 8.1 Trust Account. As of the Effective Time, the obligations of SPAC to dissolve or liquidate within a specified time period as contained in SPAC Articles of Association will be terminated and SPAC shall have no obligation whatsoever to dissolve and liquidate the assets of SPAC by reason of the consummation of the Merger or otherwise, and no SPAC Shareholders shall be entitled to receive any amount from the Trust Account. At least 48 hours prior to the Merger Effective Time, SPAC shall provide notice to the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement and shall deliver any other documents, opinions or notices required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement and shall cause the Trustee prior to the Effective Time to transfer all funds held in the Trust Account to SPAC (to be held as available cash on the balance sheet of SPAC, and to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the business following the Closing) and thereafter shall cause the Trust Account and the Trust Agreement to terminate.

Section 8.2 No Solicitation by SPAC. From the date hereof until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI, SPAC shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, and SPAC shall instruct its and their representatives, not to, (i) make any proposal or offer that constitutes a Business Combination Proposal, (ii) initiate any discussions or negotiations with any Person with respect to a Business Combination Proposal or (iii) enter into any acquisition agreement, business combination, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other agreement relating to a Business Combination Proposal, in each case, other than to or with the Company and its respective representatives. From and after the date hereof, SPAC shall, and shall instruct its officers and directors to, and SPAC shall instruct and cause its representatives, its Subsidiaries and their respective representatives to, immediately cease and terminate all discussions and negotiations with any Persons that may be ongoing with respect to a Business Combination Proposal (other than the Company and its representatives).

Section 8.3 SPAC Conduct of Business.

(a) During the Interim Period, SPAC shall, except as contemplated by this Agreement (including as contemplated by the PIPE Investment or FPA Termination), or as consented to by the Company in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), operate its business in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as consented to by the Company in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), SPAC shall not, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement (including as contemplated by the PIPE Investment) or the Ancillary Agreements or as required by Law:

(i) seek any approval from SPAC Shareholders, to change, modify or amend the Trust Agreement or the Governing Documents of SPAC, except as contemplated by the Transaction Proposals or otherwise to obtain SPAC Extension;

(ii) (x) make or declare any dividend or distribution to SPAC Shareholders or make any other distributions in respect of any of SPAC’s Capital Stock, share capital or equity interests, (y) split, combine, reclassify or, save pursuant to the FPA Termination, otherwise amend any terms of any shares or series of SPAC’s Capital Stock or equity interests, or (z) purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding share capital, outstanding shares of capital stock, share capital or membership interests, warrants or other equity interests of SPAC, other than a redemption of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares made as part of SPAC Share Redemptions;

 

A-65


Table of Contents

(iii) make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, (A) amend, modify or otherwise change any filed material Tax Return, (B) adopt or request permission of any taxing authority to change any accounting method in respect of material Taxes, (C) enter into any closing agreement in respect of material Taxes or enter into any Tax sharing or similar agreement, (D) settle any claim or assessment in respect of material Taxes, (E) surrender or allow to expire any right to claim a refund of material Taxes, (F) file any Tax Return in a manner that is inconsistent with the past practices of SPAC or (G) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of material Taxes or in respect to any material Tax attribute that would give rise to any claim or assessment of Taxes;

(iv) other than as expressly required by the SPAC Investor Support Agreement or to give effect to the FPA Termination, enter into, renew or amend in any material respect, any transaction or Contract with an Affiliate of SPAC (including, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) the Sponsor and (y) any Person in which the Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership interest of 5% or greater);

(v) incur or assume any Indebtedness or guarantee any Indebtedness of another Person, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire any debt securities of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or guaranty any debt securities of another Person, other than any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000;

(vi) incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any Indebtedness or otherwise knowingly and purposefully incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any other material liabilities, debts or obligations, other than fees and expenses for professional services incurred in support of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or in support of the ordinary course operations of SPAC (which the parties agree shall include any Indebtedness in respect of any Working Capital Loan incurred in the ordinary course of business);

(vii) (A) issue any SPAC Securities or securities exercisable for or convertible into SPAC Securities, (B) grant any options, warrants or other equity-based awards with respect to SPAC Securities not outstanding on the date hereof, or (C) save pursuant to the FPA Termination, amend, modify or waive any of the material terms or rights set forth in any SPAC Warrant or the Warrant Agreement, including any amendment, modification or reduction of the warrant price set forth therein; or

(viii) enter into any agreement to do any action prohibited under this Section 8.3.

(b) During the Interim Period, SPAC shall, comply with, and continue performing under, as applicable, SPAC’s Governing Documents, the Trust Agreement and all other agreements or Contracts to which SPAC may be a party, except that SPAC agrees that it shall cause the FPA Termination to occur in accordance with and as contemplated by Section 8.7.

Section 8.4 Inspection. Subject to confidentiality obligations that may be applicable to information furnished to SPAC by third parties that may be in SPAC’s possession from time to time, and except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided that, to the extent possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege or compliance with such confidentiality obligation), and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, SPAC shall provide to the Company and, if applicable, its accountants, counsel or other representatives, (x) such information concerning the affairs of SPAC and such other information, materials and resources relating to any Legal Proceeding initiated, pending or threatened during the Interim Period, or to the compliance and risk management operations and activities of SPAC during the Interim Period, in each case, as the Company or such representative may reasonably request, (y) prompt written notice of any material status updates in connection with any such Legal Proceedings or otherwise relating to any compliance and risk management matters or decisions of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (z) copies of any communications sent or received by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with such Legal Proceedings, matters and decisions (and, if any such communications occurred

 

A-66


Table of Contents

orally, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, memorialize such communications in writing to SPAC). All information obtained by the Company, HoldCo, Merger Sub or their respective representatives pursuant to this Section  8.4) shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement.

Section 8.5 SPAC Public Filings. From the date hereof through the Effective Time, SPAC will keep current and timely file all reports required to be filed or furnished with the SEC and otherwise comply in all material respects with its reporting obligations under applicable Laws.

Section 8.6 Shareholder Litigation. In the event that any litigation related to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby is brought, or, to the knowledge of SPAC, threatened in writing, against SPAC or SPAC Board by any of SPAC Shareholders prior to the Closing, SPAC shall promptly notify the Company of any such litigation and keep the Company reasonably informed with respect to the status thereof. SPAC shall provide the Company the opportunity to participate in (subject to a customary joint defense agreement), but not control, the defense of any such litigation, shall give due consideration to the Company’s advice with respect to such litigation and shall not settle or agree to settle any such litigation without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 8.7 Forward Purchase Agreement Termination. Prior to the FPS Closing (as such term is defined in the Forward Purchase Agreement), the SPAC will procure the termination of the Forward Purchase Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, termination of the rights and obligations of SC Health Group Limited with respect to the SPAC Forward Purchase Warrants under the Warrant Agreement) without liability or further obligation of SPAC or SC Health Group Limited (the “FPA Termination”).

ARTICLE IX

JOINT COVENANTS

Section 9.1 HSR Act; Other Filings.

(a) In connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, to the extent required under any Laws that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition or creation or strengthening of a dominant position through merger or acquisition, including the HSR Act and the Laws of any jurisdiction or Governmental Authority outside of the United States (“Antitrust Laws”), each party hereto agrees to promptly (and, to the extent required, shall cause its Affiliates to) substantially comply with and take reasonably necessary and appropriate actions with respect to Antitrust Laws, including in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after the date hereof complying with the notification and reporting requirements of the HSR Act. Each of the parties hereto shall substantially comply with any Antitrust Information or Document Requests. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.1 shall not apply to any notices or filings made with CFIUS pursuant to the DPA.

(b) Each of the parties hereto shall (and, to the extent required, shall cause its Affiliates to) request early termination of any waiting period under the HSR Act and exercise its reasonable best efforts to (i) obtain termination or expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act and (ii) prevent the entry, in any Legal Proceeding brought by an Antitrust Authority or any other Person, of any Governmental Order which would prohibit, make unlawful or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) The parties hereto shall cooperate in good faith with Governmental Authorities and use reasonable best efforts to complete lawfully the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as practicable (but in any event prior to the Agreement End Date) and use reasonable best efforts to avoid, prevent, eliminate or remove the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding in any forum by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority or the

 

A-67


Table of Contents

issuance of any Governmental Order that would delay, enjoin, prevent, restrain or otherwise prohibit the consummation of the Merger, including, with the Company’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, delayed or denied), (i) proffering and consenting and/or agreeing to a Governmental Order or other agreement providing for (A) the sale, licensing or other disposition, or the holding separate, of particular assets, categories of assets or lines of business of the Company or SPAC or (B) the termination, amendment or assignment of existing relationships and contractual rights and obligations of the Company or SPAC and (ii) promptly effecting the disposition, licensing or holding separate of assets or lines of business or the termination, amendment or assignment of existing relationships and contractual rights, in each case, at such time as may be necessary to permit the lawful consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on or prior to the Agreement End Date.

(d) With respect to each of the above filings, and any other requests, filings, inquiries, Actions or other proceedings by or from Governmental Authorities, each of the parties hereto (i) diligently and expeditiously defend and use reasonable best efforts to obtain any necessary clearance, approval, consent, or Governmental Authorization under Laws prescribed or enforceable by any Governmental Authority for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to resolve any objections as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) cooperate fully with each other in the defense of such matters. To the extent not prohibited by Law, the Company shall promptly furnish to SPAC, and SPAC shall promptly furnish to the Company, copies of any notices or written communications received by such party or any of its Affiliates from any third party or any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party shall permit counsel to the other parties an opportunity to review in advance, and each party shall consider in good faith the views of such counsel in connection with, any proposed written communications by such party and/or its Affiliates to any Governmental Authority concerning the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, that none of the parties shall extend any waiting period or comparable period under the HSR Act or enter into any agreement with any Governmental Authority without the written consent of the other parties. To the extent not prohibited by Law, the Company agrees to provide SPAC and its counsel, and SPAC agrees to provide the Company and its counsel, the opportunity, on reasonable advance notice, to participate in any substantive meetings or discussions, either in person or by telephone, between such party and/or any of its Affiliates, agents or advisors, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, concerning or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 9.2 Preparation of Proxy Statement/Registration Statement; Shareholders’ Meeting and Approvals.

(a) Registration Statement and Prospectus.

(i) As promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement and receipt of the PCAOB Financial Statements, (x) HoldCo, SPAC and the Company shall jointly prepare and file with the SEC, mutually acceptable materials which shall include the proxy statement to be filed with the SEC as part of the Registration Statement and sent to SPAC Shareholders relating to SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting (such proxy statement, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Proxy Statement”), and (y) SPAC, HoldCo and the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC the Registration Statement, in which the Proxy Statement will be included as a prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Registration Statement”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants to be issued in the Merger and Exchange or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the units comprising such (collectively, the “Registration Statement Securities”). Each of the parties hereto shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement to comply with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing and to keep the Registration Statement effective as long as is necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. SPAC also agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary state securities law or “Blue Sky” permits and approvals required to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby, and the

 

A-68


Table of Contents

Company shall furnish all information concerning the Company, its Subsidiaries and any of their respective members or shareholders as may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action. Each of the parties hereto agrees to furnish to the other parties all information concerning itself, its Subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, shareholders, and other equityholders and information regarding such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable or as may be reasonably requested in connection with the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement, a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of SPAC, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries to any regulatory authority (including the NYSE) in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the “Offer Documents”). SPAC will cause the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement to be mailed to SPAC Shareholders, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act.

(ii) To the extent not prohibited by Law, SPAC will advise the Company, reasonably promptly after SPAC receives notice thereof, of the time when the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement has become effective or any supplement or amendment has been filed, of the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of the qualification of SPAC Ordinary Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or written threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplement of the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement or for additional information. To the extent not prohibited by Law, the Company and their counsel shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and any Offer Document each time before any such document is filed with the SEC, and SPAC shall give reasonable and good faith consideration to any comments made by the Company and its counsel. To the extent not prohibited by Law, SPAC shall provide the Company and their counsel with (i) any comments or other communications, whether written or oral, that SPAC or its counsel may receive from time to time from the SEC or its staff with respect to the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement or Offer Documents as promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt of those comments or other communications and (ii) a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response of SPAC to those comments and to provide comments on that response (to which reasonable and good faith consideration shall be given), including by participating with the Company or its counsel in any discussions or meetings with the SEC.

(iii) Each of SPAC and the Company shall ensure that none of the information supplied by or on its behalf for inclusion or incorporation by reference in (A) the Registration Statement will, at the time the Registration Statement is filed with the SEC, at each time at which it is amended and at the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading or (B) the Proxy Statement will, at the date it is first mailed to SPAC Shareholders and at the time of SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(iv) Not in limitation, but in furtherance of the immediately preceding clause (iii), at any time prior to the Effective Time, any information relating to SPAC, the Company or HoldCo or any of their respective affiliates, directors or officers, should be discovered by SPAC, the Company or HoldCo which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to either the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, so that either such document would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, the party that discovers such information shall promptly notify the other parties hereto and an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by Law, disseminated to SPAC Shareholder.

(v) The Registration Statement, to the extent permitted by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, also will register the resale of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares that constitute the Merger Consideration or was issued in connection with the Exchange or Transactions, other than certain equity securities issuable under

 

A-69


Table of Contents

the Incentive Equity Plan that are based on HoldCo Ordinary Shares and constitute a portion of the Merger Consideration, which shall instead be registered pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-1 or Form S-3) in accordance with Section 9.2(a).

(b) SPAC Shareholder Approval. SPAC shall (a) as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act, (i) cause the Proxy Statement to be disseminated to SPAC Shareholders in compliance with applicable Law, (ii) solely with respect to the following clause (1), duly (1) give notice of and (2) convene and hold an extraordinary general meeting of SPAC Shareholders (the “SPAC Shareholders Meeting”) in accordance with SPAC’s Governing Documents and Section 710 of the NYSE Listing Rules for a date no later than thirty (30) Business Days following the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, and (iii) solicit proxies from the holders of SPAC Ordinary Shares to vote in favor of each of the Transaction Proposals, and (b) provide SPAC Shareholders with the opportunity to elect to effect a SPAC Share Redemption. Subject to any Permitted Withdrawal, SPAC shall, through its Board of Directors, recommend to SPAC Shareholders the (A) the adoption and approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with applicable Law and exchange rules and regulations, (B) adoption and approval of the Plan of Merger in accordance with section 233(6) of the Cayman Statute (C) adoption and approval of any other proposals as the SEC (or staff member thereof) may indicate are necessary in its comments to the Registration Statement or correspondence related thereto, (E) adoption and approval of any other proposals as reasonably agreed by SPAC and the Company to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and (F) adjournment of SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies because there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt any of the foregoing (such proposals in (A) through (D), together, the “Transaction Proposals”), and include such recommendation in the Proxy Statement. SPAC Board shall not withdraw, amend, qualify or modify its recommendation to SPAC Shareholders that they vote in favor of the Transaction Proposals (together with any withdrawal, amendment, qualification or modification of its recommendation to SPAC Shareholders described in the Recitals hereto, a “Modification in Recommendation”); provided that, in the event that the SPAC Board determines a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred, the SPAC Board may make a withdrawal of such recommendation or an amendment, qualification or modification of such recommendation to the extent required, upon the advice of counsel, in order to comply with its fiduciary duties (a “Permitted Withdrawal”). SPAC shall, subject to any Permitted Withdrawal, promptly notify (and in any event, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to making any such Permitted Withdrawal or amendment, qualification or modification) the Company in writing of any determination to make any Permitted Withdrawal of its recommendation or amendment, qualification or modification of its recommendation in a manner adverse to the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, (x) SPAC’s obligations to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting shall not be affected by any Modification in Recommendation, save for any Permitted Withdrawal, (y) SPAC agrees to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting and submit for approval the Transaction Proposals and (z) SPAC agrees that if SPAC Shareholder Approval shall not have been obtained at any such SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, then SPAC shall promptly continue to take all such necessary actions, including the actions required by this Section 9.2(b), and hold additional SPAC Shareholders’ Meetings in order to obtain SPAC Shareholder Approval. SPAC may only adjourn SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting (i) to solicit additional proxies for the purpose of obtaining SPAC Shareholder Approval, (ii) for the absence of a quorum and (iii) to allow reasonable additional time for the filing or mailing of any supplemental or amended disclosure that SPAC has determined in good faith after consultation with outside legal counsel is required under applicable Law and for such supplemental or amended disclosure to be disseminated and reviewed by SPAC Shareholders prior to SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting; provided, that, without the consent of the Company, SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting (x) may not be adjourned to a date that is more than fifteen (15) days after the date for which SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting was originally scheduled (excluding any adjournments required by applicable Law) and (y) shall not be held later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Agreement End Date. SPAC agrees that it shall provide the holders of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares the opportunity to elect redemption of such SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting, as required by SPAC’s Governing Documents.

 

A-70


Table of Contents

(c) Company Shareholder Approvals of Scheme of Arrangement. Upon the terms set forth in this Agreement, the Company and HoldCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to solicit and obtain approvals to the Resolutions and the HoldCo Shareholder Approval including, for the avoidance of doubt, HoldCo circulating the HoldCo Shareholder Approval to its member for approval prior to the Initial Exchange.

Section 9.3 Support of Transaction. Without limiting any covenant contained in Article VII, or Article VIII, HoldCo, SPAC (subject to its right of Permitted Withdrawal only), Merger Sub and the Company shall each, and each shall cause its Subsidiaries to (a) use reasonable best efforts to obtain all material consents and approvals of third parties that any of SPAC, or the Company or their respective Affiliates are required to obtain in order to consummate the Merger, and (b) take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or as another party hereto may reasonably request to satisfy the conditions of Article X or otherwise to comply with this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as practicable (including any applicable actions or filings required under or in connection with the NSIB). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no action taken by the Company under this Section 9.3 will constitute a breach of Section 7.1.

Section 9.4 Tax Matters. All transfer, documentary, sales, use, real property, stamp, registration and other similar Taxes, fees and costs (including any associated penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement that are payable by SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company or its Subsidiaries (“Transfer Taxes”) shall constitute Transaction Expenses. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, at their own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns with respect to all such Taxes, and, if required by applicable Law, SPAC will cooperate and join in the execution of any such Tax Returns.

Section 9.5 Section 16 Matters. Prior to the Effective Time, each of the HoldCo, Company and SPAC shall take all such steps as may be required (to the extent permitted under applicable Law) to cause any dispositions of shares of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares, Company Capital Stock or acquisitions of SPAC Ordinary Shares (including, in each case, securities deliverable upon exercise, vesting or settlement of any derivative securities) resulting from the transactions contemplated hereby by each individual who may become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Section 9.6 Cooperation; Consultation.

(a) Prior to Closing, each of HoldCo, the Company and SPAC shall, and each of them shall cause its respective Subsidiaries (as applicable) and its and their officers, directors, managers, employees, consultants, counsel, accounts, agents and other representatives to, reasonably cooperate in a timely manner in connection with any financing arrangement the parties mutually agree to seek in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the consummation of any such financing by HoldCo, the Company or SPAC shall be subject to the parties’ mutual agreement), including (if mutually agreed by the parties) (a) by providing such information and assistance as the other parties may reasonably request, (b) granting such access to the other parties and its representatives as may be reasonably necessary for their due diligence, and (c) participating in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions with respect to such financing efforts (including direct contact between senior management and other representatives of HoldCo, the Company and its Subsidiaries at reasonable times and locations). All such cooperation, assistance and access shall be granted during normal business hours and shall be granted under conditions that shall not unreasonably interfere with the business and operations of HoldCo, the Company, SPAC, or their respective auditors.

(b) From the date of the announcement of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (pursuant to any applicable public communication made in compliance with Section 12.12), until the Closing Date, SPAC shall use its reasonable best efforts to, and shall instruct its financial advisors to, keep the Company and its financial advisors reasonably informed with respect to the PIPE Investment during such period, including by (i) providing regular updates and (ii) consulting and cooperating with, and considering in good faith any feedback from, the Company or its financial advisors with respect to such matters.

 

A-71


Table of Contents

Section 9.7 Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and to applicable Laws, prior to Closing, the Parties shall cooperate and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action (including executing and delivering and documents, certificates, instruments and other papers that are necessary for the consummation of the Transactions), and do, or cause to be done, and assist and cooperate with the other Parties in doing, all things necessary to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable the Transactions. The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use its and their commercially reasonable efforts to send the requisite notice to or to solicit and obtain the consents of as applicable, the contractual counterparties to the Contracts listed on Section 9.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter prior to the Closing; provided, however, that no Party nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to pay or commit to pay any amount to (or incur any obligation in favor of) any Person from whom any such consent may be required (unless such payment is explicitly required in accordance with the terms of the relevant Contract requiring such consent); provided, further, that the Parties acknowledge and agree that the failure to obtain any such consents is not, and shall not be, a condition to Closing.

Section 9.8 Employee Matters.

(a) Equity Plan. Prior to the effectiveness of the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement, HoldCo shall approve and adopt, subject to receipt of HoldCo Shareholder Approval, (w) an incentive equity plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and an employee stock purchase plan in the form attached as Exhibit F (with such changes that may be agreed in writing by SPAC and the Company (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either SPAC or the Company, as applicable)) (the “Incentive Equity Plans”), (x) a form of stock option agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SPAC not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SPAC’s (or SPAC’s designee’s) review and comment, and (y) a form of restricted stock unit agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SPAC not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SPAC’s (or SPAC’s designee’s) review and comment, and (z) a form of restricted stock agreement, which such form shall be distributed to SPAC not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to HoldCo approval and adoption for SPAC’s (or SPAC’s designee’s) review and comment, in each case, effective as of the Closing Date. Within two (2) Business Days following the expiration of the sixty (60) day period following the date HoldCo has filed current Form 10 information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company, HoldCo shall file an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or other applicable form, including Form S-3) with respect to the HoldCo Ordinary Shares issuable under the Incentive Equity Plans, and HoldCo shall use reasonable best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement(s) (and maintain the current status of the prospectus or prospectuses contained therein) for so long as awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plans remain outstanding.

(b) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that all provisions contained in this Section 9.8 are included for the sole benefit of SPAC, HoldCo and the Company, and that nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, (i) shall be construed to establish, amend, or modify any employee benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, (ii) shall limit the right of SPAC, HoldCo, the Company or their respective Affiliates to amend, terminate or otherwise modify any Company Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan, agreement or other arrangement following the Closing Date, or (iii) shall confer upon any Person who is not a party to this Agreement (including any equityholder, any current or former director, manager, officer, employee or independent contractor of the Company, or any participant in any Company Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan, agreement or other arrangement (or any dependent or beneficiary thereof)), any right to continued or resumed employment or recall, any right to compensation or benefits, or any third-party beneficiary or other right of any kind or nature whatsoever.

Section 9.9 Post-Closing Directors and Officers of HoldCo. Subject to the terms of HoldCo’s Governing Documents and the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE, SPAC, the Company and HoldCo shall take all

 

A-72


Table of Contents

such action within its power as may be necessary or appropriate such that immediately following the Effective Time:

(a) unless and until the CFIUS Approval has been obtained, the Board of Directors of HoldCo shall consist of up to seven (7) director nominees, with such initial director nominees, to be designated by the Company pursuant to written notice to SPAC as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement (one of whom shall be the current Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors), subject to SPAC’s reasonable acceptance of such initial director nominees:

(b) following the date that the CFIUS Approval is obtained (if at all), the Board of Directors of HoldCo shall consist of up to nine (9) directors, which shall initially include:

(i) so long as the Sponsor and its Affiliates continue to own HoldCo Ordinary Shares, two (2) Class II director nominees to be designated by the Sponsor pursuant to written notice to be delivered to the Company or HoldCo (as applicable) as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of the CFIUS Approval (which notice must, in any event, be delivered prior to the date that is the later of (x) June 30, 2022 and (y) the date of the 2022 Annual Meeting of HoldCo shareholders), and SPAC shall consult with the Company or HoldCo (as applicable) with regards to the identity of such director nominees;

(ii) two (2) director nominees to be designated by the Company (one of whom shall be the current Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors), and the Company shall consult with SPAC with regards to the identity of the non-Chairman director nominee; and

(iii) five (5) director nominees to be designated by the Company, subject to SPAC’s reasonable acceptance of the initial director nominees pursuant to Section 9.9(a).

(c) the Board of Directors of HoldCo shall have a majority of “independent” directors for the purposes of NYSE rules, each of whom shall serve in such capacity in accordance with the terms of the HoldCo’s Governing Documents following the Effective Time; and

(d) the initial officers of HoldCo shall be as set forth on Section 2.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter (as may be updated by the Company prior to Closing following written notice to SPAC subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.9), who shall serve in such capacity in accordance with the terms of HoldCo’s Governing Documents following the Effective Time.

(e) The Company and SPAC shall (i) jointly file a draft of the Notice with CFIUS (the “CFIUS filing”) contemplated under 31 C.F.R. § 800.501 with respect to SPAC’s director nominee rights pursuant to Section 9.8(a)(i) of this Agreement (the “Designation Right”) as soon as reasonably practicable following the execution of this Agreement, and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving CFIUS notification that the draft Notice meets all requirements of 31 C.F.R. § 800.502 and is, accordingly, complete, jointly file with CFIUS a voluntary notice as contemplated under 31 C.F.R. § 800.501(a). Any filings fees or similar costs associated with the CFIUS Filing shall be borne by SPAC.

(f) The Company and SPAC shall (i) cooperate and coordinate with the other in the making of the CFIUS filing except as prohibited by applicable law or order or as directed by CFIUS, including any U.S. Government agency that is a member of CFIUS including, (x) providing copies of all such documents and materials to each other (or their outside counsel) prior to filing, and (y) considering all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested in connection therewith and in connection with resolving any investigation, request or other inquiry from CFIUS under the applicable laws or orders with respect to any such filing, (ii) supply the other party (or its outside counsel) with any information and reasonable assistance that may be required or reasonably requested by CFIUS in connection with the making of the filing, (iii) supply any certifications, additional information, documents or other materials that may be required or reasonably requested by CFIUS in connection with the notice filing or the Designation Right as soon as practicable and in all cases within the amount of time allowed by CFIUS, and (iv) use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be

 

A-73


Table of Contents

done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to obtain the CFIUS Approval as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall SPAC or any of its Affiliates be obligated in connection with the CFIUS Approval, to (A) propose or agree to accept any undertaking or condition, to enter into any consent decree, to make any divestiture or accept any operational restriction, or take or commit to make payments or enter into any commercial arrangement, or commit, or commit to take, any action which action limits the freedom of action of SPAC or any of its Affiliates with respect to its or its Affiliates’ or the Company’s or the Company’s subsidiaries’ businesses, product lines or assets, (B) defend through litigation, any Action asserted by any Person in any court before any Governmental Authority with respect to any notifications, filings, registrations and other materials required or necessary under the DPA or appeal any adverse decision or order by any such governmental body with respect to CFIUS, or (C) take any actions that would reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse impact on the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries, SPAC or any of its Affiliates.

(g) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to receipt of CFIUS Approval, SPAC shall not request or obtain from the Company or its subsidiaries, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall not provide to the Sponsor or its Affiliates, either directly or indirectly (through any other person or otherwise), (i) control rights (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.208); (ii) access to material nonpublic technical information (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.232); (iii) the right to appoint any member or observer to the board or equivalent governing body of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (iv) the right to have involvement with substantive decision making, as those terms are defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.229 and 31 C.F.R. § 800.245, respectively, regarding (x) the use, development, acquisition, safekeeping, or release of any sensitive personal data of U.S. citizens (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.241) maintained or collected by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (y) the use, development, acquisition, or release of critical technologies (as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 800.215); or (z) the management, operation, manufacture, maintenance, or supply of covered investment critical infrastructure identified in column 1 of Appendix A to 31 C.F.R. Part 800.

Section 9.10 NYSE Listing and De-Listing.

(a) The Company, HoldCo and SPAC shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the HoldCo Ordinary Shares and HoldCo Warrants issuable in the Merger or the Exchange and the HoldCo Ordinary Shares that will become issuable upon the exercise of the HoldCo Warrants to be approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

(b) The Company, HoldCo and SPAC shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause SPAC Units, SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares and SPAC Warrants to be delisted from NYSE (or be succeeded by the respective HoldCo securities) and to terminate its registration with the SEC pursuant to Sections 12(b), 12(g) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or be succeeded by HoldCo) as of the Closing Date or as soon as practicable thereafter.

Section 9.11 PIPE Subscriptions. Unless otherwise approved in writing by HoldCo and SPAC (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), SPAC and HoldCo shall not permit any amendment or modification to be made to, any waiver (in whole or in part) of, or provide consent to modify (including consent to terminate), any provision or remedy under, or any replacements of, any of the Subscription Agreements. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, SPAC and HoldCo shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions required, necessary or that it otherwise deems to be proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements on the terms described therein, including each using its reasonable best efforts to enforce its rights under the Subscription Agreements to cause the PIPE Investors to pay to (or as directed by) HoldCo, the applicable purchase price under each PIPE Investor’s applicable Subscription Agreement in accordance with its terms.

Section 9.12 Confidentiality. From the date of this Agreement until Closing, each Party shall be bound by and comply with the provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement as if such provisions were set forth herein,

 

A-74


Table of Contents

and such provisions are hereby incorporated herein by reference; provided, that effective as of and subject to the consummation of the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect (other than the terms that expressly survive the termination of the Confidentiality Agreement as set forth therein) without any further action of any of the parties thereto. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that each is aware, and each of their respective Affiliates and representatives is aware (or upon receipt of any material nonpublic information of the other Party, will be advised), of the restrictions imposed by the United States federal securities Laws and other applicable foreign and domestic Laws on Persons possessing material nonpublic information about a public company. Each Party hereby agrees, that until Closing, except in connection with or support of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, while any of them are in possession of such material nonpublic information, none of such Persons shall, directly or indirectly (through its Affiliates or otherwise), acquire, offer or propose to acquire, agree to acquire, sell or transfer or offer or propose to sell or transfer any securities of SPAC, communicate such information to any other Person or cause or encourage any Person to do any of the foregoing in violation of such US federal securities Laws and other applicable foreign and domestic Laws.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS

Section 10.1 Conditions to Obligations of SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company. The obligations of SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by all of such parties:

(a) SPAC Shareholder Approval shall have been obtained;

(b) The Resolutions (other than the Creditor Scheme Court Meeting Resolution) being duly passed by the requisite majorities at the Equity Court Meeting and the General Meeting and the Equity Scheme and (if applicable) the Capital Reduction being sanctioned or confirmed (as applicable) by the Court;

(c) The Equity Scheme Document approved by the Court shall have been filed with the Registrar of Companies (England and Wales);

(d) The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC and not withdrawn;

(e) The waiting period or periods under the HSR Act applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements shall have expired or been terminated;

(f) There shall not be in force any Governmental Order, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Merger (including any restriction or prohibition under or in connection with the NSIB); provided, that the Governmental Authority issuing such Governmental Order has jurisdiction over the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby;

(g) SPAC shall have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act); and

(h) The HoldCo Ordinary Shares shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

Section 10.2 Conditions to Obligations of SPAC(a) . The obligations of SPAC to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more

 

A-75


Table of Contents

of which may be waived in writing by SPAC:(i) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in the first sentence of Section 4.6(a) shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; (ii) the representations and warranties made pursuant to the first and second sentences of Section 4.1 (Company Organization), the first and second sentences of Section 4.2 (Subsidiaries), Section 4.3 (Due Authorization), Section 4.6 (Capitalization of the Company) (other than the first sentence of Section 4.6(a)), Section 4.7 (Capitalization of Subsidiaries), and Section 4.16 (Brokers Fees) shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; and (iii) each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement other than the representations and warranties made pursuant to the first and second sentences of Section 4.1 (Company Organization), the first and second sentences of Section 4.2 (Subsidiaries), Section 4.3 (Due Authorization), Section 4.6 (Capitalization of the Company), Section 4.7 (Capitalization of Subsidiaries), and Section 4.16 (Brokers Fees), (disregarding any qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality, material adverse effect and Company Material Adverse Effect or any similar qualification or exception) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct at and as of such date, except for, in each case, inaccuracies or omissions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b) The representations and warranties of the HoldCo and Merger Sub contained in Section 6.3(a) and Section 6.3(b), respectively, shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; (ii) the representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 6.1 (Corporate Organization), Section 6.3 (Capitalization), Section 6.4 (Authority Relative to this Agreement), Section 6.8 (Post-Closing Operations; No Prior Obligations of HoldCo or Merger Sub) and Section 6.10 (Brokers Fees) shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; and (iii) each of the representations and warranties of the HoldCo and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement other than the representations and warranties made pursuant to the Section 6.1 (Corporate Organization), Section 6.3 (Capitalization), Section 6.4 (Authority Relative to this Agreement), Section 6.8 (Post-Closing Operations; No Prior Obligations of HoldCo or Merger Sub) and Section 6.10 (Brokers’ Fees) (disregarding any qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality, material adverse effect or any similar qualification or exception) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct at and as of such date, except for, in each case, inaccuracies or omissions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) Each of the covenants of the Company and HoldCo to be performed as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects; provided, that for purposes of this Section 10.2(c), a covenant of the Company shall only be deemed to have not been performed if the Company has failed to cure within twenty (20) days after notice (or if earlier, the Agreement End Date).

 

A-76


Table of Contents

Section 10.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company. The obligation of HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by the Company:

(a) (i) The representations and warranties of SPAC contained in Section 5.13 shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement and (ii) each of the representations and warranties of SPAC contained in this Agreement (other than Section 5.13) (disregarding any qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to materiality, material adverse effect or any similar qualification or exception) shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, except with respect to such representations and warranties which speak as to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of such date, except for changes after the date of this Agreement which are contemplated or expressly permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements;

(b) Each of the covenants of SPAC to be performed as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects; and

(c) The amount of cash actually received by HoldCo substantially concurrently with the Closing from the PIPE Investments shall be no less than $150,000,000.

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION/EFFECTIVENESS

Section 11.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned:

(a) by written consent of the Company and SPAC;

(b) by the Company or SPAC if any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Governmental Order which has become final and non-appealable and has the effect of making consummation of the Merger illegal or otherwise preventing or prohibiting or restricting consummation of the Merger; provided, that the Governmental Authority issuing such Governmental Order has jurisdiction over the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby;

(c) by the Company if SPAC Shareholder Approval shall not have been obtained by reason of the failure to obtain the required vote at SPAC Shareholders’ Meeting duly convened therefor or at any adjournment thereof;

(d) by SPAC if the Resolutions in connection with the Equity Scheme have not been approved by the requisite majorities;

(e) by either the Company or SPAC if the Court shall decline or refuse to sanction the Equity Scheme, unless both the Company and SPAC agree in writing that the decision of the Court shall be appealed;

(f) prior to the Closing by written notice to the Company from SPAC if, pursuant to the articles of association of SPAC, SPAC is required to cease all operations as a result of not completing a business combination;

(g) prior to the Closing by written notice to the Company from SPAC if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company, Merger Sub or HoldCo set forth in

 

A-77


Table of Contents

this Agreement, such that the conditions specified in Section 10.2(a), Section 10.2(b) or Section 10.2(c) would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “Terminating Company Breach”), except that, if such Terminating Company Breach is curable by the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts, then, for a period of up to thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of notice from SPAC of such breach, but only as long as the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub continues to use its respective reasonable best efforts to cure such Terminating Company Breach (the “Company Cure Period”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall become effective only if the Terminating Company Breach is not cured within the Company Cure Period, or (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before December 31, 2021 (the “Agreement End Date”), unless SPAC is in material breach hereof and such breach may be cured; or

(h) prior to the Closing, by written notice to SPAC from the Company if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of SPAC set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions specified in Section 10.3(a) and Section 10.3(b) would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “Terminating SPAC Breach”), except that, if any such Terminating SPAC Breach is curable by SPAC through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts, then, for a period of up to thirty (30) days after receipt by SPAC of notice from the Company of such breach, but only as long as SPAC continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts to cure such Terminating SPAC Breach (the “SPAC Cure Period”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall become effective only if the Terminating SPAC Breach is not cured within SPAC Cure Period or (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before the Agreement End Date, unless the Company is in material breach hereof and such breach may be cured.

Section 11.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party hereto or its respective Affiliates, officers, directors or shareholders, other than liability of the Company, HoldCo, SPAC or Merger Sub, as the case may be, for any willful and material breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, except that the provisions of this Section 11.2 and Article XII and the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Trust Account Waiver. The Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub acknowledge that SPAC is a blank check company with the powers and privileges to effect a Business Combination. The Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub further acknowledge that, as described in the prospectus dated June 21, 2019 (the “Prospectus”) available at www.sec.gov, substantially all of SPAC assets consist of the cash proceeds of SPAC’s initial public offering and private placements of its securities and substantially all of those proceeds have been deposited in a the trust account for the benefit of SPAC, certain of its public shareholders and the underwriters of SPAC’s initial public offering (the “Trust Account”). The Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub acknowledge that it has been advised by SPAC that, except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to SPAC to pay its franchise Tax, income Tax and similar obligations, the Trust Agreement provides that cash in the Trust Account may be disbursed only (i) if SPAC completes the transactions which constitute a Business Combination, then to those Persons and in such amounts as described in the Prospectus; (ii) if SPAC fails to complete a Business Combination within the allotted time period and liquidates, subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, to SPAC in limited amounts to permit SPAC to pay the costs and expenses of its liquidation and dissolution, and then to SPAC’s public shareholders; and (iii) if SPAC holds a shareholder vote to amend SPAC’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to redeem 100% of SPAC Ordinary Shares if SPAC fails to complete a Business Combination within the allotted time period, then for the redemption of any SPAC Ordinary Shares properly tendered in connection with such vote. For and in consideration of SPAC entering into this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub hereby irrevocably waive

 

A-78


Table of Contents

any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they have or may have in the future in or to any monies in the Trust Account and agree not to seek recourse against the Trust Account or any funds distributed therefrom as a result of, or arising out of, this Agreement and any negotiations, Contracts or agreements with SPAC; provided, that (x) nothing herein shall serve to limit or prohibit the Company’s, HoldCo’s or Merger Sub’s right to pursue a claim against SPAC for legal relief against monies or other assets held outside the Trust Account, for specific performance or other equitable relief in connection with the consummation of the transactions (including a claim for SPAC to specifically perform its obligations under this Agreement and cause the disbursement of the balance of the cash remaining in the Trust Account (after giving effect to SPAC Share Redemptions) to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Trust Agreement) so long as such claim would not affect SPAC’s ability to fulfill its obligation to effectuate SPAC Share Redemptions, or for fraud and (y) nothing herein shall serve to limit or prohibit any claims that the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub may have in the future against SPAC’s assets or funds that are not held in the Trust Account (including any funds that have been released from the Trust Account and any assets that have been purchased or acquired with any such funds).

Section 12.2 Waiver. Any party to this Agreement may, at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken by its Board of Directors, Board of Managers, Managing Member or other officers or Persons thereunto duly authorized, (a) extend the time for the performance of the obligations or acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties (of another party hereto) that are contained in this Agreement or (c) waive compliance by the other parties hereto with any of the agreements or conditions contained in this Agreement, but such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party granting such extension or waiver.

Section 12.3 Notices. All notices and other communications among the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or (iv) when delivered by email (in each case in this clause (iv), solely if receipt is confirmed, but excluding any automated reply, such as an out-of-office notification), addressed as follows:

 

  (a)

If to SPAC prior to the Closing, or to SPAC after the Effective Time, to:

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Attention: Jeri Kwek

AJ Coloma

Eric Teo

Terence Fong

Aaron Wee

Clement Chen

  Email:

jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

aj.coloma@sincapital.com

eric.teo@sincapital.com

terence.fong@sincapital.com

aaron.wee@sincapital.com

Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

 

A-79


Table of Contents

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-8704

United States of America

Attention: Carl Marcellino

                  Elizabeth Todd

Email: Carl.Marcellino@ropesgray.com

            Elizabeth.Todd@ropesgray.com

(b) If to the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub prior to the Closing, or to the Surviving Company or HoldCo after the Effective Time, to:

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor

1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman

Email: andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention: James Masetti

                Jarrod Murphy

Email: jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

            jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

or to such other address or addresses as the parties may from time to time designate in writing. Copies delivered solely to outside counsel shall not constitute notice.

Section 12.4 Assignment. No party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the other parties and any such transfer without prior written consent shall be void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 12.5 Rights of Third Parties. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the parties hereto, any right or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement; provided, however, that the D&O Indemnified Parties and the past, present and future directors, managers, officers, employees, incorporators, members, partners, shareholders, Affiliates, agents, attorneys, advisors and representatives of the parties, and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (and their successors, heirs and representatives), are intended third-party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, Section 12.16.

Section 12.6 Expenses. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each party hereto shall be responsible for and pay its own expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees of its legal counsel, financial advisers and accountants; provided, that if the Closing shall occur, the Surviving Entity shall (x) pay or cause to be paid, the Unpaid Transaction Expenses, and (y) pay or cause to be paid, any transaction expenses of SPAC, in each of case (x) and (y), in accordance with Section 2.5(c); and

 

A-80


Table of Contents

For the avoidance of doubt, any payments to be made (or to cause to be made) by the Surviving Entity pursuant to Section  12.60 shall be paid upon consummation of the Merger and release of proceeds from the Trust Account.

Section  12.7 Governing Law. This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of Laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 12.8 Headings; Counterparts. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 12.9 Company and SPAC Disclosure Letters. The Company Disclosure Letter and SPAC Disclosure Letter (including, in each case, any section thereof) referenced herein are a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. All references herein to the Company Disclosure Letter and/or SPAC Disclosure Letter (including, in each case, any section thereof) shall be deemed references to such parts of this Agreement, unless the context shall otherwise require. Any disclosure made by a party in the applicable Disclosure Letter, or any section thereof, with reference to any section of this Agreement or section of the applicable Disclosure Letter shall be deemed to be a disclosure with respect to such other applicable sections of this Agreement or sections of applicable Disclosure Letter if it is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure that such disclosure is responsive to such other section of this Agreement or section of the applicable Disclosure Letter. Certain information set forth in the Disclosure Letters is included solely for informational purposes and may not be required to be disclosed pursuant to this Agreement. The disclosure of any information shall not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment that such information is required to be disclosed in connection with the representations and warranties made in this Agreement, nor shall such information be deemed to establish a standard of materiality.

Section 12.10 Entire Agreement. (i) This Agreement (together with the Company Disclosure Letter and SPAC Disclosure Letter), (ii) SPAC Investor Support Agreement and Company Holders Support Agreement, and (iii) the Employment Agreement Amendments, (iv) the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement; (v) the Andrew Rickman Employment Agreement Amendment and (vi) the Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2020, between SPAC and the Company or its Affiliate (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) (clause (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi), each an “Ancillary Agreement” and collectively, the “Ancillary Agreements”) constitute the entire agreement among the parties to this Agreement relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede any other agreements, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the parties hereto or any of their respective Subsidiaries relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, agreements, oral or otherwise, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby exist between such parties except as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 12.11 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed in the same manner as this Agreement and which makes reference to this Agreement.

Section 12.12 Publicity.

(a) All press releases or other public communications relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and the method of the release for publication thereof, shall prior to the Closing be subject to the prior mutual approval of SPAC and the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by any party; provided, that no party shall be required to obtain consent pursuant to this Section 12.12(a) to the extent any proposed release or

 

A-81


Table of Contents

statement is substantially equivalent to the information that has previously been made public without breach of the obligation under this Section 12.12(a).

(b) The restriction in Section 12.12(a) shall not apply to the extent the public announcement is required by applicable securities Law, any Governmental Authority or stock exchange rule; provided, however, that in such an event, the party making the announcement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the other party in advance as to its form, content and timing. Disclosures resulting from the parties’ efforts to obtain approval or early termination under the HSR Act and to make any relating filing shall be deemed not to violate this Section 12.12.

Section 12.13 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The parties further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the parties.

Section 12.14 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) Any proceeding or Action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby must be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, to the extent such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware), or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, Delaware, except to the extent mandatorily governed by (x) the laws of Cayman Islands, including the provisions effecting the Merger or (y) the laws of England and Wales, including the provisions relating to the Scheme of Arrangement and the Exchange, and each of the parties irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such proceeding or Action, (ii) waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, (iii) agrees that all claims in respect of the proceeding or Action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and (iv) agrees not to bring any proceeding or Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by Law or to commence Legal Proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any Action, suit or proceeding brought pursuant to this Section 12.14.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, UNCONDITIONALLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.15 Enforcement. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage could occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to specific enforcement of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy to which any party is entitled at law or in equity. In the event that any Action shall be brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party shall allege, and each party hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law, and each party agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection therewith.

 

A-82


Table of Contents

Section 12.16 Non-Recourse. Except in the case of claims against a Person in respect of such Person’s actual fraud:

(a) Solely with respect to the Company, HoldCo, SPAC and Merger Sub, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may only be brought against, the Company, HoldCo, SPAC and Merger Sub as named parties hereto; and

(b) except to the extent a party hereto (and then only to the extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such party hereto), (i) no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, direct or indirect equityholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative or Affiliate of HoldCo, the Company, SPAC or Merger Sub and (ii) no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, direct or indirect equityholder, shareholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative or Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall have any liability (whether in Contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of any one or more of HoldCo, the Company, SPAC or Merger Sub under this Agreement for any claim based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 12.17 Non-Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Except (x) as otherwise contemplated by Section 11.2 or (y) in the case of claims against a Person in respect of such Person’s actual fraud, none of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations or other agreements in this Agreement or in any certificate, statement or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including any rights arising out of any breach of such representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, agreements and other provisions, shall survive the Closing and shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Effective Time (and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof), except for (a) those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part after the Closing and then only with respect to any breaches occurring after the Closing and (b) this Article XII.

Section 12.18 Conflicts and Privilege.

(a) HoldCo, SPAC and the Company, on behalf of their respective successors and assigns (including, after the Closing, the Surviving Company), hereby agree that, in the event a dispute with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby arises after the Closing between or among (x) the Sponsor, the Surviving Company, shareholders or holders of other equity interests of SPAC or the Sponsor and/or any of their respective directors, members, partners, officers, employees or Affiliates (other than the Surviving Company) (collectively, the “SPAC Group”), on the one hand, and (y) HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and/or any member of the Rockley Group, on the other hand, any legal counsel, including Ropes & Gray LLP (“Ropes”), that represented SPAC and/or the Sponsor prior to the Closing may represent the Sponsor and/or any other member of SPAC Group, in such dispute even though the interests of such Persons may be directly adverse to the Surviving Company or HoldCo, and even though such counsel may have represented SPAC in a matter substantially related to such dispute, or may be handling ongoing matters for the Surviving Company and/or the Sponsor. HoldCo, SPAC and the Company, on behalf of their respective successors and assigns, further agree that, as to all legally privileged communications prior to the Closing (made in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance under, or any dispute or Action arising out of or relating to, this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby) between or among SPAC, the Sponsor and/or any other member of SPAC Group, on the one hand, and Ropes, on the other hand, the attorney/client privilege and the expectation of client confidence shall survive the Merger and belong to SPAC Group after the Closing, and shall not pass to or be claimed or controlled by the Surviving Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any privileged communications or information shared by the Company prior to the Closing with SPAC or the Sponsor under a common interest agreement shall remain the privileged communications or information of the Surviving Company.

 

A-83


Table of Contents

(b) SPAC, HoldCo and the Company, on behalf of their respective successors and assigns (including, after the Closing, the Surviving Company), hereby agree that, in the event a dispute with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby arises after the Closing between or among (x) the shareholders or holders of other equity interests of the Company, HoldCo, the Surviving Company and/or any of their respective directors, members, partners, officers, employees or Affiliates (collectively, the “Rockley Group”), on the one hand, and (y) any member of SPAC Group, on the other hand, any legal counsel, including Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (“Pillsbury”) that represented the Company prior to the Closing may represent any member of the Rockley Group in such dispute even though the interests of such Persons may be directly adverse to SPAC Group, and even though such counsel may have represented SPAC and/or the Company in a matter substantially related to such dispute, or may be handling ongoing matters for the Surviving Company, further agree that, as to all legally privileged communications prior to the Closing (made in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance under, or any dispute or Action arising out of or relating to, this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby) between or among the Company and/or any member of the Rockley Group, on the one hand, and Pillsbury, on the other hand, the attorney/client privilege and the expectation of client confidence shall survive the Merger and belong to the Rockley Group after the Closing, and shall not pass to or be claimed or controlled by the Surviving Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any privileged communications or information shared by SPAC prior to the Closing with the Company under a common interest agreement shall remain the privileged communications or information of the Surviving Company.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-84


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Angelo John Coloma

Name:   Angelo John Coloma
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]

 

A-85


Table of Contents
ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

Name:   Dr. Andrew George Rickman
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]

 

A-86


Table of Contents
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

Name:   Dr. Andrew George Rickman
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]

 

A-87


Table of Contents
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

Name:   Dr. Andrew George Rickman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Business Combination Agreement]

 

A-88


Table of Contents

Exhibit A

Memorandum of Association of HoldCo

(See Attached)

 

A-89


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

[    ] AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

[        ]

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on [                ] and

effective [                ])

 

1

The name of the Company is [                ].

 

2

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI-1106, Cayman Islands, British West Indies or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Act (Revised) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4

The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5

The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00001 each. The Company has the power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (Revised) and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

6

The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7

Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

A-90


Table of Contents

Exhibit B

Articles of Association of HoldCo

(See Attached)

 

A-91


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

[    ] AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

[                ]

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on [                ] and

effective [                 ])

INTERPRETATION

 

1

In these Articles, Table A in the Schedule in the Companies Act does not apply and unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

 

Articles    these Articles of Association of the Company as altered or added to, from time to time;
Board” or “Board of Directors    the board of Directors for the time being of the Company;
Business Day    a day (excluding Saturdays or Sundays), on which banks in London, United Kingdom, California, United States and New York, United States are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;
Chairman    the Chairman appointed pursuant to Article 78;
Commission    Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;
Companies Act    the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Companies Act is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
Company    [                 ], a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;
Company’s Website    the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;
Designated Stock Exchange    The New York Stock Exchange or any other internationally recognized stock exchange where the Company’s securities are traded;
“Directors”    the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;
“electronic”    the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Act;
“electronic communication”    electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;
“Electronic Record”    has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

A-92


Table of Contents
“Electronic Transactions Act”    the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Electronic Transactions Act is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
“in writing”    includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;
“Member”    the meaning given to it in the Companies Act;
“Memorandum of Association”    the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and re-stated from time to time;
“month”    calendar month;
“Ordinary Resolution”   

a resolution:

 

(a) passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

(b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments if more than one, is executed;

“paid up”    paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;
“Register of Members”    the register to be kept by the Company in accordance with the Companies Act;
“seal”    the Common Seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;
“Securities Act”    the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;
“share”    any share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
“signed”    includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;
“Special Resolution”    the meaning given to it in the Companies Act and includes a unanimous written resolution;
“Statutes”    the Companies Act and every other laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company;
“Treasury Share”    means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Companies Act;
“year”    calendar year.

 

A-93


Table of Contents
2

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;

 

  (c)

words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

 

  (d)

“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (e)

“may” shall be construed as permissive and “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (f)

a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States;

 

  (g)

references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

  (h)

any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  (i)

the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

  (j)

headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

  (k)

any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (l)

any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

  (m)

Section 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act shall not reply;

 

  (n)

the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

  (o)

the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

3

Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Act shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4

The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.

 

5

The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

6

Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum of Association, these Articles and to any direction that may be given by the Company in a general meeting, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and

 

A-94


Table of Contents
  without approval of the existing Members, issue shares, grant rights over existing shares or issue other securities in one or more series as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the shares held by existing Members, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form.

 

7

The Directors may provide, out of the unissued shares, for series of preferred shares. Before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall fix, by resolution or resolutions, the following provisions of the preferred shares thereof:

 

  (a)

the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;

 

  (b)

whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

  (c)

the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (d)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

  (e)

the amount or amounts payable upon preferred shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;

 

  (f)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

  (g)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

  (h)

the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (i)

the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and

 

  (j)

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

Without limiting the foregoing and subject to Article 78, the voting powers of any series of preferred shares may include the right, in the circumstances specified in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares, to elect one or more Directors who shall serve for such term and have such voting powers as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares. The term of office and voting powers of any Director elected in the manner provided in the immediately preceding sentence of this Article 7 may be greater than or less than those of any other Director or class of Directors.

 

A-95


Table of Contents
8

The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. All shares of any one series of preferred shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

9

The Company shall maintain a Register of its Members and a Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates (if any) shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the Member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

 

10

All share certificates shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

11

Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

12

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

13

In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

14            (a)

Subject to the terms of the Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants issued pursuant to the Articles on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

  (b)

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

15

The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods

 

A-96


Table of Contents
  as the Board may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

16

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

17

All instruments of transfer that shall be registered shall be retained by the Company.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

18

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

19

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

20

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Act, including out of capital.

 

21

The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

TREASURY SHARES

 

22

The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

23

The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

 

24

If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class.

 

25

The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class or series of shares except the following:

 

  (a)

separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the entire Board of Directors (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 25 or Article 24 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting.

 

A-97


Table of Contents
  (b)

the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued shares of the class or series and that any holder of shares of the class or series present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

26

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority thereto or pari passu therewith.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

27

The Company may in so far as the Statutes from time to time permit pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

28

No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statutes) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

29

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 calendar days notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

30

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

31

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

32

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

33

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members, or the particular shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

34

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

 

A-98


Table of Contents

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

35

If a Member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of such much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

36

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 calendar days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

37

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

38

A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

39

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the fully paid up amount of the shares.

 

40

A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director of the Company, which certifies that a share has been forfeited on a date stated in the certificate, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share or any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

41

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

42

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share.

 

43

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

44

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in

 

A-99


Table of Contents
  respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

45

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

 

  (d)

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

46

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles as regards to the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

47

All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

48

For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case 30 calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least 10 calendar days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.

 

49

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within 90 calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.

 

50

If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

A-100


Table of Contents

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

51

All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

52    (a)

The Company may hold an annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall determine.

 

  (b)

At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

53    (a)

The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

  (b)

A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

  (c)

The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the principal place of business of the Company (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

  (d)

If the Directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.

 

  (e)

A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

54

At least seven calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five percent in par value of the shares giving that right.

 

55

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

56

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. One or more Members holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

A-101


Table of Contents
57

If provided for by the Company, a person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

58

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

59

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

60

If at any meeting the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the Directors present shall elect one of their members to be chairman of the meeting, or, if no Director is so elected and willing to be chairman of the meeting, the Members present shall choose a chairman of the meeting.

 

61

The chairman may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 10 calendar days or more, not less than 7 Business Days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

62

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more Members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together hold not less than 10 percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

 

63

If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

64

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

65

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

66

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every Member present in person and every person representing a Member by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members.

 

67

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

68

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in the

 

A-102


Table of Contents
  nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

 

69

No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

70

On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

71

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

72

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

73

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a)

not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c)

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any Director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

74

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

 

75

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

DEPOSITARY AND CLEARING HOUSES

 

76

If a recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise

 

A-103


Table of Contents
  such Person(s) as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any general meeting of the Company or of any Class of Shareholders of the Company provided that, if more than one Person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and Class of Shares in respect of which each such Person is so authorised. A Person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as that recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorisation, including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED

 

77

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

DIRECTORS

 

78    (a)

Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one or more than nine Directors. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

 

  (b)

The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of Directors. At the 2022 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2023 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2024 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of the Company, Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

  (c)

The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman (the “Chairman”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The Directors may also elect a Co-Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Co-Chairman”). The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Co-Chairman, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the chairman of the meeting. The Chairman’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors.

 

  (d)

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or, subject to the first sentence of Article 78(a), as an addition to the existing Board.

 

  (e)

The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, or the sole remaining Director, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or, subject to the

 

A-104


Table of Contents
  first sentence of Article 78(a), as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under applicable corporate governance rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, as long as the Company’s securities are traded on the Designated Stock Exchange. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the board of Directors shall, subject to Article [78(b)], determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

79

Subject to Article 78, a Director may be removed from office but only for cause and only by Ordinary Resolution at any time before the expiration of his term.

 

80

A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 79 above may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. Any Director elected or appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the board of Directors shall, subject to Article 78 above, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

81

The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange where the Company’s securities are traded, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

82

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

83

The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

84

Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

A-105


Table of Contents

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

85

Any Director may in writing appoint another person to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote thereat as a Director when the person appointing him is not personally present and, where he is a Director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

86

Any Director may appoint any person, whether or not a Director, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve, and must be lodged with the chairman of the meeting at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

87

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

88

Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto determine if any Managing Director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

89

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

90

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

91

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

 

A-106


Table of Contents
92

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

 

93

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

94

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.

 

95

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

96

The Company intends that it shall be UK tax resident and the Board of Directors shall conduct its business in a manner consistent with that intention.

VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR

 

97

Notwithstanding anything in these Articles, the office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a)

dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (d)

shall be removed from office pursuant to Articles 78 or 79 or the Statutes.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

98

The Directors may meet together (whether within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit.

 

99

A Board meeting may be called by a Director by giving notice in writing to the Board specifying a date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Board shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice of such meeting to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any).

 

100  (a)

At least ten (10) Business Days’ notice shall be given to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any) for a Board meeting, provided that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the consent of all the Directors or their respective alternates (if any).

 

  (b)

An agenda identifying in reasonable detail the issues to be considered by the Directors at any such meeting and copies (in printed or electronic form) of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting together with all relevant information shall be provided to and received by all Directors and their alternates (if any) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date for such meeting. The agenda for each meeting shall include any matter submitted to the Company by any Director at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting.

 

A-107


Table of Contents
  (c)

Unless approved by all Directors (whether or not present or represented at such meeting), matters not set out in the agenda need not be considered at a Board meeting.

 

101

A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

102

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a Director and his appointed alternate Director shall be considered only one person for this purpose.

 

103

If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within thirty (30) minutes following the time appointed for such Board meeting, the relevant meeting shall be adjourned for a period of at least three (3) Business Days and the presence of any three (3) Directors shall constitute a quorum at such adjourned meeting. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.

 

104

Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and each Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote in deciding matters deliberated at any meeting of the Directors.

 

105

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

106

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

107

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

108

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

A-108


Table of Contents
  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

109

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting, the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

110

A resolution signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted and when signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

 

111

The continuing Directors may act, notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if their number is reduced below the number fixed pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, then the continuing Directors may act only to increase the number or to summon a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

112

A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

113

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

114

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

115

A Director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

116  (a)

A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

  (b)

A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

  (c)

A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

A-109


Table of Contents
  (d)

No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

  (e)

A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

117

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

118

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

119

The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

120

Any dividend may be paid by cheque or wire transfer to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

121

The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

122

No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Companies Act, the share premium account.

 

123

Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

A-110


Table of Contents
124

If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of the share.

 

125

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

126

Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

 

127

The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

128

The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statutes or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

129

The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

130

Subject to the requirements of applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

 

131

The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Companies Act.

AUDIT

 

132

The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

133

Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

A-111


Table of Contents
134

Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next special meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors at any general meeting of the Members.

THE SEAL

 

135

The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

136

The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint, and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence .

 

137

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

OFFICERS

 

138

Subject to Article 86, the Company may have Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, appointed by the Directors. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

139

Subject to the Companies Act and these Articles, the Board may, [with the authority of an Ordinary Resolution]:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a share premium account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members in proportion to the nominal amount of shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on shares held by them respectively; or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

and allot the shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Members (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the

 

A-112


Table of Contents

capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to Members credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make any arrangements it thinks fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a person to enter (on behalf of all the Members concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Members respectively, credited as fully paid, of shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Members (by the application of their respective operations of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares,

an agreement made under the authority being effective and binding on all those Members; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

NOTICES

 

140

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). or by placing it on the Company’s Website. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

141

Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

142

Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

143

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, service of the notice shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted);

 

  (b)

cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted;

 

  (c)

recognised courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly delivered to the courier; or

 

  (d)

e-mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

144

Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has

 

A-113


Table of Contents
  notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

145

Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them;

 

  (b)

every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and

 

  (c)

each Director and Alternate Director.

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

146

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

147

The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

148

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles) and officer of the Company or a Group Company for the time being and from time to time including for 6 years following ceasing to be a director or officer shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a Director or officer of the Company or a Group Company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or a Group Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

149

No such Director or officer of the Company or a Group Company shall be liable to the Company or the relevant Group Company for any loss or damage unless such liability arises through the wilful neglect or wilful default of such Director or officer.

 

150

The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

151

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

 

A-114


Table of Contents

WINDING UP

 

152

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

  (a)

if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

  (b)

if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

153

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statutes, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND

NAME OF COMPANY

 

154

The Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

155

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS

 

156

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Companies Act) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Companies Act) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

A-115


Table of Contents

Exhibit C

Form of Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement

(See Attached)

 

A-116


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                     , 2021, is made and entered into by and among Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Sponsor”) and certain shareholders or optionholders of Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (“Target”), set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (such shareholders, the “Target Holders” and, collectively with the Sponsor and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.12 of this Agreement, the “Holders” and each, a “Holder”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among the Company, SC Health Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”) and Target, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the Target became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and (b) Merger Sub, merged with and into SPAC (the “Merger”), with SPAC continuing as the surviving corporation as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, (the “Business Combination”);

WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Holders received shares of the Company’s Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.00001 per share;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to certain securities of the Company, as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

Additional Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Additional Holder Ordinary Shares” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact

 

A-117


Table of Contents

necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, declared effective or used, as the case may be and (c) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Block Trade” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.

Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Business Combination Agreement.

Closing Date” shall have the meaning given in the Business Combination Agreement.

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto and includes the Company’s successors by recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction.

Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Equity Awards” shall mean those options and/or awards, exercisable into Ordinary Shares, granted to certain Target Holders under the Incentive Equity Plans (each as defined in the Business Combination Agreement).

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.2.

Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto, for so long as such person or entity holds any Registrable Securities.

Joinder” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Lock-up” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.1.

Lock-up Parties” shall mean, as applicable, the Sponsor, the Target Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees.

Lock-up Period” shall mean:

(A) with respect to the Target Holders, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date;

(B) with respect to the Sponsor in respect of Lock-up Shares other than any of the Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Private Placement Warrants, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (i) 365 days after the Closing Date and (ii) (x) if the closing price of an Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations,

 

A-118


Table of Contents

reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing Date, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property; and

(C) with respect to the to the Sponsor in respect of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Private Placement Warrants, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date.

Lock-up Shares” shall mean the Ordinary Shares and any other equity securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Ordinary Shares (including any Private Placement Warrants) held by the Sponsor or Target Holders immediately following the Closing or Ordinary Shares issued with respect to or in exchange for Equity Awards on or after the Closing as permitted by this Agreement (other than Ordinary Shares acquired in the public market and, in respect of SC Health Group Limited, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, those Ordinary Shares acquired pursuant to SC Health Group Limited’s forward purchase agreement with the SPAC).

Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

Merger” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Merger Sub” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company with a nominal value of $0.00001 per share.

Other Coordinated Offering” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean (a) with respect to the Target Holders and Sponsor and their respective Permitted Transferees, (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 5.2 and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter, and (b) with respect to all other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees, any person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities, including prior to the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2.1.

Private Placement Warrants” shall mean the warrants held by the Sponsor, purchased by the Sponsor in the private placement that occurred concurrently with the closing of the SPAC’s initial public offering, including any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of such warrants in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement.

 

A-119


Table of Contents

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registrable Security” shall mean (a) any outstanding Ordinary Shares and any other equity security (including the Private Placement Warrants and any other warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any other equity security) of the Company held by a Holder immediately following the Closing (including any securities distributable pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement), (b) any Additional Holder Ordinary Shares, and (c) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clause (a), (b) or (c) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement by the applicable Holder; (B) (i) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred (other than to a Permitted Transferee), (ii) new certificates for such securities not bearing (or book entry positions not subject to) a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and (iii) subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor rule promulgated under the Securities Act (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations including as to manner or timing of sale); (E) such securities have been sold without registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rules promulgated under the Securities Act and (F) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.

Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, Prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses” shall mean the documented, out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any national securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed;

(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(C) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(D) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

(E) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

(F) in an Underwritten Offering or Other Coordinated Offering, reasonable fees and expenses not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate for each Registration of one (1) legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders.

 

A-120


Table of Contents

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Requesting Holders” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf” shall mean the Form S-1 Shelf, the Form S-3 Shelf or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown” shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

Sponsor shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Sponsor Member” shall mean a member of Sponsor who becomes party to this Agreement as a Permitted Transferee of Sponsor.

Subscription Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.2.

Target” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Target Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale or assignment of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

Underwriter” shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.6.

 

A-121


Table of Contents

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

2.1 Shelf Registration.

2.1.1 Filing. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Closing Date, the Company shall submit to or file with the Commission a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf”) or a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), if the Company is then eligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such submission or filing) on a delayed or continuous basis and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (a) the ninetieth (90th) calendar day following the filing date thereof (or the one hundred and twentieth (120th) calendar day following the filing date thereof if the Commission notifies the Company that it will “review” the Registration Statement) and (b) the tenth (10th) business day after the date the Company is notified in writing by the Commission that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. Such Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. The Company shall maintain a Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep a Shelf continuously effective, available for use to permit the Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.1, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.

2.1.2 Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 3.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including using commercially efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such filing). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer at the time of filing (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, available for use to permit the Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form at the time of filing. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on another appropriate form. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.2, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.

2.1.3 Additional Registrable Securities. Subject to Section 3.4, in the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the Company, upon

 

A-122


Table of Contents

written request of such Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, any then available Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or by filing a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such additional Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year for each of the Sponsor and the Target Holders.

2.1.4 Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. Subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, the Sponsor, or a majority-in-interest of the Target Holder (any of the Sponsor or a Target Holder being in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder, either individually or together with other Demanding Holders, with a total offering price of at least $30 million in the aggregate (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2.4.4, the Company shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Sponsor may demand not more than two (2) Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Target Holders may not demand more than three (3) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns, in each case, pursuant to this Section 2.1.4 in any twelve (12) month period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Offering pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form S-3, that is then available for such offering.

2.1.5 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, advises the Company, the Demanding Holders and the Holders requesting piggy back rights pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Requesting Holders”) (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell and all other Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering, before including any Ordinary Shares or other equity securities proposed to be sold by Company or by other holders of Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, the Registrable Securities of (i) first, the Demanding Holders that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that all of the Demanding Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) and (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that all of the Requesting Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

2.1.6 Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding

 

A-123


Table of Contents

Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that the Sponsor or a Target Holder may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the Sponsor or the Target Holders or any of their respective Permitted Transferees, as applicable. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the withdrawing Demanding Holder for purposes of Section 2.1.4, unless either (i) such Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) such Demanding Holder reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (or, if there is more than one Demanding Holder, a pro rata portion of such Registration Expenses based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown); provided that, if the Sponsor or a Target Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by the Sponsor or such Target Holder, as applicable, for purposes of Section 2.1.4. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.1.6, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this Section 2.1.6.

2.2 Piggyback Registration.

2.2.1 Piggyback Rights. Subject to Section 2.4.3, if the Company or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, (v) a Block Trade or (vi) an Other Coordinated Offering, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). The rights provided under this Section 2.2.1 shall not be available to any Holder at such time as there is an effective Shelf available for the resale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1. Subject to Section 2.2.2, the Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a

 

A-124


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering.

2.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, and (iii) Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(a) if the Registration or registered offering is undertaken for the Company’s account, the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

(b) if the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a demand by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

(c) if the Registration or registered offering and Underwritten Shelf Takedown is pursuant to a request by Holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering securities in the priority set forth in Section 2.1.5.

2.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdraw from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations,

 

A-125


Table of Contents

shall be governed by Section 2.1.6) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons or entities pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include a Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2.1.6), the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.2.3.

2.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2.1.6, any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2.1.4 hereof.

2.3 Market Stand-off. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering), if requested by the managing Underwriters, each Holder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Ordinary Shares or other equity securities of the Company (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the ninety (90)-day period (or such shorter time agreed to by the managing Underwriters) beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except as expressly permitted by such lock-up agreement or in the event the managing Underwriters otherwise agree by written consent. Each such Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders).

2.4 Block Trades; Other Coordinated Offerings.

2.4.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II, but subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in (a) an underwritten registered offering not involving a “roadshow,” an offer commonly known as a “block trade” (a “Block Trade”), or (b) an “at the market” or similar registered offering through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, whether as agent or principal (an “Other Coordinated Offering”), in each case, (x) with a total offering price of at least $30 million in the aggregate or (y) with respect to all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then such Demanding Holder only needs to notify the Company of the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering at least five (5) business days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided that the Demanding Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any Underwriters, brokers, sales agents or placement agents prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering.

2.4.2 Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company, the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) and any brokers, sales agents or placement agents (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.4.2.

 

A-126


Table of Contents

2.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2.2 shall not apply to a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

2.4.4 The Demanding Holder in a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to select the Underwriters and any brokers, sales agents or placement agents (if any) for such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering (in each case, which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks).

2.4.5 A Demanding Holder in the aggregate may demand no more than two (2) Block Trades or Other Coordinated Offerings pursuant to this Section 2.4 in any twelve (12) month period. For the avoidance of doubt, any Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1.4 hereof.

ARTICLE III

COMPANY PROCEDURES

3.1 General Procedures. In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall:

3.1.1 prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or have ceased to be Registrable Securities;

3.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least two and a half percent (2.5%) of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or have ceased to be Registrable Securities;

3.1.3 prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to furnish any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”);

3.1.4 prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence

 

A-127


Table of Contents

satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

3.1.5 cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

3.1.6 provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

3.1.7 advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

3.1.8 at least three (3) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or such shorter period of time as may be (a) necessary in order to comply with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, as applicable or (b) advisable in order to reduce the number of days that sales are suspended pursuant to Section 3.4), furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

3.1.9 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.4;

3.1.10 in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering, or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters or other financial institutions facilitating such Underwritten Offering, Block Trade, Other Coordinated Offering or other sale pursuant to such Registration, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s or entity’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, financial institution, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives, Underwriters or financial institutions agree to confidentiality arrangements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

3.1.11 obtain a “comfort” letter from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration (subject to such broker, placement agent or sales agent providing such certification or representation reasonably requested by the Company’s independent registered public accountants and the Company’s counsel) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

 

A-128


Table of Contents

3.1.12 in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the participating Holders, the broker, placement agents or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the participating Holders, broker, placement agent, sales agent or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters;

3.1.13 in the event of any Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting or other purchase or sales agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter or the broker, placement agent or sales agent of such offering or sale;

3.1.14 make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);

3.1.15 with respect to an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

3.1.16 otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the participating Holders, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, in connection with such Registration.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to provide any documents or information to an Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent if such Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent has not then been named with respect to the applicable Underwritten Offering or other offering involving a registration as an Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent, as applicable.

3.2 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

3.3 Requirements for Participation in Registration Statement in Offerings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide the Company with its requested Holder Information, the Company may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if the Company determines, based on the advice of counsel, that it is necessary or advisable to include such information in the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. In addition, no person or entity may participate in any Underwritten Offering or other offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such person or entity (i) agrees to sell such person’s or entity’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting or other agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, the exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

 

A-129


Table of Contents

3.4 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure; Restrictions on Registration Rights.

3.4.1 Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that: (a) a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement; (b) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to any Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus, such Registration Statement or Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (c) upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Board, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until (x) in the case of (a) or (b), it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, or (y) in the case of (c), until the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, and, if so directed by the Company, each such Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

3.4.2 Subject to Section 3.4.4, if the submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would (a) require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (b) require the Company to update the financial statements included in the Registration Statement in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements, (c) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control, or (d) in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board such Registration, be detrimental to the Company and the majority of the Board concludes as a result that it is advisable to defer such submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use at such time, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders (which notice shall not specify the nature of the event giving rise to such delay or suspension), delay the submission, filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time determined in good faith by the Company to be necessary for such purpose notwithstanding the requirements of any other provision contained herein, including, without limitation, Section 2.1. In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 3.4.2, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities until such Holder receives written notice from the Company that such sales or offers of Registrable Securities may be resumed, and in each case maintain the confidentiality of such notice and its contents.

3.4.3 Subject to Section 3.4.4, (a) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated Registration and provided that the Company continues to actively employ, in good faith, all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, or (b) if, pursuant to Section 2.1.4, Holders have requested an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Company and Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of underwriters to firmly underwrite such offering, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay any other registered offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4 or 2.4.

3.4.4 The right to delay or suspend any submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement pursuant to clause (a) or (d) of Section 3.4.2 or a registered offering pursuant to Section 3.4.3 shall be exercised by the Company, in the aggregate, for not more than one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or more than one hundred and twenty (120) total calendar days in each case, during any twelve (12)-month period.

 

A-130


Table of Contents

3.5 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.5. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Ordinary Shares held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect). Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

4.1 Indemnification.

4.1.1 The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors and agents and each person or entity who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act), against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. The Company shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.

4.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each person or entity who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement is contained in (or not contained in, in the case of an omission) any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company.

 

A-131


Table of Contents

4.1.3 Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement includes a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the part of such indemnified party or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

4.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person or entity of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

4.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by in the case of an omission), such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.1.5. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

A-132


Table of Contents

ARTICLE V

LOCK-UP

5.1 Lock-Up. Subject to Section 5.2 and Section 5.3, each Lock-up Party agrees that it shall not Transfer any Lock-up Shares prior to the end of, in respect of such Lock-up Party, the applicable Lock-up Period (the “Lock-up”).

5.2 Permitted Transferees. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 5.1, each Lock-up Party may Transfer the Lock-up Shares during the Lock-up Period (a) to (i) the Company’s officers or directors, (ii) any affiliates or family members of the Company’s officers or directors, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership (whether general, limited or otherwise), limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (i) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, syndicate, association or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control or management with the undersigned, and (ii) distributions of Ordinary Shares to its partners, limited liability company members, equity holders or shareholders of the undersigned; , or (iv) any other Lock-up Party or any direct partners, members or equity holders of such other Lock-up Party, any affiliates of such other Lock-up Party or any related investment funds or vehicles controlled or managed by such persons or entities or their respective affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person or entity, or to a charitable organization, (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual, (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (e) in the case of a trust, by distribution to one or more of the permissible beneficiaries of such trust, (f) to the partners, members or equity holders of such Lock-up Party by virtue of the Lock-up Party’s organizational documents, as amended, upon dissolution of the Lock-up Party, (g) bona fide pledges of Ordinary Shares as security or collateral in connection with any bona fide borrowing or incurrence of any indebtedness by any Holder or any member of its group; provided, that any Holder who is subject to any pre-clearance and trading policies of the Company must also comply with any additional restrictions on the pledging of Ordinary Shares imposed on such Holder by the Company’s policies, (h) to the Company, or (i) in connection with a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization, tender offer approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Closing Date. The parties acknowledge and agree that any Permitted Transferee of a Lock-up Party shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in this ARTICLE V with respect to the Lock-Up Shares upon and after acquiring such Lock-Up Shares.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 SPAC Board Appointment Right. Subject to and in accordance with Section 9.9 of the Business Combination Agreement, each of the parties hereby agrees that the Sponsor shall be entitled to the director nomination rights set forth in Section 9.9(b)(i) of the Business Combination Agreement.

6.2 Indemnification and Insurance. The Company hereby agrees that its insurance and indemnification obligations contained in Section 7.8 of the Business Combination Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to any directors appointed to the Board in accordance with Section 6.1.

6.3 Notices. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) recorded mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, or electronic mail. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the

 

A-133


Table of Contents

manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery or electronic mail, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed, if to the Company, to: 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT, Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman or by email: andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address, electronic mail address as set forth in the Company’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 6.3.

6.4 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

6.4.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.

6.4.2 Subject to Section 6.4.4 and Section 6.4.5, this Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of a Holder hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part to such Holder’s Permitted Transferees to which it transfers Registrable Securities; provided that with respect to the Sponsor and the Target Holders, the rights hereunder that are personal to such Holders may not be assigned or delegated in whole or in part, except that the Sponsor shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder to one or more affiliates or any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of the Sponsor (including Sponsor Members), which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include a transfer of its rights in connection with a distribution of any Registrable Securities held by Sponsor to Sponsor Members (it being understood that no such transfer shall reduce or multiply any rights of the Sponsor or such transferees).

6.4.3 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

6.4.4 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons or entities that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section 6.4.

6.4.5 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 6.3 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement, including the joinder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.4 shall be null and void.

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

6.6 Governing Law; Venue. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT (1) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND (2) THE VENUE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EXCLUSIVELY IN THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK COUNTY, AND ANY STATE APPELLATE COURT THEREFROM WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK COUNTY, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK.

 

A-134


Table of Contents

6.7 Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

6.8 Amendments and Modifications. Upon the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the Holders of a majority of the total Registrable Securities in number of Registrable Securities, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of the Sponsor for so long as Sponsor and its affiliates and its Permitted Transferees hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of each Target Holder so long as such Target Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares; and provided, further, that any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of the Company, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

6.9 Other Registration Rights. Other than the certain Holders and third-party investor Stockholders who each have registration rights pursuant to (i) their respective Subscription Agreements and (ii) as provided in the Warrant Agreement, dated as of 29 September 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company represents and warrants that no person or entity, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration Statement filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person or entity. The Company hereby agrees and covenants that it will not grant rights to register any Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares) pursuant to the Securities Act that are more favorable, pari passu or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder without (a) the prior written consent of the Sponsor for so long as the Sponsor and its affiliates and its Permitted Transferees hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, and the prior written consent of each other Holder, for so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, or (b) granting economically and legally equivalent rights to the Holders hereunder such that the Holders shall receive the benefit of such more favorable or senior terms and/or conditions. Further, the Company represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

6.10 Term. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (b) with respect to any Holder, on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.5 and Article IV shall survive any termination.

6.11 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to the Company the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for the Company to make determinations hereunder.

 

A-135


Table of Contents

6.12 Additional Holders; Joinder. In addition to persons or entities who may become Holders pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, subject to the prior written consent of each Holder (so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the Company may make any person or entity who acquires Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares after the date hereof a party to this Agreement (each such person or entity, an “Additional Holder”) by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Additional Holder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Such Joinder shall specify the rights and obligations of the applicable Additional Holder under this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery and subject to the terms of a Joinder by such Additional Holder, the Ordinary Shares then owned, or underlying any rights then owned, by such Additional Holder (the “Additional Holder Ordinary Shares”) shall be Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein and therein and such Additional Holder shall be a Holder under this Agreement with respect to such Additional Holder Ordinary Shares.

6.13 Severability. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

6.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

6.15 Adjustments. If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Registrable Securities by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Registrable Securities as so changed.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

A-136


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-137


Table of Contents
SPONSOR:
SC HEALTH HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-138


Table of Contents
TARGET:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-139


Table of Contents
HOLDERS:
DR. ANDREW GEORGE RICKMAN
By:  

 

  Name:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-140


Table of Contents
HENGTONG OPTIC-ELECTRIC INTERNATIONAL CO. LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-141


Table of Contents
MORNINGSIDE TECHNOLOGY VENTURES LTD
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-142


Table of Contents
MOULTON GOODIES LTD
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-143


Table of Contents
RICHARD VON TSCHARNER
By:  

 

  Name: Richard von Tscharner

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-144


Table of Contents
AARON ZILKIE
By:  

 

  Name: Aaron Zilkie

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

A-145


Table of Contents

Schedule 1

Target Holders

Dr. Andrew George Rickman

Hengtong Optic-Electric International Co. Limited

Morningside Technology Ventures Ltd

Moulton Goodies Ltd

Richard von Tscharner

Aaron Zilkie

 

A-146


Table of Contents

Exhibit A

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT JOINDER

The undersigned is executing and delivering this joinder (this “Joinder”) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2021 (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), and the other persons or entities named as parties therein. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, and upon acceptance hereof by the Company upon the execution of a counterpart hereof, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the Registration Rights Agreement as a Holder of Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Rights Agreement, and the undersigned’s Ordinary Shares shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent provided therein.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the      day of                     , 20    .

 

 

Signature of Stockholder

 

Print Name of Stockholder
Its:
Address:                                                                                        

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of                     , 20    

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

 

By:  

 

Name:
Its:

 

A-147


Table of Contents

Exhibit D

Form of Plan of Merger and Director Declaration

(See Attached)

 

A-148


Table of Contents

PLAN OF MERGER

THIS PLAN OF MERGER (the “Plan of Merger”) is made on [                    ], 2021.

BETWEEN

 

(1)

Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on March 11, 2021, with its registered office situated at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands (the “Merging Company”); and

 

(2)

SC Health Corporation, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on December 10, 2018, with its registered office situated at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands (the “Surviving Company” and together with the Merging Company, the “Constituent Companies”).

WHEREAS

 

(a)

The Surviving Company and the Merging Company have agreed to merge (the “Merger”) on the terms and conditions contained or referred to in a Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) dated [●] made by and among Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“Rockley”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“HoldCo”)), the Merging Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, and the Surviving Company, a copy of which is attached as Appendix I to this Plan of Merger, and under the provisions of Part XVI of the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Act”).

 

(b)

This Plan of Merger is made in accordance with section 233 of the Companies Act.

 

(c)

Terms used in this Plan of Merger and not otherwise defined in this Plan of Merger shall have the meanings given to them under the Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H

CONSTITUENT COMPANIES

 

1

The constituent companies to the Merger are the Merging Company and the Surviving Company.

NAME OF THE SURVIVING COMPANY

 

2

The name of the surviving company is SC Health Corporation (which at the Effective Time shall be renamed Rockley Photonics Cayman Limited).

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

3

The registered office of the Merging Company is situated at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106.

 

4

The Surviving Company shall have its registered office at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106.

AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

 

5

Immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined below), the authorized share capital of the Merging Company shall be US$[50,000] divided into [500,000,000] ordinary shares of [US$0.00001] par value per share, of which [one ordinary share] has been issued as fully paid.

 

A-149


Table of Contents
6

Immediately prior to the Effective Time, each SPAC Class B Ordinary Share issued and outstanding on the register of members of the Surviving Company shall be converted and exchanged for SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares at the Class B Conversion Ratio, so that the authorized share capital of the Surviving Company shall be US$20,100 divided into 180,000,000 SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares of US$0.0001 par value per share (the “SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares”) of which [•] shall be issued as fully paid and outstanding; 25,000,000 SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares of US$0.00008 par value per share, none of which shall be issued and outstanding; and 1,000,000 preference shares of US$0.0001 per share, none of which shall be issued and outstanding.

 

7

Simultaneous with the adoption of the Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Surviving Company in the form attached hereto as Appendix II to this Plan of Merger, the authorized share capital of the Surviving Company from the Effective Time shall be US$[50,000] divided into [50,000,000] ordinary shares of [US$0.0001] par value per share.

EFFECTIVE TIME

 

8

The Merger shall take effect following the consummation of the Exchange (as such term is defined in the Agreement) (the “Effective Time”).

 

9

At the Effective Time, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement:

 

  (a)

each SPAC Class A Ordinary Share (other than any SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares held in treasury by the Surviving Company (if any) (each, an “Excluded Share” and, collectively, “Excluded Shares”)) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be exchanged for one HoldCo Ordinary Share, in accordance with Section 233(5) of the Companies Act following a share capital increase realized by HoldCo by virtue of the Merger, to be subscribed for by the contributing holders of SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Merger Consideration”), which HoldCo Ordinary Shares HoldCo shall cause to be issued and delivered in accordance with the Agreement;

 

  (b)

all SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than the Excluded Shares) shall cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and (A) each certificate formerly representing SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) and (B) each entry in the Surviving Company’s register of members formerly representing SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares (other than Excluded Shares) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall thereafter, in case of both (A) and (B), only represent the right to receive Merger Consideration into which such SPAC Class A Ordinary Shares have been exchanged (and contributed-in-kind) pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Agreement and any distribution or dividend pursuant to Section 3.3(c) of the Agreement;

 

  (c)

each Excluded Share shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the Surviving Company, the Merging Company, HoldCo or Rockley or holder thereof, cease to be outstanding, shall be cancelled without payment of any consideration therefor and shall cease to exist; and

 

  (d)

each ordinary share, par value US$0.00001 per share, of the Merging Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable ordinary share, par value US$0.0001 per share, of the Surviving Company.

 

10

At the Effective Time, the ordinary shares of the Surviving Company shall:

 

  (a)

be entitled to one vote per share;

 

  (b)

be entitled to such dividends as the board of directors of the Surviving Company may from time to time declare;

 

  (c)

in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Surviving Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets; and

 

A-150


Table of Contents
  (d)

generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to ordinary shares;

in each case as set out in the Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Surviving Company in the form attached as Appendix II to this Plan of Merger.

PROPERTY

 

11

At the Effective Time, the rights, property of every description including choses in action, and the business, undertaking, goodwill, benefits, immunities and privileges of each of the Constituent Companies shall immediately vest in the Surviving Company which shall be liable for and subject, in the same manner as the Constituent Companies, to all mortgages, charges, or security interests and all contracts, obligations, claims, debts and liabilities of each of the Constituent Companies.

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

12

The memorandum and articles of association of the Surviving Company shall be amended and restated and replaced by the Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association in the form attached as Appendix II to this Plan of Merger at the Effective Time.

DIRECTORS BENEFITS

 

13

The following directors and officers of the [Merging Company] and the Surviving Company will receive the following benefits consequent upon the Merger:

[●]

SECURED CREDITORS

 

14    (a)

The Merging Company has no secured creditors and has granted no fixed or floating security interests that are outstanding as at the date of this Plan of Merger; and

 

  (b)

the Surviving Company has [no secured creditors and has granted no fixed or floating security interests that are outstanding] as at the date of this Plan of Merger.

DIRECTORS OF THE SURVIVING COMPANY

 

15

The names and addresses of the directors of the Surviving Company from the Effective Time are as follows:

 

NAME    ADDRESS
[●]    [●]

RIGHT OF TERMINATION

 

16

At any time prior to the Effective Time, this Plan of Merger may be:

 

  (a)

terminated by the board of directors of either the Surviving Company or the Merging Company; or

 

  (b)

amended by the board of directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company to:

 

  (a)

change the Effective Time provided that such changed date shall not be a date later than the ninetieth day after the date of registration of this Plan of Merger with the Registrar of Companies; and

 

A-151


Table of Contents
  (b)

effect any other changes to this Plan of Merger which the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company deem advisable, provided that such changes do not materially adversely affect any rights of the shareholders of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company, as determined by the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company, respectively.

APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZATION

 

17

This Plan of Merger has been approved by the board of directors of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(3) of the Companies Act.

 

18

This Plan of Merger has been authorised by the shareholders of each of the Surviving Company and the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(6) of the Companies Act.

COUNTERPARTS

 

19

This Plan of Merger may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

GOVERNING LAW

 

20

This Plan of Merger shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

For and on behalf of
Rockley Mergersub Limited

 

[Andrew Rickman]

Director

 

For and on behalf of

SC Health Corporation

 

 

[●]

Director

 

A-152


Table of Contents

APPENDIX I

BUSINESS COMBINATION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

A-153


Table of Contents

APPENDIX II

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF ASSOCIATION

OF SC HEALTH CORPORATION

(THE SURVIVING COMPANY)

 

A-154


Table of Contents

IN THE MATTER OF

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS AMENDED)

AND

IN THE MATTER OF

ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED

AFFIDAVIT

I, [Andrew Rickman], of [●], MAKE OATH AND SAY as follows:

 

1

I am the sole director of ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED (the “Merging Company”), a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is located at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands;

 

2

the other party to the proposed merger is SC HEALTH CORPORATION (the “Surviving Company” and, together with the Merging Company, the “Constituent Companies”), a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is located at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands;

 

3

the Merging Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

4

the merger between the Constituent Companies is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the Merging Company;

 

5

no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding, and no order has been made or resolution adopted to wind-up the Merging Company in any jurisdiction;

 

6

no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the Merging Company, its affairs, its property or any part thereof; and

 

7

no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the Merging Company are, and continue to be, suspended or restricted;

 

8

the assets and liabilities of the Merging Company made up to the latest practicable date before the making of this declaration are as set out in Exhibit 1 to this declaration;

 

9

the Merging Company has held no fiduciary office prior to the merger;

 

10

I undertake to ensure that the certificate of merger will be given to the shareholders and creditors of the Merging Company and published in the Gazette; and

 

11

there are no requirements under the regulatory laws applicable to this merger.

 

SWORN before me at                     

 

on [    ]                     , 2021

   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   

 

   )    [Andrew Rickman]
   )    Director

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

     

 

A-155


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 1

As at [    ]                     , 2021, the Merging Company (ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED) has the following assets and liabilities:

Assets

Liabilities

 

A-156


Table of Contents

IN THE MATTER OF

THE COMPANIES ACT (AS AMENDED)

AND

IN THE MATTER OF

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

AFFIDAVIT

I, [], of [], MAKE OATH AND SAY as follows:

 

1

I am a director of SC HEALTH CORPORATION (the “Surviving Company”, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is located at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands;

 

2

The other party to the proposed merger is ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED (the “Merging Company” and, together with the Surviving Company, the “Constituent Companies”), a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is located at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., PO Box 472, 2nd Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands;

 

3

the Surviving Company is and will be immediately after merger able to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

4

the merger between the Constituent Companies is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the Surviving Company;

 

5

no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding, and no order has been made or resolution adopted to wind-up the Surviving Company in any jurisdiction;

 

6

no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the Surviving Company, its affairs, its property or any part thereof; and

 

7

no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the Surviving Company are, and continue to be, suspended or restricted;

 

8

the assets and liabilities of the Surviving Company made up to the latest practicable date before the making of this declaration are as set out in Exhibit 1 to this declaration;

 

9

I undertake to ensure that the certificate of merger will be given to the shareholders and creditors of the Surviving Company and published in the Gazette; and

 

10

there are no requirements under the regulatory laws applicable to this merger.

 

SWORN before me at                     

 

on                     , 2021

   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   
   )   

 

   )    []
   )    Director

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

     

 

A-157


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 1

As at [], 2021, the Surviving Company (SC Health Corporation) had the following assets and liabilities:

Assets

Liabilities

 

A-158


Table of Contents

Exhibit E

Form of Incentive Equity Plan

(See Attached)

 

A-159


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021)

(Approved by the Shareholders on                     , 2021)

Effective Date:                     , 2021

 

A-160


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     A-165  

SECTION 2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     A-165  

(a)

  “2013 Plan”      A-165  

(b)

  “Affiliate”      A-165  

(c)

  “Award”      A-165  

(d)

  “Award Agreement”      A-165  

(e)

  “Board of Directors” or “Board”      A-165  

(f)

  “Cash-Based Award”      A-165  

(g)

  “Change in Control”      A-165  

(h)

  “Code”      A-166  

(i)

  “Committee”      A-166  

(j)

  “Company”      A-166  

(k)

  “Consultant”      A-166  

(l)

  “Disability”      A-166  

(m)

  “Employee”      A-166  

(n)

  “Exchange Act”      A-166  

(o)

  “Exercise Price”      A-167  

(p)

  “Fair Market Value”      A-167  

(q)

  “ISO”      A-167  

(r)

  “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO”      A-167  

(s)

  “Option”      A-167  

(t)

  “Outside Director”      A-167  

(u)

  “Parent”      A-167  

(v)

  “Participant”      A-167  

(w)

  “Plan”      A-167  

(x)

  “Purchase Price”      A-167  

(y)

  “Restricted Share”      A-168  

(z)

  “Restricted Stock Unit”      A-168  

(aa)

  “Returning Shares”      A-168  

(bb)

  “SAR”      A-168  

(cc)

  “Section 409A”      A168  

(dd)

  “Securities Act”      A-168  

(ee)

  “Service”      A-168  

 

A-161


Table of Contents
         Page  

(ff)

  “Share”      A-168  

(gg)

  “Stock”      A-168  

(hh)

  “Subsidiary”      A-168  

SECTION 3.

  ADMINISTRATION      A-168  

(a)

  Committee Composition      A-168  

(b)

  Committee Appointment      A-169  

(c)

  Committee Responsibilities      A-169  

SECTION 4.

  ELIGIBILITY      A-170  

(a)

  General Rule      A-170  

(b)

  Ten-Percent Shareholders      A-170  

(c)

  Attribution Rules      A-170  

(d)

  Outstanding Stock      A-170  

SECTION 5.

  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN; DIRECTOR COMPENSATION LIMIT      A-170  

(a)

  Basic Limitation      A-170  

(b)

  Additional Shares      A-171  

(c)

  Substitution and Assumption of Awards      A-171  

(d)

  Outside Director Compensation Limit      A-171  

SECTION 6.

  RESTRICTED SHARES      A-172  

(a)

  Restricted Share Award Agreement      A-172  

(b)

  Payment for Awards      A-172  

(c)

  Vesting      A-172  

(d)

  Voting and Dividend Rights      A-172  

(e)

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      A-172  

SECTION 7.

  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS      A-172  

(a)

  Option Award Agreement      A-172  

(b)

  Number of Shares      A-172  

(c)

  Exercise Price      A-172  

(d)

  Withholding Taxes      A-173  

(e)

  Exercisability and Term      A-173  

(f)

  Exercise of Options      A-173  

(g)

  No Rights as a Shareholder      A-173  

(h)

  Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options      A-173  

(i)

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      A-173  

(j)

  Buyout Provisions      A-174  

 

A-162


Table of Contents
         Page  

SECTION 8.

  PAYMENT FOR SHARES      A-174  

(a)

  General Rule      A-174  

(b)

  Surrender of Stock      A-174  

(c)

  Services Rendered      A-174  

(d)

  Cashless Exercise      A-174  

(e)

  Exercise/Pledge      A-174  

(f)

  Net Exercise      A-174  

(g)

  Promissory Note      A-174  

(h)

  Other Forms of Payment      A-174  

(i)

  Limitations under Applicable Law      A-175  

SECTION 9.

  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS      A-175  

(a)

  SAR Award Agreement      A-175  

(b)

  Number of Shares      A-175  

(c)

  Exercise Price      A-175  

(d)

  Exercisability and Term      A-175  

(e)

  Exercise of SARs      A-175  

(f)

  Modification, Extension or Assumption of SARs      A-175  

(g)

  Buyout Provisions      A-175  

SECTION 10.

  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS      A-175  

(a)

  Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      A-175  

(b)

  Payment for Awards      A-176  

(c)

  Vesting Conditions      A-176  

(d)

  Voting and Dividend Rights      A-176  

(e)

  Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units      A-176  

(f)

  Death of Participant      A-176  

(g)

  Creditors’ Rights   

SECTION 11.

 

CASH-BASED AWARDS

     A-177  

SECTION 12.

 

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     A-177  

(a)

  Adjustments      A-177  

(b)

  Dissolution or Liquidation      A-177  

(c)

  Merger or Reorganization      A-177  

(d)

  Change in Control      A-178  

(e)

  Reservation of Rights      A-178  

SECTION 13.

 

DEFERRAL OF AWARDS

     A-179  

 

A-163


Table of Contents
         Page  

(a)

  Committee Powers      A-179

(b)

  General Rules      A-179  

SECTION 14.

 

AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS

     A-179  

SECTION 15.

 

PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES

     A-180  

(a)

  Effective Date      A-180  

(b)

  Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units      A-180  

(c)

  Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units      A-180  

SECTION 16.

 

LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

     A-180  

SECTION 17.

 

TAXES

     A-180  

(a)

  Withholding Taxes      A-180  

(b)

  Share Withholding      A-180  

(c)

  Section 409A      A-180  

SECTION 18.

 

TRANSFERABILITY

     A-181  

SECTION 19.

 

PERFORMANCE BASED AWARDS

     A-181  

SECTION 20.

 

RECOUPMENT OF AWARDS

     A-181  

SECTION 21.

 

NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     A-182  

SECTION 22.

 

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     A-182  

(a)

  Term of the Plan      A-182  

(b)

  Right to Amend the Plan      A-182  

(c)

  Effect of Termination      A-182  

SECTION 23.

 

AWARDS TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

     A-182  

SECTION 24.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     A-183  

SECTION 25.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     A-183  

SECTION 26.

 

EXECUTION

     A-183  

 

A-164


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2020 and is effective on                    , 2020 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain, incent, reward, and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates by providing Participants with equity ownership and other incentive opportunities.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “2013 Plan” means the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Rockley Photonics Limited, as amended.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.

(c) “Award” means any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Stock-Based Award or a Cash-Based Award under the Plan.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of an Award which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Award.

(e) “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(f) “Cash-Based Award” means an Award that entitles the Participant to receive a cash-denominated payment.

(g) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i)

A change in the composition of the Board occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

  (A)

Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or

 

  (B)

Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”);

provided, however, that for this purpose, the “original directors” and “continuing directors” shall not include any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

 

  (ii)

Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding Shares of Base

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-165


Table of Contents
  Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company;

 

  (iii)

The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the Company (or its successor) and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (or its successor); or

 

  (iv)

The sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

For purposes of subsection (g)(i) above, the term “look-back” date means the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) the date that is 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.

For purposes of subsection (g)(ii) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.

Any other provision of this Section 2(g) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an initial or secondary public offering of securities or debt of the Company to the public.

(h) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section  3 hereof.

(j) “Company” means Rockley Photonics Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, or any successor thereto.

(k) “Consultant” means an individual who is a consultant or advisor and who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate as an independent contractor (not including service as a member of the Board) or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary, in each case who is not an Employee.

(l) “Disability”(i) means any permanent and total disability as defined by Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(m) “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate.

(n) “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-166


Table of Contents

(o) “Exercise Price” means, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Option Award Agreement. “Exercise Price” means, in the case of a SAR, an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Award Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

(p) “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, means the market price of one Share, determined by the Committee as follows:

 

  (i)

If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Quote system;

 

  (ii)

If the Stock was traded on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market) or national market system on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable exchange or system; or

 

  (iii)

If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock for such date shall be determined under clauses (i) and (ii) above with reference to the immediately preceding trading day. In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons and shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A and Section  422 of the Code to the extent applicable.

(q) “ISO” means an Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” described in Section 422 of the Code. Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be an NSO unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO in the applicable Award Agreement.

(r) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” means an Option that is not an ISO.

(s) “Option” means an option entitling the holder to acquire Shares upon payment of the exercise price.

(t) “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(u) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.

(v) “Participant” means a person who holds an Award.

(w) “Plan” means this 2021 Stock Incentive Plan of Rockley Photonics Limited, as amended from time to time.

(x) “Purchase Price” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-167


Table of Contents

(y) “Restricted Share” means a Share subject to restrictions requiring that it be forfeited, redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified performance or other vesting conditions are not satisfied awarded under the Plan.

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the Company’s obligation to deliver one Share (or distribute cash) measured by the value of a Share on a future date and may be subject to the satisfaction of performance or other vesting conditions.

(aa) “Returning Shares” means Shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 2013 Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A) are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised or settled; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are subject to vesting restrictions and are subsequently forfeited; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(bb) “SAR” means a right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or in Shares of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the right over the Exercise Price from which appreciation under the SAR is to be measured.

(cc) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

(dd) “Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(ee) “Service” means service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s employment will be treated as terminating three months after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves of absence count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

(ff) “Share” means one Share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 (if applicable).

(gg) “Stock” means the Common Shares of the Company.

(hh) “Stock-Based Award”(ii) means an Award other than an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a Restricted Stock Unit that is convertible into or otherwise based on Stock.

(jj) “Subsidiary” means any corporation, if the Company owns and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date. The determination of whether an entity is a “Subsidiary” shall be made in accordance with Section 424(f) of the code.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committee Composition. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board, or by the Board acting as the Committee. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company. In

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-168


Table of Contents

addition, to the extent required by the Board, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy such requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, as applicable, and as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act.

(b) Committee Appointment. The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan, grant Awards under the Plan and determine all terms of such grants, in each case with respect to all Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors (except such as may be on such committee), provided that such committee or committees may perform these functions only with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Board or Committee may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board or Committee shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.

(c) Committee Responsibilities. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:

 

  (i)

To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

 

  (ii)

To adopt, amend, or rescind rules, procedures, and forms relating to the Plan;

 

  (iii)

To adopt, amend, or terminate sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;

 

  (iv)

To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

  (v)

To determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan;

 

  (vi)

To select the Participants to whom Awards are to be granted;

  (vii)

To determine the type of Award and number of Shares or amount of cash to be made subject to each Award;

 

  (viii)

To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price and Purchase Price, and the vesting or duration of the Award (including accelerating the vesting of Awards, either at the time of the Award or thereafter, without the consent of the Participant), to determine whether an Option is to be classified as an ISO or as an NSO, and to specify the provisions of the agreement relating to such Award;

 

  (ix)

To amend any outstanding Award Agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Participant if the Participant’s rights or obligations would be materially impaired;

 

  (x)

To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Award or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;

 

  (xi)

To determine the disposition of each Award or other right under the Plan in the event of a Participant’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;

 

  (xii)

To determine whether Awards under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-169


Table of Contents
  (xiii)

To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement;

 

  (xiv)

To establish or verify the extent of satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions applicable to the grant, issuance, exercisability, vesting, and/or ability to retain any Award; and

 

  (xv)

To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Awards under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that the member has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award under the Plan.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule. The Committee will select Participants from among Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 4(a) who are employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code. Eligibility for Stock Options, other than ISOs, and SARs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 4(a) who are providing direct services on the date of grant of the Award to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company that would be described in the first sentence of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Ten-Percent Shareholders. An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.

(c) Attribution Rules. For purposes of Section 4(b) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries.

(d) Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 4(b) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include Shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN; DIRECTOR COMPENSATION LIMIT.

(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares, or previously issued Shares acquired by the Company. No fractional Shares will be delivered under the Plan. The maximum aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance as Awards under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) [            ]1Shares, plus (ii) the number of reserved Shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants remaining available for issuance under the 2013 Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date, plus (iii) the sum

 

1 

Initial pool to approximate 5% of outstanding shares

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-170


Table of Contents

of any Returning Shares which become available from time to time, plus (iv) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of not more than ten (10) years beginning on January 1, 2022, and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to (x) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (y) such lesser amount (including zero) that the Committee or Board determines for purposes of the annual increase for that fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Shares that may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of ISOs granted under the Plan shall not exceed five (5) times the number of Shares provided under clause (i) above plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 5(b), but nothing in this Section 5 will be construed as requiring that any, or any fixed number of, ISOs be awarded under the Plan. The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12. The number of Shares that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) Additional Shares. If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Restricted Stock Units, Options, or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an Award is settled in cash without the delivery of Shares to the holder, then the corresponding Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Restricted Stock Units or SARs are settled, then only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such Restricted Stock Units or SARs shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance (including any Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations) shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Any Shares withheld to satisfy the Exercise Price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award of Options or SARs shall be added back to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(b), Shares that have actually been issued shall not again become available for Awards under the Plan, except for Shares that are forfeited and do not become vested.

(c) Substitution and Assumption of Awards. The Committee may make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution, or replacement of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, or similar awards granted by another entity (including a Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution, or replacement is in connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, consolidation, or similar transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its affiliate). The terms of such assumed, substituted, or replaced Awards shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Any such substitute or assumed Awards shall not count against the Share limitation set forth in Section 5(a) (nor shall Shares subject to such Awards be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 5(b) above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute ISOs will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under the Plan.

(d) Outside Director Compensation Limit. The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted under the Plan during any one calendar year to any Outside Director taken together with any cash fees paid by the Company to such Outside Director during such calendar year for service on the Board (other than the calendar year in which an Outside Director commences service on the Board), will not exceed seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes). Initial Awards granted under the Plan to Outside Directors who are members of the Board on the Effective Date or who first join the Board in the calendar year of the Effective Date shall not be taken into account for purposes of this limitation.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-171


Table of Contents

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES.

(a) Restricted Share Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Share Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Awards. Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services, and future services.

(c) Vesting. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Share Award Agreement. A Restricted Share Award Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement or other events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. A holder of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend, and other rights as the Company’s other shareholders, except that in the case of any unvested Restricted Shares, the holder shall not be entitled to any dividends or other distributions paid or distributed by the Company in respect of outstanding Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Committee’s discretion, the holder of unvested Restricted Shares may be credited with such dividends and other distributions, provided that such dividends and other distributions shall be paid or distributed to the holder only if, when and to the extent such unvested Restricted Shares vest. The value of dividends and other distributions payable or distributable with respect to any unvested Restricted Shares that do not vest shall be forfeited. At the Committee’s discretion, the Restricted Share Award Agreement may require that the holder of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions as the Award with respect which the dividend was paid. For the avoidance of doubt, other than with respect to the right to receive dividends and other distributions, the holders of unvested Restricted Shares shall have the same voting rights and other rights as the Company’s other shareholders in respect of such unvested Restricted Shares.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Share Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Option Award Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in an Option Award Agreement. The Option Award Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Option Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 12.

(c) Exercise Price. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (110% for ISOs granted

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-172


Table of Contents

to Employees described in Section 4(b)), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.

(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Participant shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(e) Exercisability and Term. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Option Award Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(b)). An Option Award Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e), the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.

(f) Exercise of Options. Each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Participant by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

(g) No Rights as a Shareholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Option until the date of the issuance of a share certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 12.

(h) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend, or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares or for cash. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Participant, materially impair the Participant’s rights or obligations under such Option; provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an ISO to become a NSO, and any amendment or modification that is required to comply with the rules applicable to ISOs, shall not be treated as materially impairing the rights or obligations of the Participant.

(i) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Option Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-173


Table of Contents

(j) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (i) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (ii) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule. The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(h) below.

(b) Surrender of Stock. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Participant or the Participant’s representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Participant shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the Award) of the value of the services rendered by the Participant and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).

(d) Cashless Exercise. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, if the Stock is traded on an established securities market, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(e) Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(f) Net Exercise. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be reduced by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price (plus tax withholdings, if applicable) and any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price (and/or applicable tax withholdings) not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued shall be paid by the Participant in cash or any other form of payment permitted under the Option Award Agreement.

(g) Promissory Note. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note.

(h) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations, and rules.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-174


Table of Contents

(i) Limitations under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein or in an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) SAR Award Agreement. Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section  12.

(c) Exercise Price. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 9(c), the Exercise Price under any SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Exercisability and Term. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Award Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Award Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, retirement, or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.

(e) Exercise of SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after the Participant’s death) shall receive from the Company (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

(f) Modification, Extension or Assumption of SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend, or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares or cash. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, materially impair the holder’s rights or obligations under such SAR.

(g) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (i) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents a SAR previously granted, or (ii) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out a SAR previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-175


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Awards. To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Restricted Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.

(c) Vesting Conditions. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, retirement, or other events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right, if awarded, entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Dividend equivalents may also be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units at the Committee’s discretion. Dividend equivalents shall not be distributed prior to settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit to which the dividend equivalents pertain. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions (including without limitation, any forfeiture conditions) as the Restricted Stock Units to which they attach. The value of dividend equivalents payable or distributable with respect to any unvested Restricted Stock Units that do not vest shall be forfeited. Any entitlement to dividend equivalents or similar entitlements will be established and administered either consistent with an exemption from, or in compliance with, the applicable requirements of Section  409A.

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Restricted Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide that vested Restricted Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide that the distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date, subject to compliance with Section 409A. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Restricted Stock Units is settled, the number of such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12.

(f) Death of Participant. Any Restricted Stock Unit Award that becomes payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Restricted Stock Unit Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then any Restricted Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-176


Table of Contents

SECTION 11. CASH-BASED AWARDS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash-Based Awards and Stock-Based Awards to any Participant in such number or amount and upon such terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant and specify in an applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award, the amount of cash which may be payable pursuant to the Cash-Based Award, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula, or payment ranges as determined by the Committee. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash or in Shares, as the Committee determines.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) Adjustments.

(i) Recapitalization transactions. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate and equitable adjustments in:

 

  (A)

The class(es) and number of securities available for future Awards and the limitations set forth under Section 5;

 

  (B)

The class(es) and number of securities covered by each outstanding Award; and

 

  (C)

The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR.

(ii) Other adjustments. In the event of other transactions, the Committee may make such changes as provided in subsection (a) herein, as it determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan.

(iii) The Committee’s determinations hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs, and Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

(c) Merger or Reorganization. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement may provide, without limitation, for one or more of the following:

 

  (i)

The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;

 

  (ii)

The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;

 

  (iii)

The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;

 

  (iv)

Immediate vesting, exercisability, or settlement of outstanding Awards followed by the cancellation of such Awards upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such transaction;

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-177


Table of Contents
  (v)

Cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the merger or reorganization, in exchange for such cash or equity consideration (including no consideration) as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; or

 

  (vi)

Settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Awards or the underlying Shares) followed by the cancellation of such Awards (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), provided that any such amount may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Stock in connection with the merger or reorganization is delayed as a result of escrows, earnouts, holdbacks or other contingencies;

in each case without the Participant’s consent. Any acceleration of payment of an amount that is subject to Section 409A will be delayed, if necessary, until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any additional taxes applicable under Section 409A. Any actions hereunder will comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A to the extent determined by the Committee to be reasonably practicable.

The Company will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

(d) Change in Control. In addition to (and not in limitation of) the actions that may be taken under Section 12(c), in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) does not continue or assume or settle (subject to vesting) outstanding Awards, or substitute similar stock awards for outstanding Awards, then with respect to any such Awards that have not been continued, assumed, settled or substituted, the Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Award or thereafter, that the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of any such Awards (or portion thereof) will be accelerated in full (and with respect to any Awards subject to performance-based vesting, that vesting shall be deemed satisfied at the target level, or based on actual performance measured in accordance with the applicable performance goals as of the date of the Change in Control, or the greater thereof) to a date prior to the effective time of the Change in Control (contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control) as the Committee will determine (or, if the Committee does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such vested Awards will lapse (contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control). In addition, the Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Award or thereafter, that such Award shall become exercisable or vested as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Award in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company. The Committee will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly. Upon consummation of a Change in Control, all Awards that are not assumed, substituted or continued will terminate without payment therefor, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 12.

(e) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 12, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of Shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-178


Table of Contents

grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the event of any change affecting the Shares or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award, including a merger or other reorganization, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the occurrence of such event.

SECTION 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.

(a) Committee Powers. Subject to compliance with Section 409A, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:

 

  (i)

Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of a SAR or the settlement of Restricted Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;

 

  (ii)

Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Restricted Stock Units; or

 

  (iii)

Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the settlement of Restricted Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books.

 

   

Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.

(b) General Rules. A deferred compensation account established under this Section 13 may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish rules, procedures, and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Section 13.

SECTION 14. AWARDS UNDER SUB-PLANS.

The Committee may at any time and from time to time (including before or after an Award is granted) establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan for Participants based outside of the U.S. and/or subject to the laws of countries other than the U.S., including by establishing one or more sub-plans, supplements or appendices under the Plan or any Award Agreement for the purpose of complying or facilitating compliance with non-U.S. laws or taking advantage of tax favorable treatment or for any other legal or administrative reason determined by the Committee. Any such sub-plan, supplement or appendix may contain, in each case, (i) such limitations on the Committee’s discretion under the Plan and (ii) such additional or different terms and conditions, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable and will be deemed to be part of the Plan but will apply only to Participants within the group to which the sub-plan, supplement or appendix applies (as determined by the Committee); provided, however, that no sub-plan, supplement or appendix, rule or regulation established pursuant to this provision shall increase the number of Shares available under Section 5.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-179


Table of Contents

SECTION 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.

(a) Effective Date. No provision of this Section 15 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.

(b) Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units. An Outside Director may elect to receive annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Alternatively, the Board may mandate payment in any of such alternative forms. Such NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, and Restricted Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 15 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.

(c) Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units. The number of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The terms of such NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units shall also be determined by the Board.

SECTION 16. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the United States Securities Act, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan.

SECTION 17. TAXES.

(a) Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local, or foreign law, a Participant or the Participant’s successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Share Withholding. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant’s withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Participant or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that the Participant previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to the Participant in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the maximum legally required tax withholding.

(c) Section 409A.

 

  (i)

Without limiting the generality of Section 24(b) hereof, each Award will contain such terms as the Committee determines and will be construed and administered such that the Award either qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A or satisfies such requirements.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-180


Table of Contents
  (ii)

Each Award that provides for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Committee from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. If any amount under such an Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a Participant who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties, and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. In addition, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. With regard to any payment considered to be nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, that is payable upon a Change in Control of the Company or other similar event, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A, no amount will be payable unless such change in control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  (iii)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, the Committee may unilaterally amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any outstanding Award, including but not limited to changing the form of the Award, if the Committee determines that such amendment, modification or termination is necessary or desirable to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A.

 

  (iv)

For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under the Plan or any Award will be treated as a separate payment.

SECTION 18. TRANSFERABILITY.

Unless the agreement evidencing an Award (or an amendment thereto authorized by the Committee) expressly provides otherwise, no Award granted under the Plan, nor any interest in such Award, may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to Shares issued under such Award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that an ISO may be transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code. Any purported assignment, transfer, or encumbrance in violation of this Section 17 shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

SECTION 19. PERFORMANCE BASED AWARDS.

The number of Shares or other benefits granted, issued, retained, and/or vested under an Award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish performance goals.

SECTION 20. RECOUPMENT OF AWARDS.

The Company will recoup incentive-based compensation from executive officers to the extent required under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules, regulations and listing standards that may be issued under that act. Any right of recoupment under this provision will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights of recoupment that may be available to the Company. No recovery of compensation under any clawback policy or this Section 20 will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-181


Table of Contents

SECTION 21. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

No provision of the Plan, nor any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Consultant. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.

SECTION 22. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall come into existence on the date of its adoption by the Board; provided, however, that no Award may be granted hereunder prior to the Effective Date. The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.

(b) Right to Amend the Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the Participant. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

(c) Effect of Termination. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 23. AWARDS TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS.

Awards may be granted to Participants who are non-United States nationals or employed or providing services outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Participants who are employed or providing services in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise, vesting, or settlement of Awards in order to minimize the Company’s obligation with respect to tax equalization for Participants on assignments outside their home country.

SECTION 24. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Waiver of Jury Trial. By accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives (or will be deemed to have waived), to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan or any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees (or will be deemed to have agreed) that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim will be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein is to be construed as limiting the ability of the Company and a Participant to agree to submit any dispute arising under the terms of the Plan or any Award to binding arbitration or as limiting the ability of the Company to require any individual to agree to submit such disputes to binding arbitration as a condition of receiving an Award hereunder.

(b) Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award, neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor the Committee, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A-182


Table of Contents

of its Subsidiaries, or the Committee, will be liable to any Participant, to any permitted transferee, to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or any permitted transferee, or to any other person by reason of any acceleration of income, any additional tax, or any penalty, interest or other liability asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 or Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code, or otherwise asserted with respect to any Award.

(c) Unfunded Plan. The Company’s obligations under the Plan are unfunded, and no Participant will have any right to specific assets of the Company in respect of any Award. Participants will be general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to any amounts due or payable under the Plan.

SECTION 25. GOVERNING LAW.

The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of California, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

SECTION 26. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor entity, including any successor entity contemplated by Section 12(c).

SECTION 27. EXECUTION.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-183


Table of Contents

Schedule A

The Equity Scheme

The Equity Scheme will be implemented either by way of a cancellation or a transfer scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Act. Company Shareholders will be invited to vote in favor of the Equity Scheme at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting, which is a meeting of Company Shareholders convened by the Company with the permission of the Court.

The Equity’ Scheme will become effective in accordance with its terms:

(a) if it is approved by a majority (in person or by proxy) in number, representing at least 75 per cent. in value, of the members present and voting at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting;

(b) if it is subsequently sanctioned by an order of the Court (the “Equity Scheme Court Order”); and

(c) upon an office copy of the Equity Scheme Court Order being delivered to the UK Registrar of Companies for registration.

If the Equity Scheme becomes effective, then either:

(a) in the case of a cancellation scheme, the Company Ordinary Shares of the Company Shareholders shall be cancelled and Company Ordinary Shares shall be issued to HoldCo, resulting in HoldCo becoming the holding company of the Company. In consideration for the cancellation of the Company Ordinary Shares and issuance of shares to HoldCo, HoldCo shall issue an identical number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares to those cancelled to the Company Shareholders; or

(b) in the case of a transfer scheme, the Company Ordinary Shares of the Company Shareholders shall be transferred to HoldCo. In consideration for the transfer of the Company Ordinary Shares to HoldCo, HoldCo shall issue an identical number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares to the Company Shareholders, resulting in HoldCo becoming the holding company of the Company.

The Creditor Scheme

The Creditor’s Scheme will be implemented by way of a creditor’s scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Act. Pursuant to the Creditors Scheme:

(a) if the Equity Scheme is a cancellation scheme, the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Company Convertible Notes to HoldCo and the Scheme Creditors will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Company Convertible Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge HoldCo from further obligations under the Company Convertible Notes. The consideration for the novation shall be an inter-company loan equal to the market value of the Scheme Convertible Notes; and

(b) if the Equity Scheme is a transfer scheme, HoldCo proposes to acquire Scheme Convertible Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration of HoldCo entering into new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company.

The Scheme Creditors will be invited to vote in favor of the Creditors’ Scheme at the Creditors’ Scheme Court Meeting, being a meeting convened by the Company with the permission of the Court. The Creditors’ Scheme will become effective in accordance with its terms:

(a) if it is approved by a majority (in person or by proxy) in number, and at least 75 per cent. in value, of the members of the class of creditors present and voting at the Creditors’ Scheme Court Meeting;

(b) if it is subsequently sanctioned by an order of the Court (the “Creditor Scheme Court Order”); and

(c) upon an office copy of the Creditor Scheme Court Order being delivered to the UK Registrar of Companies for registration.

 

A-184


Table of Contents

Exhibit F

Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan

(See Attached)

 

A-185


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021)

(Approved by the Stockholders on                     , 2021)

Effective Date:                     , 2021

 

A-186


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

         Page  

SECTION 1

  Purpose Of The Plan      A-189  

SECTION 2

  Definitions      A-189  

(a)

  “Board”      A-189  

(b)

  “Code”      A-189  

(c)

  “Committee”      A-189  

(d)

  “Company”      A-189  

(e)

  “Compensation”      A-189  

(f)

  “Corporate Reorganization”      A-189  

(g)

  “Eligible Employee”      A-189  

(h)

  “Exchange Act”      A-190  

(i)

  “Fair Market Value”      A-190  

(j)

  “Offering”      A-190  

(k)

  “Offering Date”      A-190  

(l)

  “Offering Period”      A-190  

(m)

  “Participant”      A-190  

(n)

  “Participating Company”      A-190  

(o)

  “Plan”      A-190  

(p)

  “Plan Account”      A-190  

(q)

  “Purchase Date”      A-190  

(r)

  “Purchase Period”      A-190  

(s)

  “Purchase Price”      A-190  

(t)

  “Stock”      A-190  

(u)

  “Subsidiary”      A-190  

SECTION 3

  Administration Of The Plan      A-191  

(a)

  Administrative Powers and Responsibilities      A-191  

(b)

  International Administration      A-191  

SECTION 4

  Enrollment And Participation      A-191  

(a)

  Offering Periods      A-191  

(b)

  Enrollment      A-192  

(c)

  Duration of Participation      A-192  

SECTION 5

  Employee Contributions      A-192  

(a)

  Frequency of Payroll Deductions      A-192  

(b)

  Amount of Payroll Deductions      A-192  

(c)

  Changing Withholding Rate      A-192  

(d)

  Discontinuing Payroll Deductions      A-193  

SECTION 6

  Withdrawal From The Plan      A-193  

(a)

  Withdrawal      A-193  

(b)

  Re-enrollment After Withdrawal      A-193  

SECTION 7

  Change In Employment Status      A-193  

(a)

  Termination of Employment      A-193  

(b)

  Leave of Absence      A-193  

(c)

  Death      A-193  

SECTION 8

  Plan Accounts and Purchase Of Shares      A-193  

(a)

  Plan Accounts      A-193  

(b)

  Purchase Price      A-193  

(c)

  Number of Shares Purchased      A-194  

 

A-187


Table of Contents
         Page  

(d)

  Available Shares Insufficient      A-194  

(e)

  Issuance of Stock      A-194  

(f)

  Unused Cash Balances      A-194  

(g)

  Stockholder Approval      A-194  

SECTION 9

  Limitations On Stock Ownership      A-195  

(a)

  Five Percent Limit      A-195  

(b)

  Dollar Limit      A-195  

SECTION 10

  Rights Not Transferable      A-195  

SECTION 11

  No Rights As An Employee      A-195  

SECTION 12

  No Rights As A Stockholder      A-195  

SECTION 13

  Securities Law Requirements      A-196  

SECTION 14

  Stock Offered Under The Plan      A-196  

(a)

  Authorized Shares      A-196  

(b)

  Antidilution Adjustments      A-196  

(c)

  Reorganizations      A-196  

SECTION 15

  Amendment Or Discontinuance      A-196  

SECTION 16

  Execution      A-197  

 

A-188


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SECTION 1 Purpose Of The Plan.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021 and is effective on                     , 2021 (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide a broad-based employee benefit to attract the services of new Eligible Employees, to retain the services of existing Eligible Employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward the Company’s success by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Code and to be exempt from the application and requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and is to be construed accordingly.

SECTION 2 Definitions.

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee, comprised exclusively of one or more directors of the Company, as may be appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan.

(d) “Company” means Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares.

(e) “Compensation” means, unless provided otherwise by the Committee in the terms and conditions of an Offering, base salary and wages paid in cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, without reduction for any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under sections 401(k) or 125 of the Code. “Compensation” shall, unless provided otherwise by the Committee in the terms and conditions of an Offering, exclude variable compensation (including commissions, bonuses, incentive compensation, overtime pay and shift premiums), all non-cash items, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in Compensation.

(f) “Corporate Reorganization” means:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, or any other corporate reorganization; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(g) “Eligible Employee” means any employee of a Participating Company whose customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week.

The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if such individual’s participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country which has jurisdiction over the individual.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-189


Table of Contents

(h) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a share of Stock, determined as follows:

(i) If Stock was traded on any established national securities exchange including the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in the Stock) on such date as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(ii) If the foregoing provision is not applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

For any date that is not a Trading Day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock for such date shall be determined by using the closing sale price for the immediately preceding Trading Day. Determination of the Fair Market Value pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(j) “Offering” means the grant of options to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees.

(k) “Offering Date” means the first day of an Offering.

(l) “Offering Period” means a period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(a).

(m) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 4(b).

(n) “Participating Company” means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company.

(o) “Plan” means this Rockley Photonics Limited 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(p) “Plan Account” means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a).

(q) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering on which shares of Stock may be purchased pursuant to the terms of the Offering.

(r) “Purchase Period” means one or more successive periods during an Offering, beginning on the Offering Date or on the day after a Purchase Date, and ending on the next succeeding Purchase Date.

(s) “Purchase Price” means the price at which Participants may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8(b).

(t) “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(u) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-190


Table of Contents

(r) “Trading Day” means a day on which the national stock exchange on which the Stock is traded is open for trading.

SECTION 3 Administration Of The Plan.

(a) Administrative Powers and Responsibilities. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to promulgate such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan, and to take all action in connection therewith or in relation thereto as it deems necessary or advisable. Any decision reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting duly held. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be final and binding on all persons. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer the Plan. In such event, the Board shall have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein.

(b) International Administration. The Committee may establish sub-plans (which need not qualify under section 423 of the Code) and initiate separate Offerings through such sub-plans for the purpose of (i) facilitating participation in the Plan by non-U.S. employees in compliance with foreign laws and regulations without affecting the qualification of the remainder of the Plan under section 423 of the Code or (ii) qualifying the Plan for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws (which sub-plans, at the Committee’s discretion, may provide for allocations of the authorized shares reserved for issue under the Plan as set forth in Section 14(a)). The rules, guidelines and forms of such sub-plans (or the Offerings thereunder) may take precedence over other provisions of the Plan, with the exception of Section 4(a)(i), Section 5(b), Section 8(b) and Section 14(a), but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan. Alternatively and in order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to grant options in an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of options granted under the same Offering to employees resident in the United States, subject to compliance with section 423 of the Code.

SECTION 4 Enrollment And Participation.

(a) Offering Periods. While the Plan is in effect, the Committee may from time to time grant options to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to Eligible Employees during a specified Offering Period. Each such Offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan (which may be incorporated by reference) and the requirements of section 423 of the Code, including the requirement that all Eligible Employees have the same rights and privileges. The Committee shall specify prior to the commencement of each Offering (i) the period during which the Offering shall be effective, which may not exceed 27 months from the Offering Date and may include

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-191


Table of Contents

one or more successive Purchase Periods within the Offering, (ii) the Purchase Dates and Purchase Price for shares of Stock which may be purchased pursuant to the Offering, and (iii) if applicable, any limits on the number of shares purchasable by a Participant, or by all Participants in the aggregate, during any Offering Period or, if applicable, Purchase Period, in each case consistent with the limitations of the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to provide for the automatic termination of an Offering following any Purchase Date on which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is equal to or less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date, and for the Participants in the terminated Offering to be automatically re-enrolled in a new Offering that commences immediately after such Purchase Date. The terms and conditions of each Offering need not be identical, and shall be deemed incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan.

(b) Enrollment. Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period, qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by completing the enrollment process prescribed and communicated for this purposes from time to time by the Company to Eligible Employees.

(c) Duration of Participation. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee or withdraws from the Plan under Section 6(a). A Participant who withdrew from the Plan under Section 6(a) may again become a Participant, if the Participant then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (b) above. A Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under Section 9(b) shall automatically resume participation at the beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the next calendar year, if the Participant then is an Eligible Employee. When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but the Participant’s participation is to continue, then such Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.

SECTION 5 Employee Contributions.

(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions. A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions; provided, however, that to the extent provided in the terms and conditions of an Offering, a Participant may also make contributions through payment by cash or check prior to one or more Purchase Dates during the Offering. Payroll deductions, subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) below or as otherwise provided under the terms and conditions of an Offering, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan.

(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions. An Eligible Employee shall designate during the enrollment process the portion of Compensation that such Eligible Employee elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15% (or such lower rate of Compensation specified as the limit in the terms and conditions of the applicable Offering).

(c) Changing Withholding Rate. Unless otherwise provided under the terms and conditions of an Offering, a Participant may not increase the rate of payroll withholding during the Offering Period, but may discontinue or decrease the rate of payroll withholding during the Offering Period to a whole percentage of the Participant’s Compensation in accordance with such procedures and subject to such limitations as the Company may establish for all Participants. A Participant may also increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding effective for a new Offering Period by submitting an authorization to change the payroll deduction rate pursuant to the process prescribed by the Company from time to time. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation consistent with Subsection (b) above.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-192


Table of Contents

(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions. If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee contributions entirely, the Participant may do so by withdrawing from the Plan pursuant to Section 6(a). In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 9(b).

SECTION 6 Withdrawal From The Plan.

(a) Withdrawal. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by giving notice pursuant to the process prescribed and communicated by the Company from time to time. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time before the last day of an Offering Period, except as otherwise provided in the Offering. In addition, if payment by cash or check is permitted under the terms and conditions of an Offering, Participants may be deemed to withdraw from the Plan by declining or failing to remit timely payment to the Company for the shares of Stock. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.

(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal. A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 4(b). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.

SECTION 7 Change In Employment Status.

(a) Termination of Employment. Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under Section 6(a). A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.

(b) Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate three months after the Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees the Participant’s right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.

(c) Death. In the event of the Participant’s death, the amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

SECTION 8 Plan Accounts and Purchase Of Shares.

(a) Plan Accounts. The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participant’s Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Company’s general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.

(b) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased during an Offering Period shall be the lesser of:

(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the Purchase Date; or

(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the Offering Date.

The Committee may specify an alternate Purchase Price amount or formula in the terms and conditions of an Offering, but in no event may such amount or formula result in a Purchase Price less than that calculated pursuant to the immediately preceding formula.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-193


Table of Contents

(c) Number of Shares Purchased. As of each Purchase Date, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(a). The amount then in the Participant’s Plan Account shall be divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participant’s Plan Account. Unless provided otherwise by the Committee prior to commencement of an Offering, the maximum number of shares of Stock which may be purchased by an individual Participant during such Offering is [            ] shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than such number of shares of Stock as may be determined by the Committee with respect to the Offering Period, or Purchase Period, if applicable, nor more than the amounts of Stock set forth in Sections 9(b) and 14(a). For each Offering Period and, if applicable, Purchase Period, the Committee shall have the authority to establish additional limits on the number of shares purchasable by all Participants in the aggregate.

(d) Available Shares Insufficient. In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Offering Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 14(a), or which may be purchased pursuant to any additional aggregate limits imposed by the Committee, then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.

(e) Issuance of Stock. Certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the applicable Purchase Date, except that the Company may determine that such shares shall be held for each Participant’s benefit by a broker designated by the Company. Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community property.

(f) Unused Cash Balances. An amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share may be carried over in the Participant’s Plan Account to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period or refunded to the Participant in cash at the end of the Purchase Period or Offering Period, without interest, if the Participant’s participation is not continued. Any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of Subsection (c) or (d) above, Section 9(b) or Section  14(a) shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.

(g) Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-194


Table of Contents

SECTION 9 Limitations On Stock Ownership.

(a) Five Percent Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after the Participant’s election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:

(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;

(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that the Participant has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and

(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by a Participant under this Plan under the individual limit specified pursuant to Section 8(c) with respect to each Offering Period.

(b) Dollar Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall accrue the right to purchase Stock at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such Stock per calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company), determined in accordance with the provisions of section 423(b)(8) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then the Participant’s employee contributions may automatically be discontinued.

SECTION 10 Rights Not Transferable.

The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant’s interest in any Stock or moneys to which the Participant may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber the Participant’s rights or interest under the Plan, other than by the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 6(a).

SECTION 11 No Rights As An Employee.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the Participant’s at-will employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 12 No Rights As A Stockholder.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that the Participant may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-195


Table of Contents

SECTION 13 Securities Law Requirements.

Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

SECTION 14 Stock Offered Under The Plan.

(a) Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan is [            ]1 shares plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each of the Company’s fiscal years for a period of up to ten years, beginning with the fiscal year that begins [January 1, 2022], equal to the least of (i) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Stock on such date, (ii) [            ] shares, or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Committee or Board. The aggregate number of shares available for purchase under the Plan (and the limit in clause (ii) to the annual increase thereto) shall at all times be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section  14(b).

(b) Antidilution Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the individual and aggregate Participant share limitations described in Section 8(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee in the event of any change in the number of issued shares of Stock (or issuance of shares other than Common Stock) by reason of any forward or reverse share split, subdivision or consolidation, or share dividend or bonus issue, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, reorganization, combination, exchange of shares of Stock, the issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Stock or other securities, or any other change in corporate structure or in the event of any extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Stock, other securities or other property), in any case, in a manner that complies with Section 423 of the Code.

(c) Reorganizations. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, in the event of a Corporate Reorganization in which the Plan is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the applicable plan of merger or consolidation, the Offering Period then in progress shall terminate immediately prior to the effective time of such Corporate Reorganization and either shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 8 or, if so determined by the Board or Committee, all amounts in all Participant Accounts shall be refunded pursuant to Section 15 without any purchase of shares. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company’s right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

SECTION 15 Amendment Or Discontinuance.

The Board or Committee shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice; provided, however, that any amendment that would be treated as the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 423 of the Code will have no force or effect unless approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after its adoption. Upon any such amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan during an Offering Period, the Board or Committee may in its discretion determine that the applicable Offering shall immediately terminate and that all amounts in the Participant Accounts shall be carried forward into a payroll deduction account for each Participant under a successor plan, if any, or promptly refunded to each Participant. Except as provided in Section 14, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the

 

1 

Initial pool to approximate 1% of outstanding shares

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-196


Table of Contents

Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation. This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan pursuant to this Section 15 or (b) issuance of all of the shares of Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan.

SECTION 16 Limitation on Liability.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor the Committee, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or the Committee, will be liable to any Participant, to any permitted transferee, to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or any permitted transferee, or to any other person by reason of any acceleration of income, any additional tax, or any penalty, interest or other liability asserted by reason of the failure of the Plan or any option to purchase Stock to satisfy the requirements of Section 423, or otherwise asserted with respect to the Plan or any option to purchase Stock.

SECTION 17 Unfunded Plan.

The Company’s obligations under the Plan are unfunded, and no Participant will have any right to specific assets of the Company in respect of any option to purchase Stock. Participants will be general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to any amounts due or payable under the Plan.

SECTION 18 Governing Law

The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of California, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

SECTION 19 Execution.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

A-197


Table of Contents

ANNEX B

Execution Version

SPAC INVESTOR SUPPORT AGREEMENT

This SPAC Investor Support Agreement (this “SPAC Investor Support Agreement”) is dated as of March 19, 2021 by and among SC Health Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), SC Health Corporation., a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”) and Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Business Combination Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Sponsor is, and as of immediately prior to the Closing will be, the holder of record and the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 5,487,500 SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares, 5,450,000 SPAC Private Placement Warrants, in each case as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, which such SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares constitute 98.7% of the Class B ordinary shares of SPAC and such SPAC Private Placement Warrants constitute all of the issued and outstanding Private Placement Warrants (as such term is defined in the Warrant Agreement).

WHEREAS, as a result of the Initial Exchange, the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo;

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company, have entered into a business combination agreement (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, among other transactions, SPAC is to merge with and into Merger Sub, with SPAC continuing on as the surviving entity as a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo, on the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated therein, the parties hereto desire to agree to certain matters as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SPONSOR SUPPORT AGREEMENT; COVENANTS

Section 1.1 Binding Effect of Business Combination Agreement. The Sponsor hereby acknowledges that it has read the Business Combination Agreement and this SPAC Investor Support Agreement and has had the

 

B-1


Table of Contents

opportunity to consult with its tax and legal advisors. The Sponsor shall be bound by and comply with Sections 8.2 (No Solicitation by SPAC) (but only with respect to Business Combination Proposals involving SPAC), 9.12 (Confidentiality) and 12.12 (Publicity) of the Business Combination Agreement (and any relevant definitions contained in such Sections) as if the Sponsor was an original signatory to the Business Combination Agreement with respect to such provisions.

Section 1.2 No Transfer. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the Merger Effective Time and (b) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 11.1 (Termination) thereof, the Sponsor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) sell (including short sells), offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, tender, convert, encumber, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of or agree to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the SEC (other than the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement) or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to any SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants owned by the Sponsor, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants owned by the Sponsor, either voluntarily or involuntarily (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, a “Transfer”); or enter into any contract, option, derivative, hedging or other agreement or arrangement or understanding (including any profit-sharing arrangement) with respect to, or consent to, a Transfer of, any or all of the SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants owned by the Sponsor or (iii) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit Transfers between the Sponsor and any Affiliate of the Sponsor, so long as, prior to and as a condition to the effectiveness of any such Transfer, such Affiliate executes and delivers to SPAC a joinder to this SPAC Investor Support Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A. The Sponsor hereby authorizes SPAC and HoldCo to maintain a copy of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement at either the executive office or the registered office of SPAC and/or HoldCo. In furtherance of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, the Sponsor hereby authorizes and will instruct SPAC, promptly after the date hereof, to enter, or cause its transfer agent to enter, a stop transfer order with respect to all of such Sponsor’s SPAC Ordinary Shares and SPAC Warrants with respect to any Transfer not permitted hereunder.

Section 1.3 New Shares. In the event that (a) any SPAC Ordinary Shares, SPAC Warrants or other equity securities of SPAC are issued to the Sponsor after the date of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement pursuant to any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, combination or exchange of SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants of, on or affecting the SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants owned by the Sponsor or otherwise, (b) the Sponsor purchases or otherwise acquires beneficial ownership of any SPAC Ordinary Shares, SPAC Warrants or other equity securities of SPAC after the date of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, or (c) the Sponsor acquires the right to vote or share in the voting of any SPAC Ordinary Shares or other equity securities of SPAC after the date of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement (such SPAC Ordinary Shares, SPAC Warrants or other equity securities of SPAC, collectively the “New Securities”), then such New Securities acquired or purchased by the Sponsor shall be subject to the terms of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement to the same extent as if they constituted the SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants owned by the Sponsor as of the date hereof.

Section 1.4 Closing Date Deliverables. On the Closing Date, the Sponsor shall deliver to SPAC, HoldCo and the Company a duly executed copy of that certain Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, by and among others, SPAC, the Sponsor and certain former Company Shareholders.

Section 1.5 Sponsor Support Agreements.

(a) The Sponsor agrees irrevocably and unconditionally that at any meeting of the shareholders of SPAC, however called, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, or in any other circumstance in which the vote, consent or other approval of the shareholders of SPAC is sought and in connection with any similar vote or

 

B-2


Table of Contents

consent of the holders of Private Placement Warrants, the Sponsor shall (i) appear at each such meeting or otherwise cause all of its SPAC Ordinary Shares to be counted as present thereat for purposes of calculating a quorum and (ii) vote (or cause to be voted), or execute and deliver a written consent (or cause a written consent to be executed and delivered) covering, all of its SPAC Ordinary Shares:

(i) in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement;

(ii) in favor of the Transaction Proposals;

(iii) against any merger agreement, merger, exchange, consolidation, combination, sale of substantial assets, reorganization, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of or by SPAC or any other business combination proposal involving SPAC (other than the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby);

(iv) against any change in the business, management or Board of Directors of SPAC (other than in connection with Transaction Proposals); and

(v) against any proposal, action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to (A) impede, nullify, frustrate, prevent, interfere with, materially delay the consummation of, or otherwise adversely affect, any of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger or any provision of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, (B) result in a breach in any respect of any covenant, representation, warranty or any other obligation or agreement of SPAC under the Business Combination Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (C) result in any of the conditions set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled or (D) change in any manner the dividend policy or capitalization of, including the voting rights of any class of capital stock of, SPAC.

The Sponsor hereby agrees that it shall not commit or agree to take any action inconsistent with the foregoing. The obligations of the Sponsor hereunder shall apply whether or not the SPAC Board or other governing body or any committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof recommends any of the Transaction Proposals and whether or not such board or other governing body, committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof changes, withdraws, withholds, qualifies or modifies, or publicly proposes to change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, the SPAC Board’s recommendation to its stockholders.

(b) During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of the consummation of the Closing and the termination of the Business Combination Agreement pursuant to Article XI thereof, the Sponsor shall not modify or amend any contract between or among the Sponsor, anyone related by blood, marriage or adoption to the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, on the one hand, and SPAC on the other hand.

Section 1.6 Waiver of Certain Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other agreement or contract to which the Sponsor is bound, the Sponsor (for itself and for its successors, heirs and assigns) hereby (but subject to the consummation of the Merger) irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law and SPAC’s Governing Documents, and agrees not to exercise, assert or perfect, any rights to adjustment or other anti-dilution protections with respect to the rate at which SPAC Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsor convert into HoldCo Ordinary Shares, whether resulting from the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Subscription Agreements or otherwise;

(b) agrees not to (i) demand that SPAC redeem its SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or (ii) otherwise participate in any such redemption by tendering or submitting any of its SPAC Class B Ordinary Shares for redemption; and

 

B-3


Table of Contents

(c) (i) waives any rights for working capital loans made by or on its behalf to SPAC or any of its affiliates to be converted into warrants exercisable for securities of SPAC, HoldCo or any of their affiliates or their successors and assigns and (ii) agrees that no such loans shall be converted into such warrants or any such other securities.

Section 1.7 Further Assurances. The Sponsor shall, and shall cause its affiliates to, take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and herein and shall not, and shall cause its affiliates not to, take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to the Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement.

Section 1.8 No Inconsistent Agreement. The Sponsor hereby represents and covenants that the Sponsor has not entered into, and shall not enter into, any agreement that would restrict, limit or interfere with the performance of the Sponsor’s obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Sponsor. Except as set forth in (i) any SPAC SEC Filings filed or submitted on or prior to the date hereof (excluding (a) any disclosures in any risk factors section that do not constitute statements of fact, disclosures in any forward-looking statements disclaimer and other disclosures that are generally cautionary, predictive or forward-looking in nature and (b) any exhibits or other documents appended thereto) (it being acknowledged that nothing disclosed in such SPAC SEC Filings will be deemed to modify or qualify the representations and warranties set forth in Article II, or (ii) in the SPAC Disclosure Letter, Sponsor represents and warrants as of the date hereof to HoldCo, SPAC and the Company as follows:

(a) Organization; Due Authorization. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, formed, organized or constituted, and the execution, delivery and performance of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the Sponsor’s corporate power and authority and have been (i) duly and validly authorized and approved by Sponsor’s Board and (ii) determined by Sponsor’s Board as advisable to Sponsor and Sponsor’s Shareholders and recommended for approval by Sponsor’s Shareholders. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Sponsor and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, this SPAC Investor Support Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of the Sponsor, enforceable against the Sponsor in accordance with the terms hereof (except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy Laws, other similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and general principles of equity affecting the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies).

(b) Ownership. The Sponsor is the record and beneficial owner (as defined in the Securities Act) of, and has good title to, all of the Sponsor’s SPAC Ordinary Shares and SPAC Warrants listed on Schedule I hereto, and there exist no Liens or any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of such SPAC Shares or SPAC Warrants (other than transfer restrictions under the Securities Act)) affecting any such SPAC Shares or SPAC Warrants, other than Liens pursuant to (i) this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, (ii) the SPAC’s Governing Documents, (iii) the Business Combination Agreement, or (iv) any applicable securities Laws. The Sponsor’s SPAC Ordinary Shares and SPAC Warrants are the only equity securities in SPAC owned of record or beneficially by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates on the date of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, and none of the Sponsor’s SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants are subject to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting of such SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants, except as provided hereunder. Other than the SPAC Warrants, the Sponsor

 

B-4


Table of Contents

does not hold or own any rights to acquire (directly or indirectly) any equity securities of SPAC or any equity securities convertible into, or which can be exchanged for, equity securities of SPAC.

(c) No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement by the Sponsor does not, and the performance by the Sponsor of its obligations hereunder will not, (i) conflict with or result in a violation of the organizational documents of the Sponsor or (ii) require any consent or approval that has not been given or other action that has not been taken by any Person (including under any Contract binding upon the Sponsor or the Sponsor’s SPAC Ordinary Shares or SPAC Warrants), in each case, to the extent such consent, approval or other action would prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by the Sponsor of its, his or her obligations under this SPAC Investor Support Agreement.

(d) Litigation. There are no Actions pending against the Sponsor, or to the knowledge of the Sponsor threatened against the Sponsor, before (or, in the case of threatened Actions, that would be before) any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority, which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by the Sponsor of its, his or her obligations under this SPAC Investor Support Agreement.

(e) Brokerage Fees. No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement based upon arrangements made by the Sponsor, for which SPAC or any of its Affiliates may become liable.

(f) Acknowledgment. The Sponsor understands and acknowledges that each of SPAC, the Company and HoldCo is entering into the Business Combination Agreement in reliance upon the Sponsor’s execution and delivery of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement.

(g) Affiliate Arrangements. Neither Sponsor nor any anyone related by blood, marriage or adoption to Sponsor or, to the knowledge of Sponsor, any Person in which Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership of 5% or greater is party to, or has any rights with respect to, or arising from, any contract with SPAC.

(h) No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties made by the Sponsor in this ARTICLE II or in any other Ancillary Agreement to which Sponsor is a party, Sponsor does not make any express or implied representation or warranty to SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub or the Company in connection with this SPAC Investor Support Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, and the Sponsor expressly disclaims any such other representations or warranties.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 Termination. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement and all of its provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Business Contribution Agreement in accordance with its terms, (b) the Merger Effective Time, or (c) the written agreement of the Sponsor, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company. Upon such termination of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under this SPAC Investor Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party hereto to any Person in respect hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party hereto shall have any claim against another (and no person shall have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that the termination of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement shall not relieve any party hereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement prior to such termination. This ARTICLE III shall survive the termination of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Section 3.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Sections 12.7 (Governing Law) and 12.14 (Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial) of the Business Combination Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

Section 3.3 Non-Circumvention. The Sponsor agrees that it shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, indirectly accomplish that which it is not permitted to accomplish directly under this SPAC Investor Support Agreement pursuant to provisions of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement that have not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.1.

Section 3.4 Inconsistent Actions. The Sponsor agrees, while this SPAC Investor Support Agreement is in effect, not to take or agree or commit to take any action that would make any representation and warranty of the Sponsor contained in this SPAC Investor Support Agreement inaccurate or has the effect of preventing or disabling the Sponsor from performing its obligations under this SPAC Investor Support Agreement

Section 3.5 Assignment. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement and all of the provisions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Neither this SPAC Investor Support Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder will be assigned (including by operation of law) without the prior written consent of all of the other parties hereto.

Section 3.6 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that any of the provisions of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement in the chancery court or any other state or federal court within the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.

Section 3.7 Amendment. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified or terminated, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and the Sponsor.

Section 3.8 Severability. If any provision of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this SPAC Investor Support Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable. Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this SPAC Investor Support Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

Section 3.9 Notices. All notices and other communications among the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person, (b) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (c) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service or (d) when e-mailed during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day), addressed as follows:

(a) If to SPAC, prior to the Closing, or to SPAC after the Effective Time, to:

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Attention: Jeri Kewk

  AJ Coloma

  Eric Teo

  Terence Fong

  Aaron Wee

  Clement Chen

Email: jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

  aj.coloma@sincapital.com

  eric.teo@sincapital.com

  terence.fong@sincapital.com

  aaron.wee@sincapital.com

  Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-8704

United States of America

Attention: Carl Marcellino

  Elizabeth Todd

Email: Carl.Marcellino@ropesgray.com

  Elizabeth.Todd@ropesgray.com

(b) If to the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub:

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor

1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman

Email: andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention: James Masetti

  Jarrod Murphy

Email: jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

  jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

 

B-7


Table of Contents

(c) If to Sponsor, to:

SC Health Holdings Limited

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Attention: David Sin

Email: david.sin@sincapital.com

Section 3.10 Counterparts. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (any of which may be delivered by electronic transmission), each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 3.11 Entire Agreement. This SPAC Investor Support Agreement and the agreements referenced herein and contemplated hereby constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

B-8


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sponsor, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company have each caused this SPAC Investor Support Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

SPONSOR:
SC HEALTH HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ David Sin

  Name: David Sin
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-9


Table of Contents
SPAC:
SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Angelo John Coloma

  Name: Angelo John Coloma
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-10


Table of Contents
COMPANY:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-11


Table of Contents
HOLDCO:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-12


Table of Contents
MERGER SUB:
ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-13


Table of Contents

Schedule I

Sponsor SPAC Ordinary Shares and SPAC Warrants

 

Sponsor

   SPAC Class A
Ordinary Shares
     SPAC Class B
Ordinary Shares
     SPAC Private
Placement
Warrants
 

SC Health Holdings Limited

     N/A        5,487,500        5,450,000  

[Schedule I to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-14


Table of Contents

Annex A

Form of Joinder Agreement

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the SPAC Investor Support Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Support Agreement”), by and among SC Health Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), SC Health Corporation., a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”) and Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Business Combination Agreement

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to, and a “Sponsor” under, the SPAC Investor Support Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Sponsor as if it had executed the SPAC Investor Support Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the SPAC Investor Support Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date:                     , 20          
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
    Address for Notices:
    With copies to:

[Schedule II to SPAC Investor Support Agreement]

 

B-15


Table of Contents

ANNEX C

Execution Version

COMPANY HOLDERS SUPPORT AGREEMENT

This Company Holders Support Agreement (the “Company Holders Support Agreement”) is dated as of March 19, 2021 by and among SC Health Corporation., a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”) and certain of the shareholders of the Company, whose names appear on the signature pages of this Company Holders Support Agreement (each, a “Shareholder” and collectively, the “Shareholders”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Business Combination Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof each Shareholder is the holder of record and the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the number of Company Ordinary Shares as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, with respect to each Shareholder, such Shareholder’s “Owned Shares,” and such Owned Shares, together with (1) any additional Company Ordinary Shares in which such Shareholder acquires record and beneficial ownership after the date hereof, including by exercise or exchange of securities convertible or exercisable into Company Ordinary Shares, purchase, as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, exchange or change of such shares, or upon exercise or conversion of any securities and (2) any additional shares of Company Ordinary Shares with respect to which such Shareholder has the right to vote through a proxy, the “Covered Shares”);

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company, have entered into a business combination agreement (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, among other transactions, the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo as a result of the Exchange and SPAC will be merged with and into Merger Sub, with SPAC continuing on as the surviving entity as a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo, on the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated therein, the parties hereto desire to agree to certain matters as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

C-1


Table of Contents

ARTICLE I

COMPANY HOLDERS SUPPORT; COVENANTS

Section 1.1 Support of Company Holders.

(a) Each Shareholder, solely in his, her or its capacity as a shareholder or proxy holder of the Company, agrees irrevocably and unconditionally, subject to Section 1.1(b), that at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, however called, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, or in any other circumstance in which the vote, consent or other approval of the shareholders of the Company is sought, such Shareholder shall (i) appear at each such meeting in person or by proxy or otherwise cause all of its Covered Shares to be counted as present thereat for purposes of calculating a quorum and (ii) vote or provide consent (or cause to be voted or consented), in person or by proxy, or execute and deliver a written consent (or cause a written consent to be executed and delivered) covering, all of its Covered Shares owned as of the record date for such meeting (or the date that any written consent is executed by such Shareholder):

(i) in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement;

(ii) in favor of the Resolutions;

(iii) against any merger agreement, merger, exchange, consolidation, combination, sale of substantial assets, reorganization, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of or by the Company or any other business combination proposal (other than the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby);

(iv) against any proposal, action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to (A) impede, nullify, frustrate, prevent, interfere with, materially delay the consummation of, or otherwise adversely affect, any of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger or any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement, (B) result in a breach in any respect of any covenant, representation, warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the Company under the Business Combination Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or (C) result in any of the conditions set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled; and

(v) undertakes, hereafter, to take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

Each Shareholder hereby agrees that it shall not commit or agree to take any action inconsistent with the foregoing. The obligations of each Shareholder hereunder shall apply whether or not the Company Board or other governing body or any committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof recommends any of the Resolutions and whether or not such board or other governing body, committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof changes, withdraws, withholds, qualifies or modifies, or publicly proposes to change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, the Company Board’s recommendation to its shareholders.

(b) The agreement of each Shareholder contained in Section 1.1(a) is conditional on HM Revenue and Customs granting clearance (a) under section 138 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (“TCGA”) that the anti-avoidance provisions of section 137 TCGA will not apply, and as such will not prevent section 135 TCGA from applying to the proposed transactions described in the Business Combination Agreement and (b) under section 707 Income Tax Act 2007 (“ITA”) that no notice under s698 ITA will be given in relation to the proposed transactions described in the Business Combination Agreement (the “Tax Clearance Condition”).

(c) Each Shareholder hereby covenants and agrees that such Shareholder shall not (i) enter into any voting agreement or voting trust with respect to any of such Shareholder’s Covered Shares that is inconsistent with such Shareholder’s obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement, (ii) grant

 

C-2


Table of Contents

a proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of such Shareholder’s Covered Shares that is inconsistent with such Shareholder’s obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement, or (iii) enter into any agreement or undertaking that is otherwise inconsistent with, or would restrict, limit or interfere with, or prohibit or prevent it from satisfying, its obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement.

Section 1.2 No Transfer. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the Merger Effective Time and (b) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 11.1 (Termination) thereof, each Shareholder shall not, except in each case pursuant to or as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including pursuant to the Schemes), directly or indirectly, sell (including short sells), offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, tender, convert, encumber, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of or agree to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the SEC (other than the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement) or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to any Covered Shares owned by such Shareholder, either voluntarily or involuntarily (collectively, a “Transfer”); or enter into any contract, option, derivative, hedging or other agreement or arrangement or understanding (including any profit-sharing arrangement) with respect to, or consent to, a Transfer of, any or all of the Covered Shares, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit either (i) the conversion or exchange of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Company Ordinary Shares in accordance with their terms or (ii) Transfers between such Shareholder and any Affiliate of such Shareholder or to another Shareholder of the Company that is a party to this Company Holders Support Agreement and bound by the terms and obligations hereof, so long as, prior to and as a condition to the effectiveness of any such Transfer, such transferee executes and delivers to the Company a joinder to this Company Holders Support Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A. Each Shareholder hereby authorizes the Company to maintain a copy of this Company Holders Support Agreement at either the executive office or the registered office of the Company.

Section 1.3 Closing Date Deliverables. On the Closing Date, each Shareholder shall deliver to SPAC, HoldCo and the Company a duly executed copy of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, by and among HoldCo, each Shareholder and the Other SPAC Investors.

Section 1.4 Further Assurances. Subject to the satisfaction of the Tax Clearance Condition, each Shareholder shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Schemes, Exchange and Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and herein and shall not take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to the Schemes, Exchange and Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement. Each Shareholder further agrees not to commence or participate in, and to take all actions necessary to opt out of any class in any class action with respect to, any action or claim, derivative or otherwise, against SPAC, SPAC’s Affiliates, the Sponsor, Holdco, or the Company or any of their respective successors and assigns with respect to the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement , the Business Combination Agreement (including all transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement) or any other Ancillary Document, in each case to the extent relating to facts, matters, circumstances or events that existed or occurred on prior to the Closing. Further, each Shareholder also agrees that Articles 9.12 (Confidentiality) and 12.12 (Publicity) of the Business Combination Agreement should apply to such Shareholder mutatis mutandis and such Shareholder shall agree to be bound by the same as if such Shareholder were a party to the Business Combination Agreement.

Section 1.5 Acquisition Proposals.

(a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1, each Shareholder: (i) shall not, directly or indirectly initiate, solicit or engage in any negotiations with any Person with respect to, or provide any non-public

 

C-3


Table of Contents

information or data concerning the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to any Person relating to, an Acquisition Proposal or afford to any Person access to the business, properties, assets or personnel of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) execute or enter into any acquisition agreement, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other arrangement or agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any confidentiality agreement or the anti-takeover laws of any state, (iv) otherwise knowingly encourage or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions, or negotiations or any effort or attempt by any Person to make an Acquisition Proposal or (v) agree or otherwise commit to enter into or engage in any of the foregoing. Each Shareholder also agrees that immediately following the execution of this Company Holders Support Agreement it shall cease any solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than the parties to the Business Combination Agreement and their respective representatives) conducted heretofore in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or any inquiry or request for information that could reasonably be expected to lead to, or result in, an Acquisition Proposal. Each Shareholder shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) notify, in writing, SPAC of the receipt of any inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information received after the date hereof that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to result in or lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall include a summary of the material terms of such inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information. Each Shareholder shall promptly (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours) keep SPAC reasonably informed of any material developments with respect to any such inquiry, proposal, offer, request for information or Acquisition Proposal (including any material changes thereto).

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Company Holders Support Agreement to the contrary, (i) each such Shareholder shall not be responsible for the actions of the Company or the Company Board (or any committee thereof), any subsidiary of the Company, or any officers, directors (in their capacity as such), employees and professional advisors of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Company Related Parties”), (ii) each such Shareholder makes no representations or warranties with respect to the actions of any of the Company Related Parties, and (iii) any breach by the Company of its obligations under Section 7.5 (Acquisition Proposals) of the Business Combination Agreement shall not be considered a breach of this Section 1.5 (it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Shareholder or his, her or its representatives (other than any such representative that is a Company Related Party) shall remain responsible for any breach by such Shareholder or his, her or its representatives of this Section 1.5).

Section 1.6 Disclosure. Such Shareholder hereby authorizes the Company, HoldCo and SPAC to publish and disclose in any announcement or disclosure required by the SEC such Shareholder’s identity and ownership of the Covered Shares and the nature of such Shareholder’s obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement. The Shareholder will promptly provide any information reasonably requested by SPAC, Holdco or the Company for any regulatory application or filing made or approval sought in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including filings with the SEC), except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided, that to the extent reasonably possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit the provision and/or disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege), to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1 Representations and Warranties of each Shareholder. Each Shareholder represents and warrants, severally (and not jointly and severally) as to itself only, as of the date hereof to HoldCo, SPAC and the Company as follows:

(a) Organization; Due Authorization. (i) if the Shareholder is a natural person, he or she has all the requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to execute and deliver this Company

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Holders Support Agreement, to perform his or her obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby, and (ii) if the Shareholder is not a natural person, (A) is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, formed, organized or constituted, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Company Holders Support Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within each Shareholder’s power and authority and have been (i) duly and validly authorized and approved by such Shareholder’s Board and (ii) determined by such Shareholder’s Board as advisable to such Shareholder and such Shareholder’s shareholders and recommended for approval by such Shareholder’s shareholders. This Company Holders Support Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Shareholder and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to this Company Holders Support Agreement, this Company Holders Support Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of each Shareholder, enforceable against each Shareholder in accordance with the terms hereof (except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). If this Company Holders Support Agreement is being executed in a representative or fiduciary capacity, the Person signing this Company Holders Support Agreement has full power and authority to enter into this Company Holders Support Agreement on behalf of said Shareholder.

(b) Ownership. Each Shareholder is the record, legal and beneficial owner (as defined in the Securities Act) of, and has good title to, all of such Shareholder’s Covered Shares listed on Schedule I hereto, and there exist no Liens or any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of such Covered Shares (other than transfer restrictions under the Securities Act)) affecting any such Covered Shares, other than Liens pursuant to (i) this Company Holders Support Agreement, (ii) if applicable, the Shareholder’s Governing Documents, (iii) the Business Combination Agreement, or (iv) any applicable securities Laws. The execution, delivery and performance of this Company Holders Support Agreement by each Shareholder does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will not, constitute or result in, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, a breach or violation of, a termination (or right of termination) of or a default under, the loss of any benefit under, the creation, modification or acceleration of any obligations under or the creation of a Lien on any of the properties, rights or assets of each Shareholder pursuant to any Contracts binding upon any Shareholder or, assuming (solely with respect to performance of this Company Holders Support Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) compliance with the matters referred to in Section 2.1(i), under any applicable Law to which each Shareholder is subject. Each Shareholder’s Covered Shares are the only equity securities in the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Shareholder on the date of this Company Holders Support Agreement, and none of such Shareholder’s Covered Shares are subject to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting of such Covered Shares, except as provided hereunder.

(c) No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement by each Shareholder does not, and the performance by each Shareholder of its obligations hereunder and other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will not, (i) conflict with or result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Shareholder that is not a natural person or (ii) require any consent or approval that has not been given or other action that has not been taken by any Person (including under any Contract binding upon such Shareholder or such Shareholder’s Covered Shares), in each case, to the extent such consent, approval or other action would prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by such Shareholder of its, his or her obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

(d) Litigation. There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending against any Shareholder or, to the knowledge of any Shareholder, threatened against any Shareholder that questions the beneficial or record ownership of the Shareholder’s Owned Shares, the validity of this Company Holders Support Agreement or which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by each Shareholder of its, his or her obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

(e) Brokerage Fees. Except as described on Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter provided in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, no broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement based upon arrangements made by each Shareholder, for which SPAC or any of its Affiliates may become liable.

(f) Acknowledgment. Each Shareholder understands and acknowledges that each of SPAC, the Company and HoldCo is entering into the Business Combination Agreement in reliance upon such Shareholder’s execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement.

(g) Each Shareholder has had adequate information concerning the business and financial condition of SPAC and the Company to make an informed decision regarding this Company Holders Support Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and has independently and without reliance upon the SPAC or the Company and based on such information as each Shareholder has deemed appropriate, made its own analysis and decision to enter into this Company Holders Support Agreement . The Shareholder acknowledges that SPAC and the Company have not made and do not make any representation or warranty, whether express or implied, of any kind or character except as expressly set forth in this Company Holders Support Agreement. Each Shareholder acknowledges that the agreements contained herein with respect to the Covered Shares held by each Shareholder are irrevocable.

(h) Each Shareholder understands and acknowledges that each of SPAC Holdco, the Company and Merger Sub is entering into the Business Combination Agreement in reliance upon each Shareholder’s execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement and the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements of each Shareholder contained herein.

(i) Other than the filings, notices and reports pursuant to, in compliance with or required to be made under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”), no filings, notices, reports, consents, registrations, approvals, permits, waivers, expirations of waiting periods or authorizations are required to be obtained by each Shareholder from, or to be given by each Shareholder to, or be made by each Shareholder with, any Governmental Entity in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Shareholder of this Company Holders Support Agreement , the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

(j) No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties made by each Shareholder in this ARTICLE II or in any other Ancillary Agreement to which such Shareholder is a party, no Shareholder makes any express or implied representation or warranty to SPAC, the Company or HoldCo in connection with this Company Holders Support Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Company Holders Support Agreement, and each Shareholder expressly disclaims any such other representations or warranties.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 Termination. This Company Holders Support Agreement and all of its provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms, (b) the Merger Effective Time and (c) the written agreement of each Shareholder, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company. Upon such termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under this Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party hereto to any Person in respect hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party hereto shall have any claim against another (and no person shall

 

C-6


Table of Contents

have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement shall not relieve any party hereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of this Company Holders Support Agreement prior to such termination. This ARTICLE III shall survive the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement.

Section 3.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Sections 12.7 (Governing Law) and 12.14 (Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial) of the Business Combination Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

Section 3.3 Non-Circumvention. Each Shareholder agrees that it shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, indirectly accomplish that which it is not permitted to accomplish directly under this Company Holders Support Agreement pursuant to provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement that have not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.1.

Section 3.4 Inconsistent Actions. Each Shareholder agrees, while this Company Holders Support Agreement is in effect, not to take or agree or commit to take any action that would make any representation and warranty of such Shareholder contained in this Company Holders Support Agreement inaccurate or has the effect of preventing or disabling such Shareholder from performing its obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

Section 3.5 Assignment. This Company Holders Support Agreement and all of the provisions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Company Holders Support Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder will be assigned (including by operation of law) without the prior written consent of all of the other parties hereto.

Section 3.6 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Company Holders Support Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement in the chancery court or any other state or federal court within the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.

Section 3.7 Amendment. This Company Holders Support Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified or terminated, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and each Shareholder.

Section 3.8 Severability. If any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable. Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Company Holders Support Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 3.9 Notices. All notices and other communications among the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person, (b) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid,

 

C-7


Table of Contents

(c) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service or (d) when e-mailed during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day), addressed as follows:

(a) If to SPAC, prior to the Closing, or to SPAC after the Effective Time, to:

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Attention: Jeri Kewk

AJ Coloma

Eric Teo

Terence Fong

Aaron Wee

Clement Chen

Email: jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

aj.coloma@sincapital.com

eric.teo@sincapital.com

terence.fong@sincapital.com

aaron.wee@sincapital.com

Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-8704

United States of America

Attention: Carl Marcellino

Elizabeth Todd

Email: Carl.Marcellino@ropesgray.com

Elizabeth.Todd@ropesgray.com

(b) If to the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub to:

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor

1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman

Email: andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention: James Masetti

Jarrod Murphy

Email: jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

 

C-8


Table of Contents

(c) If to each Shareholder, to the address or email address set forth opposite such Shareholder’s name on Schedule I, or in the absence of such address or email address being set forth on Schedule I, the address (including email) set forth in the Company’s books and records, with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention: James Masetti

Jarrod Murphy

Email: jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

Section 3.10 Counterparts. This Company Holders Support Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (any of which may be delivered by electronic transmission), each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 3.11 Entire Agreement. This Company Holders Support Agreement and the agreements referenced herein and contemplated hereby constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

Section 3.12 Capacity as a Shareholder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Shareholder signs this Company Holders Support Agreement solely in the Shareholder’s capacity as a Shareholder or proxy holder of the Company, and not in any other capacity and this Company Holders Support Agreement shall not limit, prevent or otherwise affect the actions of such Shareholder or any Affiliate, employee or designee of such Shareholder or any of their respective Affiliates in his or her capacity, if applicable, as an officer or director of the Company (or any Subsidiary of the Company) or any other Person, including in the exercise of his or her fiduciary duties as a director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. No Shareholder shall be liable or responsible for any breach, default, or violation of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement by any other Shareholder that is also a party hereto and each Shareholder shall solely be required to perform its obligations hereunder in its individual capacity.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

C-9


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and the Shareholders have each caused this Company Holders Support Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

SPAC:
SC HEALTH CORPORATION.
By:  

/s/ Angelo John Coloma

  Name: Angelo John Coloma
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-10


Table of Contents
COMPANY:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-11


Table of Contents
HOLDCO:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-12


Table of Contents
MERGER SUB:
ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-13


Table of Contents
SHAREHOLDERS:
HENGTONG OPTIC-ELECTRIC INTERNATIONAL CO. LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Jicheng Yin

  Name: Jicheng Yin
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-14


Table of Contents
MORNINGSIDE TECHNOLOGY VENTURES LTD
By:  

/s/ Jill Marie Franklin

  Name: Jill Marie Franklin
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-15


Table of Contents
MOULTON GOODIES LTD
By:  

/s/ Justin Jager

  Name: Justin Jager
 

Title:   Director of Artemis Corporate Services

            Limited

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-16


Table of Contents
RICHARD VON TSCHARNER
By:  

/s/ Richard Von Tscharner

Name:

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-17


Table of Contents
AARON ZILKIE
By:  

/s/ Aaron Zilkie

  Name:

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-18


Table of Contents

Schedule I

Shareholder Covered Shares

 

Shareholder

  

Notice

  

Company Ordinary Shares

Hengtong Optic-Electric International Co. Limited    88 Hengtong Road, Qidu Town, Wujiang District, Jiangsu Province, China    2,798,195
Morningside Technology Ventures Ltd    2nd Floor, Le Prince de Galles, 3-5 Avenue des Citronniers, MC 98000, Monaco    1,073,711
Moulton Goodies Ltd    Trafalgar Court, 2nd Floor East Wing, Admiral Park, St Peter Port, GY1 3EL, Guernsey    1,194,410
Richard von Tscharner    Villa 42, 353/AL SAFFA FIRST - 25th Street, PO Box 900179, Al Safa, Dubai, United Arab Emirates    2,397,801
Aaron Zilkie    2190 Paloma Street, Pasadena CA 91104, United States    1,000,000

[Schedule I to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-19


Table of Contents

Annex A

Form of Joinder Agreement

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Company Holders Support Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Support Agreement”), by and among SC Health Corporation., a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”) and certain of the shareholders of the Company, whose names appear on the signature pages of this Company Holders Support Agreement (each, a “Shareholder” and collectively, the “Shareholders”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company Holders Support Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to, and a “Shareholder” under, the Company Holders Support Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Shareholder as if it had executed the Company Holders Support Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Company Holders Support Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date:                     , 20          
    By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
    Address for Notices:
    With copies to:

[Annex A to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

C-20


Table of Contents

ANNEX D

Execution Version

COMPANY HOLDERS SUPPORT AGREEMENT

This Company Holders Support Agreement (the “Company Holders Support Agreement”) is dated as of March 19, 2021 by and among SC Health Corporation, a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”) and Dr. Andrew George Rickman, a shareholder of the Company and the sole shareholder of HoldCo, whose name appears on the signature pages of this Company Holders Support Agreement (the “Shareholder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Business Combination Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof the Shareholder is the holder of record and the “beneficial owner” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 7,031,500 Company Ordinary Shares and one (1) HoldCo ordinary share, (the “HoldCo Shares”), as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (collectively, with respect to the Shareholder, the Shareholder’s “Owned Shares,” and such Owned Shares, together with (1) any additional Company Ordinary Shares or HoldCo ordinary shares in which the Shareholder acquires record and beneficial ownership after the date hereof, including by exercise or exchange of securities convertible or exercisable into Company Ordinary Shares or HoldCo Shares, purchase, as a result of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, exchange or change of such shares, or upon exercise or conversion of any securities and (2) any additional Company Ordinary Shares or HoldCo ordinary shares with respect to which the Shareholder has the right to vote through a proxy, the “Covered Shares”);

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, and the Company, have entered into a business combination agreement (as amended or modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which, among other transactions, the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo as a result of the Exchange and SPAC will be merged with and into Merger Sub, with SPAC continuing on as the surviving entity as a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of HoldCo, on the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company to enter into the Business Combination Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated therein, the parties hereto desire to agree to certain matters as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

D-1


Table of Contents

ARTICLE I

COMPANY HOLDERS SUPPORT; COVENANTS

Section 1.1 Support of Company Holders.

(a) The Shareholder, solely in his, her or its capacity as a shareholder or proxy holder of the Company and/or HoldCo (as the case may be), agrees irrevocably and unconditionally, subject to Section 1.1(b), that at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company or Holdco, however called, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof, or in any other circumstance in which the vote, consent or other approval of the shareholders of the Company or Holdco is sought, the Shareholder shall (i) appear at each such meeting in person or by proxy or otherwise cause all of his Covered Shares to be counted as present thereat for purposes of calculating a quorum and (ii) vote, approve or consent (or cause to be voted, approved or consented), in person or by proxy, or execute and deliver a written approval or consent (or cause a written approval or consent to be executed and delivered) covering, all of his Covered Shares owned as of the record date for such meeting (or the date that any written consent is executed by the Shareholder):

(i) in favor of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement;

(ii) in favor of the Resolutions;

(iii) in favour of the HoldCo resolutions, prior to the Initial Exchange, save for any changes or amendments agreed with SPAC (acting reasonably), appended hereto in Annex B of this Company Holders Support Agreement (the “HoldCo Shareholder Approval”);

(iv) against any merger agreement, merger, exchange, consolidation, combination, sale of substantial assets, reorganization, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of or by the Company or Holdco or any other business combination proposal requested by HoldCo (other than the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby unless approved in writing with by both SPAC and the Company);

(v) against any proposal, action or agreement that would reasonably be expected to (A) impede, nullify, frustrate, prevent, interfere with, materially delay the consummation of, or otherwise adversely affect, any of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger or any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement, (B) result in a breach in any respect of any covenant, representation, warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the Company or Holdco under the Business Combination Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (unless approved in writing with by both SPAC and the Company), or (C) result in any of the conditions set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement not being fulfilled; and

(vi) undertakes, hereafter, to take all other necessary and desirable actions reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

The Shareholder solely in his, her or its capacity as a shareholder or proxy holder of the Company and/or HoldCo (as the case may be), hereby agrees that he shall not commit or agree to take any action inconsistent with the foregoing. The obligations of the Shareholder hereunder shall apply whether or not the Company Board, the board of directors of HoldCo, other governing body or any committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof recommends any of the Resolutions or HoldCo Shareholder Approval, and whether or not such board or other governing body, committee, subcommittee or subgroup thereof changes, withdraws, withholds, qualifies or modifies, or publicly proposes to change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, the Company Board’s or the board of directors for HoldCo, recommendation to its shareholders.

(b) The agreement of the Shareholder contained in Section 1.1(a) is conditional on HM Revenue and Customs granting clearance (a) under section 138 Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (“TCGA”) that the

 

D-2


Table of Contents

anti-avoidance provisions of section 137 TCGA will not apply, and as such will not prevent section 135 TCGA from applying to the proposed transactions described in the Business Combination Agreement and (b) under section 707 Income Tax Act 2007 (“ITA”) that no notice under s698 ITA will be given in relation to the proposed transactions described in the Business Combination Agreement (the “Tax Clearance Condition”).

(c) The Shareholder hereby covenants and agrees that he shall not: (i) enter into any voting agreement or voting trust with respect to any of the Covered Shares that is inconsistent with the Shareholder’s obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement, (ii) grant a proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Covered Shares that is inconsistent with the Shareholder’s obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement, or (iii) enter into any agreement or undertaking that is otherwise inconsistent with, or would restrict, limit or interfere with, or prohibit or prevent him from satisfying, its obligations pursuant to this Company Holders Support Agreement, in each case save with the written approval of SPAC and the Company.

Section 1.2 No Transfer. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the Merger Effective Time and (b) such date and time as the Business Combination Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 11.1 (Termination), the Shareholder shall not, except in each case pursuant to or as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including pursuant to the Schemes), directly or indirectly, sell (including short sells), offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase, tender, convert, encumber, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of or agree to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the SEC (other than the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement) or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to any Covered Shares owned by the Shareholder, either voluntarily or involuntarily (collectively, a “Transfer”); or enter into any contract, option, derivative, hedging or other agreement or arrangement or understanding (including any profit-sharing arrangement) with respect to, or consent to, a Transfer of, any or all of the Covered Shares, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit either (i) the conversion or exchange of securities convertible into or exchangeable for Company Ordinary Shares or HoldCo Shares in accordance with their terms or (ii) Transfers between the Shareholder and any Affiliate of the Shareholder, so long as, prior to and as a condition to the effectiveness of any such Transfer, such transferee executes and delivers to the Company a joinder to this Company Holders Support Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A. The Shareholder hereby authorizes the Company to maintain a copy of this Company Holders Support Agreement at either the executive office or the registered office of the Company.

Section 1.3 Closing Date Deliverables. On the Closing Date, the Shareholder shall deliver to SPAC, HoldCo and the Company a duly executed copy of the Registration Rights and Lock-Up Agreement, by and among HoldCo, the Shareholder and the Other SPAC Investors.

Section 1.4 Further Assurances. Subject to the satisfaction of the Tax Clearance Condition, the Shareholder shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Schemes, Exchange and Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and herein and shall not take any action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay the satisfaction of any of the conditions to the Schemes, Exchange and Merger and the other applicable transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement set forth in Article X of the Business Combination Agreement. The Shareholder further agrees not to commence or participate in, and to take all actions necessary to opt out of any class in any class action with respect to, any action or claim, derivative or otherwise, against SPAC, SPAC’s Affiliates, the Sponsor, HoldCo, or the Company or any of their respective successors and assigns with respect to the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement , the Business Combination Agreement (including all transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement) or any other Ancillary Document, in each case to the extent relating to facts, matters, circumstances or events that existed or occurred on prior to the Closing. Further, the Shareholder also agrees that Articles 9.12

 

D-3


Table of Contents

(Confidentiality) and 12.12 (Publicity) of the Business Combination Agreement should apply to the Shareholder mutatis mutandis and the Shareholder shall agree to be bound by the same as if the Shareholder were a party to the Business Combination Agreement.

Section 1.5 Acquisition Proposals.

(a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date or, if earlier, the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1, the Shareholder: (i) shall not, directly or indirectly initiate, solicit or engage in any negotiations with any Person with respect to, or provide any non-public information or data concerning the Company or HoldCo (as the case may be) or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to any Person relating to, an Acquisition Proposal or afford to any Person access to the business, properties, assets or personnel of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) execute or enter into any acquisition agreement, merger agreement or similar definitive agreement, or any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or agreement in principle, or any other arrangement or agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) grant any waiver, amendment or release under any confidentiality agreement or the anti-takeover laws of any state, (iv) otherwise knowingly encourage or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions, or negotiations or any effort or attempt by any Person to make an Acquisition Proposal or (v) agree or otherwise commit to enter into or engage in any of the foregoing. The Shareholder also agrees that immediately following the execution of this Company Holders Support Agreement he shall cease any solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than the parties to the Business Combination Agreement and their respective representatives) conducted heretofore in connection with an Acquisition Proposal or any inquiry or request for information that could reasonably be expected to lead to, or result in, an Acquisition Proposal. The Shareholder shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) notify, in writing, SPAC of the receipt of any inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information received after the date hereof that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to result in or lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall include a summary of the material terms of such inquiry, proposal, offer or request for information. The Shareholder shall promptly (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours) keep SPAC reasonably informed of any material developments with respect to any such inquiry, proposal, offer, request for information or Acquisition Proposal (including any material changes thereto).

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Company Holders Support Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Shareholder shall not be responsible for the actions of the Company, HoldCo, the Company Board (or any committee thereof) or the board of directors of HoldCo, any subsidiary of the Company, or any officers, directors (in their capacity as such), employees and professional advisors of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Company Related Parties”), (ii) the Shareholder makes no representations or warranties with respect to the actions of any of the Company Related Parties, and (iii) any breach by the Company of its obligations under Section 7.5 (Acquisition Proposals) of the Business Combination Agreement shall not be considered a breach of this Section 1.5 (it being understood that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shareholder or his representatives (other than any such representative that is a Company Related Party) shall remain responsible for any breach by the Shareholder or his representatives of this Section 1.5).

Section 1.6 Disclosure. The Shareholder hereby authorizes the Company, HoldCo and SPAC to publish and disclose in any announcement or disclosure required by the SEC the Shareholder’s identity and ownership of the Covered Shares and the nature of the Shareholder’s obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement. The Shareholder will promptly provide any information reasonably requested by SPAC, HoldCo or the Company for any regulatory application or filing made or approval sought in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (including filings with the SEC), except for any information that is subject to attorney-client privilege (provided, that to the extent reasonably possible, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to permit the provision and/or disclosure of such information in a manner that preserves such privilege), to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

D-4


Table of Contents

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Shareholder. The Shareholder represents and warrants, severally (and not jointly and severally) as to itself only, as of the date hereof to HoldCo, SPAC and the Company as follows:

(a) Organization; Due Authorization. he has all the requisite power and authority and has taken all actions necessary in order to execute and deliver this Company Holders Support Agreement, to perform his obligations hereunder and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby. This Company Holders Support Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Shareholder and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to this Company Holders Support Agreement, this Company Holders Support Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with the terms hereof (except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

(b) Ownership. The Shareholder is the record, legal and beneficial owner (as defined in the Securities Act) of, and has good title to, all of such Shareholder’s Covered Shares listed on Schedule I hereto, and there exist no Liens or any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of such Covered Shares (other than transfer restrictions under the Securities Act)) affecting any such Covered Shares, other than Liens pursuant to (i) this Company Holders Support Agreement, (ii) if applicable, the Shareholder’s Governing Documents, (iii) the Business Combination Agreement, or (iv) any applicable securities Laws. The execution, delivery and performance of this Company Holders Support Agreement by the Shareholder does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will not, constitute or result in, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, a breach or violation of, a termination (or right of termination) of or a default under, the loss of any benefit under, the creation, modification or acceleration of any obligations under or the creation of a Lien on any of the properties, rights or assets of the Shareholder pursuant to any Contracts binding upon the Shareholder or, assuming (solely with respect to performance of this Company Holders Support Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby) compliance with the matters referred to in Section 2.1(i), under any applicable Law to which the Shareholder is subject. The Shareholder’s Covered Shares are the only equity securities in the Company and HoldCo owned of record or beneficially by the Shareholder on the date of this Company Holders Support Agreement, and none of the Shareholder’s Covered Shares are subject to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with respect to the voting of such Covered Shares, except as provided hereunder. Further, the Shareholder’s Owned Shares in HoldCo (as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto) represent the entire issued share capital of HoldCo, and the Shareholder will procure that, save as in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, no further shares in HoldCo are issued.

(c) No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement by the Shareholder does not, and the performance by the Shareholder of its obligations hereunder and other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement will not require any consent or approval that has not been given or other action that has not been taken by any Person (including under any Contract binding upon the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s Covered Shares), in each case, to the extent such consent, approval or other action would prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by the Shareholder of his obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

(d) Litigation. There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending against the Shareholder or, to the knowledge of the Shareholder, threatened against the Shareholder that questions the Shareholder’s beneficial or record ownership of the Owned Shares, the validity of this Company Holders Support Agreement or which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or materially delay the performance by the Shareholder of his obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

 

D-5


Table of Contents

(e) Acknowledgment. The Shareholder understands and acknowledges that each of SPAC, the Company and HoldCo is entering into the Business Combination Agreement in reliance upon the Shareholder’s execution and delivery of this Company Holders Support Agreement.

(f) The Shareholder has had adequate information concerning the business and financial condition of SPAC and the Company to make an informed decision regarding this Company Holders Support Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and has independently and without reliance upon SPAC or the Company and based on such information as the Shareholder has deemed appropriate, made his own analysis and decision to enter into this Company Holders Support Agreement. The Shareholder acknowledges that SPAC and the Company have not made and do not make any representation or warranty, whether express or implied, of any kind or character except as expressly set forth in this Company Holders Support Agreement. The Shareholder acknowledges that the agreements contained herein with respect to the Covered Shares held by the Shareholder are irrevocable.

(g) Other than the filings, notices and reports pursuant to, in compliance with or required to be made under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”), no filings, notices, reports, consents, registrations, approvals, permits, waivers, expirations of waiting periods or authorizations are required to be obtained by the Shareholder from, or to be given by the Shareholder to, or be made by the Shareholder with, any Governmental Entity in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Shareholder of this Company Holders Support Agreement , the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

(h) No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties made by the Shareholder in this ARTICLE II or in any other Ancillary Agreement to which the Shareholder is a party, the Shareholder does not make any express or implied representation or warranty to SPAC, the Company or HoldCo in connection with this Company Holders Support Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Company Holders Support Agreement, and the Shareholder expressly disclaims any such other representations or warranties.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1 Termination. This Company Holders Support Agreement and all of its provisions shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms, (b) the Merger Effective Time and (c) the written agreement of the Shareholder, SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub and the Company. Upon such termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement, all obligations of the parties under this Company Holders Support Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party hereto to any Person in respect hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party hereto shall have any claim against another (and no person shall have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement shall not relieve any party hereto from liability arising in respect of any breach of this Company Holders Support Agreement prior to such termination. This ARTICLE III shall survive the termination of this Company Holders Support Agreement.

Section 3.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Sections 12.7 (Governing Law) and 12.14 (Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial) of the Business Combination Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

Section 3.3 Non-Circumvention. The Shareholder agrees that he shall not, and shall cause his Affiliates not to, indirectly accomplish that which he is not permitted to accomplish under this Company Holders Support

 

D-6


Table of Contents

Agreement pursuant to provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement that have not been terminated pursuant to Section 3.1.

Section 3.4 Inconsistent Actions. The Shareholder agrees, while this Company Holders Support Agreement is in effect, not to take or agree or commit to take any action that would make any representation and warranty of the Shareholder contained in this Company Holders Support Agreement inaccurate or has the effect of preventing or disabling the Shareholder from performing his obligations under this Company Holders Support Agreement.

Section 3.5 Assignment. This Company Holders Support Agreement and all of the provisions hereof will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Company Holders Support Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder will be assigned (including by operation of law) without the prior written consent of all of the other parties hereto.

Section 3.6 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Company Holders Support Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement in the chancery court or any other state or federal court within the State of Delaware, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.

Section 3.7 Amendment. This Company Holders Support Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified or terminated, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and the Shareholder.

Section 3.8 Severability. If any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Company Holders Support Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Company Holders Support Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable. Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Company Holders Support Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, the Exchange or the Merger be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 3.9 Notices. All notices and other communications among the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person, (b) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (c) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service or (d) when e-mailed during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day), addressed as follows:

(a) If to SPAC, prior to the Closing, or to SPAC after the Effective Time, to:

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Republic of Singapore

Attention: Jeri Kewk

AJ Coloma

Eric Teo

Terence Fong

Aaron Wee

Clement Chen

 

D-7


Table of Contents

Email:     jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

        aj.coloma@sincapital.com

        eric.teo@sincapital.com

        terence.fong@sincapital.com

        aaron.wee@sincapital.com

        Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-8704

United States of America

Attention: Carl Marcellino

          Elizabeth Todd

Email:       Carl.Marcellino@ropesgray.com

          Elizabeth.Todd@ropesgray.com

(b) If to the Company, HoldCo or Merger Sub to:

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor

1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman

Email:    andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street,

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention:  James Masetti

     Jarrod Murphy

Email:   jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

     jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

(c) If to the Shareholder, to the address or email address set forth opposite the Shareholder’s name on Schedule I, or in the absence of such address or email address being set forth on Schedule I, the address (including email) set forth in the Company’s books and records,

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

United States of America

Attention: James Masetti

          Jarrod Murphy

Email: jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

    jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

 

D-8


Table of Contents

Section 3.10 Counterparts. This Company Holders Support Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (any of which may be delivered by electronic transmission), each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 3.11 Entire Agreement. This Company Holders Support Agreement and the agreements referenced herein and contemplated hereby constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

Section 3.12 Capacity as a Shareholder . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Shareholder signs this Company Holders Support Agreement solely in the Shareholder’s capacity as a shareholder or proxy holder of the Company and HoldCo (as the case may be), and not in any other capacity and this Company Holders Support Agreement shall not limit, prevent or otherwise affect the actions of the Shareholder or any Affiliate, employee or designee of the Shareholder or any of their respective Affiliates in his or her capacity, if applicable, as an officer or director of the Company (or any Subsidiary of the Company) or any other Person, including in the exercise of his fiduciary duties as a director or officer of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or HoldCo.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

D-9


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the SPAC, HoldCo, Merger Sub, the Company and the Shareholder have each caused this Company Holders Support Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

SPAC:
SC HEALTH CORPORATION.
By:  

/s/ Angelo John Coloma

  Name: Angelo John Coloma
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-10


Table of Contents
COMPANY:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-11


Table of Contents
HOLDCO:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-12


Table of Contents
MERGER SUB:
ROCKLEY MERGERSUB LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-13


Table of Contents
SHAREHOLDER:
DR. ANDREW GEORGE RICKMAN
By:  

/s/ Dr. Andrew George Rickman

  Name: Dr. Andrew George Rickman

[Signature Page to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-14


Table of Contents

Schedule I

Shareholder Covered Shares

 

Shareholder

  

Notice – See above for notice provisions

  

Company Ordinary Shares

Andrew George Rickman    Haredown, Great Bedwyn, Marlborough, SN8 3ND, United Kingdom    7,031,500

 

Shareholder

  

Notice – See above for
notice provisions

  

HoldCo Shares

Andrew George Rickman    Haredown, Great Bedwyn, Marlborough, SN8 3ND, United Kingdom    1

[Schedule I to Company Holders Support Agreement]

 

D-15


Table of Contents

Annex A

Form of Joinder Agreement

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Company Holders Support Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Support Agreement”), by and among SC Health Corporation, a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), (“HoldCo”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”), Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (the “Company”) and Dr. Andrew George Rickman, a shareholder of the Company and the sole shareholder of HoldCo, whose name appears on the signature pages of this Company Holders Support Agreement (the “Shareholder”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company Holders Support Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to, and a “Shareholder” under, the Company Holders Support Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Shareholder as if it had executed the Company Holders Support Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Company Holders Support Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date:                     , 20        

     

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
With copies to:

 

D-16


Table of Contents

Annex B

HoldCo Shareholder Approval

 

D-17


Table of Contents

ANNEX E

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

March 19, 2021

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the proposed business combination (the “Transaction”) between SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“SC Health”), and Rockley Photonics, Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (“Target”), pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended, the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among SC Health, Target, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“HoldCo”) and Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, SC Health is seeking commitments to purchase ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”), of HoldCo for a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Purchase Price”), in a private placement to be conducted by HoldCo and SC Health (the “Offering”). In connection therewith, the undersigned subscriber (“Subscriber”), SC Health and HoldCo agree in this subscription agreement (this “Subscription Agreement”) as follows:

1. Subscription. As of the date written above (the “Subscription Date”), the Subscriber hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase from HoldCo such number of Ordinary Shares as is set forth on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the “Shares”) at the Purchase Price per Share and on the terms provided for herein.

SC Health and HoldCo have entered into separate subscription agreements (the “Other Subscription Agreements”) with certain other “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act) (each, an “Other Subscriber”), pursuant to which such investors have agreed to purchase Ordinary Shares on the Closing Date and the aggregate gross proceeds from the securities to be sold by HoldCo pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements equals, as of the date hereof, $150,000,000.

2. Closing; Delivery of Shares.

(a) The closing of the sale of Shares contemplated hereby (the “Closing”, and the date that the Closing actually occurs, the “Closing Date”) is contingent upon the substantially concurrent consummation of the Transaction (the “Transaction Closing”). The Closing shall occur on the date of the Transaction Closing, and immediately prior to, the Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

(b) HoldCo shall provide written notice (which may be via email) to the Subscriber (the “Closing Notice”) that HoldCo reasonably expects the Transaction Closing to occur on a date specified in the notice (the

 

E-1


Table of Contents

Scheduled Closing Date”) that is not less than three (3) business days from the date of the Subscriber’s receipt of the Closing Notice, which Closing Notice shall contain HoldCo’s wire instructions for an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) established by HoldCo with a third party escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) to be identified in the Closing Notice. At least two (2) business days prior to the Scheduled Closing Date, the Subscriber shall deliver to the Escrow Account the aggregate Purchase Price for the Shares subscribed by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds. Upon the Closing, HoldCo shall provide instructions to the Escrow Agent to release the funds in the Escrow Account to HoldCo against delivery to the Subscriber of the Shares, free and clear of any liens or other restrictions whatsoever (other than those arising under state or federal securities laws), in book-entry form as set forth in Section 2(c) below. If this Subscription Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing and any funds have already been sent by the Subscriber to the Escrow Account, then promptly (but in no event later than five (5) business days after the Scheduled Closing Date specified in the Closing Notice) after such termination, HoldCo will instruct the Escrow Agent to promptly return such funds to the Subscriber.

(c) On the Closing Date, promptly after the Closing, HoldCo shall deliver (or cause the delivery of) the Shares in book-entry form with restrictive legends in the amount as set forth on the signature page to the Subscriber as indicated on the signature page.

3. Closing Conditions. In addition to the condition set forth in the first sentence of Section 2(a) above:

(a) The Closing is also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by each party to this Subscription Agreement of the conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) no suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale or trading in any jurisdiction, or initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, shall have occurred;

(ii) no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have rendered, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any judgment, order, law, rule or regulation (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is then in effect and which then makes the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or then restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(iii) all material conditions precedent to the Transaction Closing set forth in the Transaction Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the Transaction Closing).

(b) The obligations of SC Health and HoldCo to consummate the Closing are also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by SC Health and HoldCo of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) all representations and warranties of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date); and

(ii) the Subscriber shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to Closing.

(c) The obligations of the Subscriber to consummate the Closing are also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by the Subscriber of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) all representations and warranties of SC Health and HoldCo contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein), which representations and warranties shall be true in all respects) at and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be true in all respects) as of such date);

 

E-2


Table of Contents

(ii) SC Health and HoldCo shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to Closing; and

(iii) no amendment, modification or waiver of the Transaction Agreement shall have occurred that reasonably would be expected to materially and adversely affect the economic benefits that the Subscriber reasonably would expect to receive under this Subscription Agreement.

4. SC Health and HoldCo Representations and Warranties. Each of SC Health (other than in respect of paragraph (b) below) and HoldCo represents and warrants to the Subscriber severally (and not jointly and severally), as to itself only, that:

(a) As of the date hereof, each of SC Health and HoldCo is an exempted company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Immediately following the Transaction Closing under the Transaction Agreement, each of SC Health and HoldCo will be validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of SC Health and HoldCo has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and conduct its respective business as presently conducted and to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

(b) All issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are non-assessable and are not subject to pre-emptive rights. The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Subscriber against full payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Subscription Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights created under HoldCo’s Articles of Association or under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(c) This Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of SC Health and HoldCo and is enforceable against each of SC Health and HoldCo in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited or otherwise affected by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) principles of equity, whether considered at law or equity.

(d) The issuance and sale of the Shares by HoldCo and the compliance by each of SC Health and HoldCo with all of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein will be done in accordance with the NYSE listing rules and will not conflict with or result in a material breach or material violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of SC Health or HoldCo is subject, which would have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, financial condition, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of SC Health or HoldCo (a “Material Adverse Effect”) or materially affect the validity of the Shares or the legal authority of SC Health or HoldCo to comply in all material respects with the terms of this Subscription Agreement; (ii) result in any material violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of SC Health or HoldCo; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over SC Health or HoldCo or any of its properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect or materially affect the validity of the Shares or the legal authority of SC Health or HoldCo to comply with this Subscription Agreement; subject, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (iii) with respect to the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated.

(e) Neither SC Health nor HoldCo has entered into any agreement or arrangement entitling any agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other

 

E-3


Table of Contents

commission or similar fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement for which the Subscriber could become liable. Other than Merrill Lynch (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (and its affiliates) and Cowen and Company, LLC. (collectively, the “Placement Agents”), neither SC Health nor HoldCo is aware of any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of any shares of Ordinary Shares in the Offering.

(f) HoldCo is not, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Shares, will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(g) Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 5, in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Shares in the manner contemplated by this Subscription Agreement, it is not necessary to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

(h) Neither SC Health, HoldCo, nor any person acting on their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any HoldCo security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would adversely affect reliance by HoldCo on either Regulation S under the Securities Act or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the exemption from registration for the transactions contemplated hereby or would require registration of the issuance of the Shares under the Securities Act.

(i) There are no Other Subscription Agreements, side letter agreements or other agreements or understandings (including written summaries of any oral understandings) with any Other Subscriber that include terms and conditions that are materially more advantageous to any such Other Subscriber (as compared to Subscriber) containing any of the following: (i) any rights or benefits granted to an Other Subscriber in connection with such Other Subscriber’s compliance with any law, regulation or policy specifically applicable to such Other Subscriber or in connection with the taxable status of an Other Subscriber, (ii) any rights or benefits which are personal to an Other Subscriber based solely on its place of organization or headquarters, organizational form of, or other particular restrictions applicable to, such Other Subscriber, or (iii) any rights with respect to the confidentiality or disclosure of an Other Subscriber’s identity, and such Other Subscription Agreements, other agreements and understandings, as applicable, have not been amended in any material respect following the date of this Subscription Agreement and reflect the same Per Share Purchase Price and terms that are not more favorable in any material respect to such Other Subscriber thereunder than the terms of this Subscription Agreement.

(j) SC Health has made available to Subscriber (including via the SEC’s EDGAR system) a true, correct and complete copy of each form, report, statement, schedule, prospectus, proxy, registration statement and other documents filed by SC Health with the SEC prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement (the “SEC Documents”). None of the SEC Documents filed under the Exchange Act, contained, when filed or, if amended prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement, as of the date of such amendment with respect to those disclosures that are amended, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. SC Health has timely filed each report, statement, schedule, prospectus, and registration statement that SC Health was required to file with the SEC since its inception and through the date hereof. There are no material outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the SEC staff with respect to any of the SEC Documents.

(k) Each of HoldCo and SC Health understands that the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed material to and have been relied upon by the Subscriber.

5. Subscriber Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Subscriber represents and warrants to SC Health and HoldCo that:

(a) At the time the Subscriber was offered the Shares, it was, and as of the date hereof, the Subscriber is (i) (A) a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an “accredited

 

E-4


Table of Contents

investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act) satisfying the applicable requirements as set forth on Schedule I, (B) an “Institutional Account” as such term is defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (C) acquiring the Shares only for its own account and (D) not acquiring the Shares for the account of others, and not on behalf of any other account or person or with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or (ii) is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Subscriber is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

(b) The Subscriber understands that the Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Shares delivered at the Closing have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Subscriber understands that the Shares may not be resold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Subscriber absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act except (i) to HoldCo or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) to non-U.S. persons pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (iii) pursuant to another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in accordance with applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions, and that any certificates (if any) or any book-entry shares representing the Shares delivered at the Closing shall contain a legend or restrictive notation to such effect. The Subscriber understands and agrees that the Shares, until registered under an effective registration statement, will be subject to transfer restrictions and, as a result of these transfer restrictions, the Subscriber may not be able to readily resell the Shares and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time. The Subscriber understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel prior to making any offer, resale, pledge or transfer of any of the Shares.

(c) The Subscriber understands and agrees that the Subscriber is purchasing Shares directly from HoldCo. The Subscriber further acknowledges that there have been no representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made to the Subscriber by SC Health or HoldCo, or any of its officers or directors, expressly (other than those representations, warranties, covenants and agreements included in this Subscription Agreement) or by implication.

(d) The Subscriber’s acquisition and holding of the Shares will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any applicable similar law.

(e) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Subscriber has received such information as the Subscriber deems necessary in order to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber acknowledges that it has received and carefully reviewed the following items (collectively, the “Disclosure Documents”): (i) the final prospectus of SC Health, dated as of July 11, 2019 and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (File No. 333-232240) on July 12, 2019 (the “Prospectus”), (ii) each filing made by SC Health with the SEC following the filing of the Prospectus through the date of this Subscription Agreement, (iii) the Transaction Agreement, a copy of which will be filed by HoldCo and SC Health with the SEC and (iv) the investor presentation by SC Health and the Target, a copy of which will be furnished by HoldCo and SC Health to the SEC. The undersigned understands the significant extent to which certain of the disclosures contained in items (i) and (ii) above shall not apply following the Transaction Closing. The Subscriber represents and agrees that the Subscriber and the Subscriber’s professional advisor(s), if any, have had the full opportunity to ask SC Health’s and the Target’s management questions, receive such answers and obtain such information as the Subscriber and such Subscriber’s professional advisor(s), if any, have deemed necessary to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares. The Subscriber has conducted its own investigation of SC Health, HoldCo, the Target and the Shares and the Subscriber has made its own assessment and has satisfied itself concerning the relevant tax and other economic considerations relevant to its investment in the Shares.

(f) The Subscriber became aware of this Offering of the Shares solely by means of direct contact between the Subscriber and SC Health, HoldCo, the Placement Agents or a representative of SC Health, HoldCo or the

 

E-5


Table of Contents

Placement Agents, and the Shares were offered to the Subscriber solely by direct contact between the Subscriber and SC Health, HoldCo, the Placement Agents or a representative of SC Health, HoldCo or the Placement Agents. The Subscriber acknowledges that SC Health and HoldCo each represents and warrants severally (and not jointly and severally), as to itself only, that the Shares (i) were not offered by any form of general solicitation or general advertising and (ii) are not being offered in a manner involving a public offering under, or in a distribution in violation of, the Securities Act, or any state securities laws. Neither the Subscriber, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the Offering.

(g) The Subscriber acknowledges that it is aware that there are substantial risks incident to the purchase and ownership of the Shares, including those set forth in the Disclosure Documents and in SC Health’s filings with the SEC. The Subscriber is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated herein and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, and the Subscriber has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as the Subscriber has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision.

(h) Alone, or together with any professional advisor(s), the Subscriber has adequately analyzed and fully considered the risks of an investment in the Shares and determined that the Shares are a suitable investment for the Subscriber and that the Subscriber is able at this time and in the foreseeable future to bear the economic risk of a total loss of the Subscriber’s investment in HoldCo. The Subscriber acknowledges specifically that a possibility of total loss exists.

(i) In making its decision to purchase the Shares, the Subscriber has relied solely upon independent investigation made by the Subscriber and the representations and warranties of SC Health and HoldCo set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber has not relied on any statements or other information provided by the Placement Agents concerning SC Health, HoldCo, Target or the Shares or the offer and sale of the Shares.

(j) The Subscriber understands and agrees that no federal or state agency has passed upon or endorsed the merits of this Offering of the Shares or made any findings or determination as to the fairness of this investment or the accuracy or adequacy of SC Health’s filings with the SEC.

(k) The Subscriber has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.

(l) The execution, delivery and performance by the Subscriber of this Subscription Agreement are within the powers of the Subscriber, have been duly authorized and will not constitute or result in a breach or default under or conflict with any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber, any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or of any governmental commission or agency, or any agreement or other undertaking, to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber is bound, and, if the Subscriber is not an individual, will not violate any provisions of the Subscriber’s charter documents, including its incorporation or formation papers, bylaws, indenture of trust or partnership or operating agreement, as may be applicable. The signature on this Subscription Agreement is genuine, and the signatory, if the Subscriber is an individual, has legal competence and capacity to execute the same or, if the Subscriber is not an individual the signatory has been duly authorized to execute the same, and this Subscription Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Subscriber, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with its terms.

(m) Neither the due diligence investigation conducted by the Subscriber in connection with making its decision to acquire the Shares nor any representations and warranties made by the Subscriber herein shall modify, amend or affect the Subscriber’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of SC Health’s and HoldCo’s representations and warranties contained herein.

 

E-6


Table of Contents

(n) The Subscriber is not (i) a person or entity named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or in any Executive Order issued by the President of the United States and administered by OFAC (“OFAC List”), or a person or entity prohibited by any OFAC sanctions program, (ii) a Designated National as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515, or (iii) a non-U.S. shell bank or providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank (collectively, a “Prohibited Investor”). The Subscriber agrees to provide law enforcement agencies, if requested thereby, such records as required by applicable law, provided that the Subscriber is permitted to do so under applicable law. If the Subscriber is a financial institution subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq.), as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA/PATRIOT Act”), the Subscriber maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable obligations under the BSA/PATRIOT Act. To the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed for the screening of its investors against the OFAC sanctions programs, including the OFAC List. To the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the funds held by the Subscriber and used to purchase the Shares were legally derived.

(o) As of the date hereof and at the Closing, neither the Subscriber, nor, to the extent it has them, any of its direct beneficial owners or (only so far as the Subscriber is aware) its indirect beneficial owners or its directors, affiliates or executive officers (collectively with the Subscriber, the “Covered Persons”), are subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d) under the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3). The Subscriber has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The acquisition of Shares by the Subscriber will not subject SC Health or HoldCo to any Disqualification Event.

(p) Subscriber is not currently (and at all times through Closing will refrain from being or becoming) a member of a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor provision), other than with those persons or entities who may be deemed affiliates or control persons, acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of or taking any other action relating to the equity securities of the Issuer (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act).

(q) No foreign person (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.224) in which the national or subnational governments of a single foreign state have a substantial interest (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.244) will acquire a substantial interest in HoldCo as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder such that a declaration to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States would be mandatory under 31 C.F.R. Part 800.401, and no foreign person will have control (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.208) over HoldCo from and after the Closing as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder.

(r) No disclosure or offering document has been prepared by the Placement Agents in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares. The Placement Agents and each of their respective members, directors, officers, employees, representatives and controlling persons have made no independent investigation with respect to HoldCo, SC Health, the Target, any of their respective businesses, or the Shares or the accuracy, completeness or adequacy of any information supplied to the Subscriber by SC Health and/or HoldCo. In connection with the issue and purchase of the Shares, the Placement Agents have not acted as the Subscriber’s financial advisor or fiduciary.

(s) The Subscriber acknowledges its obligations under applicable securities laws with respect to the treatment of non-public information relating to SC Health and HoldCo.

6. Registration Rights. HoldCo agrees that, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Transaction Closing, HoldCo will file with the SEC (at HoldCo’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the Shares (the “Registration Statement”), and HoldCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have

 

E-7


Table of Contents

the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) ninety (90) calendar days after the filing thereof (or one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the filing thereof in the event the SEC reviews and has written comments to the Registration Statement), and (ii) the tenth (10th) business day after the date HoldCo is notified in writing by the SEC that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. HoldCo will provide a draft of the Registration Statement to the Subscriber for review at least three (3) business days in advance of the filing the Registration Statement, and shall advise the Subscriber upon the Registration Statement being declared effective by the SEC. If the SEC prevents HoldCo from including any or all of the Shares proposed to be registered under the Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the resale of the Shares by the Holders or otherwise, HoldCo shall use its best efforts to ensure that the SEC determines that (1) the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement is a bona fide secondary offering and not an offering “by or on behalf of the issuer” as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act and (2) the Subscriber is not a statutory underwriter. If HoldCo is unsuccessful in the efforts described in the preceding sentence then (i) HoldCo shall cause such Registration Statement to register for resale such number of Shares which is equal to the maximum number of Shares as is permitted by the SEC and (ii) the Subscriber shall have an opportunity to withdraw its Shares. In such event, the number of Shares to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders. HoldCo agrees that HoldCo will cause such Registration Statement or another registration statement (which may be a “shelf” registration statement) to remain effective until the earlier of (i) two years from the issuance of the Shares, (ii) the date on which the Subscriber ceases to hold the Shares covered by such Registration Statement or any such other registration statement, or (iii) on the first date on which the Subscriber can sell all of its Shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act without limitation as to the manner of sale or the amount of such securities that may be sold. The Subscriber agrees to disclose its beneficial ownership, as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of the Shares to HoldCo (or its successor) upon request to assist HoldCo in making the determination described above. HoldCo’s obligations to include the Shares in the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement are contingent upon the Subscriber furnishing in writing to HoldCo such information regarding the Subscriber, the securities of HoldCo held by the Subscriber and the intended method of disposition of the Shares as shall be reasonably requested by HoldCo to effect the registration of the Shares, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as HoldCo may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations; provided that, in connection therewith, the undersigned shall not be required to enter into any lock-up or similar arrangement or otherwise be subject to any contractual restrictions with HoldCo on the ability to transfer the Shares. HoldCo may delay filing, delay effectiveness or suspend the use of any such registration statement if it determines that (i) the financial statements included in such registration statement are required to be updated in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements or (ii) in order for such registration statement to not contain a material misstatement or omission of a material fact, an amendment thereto or a supplement to the related prospectus would be needed, or if such filing or use could materially affect a bona fide business or financing transaction of HoldCo or would require premature disclosure of information that could materially adversely affect HoldCo (each such circumstance, a “Suspension Event”); provided, however, that HoldCo may not delay or suspend any such registration statement on more than two (2) occasions or for more than 60 consecutive calendar days, or more than 90 total calendar days, in each case during any twelve-month period. Upon receipt of any written notice from HoldCo of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period that the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the related prospectus), not misleading, the Subscriber agrees that it will (i) immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Shares under the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement until the Subscriber receives (A) (x) copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and (y) notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or (B) notice from HoldCo that it may resume such offers and sales, and (ii) maintain the confidentiality of any information included in such written notice delivered by HoldCo unless otherwise required by applicable law. If so directed by HoldCo, the Subscriber will deliver to

 

E-8


Table of Contents

HoldCo or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares in the Subscriber’s possession; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares shall not apply to (i) the extent the Subscriber is required to retain a copy of such prospectus (A) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory or professional requirements or (B) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy or (ii) copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up.

HoldCo shall, if requested by Subscriber to (i) cause the removal of the restrictive legends from any Shares while a registration statement (including the Registration Statement) covering the resale of such security is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) cause its legal counsel to deliver an opinion, if necessary, to HoldCo’s transfer agent in connection with the removal of such restrictive legends promptly after the effectiveness date of the applicable registration statement, in each case upon the receipt of customary representations and other documentation from the Subscriber that is necessary to establish that restrictive legends are no longer required as reasonably requested by HoldCo, its counsel or transfer agent. HoldCo agrees that following the relevant effectiveness date and the delivery by the undersigned to HoldCo or the transfer agent of a certificate representing Shares issued with a restrictive legend, it will deliver or cause to be delivered to such Subscriber a certificate representing such Shares that is free from all restrictive and other legends. Certificates for Shares subject to legend removal hereunder shall be transmitted by the transfer agent to the undersigned by crediting the account of the undersigned’s prime broker with the Depository Trust Company System as directed by such Subscriber. HoldCo shall pay all transfer agent fees (including, without limitation, any fees required for same-day processing of any instruction letter delivered by HoldCo and any exercise notice delivered by the undersigned), stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the delivery of any Shares to the undersigned other than income and capital gains taxes of the undersigned that may be incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The Subscriber agrees with HoldCo that it will sell any Shares pursuant to either the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including any applicable prospectus delivery requirements, or an exemption therefrom, and that if Shares are sold pursuant to a registration statement, they will be sold in compliance with the plan of distribution set forth therein, and acknowledges that the removal of the restrictive legend from certificates representing Shares as set forth in this Section 6 is predicated upon HoldCo’s reliance upon this understanding.

HoldCo shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Subscription Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Subscriber (to the extent a seller under the Registration Statement), and any of its respective officers, directors, agents, partners, members, stockholders, affiliates, managers, investment advisers and employees, and each person who controls Subscriber (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all out-of-pocket losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable external attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as and to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based upon information regarding the Subscriber furnished in writing to HoldCo by such Subscriber expressly for use therein or such Subscriber has omitted a material fact from such information or otherwise violated the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 6 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected without the consent of HoldCo (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall HoldCo be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs (A) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Subscriber, (B) in connection with any failure of such person to deliver or

 

E-9


Table of Contents

cause to be delivered a prospectus made available by HoldCo in a timely manner, (C) as a result of offers or sales effected by or on behalf of any person by means of a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that was not authorized in writing by HoldCo, or (D) in connection with any offers or sales effected by or on behalf of such Subscriber in violation of Section 6 hereof. HoldCo shall notify the Subscriber promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 6 of which HoldCo is aware. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Securities by Subscriber or any other Holder.

7. Termination. This Subscription Agreement shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate without any further liability on the part of any party in respect thereof, upon the earlier to occur of: (a) the mutual written agreement of each of the parties hereto to terminate this Subscription Agreement; (b) such date and time as the Transaction Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or (c) written notice by either party to the other party to terminate this Subscription Agreement if the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement are not consummated on or prior to December 31, 2021; provided that (i) nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof prior to the time of termination, and each party will be entitled to any remedies at law or in equity to recover losses, liabilities or damages arising from such breach. SC Health and shall notify the Subscriber of the termination of the Transaction Agreement promptly after the termination of such agreement and (ii) the provisions of Sections 8 through 10 of this Subscription Agreement will survive any termination of this Subscription Agreement and continue indefinitely.

8. Trust Account Waiver. The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants that it has read the Prospectus and understands that SC Health has established a trust account (the “Trust Account”) containing the proceeds of its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and the overallotment shares acquired by its underwriters and from certain private placements occurring simultaneously with the IPO (including interest accrued from time to time thereon) for the benefit of SC Health’s public stockholders (including overallotment shares acquired by SC Health’s underwriters, the “Public Stockholders”), and that, except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, SC Health may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (a) to the Public Stockholders in the event they elect to redeem their SC Health shares in connection with the consummation of SC Health’s initial business combination (as such term is used in the Prospectus, the “Business Combination”) or in connection with an extension of its deadline to consummate a Business Combination, (b) to the Public Stockholders if SC Health fails to consummate a Business Combination within 21 months after the closing of the IPO, which is subject to extension by amendment to SC Health’s organizational documents, (c) with respect to any interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, amounts necessary to pay for any franchise and income tax obligations and up to $100,000 in dissolution expenses, or (d) to SC Health after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination. For and in consideration of SC Health entering into this Subscription Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subscriber hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its affiliates that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Subscription Agreement, neither the Subscriber nor any of its affiliates do now or shall at any time hereafter have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account or distributions therefrom, or make any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom), regardless of whether such claim arises as a result of, in connection with or relating in any way to, this Subscription Agreement, the Transaction or any proposed or actual business relationship between SC Health or its Representatives, on the one hand, and the Subscriber or its Representatives, on the other hand, or any other matter, and regardless of whether such claim arises based on contract, tort, equity or any other theory of legal liability (collectively, the “Released Claims”); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to limit any Subscriber’s right to distributions from the Trust Account in accordance with its rights as a Public Stockholder in respect of shares of SC Health acquired by any means other than pursuant to this Subscription Agreement. The Subscriber on behalf of itself and its affiliates hereby irrevocably waives any Released Claims that the Subscriber or any of its affiliates may have against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) now or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with SC Health or its Representatives and

 

E-10


Table of Contents

will not seek recourse against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) for any reason whatsoever (including for an alleged breach of this Subscription Agreement or any other agreement with SC Health or its affiliates). The Subscriber agrees and acknowledges that such irrevocable waiver is material to this Subscription Agreement and specifically relied upon by SC Health and its affiliates to induce SC Health to enter in this Subscription Agreement, and the Subscriber further intends and understands such waiver to be valid, binding and enforceable against the Subscriber and each of its affiliates under applicable law. To the extent the Subscriber or any of its affiliates commences any action or proceeding based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to SC Health or its Representatives, which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, monetary relief against SC Health or its Representatives, the Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Subscriber’s and its affiliates’ sole remedy shall be against funds held outside of the Trust Account and that such claim shall not permit the Subscriber or its affiliates (or any person claiming on any of their behalves or in lieu of any of them) to have any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or any amounts contained therein. In the event the Subscriber or any of its affiliates commences any action or proceeding based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to SC Health or its Representatives, which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, relief against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or against SC Health or the Public Stockholders, whether in the form of money damages or injunctive relief, SC Health and its Representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to recover from the Subscriber and its affiliates the associated legal fees and costs in connection with any such action in the event SC Health or its Representatives, as applicable, prevails in such action or proceeding. For purposes of this Subscription Agreement, “Representatives” with respect to any person shall mean such person’s affiliates and its and its affiliate’s respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors, agents and other representatives. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subscription Agreement, the provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Subscription Agreement and last indefinitely.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) SC Health shall, no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day immediately following the date of this Subscription Agreement, issue one or more press releases or file with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K (collectively, the “Signing 8-K”) disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Transaction and any other material, nonpublic information that SC Health or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Placement Agents) has provided to the undersigned at any time prior to the filing of the Signing 8-K. From and after the issuance of the Signing 8-K, the undersigned shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information received from SC Health or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Placement Agents) and the Subscriber shall no longer be subject to any confidentiality or similar obligations under any current agreement, whether written or oral with SC Health, the Placement Agents, or any of their respective affiliates. Except with the express written consent of the Subscriber and unless prior thereto the Subscriber shall have executed a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information, neither SC Health nor Holdco shall, and shall cause its officers, directors, employees and agents, not to, provide Subscriber with any material, non-public information regarding SC Health, Holdco or the Transaction from and after the filing of the Signing 8-K.

(b) Neither this Subscription Agreement nor any rights that may accrue to the Subscriber hereunder (other than the Shares acquired hereunder, if any, subject to applicable securities laws) may be transferred or assigned by the Subscriber without the prior written consent of SC Health and HoldCo, and any purported transfer or assignment without such consent shall be null and void ab initio.

(c) HoldCo and SC Health may request from the Subscriber such additional information as SC Health and/or HoldCo may deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of the Subscriber to acquire the Shares, and the Subscriber shall provide such information to SC Health and HoldCo upon such request provided that SC Health and HoldCo keep any such information so provided confidential, it being understood by the Subscriber that HoldCo and SC Health may without any liability hereunder reject the Subscriber’s subscription prior to the Closing Date in the event the Subscriber fails to provide such additional information requested by SC Health and HoldCo to evaluate the Subscriber’s eligibility or SC Health and HoldCo determines that the Subscriber is not eligible.

 

E-11


Table of Contents

(d) The Subscriber acknowledges that SC Health, HoldCo, the Placement Agent, the Target and others will rely on the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement. Prior to the Closing, the Subscriber agrees to promptly notify SC Health and HoldCo if any of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein are no longer accurate. The Subscriber agrees that the purchase by the Subscriber of Shares from HoldCo will constitute a reaffirmation of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties herein (as modified by any such notice) by the Subscriber as of the time of such purchase. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that each of the Placement Agents and the Target and their respective affiliates is a third-party beneficiary of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Subscriber contained in Section 5 of this Subscription Agreement, and that the Target is otherwise an express third party beneficiary of this Subscription Agreement, entitled to enforce the terms hereof against Subscriber as if it were an original party hereto. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Subscription Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective successor and assigns.

(e) Each of SC Health and HoldCo is entitled to rely upon this Subscription Agreement and is irrevocably authorized to produce this Subscription Agreement or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby to the extent required by law or regulatory bodies. Neither party shall issue any press release or make any other similar public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of SC Health and HoldCo (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(f) All the agreements, representations and warranties made by each party hereto in this Subscription Agreement shall survive the Closing.

(g) This Subscription Agreement may not be amended, modified, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, waiver, or termination is sought.

(h) This Subscription Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof (other than any confidentiality agreement entered into by SC Health and/or HoldCo and the Subscriber in connection with the Offering).

(i) This Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns, and the agreements, representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments contained herein shall be deemed to be made by, and be binding upon, such heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

(j) If any provision of this Subscription Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Subscription Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

(k) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail or in .pdf) and by different parties in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts so executed and delivered shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(l) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Subscription Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Subscription

 

E-12


Table of Contents

Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise.

(m) THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(n) All notices, consents, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) when delivered by facsimile or email, with affirmative confirmation of receipt, (iii) one business day after being sent, if sent by reputable, internationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) three (3) business days after being mailed, if sent by registered or certified mail, prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case to the applicable party at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to SC Health, to:

 

SC Health Corporation
108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900
Attention: Jeri Kwerk

AJ Coloma
Eric Teo
Terence Fong
Aaron Wee
Clement Chen

Email: jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

aj.coloma@sincapital.com
eric.teo@sincapital.com
terence.fong@sincapital.com
aaron.wee@sincapital.com
Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

  

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Paul Tropp, Chris Capuzzi and Carl P. Marcellino
Email: carl.marcellino@ropesgray.com
Telephone No.: (212) 841-0623

 

and

 

Merrill Lynch (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

50 Collyer Quay, #14-01

OUE Bayfront

Singapore 049321

Attention: Clemente Antonio Puno

Telephone No.: +65 6678 0157
Email: antonio.puno@bofa.com

 

Cowen and Company, LLC.

599 Lexington Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Vinni Trehan
Email: vinni.trehan@cowen.com

If to HoldCo, to:

 

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited
3rd Floor
1 Ashley Road
Altrincham, Cheshire
United Kingdom, WA14 2DT
Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman
Email:andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

  

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019

 

Attention: James Masetti and Jarrod Murphy

Email:jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com
jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

Notice to the Subscriber shall be given to the address underneath the Subscriber’s name on the signature page hereto.

(o) The headings set forth in this Subscription Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Subscription Agreement. In this Subscription Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Subscription Agreement shall

 

E-13


Table of Contents

include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (ii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding or succeeding such term and shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (iii) the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby” and other words of similar import in this Subscription Agreement shall be deemed in each case to refer to this Subscription Agreement as a whole and not to any particular portion of this Subscription Agreement. As used in this Subscription Agreement, the term: (x) “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York (or as such term is used in Section 6 hereof, Washington, D.C.) are authorized to close for business (excluding as a result of “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems, including for wire transfers, of commercially banking institutions in New York, New York are generally open for use by customers on such day); (y) “person” shall refer to any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity or association, including any governmental or regulatory body, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or any other capacity; and (z) “affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, any other person or group of persons acting together that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified person (where the term “control” (and any correlative terms) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt, any reference in this Subscription Agreement to an affiliate of the SC Health will include SC Health’s sponsor, SC Health Holdings Limited.

(p) At Closing, the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take such additional actions as the parties may reasonably deem practical and necessary in order to consummate the Offering as contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.

10. Non-Reliance and Exculpation. The Subscriber acknowledges that it is not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any statement, representation or warranty made by any person other than the statements, representations and warranties contained in this Subscription Agreement in making its investment or decision to invest in HoldCo. The Subscriber agrees that neither (i) any other purchaser pursuant to other subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Offering (including the controlling persons, members, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any such other purchaser) nor (ii) each Placement Agent, each of their respective affiliates or any of their respective affiliates’ respective control persons, officers, directors or employees, shall be liable to the Subscriber pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, the negotiation hereof or thereof or its subject matter, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares or with respect to any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for breach of this Subscription Agreement or in respect of any written or oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, as expressly provided herein, or for any actual or alleged inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to any information or materials of any kind furnished.

{SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW}

 

E-14


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Subscription Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

                         

  Name:
  Title:

{Signature Page to Subscription Agreement}

 

E-15


Table of Contents
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

{Signature Page to Subscription Agreement}

 

E-16


Table of Contents

{SUBSCRIBER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT}

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subscription Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized signatory as of the date first indicated above.

Name(s) of Subscriber:                                                                                                                                                                                 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Subscriber:                                                                                                                               

Name of Authorized Signatory:                                                                                                                                                                

Title of Authorized Signatory:                                                                                                                                                                  

Address for Notice to Subscriber:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Attention:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Email:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

Facsimile No.:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Telephone No.:                                                                                                                                                                                      

Address for Delivery of Shares to Subscriber (if not same as address for notice):

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Subscription Amount: $                                                        

Number of Shares:                                                                 

EIN Number:                                                                           

 

E-17


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

ELIGIBILITY REPRESENTATIONS OF SUBSCRIBER

 

A.    NOT A U.S. PERSON (please check the applicable subparagraphs)
   ☐ I am not a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and I am not acquiring Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person.
*** OR ***
B.    QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS
      (Please check the applicable subparagraphs):
   1.   

☐   We are a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) (a “QIB”) and have marked and initialed the appropriate box on the following pages indicating the provision under which we qualify as a QIB.

   2.   

☐   We are subscribing for the Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, and each owner of such account is a QIB.

*** OR ***
C.    INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS (Please check the applicable subparagraphs):
   1.   

☐   We are an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7), or (8) under the Securities Act) and have marked and initialed the appropriate box on the following pages indicating the provision under which we qualify as an “accredited investor.”

   2.   

☐   We are not a natural person.

*** AND ***
D.    AFFILIATE STATUS (Please check the applicable box)
   SUBSCRIBER:
  

☐   is:

  

☐   is not:

   an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or acting on behalf of an affiliate of the Issuer.

 

E-18


Table of Contents

This page should be completed by Subscriber

and constitutes a part of the Subscription Agreement.

The Subscriber is a “qualified institutional buyer” (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) if it is an entity that meets any one of the following categories at the time of the sale of securities to the Subscriber (Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

☐ The Subscriber is an entity that, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber and:

☐ is an insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act;

☐ is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or any business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Securities Act;

☐ is a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the US Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“Small Business Investment Act”) or any Rural Business Investment Company as defined in section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act;

☐ is a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees;

☐ is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”);

☐ is a trust fund whose trustee is a bank or trust company and whose participants are exclusively (a) plans established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, of (b) employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the ERISA, except, in each case, trust funds that include as participants individual retirement accounts or H.R. 10 plans;

☐ is a business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”);

☐ is an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), corporation (other than a bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, a savings and loan association or other institution referenced in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, or a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution), partnership, limited liability company, or Massachusetts or similar business trust; or

☐ is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act;

☐ The Subscriber is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $10 million of securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber;

☐ The Subscriber is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act acting in a riskless principal transaction on behalf of a qualified institutional buyer;

☐ The Subscriber is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, acting for its own account or for the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that is part of a family of investment

 

E-19


Table of Contents

companies1 which own in the aggregate at least $100 million in securities of issuers, other than issuers that are affiliated with Subscriber or are part of such family of investment companies;

☐ The Subscriber is an entity, all of the equity owners of which are qualified institutional buyers, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers; or

☐ The Subscriber is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, or any foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber and that has an audited net worth of at least $25 million as demonstrated in its latest annual financial statements, as of a date not more than 16 months preceding the date of sale of securities in the case of a US bank or savings and loan association, and not more than 18 months preceding the date of sale of securities for a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution.

Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, in relevant part, states that an “accredited investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the below listed categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the below listed categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person. Subscriber has indicated, by marking and initialing the appropriate box(es) below, the provision(s) below which apply to Subscriber and under which Subscriber accordingly qualifies as an “accredited investor.”

 

Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity;

 

Any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Exchange Act;

 

Any investment adviser registered pursuant to section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act or registered pursuant to the laws of a state;

 

Any investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the SEC under section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act;

 

Any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act;

 

Any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act;

 

Any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act;

 

Any Rural Business Investment Company as defined in section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act;

 

1 

Family of investment companies” means any two or more investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, except for a unit investment trust whose assets consist solely of shares of one or more registered investment companies, that have the same investment adviser (or, in the case of unit investment trusts, the same depositor); provided that, (a) each series of a series company (as defined in Rule 18f-2 under the Investment Company Act) shall be deemed to be a separate investment company and (b) investment companies shall be deemed to have the same adviser (or depositor) if their advisers (or depositors) are majority-owned subsidiaries of the same parent, or if one investment company’s adviser (or depositor) is a majority-owned subsidiary of the other investment company’s adviser (or depositor).

 

E-20


Table of Contents

Any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the ERISA, if (i) the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, (ii) the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, (iii) such plan is a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are “accredited investors”;

 

Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act;

 

Any (i) corporation, limited liability company or partnership, (ii) Massachusetts or similar business trust, or (iii) organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and that has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Section 230.506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or

 

Any entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors.”

 

E-21


Table of Contents

ANNEX F

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

March 19, 2021

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor 1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the proposed business combination (the “Transaction”) between SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“SC Health”), and Rockley Photonics, Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (“Target”), pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended, the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among SC Health, Target, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“HoldCo”) and Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, SC Health is seeking commitments to purchase ordinary shares (the “Ordinary Shares”), of HoldCo for a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Purchase Price”), in a private placement to be conducted by HoldCo and SC Health (the “Offering”). In connection therewith, the undersigned subscriber (“Undersigned”), SC Health and HoldCo agree in this subscription agreement (this “Subscription Agreement”) as follows:

1. Subscription. As of the date written above (the “Subscription Date”), the Undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase from HoldCo such number of Ordinary Shares as is set forth on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the “Shares”) at the Purchase Price per Share and on the terms provided for herein.

SC Health and HoldCo has entered into separate subscription agreements (the “Other Subscription Agreements”) with certain other “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act) (each, an “Other Subscriber”), pursuant to which such investors have agreed to purchase Ordinary Shares on the Closing Date and the aggregate gross proceeds from the securities to be sold by HoldCo pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements equals, as of the date hereof, $150,000,000.

2. Closing; Delivery of Shares.

(a) The closing of the sale of Shares contemplated hereby (the “Closing”, and the date that the Closing actually occurs, the “Closing Date”) is contingent upon the substantially concurrent consummation of the Transaction (the “Transaction Closing”). The Closing shall occur on the date of the Transaction Closing, and immediately prior to, the Merger Effective Time (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

(b) HoldCo shall provide written notice (which may be via email) to the Undersigned (the “Closing Notice”) that HoldCo reasonably expects the Transaction Closing to occur on a date specified in the notice (the “Scheduled Closing Date”) that is not less than three (3) business days from the date of the Undersigned’s receipt

 

F-1


Table of Contents

of the Closing Notice, which Closing Notice shall contain HoldCo’s wire instructions for an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) established by HoldCo with a third party escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) to be identified in the Closing Notice. At least two (2) business days prior to the Scheduled Closing Date, the Undersigned shall deliver to the Escrow Account the aggregate Purchase Price for the Shares subscribed by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds. Upon the Closing, HoldCo shall provide instructions to the Escrow Agent to release the funds in the Escrow Account to HoldCo against delivery to the Undersigned of the Shares, free and clear of any liens or other restrictions whatsoever (other than those arising under state or federal securities laws), in book-entry form as set forth in Section 2(c) below. If this Subscription Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing and any funds have already been sent by the Undersigned to the Escrow Account, then promptly (but in no event later than five (5) business days after the Scheduled Closing Date specified in the Closing Notice) after such termination, HoldCo will instruct the Escrow Agent to promptly return such funds to the Undersigned.

(c) On the Closing Date, promptly after the Closing, HoldCo shall deliver (or cause the delivery of) the Shares in book-entry form with restrictive legends in the amount as set forth on the signature page to the Undersigned as indicated on the signature page.

3. Closing Conditions. In addition to the condition set forth in the first sentence of Section 2(a) above:

(a) The Closing is also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by each party to this Subscription Agreement of the conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) no suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale or trading in any jurisdiction, or initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, shall have occurred;

(ii) no governmental authority of competent jurisdiction shall have rendered, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any judgment, order, law, rule or regulation (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is then in effect and which then makes the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or then restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(iii) all material conditions precedent to the Transaction Closing set forth in the Transaction Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the Transaction Closing).

(b) The obligations of SC Health and HoldCo to consummate the Closing are also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by SC Health and HoldCo of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) all representations and warranties of the Undersigned contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date); and

(ii) the Undersigned shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to Closing.

(c) The obligations of the Undersigned to consummate the Closing are also subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by the Undersigned of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(i) all representations and warranties of SC Health and HoldCo contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein), which representations and warranties shall be true in all respects) at and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be true in all respects) as of such date); and

 

F-2


Table of Contents

(ii) SC Health and HoldCo shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to Closing.

4. SC Health and HoldCo Representations and Warranties. Each of SC Health (other than in respect of paragraph (b) below) and HoldCo represents and warrants to the Undersigned severally (and not jointly and severally), as to itself only, that:

(a) As of the date hereof, each of SC Health and HoldCo is an exempted company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Immediately following the Transaction Closing under the Transaction Agreement, each of SC Health and HoldCo will be validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of SC Health and HoldCo has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and conduct its respective business as presently conducted and to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

(b) All issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are non-assessable and are not subject to pre-emptive rights. The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Undersigned against full payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Subscription Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights created under HoldCo’s Articles of Association or under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(c) This Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of SC Health and HoldCo and is enforceable against each of SC Health and HoldCo in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited or otherwise affected by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) principles of equity, whether considered at law or equity.

(d) The issuance and sale of the Shares by HoldCo and the compliance by each of SC Health and HoldCo with all of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein will be done in accordance with the NYSE listing rules and will not conflict with or result in a material breach or material violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which SC Health or HoldCo or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of SC Health or HoldCo is subject, which would have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, financial condition, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of SC Health or HoldCo (a “Material Adverse Effect”) or materially affect the validity of the Shares or the legal authority of SC Health or HoldCo to comply in all material respects with the terms of this Subscription Agreement; (ii) result in any material violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of SC Health or HoldCo; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over SC Health or HoldCo or any of its properties that would have a Material Adverse Effect or materially affect the validity of the Shares or the legal authority of SC Health or HoldCo to comply with this Subscription Agreement; subject, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (iii) with respect to the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated.

(e) Neither SC Health nor HoldCo has entered into any agreement or arrangement entitling any agent, broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement for which the Undersigned could become liable. Other than Merrill Lynch (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (and its affiliates) and Cowen and Company, LLC. (collectively, the “Placement Agents”), neither SC Health nor HoldCo is aware

 

F-3


Table of Contents

of any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of any shares of Ordinary Shares in the Offering. Without limiting the foregoing, SC Health and HoldCo acknowledge, and the Undersigned understands, that SC Health has engaged the Placement Agents in connection with the placement of Ordinary Shares under the Other Subscription Agreements, in connection with the Transaction, pursuant to which the Other Subscribers have, together with the Undersigned pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, agreed to purchase, severally and not jointly, Ordinary Shares at the Purchase Price (each such investor, including the Undersigned, a “Subscriber” and together with the Undersigned, the “Subscribers”) and SC Health is obligated to compensate the Placement Agents for their services as set forth in the Other Subscription Agreements.

(f) HoldCo is not, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Shares, will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(g) Assuming the accuracy of the Undersigned’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 5, in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Shares in the manner contemplated by this Subscription Agreement, it is not necessary to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

(h) Neither SC Health, HoldCo, nor any person acting on their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any HoldCo security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would adversely affect reliance by HoldCo on either Regulation S under the Securities Act or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the exemption from registration for the transactions contemplated hereby or would require registration of the issuance of the Shares under the Securities Act.

(i) There are no Other Subscription Agreements, side letter agreements or other agreements or understandings (including written summaries of any oral understandings) with any Other Undersigned that include terms and conditions that are materially more advantageous to any such Other Undersigned (as compared to Undersigned) containing any of the following: (i) any rights or benefits granted to an Other Undersigned in connection with such Other Undersigned’s compliance with any law, regulation or policy specifically applicable to such Other Undersigned or in connection with the taxable status of an Other Undersigned, (ii) any rights or benefits which are personal to an Other Undersigned based solely on its place of organization or headquarters, organizational form of, or other particular restrictions applicable to, such Other Undersigned, or (iii) any rights with respect to the confidentiality or disclosure of an Other Undersigned’s identity.

(j) SC Health has made available to Undersigned (including via the SEC’s EDGAR system) a true, correct and complete copy of each form, report, statement, schedule, prospectus, proxy, registration statement and other documents filed by SC Health with the Commission prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement (the “SEC Documents”). None of the SEC Documents filed under the Exchange Act, contained, when filed or, if amended prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement, as of the date of such amendment with respect to those disclosures that are amended, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. SC Health has timely filed each report, statement, schedule, prospectus, and registration statement that SC Health was required to file with the SEC since its inception and through the date hereof. There are no material outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the SEC staff with respect to any of the SEC Documents.

(k) Each of HoldCo and SC Health understands that the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed material to and have been relied upon by the Undersigned.

5. Undersigned Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Undersigned represents and warrants to SC Health and HoldCo that:

(a) At the time the Undersigned was offered the Shares, it was, and as of the date hereof, the Undersigned (i) (A) is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an “accredited

 

F-4


Table of Contents

investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (5), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act) as certified by the Undersigned on Schedule I, (ii) is not an “Institutional Account” as such term is defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (iii) is acquiring the Shares only for its own account and not acquiring the Shares for the account of others, and not on behalf of any other account or person or with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or (ii) is a “U.S. person” within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Undersigned is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares. The Undersigned is a sophisticated investor, experienced in investing in private equity transactions and capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to all transactions and investment strategies involving a security or securities, and has exercised independent judgment in evaluating its participation in the purchase of the Shares.

(b) The Undersigned understands that the Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Shares delivered at the Closing have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Undersigned understands that the Shares may not be resold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of by the Undersigned absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act except (i) to HoldCo or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) to non-U.S. persons pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (iii) pursuant to another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in accordance with applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions, and that any certificates (if any) or any book-entry shares representing the Shares delivered at the Closing shall contain a legend or restrictive notation to such effect. The Undersigned understands and agrees that the Shares, until registered under an effective registration statement, will be subject to transfer restrictions and, as a result of these transfer restrictions, the Undersigned may not be able to readily resell the Shares and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time. The Undersigned understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel prior to making any offer, resale, pledge or transfer of any of the Shares.

(c) The Undersigned understands and agrees that the Undersigned is purchasing Shares directly from HoldCo. The Undersigned further acknowledges that there have been no representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made to the Undersigned by SC Health or HoldCo, or any of its officers or directors, expressly (other than those representations, warranties, covenants and agreements included in this Subscription Agreement) or by implication.

(d) The Undersigned’s acquisition and holding of the Shares will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any applicable similar law.

(e) The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Undersigned has received such information as the Undersigned deems necessary in order to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Undersigned acknowledges that it has received and carefully reviewed the following items (collectively, the “Disclosure Documents”): (i) the final prospectus of SC Health, dated as of July 11, 2019 and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (File No. 333-232240) on July 12, 2019 (the “Prospectus”), (ii) each filing made by SC Health with the SEC following the filing of the Prospectus through the date of this Subscription Agreement, (iii) the Transaction Agreement, a copy of which will be filed by HoldCo and SC Health with the SEC and (iv) the investor presentation by SC Health and the Target, a copy of which will be furnished by HoldCo and SC Health to the SEC. The undersigned understands the significant extent to which certain of the disclosures contained in items (i) and (ii) above shall not apply following the Transaction Closing. The Undersigned represents and agrees that the Undersigned and the Undersigned’s professional advisor(s), if any, have had the full opportunity to ask SC Health’s and the Target’s management questions, receive such answers and obtain such information as the Undersigned and such Undersigned’s professional advisor(s), if any, have deemed necessary to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares. The Undersigned has conducted its own investigation of SC Health, HoldCo, the Target and the Shares and the Undersigned has made its own assessment and has satisfied itself concerning the relevant tax and other economic considerations relevant to its investment in the Shares.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

(f) The Undersigned acknowledges that it is aware that there are substantial risks incident to the purchase and ownership of the Shares, including those set forth in the Disclosure Documents and in SC Health’s filings with the SEC. The Undersigned is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated herein and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, and the Undersigned has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as the Undersigned has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision.

(g) Alone, or together with any professional advisor(s), the Undersigned has adequately analyzed and fully considered the risks of an investment in the Shares and determined that the Shares are a suitable investment for the Undersigned and that the Undersigned is able at this time and in the foreseeable future to bear the economic risk of a total loss of the Undersigned’s investment in HoldCo. The Undersigned acknowledges specifically that a possibility of total loss exists.

(h) In making its decision to purchase the Shares, the Undersigned has relied solely upon independent investigation made by the Undersigned and the representations and warranties of SC Health and HoldCo set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Undersigned has not relied on any statements or other information provided by the Placement Agents concerning SC Health, HoldCo, Target or the Shares or the offer and sale of the Shares.

(i) The Undersigned understands and agrees that no federal or state agency has passed upon or endorsed the merits of this Offering of the Shares or made any findings or determination as to the fairness of this investment or the accuracy or adequacy of SC Health’s filings with the SEC.

(j) The Undersigned has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.

(k) The execution, delivery and performance by the Undersigned of this Subscription Agreement are within the powers of the Undersigned, have been duly authorized and will not constitute or result in a breach or default under or conflict with any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Undersigned, any order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or of any governmental commission or agency, or any agreement or other undertaking, to which the Undersigned is a party or by which the Undersigned is bound, and, if the Undersigned is not an individual, will not violate any provisions of the Undersigned’s charter documents, including its incorporation or formation papers, bylaws, indenture of trust or partnership or operating agreement, as may be applicable. The signature on this Subscription Agreement is genuine, and the signatory, if the Undersigned is an individual, has legal competence and capacity to execute the same or, if the Undersigned is not an individual the signatory has been duly authorized to execute the same, and this Subscription Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Undersigned, enforceable against the Undersigned in accordance with its terms.

(l) Neither the due diligence investigation conducted by the Undersigned in connection with making its decision to acquire the Shares nor any representations and warranties made by the Undersigned herein shall modify, amend or affect the Undersigned’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of SC Health’s and HoldCo’s representations and warranties contained herein.

(m) The Undersigned is not (i) a person or entity named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or in any Executive Order issued by the President of the United States and administered by OFAC (“OFAC List”), or a person or entity prohibited by any OFAC sanctions program, (ii) a Designated National as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515, or (iii) a non-U.S. shell bank or providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank (collectively, a “Prohibited Investor”). The Undersigned agrees to provide law enforcement agencies, if requested thereby, such records as required by applicable law, provided that the Undersigned is permitted to do so under applicable law. If the Undersigned is a financial institution subject to

 

F-6


Table of Contents

the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq.), as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA/PATRIOT Act”), the Undersigned maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable obligations under the BSA/PATRIOT Act. To the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed for the screening of its investors against the OFAC sanctions programs, including the OFAC List. To the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the funds held by the Undersigned and used to purchase the Shares were legally derived.

(n) As of the date hereof and at the Closing, neither the Undersigned, nor, to the extent it has them, any of its direct beneficial owners or (only so far as the Undersigned is aware) its indirect beneficial owners or its directors, affiliates or executive officers (collectively with the Undersigned, the “Covered Persons”), are subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d) under the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3). The Undersigned has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The acquisition of Shares by the Undersigned will not subject SC Health or HoldCo to any Disqualification Event.

(o) Undersigned is not currently (and at all times through Closing will refrain from being or becoming) a member of a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor provision) other than with those persons or entities who may be deemed affiliates or control persons, including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of equity securities of the Issuer (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act).

(p) No foreign person (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.224) in which the national or subnational governments of a single foreign state have a substantial interest (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.244) will acquire a substantial interest in HoldCo as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder such that a declaration to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States would be mandatory under 31 C.F.R. Part 800.401, and no foreign person will have control (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.208) over HoldCo from and after the Closing as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder.

(q) The Undersigned became aware of this Offering of the Shares solely by means of direct contact between the Undersigned and SC Health, HoldCo, the Placement Agents or a representative of SC Health, HoldCo or the Placement Agents, and the Shares were offered to the Undersigned solely by direct contact between the Undersigned and SC Health, HoldCo, the Placement Agents or a representative of SC Health, HoldCo or the Placement Agents. The Undersigned acknowledges that SC Health and HoldCo each represents and warrants severally (and not jointly and severally), as to itself only, that the Shares (i) were not offered by any form of general solicitation or general advertising and (ii) are not being offered in a manner involving a public offering under, or in a distribution in violation of, the Securities Act, or any state securities laws. Neither the Undersigned, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the Offering.

(r) The Undersigned understands, acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Placement Agents, which have been engaged by SC Health in connection with the placement of Ordinary Shares under the Other Subscription Agreements, have not been engaged by SC Health in connection with the Undersigned’s Subscription of Shares under this Subscription Agreement and are not participating in any manner in the Subscription, including but not limited to the negotiation between SC Health, HoldCo and the Undersigned with respect to the Subscription, the execution by the Undersigned of this Subscription Agreement or the issuance or sale of Shares by HoldCo to the Undersigned as contemplated herein; (ii) no Placement Agent has introduced the Undersigned to SC Health or HoldCo (nor SC Health or HoldCo to the Undersigned), or otherwise solicited or arranged, directly or indirectly, HoldCo’s proposed sale of Shares to the Undersigned or the Undersigned’s Subscription hereunder; (iii) it has not received any information from any of the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates in connection

 

F-7


Table of Contents

with the Subscription and has not relied on any statements made or purported to be made directly or indirectly by the Placement Agents or any of the Placement Agents’ respective affiliates with respect to the Undersigned’s decision to invest in the Shares; (iv) although the Placement Agents are participating in the placement of Ordinary Shares in connection with the Other Subscription Agreements, the Placement Agents and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and controlling persons have made no independent investigation with respect to SC Health, HoldCo or the Shares or the accuracy, completeness or adequacy of any information supplied to the Undersigned by SC Health and HoldCo and none of the Placement Agents or any of their respective affiliates has prepared any disclosure or offering document in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares; and (v) No disclosure or offering document has been prepared by the Placement Agents in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares. The Placement Agents and each of their respective members, directors, officers, employees, representatives and controlling persons have made no independent investigation with respect to HoldCo, SC Health, the Target, any of their respective businesses, or the Shares or the accuracy, completeness or adequacy of any information supplied to the Undersigned by SC Health and/or HoldCo. In connection with the issue and purchase of the Shares, the Placement Agents have not acted as the Undersigned’s financial advisor or fiduciary, nor has any Placement Agent otherwise advised the Undersigned or made any recommendation whatsoever to the Undersigned with respect to its decision to subscribe for the Shares.

(s) In recognition of Sections 5(q) and 5(r) above, the Undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that it has not received any recommendation with respect to the Subscription from a Placement Agent and thus will not be deemed to form a relationship with a Placement Agent in connection with the Subscription that would require such Placement Agent to treat the Undersigned as a “retail customer” for purposes of Regulation Best Interest pursuant to Rule 15I-1 of the Exchange Act, or a “retail investor” for purposes of Form CRS pursuant to Rule 17a-14 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to the protections or disclosures required by Regulation Best Interest or Form CRS with respect to the Subscription.

(t) The Undersigned acknowledges its obligations under applicable securities laws with respect to the treatment of non-public information relating to SC Health and HoldCo.

6. Registration Rights. HoldCo agrees that, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Transaction Closing, HoldCo will file with the SEC (at HoldCo’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement registering the resale of the Shares (the “Registration Statement”), and HoldCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) ninety (90) calendar days after the filing thereof (or one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the filing thereof in the event the SEC reviews and has written comments to the Registration Statement), and (ii) the tenth (10th) business day after the date HoldCo is notified in writing by the SEC that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. HoldCo will provide a draft of the Registration Statement to the Undersigned for review at least three (3) business days in advance of the filing the Registration Statement, and shall advise the Undersigned upon the Registration Statement being declared effective by the SEC. If the SEC prevents HoldCo from including any or all of the Shares proposed to be registered under the Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the resale of the Shares by the Holders or otherwise, HoldCo shall use its best efforts to ensure that the SEC determines that (1) the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement is a bona fide secondary offering and not an offering “by or on behalf of the issuer” as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act and (2) the Undersigned is not a statutory underwriter. If HoldCo is unsuccessful in the efforts described in the preceding sentence then (i) HoldCo shall cause such Registration Statement to register for resale such number of Shares which is equal to the maximum number of Shares as is permitted by the SEC and (ii) the Undersigned shall have an opportunity to withdraw its Shares. In such event, the number of Shares to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders. HoldCo agrees that HoldCo will cause such Registration Statement or another registration statement (which may be a “shelf” registration statement) to remain effective until the earlier of (i) two years from the issuance of the Shares, (ii) the date on which the Undersigned ceases to hold the Shares covered by such Registration Statement or any such other registration statement, or (iii) on the first date on which the Undersigned can sell all of its

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act without limitation as to the manner of sale or the amount of such securities that may be sold. The Undersigned agrees to disclose its beneficial ownership, as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of the Shares to HoldCo (or its successor) upon request to assist HoldCo in making the determination described above. HoldCo’s obligations to include the Shares in the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement are contingent upon the Undersigned or any other Subscriber furnishing in writing to HoldCo such information regarding the Undersigned or any other Subscriber, the securities of HoldCo held by the Undersigned or any other Subscriber and the intended method of disposition of the Shares as shall be reasonably requested by HoldCo to effect the registration of the Shares, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as HoldCo may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations. HoldCo may delay filing, delay effectiveness or suspend the use of any such registration statement if it determines that (i) the financial statements included in such registration statement are required to be updated in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements or (ii) in order for such registration statement to not contain a material misstatement or omission of a material fact, an amendment thereto or a supplement to the related prospectus would be needed, or if such filing or use could materially affect a bona fide business or financing transaction of HoldCo or would require premature disclosure of information that could materially adversely affect HoldCo (each such circumstance, a “Suspension Event”); provided, that HoldCo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such registration statement available for the sale by the Undersigned or any other Subscriber of such securities as soon as practicable thereafter. Upon receipt of any written notice from HoldCo of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period that the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the related prospectus), not misleading, the Undersigned agrees that it will (i) immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Shares under the Registration Statement or any such other registration statement until the Undersigned receives (A) (x) copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and (y) notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or (B) notice from HoldCo that it may resume such offers and sales, and (ii) maintain the confidentiality of any information included in such written notice delivered by HoldCo unless otherwise required by applicable law. If so directed by HoldCo, the Undersigned will deliver to HoldCo or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares in the Undersigned’s possession; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares shall not apply to (i) the extent the Undersigned is required to retain a copy of such prospectus (A) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory or professional requirements or (B) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy or (ii) copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up.

HoldCo shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Subscription Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Undersigned (to the extent a seller under the Registration Statement), and any of its respective officers, directors, agents, partners, members, stockholders, affiliates, managers, investment advisers and employees, and each person who controls Undersigned (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all out-of-pocket losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable external attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as and to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based upon information regarding the Undersigned furnished in writing to HoldCo by such

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Undersigned expressly for use therein or such Undersigned has omitted a material fact from such information or otherwise violated the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 6 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected without the consent of HoldCo (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall HoldCo be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs (A) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Undersigned, (B) in connection with any failure of such person to deliver or cause to be delivered a prospectus made available by HoldCo in a timely manner, (C) as a result of offers or sales effected by or on behalf of any person by means of a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that was not authorized in writing by HoldCo, or (D) in connection with any offers or sales effected by or on behalf of such Undersigned in violation of Section 6 hereof. HoldCo shall notify the Undersigned promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 6 of which HoldCo is aware. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Securities by Undersigned or any other Holder.

7. Termination. This Subscription Agreement shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate without any further liability on the part of any party in respect thereof, upon the earlier to occur of: (a) the mutual written agreement of each of the parties hereto to terminate this Subscription Agreement; (b) such date and time as the Transaction Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; or (c) written notice by either party to the other party to terminate this Subscription Agreement if the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement are not consummated on or prior to December 31, 2021; provided that (i) nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof prior to the time of termination, and each party will be entitled to any remedies at law or in equity to recover losses, liabilities or damages arising from such breach. SC Health and shall notify the Undersigned of the termination of the Transaction Agreement promptly after the termination of such agreement and (ii) the provisions of Sections 8 through 10 of this Subscription Agreement will survive any termination of this Subscription Agreement and continue indefinitely.

8. Trust Account Waiver. The Undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it has read the Prospectus and understands that SC Health has established a trust account (the “Trust Account”) containing the proceeds of its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and the overallotment shares acquired by its underwriters and from certain private placements occurring simultaneously with the IPO (including interest accrued from time to time thereon) for the benefit of SC Health’s public stockholders (including overallotment shares acquired by SC Health’s underwriters, the “Public Stockholders”), and that, except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, SC Health may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (a) to the Public Stockholders in the event they elect to redeem their SC Health shares in connection with the consummation of SC Health’s initial business combination (as such term is used in the Prospectus, the “Business Combination”) or in connection with an extension of its deadline to consummate a Business Combination, (b) to the Public Stockholders if SC Health fails to consummate a Business Combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, which is subject to extension by amendment to SC Health’s organizational documents, (c) with respect to any interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, amounts necessary to pay for any franchise and income tax obligations and up to $100,000 in dissolution expenses, or (d) to SC Health after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination. For and in consideration of SC Health entering into this Subscription Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Undersigned hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its affiliates that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Subscription Agreement, neither the Undersigned nor any of its affiliates do now or shall at any time hereafter have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account or distributions therefrom, or make any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom), regardless of whether such claim arises as a result of, in connection with or relating in any way to, this Subscription Agreement, the Transaction or any proposed or actual business relationship between SC Health or its Representatives, on the one hand, and the Undersigned or its Representatives, on the other hand, or any other

 

F-10


Table of Contents

matter, and regardless of whether such claim arises based on contract, tort, equity or any other theory of legal liability (collectively, the “Released Claims”); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to limit any Undersigned’s right to distributions from the Trust Account in accordance with its rights as a Public Stockholder in respect of shares of SC Health acquired by any means other than pursuant to this Subscription Agreement. The Undersigned on behalf of itself and its affiliates hereby irrevocably waives any Released Claims that the Undersigned or any of its affiliates may have against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) now or in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with SC Health or its Representatives and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) for any reason whatsoever (including for an alleged breach of this Subscription Agreement or any other agreement with SC Health or its affiliates). The Undersigned agrees and acknowledges that such irrevocable waiver is material to this Subscription Agreement and specifically relied upon by SC Health and its affiliates to induce SC Health to enter in this Subscription Agreement, and the Undersigned further intends and understands such waiver to be valid, binding and enforceable against the Undersigned and each of its affiliates under applicable law. To the extent the Undersigned or any of its affiliates commences any action or proceeding based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to SC Health or its Representatives, which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, monetary relief against SC Health or its Representatives, the Undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Undersigned’s and its affiliates’ sole remedy shall be against funds held outside of the Trust Account and that such claim shall not permit the Undersigned or its affiliates (or any person claiming on any of their behalves or in lieu of any of them) to have any claim against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or any amounts contained therein. In the event the Undersigned or any of its affiliates commences any action or proceeding based upon, in connection with, relating to or arising out of any matter relating to SC Health or its Representatives, which proceeding seeks, in whole or in part, relief against the Trust Account (including any distributions therefrom) or against SC Health or the Public Stockholders, whether in the form of money damages or injunctive relief, SC Health and its Representatives, as applicable, shall be entitled to recover from the Undersigned and its affiliates the associated legal fees and costs in connection with any such action in the event SC Health or its Representatives, as applicable, prevails in such action or proceeding. For purposes of this Subscription Agreement, “Representatives” with respect to any person shall mean such person’s affiliates and its and its affiliate’s respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors, agents and other representatives. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subscription Agreement, the provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Subscription Agreement and last indefinitely.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) Neither this Subscription Agreement nor any rights that may accrue to the Undersigned hereunder (other than the Shares acquired hereunder, if any, subject to applicable securities laws) may be transferred or assigned by the Undersigned without the prior written consent of SC Health and HoldCo, and any purported transfer or assignment without such consent shall be null and void ab initio.

(b) HoldCo and SC Health may request from the Undersigned such additional information as SC Health and/or HoldCo may deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of the Undersigned to acquire the Shares, and the Undersigned shall provide such information to SC Health and HoldCo upon such request provided that SC Health and HoldCo keep any such information so provided confidential, it being understood by the Undersigned that HoldCo and SC Health may without any liability hereunder reject the Undersigned’s subscription prior to the Closing Date in the event the Undersigned fails to provide such additional information requested by SC Health and HoldCo to evaluate the Undersigned’s eligibility or SC Health and HoldCo determines that the Undersigned is not eligible.

(c) The Undersigned acknowledges that SC Health, HoldCo, the Target and others will rely on the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties of the Undersigned contained in this Subscription Agreement. Prior to the Closing, the Undersigned agrees to promptly notify SC Health and HoldCo if any of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein are no longer accurate. The Undersigned agrees that the purchase by the Undersigned of Shares from

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HoldCo will constitute a reaffirmation of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations and warranties herein (as modified by any such notice) by the Undersigned as of the time of such purchase. The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that each of the Target and their respective affiliates is a third-party beneficiary of the representations, warranties and covenants of the Undersigned contained in Section 5 of this Subscription Agreement, and that the Target is otherwise an express third party beneficiary of this Subscription Agreement, entitled to enforce the terms hereof against Undersigned as if it were an original party hereto. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Subscription Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective successor and assigns.

(d) Each of SC Health and HoldCo is entitled to rely upon this Subscription Agreement and is irrevocably authorized to produce this Subscription Agreement or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby to the extent required by law or regulatory bodies. Neither party shall issue any press release or make any other similar public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of SC Health and HoldCo (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(e) All the agreements, representations and warranties made by each party hereto in this Subscription Agreement shall survive the Closing.

(f) This Subscription Agreement may not be amended, modified, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, waiver, or termination is sought.

(g) This Subscription Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof (other than any confidentiality agreement entered into by SC Health and/or HoldCo and the Undersigned in connection with the Offering).

(h) This Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns, and the agreements, representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments contained herein shall be deemed to be made by, and be binding upon, such heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

(i) If any provision of this Subscription Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Subscription Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail or in .pdf) and by different parties in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts so executed and delivered shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(k) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Subscription Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise.

(l) THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(m) All notices, consents, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) when delivered by facsimile or email, with affirmative confirmation of receipt, (iii) one business day after being sent, if sent by reputable, internationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) three (3) business days after being mailed, if sent by registered or certified mail, prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case to the applicable party at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to SC Health, to:

 

SC Health Corporation

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Attention: Jeri Kwerk

AJ Coloma

Eric Teo

Terence Fong

Aaron Wee

Clement Chen

Email: jeri.kwek@sincapital.com

aj.coloma@sincapital.com

eric.teo@sincapital.com

terence.fong@sincapital.com

aaron.wee@sincapital.com

Clement.Chen@sincapital.com

  

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Attn: Paul Tropp, Chris Capuzzi and Carl P. Marcellino

Email: carl.marcellino@ropesgray.com

Telephone No.: (212) 841-0623

 

and

 

Merrill Lynch (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

50 Collyer Quay, #14-01

OUE Bayfront

Singapore 049321

Attention: Clemente Antonio Puno

Telephone No.: +65 6678 0157

Email: antonio.puno@bofa.com

 

Cowen and Company, LLC.

599 Lexington Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Vinni Trehan

Email: vinni.trehan@cowen.com

If to HoldCo, to:    with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

3rd Floor

1 Ashley Road

Altrincham, Cheshire

United Kingdom, WA14 2DT

Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman

Email:andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com

  

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention: James Masetti and Jarrod Murphy

Email:jim.masetti@pillsburylaw.com

jarrod.murphy@pillsburylaw.com

Notice to the Undersigned shall be given to the address underneath the Undersigned’s name on the signature page hereto.

(n) The headings set forth in this Subscription Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Subscription Agreement. In this Subscription Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Subscription Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and

 

F-13


Table of Contents

verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (ii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding or succeeding such term and shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (iii) the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby” and other words of similar import in this Subscription Agreement shall be deemed in each case to refer to this Subscription Agreement as a whole and not to any particular portion of this Subscription Agreement. As used in this Subscription Agreement, the term: (x) “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York (or as such term is used in Section 6 hereof, Washington, D.C.) are authorized to close for business (excluding as a result of “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems, including for wire transfers, of commercially banking institutions in New York, New York are generally open for use by customers on such day); (y) “person” shall refer to any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity or association, including any governmental or regulatory body, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or any other capacity; and (z) “affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified person, any other person or group of persons acting together that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified person (where the term “control” (and any correlative terms) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt, any reference in this Subscription Agreement to an affiliate of the SC Health will include SC Health’s sponsor, SC Health Holdings Limited.

(o) At Closing, the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take such additional actions as the parties may reasonably deem practical and necessary in order to consummate the Offering as contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.

10. Non-Reliance and Exculpation. The Undersigned acknowledges that it is not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any statement, representation or warranty made by any person other than the statements, representations and warranties contained in this Subscription Agreement in making its investment or decision to invest in HoldCo. The Undersigned agrees that neither (i) any other purchaser pursuant to other subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Offering (including the controlling persons, members, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any such other purchaser) nor (ii) each Placement Agent, each of their respective affiliates or any of their respective affiliates’ respective control persons, officers, directors or employees, shall be liable to the Undersigned pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, the negotiation hereof or thereof or its subject matter, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares or with respect to any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) for breach of this Subscription Agreement or in respect of any written or oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith, as expressly provided herein, or for any actual or alleged inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to any information or materials of any kind furnished.

{SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW}

 

F-14


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Subscription Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

{Signature Page to Subscription Agreement}

 

F-15


Table of Contents
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

By:

 

             

Name:

 

Title:

 

{Signature Page to Subscription Agreement}

 

F-16


Table of Contents

{SUBSCRIBER SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT}

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subscription Agreement to be duly executed by its authorized signatory as of the date first indicated above.

Name(s) of Undersigned:                                                                                                                                                                             

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Undersigned:                                                                                                                          

Name of Authorized Signatory:                                                                                                                                                                

Title of Authorized Signatory:                                                                                                                                                                  

Address for Notice to Undersigned:                                                                                                                                                        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Attention:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Email:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

Facsimile No.:                                                                                                                                                                                        

Telephone No.:                                                                                                                                                                                      

Address for Delivery of Shares to Undersigned (if not same as address for notice):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Subscription Amount: $                                                            

Number of Shares:                                                                     

EIN Number:                                                                               

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

ELIGIBILITY REPRESENTATIONS OF SUBSCRIBER

 

A.

QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS

(Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

 

  1.

☐ We are a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) (a “QIB”) and have marked and initialed the appropriate box on the following pages indicating the provision under which we qualify as a QIB.

 

  2.

☐ We are subscribing for the Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, and each owner of such account is a QIB.

 

B.

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

(Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

☐ We are an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (5), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act).

 

C.

AFFILIATE STATUS

(Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

THE SUBSCRIBER:

☐ is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company or acting on behalf of an affiliate of the Company.

This page should be completed by the Undersigned and constitutes a part of the Subscription Agreement.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ANNEX G

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                     , 2021, is made and entered into by and among Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Sponsor”) and certain shareholders or optionholders of Rockley Photonics Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 08683015 (“Target”), set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (such shareholders, the “Target Holders” and, collectively with the Sponsor and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.12 of this Agreement, the “Holders” and each, a “Holder”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among the Company, SC Health Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“SPAC”), Rockley Mergersub Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was formed for the purposes of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (“Merger Sub”) and Target, pursuant to which, among other things, (a) the Target became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and (b) Merger Sub, merged with and into SPAC (the “Merger”), with SPAC continuing as the surviving corporation as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, (the “Business Combination”);

WHEREAS, on or about the date hereof, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Holders received shares of the Company’s Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.00001 per share;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to certain securities of the Company, as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

Additional Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Additional Holder Ordinary Shares” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, (a) would be

 

G-1


Table of Contents

required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, declared effective or used, as the case may be and (c) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Block Trade” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.

Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Business Combination Agreement.

Closing Date” shall have the meaning given in the Business Combination Agreement.

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto and includes the Company’s successors by recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction.

Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Equity Awards” shall mean those options and/or awards, exercisable into Ordinary Shares, granted to certain Target Holders under the Incentive Equity Plans (each as defined in the Business Combination Agreement).

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.1.

Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.2.

Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto, for so long as such person or entity holds any Registrable Securities.

Joinder” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.12.

Lock-up” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.1.

Lock-up Parties” shall mean, as applicable, the Sponsor, the Target Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees.

Lock-up Period” shall mean:

(A) with respect to the Target Holders, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date;

(B) with respect to the Sponsor in respect of Lock-up Shares other than any of the Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Private Placement Warrants, the period beginning on the Closing

 

G-2


Table of Contents

Date and ending on the earlier of (i) 365 days after the Closing Date and (ii) (x) if the closing price of an Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing Date, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property; and

(C) with respect to the to the Sponsor in respect of Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Private Placement Warrants, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date.

Lock-up Shares” shall mean the Ordinary Shares and any other equity securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Ordinary Shares (including any Private Placement Warrants) held by the Sponsor or Target Holders immediately following the Closing or Ordinary Shares issued with respect to or in exchange for Equity Awards on or after the Closing as permitted by this Agreement (other than Ordinary Shares acquired in the public market and, in respect of SC Health Group Limited, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, those Ordinary Shares acquired pursuant to SC Health Group Limited’s forward purchase agreement with the SPAC).

Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

Merger” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Merger Sub” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company with a nominal value of $0.00001 per share.

Other Coordinated Offering” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.4.1.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean (a) with respect to the Target Holders and Sponsor and their respective Permitted Transferees, (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period pursuant to Section 5.2 and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-up Period, any person or entity to whom such Holder is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter, and (b) with respect to all other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees, any person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities, including prior to the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to such Registrable Securities, subject to and in accordance with any applicable agreement between such Holder and/or their respective Permitted Transferees and the Company and any transferee thereafter.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2.1.

Private Placement Warrants” shall mean the warrants held by the Sponsor, purchased by the Sponsor in the private placement that occurred concurrently with the closing of the SPAC’s initial public offering, including

 

G-3


Table of Contents

any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of such warrants in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement.

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registrable Security” shall mean (a) any outstanding Ordinary Shares and any other equity security (including the Private Placement Warrants and any other warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any other equity security) of the Company held by a Holder immediately following the Closing (including any securities distributable pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement), (b) any Additional Holder Ordinary Shares, and (c) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clause (a), (b) or (c) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement by the applicable Holder; (B) (i) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred (other than to a Permitted Transferee), (ii) new certificates for such securities not bearing (or book entry positions not subject to) a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and (iii) subsequent public distribution of such securities shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (C) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding; (D) such securities may be sold without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor rule promulgated under the Securities Act (but with no volume or other restrictions or limitations including as to manner or timing of sale); (E) such securities have been sold without registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor rules promulgated under the Securities Act and (F) such securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.

Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, Prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses” shall mean the documented, out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any national securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed;

(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(C) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(D) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

(E) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

 

G-4


Table of Contents

(F) in an Underwritten Offering or Other Coordinated Offering, reasonable fees and expenses not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate for each Registration of one (1) legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Requesting Holders” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.5.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shelf” shall mean the Form S-1 Shelf, the Form S-3 Shelf or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown” shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

Sponsor shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Sponsor Member” shall mean a member of Sponsor who becomes party to this Agreement as a Permitted Transferee of Sponsor.

Subscription Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.2.

Target” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Target Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale or assignment of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

Underwriter” shall mean a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an Underwriter in a firm commitment underwriting for distribution to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.4.

Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1.6.

 

G-5


Table of Contents

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

2.1 Shelf Registration.

2.1.1 Filing. Within thirty (30) calendar days following the Closing Date, the Company shall submit to or file with the Commission a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf”) or a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), if the Company is then eligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such submission or filing) on a delayed or continuous basis and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such Shelf declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (a) the ninetieth (90th) calendar day following the filing date thereof (or the one hundred and twentieth (120th) calendar day following the filing date thereof if the Commission notifies the Company that it will “review” the Registration Statement) and (b) the tenth (10th) business day after the date the Company is notified in writing by the Commission that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review. Such Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. The Company shall maintain a Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep a Shelf continuously effective, available for use to permit the Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event the Company files a Form S-1 Shelf, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.1, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.

2.1.2 Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 3.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including using commercially efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such filing). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer at the time of filing (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, available for use to permit the Holders named therein to sell their Registrable Securities included therein and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form at the time of filing. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be on another appropriate form. The Company’s obligation under this Section 2.1.2, shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be subject to Section 3.4.

2.1.3 Additional Registrable Securities. Subject to Section 3.4, in the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the Company, upon

 

G-6


Table of Contents

written request of such Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, any then available Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or by filing a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such additional Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year for each of the Sponsor and the Target Holders.

2.1.4 Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. Subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, the Sponsor, or a majority-in-interest of the Target Holder (any of the Sponsor or a Target Holder being in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder, either individually or together with other Demanding Holders, with a total offering price of at least $30 million in the aggregate (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Subject to Section 2.4.4, the Company shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Sponsor may demand not more than two (2) Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Target Holders may not demand more than three (3) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns, in each case, pursuant to this Section 2.1.4 in any twelve (12) month period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Offering pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form S-3, that is then available for such offering.

2.1.5 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, advises the Company, the Demanding Holders and the Holders requesting piggy back rights pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Requesting Holders”) (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell and all other Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then the Company shall include in such Underwritten Offering, before including any Ordinary Shares or other equity securities proposed to be sold by Company or by other holders of Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, the Registrable Securities of (i) first, the Demanding Holders that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that all of the Demanding Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) and (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that all of the Requesting Holders have requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

2.1.6 Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding

 

G-7


Table of Contents

Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that the Sponsor or a Target Holder may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the Sponsor or the Target Holders or any of their respective Permitted Transferees, as applicable. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the withdrawing Demanding Holder for purposes of Section 2.1.4, unless either (i) such Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) such Demanding Holder reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (or, if there is more than one Demanding Holder, a pro rata portion of such Registration Expenses based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown); provided that, if the Sponsor or a Target Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by the Sponsor or such Target Holder, as applicable, for purposes of Section 2.1.4. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.1.6, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this Section 2.1.6.

2.2 Piggyback Registration.

2.2.1 Piggyback Rights. Subject to Section 2.4.3, if the Company or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, (v) a Block Trade or (vi) an Other Coordinated Offering, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). The rights provided under this Section 2.2.1 shall not be available to any Holder at such time as there is an effective Shelf available for the resale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1. Subject to Section 2.2.2, the Company shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a

 

G-8


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering.

2.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, and (iii) Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(a) if the Registration or registered offering is undertaken for the Company’s account, the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

(b) if the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a demand by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2.1, pro rata, based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Underwritten Offering and the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that the Holders have requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and

(c) if the Registration or registered offering and Underwritten Shelf Takedown is pursuant to a request by Holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering securities in the priority set forth in Section 2.1.5.

2.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdraw from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations,

 

G-9


Table of Contents

shall be governed by Section 2.1.6) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons or entities pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include a Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2.1.6), the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.2.3.

2.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2.1.6, any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2.1.4 hereof.

2.3 Market Stand-off. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering), if requested by the managing Underwriters, each Holder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Ordinary Shares or other equity securities of the Company (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the ninety (90)-day period (or such shorter time agreed to by the managing Underwriters) beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except as expressly permitted by such lock-up agreement or in the event the managing Underwriters otherwise agree by written consent. Each such Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders).

2.4 Block Trades; Other Coordinated Offerings.

2.4.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article II, but subject to Section 3.4, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in (a) an underwritten registered offering not involving a “roadshow,” an offer commonly known as a “block trade” (a “Block Trade”), or (b) an “at the market” or similar registered offering through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, whether as agent or principal (an “Other Coordinated Offering”), in each case, (x) with a total offering price of at least $30 million in the aggregate or (y) with respect to all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then such Demanding Holder only needs to notify the Company of the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering at least five (5) business days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided that the Demanding Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any Underwriters, brokers, sales agents or placement agents prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering.

2.4.2 Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company, the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) and any brokers, sales agents or placement agents (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2.4.2.

 

G-10


Table of Contents

2.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2.2 shall not apply to a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

2.4.4 The Demanding Holder in a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to select the Underwriters and any brokers, sales agents or placement agents (if any) for such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering (in each case, which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks).

2.4.5 A Demanding Holder in the aggregate may demand no more than two (2) Block Trades or Other Coordinated Offerings pursuant to this Section 2.4 in any twelve (12) month period. For the avoidance of doubt, any Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2.1.4 hereof.

ARTICLE III

COMPANY PROCEDURES

3.1 General Procedures. In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall:

3.1.1 prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or have ceased to be Registrable Securities;

3.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least two and a half percent (2.5%) of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or have ceased to be Registrable Securities;

3.1.3 prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to furnish any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”);

3.1.4 prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence

 

G-11


Table of Contents

satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

3.1.5 cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each national securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

3.1.6 provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

3.1.7 advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

3.1.8 at least three (3) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or such shorter period of time as may be (a) necessary in order to comply with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, as applicable or (b) advisable in order to reduce the number of days that sales are suspended pursuant to Section 3.4), furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

3.1.9 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.4;

3.1.10 in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering, or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration permit a representative of the Holders, the Underwriters or other financial institutions facilitating such Underwritten Offering, Block Trade, Other Coordinated Offering or other sale pursuant to such Registration, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s or entity’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, financial institution, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives, Underwriters or financial institutions agree to confidentiality arrangements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

3.1.11 obtain a “comfort” letter from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration (subject to such broker, placement agent or sales agent providing such certification or representation reasonably requested by the Company’s independent registered public accountants and the Company’s counsel) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

 

G-12


Table of Contents

3.1.12 in the event of an Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the participating Holders, the broker, placement agents or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the participating Holders, broker, placement agent, sales agent or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters;

3.1.13 in the event of any Underwritten Offering, a Block Trade, an Other Coordinated Offering or sale by a broker, placement agent or sales agent pursuant to such Registration, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting or other purchase or sales agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter or the broker, placement agent or sales agent of such offering or sale;

3.1.14 make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);

3.1.15 with respect to an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

3.1.16 otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the participating Holders, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, in connection with such Registration.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to provide any documents or information to an Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent if such Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent has not then been named with respect to the applicable Underwritten Offering or other offering involving a registration as an Underwriter, broker, sales agent or placement agent, as applicable.

3.2 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

3.3 Requirements for Participation in Registration Statement in Offerings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide the Company with its requested Holder Information, the Company may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if the Company determines, based on the advice of counsel, that it is necessary or advisable to include such information in the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. In addition, no person or entity may participate in any Underwritten Offering or other offering for equity securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration initiated by the Company hereunder unless such person or entity (i) agrees to sell such person’s or entity’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting or other agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, sales, distribution or placement arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, the exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

 

G-13


Table of Contents

3.4 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure; Restrictions on Registration Rights.

3.4.1 Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that: (a) a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement; (b) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to any Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus, such Registration Statement or Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (c) upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Board, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until (x) in the case of (a) or (b), it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, or (y) in the case of (c), until the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, and, if so directed by the Company, each such Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the most recent Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

3.4.2 Subject to Section 3.4.4, if the submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would (a) require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, (b) require the Company to update the financial statements included in the Registration Statement in order to comply with Regulation S-X age of financial statement requirements, (c) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control, or (d) in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board such Registration, be detrimental to the Company and the majority of the Board concludes as a result that it is advisable to defer such submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use at such time, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders (which notice shall not specify the nature of the event giving rise to such delay or suspension), delay the submission, filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time determined in good faith by the Company to be necessary for such purpose notwithstanding the requirements of any other provision contained herein, including, without limitation, Section 2.1. In the event the Company exercises its rights under this Section 3.4.2, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities until such Holder receives written notice from the Company that such sales or offers of Registrable Securities may be resumed, and in each case maintain the confidentiality of such notice and its contents.

3.4.3 Subject to Section 3.4.4, (a) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and twenty (120) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated Registration and provided that the Company continues to actively employ, in good faith, all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, or (b) if, pursuant to Section 2.1.4, Holders have requested an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the Company and Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of underwriters to firmly underwrite such offering, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay any other registered offering pursuant to Section 2.1.4 or 2.4.

3.4.4 The right to delay or suspend any submission, filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement pursuant to clause (a) or (d) of Section 3.4.2 or a registered offering pursuant to Section 3.4.3 shall be exercised by the Company, in the aggregate, for not more than one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or more than one hundred and twenty (120) total calendar days in each case, during any twelve (12)-month period.

 

G-14


Table of Contents

3.5 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.5. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Ordinary Shares held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect). Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

4.1 Indemnification.

4.1.1 The Company agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors and agents and each person or entity who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act), against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. The Company shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.

4.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors, officers and agents and each person or entity who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement is contained in (or not contained in, in the case of an omission) any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person or entity who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of the Company.

4.1.3 Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give

 

G-15


Table of Contents

prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement includes a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the part of such indemnified party or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

4.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person or entity of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities participating in an offering also agrees to make such provisions as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party for contribution to such party in the event the Company’s or such Holder’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

4.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 4.1 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and out-of-pocket expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by in the case of an omission), such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 4.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.1.5. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.1.5 from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

G-16


Table of Contents

ARTICLE V

LOCK-UP

5.1 Lock-Up. Subject to Section 5.2 and Section 5.3, each Lock-up Party agrees that it shall not Transfer any Lock-up Shares prior to the end of, in respect of such Lock-up Party, the applicable Lock-up Period (the “Lock-up”).

5.2 Permitted Transferees. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 5.1, each Lock-up Party may Transfer the Lock-up Shares during the Lock-up Period (a) to (i) the Company’s officers or directors, (ii) any affiliates or family members of the Company’s officers or directors, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership (whether general, limited or otherwise), limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (i) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, syndicate, association or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control or management with the undersigned, and (ii) distributions of Ordinary Shares to its partners, limited liability company members, equity holders or shareholders of the undersigned; , or (iv) any other Lock-up Party or any direct partners, members or equity holders of such other Lock-up Party, any affiliates of such other Lock-up Party or any related investment funds or vehicles controlled or managed by such persons or entities or their respective affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person or entity, or to a charitable organization, (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual, (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (e) in the case of a trust, by distribution to one or more of the permissible beneficiaries of such trust, (f) to the partners, members or equity holders of such Lock-up Party by virtue of the Lock-up Party’s organizational documents, as amended, upon dissolution of the Lock-up Party, (g) bona fide pledges of Ordinary Shares as security or collateral in connection with any bona fide borrowing or incurrence of any indebtedness by any Holder or any member of its group; provided, that any Holder who is subject to any pre-clearance and trading policies of the Company must also comply with any additional restrictions on the pledging of Ordinary Shares imposed on such Holder by the Company’s policies, (h) to the Company, or (i) in connection with a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization, tender offer approved by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Closing Date. The parties acknowledge and agree that any Permitted Transferee of a Lock-up Party shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in this ARTICLE V with respect to the Lock-Up Shares upon and after acquiring such Lock-Up Shares.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 SPAC Board Appointment Right. Subject to and in accordance with Section 9.9 of the Business Combination Agreement, each of the parties hereby agrees that the Sponsor shall be entitled to the director nomination rights set forth in Section 9.9(b)(i) of the Business Combination Agreement.

6.2 Indemnification and Insurance. The Company hereby agrees that its insurance and indemnification obligations contained in Section 7.8 of the Business Combination Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to any directors appointed to the Board in accordance with Section 6.1.

6.3 Notices. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) recorded mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, or electronic mail. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the

 

G-17


Table of Contents

manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery or electronic mail, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Agreement must be addressed, if to the Company, to: 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire, United Kingdom, WA14 2DT, Attention: Dr. Andrew Rickman or by email: andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address, electronic mail address as set forth in the Company’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 6.3.

6.4 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

6.4.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part.

6.4.2 Subject to Section 6.4.4 and Section 6.4.5, this Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of a Holder hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part to such Holder’s Permitted Transferees to which it transfers Registrable Securities; provided that with respect to the Sponsor and the Target Holders, the rights hereunder that are personal to such Holders may not be assigned or delegated in whole or in part, except that the Sponsor shall be permitted to transfer its rights hereunder to one or more affiliates or any direct or indirect partners, members or equity holders of the Sponsor (including Sponsor Members), which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include a transfer of its rights in connection with a distribution of any Registrable Securities held by Sponsor to Sponsor Members (it being understood that no such transfer shall reduce or multiply any rights of the Sponsor or such transferees).

6.4.3 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

6.4.4 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons or entities that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and Section 6.4.

6.4.5 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate the Company unless and until the Company shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 6.3 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Agreement, including the joinder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.4 shall be null and void.

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

6.6 Governing Law; Venue. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT (1) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND (2) THE VENUE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EXCLUSIVELY IN THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK COUNTY, AND ANY STATE APPELLATE COURT THEREFROM WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK COUNTY, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK.

 

G-18


Table of Contents

6.7 Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

6.8 Amendments and Modifications. Upon the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the Holders of a majority of the total Registrable Securities in number of Registrable Securities, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of the Sponsor for so long as Sponsor and its affiliates and its Permitted Transferees hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of each Target Holder so long as such Target Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares; and provided, further, that any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of the Company, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or the Company and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or the Company in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or the Company. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

6.9 Other Registration Rights. Other than the certain Holders and third-party investor Stockholders who each have registration rights pursuant to (i) their respective Subscription Agreements and (ii) as provided in the Warrant Agreement, dated as of 29 September 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company represents and warrants that no person or entity, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company for sale or to include such securities of the Company in any Registration Statement filed by the Company for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person or entity. The Company hereby agrees and covenants that it will not grant rights to register any Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares) pursuant to the Securities Act that are more favorable, pari passu or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder without (a) the prior written consent of the Sponsor for so long as the Sponsor and its affiliates and its Permitted Transferees hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, and the prior written consent of each other Holder, for so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, or (b) granting economically and legally equivalent rights to the Holders hereunder such that the Holders shall receive the benefit of such more favorable or senior terms and/or conditions. Further, the Company represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

6.10 Term. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (b) with respect to any Holder, on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.5 and Article IV shall survive any termination.

6.11 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to the Company the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for the Company to make determinations hereunder.

 

G-19


Table of Contents

6.12 Additional Holders; Joinder. In addition to persons or entities who may become Holders pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, subject to the prior written consent of each Holder (so long as such Holder and its affiliates hold, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the Company may make any person or entity who acquires Ordinary Shares or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares after the date hereof a party to this Agreement (each such person or entity, an “Additional Holder”) by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Additional Holder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Such Joinder shall specify the rights and obligations of the applicable Additional Holder under this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery and subject to the terms of a Joinder by such Additional Holder, the Ordinary Shares then owned, or underlying any rights then owned, by such Additional Holder (the “Additional Holder Ordinary Shares”) shall be Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein and therein and such Additional Holder shall be a Holder under this Agreement with respect to such Additional Holder Ordinary Shares.

6.13 Severability. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

6.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

6.15 Adjustments. If, and as often as, there are any changes in the Registrable Securities by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Registrable Securities as so changed.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

G-20


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

                          

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-21


Table of Contents
SPONSOR:
SC HEALTH HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

                                      

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-22


Table of Contents
TARGET:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
By:  

         

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-23


Table of Contents
HOLDERS:
DR. ANDREW GEORGE RICKMAN
By:  

                 

Name:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-24


Table of Contents
HENGTONG OPTIC-ELECTRIC INTERNATIONAL CO. LIMITED
By:  

                          

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-25


Table of Contents
MORNINGSIDE TECHNOLOGY VENTURES LTD
By:  

                              

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-26


Table of Contents
MOULTON GOODIES LTD
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-27


Table of Contents
RICHARD VON TSCHARNER
By:  

                     

  Name: Richard von Tscharner

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-28


Table of Contents
AARON ZILKIE
By:  

                                  

  Name: Aaron Zilkie

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

G-29


Table of Contents

Schedule 1

Target Holders

Dr. Andrew George Rickman

Hengtong Optic-Electric International Co. Limited

Morningside Technology Ventures Ltd

Moulton Goodies Ltd

Richard von Tscharner

Aaron Zilkie

 

G-30


Table of Contents

Exhibit A

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT JOINDER

The undersigned is executing and delivering this joinder (this “Joinder”) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2021 (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), and the other persons or entities named as parties therein. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, and upon acceptance hereof by the Company upon the execution of a counterpart hereof, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the Registration Rights Agreement as a Holder of Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Rights Agreement, and the undersigned’s Ordinary Shares shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent provided therein.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the                      day of                     , 20    .

 

 

Signature of Stockholder

 

Print Name of Stockholder
Its:
Address:                                                                                    

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

                    , 20    

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

 

By:  

                 

Name:

Its:

 

G-31


Table of Contents

ANNEX H

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021)

(Approved by the Shareholders on                     , 2021)

Effective Date:                     , 2021

 

 

H-1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     H-6  

SECTION 2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     H-6  

(a)

  “2013 Plan”      H-6  

(b)

  “Affiliate”      H-6  

(c)

  “Award”      H-6  

(d)

  “Award Agreement”      H-6  

(e)

  “Board of Directors” or “Board”      H-6  

(f)

  “Cash-Based Award”      H-6  

(g)

  “Change in Control”      H-6  

(h)

  “Code”      H-7  

(i)

  “Committee”      H-7  

(j)

  “Company”      H-7  

(k)

  “Consultant”      H-7  

(l)

  “Disability”      H-7  

(m)

  “Employee”      H-7  

(n)

  “Exchange Act”      H-8  

(o)

  “Exercise Price”      H-8  

(p)

  “Fair Market Value”      H-8  

(q)

  “ISO”      H-8  

(r)

  “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO”      H-8  

(s)

  “Option”      H-8  

(t)

  “Outside Director”      H-8  

(u)

  “Parent”      H-8  

(v)

  “Participant”      H-8  

(w)

  “Plan”      H-8  

(x)

  “Purchase Price”      H-9  

(y)

  “Restricted Share”      H-9  

(z)

  “Restricted Stock Unit”      H-9  

(aa)

  “Returning Shares”      H-9  

(bb)

  “SAR”      H-9  

(cc)

  “Section 409A”      H-9  

(dd)

  “Securities Act”      H-9  

(ee)

  “Service”      H-9  

 

H-2


Table of Contents
         Page  

(ff)

  “Share”      H-9  

(gg)

  “Stock”      H-9  

(hh)

  “Subsidiary”      H-9  

SECTION 3.

  ADMINISTRATION      H-10  

(a)

  Committee Composition      H-10  

(b)

  Committee Appointment      H-10  

(c)

  Committee Responsibilities      H-10  

SECTION 4.

  ELIGIBILITY      H-11  

(a)

  General Rule      H-11  

(b)

  Ten-Percent Shareholders      H-11  

(c)

  Attribution Rules      H-11  

(d)

  Outstanding Stock      H-11  

SECTION 5.

  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN; DIRECTOR COMPENSATION LIMIT      H-11  

(a)

  Basic Limitation      H-11  

(b)

  Additional Shares      H-12  

(c)

  Substitution and Assumption of Awards      H-12  

(d)

  Outside Director Compensation Limit      H-12  

SECTION 6.

  RESTRICTED SHARES      H-13  

(a)

  Restricted Share Award Agreement      H-13  

(b)

  Payment for Awards      H-13  

(c)

  Vesting      H-13  

(d)

  Voting and Dividend Rights      H-13  

(e)

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      H-13  

SECTION 7.

  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS      H-13  

(a)

  Option Award Agreement      H-13  

(b)

  Number of Shares      H-13  

(c)

  Exercise Price      H-14  

(d)

  Withholding Taxes      H-14  

(e)

  Exercisability and Term      H-14  

(f)

  Exercise of Options      H-14  

(g)

  No Rights as a Shareholder      H-14  

(h)

  Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options      H-14  

(i)

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      H-14  

(j)

  Buyout Provisions      H-15  

 

H-3


Table of Contents
         Page  

SECTION 8.

  PAYMENT FOR SHARES      H-15  

(a)

  General Rule      H-15  

(b)

  Surrender of Stock      H-15  

(c)

  Services Rendered      H-15  

(d)

  Cashless Exercise      H-15  

(e)

  Exercise/Pledge      H-15  

(f)

  Net Exercise      H-15  

(g)

  Promissory Note      H-15  

(h)

  Other Forms of Payment      H-15  

(i)

  Limitations under Applicable Law      H-16  

SECTION 9.

  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS      H-16  

(a)

  SAR Award Agreement      H-16  

(b)

  Number of Shares      H-16  

(c)

  Exercise Price      H-16  

(d)

  Exercisability and Term      H-16  

(e)

  Exercise of SARs      H-16  

(f)

  Modification, Extension or Assumption of SARs      H-16  

(g)

  Buyout Provisions      H-16  

SECTION 10.

  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS      H-16  

(a)

  Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement      H-16  

(b)

  Payment for Awards      H-17  

(c)

  Vesting Conditions      H-17  

(d)

  Voting and Dividend Rights      H-17  

(e)

  Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units      H-17  

(f)

  Death of Participant      H-17  

(g)

  Creditors’ Rights      H-      

SECTION 11.

 

CASH-BASED AWARDS

     H-18  

SECTION 12.

 

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     H-18  

(a)

  Adjustments      H-18  

(b)

  Dissolution or Liquidation      H-18  

(c)

  Merger or Reorganization      H-18  

(d)

  Change in Control      H-19  

(e)

  Reservation of Rights      H-19  

SECTION 13.

 

DEFERRAL OF AWARDS

     H-20  

 

H-4


Table of Contents
         Page  

(a)

  Committee Powers      H-20  

(b)

  General Rules      H-20  

SECTION 14.

 

AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS

     H-20  

SECTION 15.

 

PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES

     H-20  

(a)

  Effective Date      H-20  

(b)

  Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units      H-21  

(c)

  Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units      H-21  

SECTION 16.

 

LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

     H-21  

SECTION 17.

 

TAXES

     H-21  

(a)

  Withholding Taxes      H-21  

(b)

  Share Withholding      H-21  

(c)

  Section 409A      H-21  

SECTION 18.

 

TRANSFERABILITY

     H-22  

SECTION 19.

 

PERFORMANCE BASED AWARDS

     H-22  

SECTION 20.

 

RECOUPMENT OF AWARDS

     H-22  

SECTION 21.

 

NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     H-22  

SECTION 22.

 

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

     H-23  

(a)

  Term of the Plan      H-23  

(b)

  Right to Amend the Plan      H-23  

(c)

  Effect of Termination      H-23  

SECTION 23.

 

AWARDS TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

     H-23  

SECTION 24.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     H-23  

SECTION 25.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     H-24  

SECTION 26.

 

EXECUTION

     H-24  

 

 

H-5


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2020 and is effective on                     , 2020 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain, incent, reward, and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates by providing Participants with equity ownership and other incentive opportunities.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “2013 Plan” means the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of Rockley Photonics Limited, as amended.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.

(c) “Award” means any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Stock-Based Award or a Cash-Based Award under the Plan.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of an Award which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Award.

(e) “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(f) “Cash-Based Award” means an Award that entitles the Participant to receive a cash-denominated payment.

(g) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i)

A change in the composition of the Board occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

 

  (A)

Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or

 

  (B)

Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”);

provided, however, that for this purpose, the “original directors” and “continuing directors” shall not include any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

 

  (ii)

Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding Shares of Base

 

H-6


Table of Contents
  Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company;

 

  (iii)

The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the Company (or its successor) and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company (or its successor); or

 

  (iv)

The sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

For purposes of subsection (g)(i) above, the term “look-back” date means the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) the date that is 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.

For purposes of subsection (g)(ii) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.

Any other provision of this Section 2(g) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an initial or secondary public offering of securities or debt of the Company to the public.

(h) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section  3 hereof.

(j) “Company” means Rockley Photonics Holding Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, or any successor thereto.

(k) “Consultant” means an individual who is a consultant or advisor and who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate as an independent contractor (not including service as a member of the Board) or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary, in each case who is not an Employee.

(l) “Disability”(i) means any permanent and total disability as defined by Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(m) “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary, or an Affiliate.

(n) “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) “Exercise Price” means, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Option Award Agreement. “Exercise Price” means, in the case of a SAR, an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Award Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

 

H-7


Table of Contents

(p) “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, means the market price of one Share, determined by the Committee as follows:

 

  (i)

If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Quote system;

 

  (ii)

If the Stock was traded on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market) or national market system on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable exchange or system; or

 

  (iii)

If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock for such date shall be determined under clauses (i) and (ii) above with reference to the immediately preceding trading day. In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons and shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A and Section  422 of the Code to the extent applicable.

(q) “ISO” means an Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” described in Section 422 of the Code. Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be an NSO unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO in the applicable Award Agreement.

(r) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” means an Option that is not an ISO.

(s) “Option” means an option entitling the holder to acquire Shares upon payment of the exercise price.

(t) “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(u) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.

(v) “Participant” means a person who holds an Award.

(w) “Plan” means this 2021 Stock Incentive Plan of Rockley Photonics Limited, as amended from time to time.

(x) “Purchase Price” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.

(y) “Restricted Share” means a Share subject to restrictions requiring that it be forfeited, redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified performance or other vesting conditions are not satisfied awarded under the Plan.

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the Company’s obligation to deliver one Share (or distribute cash) measured by the value of a Share on a future date and may be subject to the satisfaction of performance or other vesting conditions.

 

H-8


Table of Contents

(aa) “Returning Shares” means Shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 2013 Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A) are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised or settled; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are subject to vesting restrictions and are subsequently forfeited; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(bb) “SAR” means a right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or in Shares of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the right over the Exercise Price from which appreciation under the SAR is to be measured.

(cc) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code.

(dd) “Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(ee) “Service” means service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s employment will be treated as terminating three months after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves of absence count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

(ff) “Share” means one Share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 (if applicable).

(gg) “Stock” means the Common Shares of the Company.

(hh) “Stock-Based Award”(ii) means an Award other than an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share, a Restricted Stock Unit that is convertible into or otherwise based on Stock.

(jj) “Subsidiary” means any corporation, if the Company owns and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date. The determination of whether an entity is a “Subsidiary” shall be made in accordance with Section 424(f) of the code.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committee Composition. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board, or by the Board acting as the Committee. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company. In addition, to the extent required by the Board, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy such requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, as applicable, and as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act.

(b) Committee Appointment. The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan, grant Awards under the Plan and determine all terms of such grants, in each case with respect to all Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors (except such as may be on such committee),

 

H-9


Table of Contents

provided that such committee or committees may perform these functions only with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Board or Committee may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board or Committee shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.

(c) Committee Responsibilities. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:

 

  (i)

To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

 

  (ii)

To adopt, amend, or rescind rules, procedures, and forms relating to the Plan;

 

  (iii)

To adopt, amend, or terminate sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;

 

  (iv)

To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

  (v)

To determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan;

 

  (vi)

To select the Participants to whom Awards are to be granted;

  (vii)

To determine the type of Award and number of Shares or amount of cash to be made subject to each Award;

 

  (viii)

To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price and Purchase Price, and the vesting or duration of the Award (including accelerating the vesting of Awards, either at the time of the Award or thereafter, without the consent of the Participant), to determine whether an Option is to be classified as an ISO or as an NSO, and to specify the provisions of the agreement relating to such Award;

 

  (ix)

To amend any outstanding Award Agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Participant if the Participant’s rights or obligations would be materially impaired;

 

  (x)

To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Award or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;

 

  (xi)

To determine the disposition of each Award or other right under the Plan in the event of a Participant’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;

 

  (xii)

To determine whether Awards under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;

 

  (xiii)

To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement;

 

  (xiv)

To establish or verify the extent of satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions applicable to the grant, issuance, exercisability, vesting, and/or ability to retain any Award; and

 

  (xv)

To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Awards under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants and

 

H-10


Table of Contents

all persons deriving their rights from a Participant. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that the member has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award under the Plan.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule. The Committee will select Participants from among Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 4(a) who are employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code. Eligibility for Stock Options, other than ISOs, and SARs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 4(a) who are providing direct services on the date of grant of the Award to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company that would be described in the first sentence of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Ten-Percent Shareholders. An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.

(c) Attribution Rules. For purposes of Section 4(b) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries.

(d) Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 4(b) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include Shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.

SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN; DIRECTOR COMPENSATION LIMIT.

(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares, or previously issued Shares acquired by the Company. No fractional Shares will be delivered under the Plan. The maximum aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance as Awards under the Plan shall not exceed the sum of (i) [            ]1Shares, plus (ii) the number of reserved Shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants remaining available for issuance under the 2013 Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date, plus (iii) the sum of any Returning Shares which become available from time to time, plus (iv) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of not more than ten (10) years beginning on January 1, 2022, and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to (x) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (y) such lesser amount (including zero) that the Committee or Board determines for purposes of the annual increase for that fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Shares that may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of ISOs granted under the Plan shall not exceed five (5) times the number of Shares provided under clause (i) above plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 5(b), but nothing in this Section 5 will be construed as requiring that any, or any fixed number of, ISOs be awarded under the Plan. The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12. The number of Shares that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) Additional Shares. If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Restricted Stock Units, Options, or SARs

 

1 

Initial pool to approximate 5% of outstanding shares

 

H-11


Table of Contents

are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an Award is settled in cash without the delivery of Shares to the holder, then the corresponding Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Restricted Stock Units or SARs are settled, then only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such Restricted Stock Units or SARs shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance (including any Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations) shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Any Shares withheld to satisfy the Exercise Price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award of Options or SARs shall be added back to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(b), Shares that have actually been issued shall not again become available for Awards under the Plan, except for Shares that are forfeited and do not become vested.

(c) Substitution and Assumption of Awards. The Committee may make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution, or replacement of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, or similar awards granted by another entity (including a Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution, or replacement is in connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, consolidation, or similar transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its affiliate). The terms of such assumed, substituted, or replaced Awards shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Any such substitute or assumed Awards shall not count against the Share limitation set forth in Section 5(a) (nor shall Shares subject to such Awards be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided in Section 5(b) above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute ISOs will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under the Plan.

(d) Outside Director Compensation Limit. The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted under the Plan during any one calendar year to any Outside Director taken together with any cash fees paid by the Company to such Outside Director during such calendar year for service on the Board (other than the calendar year in which an Outside Director commences service on the Board), will not exceed seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000) in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes). Initial Awards granted under the Plan to Outside Directors who are members of the Board on the Effective Date or who first join the Board in the calendar year of the Effective Date shall not be taken into account for purposes of this limitation.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES.

(a) Restricted Share Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Share Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Awards. Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services, and future services.

(c) Vesting. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Share Award Agreement. A Restricted Share Award Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement or other events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. A holder of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend, and other rights as the Company’s other shareholders, except that in the case of any unvested Restricted Shares, the holder shall not be entitled to any dividends or other distributions paid or distributed by the

 

H-12


Table of Contents

Company in respect of outstanding Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Committee’s discretion, the holder of unvested Restricted Shares may be credited with such dividends and other distributions, provided that such dividends and other distributions shall be paid or distributed to the holder only if, when and to the extent such unvested Restricted Shares vest. The value of dividends and other distributions payable or distributable with respect to any unvested Restricted Shares that do not vest shall be forfeited. At the Committee’s discretion, the Restricted Share Award Agreement may require that the holder of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions as the Award with respect which the dividend was paid. For the avoidance of doubt, other than with respect to the right to receive dividends and other distributions, the holders of unvested Restricted Shares shall have the same voting rights and other rights as the Company’s other shareholders in respect of such unvested Restricted Shares.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Share Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Option Award Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in an Option Award Agreement. The Option Award Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Option Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 12.

(c) Exercise Price. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (110% for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(b)), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section  8.

(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Participant shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(e) Exercisability and Term. Each Option Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Option Award Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(b)). An Option Award Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e), the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.

 

H-13


Table of Contents

(f) Exercise of Options. Each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Participant’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Participant by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

(g) No Rights as a Shareholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Option until the date of the issuance of a share certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 12.

(h) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend, or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares or for cash. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Participant, materially impair the Participant’s rights or obligations under such Option; provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an ISO to become a NSO, and any amendment or modification that is required to comply with the rules applicable to ISOs, shall not be treated as materially impairing the rights or obligations of the Participant.

(i) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Option Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

(j) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (i) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (ii) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule. The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(h) below.

(b) Surrender of Stock. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Participant or the Participant’s representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Participant shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the Award) of the value of the services rendered by the Participant and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).

(d) Cashless Exercise. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, if the Stock is traded on an established securities market, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

H-14


Table of Contents

(e) Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(f) Net Exercise. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement so provides, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be reduced by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price (plus tax withholdings, if applicable) and any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price (and/or applicable tax withholdings) not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued shall be paid by the Participant in cash or any other form of payment permitted under the Option Award Agreement.

(g) Promissory Note. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note.

(h) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations, and rules.

(i) Limitations under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything herein or in an Option Award Agreement or Restricted Share Award Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) SAR Award Agreement. Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section  12.

(c) Exercise Price. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 9(c), the Exercise Price under any SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Exercisability and Term. Each SAR Award Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Award Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Award Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, retirement, or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.

(e) Exercise of SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after the Participant’s death) shall receive from the Company (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

 

H-15


Table of Contents

(f) Modification, Extension or Assumption of SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend, or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares or cash. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, materially impair the holder’s rights or obligations under such SAR.

(g) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time (i) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents a SAR previously granted, or (ii) authorize a Participant to elect to cash out a SAR previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Awards. To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Restricted Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.

(c) Vesting Conditions. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, retirement, or other events.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Restricted Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right, if awarded, entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Dividend equivalents may also be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units at the Committee’s discretion. Dividend equivalents shall not be distributed prior to settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit to which the dividend equivalents pertain. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions (including without limitation, any forfeiture conditions) as the Restricted Stock Units to which they attach. The value of dividend equivalents payable or distributable with respect to any unvested Restricted Stock Units that do not vest shall be forfeited. Any entitlement to dividend equivalents or similar entitlements will be established and administered either consistent with an exemption from, or in compliance with, the applicable requirements of Section  409A.

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Restricted Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Restricted Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide that vested Restricted Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. A Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may provide that the distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date, subject to compliance with Section 409A. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Restricted Stock Units is settled, the number of such Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12.

 

H-16


Table of Contents

(f) Death of Participant. Any Restricted Stock Unit Award that becomes payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Restricted Stock Unit Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then any Restricted Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate.

SECTION 11. CASH-BASED AWARDS AND STOCK-BASED AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash-Based Awards and Stock-Based Awards to any Participant in such number or amount and upon such terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant and specify in an applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award, the amount of cash which may be payable pursuant to the Cash-Based Award, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula, or payment ranges as determined by the Committee. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award or Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash or in Shares, as the Committee determines.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) Adjustments.

(i) Recapitalization transactions. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate and equitable adjustments in:

 

  (A)

The class(es) and number of securities available for future Awards and the limitations set forth under Section 5;

 

  (B)

The class(es) and number of securities covered by each outstanding Award; and

 

  (C)

The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR.

(ii) Other adjustments. In the event of other transactions, the Committee may make such changes as provided in subsection (a) herein, as it determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan.

(iii) The Committee’s determinations hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs, and Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

(c) Merger or Reorganization. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement may provide, without limitation, for one or more of the following:

 

  (i)

The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;

 

  (ii)

The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;

 

H-17


Table of Contents
  (iii)

The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;

 

  (iv)

Immediate vesting, exercisability, or settlement of outstanding Awards followed by the cancellation of such Awards upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such transaction;

 

  (v)

Cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the merger or reorganization, in exchange for such cash or equity consideration (including no consideration) as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; or

 

  (vi)

Settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards (whether or not then vested or exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents or equity (including cash or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Awards or the underlying Shares) followed by the cancellation of such Awards (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), provided that any such amount may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Stock in connection with the merger or reorganization is delayed as a result of escrows, earnouts, holdbacks or other contingencies;

in each case without the Participant’s consent. Any acceleration of payment of an amount that is subject to Section 409A will be delayed, if necessary, until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any additional taxes applicable under Section 409A. Any actions hereunder will comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A to the extent determined by the Committee to be reasonably practicable.

The Company will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

(d) Change in Control. In addition to (and not in limitation of) the actions that may be taken under Section 12(c), in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) does not continue or assume or settle (subject to vesting) outstanding Awards, or substitute similar stock awards for outstanding Awards, then with respect to any such Awards that have not been continued, assumed, settled or substituted, the Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Award or thereafter, that the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of any such Awards (or portion thereof) will be accelerated in full (and with respect to any Awards subject to performance-based vesting, that vesting shall be deemed satisfied at the target level, or based on actual performance measured in accordance with the applicable performance goals as of the date of the Change in Control, or the greater thereof) to a date prior to the effective time of the Change in Control (contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control) as the Committee will determine (or, if the Committee does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Change in Control), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such vested Awards will lapse (contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control). In addition, the Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Award or thereafter, that such Award shall become exercisable or vested as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Award in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company. The Committee will have no obligation to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly. Upon consummation of a Change in Control, all Awards that are not assumed, substituted or continued will terminate without payment therefor, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 12.

(e) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 12, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of Shares of stock

 

H-18


Table of Contents

of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the event of any change affecting the Shares or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award, including a merger or other reorganization, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the occurrence of such event.

SECTION 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.

(a) Committee Powers. Subject to compliance with Section 409A, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:

 

  (i)

Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of a SAR or the settlement of Restricted Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;

 

  (ii)

Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Restricted Stock Units; or

 

  (iii)

Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the settlement of Restricted Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.

(b) General Rules. A deferred compensation account established under this Section 13 may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish rules, procedures, and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Section 13.

SECTION 14. AWARDS UNDER SUB-PLANS.

The Committee may at any time and from time to time (including before or after an Award is granted) establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan for Participants based outside of the U.S. and/or subject to the laws of countries other than the U.S., including by establishing one or more sub-plans, supplements or appendices under the Plan or any Award Agreement for the purpose of complying or facilitating compliance with non-U.S. laws or taking advantage of tax favorable treatment or for any other legal or administrative reason determined by the Committee. Any such sub-plan, supplement or appendix may contain, in each case, (i) such limitations on the Committee’s discretion under the Plan and (ii) such additional or different terms and conditions, as the Committee deems necessary or desirable and will be deemed to be part of the Plan but will apply only to Participants within the group to which the sub-plan, supplement or appendix applies (as determined by the Committee); provided, however, that no sub-plan, supplement or appendix, rule or regulation established pursuant to this provision shall increase the number of Shares available under Section 5.

SECTION 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.

(a) Effective Date. No provision of this Section 15 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.

 

H-19


Table of Contents

(b) Elections to Receive NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units. An Outside Director may elect to receive annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Alternatively, the Board may mandate payment in any of such alternative forms. Such NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, and Restricted Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 15 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.

(c) Number and Terms of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units. The number of NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The terms of such NSOs, SARs, Restricted Shares, or Restricted Stock Units shall also be determined by the Board.

SECTION 16. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the United States Securities Act, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan.

SECTION 17. TAXES.

(a) Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local, or foreign law, a Participant or the Participant’s successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Share Withholding. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of the Participant’s withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Participant or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that the Participant previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to the Participant in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the maximum legally required tax withholding.

(c) Section 409A.

 

  (i)

Without limiting the generality of Section 24(b) hereof, each Award will contain such terms as the Committee determines and will be construed and administered such that the Award either qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A or satisfies such requirements.

 

  (ii)

Each Award that provides for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Committee from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. If any amount under such an Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a Participant who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service, or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the

 

H-20


Table of Contents
  extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties, and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. In addition, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. With regard to any payment considered to be nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, that is payable upon a Change in Control of the Company or other similar event, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A, no amount will be payable unless such change in control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

  (iii)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, the Committee may unilaterally amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any outstanding Award, including but not limited to changing the form of the Award, if the Committee determines that such amendment, modification or termination is necessary or desirable to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A.

 

  (iv)

For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under the Plan or any Award will be treated as a separate payment.

SECTION 18. TRANSFERABILITY.

Unless the agreement evidencing an Award (or an amendment thereto authorized by the Committee) expressly provides otherwise, no Award granted under the Plan, nor any interest in such Award, may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to Shares issued under such Award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that an ISO may be transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code. Any purported assignment, transfer, or encumbrance in violation of this Section 17 shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

SECTION 19. PERFORMANCE BASED AWARDS.

The number of Shares or other benefits granted, issued, retained, and/or vested under an Award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish performance goals.

SECTION 20. RECOUPMENT OF AWARDS.

The Company will recoup incentive-based compensation from executive officers to the extent required under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules, regulations and listing standards that may be issued under that act. Any right of recoupment under this provision will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights of recoupment that may be available to the Company. No recovery of compensation under any clawback policy or this Section 20 will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

SECTION 21. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

No provision of the Plan, nor any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Consultant. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.

SECTION 22. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall come into existence on the date of its adoption by the Board; provided, however, that no Award may be granted hereunder prior to the Effective Date. The Board or

 

H-21


Table of Contents

the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii)  the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company.

(b) Right to Amend the Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the Participant. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

(c) Effect of Termination. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 23. AWARDS TO NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS.

Awards may be granted to Participants who are non-United States nationals or employed or providing services outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions different from those applicable to Awards to Participants who are employed or providing services in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. The Committee also may impose conditions on the exercise, vesting, or settlement of Awards in order to minimize the Company’s obligation with respect to tax equalization for Participants on assignments outside their home country.

SECTION 24. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Waiver of Jury Trial. By accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives (or will be deemed to have waived), to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan or any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees (or will be deemed to have agreed) that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim will be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein is to be construed as limiting the ability of the Company and a Participant to agree to submit any dispute arising under the terms of the Plan or any Award to binding arbitration or as limiting the ability of the Company to require any individual to agree to submit such disputes to binding arbitration as a condition of receiving an Award hereunder.

(b) Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award, neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor the Committee, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or the Committee, will be liable to any Participant, to any permitted transferee, to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or any permitted transferee, or to any other person by reason of any acceleration of income, any additional tax, or any penalty, interest or other liability asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 or Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code, or otherwise asserted with respect to any Award.

(c) Unfunded Plan. The Company’s obligations under the Plan are unfunded, and no Participant will have any right to specific assets of the Company in respect of any Award. Participants will be general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to any amounts due or payable under the Plan.

 

H-22


Table of Contents

SECTION 25. GOVERNING LAW.

The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of California, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

SECTION 26. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor entity, including any successor entity contemplated by Section 12(c).

SECTION 27. EXECUTION.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name   :
Title:  

 

H-23


Table of Contents

Schedule A

The Equity Scheme

The Equity Scheme will be implemented either by way of a cancellation or a transfer scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Act. Company Shareholders will be invited to vote in favor of the Equity Scheme at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting, which is a meeting of Company Shareholders convened by the Company with the permission of the Court.

The Equity’ Scheme will become effective in accordance with its terms:

(a) if it is approved by a majority (in person or by proxy) in number, representing at least 75 per cent. in value, of the members present and voting at the Equity Scheme Court Meeting;

(b) if it is subsequently sanctioned by an order of the Court (the “Equity Scheme Court Order”); and

(c) upon an office copy of the Equity Scheme Court Order being delivered to the UK Registrar of Companies for registration.

If the Equity Scheme becomes effective, then either:

(a) in the case of a cancellation scheme, the Company Ordinary Shares of the Company Shareholders shall be cancelled and Company Ordinary Shares shall be issued to HoldCo, resulting in HoldCo becoming the holding company of the Company. In consideration for the cancellation of the Company Ordinary Shares and issuance of shares to HoldCo, HoldCo shall issue an identical number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares to those cancelled to the Company Shareholders; or

(b) in the case of a transfer scheme, the Company Ordinary Shares of the Company Shareholders shall be transferred to HoldCo. In consideration for the transfer of the Company Ordinary Shares to HoldCo, HoldCo shall issue an identical number of HoldCo Ordinary Shares to the Company Shareholders, resulting in HoldCo becoming the holding company of the Company.

The Creditor Scheme

The Creditor’s Scheme will be implemented by way of a creditor’s scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Act. Pursuant to the Creditors Scheme:

(a) if the Equity Scheme is a cancellation scheme, the Company proposes to novate its obligations under the Company Convertible Notes to Holdco and the Scheme Creditors will accept the performance by HoldCo of the Company Convertible Notes in place of performance by the Company and discharge Holdco from further obligations under the Company Convertible Notes. The consideration for the novation shall be an inter-company loan equal to the market value of the Scheme Convertible Notes; and

(b) if the Equity Scheme is a transfer scheme, HoldCo proposes to acquire Scheme Convertible Notes from each Scheme Creditor in consideration of HoldCo entering into new convertible loan note with each Scheme Creditor on substantially the same terms, and the Scheme Convertible Notes will be amended to a form of inter-company loan between HoldCo and the Company.

The Scheme Creditors will be invited to vote in favor of the Creditors’ Scheme at the Creditors’ Scheme Court Meeting, being a meeting convened by the Company with the permission of the Court. The Creditors’ Scheme will become effective in accordance with its terms:

(a) if it is approved by a majority (in person or by proxy) in number, and at least 75 per cent. in value, of the members of the class of creditors present and voting at the Creditors’ Scheme Court Meeting;

 

H-24


Table of Contents

(b) if it is subsequently sanctioned by an order of the Court (the “Creditor Scheme Court Order”); and

(c) upon an office copy of the Creditor Scheme Court Order being delivered to the UK Registrar of Companies for registration.

 

H-25


Table of Contents

ANNEX I

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021)

(Approved by the Stockholders on                     , 2021)

Effective Date:                     , 2021


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

SECTION 1

   Purpose Of The Plan      I-4  

SECTION 2

   Definitions      I-4  

(a)

   “Board”      I-4  

(b)

   “Code”      I-4  

(c)

   “Committee”      I-4  

(d)

   “Company”      I-4  

(e)

   “Compensation”      I-4  

(f)

   “Corporate Reorganization”      I-4  

(g)

   “Eligible Employee”      I-4  

(h)

   “Exchange Act”      I-5  

(i)

   “Fair Market Value”      I-5  

(j)

   “Offering”      I-5  

(k)

   “Offering Date”      I-5  

(l)

   “Offering Period”      I-5  

(m)

   “Participant”      I-5  

(n)

   “Participating Company”      I-5  

(o)

   “Plan”      I-5  

(p)

   “Plan Account”      I-5  

(q)

   “Purchase Date”      I-5  

(r)

   “Purchase Period”      I-5  

(s)

   “Purchase Price”      I-5  

(t)

   “Stock”      I-5  

(u)

   “Subsidiary”      I-5  

SECTION 3

   Administration Of The Plan      I-6  

(a)

   Administrative Powers and Responsibilities      I-6  

(b)

   International Administration      I-6  

SECTION 4

   Enrollment And Participation      I-6  

(a)

   Offering Periods      I-6  

(b)

   Enrollment      I-7  

(c)

   Duration of Participation      I-7  

SECTION 5

   Employee Contributions      I-7  

(a)

   Frequency of Payroll Deductions      I-7  

(b)

   Amount of Payroll Deductions      I-7  

(c)

   Changing Withholding Rate      I-7  

(d)

   Discontinuing Payroll Deductions      I-8  

SECTION 6

   Withdrawal From The Plan      I-8  

(a)

   Withdrawal      I-8  

(b)

   Re-enrollment After Withdrawal      I-8  

SECTION 7

   Change In Employment Status      I-8  

(a)

   Termination of Employment      I-8  

(b)

   Leave of Absence      I-8  

(c)

   Death      I-8  

SECTION 8

   Plan Accounts and Purchase Of Shares      I-8  

(a)

   Plan Accounts      I-8  

(b)

   Purchase Price      I-8  

(c)

   Number of Shares Purchased      I-9  

(d)

   Available Shares Insufficient      I-9  


Table of Contents
          Page  

(e)

   Issuance of Stock      I-9  

(f)

   Unused Cash Balances      I-9  

(g)

   Stockholder Approval      I-9  

SECTION 9

   Limitations On Stock Ownership      I-9  

(a)

   Five Percent Limit      I-9  

(b)

   Dollar Limit      I-10  

SECTION 10

   Rights Not Transferable      I-10  

SECTION 11

   No Rights As An Employee      I-10  

SECTION 12

   No Rights As A Stockholder      I-10  

SECTION 13

   Securities Law Requirements      I-10  

SECTION 14

   Stock Offered Under The Plan      I-11  

(a)

   Authorized Shares      I-11  

(b)

   Antidilution Adjustments      I-11  

(c)

   Reorganizations      I-11  

SECTION 15

   Amendment Or Discontinuance      I-11  

SECTION 16

   Execution      I-12  

 


Table of Contents

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SECTION 1 Purpose Of The Plan.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on                     , 2021 and is effective on                     , 2021 (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide a broad-based employee benefit to attract the services of new Eligible Employees, to retain the services of existing Eligible Employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward the Company’s success by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Code and to be exempt from the application and requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and is to be construed accordingly.

SECTION 2 Definitions.

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee, comprised exclusively of one or more directors of the Company, as may be appointed by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan.

(d) “Company” means Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares.

(e) “Compensation” means, unless provided otherwise by the Committee in the terms and conditions of an Offering, base salary and wages paid in cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, without reduction for any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under sections 401(k) or 125 of the Code. “Compensation” shall, unless provided otherwise by the Committee in the terms and conditions of an Offering, exclude variable compensation (including commissions, bonuses, incentive compensation, overtime pay and shift premiums), all non-cash items, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in Compensation.

(f) “Corporate Reorganization” means:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, or any other corporate reorganization; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(g) “Eligible Employee” means any employee of a Participating Company whose customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week.

The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if such individual’s participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country which has jurisdiction over the individual.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-4


Table of Contents

(h) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a share of Stock, determined as follows:

(i) If Stock was traded on any established national securities exchange including the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in the Stock) on such date as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(ii) If the foregoing provision is not applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

For any date that is not a Trading Day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock for such date shall be determined by using the closing sale price for the immediately preceding Trading Day. Determination of the Fair Market Value pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(j) “Offering” means the grant of options to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan to Eligible Employees.

(k) “Offering Date” means the first day of an Offering.

(l) “Offering Period” means a period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 4(a).

(m) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 4(b).

(n) “Participating Company” means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company.

(o) “Plan” means this Rockley Photonics Limited 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(p) “Plan Account” means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a).

(q) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering on which shares of Stock may be purchased pursuant to the terms of the Offering.

(r) “Purchase Period” means one or more successive periods during an Offering, beginning on the Offering Date or on the day after a Purchase Date, and ending on the next succeeding Purchase Date.

(s) “Purchase Price” means the price at which Participants may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8(b).

(t) “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(u) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-5


Table of Contents

(r) “Trading Day” means a day on which the national stock exchange on which the Stock is traded is open for trading.

SECTION 3 Administration Of The Plan.

(a) Administrative Powers and Responsibilities. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to promulgate such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan, and to take all action in connection therewith or in relation thereto as it deems necessary or advisable. Any decision reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting duly held. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall be final and binding on all persons. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Participants and all persons deriving their rights from a Participant. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, resolve to administer the Plan. In such event, the Board shall have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein.

(b) International Administration. The Committee may establish sub-plans (which need not qualify under section 423 of the Code) and initiate separate Offerings through such sub-plans for the purpose of (i) facilitating participation in the Plan by non-U.S. employees in compliance with foreign laws and regulations without affecting the qualification of the remainder of the Plan under section 423 of the Code or (ii) qualifying the Plan for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws (which sub-plans, at the Committee’s discretion, may provide for allocations of the authorized shares reserved for issue under the Plan as set forth in Section 14(a)). The rules, guidelines and forms of such sub-plans (or the Offerings thereunder) may take precedence over other provisions of the Plan, with the exception of Section 4(a)(i), Section 5(b), Section 8(b) and Section 14(a), but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan. Alternatively and in order to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to grant options in an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) that provide terms which are less favorable than the terms of options granted under the same Offering to employees resident in the United States, subject to compliance with section 423 of the Code.

SECTION 4 Enrollment And Participation.

(a) Offering Periods. While the Plan is in effect, the Committee may from time to time grant options to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to Eligible Employees during a specified Offering Period. Each such Offering shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan (which may be incorporated by reference) and the requirements of section 423 of the Code, including the requirement that all Eligible Employees have the same rights and privileges. The Committee shall specify prior to the commencement of each Offering (i) the period during which the Offering shall be effective, which may not exceed 27 months from the Offering

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-6


Table of Contents

Date and may include one or more successive Purchase Periods within the Offering, (ii) the Purchase Dates and Purchase Price for shares of Stock which may be purchased pursuant to the Offering, and (iii) if applicable, any limits on the number of shares purchasable by a Participant, or by all Participants in the aggregate, during any Offering Period or, if applicable, Purchase Period, in each case consistent with the limitations of the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion to provide for the automatic termination of an Offering following any Purchase Date on which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is equal to or less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date, and for the Participants in the terminated Offering to be automatically re-enrolled in a new Offering that commences immediately after such Purchase Date. The terms and conditions of each Offering need not be identical, and shall be deemed incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan.

(b) Enrollment. Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period, qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by completing the enrollment process prescribed and communicated for this purposes from time to time by the Company to Eligible Employees.

(c) Duration of Participation. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee or withdraws from the Plan under Section 6(a). A Participant who withdrew from the Plan under Section 6(a) may again become a Participant, if the Participant then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (b) above. A Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under Section 9(b) shall automatically resume participation at the beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the next calendar year, if the Participant then is an Eligible Employee. When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but the Participant’s participation is to continue, then such Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.

SECTION 5 Employee Contributions.

(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions. A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions; provided, however, that to the extent provided in the terms and conditions of an Offering, a Participant may also make contributions through payment by cash or check prior to one or more Purchase Dates during the Offering. Payroll deductions, subject to the provisions of Subsection (b) below or as otherwise provided under the terms and conditions of an Offering, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan.

(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions. An Eligible Employee shall designate during the enrollment process the portion of Compensation that such Eligible Employee elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15% (or such lower rate of Compensation specified as the limit in the terms and conditions of the applicable Offering).

(c) Changing Withholding Rate. Unless otherwise provided under the terms and conditions of an Offering, a Participant may not increase the rate of payroll withholding during the Offering Period, but may discontinue or decrease the rate of payroll withholding during the Offering Period to a whole percentage of the Participant’s Compensation in accordance with such procedures and subject to such limitations as the Company may establish for all Participants. A Participant may also increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding effective for a new Offering Period by submitting an authorization to change the payroll deduction rate pursuant to the process prescribed by the Company from time to time. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation consistent with Subsection (b) above.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-7


Table of Contents

(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions. If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee contributions entirely, the Participant may do so by withdrawing from the Plan pursuant to Section 6(a). In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 9(b).

SECTION 6 Withdrawal From The Plan.

(a) Withdrawal. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by giving notice pursuant to the process prescribed and communicated by the Company from time to time. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time before the last day of an Offering Period, except as otherwise provided in the Offering. In addition, if payment by cash or check is permitted under the terms and conditions of an Offering, Participants may be deemed to withdraw from the Plan by declining or failing to remit timely payment to the Company for the shares of Stock. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.

(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal. A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 4(b). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.

SECTION 7 Change In Employment Status.

(a) Termination of Employment. Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under Section 6(a). A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.

(b) Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate three months after the Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees the Participant’s right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.

(c) Death. In the event of the Participant’s death, the amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

SECTION 8 Plan Accounts and Purchase Of Shares.

(a) Plan Accounts. The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participant’s Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Company’s general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.

(b) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased during an Offering Period shall be the lesser of:

(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the Purchase Date; or

(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the Offering Date.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-8


Table of Contents

The Committee may specify an alternate Purchase Price amount or formula in the terms and conditions of an Offering, but in no event may such amount or formula result in a Purchase Price less than that calculated pursuant to the immediately preceding formula.

(c) Number of Shares Purchased. As of each Purchase Date, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 6(a). The amount then in the Participant’s Plan Account shall be divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participant’s Plan Account. Unless provided otherwise by the Committee prior to commencement of an Offering, the maximum number of shares of Stock which may be purchased by an individual Participant during such Offering is [                ] shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than such number of shares of Stock as may be determined by the Committee with respect to the Offering Period, or Purchase Period, if applicable, nor more than the amounts of Stock set forth in Sections 9(b) and 14(a). For each Offering Period and, if applicable, Purchase Period, the Committee shall have the authority to establish additional limits on the number of shares purchasable by all Participants in the aggregate.

(d) Available Shares Insufficient. In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Offering Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 14(a), or which may be purchased pursuant to any additional aggregate limits imposed by the Committee, then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.

(e) Issuance of Stock. Certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the applicable Purchase Date, except that the Company may determine that such shares shall be held for each Participant’s benefit by a broker designated by the Company. Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community property.

(f) Unused Cash Balances. An amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share may be carried over in the Participant’s Plan Account to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period or refunded to the Participant in cash at the end of the Purchase Period or Offering Period, without interest, if the Participant’s participation is not continued. Any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of Subsection (c) or (d) above, Section 9(b) or Section 14(a) shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.

(g) Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their approval within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.

SECTION 9 Limitations On Stock Ownership.

(a) Five Percent Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after the Participant’s election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-9


Table of Contents

stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:

(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;

(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that the Participant has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and

(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase up to the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased by a Participant under this Plan under the individual limit specified pursuant to Section 8(c) with respect to each Offering Period.

(b) Dollar Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall accrue the right to purchase Stock at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such Stock per calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company), determined in accordance with the provisions of section 423(b)(8) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then the Participant’s employee contributions may automatically be discontinued.

SECTION 10 Rights Not Transferable.

The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant’s interest in any Stock or moneys to which the Participant may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber the Participant’s rights or interest under the Plan, other than by the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 6(a).

SECTION 11 No Rights As An Employee.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the Participant’s at-will employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 12 No Rights As A Stockholder.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that the Participant may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the applicable Purchase Date.

SECTION 13 Securities Law Requirements.

Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-10


Table of Contents

1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

SECTION 14 Stock Offered Under The Plan.

(a) Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan is [                ]1 shares plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of each of the Company’s fiscal years for a period of up to ten years, beginning with the fiscal year that begins [January 1, 2022], equal to the least of (i) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Stock on such date, (ii) [                ] shares, or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Committee or Board. The aggregate number of shares available for purchase under the Plan (and the limit in clause (ii) to the annual increase thereto) shall at all times be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 14(b).

(b) Antidilution Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the individual and aggregate Participant share limitations described in Section 8(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee in the event of any change in the number of issued shares of Stock (or issuance of shares other than Common Stock) by reason of any forward or reverse share split, subdivision or consolidation, or share dividend or bonus issue, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, reorganization, combination, exchange of shares of Stock, the issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Stock or other securities, or any other change in corporate structure or in the event of any extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Stock, other securities or other property), in any case, in a manner that complies with Section 423 of the Code.

(c) Reorganizations. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, in the event of a Corporate Reorganization in which the Plan is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the applicable plan of merger or consolidation, the Offering Period then in progress shall terminate immediately prior to the effective time of such Corporate Reorganization and either shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 8 or, if so determined by the Board or Committee, all amounts in all Participant Accounts shall be refunded pursuant to Section 15 without any purchase of shares. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company’s right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

SECTION 15 Amendment Or Discontinuance.

The Board or Committee shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice; provided, however, that any amendment that would be treated as the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 423 of the Code will have no force or effect unless approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after its adoption. Upon any such amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan during an Offering Period, the Board or Committee may in its discretion determine that the applicable Offering shall immediately terminate and that all amounts in the Participant Accounts shall be carried forward into a payroll deduction account for each Participant under a successor plan, if any, or promptly refunded to each Participant. Except as provided in Section 14, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation. This Plan shall continue until the earlier to

 

1 

Initial pool to approximate 1% of outstanding shares

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-11


Table of Contents

occur of (a) termination of this Plan pursuant to this Section 15 or (b) issuance of all of the shares of Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan.

SECTION 16 Limitation on Liability.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor the Committee, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or the Committee, will be liable to any Participant, to any permitted transferee, to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or any permitted transferee, or to any other person by reason of any acceleration of income, any additional tax, or any penalty, interest or other liability asserted by reason of the failure of the Plan or any option to purchase Stock to satisfy the requirements of Section 423, or otherwise asserted with respect to the Plan or any option to purchase Stock.

SECTION 17 Unfunded Plan.

The Company’s obligations under the Plan are unfunded, and no Participant will have any right to specific assets of the Company in respect of any option to purchase Stock. Participants will be general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to any amounts due or payable under the Plan.

SECTION 18 Governing Law

The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of California, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

SECTION 19 Execution.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

I-12


Table of Contents

ANNEX J

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

Registered Office:

c/o International Corporation Services Ltd.

P.O. Box 472

Harbour Place, 2nd Floor

103 South Church Street

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-1106

Cayman Islands


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

1

The name of the Company is Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.

 

2

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., P.O. Box 472, Harbour Place, 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Act (Revised) as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4

The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5

The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

 

6

The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7

Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

WE, the subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this Memorandum of Association, and we agree to take the number of shares shown opposite our name.

Dated this 11th day of March 2021.

 

Name    Address and Description of Subscriber    Number of Shares taken by Subscriber
International Corporation Services Ltd.   

P.O. Box 472, Harbour Place,

2nd Floor, 103 South Church

Street, George Town, Grand

Cayman KY1-1106, Cayman

Islands

   One share

 

Per:  

/s/ Darryl Myers

 

Darryl Myers

Director

WITNESS to the above signature

/s/ Jordan McLauchlan

Jordan McLauchlan


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

Registered Office:

c/o International Corporation Services Ltd.

P.O. Box 472

Harbour Place, 2nd Floor

South Church Street

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-1106

Cayman Islands


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

1. INTERPRETATION

1.1  In these Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

Articles

   means these articles of association of the Company.

Auditor

   means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).

Company

   means the above named company.

Directors

   means the directors for the time being of the Company.

Dividend

   includes an interim dividend.

Electronic Record

   has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time.

Member

   has the same meaning as in the Statute.

Memorandum

   means the memorandum of association of the Company.

Ordinary Resolution

   means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.

Register of Members

   means the register maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate Register of Members.

Registered Office

   means the registered office for the time being of the Company.

Seal

   means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.

Share” and “Shares

   means a share or shares in the Company and includes a fraction of a share.

Special Resolution

   has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.

Statute

   means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time.

Treasury Share

   means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.

 

1.2

In the Articles:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;


Table of Contents
  (b)

words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  (c)

words importing persons include corporations;

 

  (d)

“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (e)

references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

  (f)

any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  (g)

headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing these Articles; and

 

  (h)

in these Articles Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands shall not apply.

 

2.

COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

 

2.1

The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2

The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

3.1

Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper.

 

3.2

The Company shall not issue shares to bearer. The Company may hold Treasury Shares.

 

4.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

5.

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

5.1

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days. If the Register of Members shall be closed for the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members the Register of Members shall be closed for at least ten days immediately preceding the meeting.

 

5.2

In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.3

If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such Dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.


Table of Contents
6.

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

6.1

A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to these Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2

The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3

If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

7.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

7.1

Shares are transferable subject to the consent of the Directors who may, in their absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of Shares without giving any reason. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall notify the transferee within two months of such refusal.

 

7.2

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

8.

REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES

 

8.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statute the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company.

 

8.2

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may redeem its own Shares or purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) provided that the Members shall have approved the manner and terms of the redemption or purchase by Ordinary Resolution or as determined by a resolution of the Directors.

 

8.3

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

9.

TREASURY SHARES

 

9.1

The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2

The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

10.1

If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class.

 

10.2

The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every class meeting of the holders of one class of Shares except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.


Table of Contents
10.3

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

11.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12.

NON RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

13.

LIEN ON SHARES

 

13.1

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3

To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under these Articles.

 

13.4

The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14.

CALL ON SHARES

 

14.1

Subject to the terms of the allotment the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

14.2

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3

The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.


Table of Contents
14.4

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine, but the Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

14.5

An amount payable in respect of a Share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6

The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8

No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

15.1

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest, which may have accrued. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2

If the notice is not complied with any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends or other monies declared payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

15.3

A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4

A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5

A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the fact as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

16.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

16.1

If a Member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder or his legal personal representatives where he was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his


Table of Contents
  interest. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, which had been jointly held by him.

 

16.2

Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him become the holder of such Share but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

16.3

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him become the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17.

AMENDMENTS OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

17.1

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

increase the share capital by such sum as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (c)

by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its Share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

  (d)

cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

17.2

All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3

Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of these Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

  (a)

change its name;

 

  (b)

alter or add to these Articles;

 

  (c)

alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

  (d)

reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18.

REGISTERED OFFICE

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.


Table of Contents
19.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

19.1

All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

19.2

The Company shall, if required by the Statute, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

19.3

The Company may hold an annual general meeting, but shall not (unless required by Statute) be obliged to hold an annual general meeting.

 

19.4

The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

19.5

A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten per cent. in par value of the capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.6

The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

19.7

If the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty- one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one days.

 

19.8

A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

20.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

20.1

At least five days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20.2

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

 

21.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

21.1

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. Two Members being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum unless the Company has only one Member entitled to vote at such general meeting in which case the quorum shall be that one Member present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person) by a duly authorised representative or proxy.


Table of Contents
21.2

A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

21.3

A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

21.4

If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day, time or such other place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

21.5

The chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6

If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present, (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

21.8

A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands, the chairman demands a poll, or any other Member or Members collectively present in person or by proxy and holding at least ten per cent. in par value of the Shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting demand a poll.

 

21.9

Unless a poll is duly demanded a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost or not carried by a particular majority, an entry to that effect in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

21.10

The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

21.11

Except on a poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.12

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

21.13

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.


Table of Contents
22.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

22.1

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, on a show of hands every Member who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person is present by its duly authorised representative or proxy, shall have one vote and on a poll every Member shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

22.2

In the case of joint holders of record the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

22.4

No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of a class of Shares unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

22.5

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6

On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be cast either personally or by proxy. A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall state which proxy is entitled to vote on a show of hands.

 

22.7

A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting.

 

23.

PROXIES

 

23.1

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised for that purpose. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

23.2

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a)

not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c)

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director; provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.


Table of Contents
23.3

The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

23.4

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

24.

CORPORATE MEMBERS

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

25.

SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26.

DIRECTORS

There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person (exclusive of alternate Directors) provided however that the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the subscriber(s) to the Memorandum.

 

27.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

27.2

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

27.3

The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

27.4

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

28.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

28.1

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.


Table of Contents
28.2

The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29.

VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  (a)

he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

  (b)

if he absents himself (without being represented by proxy or an alternate Director appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and they pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

  (c)

if he dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  (d)

if he is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

  (e)

if all the other Directors of the Company (being not less than two in number) resolve that he should be removed as a Director.

 

30.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

30.1

The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be two if there are two or more Directors, and shall be one if there is only one Director. A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, count twice towards the quorum.

30.2

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

30.3

A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is at the start of the meeting.

 

30.4

A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5

A Director or alternate Director may, or other officer of the Company on the requisition of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held.

 

30.6

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

30.7

The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.


Table of Contents
30.8

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be.

30.9

A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

31.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

32.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

32.1

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2

A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

32.3

A Director or alternate Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

32.4

No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

32.5

A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33.

MINUTES

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of Directors including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

34.

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

34.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such


Table of Contents
  of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall be revoked forthwith if he ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.2

The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees or local boards. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.3

The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

34.4

The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

34.5

The Directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members.

 

35.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

35.1

Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

35.2

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

35.3

An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

35.4

Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

35.5

An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

36.

NO MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

37.

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

37.1

The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors,


Table of Contents
  or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

37.2

The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

38.

SEAL

 

38.1

The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

38.2

The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

38.3

A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

39.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

39.1

Subject to the Statute and this Article, the Directors may declare Dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. No Dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

39.2

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all Dividends shall be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

39.3

The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

39.4

The Directors may declare that any Dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

39.5

Any Dividend, distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

39.6

No Dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

39.7

Any Dividend which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date of the declaration of such Dividend may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate


Table of Contents
  account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of the declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

40.

CAPITALISATION

The Directors may capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

41.

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

41.1

The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions. The Company shall cause all books of account to be maintained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they were prepared.

 

41.2

The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

41.3

The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

42.

AUDIT

 

42.1

The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors, and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

42.2

Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

42.3

Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

43.

NOTICES

 

43.1

Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of


Table of Contents
  Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent airmail.

 

43.2

Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

43.3

A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

43.4

Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorised to every person shown as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the Member of record but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

44.

WINDING UP

 

44.1

If the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to pay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them.

 

44.2

If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencements of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise. This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

44.3

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide in kind amongst the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

45.

INDEMNITY

Subject in the Statute, every Director or officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out his


Table of Contents

functions other than such liability (if any) that he may incur by his own actual fraud or wilful default. No such Director or officer shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage in carrying out his functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Director or officer. References in this Article to actual fraud or wilful default mean a finding to such effect by a competent court in relation to the conduct of the relevant party.

 

46.

FINANCIAL YEAR

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

47.

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

48.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

Dated this 11th day of March 2021.

INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION SERVICES LTD.

Harbour Place, 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, PO Box 472, Grand Cayman KY1-1106

 

Per:  

/s/ Darryl Myers

  Darryl Myers
  Director
WITNESS to the above signature

/s/ Jordan McLauchlan

Jordan McLauchlan


Table of Contents

ANNEX K

FORM OF PROPOSED ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

[    ] AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

[        ]

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on [                ] and

effective [                ])

 

1

The name of the Company is [                ].

 

2

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of International Corporation Services Ltd., Harbour Place 2nd Floor, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 472, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI-1106, Cayman Islands, British West Indies or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Act (Revised) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4

The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5

The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00001 each. The Company has the power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (Revised) and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

6

The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7

Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

K-1


Table of Contents

THE COMPANIES ACT (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

[    ] AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

[                ]

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on [                ] and

effective [                 ])

INTERPRETATION

 

1

In these Articles, Table A in the Schedule in the Companies Act does not apply and unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

 

Articles    these Articles of Association of the Company as altered or added to, from time to time;
Board” or “Board of Directors    the board of Directors for the time being of the Company;
Business Day    a day (excluding Saturdays or Sundays), on which banks in London, United Kingdom, California, United States and New York, United States are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;
Chairman    the Chairman appointed pursuant to Article 78;
Commission    Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;
Companies Act    the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Companies Act is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
Company    [                 ], a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;
Company’s Website    the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;
Designated Stock Exchange    The New York Stock Exchange or any other internationally recognized stock exchange where the Company’s securities are traded;
“Directors”    the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;
“electronic”    the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Act;
“electronic communication”    electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;
“Electronic Record”    has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

K-2


Table of Contents
“Electronic Transactions Act”    the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Electronic Transactions Act is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
“in writing”    includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;
“Member”    the meaning given to it in the Companies Act;
“Memorandum of Association”    the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and re-stated from time to time;
“month”    calendar month;
“Ordinary Resolution”   

a resolution:

 

(a) passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

(b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments if more than one, is executed;

“paid up”    paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;
“Register of Members”    the register to be kept by the Company in accordance with the Companies Act;
“seal”    the Common Seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;
“Securities Act”    the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;
“share”    any share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
“signed”    includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;
“Special Resolution”    the meaning given to it in the Companies Act and includes a unanimous written resolution;
“Statutes”    the Companies Act and every other laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company;
“Treasury Share”    means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Companies Act;
“year”    calendar year.

 

K-3


Table of Contents
2

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;

 

  (c)

words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

 

  (d)

“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (e)

“may” shall be construed as permissive and “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (f)

a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States;

 

  (g)

references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

  (h)

any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  (i)

the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

  (j)

headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

  (k)

any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (l)

any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

  (m)

Section 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act shall not reply;

 

  (n)

the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

  (o)

the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

3

Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Act shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4

The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.

 

5

The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

6

Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum of Association, these Articles and to any direction that may be given by the Company in a general meeting, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and

 

K-4


Table of Contents
  without approval of the existing Members, issue shares, grant rights over existing shares or issue other securities in one or more series as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the shares held by existing Members, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form.

 

7

The Directors may provide, out of the unissued shares, for series of preferred shares. Before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall fix, by resolution or resolutions, the following provisions of the preferred shares thereof:

 

  (a)

the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;

 

  (b)

whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

  (c)

the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (d)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

  (e)

the amount or amounts payable upon preferred shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;

 

  (f)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

  (g)

whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

  (h)

the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (i)

the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and

 

  (j)

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

Without limiting the foregoing and subject to Article 78, the voting powers of any series of preferred shares may include the right, in the circumstances specified in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares, to elect one or more Directors who shall serve for such term and have such voting powers as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares. The term of office and voting powers of any Director elected in the manner provided in the immediately preceding sentence of this Article 7 may be greater than or less than those of any other Director or class of Directors.

 

K-5


Table of Contents
8

The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. All shares of any one series of preferred shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

9

The Company shall maintain a Register of its Members and a Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates (if any) shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the Member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

 

10

All share certificates shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

11

Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

12

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

13

In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

14          (a)     Subject

to the terms of the Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants issued pursuant to the Articles on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

  (b)

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

15

The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods

 

K-6


Table of Contents
  as the Board may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

16

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

17

All instruments of transfer that shall be registered shall be retained by the Company.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

18

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

19

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

20

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Act, including out of capital.

 

21

The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

TREASURY SHARES

 

22

The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

23

The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

 

24

If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class.

 

25

The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class or series of shares except the following:

 

  (a)

separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the entire Board of Directors (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 25 or Article 24 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting.

 

K-7


Table of Contents
  (b)

the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued shares of the class or series and that any holder of shares of the class or series present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

26

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority thereto or pari passu therewith.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

27

The Company may in so far as the Statutes from time to time permit pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

28

No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statutes) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

29

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 calendar days notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

30

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

31

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

32

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

33

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members, or the particular shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

34

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

 

K-8


Table of Contents

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

35

If a Member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of such much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

36

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 calendar days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

37

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

38

A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

39

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the fully paid up amount of the shares.

 

40

A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director of the Company, which certifies that a share has been forfeited on a date stated in the certificate, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share or any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

41

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

42

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share.

 

43

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

44

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in

 

K-9


Table of Contents
  respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

45

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

 

  (d)

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

46

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles as regards to the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

47

All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

48

For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case 30 calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least 10 calendar days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.

 

49

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within 90 calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.

 

50

If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

K-10


Table of Contents

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

51

All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

52    (a)

The Company may hold an annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall determine.

 

  (b)

At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

53    (a)

The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

  (b)

A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

  (c)

The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the principal place of business of the Company (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

  (d)

If the Directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.

 

  (e)

A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

54

At least seven calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five percent in par value of the shares giving that right.

 

55

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

56

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. One or more Members holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

K-11


Table of Contents
57

If provided for by the Company, a person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

58

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

59

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

60

If at any meeting the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the Directors present shall elect one of their members to be chairman of the meeting, or, if no Director is so elected and willing to be chairman of the meeting, the Members present shall choose a chairman of the meeting.

 

61

The chairman may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 10 calendar days or more, not less than 7 Business Days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

62

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more Members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together hold not less than 10 percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

 

63

If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

64

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

65

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

66

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every Member present in person and every person representing a Member by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members.

 

67

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

68

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in the

 

K-12


Table of Contents
  nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

 

69

No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

70

On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

71

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

72

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

73

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a)

not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c)

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any Director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

74

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

 

75

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

DEPOSITARY AND CLEARING HOUSES

 

76

If a recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise

 

K-13


Table of Contents
  such Person(s) as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any general meeting of the Company or of any Class of Shareholders of the Company provided that, if more than one Person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and Class of Shares in respect of which each such Person is so authorised. A Person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as that recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorisation, including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED

 

77

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

DIRECTORS

 

78    (a)

Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one or more than nine Directors. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

 

  (b)

The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of Directors. At the 2022 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2023 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2024 annual general meeting of the Company, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of the Company, Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

  (c)

The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman (the “Chairman”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The Directors may also elect a Co-Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Co-Chairman”). The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Co-Chairman, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the chairman of the meeting. The Chairman’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors.

 

  (d)

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or, subject to the first sentence of Article 78(a), as an addition to the existing Board.

 

  (e)

The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, or the sole remaining Director, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or, subject to the

 

K-14


Table of Contents
  first sentence of Article 78(a), as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under applicable corporate governance rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, as long as the Company’s securities are traded on the Designated Stock Exchange. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the board of Directors shall, subject to Article [78(b)], determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

79

Subject to Article 78, a Director may be removed from office but only for cause and only by Ordinary Resolution at any time before the expiration of his term.

 

80

A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 79 above may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. Any Director elected or appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the board of Directors shall, subject to Article 78 above, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

81

The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange where the Company’s securities are traded, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

82

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

83

The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

84

Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

K-15


Table of Contents

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

85

Any Director may in writing appoint another person to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote thereat as a Director when the person appointing him is not personally present and, where he is a Director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

86

Any Director may appoint any person, whether or not a Director, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve, and must be lodged with the chairman of the meeting at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

87

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

88

Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto determine if any Managing Director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

89

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

90

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

91

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

 

K-16


Table of Contents
92

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

 

93

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

94

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.

 

95

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

96

The Company intends that it shall be UK tax resident and the Board of Directors shall conduct its business in a manner consistent with that intention.

VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR

 

97

Notwithstanding anything in these Articles, the office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a)

dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (d)

shall be removed from office pursuant to Articles 78 or 79 or the Statutes.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

98

The Directors may meet together (whether within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit.

 

99

A Board meeting may be called by a Director by giving notice in writing to the Board specifying a date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Board shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice of such meeting to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any).

 

100  (a)

At least ten (10) Business Days’ notice shall be given to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any) for a Board meeting, provided that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the consent of all the Directors or their respective alternates (if any).

 

  (b)

An agenda identifying in reasonable detail the issues to be considered by the Directors at any such meeting and copies (in printed or electronic form) of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting together with all relevant information shall be provided to and received by all Directors and their alternates (if any) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date for such meeting. The agenda for each meeting shall include any matter submitted to the Company by any Director at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting.

 

K-17


Table of Contents
  (c)

Unless approved by all Directors (whether or not present or represented at such meeting), matters not set out in the agenda need not be considered at a Board meeting.

 

101

A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

102

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a Director and his appointed alternate Director shall be considered only one person for this purpose.

 

103

If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within thirty (30) minutes following the time appointed for such Board meeting, the relevant meeting shall be adjourned for a period of at least three (3) Business Days and the presence of any three (3) Directors shall constitute a quorum at such adjourned meeting. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.

 

104

Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and each Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote in deciding matters deliberated at any meeting of the Directors.

 

105

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

106

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

107

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

108

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

K-18


Table of Contents
  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

109

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting, the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

110

A resolution signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted and when signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

 

111

The continuing Directors may act, notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if their number is reduced below the number fixed pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, then the continuing Directors may act only to increase the number or to summon a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

112

A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

113

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

114

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

115

A Director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

116  (a)

A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

  (b)

A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

  (c)

A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

K-19


Table of Contents
  (d)

No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

  (e)

A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

117

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

118

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

119

The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

120

Any dividend may be paid by cheque or wire transfer to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

121

The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

122

No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Companies Act, the share premium account.

 

123

Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

K-20


Table of Contents
124

If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of the share.

 

125

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

126

Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

 

127

The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

128

The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statutes or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

129

The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

130

Subject to the requirements of applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

 

131

The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Companies Act.

AUDIT

 

132

The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

133

Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

K-21


Table of Contents
134

Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next special meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors at any general meeting of the Members.

THE SEAL

 

135

The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

136

The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint, and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence .

 

137

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

OFFICERS

 

138

Subject to Article 86, the Company may have Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, appointed by the Directors. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

139

Subject to the Companies Act and these Articles, the Board may, [with the authority of an Ordinary Resolution]:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a share premium account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members in proportion to the nominal amount of shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on shares held by them respectively; or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

 

K-22


Table of Contents

and allot the shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Members (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to Members credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make any arrangements it thinks fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a person to enter (on behalf of all the Members concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Members respectively, credited as fully paid, of shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Members (by the application of their respective operations of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares,

an agreement made under the authority being effective and binding on all those Members; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

NOTICES

 

140

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). or by placing it on the Company’s Website. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

141

Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

142

Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

143

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, service of the notice shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted);

 

  (b)

cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted;

 

  (c)

recognised courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly delivered to the courier; or

 

  (d)

e-mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

K-23


Table of Contents
144

Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

145

Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them;

 

  (b)

every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and

 

  (c)

each Director and Alternate Director.

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

146

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

147

The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

148

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles) and officer of the Company or a Group Company for the time being and from time to time including for 6 years following ceasing to be a director or officer shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a Director or officer of the Company or a Group Company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or a Group Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

149

No such Director or officer of the Company or a Group Company shall be liable to the Company or the relevant Group Company for any loss or damage unless such liability arises through the wilful neglect or wilful default of such Director or officer.

 

150

The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

151

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

 

K-24


Table of Contents

WINDING UP

 

152

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

  (a)

if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

  (b)

if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

153

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statutes, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND

NAME OF COMPANY

 

154

The Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

155

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS

 

156

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Companies Act) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Companies Act) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

K-25


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors. However, such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be unenforceable, to the extent it seeks to indemnify or exculpate a fiduciary in respect of their actual fraud or willful default, or for the consequences of committing a crime. The registrant’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides for indemnification of officers and directors for all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained in connection with the execution or discharge of their duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a director or officer, except through their own willful neglect or willful default.

Item 21. Exhibits And Financial Statements Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1    Business Combination Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March  19, 2021, by and among SC Health Corporation, Rockley Photonics Limited, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited and Rockley Mergersub Limited (included as Annex A to the prospectus/proxy statement).
  3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of SC Health Corporation.
  3.2    Memorandum of Association of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, dated as of March 11, 2021 (included as Annex J to the prospectus/proxy statement).
  3.3    Articles of Association of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, dated as of March 11, 2021 (included as Annex J to the prospectus/proxy statement).
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited (included as Annex K to the prospectus/proxy statement).
  4.1    Form of Warrant Agreement among American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, SC Health Corporation and SC Health Holdings Limited.
  4.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement among American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.
  4.3*    Form of Specimen Warrant Certificate of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.
  4.4    Form of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.
  5.1*    Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP as to the validity of the securities being registered.
  5.2*    Opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga, Cayman Islands Counsel to Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.
  8.1*    Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP regarding certain federal income tax matters.
10.1    Investor Support Agreement, dated as of March  19, 2021, by and among SC Health Holdings Limited, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, Rockley Mergersub Limited and Rockley Photonics Limited (included as Annex B to the prospectus/proxy statement).

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.2    Company Holders Support Agreement, dated March  19, 2021, by and among the by and among SC Health Corporation, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, Rockley Mergersub Limited, Rockley Photonics Limited and the shareholders named therein (included as Annex C to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.3    Company Holders Support Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, by and among SC Health Corporation, Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, Rockley Mergersub Limited, Rockley Photonics Limited and Dr.  Andrew Rickman (included as Annex D to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.4    Form of Investor Subscription Agreement (included as Annex E to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.5    Form of Individual Subscription Agreement (included as Annex F to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.6    Form of Registration Rights and Lock-up Agreement (included as Annex G to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.7    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited and its officers and directors.
10.8+    Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited 2021 Stock Incentive Plan and the Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement (included as Annex  H to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.9+    Rockley Photonics Limited 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreements.
10.10+    Form of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited Employee Stock Purchase Plan (included as Annex I to the prospectus/proxy statement).
10.11    Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated July 11, 2019, by and between the SC Health Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
10.12    Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Contract, dated December 19, 2017, by and between Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd. and Rockley Photonics Limited.
10.13    Intra Group Loan Agreement, dated February 24, 2021, by and between Rockley Photonics Oy and Rockley Photonics Limited.
10.14    Lease Agreement, dated November 20, 2015, by and between 21st Century Techbanq LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.15    First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated April 27, 2016, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.16    Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated April 7, 2017, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.17    Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated November 1, 2017, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.18    Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated August 6, 2019, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.19    Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated May 24, 2020, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.20    Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated January 27, 2021, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.21    Seventh Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated January 27, 2021, by and between 21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.22    Office Lease, dated November 27, 2018, by and between RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.23    Office Lease, dated January 11, 2021, by and between Boardwalk Office Associates, LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.24    First Amendment to Office Lease, dated January 21, 2021, by and between Boardwalk Office Associates, LLC and Rockley Photonics, Inc.
10.25    Licence, dated November 26, 2018, by and between Newport Wafer Fab Limited and Rockley Photonics Limited.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Rockley Photonics Limited.
21.2    List of subsidiaries of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited.
23.1    Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm of SC Health Corporation.
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Rockley Photonics Limited and its subsidiaries.
23.3*    Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
23.4*    Consent of Travers Thorp Alberga (included as part of Exhibit 5.2 hereto).
23.5*    Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1 hereto).
99.1*    Form of Preliminary Proxy Card.
99.2    Consent of Brian Blaser to be named as a director.
99.3    Consent of Caroline Brown, PhD to be named as a director.
99.4    Consent of Karim Karti to be named as a director.
99.5    Consent of Michele Klein to be named as a director.
99.6    Consent of William Huyett to be named as a director.

 

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 22.

Undertakings.

1. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the

 

II-3


Table of Contents

foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statement or any material change to such information in this Registration Statement.

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

2. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant

 

II-4


Table of Contents

has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

3. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this Registration Statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

4. The registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (1) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (2) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

5. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement through the date of responding to the request.

6. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning this transaction that was not the subject of and included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of London, United Kingdom, on the 2nd day of April, 2021.

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:   /s/ Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE
 

Name:  Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE

Dr. Andrew Rickman, OBE

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Director (Principal Executive Officer and Authorized Representative in the United States)   April 2, 2021

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

Mahesh Karanth

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   April 2, 2021

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

(ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION DATED 15 JULY 2019)

 

  

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

  

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

(ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION DATED 15 JULY 2019)

 

1.

The name of the company is SC Health Corporation (the “Company”).

 

2.

The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”).

 

4.

The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6.

The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

7.

The authorised share capital of the Company is US$20,100 divided into 180,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.0001, 25,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.00008, and 1,000,000 preference shares with a nominal or par value of US$0.0001, provided always that subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to subdivide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


8.

The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

2

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

(ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION DATED 15 JULY 2019)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

TABLE A

     1  

INTERPRETATION

     1  

PRELIMINARY

     5  

SHARES

     6  

FOUNDER SHARES CONVERSION AND ANTI-DILUTION RIGHTS

     7  

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

     8  

CERTIFICATES

     8  

FRACTIONAL SHARES

     9  

LIEN

     9  

CALLS ON SHARES

     9  

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

     10  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     11  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     12  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     12  

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

     13  

TREASURY SHARES

     14  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     14  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     15  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     15  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     16  

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

     17  

CLEARING HOUSES

     17  

DIRECTORS

     18  

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

     19  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

i

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     19  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     21  

THE SEAL

     21  

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     21  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     22  

DIVIDENDS

     24  

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

     25  

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

     25  

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

     26  

NOTICES

     26  

INDEMNITY

     27  

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

     28  

BUSINESS COMBINATION REQUIREMENTS

     28  

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

     31  

WINDING UP

     32  

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     33  

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

     33  

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

     33  

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

     34  

DISCLOSURE

     34  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

ii

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SC HEALTH CORPORATION

(ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION DATED 15 JULY 2019)

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

Articles” means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Audit Committee” means the audit committee of the Company formed pursuant to Article 142 hereof, or any successor audit committee.

Branch Register” means any branch Register of such category or categories of Members as the Company may from time to time determine.

Business Combination” means a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganisation or similar business combination involving the Company, with one or more businesses or entities (the “target business”), which Business Combination: (a) must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Fund (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the deferred underwriting discount) at the time of the agreement to enter into a Business Combination; and (b) must not be effectuated with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

Class” or “Classes” means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

1

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


Class A Shares” means the Class A ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company of $0.0001 nominal or par value designated as Class A Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles.

Class B Shares” means the Class B ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company of $0.00008 nominal or par value designated as Class B Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles.

Companies Law” means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Directors” means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof.

Designated Stock Exchange” means any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are traded, including but not limited the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, the NYSE MKT LLC, the New York Stock Exchange LLC or any OTC market.

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar U.S. federal statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Forward Purchase Agreement” means the agreement providing for the sale of Forward Purchase Shares and the Forward Purchase Warrants to SC Health Group Limited in a private placement that will close concurrently with the closing of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

Forward Purchase Shares” means in aggregate 5,000,000 Class A Shares to be issued to SC Health Group Limited pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.

Forward Purchase Warrants” means in aggregate 1,250,000 warrants to be issued to SC Health Group Limited pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.

Founders” means the Sponsor and all Members immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO.

Investor Group” means the Sponsor and its affiliates, successors and assigns.

IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering of securities.

IPO Redemption” means the meaning given to it in Article 161.

Memorandum of Association” means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Office” means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law.

Officers” means the officers for the time being and from time to time of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

2

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Ordinary Shares” means the Class A Shares and Class B Shares.

Over-Allotment Option” means the option of the Underwriters to purchase additional units (as described at Article 9) sold in the IPO at a price equal to $10.00 per unit, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

paid up” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up.

Person” means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Preference Shares” means the Preference Shares in the capital of the Company of $0.0001 nominal or par value designated as Preference Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles.

Public Shares” means the Class A Shares issued as part of the units (as described at Article 9) issued in the IPO.

Principal Register”, where the Company has established one or more Branch Registers pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles, means the Register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles that is not designated by the Directors as a Branch Register.

Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 161.

Register” means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law and includes any Branch Register(s) established by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law.

Seal” means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secretary” means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

3

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


Series” means a series of a Class as may from time to time be issued by the Company.

Share” means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share.

Shareholder” or “Member” means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber.

Share Premium Account” means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law.

signed” means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

Special Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds (or, with respect to amending Article 163(b), prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, 100% of the votes cast at a meeting of the Shareholders and with respect to amending 98 prior to a Business Combination, 90% of the votes cast at a meeting of the Shareholders) of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Sponsor” means SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Treasury Shares” means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

Trust Fund” means the trust account established by the Company upon the consummation of its IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO, together with certain of the proceeds of a private placement of warrants simultaneously with the closing date of the IPO, will be deposited.

Underwriter” means an underwriter of the IPO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

4

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


2.

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

  (c)

the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d)

reference to a dollar or dollars or USD (or $) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

  (e)

reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or reenactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (f)

reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and

 

  (g)

reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.

 

3.

Subject to the preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4.

The business of the Company may be commenced at any time after incorporation.

 

5.

The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6.

The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.

 

7.

The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office. The Directors may keep, or cause to be kept, one or more Branch Registers as well as the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law, provided always that a duplicate of such Branch Register(s) shall be maintained with the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law and the rules or requirements of any Designated Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

5

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


SHARES

 

8.

Subject to these Articles, and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, all Shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may:

 

  (a)

issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine; and

 

  (b)

grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued; provided however that the Directors shall not allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) to the extent that it may affect the ability of the Company to carry out a conversion described in Articles 13 to 17.

 

9.

The Company may issue units of securities in the Company, which may be comprised of whole or fractional Shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, upon such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine. The securities comprising any such units which are issued pursuant to the IPO can only be traded separately from one another on the 52nd day following the date of the prospectus relating to the IPO unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to the Company having filed a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC (which shall include an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of the IPO) and a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Prior to such date, the units can be traded, but the securities comprising such units cannot be traded separately from one another.

 

10.

The Directors, or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, may authorise the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and Series and sub-series and the different Classes and sub-classes and Series and sub-series shall be authorised, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes and Series (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution.

 

11.

The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

12.

The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

6

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


FOUNDER SHARES CONVERSION AND ANTI-DILUTION RIGHTS

 

13.

On the first business day following the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, the issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares shall automatically be converted into such number of Class A Shares as is equal to 20% of the sum of:

 

  (a)

the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares issued in the IPO (including pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option), plus

 

  (b)

the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares issued or deemed issued, or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination (including the Forward Purchase Shares, but not the Forward Purchase Warrants), excluding (x) any Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and (y) any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans.

 

14.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein in no event shall the Class B Ordinary Shares convert into Class A Shares at a ratio that is less than one-for-one.

 

15.

References in Articles 13 to Article 17 to “converted”, “conversion” or “exchange” shall mean the compulsory redemption without notice of Class B Shares of any Member and, on behalf of such Members, automatic application of such redemption proceeds in paying for such new Class A Shares into which the Class B Shares have been converted or exchanged at a price per Class B Share necessary to give effect to a conversion or exchange calculated on the basis that the Class A Shares to be issued as part of the conversion or exchange will be issued at par. The Class A Shares to be issued on an exchange or conversion shall be registered in the name of such Member or in such name as the Member may direct.

 

16.

Each Class B Share shall convert into its pro rata number of Class A Shares as set forth in this Article 16. The pro rata share for each holder of Class B Shares will be determined as follows: Each Class B Ordinary Share shall convert into such number of Class A Shares as is equal to the product of 1 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Class A Shares into which all of the issued and outstanding Class B Shares shall be converted pursuant to this Article 16 and the denominator of which shall be the total number of issued and outstanding Class B Shares at the time of conversion.

 

17.

The Directors may effect such conversion in any manner available under applicable law, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Class B Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Class A Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Directors may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or out of its capital.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

7

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

18.

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors) the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class only be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at such a meeting. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal or par value amount of the issued Shares of the relevant Class (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall on a poll have one vote for each Share of the Class held by him. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes. The Directors may vary the rights attaching to any Class without the consent or approval of Shareholders provided that the rights will not, in the determination of the Directors, be materially adversely varied or abrogated by such action.

 

19.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alia, the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company.

CERTIFICATES

 

20.

If so determined by the Directors, any Person whose name is entered as a member in the Register may receive a certificate in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the Share or Shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a Share or Shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for Shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the Register.

 

21.

Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Exchange Act.

 

22.

Any two or more certificates representing Shares of any one Class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such Shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of $1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

23.

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same Shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

8

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


24.

In the event that Shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

25.

The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

LIEN

 

26.

The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or one of two or more joint holders) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

27.

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

28.

For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

29.

The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

30.

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

9

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


31.

The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

32.

If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

33.

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

34.

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

35.

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

36.

If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

37.

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

38.

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

39.

A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

10

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


40.

A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

 

41.

A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, and that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

42.

The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

43.

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

44.

Subject to these Articles and the rules or regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or any relevant securities laws (including, but not limited to the Exchange Act), a Shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her Shares.

 

45.

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in (i) any usual or common form; (ii) such form as is prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange; or (iii) in any other form as the Directors may determine and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

46.

Subject to the terms of issue thereof and the rules or regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or any relevant securities laws (including, but not limited to the Exchange Act), the Directors may determine to decline to register any transfer of Shares without assigning any reason therefor.

 

47.

The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

48.

All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer that the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

11

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

49.

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased holder of the Share, shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

50.

Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

51.

A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

52.

The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

53.

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (b)

convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (c)

subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

  (d)

cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

54.

The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

12

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

55.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may:

 

  (a)

issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  (b)

purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with the Shareholder;

 

  (c)

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and

 

  (d)

accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

56.

With respect to redeeming or repurchasing the Shares:

 

  (a)

Members who hold Public Shares are entitled to request the redemption of such Shares in the circumstances described in Article 161;

 

  (b)

Class B Shares held by the Founders shall be surrendered by the Founders on a pro rata basis for no consideration to the extent that the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full so that the Founders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of: (i) the total number of Public Shares (including any Public Shares issued in connection with the Underwriters’ exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), (ii) the number of Class B Shares held by the Founders and their permitted transferees following such forfeiture and (iii) the number of Forward Purchase Shares; and

 

  (c)

Public Shares shall be repurchased by way of tender offer in the circumstances set out in Article 156(b).

 

57.

Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

58.

The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

59.

The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including, without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidating structure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

13

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


TREASURY SHARES

 

60.

Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

61.

No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

62.

The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided that:

 

  (a)

the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;

 

  (b)

a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

63.

Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

64.

The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting of the Company.

 

65.

Subject to Article 98, for so long as the Company’s Shares are traded on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors in accordance with the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, unless such Designated Stock Exchange does not require the holding of an annual general meeting.

 

66.

The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any reason or for no reason at any time prior to the time for holding such meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting. The Directors shall give Shareholders notice in writing of any cancellation or postponement. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.

 

67.

General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any Shareholder or Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least thirty percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company deposited at the Office specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than 21 days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, and if the Directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 45 days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists as a result of the failure of the Directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

14

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


68.

If at any time there are no Directors, any two Shareholders (or if there is only one Shareholder then that Shareholder) entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

69.

At least 5 days’ notice in writing counting from the date service is deemed to take place as provided in these Articles specifying the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business, shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution to such Persons as are, under these Articles, entitled to receive such notices from the Company, but with the consent of all the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting and attend and vote thereat, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those Shareholders may think fit.

 

70.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

71.

All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.

 

72.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, one or more Shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid up voting share capital of the Company present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting shall form a quorum.

 

73.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

74.

If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

15

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


75.

The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

76.

If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

 

77.

The chairman may adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place either:

 

  (a)

with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting); or

 

  (b)

without the consent of such meeting if, in his sole opinion, he considers it necessary to do so to:

 

  (i)

secure the orderly conduct or proceedings of the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

give all persons present in person or by proxy and having the right to speak and / or vote at such meeting, the ability to do so, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

78.

A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

79.

A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

80.

In the case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

81.

A poll demanded on the election of a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

82.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, every Shareholder present in person and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall, at a general meeting of the Company, shall have one vote for each Share of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

16

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


83.

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

84.

A Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person, may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

85.

No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

86.

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

87.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.

 

88.

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

89.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time for holding the meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting.

 

90.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

91.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

92.

Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

CLEARING HOUSES

 

93.

If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorisation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

17

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


DIRECTORS

 

94.

Subject to Article 97, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any Person to be a Director.

 

95.

Subject to Article 97, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time fix the maximum and minimum number of Directors to be appointed but unless such numbers are fixed as aforesaid the minimum number of Directors shall be one and the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.

 

96.

There shall be no shareholding qualification for Directors.

 

97.

For so long as the Company’s Shares are traded on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of Directors. At the first annual general meeting of Members after the IPO, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the second annual general meeting of Members after the IPO, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the third annual general meeting of Members after the IPO, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of Members, Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

98.

Prior to an initial Business Combination, only holders of Class B Shares will have the right to vote on the election of Directors pursuant to Article 97 or the removal of Directors pursuant to Article 115.

 

99.

For so long as the Company’s Shares are traded on a Designated Stock Exchange, any and all vacancies in the board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the board of Directors, and not by the Members. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the board of Directors shall, subject to Article 97 above, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

18

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

100.

Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorised to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

101.

Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.

 

102.

The Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any chairman (or co-chairman) of the board of Directors, vice chairman of the board of Directors, one or more chief executive officers, presidents, a chief financial officer, a secretary, a treasurer, vice-presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries or any other officers as may be determined by the Directors), for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

103.

The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they think fit. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

19

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


104.

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

105.

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorised signatory (any such person being an “Attorney” or “Authorised Signatory”, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

106.

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

107.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.

 

108.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

109.

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

110.

The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder’s subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

20

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

111.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

 

112.

The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

113.

The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

114.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

115.

The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (d)

is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution; or

 

  (e)

is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of these Articles.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

21

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

116.

The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

117.

A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

118.

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed, if there be two or more Directors the quorum shall be two, and if there be one Director the quorum shall be one. A Director represented by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

119.

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

120.

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

121.

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

22

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


122.

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

123.

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

124.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

125.

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

126.

The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

127.

Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

128.

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

129.

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

23

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


DIVIDENDS

 

130.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

131.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

132.

The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

133.

Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

134.

The Directors when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).

 

135.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares.

 

136.

If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

137.

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

24

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

138.

The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

139.

The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

140.

The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

141.

The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall only be audited if the Directors so determine, in which case the financial year end and the accounting principles will be determined by the Directors.

 

142.

Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall establish and maintain an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) as a committee of the board of Directors and shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Designated Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

143.

The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

144.

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

25

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


  (c)

make any arrangements they think fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares, and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

145.

The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

146.

There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

 

147.

Any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

26

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


148.

Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

149.

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, shall be deemed to have been served five clear days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

  (b)

facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

  (c)

recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or

 

  (d)

electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

150.

Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

 

151.

Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b)

every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INDEMNITY

 

152.

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own actual fraud, wilful default or wilful neglect as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

27

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


153.

No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

  (a)

for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or

 

  (b)

for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

  (c)

on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

  (d)

for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

  (e)

for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

  (f)

for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto; unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own actual fraud, wilful default or wilful neglect as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

154.

Subject to the proviso hereto, no Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognise any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

BUSINESS COMBINATION REQUIREMENTS

 

155.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles, the Articles under this heading “Business Combination Requirements” shall apply during the period commencing upon the adoption of the Articles and terminating upon the first to occur of the consummation of any Business Combination and the distribution of the Trust Fund pursuant to Article 163. In the event of a conflict between the Articles under this heading “Business Combination Requirements” and any other Articles, the provisions of the Articles under this heading “Business Combination Requirements” shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

28

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


156.

Prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, the Company shall either:

 

  (a)

submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval provided that the Members will be granted an opportunity to redeem their Shares pursuant to Article 161 below; or

 

  (b)

provide Members with the opportunity to have their Shares repurchased by means of a tender offer for a per-Share repurchase price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Fund, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, representing (x) the proceeds held in the Trust Fund from the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and (y) any interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Fund (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of Public Shares then in issue,

provided, in each case, that the Company shall not redeem or repurchase Public Shares in an amount that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than US$5,000,001.

 

157.

Article 163(b) may not be amended prior to the consummation of a Business Combination without a Special Resolution, the approval threshold for which is unanimity (100%) of all votes cast at a meeting of the Shareholders.

 

158.

If the Company initiates any tender offer in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act in connection with a Business Combination, it shall file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about such Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act.

 

159.

If, alternatively, the Company holds a Member vote to approve a proposed Business Combination, the Company will conduct any compulsory redemption in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act and not pursuant to the tender offer rules and file proxy materials with the SEC.

 

160.

At a general meeting called for the purposes of approving a Business Combination pursuant to these Articles, in the event that a majority of the Shares voted are voted for the approval of a Business Combination, the Company shall be authorised to consummate a Business Combination.

 

161.

Any Member holding Public Shares who is not a Founder, officer or Director may, contemporaneously with any vote on a Business Combination, elect to have their Public Shares redeemed for cash (the “IPO Redemption”), provided that no such Member acting together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 20% of the Public Shares, and provided further that any holder that holds Public Shares beneficially through a nominee must identify itself to the Company in connection with any redemption election in order to validly redeem such Public Shares. In connection with any vote held to approve a proposed Business Combination, holders of Public Shares seeking to exercise their redemption rights will be required to either tender their certificates (if any) to the Company’s transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve a Business Combination. If so demanded, the Company shall pay any such redeeming Member, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, a per-Share redemption price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Fund calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, representing (x) the proceeds held in the Trust Fund from the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and (y) any interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Fund (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of Public Shares then in issue (such redemption price being referred to herein as the “Redemption Price”).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

29

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


162.

The Redemption Price shall be paid promptly following the consummation of the relevant Business Combination. If the proposed Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason then such redemptions shall be cancelled and share certificates (if any) returned to the relevant Members as appropriate.

 

163.

In the event that:

 

  (a)

either the Company does not consummate a Business Combination by eighteen months after the closing of the IPO, or such later time as the Members of the Company may approve in accordance with the Articles or a resolution of the Company’s Members is passed pursuant to the Companies Law (2018 Revision) to commence the voluntary liquidation of the Company prior to the consummation of a Business Combination for any reason, the Company shall: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-Share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Fund, including interest earned on the Trust Fund (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of Public Shares then in issue, which redemption will completely extinguish public Members’ rights as Members (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Members and the Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of sub-articles (ii) and (iii), to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

 

  (b)

any amendment is made to Article 163(a) that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within eighteen months after the date of the closing of the IPO, or any amendment is made with respect to any other provisions of these Articles relating to the rights of holders of Class A Shares, each holder of Public Shares who is not a Founder, officer or Director shall be provided with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon the approval of any such amendment at a per-Share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Fund, including interest earned on the Trust Fund (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of Public Shares then in issue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

30

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


164.

Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Fund shall be released from the Trust Fund until the earlier of an IPO Redemption pursuant to Article 161, a repurchase of Shares by means of a tender offer pursuant to Article 156(b), a distribution of the Trust Fund pursuant to Article 163(a) or an amendment under Article 163(b). In no other circumstance shall a holder of Public Shares have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Fund.

 

165.

After the issue of Public Shares, and prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Directors shall not issue additional Shares or any other securities that would entitle the holders thereof to: (a) receive funds from Trust Fund; or (b) vote on any Business Combination.

 

166.

The Company must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Fund (net of amounts previously disbursed to the Company’s management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in the Trust Fund) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. An initial Business Combination must not be effectuated with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

 

167.

Any payment made to members of the Audit Committee (if one exists) shall require the review and approval of the Directors, with any Director interested in such payment abstaining from such review and approval.

 

168.

A Director may vote in respect of any Business Combination in which such Director has a conflict of interest with respect to the evaluation of such Business Combination. Such Director must disclose such interest or conflict to the other Directors.

 

169.

The Audit Committee shall monitor compliance with the terms of the IPO and, if any non-compliance is identified, the Audit Committee shall be charged with the responsibility to take all action necessary to rectify such non-compliance or otherwise cause compliance with the terms of the IPO.

 

170.

The Company may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with the Sponsor, the Directors or officers of the Company if such transaction were approved by a majority of the independent directors (as defined pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange) and the Company has obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that such a Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

 

171.

In recognition and anticipation of the facts that: (a) directors, managers, officers, members, partners, managing members, employees and/or agents of one or more members of the Investor Group (each of the foregoing, an “Investor Group Related Person”) may serve as Directors and/or officers of the Company; and (b) the Investor Group engages, and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of Articles 172 to 176 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Members and the Investor Group Related Persons, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its officers, Directors and Members in connection therewith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

31

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


172.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company.

 

173.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall have no interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for either the Investor Group or the Investor Group Related Persons, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other.

 

174.

Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, Director and/or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such Investor Group Related Person in their capacity as an Officer or Director of the Company and the opportunity is one the Company is permitted to complete on a reasonable basis.

 

175.

Except as provided elsewhere in the Articles, the Company shall have no interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and the Investor Group, about which a Director and/or officer of the Company who is also an Investor Group Related Person acquires knowledge.

 

176.

The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, waive any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities described in Articles 172 to 175 above. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of Articles 172 to 175 apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.

WINDING UP

 

177.

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in such manner and order as he thinks fit in satisfaction of creditors’ claims.

 

178.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different Classes. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Shareholders as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any assets whereon there is any liability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

32

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

179.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the various Classes, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

180.

For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may, by any means in accordance with the requirements of any Designated Stock Exchange, provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case 40 days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

181.

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

182.

If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

183.

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

33

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933


MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

 

184.

The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

185.

To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

DISCLOSURE

 

186.

The Directors, or any authorised service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any stock exchange on which the Shares may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and books of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

www.verify.gov.ky File#: 345814

 

34

 

LOGO

 

Filed: 15-Jul-2019 12:05 EST

Auth Code: C15306065933

Exhibit 4.1

WARRANT AGREEMENT

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [                ], 2019, is by and between SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a New York limited liability trust company, as warrant agent (in such capacity, the “Warrant Agent”), and SC Health Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Sponsor”).

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, with the Sponsor (the “Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 warrants (or 5,450,000 warrants in the aggregate if the Over-allotment Option (as defined below) in connection with the Offering (as defined below) is exercised in full) simultaneously with the closing of the Offering (and the closing of the Over-allotment Option, if applicable) bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a purchase price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant; and

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Forward Purchase Agreement (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) with SC Health Group Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Purchaser”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue Forward Purchase Warrants (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”) to the Purchaser in a private placement transaction to occur immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial Business Combination (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in order to finance the Company’s transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor may, but are not obligated to, loan to the Company funds as the Company may require, of which up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into up to an additional 2,000,000 warrants, which will be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant; and

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of units of the Company’s equity securities, each such unit comprised of one Ordinary Share (as defined below) and one-half of one redeemable Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to 7,500,000 warrants (or up to 8,625,000 warrants to the extent the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised) to public investors in the Offering (the “Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants and the Forward Purchase Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Share”), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 232240 (the “Registration Statement”), and prospectus (the “Prospectus”) for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Units, the Public Warrants and the Ordinary Shares included in the Units; and


WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent (if a physical certificate is issued), as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Warrants.

2.1 Form of Warrant. Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, and, if a physical certificate is issued, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary or other principal officer of the Company. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance. All of the Public Warrants shall initially be represented by one or more book-entry certificates (each a “Book-Entry Warrant Certificate”).

2.2 Effect of Countersignature. If a physical certificate is issued, unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant certificate shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3 Registration.

2.3.1 Warrant Register. The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (the “Warrant Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company. All of the Public Warrants shall initially be represented by one or more Book-Entry Warrant Certificates deposited with The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of the Depositary. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Public Warrants shall be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership shall be effected through, records maintained by (i) the Depositary or its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, or (ii) institutions that have accounts with the Depositary (each such institution, with respect to a Warrant in its account, a “Participant”).


If the Depositary subsequently ceases to make its book-entry settlement system available for the Public Warrants, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent regarding making other arrangements for book-entry settlement. In the event that the Public Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have the Public Warrants available in, book-entry form, the Warrant Agent shall provide written instructions to the Depositary to deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, and the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to deliver to the Depositary definitive certificates in physical form evidencing such Warrants (“Definitive Warrant Certificates”). Such Definitive Warrant Certificates shall be in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as provided above.

2.3.2 Registered Holder. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant is registered in the Warrant Register (the “Registered Holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on a Definitive Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

2.4 Detachability of Warrants. The Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants comprising the Units shall begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of the Prospectus or, if such 52nd day is not on a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, on which banks in New York City are generally open for normal business (a “Business Day”), then on the immediately succeeding Business Day following such date, or earlier (the “Detachment Date”) with the consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC but in no event shall the Ordinary Shares and the Public Warrants comprising the Units be separately traded until (A) the Company has filed a current report on Form 8-K with the Commission containing an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Offering, including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise by the underwriter of its right to purchase additional Units in the Offering (the “Over-allotment Option”) if the Over-allotment Option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) a second or amended current report on Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriter’s Over-allotment Option, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised following the initial filing of such current report on Form 8-K, and (B) the Company issues a press release and files with the Commission a current report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

2.5 Fractional Warrants. The Company shall not issue fractional Warrants other than as part of Units, each of which is comprised of one Class A Ordinary Share and one-half of one Public Warrant. If, upon the detachment of Public Warrants from Units or otherwise, a holder of Warrants would be entitled to receive a fractional Warrant, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole number the number of Warrants to be issued to such holder.


2.6 Private Placement Warrants; Forward Purchase Warrants.

2.6.1 The Private Placement Warrants shall be identical to the Public Warrants, except that so long as they are held by the Sponsor or any of its Permitted Transferees (as defined below), the Private Placement Warrants: (i) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) hereof, (ii) may not be transferred, assigned or sold until the date that is thirty (30) days after the completion by the Company of an initial Business Combination (as defined below), and (iii) shall not be redeemable by the Company; provided, however, that in the case of (ii), the Private Placement Warrants and any Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsor or any of its Permitted Transferees and issued upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants may be transferred by the holders thereof:

(a) to the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliate or family member of any of the Company’s officers or directors or any affiliate of the Sponsor or to any member(s) of the Sponsor or any of their affiliates or shareholders,

(b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization,

(c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person,

(d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order,

(e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement or in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Warrants were originally purchased,

(f) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands upon dissolution of our Sponsor,

(g) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or

(h) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (a) through (f), these transferees (the “Permitted Transferees”) enter into a written agreement with the Company agreeing to be bound by the transfer restrictions in this Agreement.

2.6.2 The Forward Purchase Warrants shall have the same terms and be in the same form as the Public Warrants.


3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants.

3.1 Warrant Price. Each Warrant shall entitle the Registered Holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Ordinary Shares stated therein, at the price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Agreement shall mean the price per Ordinary Share at which Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) for a period of not less than twenty (20) Business Days, provided, that the Company shall provide at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of such reduction to Registered Holders of the Warrants and, provided further that any such reduction shall be identical among all of the Warrants.

3.2 Duration of Warrants. A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (the “Exercise Period”) commencing on the later of: (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the first date on which the Company completes a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), or (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months from the date of the closing of the Offering, and terminating on the earlier to occur of: (w) 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the date that is five (5) years after the date on which the Company completes its initial Business Combination, (x) the liquidation of the Company in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time (the “Charter”), if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination, or (y) other than with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date (as defined below) as provided in Section 6.3 hereof (the “Expiration Date”) or (z) the Alternative Redemption Date (as defined below); provided, however, that the exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions, as set forth in subsection 3.3.2 below, with respect to an effective registration statement. Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as defined below) or the Alternative Redemption Price (other than with respect to a Private Placement Warrant) in the event of a redemption (as set forth in Section 6 hereof), each outstanding Warrant (other than a Private Placement Warrant in the event of a redemption for cash) not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, that the Company shall provide at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of any such extension to Registered Holders of the Warrants and, provided further that any such extension shall be identical in duration among all the Warrants.

3.3 Exercise of Warrants.

3.3.1 Payment. Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Agreement, a Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder thereof by delivering to the Warrant Agent at its Compliance Department (i) the Definitive Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants to be exercised, or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, the Warrants to be exercised (the “Book-Entry Warrants”) on the records of the Depositary to an account of the Warrant Agent at the Depositary designated for such purposes in writing by the Warrant Agent to the Depositary from time to time, (ii) an election to purchase (“Election to Purchase”) any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant, properly completed and executed by the


Registered Holder on the reverse of the Definitive Warrant Certificate or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, properly delivered by the Participant in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures, and (iii) payment in full of the Warrant Price for each full Ordinary Share as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for the Ordinary Shares and the issuance of such Ordinary Shares, as follows:

(a) by certified check payable to the order of the Warrant Agent or by wire transfer;


(b) in the event of a redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof in which the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has elected to require all holders of the Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Fair Market Value” (as defined in this subsection 3.3.1(b)) over the Warrant Price by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this subsection 3.3.1(b), Section 6.2 and Section 6.4, the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported closing price of the Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Warrants, pursuant to Section 6 hereof;

(c) with respect to any Private Placement Warrant, so long as such Private Placement Warrant is held by the Sponsor, the Purchaser or their Permitted Transferee, by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Fair Market Value” (as defined in this subsection 3.3.1(c)) over the Warrant Price by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this subsection 3.3.1(c), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported closing price of the Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of exercise of the Warrant is sent to the Warrant Agent; or

(d) as provided in Section 8.4 hereof.

3.3.2 Issuance of Ordinary Shares on Exercise. As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price (if payment is pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(a)), the Company shall issue to the Registered Holder of such Warrant a book-entry position or certificates, as applicable, for the number of full Ordinary Shares to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new book-entry position or countersigned Warrant, as applicable, for the number of Ordinary Shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised. If fewer than all the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate are exercised, a notation shall be made to the records maintained by the Depositary, its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, or a Participant, as appropriate, evidencing the balance of the Warrants remaining after such exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company’s satisfying its obligations under Section 8.4. No Warrant shall be exercisable and the Company shall not be obligated to issue Ordinary Shares upon exercise of a Warrant unless the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such Warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt from registration or qualification under the securities laws of the state of residence of the Registered Holder of the Warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless, in which case the purchaser of a Unit containing such Public Warrant shall have paid the full purchase price for the Unit solely for the Ordinary Share underlying such Unit. Subject to Section 4.6 of this Agreement, a Registered Holder of Warrants may exercise its Warrants only for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Warrant exercise. The Company may require holders of Public Warrants to settle the Warrant on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(b) and Section 8.4. If, by reason of any exercise of Warrants on a “cashless basis,” the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole number, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to such holder.


3.3.3 Valid Issuance. All Ordinary Shares issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

3.3.4 Date of Issuance. Each person whose name is set out in the register of members of the Company shall have become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on the date on which the Warrant or book-entry position representing such Warrant, was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate in the case of a certificated Warrant, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the share transfer books of the Company or book-entry system of the Warrant Agent are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such Ordinary Shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the share transfer books or book-entry system are open.

3.3.5 Maximum Percentage. A holder of a Warrant may notify the Company in writing in the event it elects to be subject to the provisions contained in this subsection 3.3.5; however, no holder of a Warrant shall be subject to this subsection 3.3.5 unless he, she or it makes such election. If the election is made by a holder, the Warrant Agent shall not effect the exercise of the holder’s Warrant, and such holder shall not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant Agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 4.9% or 9.8% (as specified by the holder) (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates shall include the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude Ordinary Shares that would be issuable upon (x) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of the Warrant beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates and (y) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of the Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares, the holder may rely on the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q, current report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”) setting forth the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written request of the holder of the Warrant, the Company shall, within two (2) Business Days, confirm orally and in writing to such holder the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of equity securities of the Company by the holder and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding Ordinary Shares was reported. By written notice to the Company, the holder of a Warrant may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage applicable to such holder to any other percentage specified in such notice; provided, however, that any such increase shall not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company.


4. Adjustments.

4.1 Share Capitalizations.

4.1.1 Split-Ups. If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a share capitalization payable in Ordinary Shares, or by a split-up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share capitalization, split-up or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Ordinary Shares. A rights offering to holders of the Ordinary Shares entitling holders to purchase Ordinary Shares at a price less than the “Fair Market Value” (as defined below) shall be deemed a share capitalization of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares) and (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Ordinary Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the Fair Market Value. For purposes of this subsection 4.1.1, (a) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, in determining the price payable for Ordinary Shares, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (b) “Fair Market Value” means the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights. No Ordinary Shares shall be issued at less than their par value.

4.1.2 Extraordinary Dividends. If the Company, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, shall pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of the Ordinary Shares on account of such Ordinary Shares (or other shares of the Company’s share capital into which the Warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described in subsection 4.1.1 above, (b) Ordinary Cash Dividends (as defined below), (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of the Ordinary Shares in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of the Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s Charter to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Ordinary Shares included in the Units sold in the Offering if the Company does not complete the Business Combination within the time period set forth in the Company’s Charter, or (e) in connection with the Company’s redemption of public Ordinary Shares upon its failure to consummate a Business Combination and any subsequent distribution of its assets upon its liquidation (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an “Extraordinary Dividend”), then the Warrant Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such Extraordinary Dividend, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value (as determined by the Board, in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid on each Ordinary Share in respect of such Extraordinary Dividend. For purposes of this subsection 4.1.2, “Ordinary Cash Dividends” means any cash dividend or cash distribution which, when combined on a per share basis, with the per share amounts of all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Ordinary Shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any of the events referred to in other subsections of this Section 4 and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the Warrant Price or to the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant) does not exceed $0.50 (being 5% of the offering price of the Units in the Offering).


4.2 Aggregation of Shares. If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 hereof, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Ordinary Shares.

4.3 Adjustments in Exercise Price.

4.3.1 Adjustments in Exercise Price. Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in subsection 4.1.1 or Section 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

4.3.2 If (i) the Company issues additional Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Ordinary Share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Board and, (1) in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance, and (2) to the extent that such issuance is made to SIN Capital Group Pte. Ltd. or its affiliates, without taking into account the transfer of founder shares or Private Placement Warrants (including if such transfer is effectuated as a surrender to the Company and subsequent reissuance by the Company) by the Sponsor in connection with such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuance represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Company’s initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described in Section 6.1 below will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.


4.4 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than a change under subsections 4.1.1 or 4.1.2 or Section 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or conversion of the Company into another entity (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the holders of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of Ordinary Shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the Warrants would have received if such holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event (the “Alternative Issuance” ); provided, however, that in connection with the closing of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the successor or purchasing entity shall execute an amendment hereto with the Warrant Agent providing for delivery of such Alternative Issuance, and provided, further, that (i) if the holders of the Ordinary Shares were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets constituting the Alternative Issuance for which each Warrant shall become exercisable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per Ordinary Share by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and (ii) if a tender, exchange or redemption offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of the Ordinary Shares (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the Company in connection with redemption rights held by shareholders of the Company as provided for in the Charter or as a result of the redemption of Ordinary Shares by the Company if a proposed initial Business Combination is presented to the shareholders of the Company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) more than 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, the holder of a Warrant shall be entitled to receive as the Alternative Issuance, the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such Warrant holder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Ordinary Shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4; provided, further, that if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in the applicable event is payable in the form of capital stock or shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national


securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the Registered Holder properly exercises the Warrant within thirty (30) days following the public disclosure of the consummation of such applicable event by the Company pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission, the Warrant Price shall be reduced by an amount (in dollars) equal to the difference (but in no event less than zero) of (i) the Warrant Price in effect prior to such reduction minus (ii) (A) the Per Share Consideration (as defined below) minus (B) the Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined below). The “Black-Scholes Warrant Value” means the value of a Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable event based on the Black-Scholes Warrant Model for a Capped American Call on Bloomberg Financial Markets (“Bloomberg”). For purposes of calculating such amount, (1) Section 6 of this Agreement shall be taken into account, (2) the price of each Ordinary Share shall be the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the effective date of the applicable event, (3) the assumed volatility shall be the 90 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg determined as of the trading day immediately prior to the day of the announcement of the applicable event, and (4) the assumed risk-free interest rate shall correspond to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of the Warrant. “Per Share Consideration” means (i) if the consideration paid to holders of the Ordinary Shares consists exclusively of cash, the amount of such cash per Ordinary Share, and (ii) in all other cases, the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the effective date of the applicable event. If any reclassification or reorganization also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by subsection 4.1.1, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to subsection 4.1.1 or Sections 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers. In no event will the Warrant Price be reduced to less than the par value per Ordinary Share issuable upon exercise of such Warrant.


4.5 Notices of Changes in Warrant. Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, the Company shall give written notice of the occurrence of such event to each holder of a Warrant, at the last address set forth for such holder in the Warrant Register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.6 No Fractional Shares. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon the exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to such holder.

4.7 Form of Warrant. The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

4.8 Other Events. In case any event shall occur affecting the Company as to which none of the provisions of the preceding subsections of this Section 4 are strictly applicable, but which would require an adjustment to the terms of the Warrants in order to (i) avoid an adverse impact on the Warrants and (ii) effectuate the intent and purpose of this Section 4, then, in each such case, the Company shall appoint a firm of independent public accountants, investment banking or other appraisal firm of recognized national standing, which shall give its opinion as to whether or not any adjustment to the rights represented by the Warrants is necessary to effectuate the intent and purpose of this Section 4 and, if they determine that an adjustment is necessary, the terms of such adjustment. The Company shall adjust the terms of the Warrants in a manner that is consistent with any adjustment recommended in such opinion.

4.9 No Adjustment. For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment shall be made to the terms of the Warrants solely as a result of an adjustment to the conversion ratio of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “Class B Shares”) into Ordinary Shares or the conversion of Class B Shares into Ordinary Shares, in each case, pursuant to the Company’s Charter, as amended from time to time.

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

5.1 Registration of Transfer. The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, in the case of a certificated Warrant, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. In the case of certificated Warrants, the Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.


5.2 Procedure for Surrender of Warrants. Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the Registered Holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or in any Book-Entry Warrant Certificate or Definitive Warrant Certificate, each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate and Definitive Warrant Certificate may be transferred only in whole and only to the Depositary, to another nominee of the Depositary, to a successor depository, or to a nominee of a successor depository; provided further, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend (as in the case of the Private Placement Warrants), the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange thereof until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

5.3 Fractional Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which shall result in the issuance of a warrant certificate or book-entry position for a fraction of a warrant, except as part of the Units.

5.4 Service Charges. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5 Warrant Execution and Countersignature. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

5.6 Transfer of Warrants. Prior to the Detachment Date, the Public Warrants may be transferred or exchanged only together with the Unit in which such Warrant is included, and only for the purpose of effecting, or in conjunction with, a transfer or exchange of such Unit. Furthermore, each transfer of a Unit on the register relating to such Units shall operate also to transfer the Warrants included in such Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 5.6 shall have no effect on any transfer of Warrants on and after the Detachment Date.

6. Redemption.

6.1 Redemption of Warrants for Cash. Subject to Section 6.5 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon notice to the Registered Holders of the Warrants, as described in Section 6.3 below, at the price of $0.01 per Warrant (the Redemption Price), provided that the last sales price of the Ordinary Shares reported has been at least $18.00 per Ordinary Share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), on each of twenty (20) trading days within the thirty (30) trading-day period ending on the third Business Day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is given and provided that there is an effective registration statement covering the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and a current prospectus relating thereto, available throughout the 30-day Redemption Period (as defined in Section 6.3 below) or the Company has elected to require the exercise of the Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1.


6.2 Redemption of Warrants for Ordinary Shares. Subject to Section 6.5 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, commencing ninety (90) days after they are first exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon notice to the Registered Holders of the Warrants, as described in Section 6.3 below, at a price equal to a number of Ordinary Shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date (calculated for purposes of the table as the period to expiration of the Warrants) and the Fair Market Value (as such term is defined in subsection 3.3.1(b)) (the Alternative Redemption Price), provided that the last sales price of the Ordinary Shares reported has been at least $10.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), on the trading day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is given and provided that there is an effective registration statement covering the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and a current prospectus relating thereto, available throughout the 30-day Redemption Period (as defined in Section 6.3 below) or the Company has elected to require the exercise of the Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1, provided that the Private Placement Warrants shall be concurrently exchanged at the same price (equal to the number of Ordinary Shares) as the Public Warrants.

 

     Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares  

Redemption Date
(period to expiration of the Warrants)

   $ 10.00      $ 11.00      $ 12.00      $ 13.00      $ 14.00      $ 15.00      $ 16.00      $ 17.00      $ 18.00  

57 months

     0.257        0.277        0.294        0.310        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.365  

54 months

     0.252        0.272        0.291        0.307        0.322        0.335        0.347        0.357        0.365  

51 months

     0.246        0.268        0.287        0.304        0.320        0.333        0.346        0.357        0.365  

48 months

     0.241        0.263        0.283        0.301        0.317        0.332        0.344        0.356        0.365  

45 months

     0.235        0.258        0.279        0.298        0.315        0.330        0.343        0.356        0.365  

42 months

     0.228        0.252        0.274        0.294        0.312        0.328        0.342        0.355        0.364  

39 months

     0.221        0.246        0.269        0.290        0.309        0.325        0.340        0.354        0.364  

36 months

     0.213        0.239        0.263        0.285        0.305        0.323        0.339        0.353        0.364  

33 months

     0.205        0.232        0.257        0.280        0.301        0.320        0.337        0.352        0.364  

30 months

     0.196        0.224        0.250        0.274        0.297        0.316        0.335        0.351        0.364  

27 months

     0.185        0.214        0.242        0.268        0.291        0.313        0.332        0.350        0.364  

24 months

     0.173        0.204        0.233        0.260        0.285        0.308        0.329        0.348        0.364  

21 months

     0.161        0.193        0.223        0.252        0.279        0.304        0.326        0.347        0.364  

18 months

     0.146        0.179        0.211        0.242        0.271        0.298        0.322        0.345        0.363  

15 months

     0.130        0.164        0.197        0.230        0.262        0.291        0.317        0.342        0.363  

12 months

     0.111        0.146        0.181        0.216        0.250        0.282        0.312        0.339        0.363  

9 months

     0.090        0.125        0.162        0.199        0.237        0.272        0.305        0.336        0.362  

6 months

     0.065        0.099        0.137        0.178        0.219        0.259        0.296        0.331        0.362  

3 months

     0.034        0.065        0.104        0.150        0.197        0.243        0.286        0.326        0.361  

0 months

     —          —          0.042        0.115        0.179        0.233        0.281        0.323        0.361  


The exact Fair Market Value and Redemption Date (as defined below) may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the Fair Market Value is between two values in the table or the Redemption Date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued for each Warrant redeemed will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower Fair Market Values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable.

The stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table above shall be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 4. The adjusted stock prices in the column headings shall equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table above shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant.

6.3 Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption. In the event that the Company elects to redeem all of the Warrants pursuant to Section 6.1, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption (the “Redemption Date”). In the event that the Company elects to redeem all of the Warrants pursuant to Section 6.2, the Company shall fix a date for redemption (the “Alternative Redemption Date). Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date or the Alternative Redemption Date, as applicable (such 30-day period, the “Redemption Period”), to the Registered Holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the Registered Holder received such notice.

6.4 Exercise After Notice of Redemption. The Warrants may be exercised for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(b) of this Agreement) at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof and prior to the Redemption Date. In the event that the Company determines to require all holders of Warrants to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1, the notice of redemption shall contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Ordinary Shares to be received upon exercise of the Warrants, including the “Fair Market Value” (as such term is defined in subsection 3.3.1(b) hereof) in such case. On and after the Redemption Date or the Alternative Redemption Date, as applicable, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price or the Alternative Redemption Price, as applicable.

6.5 Exclusion of Private Placement Warrants. The Company agrees that the redemption rights provided in this Section 6 shall not apply to the Private Placement Warrants if at the time of the redemption such Private Placement Warrants continue to be held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees. However, once such Private Placement Warrants are transferred (other than to Permitted Transferees under Section 2.6), the Company may redeem the Private Placement Warrants, provided that the criteria for redemption are met, including the opportunity of the holder of such Private Placement Warrants to exercise the Private Placement Warrants prior to redemption pursuant to Section 6.1. Private Placement Warrants that are transferred to persons other than Permitted Transferees shall upon such transfer cease to be Private Placement Warrants and shall become Public Warrants under this Agreement. The restrictions set forth under this Section 6.5 shall not apply to redemptions pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof.


7. Repurchase of Public Warrants.

7.1 Sponsor’s Obligation to Repurchase. Each holder of Public Warrants (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates) may require the Sponsor to repurchase or cause one of its affiliates to repurchase, at $1.00 per Public Warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding Public Warrants in connection with (i) the completion of the Company’s Business Combination, (ii) a proposed amendment to the Company’s Charter that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public Ordinary Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within eighteen (18) months from the closing of the Offering or (iii) a proposed amendment to the terms of the Company’s Public Warrants that would affect the substance or timing of the right of holders of the Company’s Public Warrants to receive $1.00 per Public Warrant in the circumstances described in this Section 7, in which case any such purchases under (ii) and (iii) hereof would occur in connection with the effectiveness of such amendment. In the event a Business Combination is announced, but the Business Combination is later abandoned, the Sponsor or its affiliate will not repurchase the Public Warrants, and the Public Warrants will be returned to the holders. In the event that the Company is unable to close a Business Combination within the allotted time, the escrow agent under the escrow created by the Sponsor or an affiliate pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be authorized and instructed to transfer $1.00 per whole Public Warrant, to holders of Public Warrants other than the Sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as the Company redeems its public Ordinary Shares, and all Public Warrants shall expire worthless.

7.2 Cancellation of Public Warrants. Any Public Warrants repurchased pursuant to Section 7.1 will be cancelled and cease to exist.

7.3 Escrow Account. On the date hereof, the Sponsor or an affiliate will deposit cash funds in an amount equal to $7,500,000 (or $8,625,000 if the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full) into an escrow account maintained by the Warrant Agent at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., which funds may be used to pay $1.00 per Public Warrant (other than Public Warrants held by the Sponsor and its affiliates) in connection with the events described under Section 7.1. For the avoidance of doubt, funds in the escrow account shall not be held in trust or comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution from the Company’s trust account. Following a repurchase or payment to holders of Public Warrants in accordance with this Section 7, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to the Sponsor or its affiliate.

8. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants.

8.1 No Rights as Shareholder. A Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.


8.2 Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants. If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

8.3 Reservation of Ordinary Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares that shall be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

8.4 Registration of Ordinary Shares; Cashless Exercise at Company’s Option.

8.4.1 Registration of Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) business days after the closing of its initial Business Combination, it shall use its best efforts to file with the Commission a registration statement registering, under the Securities Act, the issuance of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. If any such registration statement has not been declared effective by the 60th day following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of the Warrants shall have the right, during the period beginning on the 61st business day after the closing of the Business Combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the Commission, and during any other period when the Company shall fail to have maintained an effective registration statement covering the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by exchanging the Warrants (in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act (or any successor rule) or another exemption) for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Fair Market Value” (as defined below) over the Warrant Price by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this subsection 8.4.1, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported closing price of the Class A Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the Warrant Agent. The date that notice of cashless exercise is received by the Warrant Agent shall be conclusively determined by the Warrant Agent. In connection with the “cashless exercise” of a Public Warrant, the Company shall, upon request, provide the Warrant Agent with an opinion of counsel for the Company (which shall be an outside law firm with securities law experience) stating that (i) the exercise of the Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with this subsection 8.4.1 is not required to be registered under the Securities Act and (ii) the Ordinary Shares issued upon such exercise shall be freely tradable under United States federal securities laws by anyone who is not an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule)) of the Company and, accordingly, shall not be required to bear a restrictive legend. Except as provided in this subsection 8.4, for the avoidance of any doubt, unless and until all of the Warrants have been exercised or have expired, the Company shall continue to be obligated to comply with its registration obligations under the first three sentences of this subsection 8.4.


8.4.2 Cashless Exercise at Company’s Option. If the Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of “covered securities” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act (or any successor rule), the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise Public Warrants to exercise such Public Warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act (or any successor rule) as described in subsection 8.4.1, and (i) in the event the Company so elects to require a holder of Public Warrants who exercises Public Warrants to exercise such Public Warrants on a “cashless basis,” the Company shall not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary or (ii) if the Company does not so elect at the time of exercise to require a holder of Public Warrants who exercises Public Warrants to exercise such Public Warrants on a “cashless basis,” the Company agrees to use its best efforts to register or qualify for sale the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants under the blue sky laws of the state of residence of the exercising Public Warrant holder to the extent an exemption is not available.

9. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters.

9.1 Payment of Taxes. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

9.2 Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent.

9.2.1 Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of a Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his, her or its Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.


9.2.2 Notice of Successor Warrant Agent. In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the Transfer Agent for the Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

9.2.3 Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent. Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

9.3 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

9.3.1 Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and shall, pursuant to its obligations under this Agreement, reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

9.3.2 Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

9.4 Liability of Warrant Agent.

9.4.1 Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

9.4.2 Indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement, except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

9.4.3 Exclusions. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof). The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Ordinary Shares shall, when issued, be valid and fully paid and non-assessable.


9.5 Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Ordinary Shares through the exercise of the Warrants.

9.6 Waiver. The Warrant Agent has no right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. The Warrant Agent hereby waives any and all Claims against the Trust Account and any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

10. Miscellaneous Provisions.

10.1 Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

10.2 Notices. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

SC Health Corporation    

108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Attention: Angelo John Coloma

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11219

Attention: AST Shareholder Services


10.3 Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

10.4 Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the Registered Holders of the Warrants any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the Registered Holders of the Warrants.

10.5 Examination of the Warrant Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit such holder’s Warrant for inspection by the Warrant Agent.

10.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

10.7 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

10.8 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any Registered Holder (i) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Registered Holders, and (ii) to provide for the delivery of Alternative Issuance pursuant to Section 4.4. All other modifications or amendments, including any modification or amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period and any amendment to the terms of only the Private Placement Warrants, shall require the vote or written consent of the Registered Holders of 50% of the number of the then outstanding Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of this Agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the Registered Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, after the issuance of the Forward Purchase Warrants and prior to the effectiveness of a registration statement covering the resale of the Forward Purchase Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying such Forward Purchase Warrants, any modification or amendment to the terms of the Forward Purchase Warrants shall require the vote or written consent of the Registered Holders of 50% of the number of the then outstanding Forward Purchase Warrants. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement covering the resale of the Forward Purchase Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying such Forward Purchase Warrants, the Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of the Warrants.


10.9 Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

Exhibit A: Legend - Private Placement Warrants

Exhibit B: Form of Warrant Certificate


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

                                                                                  

  Name:
  Title:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST

COMPANY, LLC, as Warrant Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SC HEALTH HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

LEGEND

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, SUBJECT TO ANY ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED IN THE AGREEMENTS BY AND AMONG SC HEALTH CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”), SC HEALTH HOLDINGS LIMITED AND ANY OTHER SIGNATORIES THERETO, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE DATE UPON WHICH THE COMPANY COMPLETES ITS INITIAL BUSINESS COMBINATION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN) EXCEPT TO A PERMITTED TRANSFEREE (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT) WHO AGREES IN WRITING WITH THE COMPANY TO BE SUBJECT TO SUCH TRANSFER PROVISIONS.

SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND ORDINARY SHARES OF THE COMPANY ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT TO BE EXECUTED BY THE COMPANY.


EXHIBIT B

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[FACE]

Number

Warrants

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR IN THE

WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

SC Health Corporation

Incorporated Under the Laws of the Cayman Islands

CUSIP []

Warrant Certificate

This Warrant Certificate certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value (the “Ordinary Shares”), of SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares (each, a “Warrant”) as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Share. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

The initial Exercise Price per Ordinary Share for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.


Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:  

                                                             

  Name:
  Title:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC as Warrant Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[Reverse]

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive Ordinary Shares and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of (the “Warrant Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a New York limited liability trust company, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of election to purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the Ordinary Shares is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.


Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a shareholder of the Company.


Election to Purchase

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive Ordinary Shares and herewith tenders payment for such Ordinary Shares to the order of SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) in the amount of $ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of whose address is and that such Ordinary Shares be delivered to whose address is . If said number of shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of , whose address is and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to , whose address is.

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement and the Company has required cashless exercise pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(b) and Section 6.5 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive Ordinary Shares. If said number of shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of , whose address is and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to , whose address is.

[Signature Page Follows]


Date:             , 20    

 

(Signature)

(Address)

(Tax Identification Number)

Signature Guaranteed:                                    

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE).

Exhibit 4.4

 

NUMBER    SHARES

C-

CUSIP [•]

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS

HOLDINGS LIMITED

ORDINARY SHARES

THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of Ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per share (each, an “Ordinary Share”), of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar of the Company.

Witness the facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Company.

 

Authorized Signatory    Transfer Agent

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of             , 2021, between Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), and [●] (the “Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A.    Highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve companies as directors, managers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the company.

B.    The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based companies and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, managers, officers, and other persons in service to companies or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the company or business enterprise itself. The Company’s articles of association (the “Articles”) include an indemnity in favor of directors and officers of the Company and associated companies. The Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable law, including the Delaware General Corporate Law (“DGCL”) to the extent that the Indemnitee’s Company Status is with respect to a subsidiary that is a corporation. The Articles and the DGCL are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.

C.    The uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.

D.    It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

E.    This Agreement is a supplement to the Articles and the organizational documents of the Company’s subsidiaries and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of the Indemnitee thereunder.

F.    The Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Articles and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director or manager without adequate protection, and the Company desires the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. The Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.


AGREEMENT

In consideration of the Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)    “Company Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(b)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(c)    “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that the Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d)    “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, provincial state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by the Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against the Indemnitee.

(e)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

2


(f)    “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an officer, manager or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting as an officer, manager or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

2.    Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)    Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his or her Company Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted honestly and in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b)    Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his or her Company Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the courts of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c)    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the

 

3


Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Company Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 2 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d)     Indemnification of Indemnitee by Subsidiary. Notwithstanding and in addition to any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that the Indemnitee serves, now or in the future, as a director, member of the board of managers or in a similar position with any of the Company’s subsidiaries, in consideration for such service, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified and be entitled to rights of advancement and contribution from any such subsidiary to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by applicable law. Such indemnification, advancement and contribution shall be made pursuant to comparable procedures as those set forth in this Agreement. The Company agrees to take any and all actions necessary to cause each such subsidiary to effectuate such indemnification, advancement and contribution. In the event that any such subsidiary against which the Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification, advancement and contribution fails to provide such indemnification, advancement or contribution to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by applicable law, the Company agrees to provide to the Indemnitee any and all indemnification, advancement and contribution to the maximum extent permitted by this Agreement and by applicable law on behalf of such subsidiary. The rights of indemnification, advancement and contribution provided to the Indemnitee by any subsidiary of the Company are not exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have from such subsidiary under statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of the board of directors or board of managers of such subsidiary or otherwise.

3.    Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf if, by reason of his or her Company Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of the Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to the Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 7 and 8) to be unlawful or such payment is otherwise prohibited by applicable law.

 

4


4.    Contribution.

(a)    Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring the Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against the Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Indemnitee.

(b)    Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, the Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, managers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, managers, directors or employees of the Company other than the Indemnitee who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations that applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, managers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)    The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution that may be brought by officers, managers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with the Indemnitee.

(d)    To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to the Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by the Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in

 

5


light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and the Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Company Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

6.    Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of the Indemnitee’s Company Status within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses or such payment is otherwise prohibited by applicable law. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free.

7.    Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for the Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company or other officers of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of the Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)    Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a), a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no Disinterested

 

6


Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel (as selected in accordance with Section 7(c)) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (iv) if so directed by the Board, by the members of the Company. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(c)    If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. The Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a), no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition the courts of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b). The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b), and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its managers or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by the Board, its managers, the members or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)    The Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public

 

7


accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that the Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f)    If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(g) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members pursuant to Section 7(b) and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g)    The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h)    The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against the

 

8


Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act honestly and in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

8.    Remedies of the Indemnitee.

(a)    In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any managers’, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by

 

9


the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 1) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e)    The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to the Indemnitee, which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any managers’, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

9.    Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members, a resolution of managers or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee in his or her Company Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, manager, officer,

 

10


employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has manager, director, and officer liability insurance policy in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)    In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)    The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to the Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount the Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

10.    Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity payment in connection with any claim made against the Indemnitee:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)    for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c)    in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, managers, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

 

11


(d)    with respect to remuneration paid to the Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the U.S. federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in the last paragraph of this Section 10 below);

(e)    a final judgment or other final adjudication is made that the Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or

(f)    on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of the Indemnitee’s duties to the Company under the Articles or Cayman Islands law or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which the Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of this Section 10, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

11.    Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is an officer, manager or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8) by reason of his or her Company Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12.    Security. To the extent requested by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

13.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as an officer or manager of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or manager of the Company.

 

12


(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

14.    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon the Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.    Notice By the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17.    Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (w) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (x) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (y) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (z) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a)    If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the Indemnitee’s signature page hereto:

(b)    If to the Company, to:

[●]

Attention:    [●]

or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


19.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20.    Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally irrevocably (i) submits and attorns to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement; (ii) waives all right to object to jurisdiction of such courts in any legal action or proceeding arising out of relating to this Agreement or the execution of any order issued in or as a result of any such action, suit, or proceeding which they may now or hereafter have by reason of domicile or otherwise; (iii) waives any objection to the laying of venue in such courts of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement; (iv) waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any action, suit or proceeding in such Courts has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and (v) agrees not to oppose the enforcement against it in any other jurisdiction of any order obtained from a State of Delaware court as contemplated in this Section 20.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited
By:  

                                         

Name:  
Title:  


INDEMNITEE  

 

[●]  

 

Street Address  

 

City   State

 

Telephone Number  

 

Facsimile Number  

Exhibit 10.9

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

WITH

CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD ON 12 NOVEMBER 2013

APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS ON 12 NOVEMBER 2013

AMENDED BY THE BOARD ON 7 MAY 2014

APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS ON 7 MAY 2014

AMENDED BY THE BOARD ON 5 MARCH 2018

APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS ON 22 MARCH 2018

AMENDED BY THE BOARD ON 31 MAY 2018

AMENDED BY THE BOARD ON 9 NOVEMBER 2018

APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS ON 28 NOVEMBER 2018

AMENDED BY THE BOARD ON 18 NOVEMBER 2020

APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS ON 4 DECEMBER 2020

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED


Rockley Photonics Limited

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of Rockley Photonics Limited, a company registered in England and Wales under No. 08683015 (the “Company”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s shareholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance- based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s shareholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

 

2.

ELIGIBILITY

All of the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other stock-based awards (each, an “Award”) under the Plan. Each person who receives an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant”.

 

3.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

 

3.1

Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award. No director or person acting pursuant to the authority delegated by the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to or under the Plan made in good faith.

 

1


3.2

Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

 

4.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

Subject to adjustment under Section 6, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 11,458,989 ordinary shares of £0.00001 pence each in the capital of the Company (“Shares”) any or all of which may be used for Incentive Stock Options (as defined at 5.2(a) below).

If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or cancelled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares in the capital of the Company being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or results in any such shares not being issued, the unused shares covered by such an Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares in the capital of the Company tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award shall be added to the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code.

 

4.1

Substitute Awards. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4.1, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

 

4.2

Deed Poll. The Board may grant Awards by entering into a deed poll in a form approved by the Board and, as soon as practicable after the Company has executed the deed poll, the Board shall enter into an Award agreement in a form approved by the Board.

 

2


5.

STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1

General. The Board may grant options to purchase shares in the capital of the Company (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares in the capital of the Company to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable US federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (as hereinafter defined) or an EMI Option (as hereinafter defined) shall be designated a “Nonstatutory Stock Option”.

 

5.2

(a) Incentive Stock Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of Rockley Photonics Limited, any of Rockley Photonics Limited’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or for any action taken by the Board, including without limitation the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

  (b)

EMI Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an enterprise management incentive option under the terms of Schedule 5 to the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“Schedule 5”) (an “EMI Option”) shall only be granted to an employee of Rockley Photonics Limited or its parent or subsidiary corporations who satisfies the requirements of Schedule 5 and the Company shall have no liability to a Participant if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an EMI Option is not or ceases to be a qualifying option under Schedule 5.

 

5.3

Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable option agreement. For US residents the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined below) on the date the Option is granted.

 

5.4

Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement.

 

5.5

Exercise of Option—Notice of exercise. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board together with payment in full as specified in Section 5.6 for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

 

5.6

Payment upon Exercise. Shares in the capital of the Company purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company, or as otherwise specified in the applicable option agreement at the time of grant.

 

3


6.

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

6.1

General. The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares in the capital of the Company (“Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. Instead of granting Awards for Restricted Stock, the Board may grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares in the capital of the Company or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“Restricted Stock Units”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “Restricted Stock Award”).

 

6.2

Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

 

6.3

Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock.

(a) Dividends. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such shares, unless otherwise provided by the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any dividends or distributions are paid in shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of shares in the capital of the Company other than an ordinary cash dividend, the shares, cash or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Each dividend payment will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to shareholders of that class of shares or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the date the dividends are paid to shareholders of that class of shares.

 

  (b)

Share Certificates. The Company may require that any share certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company, together with a stock transfer form endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death (the “Designated Beneficiary”). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

4


7.

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

Other Awards of shares in the capital of the Company, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares in the capital of the Company or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“Other Stock-Based Awards”), including without limitation stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and Awards entitling recipients to receive shares in the capital of the Company to be delivered in the future. Such Other Stock- Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares in the capital of the Company or cash, as the Board shall determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

8.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN THE SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

 

8.1

Changes in Capitalization.

 

  (a)

Adjustment. The number of shares available for Award under the Plan, the number of shares over which an Option is granted and the exercise price per share subject to Option, the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and the terms of each other outstanding Award may be adjusted in such manner as the Board shall determine following any capitalization issue (other than a scrip dividend), rights issue, recapitalization, subdivision, consolidation, reduction or other variation of share capital of the Company.

 

  (b)

Limitation or adjustments. No adjustment under Section 8.1(a) above shall be made which would reduce the exercise price per share subject to Option to subscribe for shares in the capital of the Company below the nominal value of a share unless and to the extent that the Board:

 

  (i)

is authorized to capitalize from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the shares subject to the Option exceeds the adjusted exercise price; and

 

  (ii)

applies such sum (if any) in paying up the amount by which the aggregate nominal value of the shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised exceeds the total exercise price for such shares.

 

  (c)

Action following adjustment. The Company may take such steps as it may consider necessary to notify Participants of any adjustment made under Section 8.1(a) and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or reissue any option certificate or agreement subsequent upon such adjustment.

 

5


8.2

Change of Control.

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 8.2(c) if any person:

 

  (i)

makes an offer to acquire the whole of the share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control (having in this Section 8.2 the meaning given in section 719 of the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003) of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

makes an offer to acquire all of the shares in the Company which are the same class as the Shares; or

 

  (iii)

negotiates a share sale and purchase agreement with the shareholders of the Company which contemplates that such person will obtain Control of the Company upon completion; or

 

  (iv)

obtains Control of the Company in any other circumstances or as a result of any other transaction or series of related transactions; or

 

  (v)

effects any action, transaction or series of related transactions that the Board determines should be treated as if it was a change in Control of the Company;

the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines: (A) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that the Participant’s unexercised or unvested Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such change in Control event unless exercised by the Participant within a specified period following the date of such notice, (B) provide that Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (C) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon such change in Control event, (D) in the event of a change in Control event under the terms of which holders of shares in the capital of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the change in Control event (the “Acquisition Price”), make

 

6


or provide for a cash payment to a Participant equal to the excess, if any, of (y) the Acquisition Price times the number of shares subject to the Participant’s Awards (to the extent the exercise price does not exceed the Acquisition Price) over (z) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Awards and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Awards, (E) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (F) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 8.2, the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

 

  (b)

Upon the occurrence of a change of Control as described at (a) above the Board may determine that (i) the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each outstanding award of Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the shares in the capital of the Company was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Change of Control in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the shares in the capital of the Company subject to such award of Restricted Stock or (ii) except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any award of Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all awards of Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

 

  (c)

Holding Company. Awards shall not become exercisable without the consent of the Board under the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2 if the purpose and effect of the transaction is to create a new “holding company” for the Company, such company having substantially the same shareholders and proportionate shareholdings as those of the Company immediately prior to the transaction.

 

  (d)

Listing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the listing of any class of the Company’s shares on a public securities exchange be considered a change in Control of the Company, unless the Board specifically determines otherwise at the time of such listing.

 

8.3

Sale of Assets. On a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, the provisions of Section 8.2 (Change of Control) shall apply to the extent that the Board may take any of the actions described at (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) or (F) therein in relation to outstanding Awards.

 

7


9.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

9.1

Transferability of Awards. Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

 

9.2

Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

 

9.3

Board Discretion. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

9.4

Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

 

9.5

Withholding. Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Board for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability.

 

9.6

Amendment of Award. The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless

 

  (i)

the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 8 hereof.

 

9.7

Conditions on Delivery of Shares. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and

 

8


  (i)

the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

9.8

Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

 

10.2

No Rights as Shareholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares in the capital of the Company to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

 

10.3

Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

 

10.4

Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if at any time the approval of the Company’s shareholders is required as to any modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 10.4 shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.

 

9


10.5

Authorization of Sub-Plans. The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub- plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable US blue sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to this Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

 

10.6

Compliance with Code Section 409A. No Award shall provide for deferral of compensation that does not comply with Section 409A of the Code, unless the Board, at the time of grant, specifically provides that the Award is not intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board.

 

10.7

Data Privacy.

For the purpose of operating the Plan in the European Union, the Company will collect and process information relating to Participants in accordance with the privacy notice which is provided to each Participant.

 

10.8

Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.

 

10


Rockley Photonics Limited

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

Pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Plan, the Board has adopted this supplement for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Law:

Any Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “California Participant”) shall be subject to the following additional limitations, terms and conditions:

 

1.

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON OPTIONS.

 

1.1

Maximum Duration of Options. No Options granted to California Participants shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the Option grant date.

 

1.2

Minimum Exercise Period Following Termination. Unless a California Participant’s employment is terminated for cause (as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or option grant or a contract of employment), in the event of termination of employment of such Participant, such Participant shall have the right to exercise an Option, to the extent that such Participant is entitled to exercise such Option on the date employment terminated, until the earlier of: (i) at least six months from the date of termination, if termination was caused by such Participant’s death or disability, (ii) at least 30 days from the date of termination, if termination was caused other than by such Participant’s death or disability and (iii) the Option expiration date.

 

2.

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS FOR OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

The terms of all Awards granted to a California Participant under Section 7 of the Plan shall comply, to the extent applicable, with Sections 260.140.42, 260.140.45 and 260.140.46 of the California Code of Regulations.

 

3.

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TIMING OF AWARDS

No Award granted to a California Participant shall become exercisable, vested or realizable, as applicable to such Award, unless the Plan has been approved by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities by the later of (i) within 12 months before or after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, or (ii) prior to or within 12 months of the granting of any Award to a California Participant.

 

11


4.

ADDITIONAL RESTRICTION REGARDING RECAPITALIZATIONS, STOCK SPLITS, ETC.

For purposes of Section 8.1(a) of the Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Company’s securities underlying the Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of securities purchasable, and in the case of Options, the exercise price of such Options, must be proportionately adjusted.

 

5.

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 of the Plan, an Award granted to a California Participant may not be transferred to an executor or guardian upon the disability of the Participant.

 

12


ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Non-Qualified Option Agreement

Granted Under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT is made [ date ]

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED whose registered office is at C/o Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th Floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (registered in England and Wales under No 08683015 (the “Company”); and

 

(2)

[NAME] (the “Participant”)

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

The Company has agreed to grant the Participant an option to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

 

(B)

The option is subject to the terms of this agreement and the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

1.

Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company on [date] (the “Grant Date”) to [Name], an employee of the Company or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, a total of [number of shares] ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”) at $[share price] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., GMT, on the day immediately preceding the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”).

Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”).

 

2.

Vesting Schedule.

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares each successive month following the first anniversary of the Grant Date until the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date. Any fraction of a Share resulting from a computation made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share.


The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option.

a. Form of Exercise. Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of Exhibit A, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase fewer than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

b. Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee of or consultant to the Company or any other entity the employees of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant”).

c. Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate 90 days after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Participant from the Company describing such violation.

d. Exercise Period Upon Death. If the Participant dies prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death of the Participant, by his or her personal representative, provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

e. Discharge for Cause. If the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, is discharged by the Company for “cause” (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such discharge. “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant shall be considered to have been discharged for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that discharge for cause was warranted.

f. Conditions on Delivery of Shares. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares pursuant to this agreement until all conditions of this option have been met to the satisfaction of the Company.


g. Restriction on Voting. The Participant agrees that in relation to the Shares acquired on exercise of this option, the Participant shall exercise any voting rights attaching to such Shares as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

4.

Tax Matters.

a. Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of any US federal, state or local withholding taxes or UK income tax and national insurance contributions required by law to be withheld in respect of this option or which the Participant has agreed or elected to bear.

b. Indemnity. The Participant hereby indemnifies the Company, his employer and each parent or subsidiary of the Company against all and any US federal, state or local withholding taxes or UK income tax and national insurance contributions which arise or may arise in connection with this option and the ordinary shares issued or transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of this option in whole or in part.

 

5.

Nontransferability of Option.

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except to his or her personal representatives in the event of his or her death, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

6.

No Right to Employment etc.

a. The grant of options under the Plan is made at the discretion of the Board and the Plan may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time. The grant of an option in one year or at one time does not in any way entitle the Participant to an option grant in the future. The Plan is wholly discretionary and is not to be considered part of the Participant’s normal or expected compensation subject to severance, resignation, redundancy or similar compensation. The value of the option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract (if any).

b. Nothing in this agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any company employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the Participant’s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

c. The rights and obligations of the Participant under the terms of his office, employment or consultancy with the Company, any past or present subsidiary, or associated or affiliate company of the Company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or the grant of this option or any right which he may have to participate therein, and the Participant hereby waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office, employment or consultancy with any such company for any reasons whatsoever (whether lawful or unlawful and including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful dismissal) insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or being entitled to exercise this option as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.


7.

Data Protection

The Participant agrees to the receipt, holding and processing of information in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise, taxation and general administration of the Plan and this option by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any of their advisers or agents and to the transmission of such information outside of the European Economic Area for this purpose.

 

8.

Provisions of the Plan.

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

9.

Third Party Rights.

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this option and no person other than parties hereto shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Option Agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by   )   
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED   )   
acting by:   )   
  )   

 

  )    Director
  )   
  )   

 

  )    Director/Secretary
EXECUTED as a DEED by   )   
[NAME] in the presence of:   )   

 

  )    Participant

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness name:

 

Witness address:

 

 


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                 1

Rockley Photonics Limited

Attention: Company Secretary

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Option granted to me under the Rockley Photonics Limited (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on                  2 for the purchase of                  3 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company at a purchase price of £                  4 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                  5 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed a cheque for £                  in favor of Rockley Photonics Limited as payment in full of the option price.

I request that I am registered as the holder of such ordinary shares and a definitive certificate for such shares be sent to me at my risk to the address below:

 

Name(s):   

 

Address:   

 

  

 

Tax I.D. # / National   

 

Insurance No:   

 

Yours faithfully

 

(Signature)

 

1 

Enter the date of exercise.

 

2 

Enter the date of grant.

 

3 

Enter the total number of Shares for which the option was granted.

 

4 

Enter the option exercise price per Share.

 

5 

Enter the number of Shares to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.


ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Enterprise Management Incentive Option Agreement

Granted Under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

THIS AGREEMENT is made day of

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED whose registered office is at C/o Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th Floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (registered in England and Wales under No 08683015 (the “Company”); and

 

(2)

(the “Participant”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

The Board (as defined below) considers that the Company is a qualifying company as defined in Part 3 of Schedule 5 to the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“Schedule 5”). In this agreement, the “Board” shall have the same meaning as it carries in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

(B)

The Participant is an eligible employee as defined in Part 4 of Schedule 5.

 

(C)

The Board considers that the grant of this option to the Participant is for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain the Participant and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax.

 

(D)

The Board considers that the total Market Value (as defined below) of shares in the Company in respect of which unexercised options (granted in respect of the Company’s shares which qualify or are intended to qualify as enterprise management incentive options under the terms of Schedule 5 (“EMI Options”)) subsist does not exceed £3 million or such other value as shall be specified at that time in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5. In this agreement, “Market Value” shall be determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992.

 

(E)

The Market Value (as at the date of grant) of the Shares (as defined below) which the Participant could acquire or has acquired or could have acquired by the exercise of:

 

  (i)

this option, and/or

 

  (ii)

any other EMI Options granted to him under the Plan or otherwise by reason of his employment with any Group Company (as defined below) in the preceding three years (whether or not exercised or released), and/or    


  (iii)

any unexercised options to acquire shares under a scheme approved under Schedule 4 to the UK Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 granted to him by reason of his employment with any Group Company in the preceding three years,

does not exceed £250,000 or such other limit as may be imposed from time to time by Schedule 5. The term “Group Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, and any present or future subsidiary corporations of any such present or future parent corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”).

 

(F)

The Company has agreed to grant the Participant an enterprise management incentive option to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company in accordance with the terms of Schedule 5 and on the terms set out in this agreement and the Plan.

 

(G)

The restrictions to which the Shares may be subject are set out in (i) the Company’s Articles of Association as amended from time to time (a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary), and (ii) this agreement and the Plan generally.

 

1.

Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company on (the “Grant Date”) to , an employee of the Company or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Plan, a total of ordinary shares of £0.00001 each in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”) at per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., GMT, on the day immediately preceding the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”).

Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

It is intended that this option is a qualifying option under Schedule 5. This option is granted under the provision of Schedule 5.

By executing this agreement, the Participant declares that he works for the Company or a Group Company for at least 25 hours a week or 75% of his working time.

The Company shall within 92 days of the Grant Date notify the grant of this option to HM Revenue & Customs. Such notification shall be in the form required or authorized by HM Revenue & Customs and will contain, or be supported by, such information as HM Revenue & Customs may from time to time require.

 

2.

Vesting Schedule.

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares each successive month following the first anniversary of the Grant Date until the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date. Any fraction of a Share resulting from a computation made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share.


The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option.

(a) Form of Exercise. Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Exhibit, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase fewer than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee of the Company or any other entity the employees of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant”).

(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraph (d) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate 90 days after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death. If the Participant dies prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death of the Participant, by his or her personal representative, provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Conditions on Delivery of Shares. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares pursuant to this agreement until all conditions of this option have been met to the satisfaction of the Company.

(f) Joint Election. Unless the Board permits otherwise, this option may not be exercised unless and until the Company (or any Group Company) has received from the Participant a duly completed joint election with the Company, his employer or other company (in the form prescribed by the Board) (“Joint Election”) to the effect that the Participant will become liable, so far as permissible by law, for the whole of any secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions which may arise in connection with this option and the Shares which may or are acquired on the exercise of this option.


(g) Restricted Shares Election. Unless the Board permits otherwise, this option may not be exercised unless and until the Participant enters into a joint election under Section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (in the form prescribed by the Board) for the full disapplication of Chapter 2 of Part 7 of that Act.

(h) Restriction on Voting. The Participant agrees that in relation to the Shares acquired on exercise of this option, the Participant shall exercise any voting rights attaching to such Shares as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

4.

Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of any UK income tax and national insurance contributions required by law to be withheld in respect of this option or which the Participant has agreed or elected to bear.

(b) Indemnity. The Participant hereby indemnifies the Company, his employer and each parent or subsidiary of the Company against all and any UK income tax and national insurance contributions which arise or may arise in connection with this option and the ordinary shares issued or transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of this option in whole or in part.

(c) Tax status. Neither the Company nor any parent or subsidiary of the Company shall have any liability to the Participant if this option (or any part thereof) is not or ceases to be a qualifying option under schedule 5 to the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003.

 

5.

Nontransferability of Option.

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except to his or her personal representatives in the event of his or her death, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

6.

No Right to Employment etc.

(a) The grant of options under the Plan is made at the discretion of the Board and the Plan may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time. The grant of an option in one year or at one time does not in any way entitle the Participant to an option grant in the future. The Plan is wholly discretionary and is not to be considered part of the Participant’s normal or expected compensation subject to severance, resignation, redundancy or similar compensation. The value of the option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract (if any).    

(b) Nothing in this agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any company employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the Participant‘s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.


(c) The rights and obligations of the Participant under the terms of his office or employment with the Company, any past or present subsidiary, or associated or affiliate company of the Company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or the grant of this option or any right which he may have to participate therein, and the Participant hereby waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any such company for any reasons whatsoever (whether lawful or unlawful and including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful dismissal) insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or being entitled to exercise this option as a result of such termination, or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.

 

7.

Data Protection

The Participant agrees to the receipt, holding and processing of information in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise, taxation and general administration of the Plan and this option by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any of their advisers or agents and to the transmission of such information outside of the European Economic Area for this purpose.

 

8.

Provisions of the Plan.

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

9.

Third Party Rights.

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this option and no person other than parties hereto shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.    


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Option Agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written

 

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by ROCKLEY    )   
PHOTONICS LIMITED    )   
acting by:    )   

 

   )    Director
   )   
   )   
   )   

 

   )    Director/Secretary
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
in the presence of:    )   

 

   )    Participant

 

Witness signature:

 

Witness name:

 

Witness address:

 

 


EXHIBIT

NOTICE OF EMI OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                     1

Rockley Photonics Limited

Attention: Company Secretary

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an EMI Option granted to me under the Rockley Photonics Limited (the “Company”) 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on                      2 for the purchase of                      3 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company at a purchase price of £                      4 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                      5 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed a cheque for £ in favor of Rockley Photonics Limited as payment in full of the option price.

I request that I am registered as the holder of such ordinary shares and a definitive certificate for such shares be sent to me at my risk to the address below:

 

Name(s):

  

 

  
  

 

  

Address:

  

 

  

National Insurance No:

  

 

  
Yours faithfully      

 

     
(Signature)      

 

1 

Enter the date of exercise.

2 

Enter the date of grant.

3 

Enter the total number of Shares for which the option was granted.

4 

Enter the option exercise price per Share.

5 

Enter the number of Shares to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.


ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.

Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by Rockley Photonics Limited, a company registered in England and Wales under No. 08683015 whose registered address is 5th Floor, Alder Castle, 10 Noble Street, London EC2V 7QJ (the “Company”), on __________, 201[ ] (the “Grant Date”) to [____________________________] (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [__________] ordinary shares, nominal value £0.00001 per share in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”), of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”) at $[_____] per Share.1 Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [___________] (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.

Vesting Schedule.

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to ___% of the original number of Shares on the [first] anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional ___% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive [three-month] period following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date until the [fourth] anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. The Vesting Commencement Date shall be ________________________.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option.

(a) Form of Exercise. Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

 

1 

This must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares on the date of grant to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company and the Participant under Section 409A of the Code.


4.

Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).

(a) Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(b) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(c) Termination for Cause. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.


5.

Company Right of First Refusal.2

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Ordinary Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Ordinary Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company. If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not

 

2

Please note the following considerations relating to the Company Right of First Refusal:

 

   

This section is often used when the Company is not currently publicly traded. Some companies may prefer a more complete stock restriction agreement which would include the right of first refusal included in this agreement, as well as other restrictions. In that case, this section should be replaced with a section that provides the Participant, as a condition to exercising this option, must enter into a separate stock restriction agreement.

 

   

This right of first refusal can be made more pro-company by (i) allowing the Company to pay the exercise price using a promissory note and (ii) extending the period of time prior to which the Company must respond to the Transfer Notice.

 

   

In addition to a right of first refusal, consideration should be given to the appropriateness of adding a Company Right of Repurchase. Such a right could provide for (i) repurchase at fair market value (this type of right is frequently limited to a short period of time after termination of employment and typically expires upon an IPO) and/or (ii) repurchase at the original exercise price if the optionee violates a non-competition or confidentiality agreement.

 

   

Some companies insert provisions prohibiting transfers to competitors of the Company.

   

This right of first refusal permits the Company to buy, at its option, all or any portion of the Offered Shares. Option recipients would prefer a provision that requires the Company to buy all or none of the Offered Shares.


be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery. After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or analogous laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions; and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided, however, that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right. The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination. The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of Ordinary Shares in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or analogous non-U.S. law; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).


(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer. The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends. The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

6.

Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering.

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or analogous non-U.S. law, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision or any analogous non-U.S. governing or regulatory entity or authority), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

7.

Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Liability for Taxes. The Participant has reviewed with the Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this option. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Participant’s tax liability that may arise as a result of the grant or exercise of this option, or the disposition of any Shares acquired on the exercise of this option.


8.

Transfer Restrictions and Voting.

(a) Transferability of Option. This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) Transferability of Ordinary Shares. The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

(c) Voting. The Participant agrees that in relation to the Ordinary Shares received upon exercise of this option, the Participant shall exercise any voting rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

9.

Provisions of the Plan.

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

10.

Miscellaneous.

(a) No Rights to Employment. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of engagement as an employee or consultant for the vesting period, for any period, or at all.

(b) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(c) Waiver. Any provision for the benefit of the Company contained in this Agreement may be waived, either generally or in any particular instance, by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.

(e) Notice. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, (iii) five (5) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one


(1) day after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 9(e), if to the Participant, to the address set forth below or at the address shown on the records of the Company, and if to the Company, at the address set forth below, attention Finance Director.

(f) Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

(h) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Participant.

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the English law.

(j) Participant’s Acknowledgments. The Participant acknowledges that he or she: (i) has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of the Participant’s own choice or has voluntarily declined to seek such counsel; (ii) understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement; and (iii) is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by   )   
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED   )   

 

acting by:   )    Director
  )   
  )   

 

 

)

   Director/Secretary

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as a DEED ) By [             ]

    
in the presence of:   )   

 

  )    Participant
Witness signature:     
Witness name, address and occupation:     


ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1.

Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by Rockley Photonics Limited, a company registered in England and Wales under No. 08683015 whose registered office address is: c/o Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th Floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (the “Company”), on […………………] (the “Grant Date”) to […………………] (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of ordinary shares, nominal value £0.00001 per share in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”), of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”) at $[………] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [… + 10yrs, -1 day ……] (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.

Vesting Schedule.

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive monthly period following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date until the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. The Vesting Commencement Date shall be [………………..].

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option.

(a) Form of Exercise. Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).

 

1


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

4.

Company Right of First Refusal.

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Ordinary Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Ordinary Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

 

2


(b) Company Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company. If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery. After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or analogous laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions; and

 

3


(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided, however, that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right. The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination. The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of Ordinary Shares in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or analogous non-U.S. law; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer. The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends. The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

5.

Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering.

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or analogous non-U.S. law, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180

 

4


days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision or any analogous non-U.S. governing or regulatory entity or authority), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

6.

Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition. If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

(c) Liability for Taxes. The Participant has reviewed with the Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this option. The Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that the Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Participant’s tax liability that may arise as a result of the grant or exercise of this option, or the disposition of any Shares acquired on the exercise of this option.

 

7.

Transfer Restrictions and Voting.

(a) Transferability of Option. This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) Transferability of Ordinary Shares. The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

(c) Voting. The Participant agrees that in relation to the Ordinary Shares received upon exercise of this option, the Participant shall exercise any voting rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

5


8.

Provisions of the Plan.

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

9.

Miscellaneous.

(a) No Rights to Employment. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of engagement as an employee or consultant for the vesting period, for any period, or at all.

(b) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(c) Waiver. Any provision for the benefit of the Company contained in this Agreement may be waived, either generally or in any particular instance, by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.

(e) Notice. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, (iii) five (5) days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 9(e), if to the Participant, to the address set forth below or at the address shown on the records of the Company, and if to the Company, at the address set forth below, attention Finance Director.

(f) Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

(h) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Participant.

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the English law.

 

6


(j) Participant’s Acknowledgments. The Participant acknowledges that he or she: (i) has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of the Participant’s own choice or has voluntarily declined to seek such counsel; (ii) understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement; and (iii) is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a Deed by

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

Acting by:

  

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

Director

 

Director/Secretary

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as a DEED

By [             ]

in the presence of:

  

)

)

)

  

 

Participant

Witness signature:

 

Witness name, address and occupation:

     

 

8

Exhibit 10.11

Execution Version

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

This Investment Management Trust Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of July 11, 2019 by and between SC Health Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a New York limited liability trust company (the “Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-232240 (the “Registration Statement”) and prospectus (the “Prospectus”) for the initial public offering of the Company’s units (the “Units”), each of which consists of one of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), and one-half of one warrant, each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Ordinary Share (such initial public offering hereinafter referred to as the “Offering”), has been declared effective as of the date hereof by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as underwriter (the “Underwriter”); and

WHEREAS, as described in the Prospectus, $150,000,000 of the gross proceeds of the Offering and sale of the Private Placement Warrants (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (or $172,500,000 if the Underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a segregated, U.S. dollar-denominated trust account located in the United States (the “Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Ordinary Shares included in the Units issued in the Offering as hereinafter provided (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee (and any interest subsequently earned thereon) is referred to herein as the “Property,” the shareholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Shareholders,” and the Public Shareholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Property equal to $5,250,000 (or $6,037,500 if the Underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) is attributable to deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that will be payable by the Company to the Underwriter upon and concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination (as defined below) (the “Deferred Discount”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property.

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee. The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in the Trust Account established by the Trustee in the United States at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas;


(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

(c) In a timely manner, upon the written instruction of the Company, invest and reinvest the Property in United States government securities within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (or any successor rule), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company; the Trustee may not invest in any other securities or assets, it being understood that the Trust Account will earn no interest while account funds are uninvested awaiting the Company’s instructions hereunder;

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all interest or other income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

(e) Promptly notify the Company and the Underwriter of all communications received by the Trustee with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

(f) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company (or its authorized agents) in connection with the Company’s preparation of the tax returns relating to assets held in the Trust Account or in connection with the preparation or completion of the audit of the Company’s financial statements by the Company’s auditors;

(g) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so;

(h) Render to the Company monthly written statements of the activities of, and amounts in, the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account;

(i) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after and promptly after (x) receipt of, and only in accordance with, the terms of a letter from the Company (the “Termination Letter”) in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable, signed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chairman of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) or other authorized officer of the Company, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein, or (y) upon the date which is the later of (1) 18 months after the closing of the Offering and (2) such later date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee prior to such date, in which case the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B and the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), shall be distributed to the Public Shareholders of record as of such date; provided, however, that in the event the Trustee receives a Termination Letter in a form substantially similar to Exhibit B hereto, or if the Trustee begins to liquidate the Property because it has received no such Termination Letter by the date specified in clause (y) of this Section 1(i), the Trustee shall keep the Trust Account open until twelve (12) months following the date the Property has been distributed to the Public Shareholders;

 

-2-


(j) Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C, withdraw from the Trust Account and distribute to the Company the amount of interest earned on the Property requested by the Company to cover any tax obligation owed by the Company as a result of assets of the Company or interest or other income earned on the Property, which amount shall be delivered directly to the Company by electronic funds transfer or other method of prompt payment, and the Company shall forward such payment to the relevant taxing authority; provided, however, that to the extent there is not sufficient cash in the Trust Account to pay such tax obligation, the Trustee shall liquidate such assets held in the Trust Account as shall be designated by the Company in writing to make such distribution so long as there is no reduction in the principal amount initially deposited in the Trust Account (it being acknowledged and agreed that any such amount in excess of interest income earned on the Property shall not be payable from the Trust Account). The written request of the Company referenced above shall constitute presumptive evidence that the Company is entitled to said funds, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to look beyond said request;

(k) Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit D, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount requested by the Company to be used to redeem Ordinary Shares from Public Shareholders properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public Ordinary Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within the later of (1) 18 months after the closing of the Offering and (2) such later date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The written request of the Company referenced above shall constitute presumptive evidence that the Company is entitled to distribute said funds, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to look beyond said request;

(l) Only release the Property in accordance with a written instruction, signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A, B, C or D, as applicable, attached hereto (each, a “Written Direction”); and

(m) Not make any withdrawals or distributions from the Trust Account other than pursuant to Sections 1(i), (j) or (k) above.

 

-3-


2. Agreements and Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. In addition, except with respect to its duties under Sections 1(i), (j) or (k) hereof, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it, in good faith and with reasonable care, believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

(b) Subject to Section 4 hereof, hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against any and all documented out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable outside counsel fees and disbursements, or losses suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action taken by it hereunder and in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand, which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any interest earned on the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this Section 2(b), it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”). The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim; provided that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Company, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel;

(c) Pay the Trustee the fees set forth on Schedule A hereto, including an initial acceptance fee, annual administration fee, and transaction processing fee, which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time. It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees unless and until it is distributed to the Company pursuant to Sections 1(i) through 1(k) hereof. The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and the first annual administration fee at the consummation of the Offering. The Trustee shall refund to the Company the annual administration fee (on a pro rata basis) with respect to any period after the liquidation of the Trust Account. The Company shall not be responsible for any other fees or charges of the Trustee except as set forth in this Section 2(c) and as may be provided in Section 2(b) hereof;

(d) In connection with any vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Company and one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”), provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of the inspector of elections for the shareholder meeting verifying the vote of such shareholders regarding such Business Combination;

(e) Provide the Underwriter with a copy of any Termination Letter(s) and/or any other correspondence that is sent to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after it issues the same;

 

-4-


(f) Unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Underwriter, ensure that any Instruction Letter (as defined in Exhibit A) delivered in connection with a Termination Letter in the form of Exhibit A expressly provides that the Deferred Discount is paid directly to the account or accounts directed by the Underwriter prior to any transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account to the Company or any other person; and

(g) Instruct the Trustee to make only those distributions that are permitted under this Agreement, and refrain from instructing the Trustee to make any distributions that are not permitted under this Agreement.

3. Limitations of Liability. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

(a) Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this Agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein;

(b) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in Section 1 hereof, and the Trustee shall have no liability to any third party except for liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct;

(c) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the Trustee’s best judgment, except for the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee, which counsel may be the Company’s counsel), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which the Trustee believes, in good faith and with reasonable care, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee, signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

(g) Verify the accuracy of the information contained in the Registration Statement;

 

-5-


(h) Provide any assurance that any Business Combination entered into by the Company or any other action taken by the Company is as contemplated by the Registration Statement;

(i) File information returns with respect to the Trust Account with any local, state or federal taxing authority or provide periodic written statements to the Company documenting the taxes payable by the Company, if any, relating to any interest income earned on the Property;

(j) Prepare, execute and file tax reports, income or other tax returns and pay any taxes with respect to any income generated by, and activities relating to, the Trust Account, regardless of whether such tax is payable by the Trust Account or the Company, including, but not limited to, income tax obligations, except pursuant to Section 1(j) hereof; or

(k) Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve the Company’s written requests for distributions pursuant to Sections 1(i), 1(j) or 1(k) hereof.

4. Trust Account Waiver. The Trustee has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future. In the event the Trustee has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof, the Trustee shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the Property or any monies in the Trust Account.

5. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee, pending which the Trustee shall continue to act in accordance with this Agreement. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety (90) days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account and its obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(i) hereof (which section may not be amended under any circumstances) and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Section 2(b).

 

-6-


6. Miscellaneous.

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such confidential information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee shall rely upon all information supplied to it by the Company, including, account names, account numbers, and all other identifying information relating to a Beneficiary, Beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. Except for any liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or out-of-pocket expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the funds.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This Agreement may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except for Section 1(i), 1(j) and 1(k) hereof (which sections may not be modified, amended or deleted without the affirmative vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares and Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, voting together as a single class; provided that no such amendment will affect any Public Shareholder who has properly elected to redeem his, her or its Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend this Agreement), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified (other than to correct a typographical error) by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, State of New York, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder. AS TO ANY CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by electronic mail:

if to the Trustee, to:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attn: Felix Orihuela

Tel: (718) 921-8209

Email: FOrihuela@astfinancial.com /

treasurymanagement@astfinancial.com

 

-7-


if to the Company, to:

SC Health Corporation

Attn: Angelo John Coloma

Address: 108 Robinson Road #10-00

Singapore 068900

Tel: +65 6438 1080

Email: aj.coloma@sincapital.com

in each case, with copies to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attn: Paul Tropp

Email: paul.tropp@ropesgray.com

and

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

Attn.: IBCM-Legal

Fax No.: (212) 325-4296

and

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn.: Harald Halbhuber

Email: harald.halbhuber@shearman.com

(f) Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder. The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance.

(g) This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-8-


(h) This Agreement is the joint product of the Trustee and the Company and each provision hereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of such parties and shall not be construed for or against any party hereto.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

(j) Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriter is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

(k) Except as specified herein, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder to any other person or entity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Michael A. Nespoli
Name:   Michael A. Nespoli
Title:   Executive Director

 

SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:   /s/ David Sin
Name:   David Sin
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investment Management Trust Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

 

Fee Item

  

Time and method of payment

   Amount

Initial set-up fee.

   Initial closing of Offering by wire
transfer. Deferred until Business
Combination closing
   $        $3,500

Trustee administration fee

   Payable annually. First year fee
payable, at initial closing of Offering
by wire transfer, thereafter by wire
transfer or check.
   $        $5,500

Transaction processing fee for
disbursements to Company under
Section 1

   Deduction by Trustee from
accumulated income
following disbursement made to Company under
Section 1
   $        $8,500

Paying Agent services as required
pursuant to Section 1(i)

   Billed to Company upon delivery of
service pursuant to Section 1(i)
      Prevailing
rates

 

A-1


EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attn: [•]

 

  Re:

Trust Account No. Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Trustee”), dated as of __________, 2019 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement with ___________ (the “Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (the “Business Combination”) on or about [insert date]. The Company shall notify you at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the actual date (or such shorter time period as you may agree) of the consummation of the Business Combination (the “Consummation Date”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence to liquidate all of the assets of the Trust Account on [insert date], and to transfer the proceeds into the trust checking account at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of the funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date (including as directed to it by the Underwriter (with respect to the Deferred Discount)). It is acknowledged and agreed that while the funds are on deposit in said trust checking account awaiting distribution, neither the Underwriter nor the Company will earn any interest or dividends.

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated, or will be consummated concurrently with your transfer of funds to the accounts as directed by the Company (the “Notification”) and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you (a) a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, which verifies that the Business Combination has been approved by a vote of the Company’s shareholders, if a vote is held and (b) joint written instruction signed by the Company and the Underwriter with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account, including payment of amounts owed to public shareholders who have properly exercised their redemption rights and payment of the Deferred Discount directly to the account or accounts directed by the Underwriter from the Trust Account (the “Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the Notification and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company in writing of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and be distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds, net of any payments necessary for reasonable unreimbursed expenses related to liquidating the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

A-2


In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in Section 1(c) of the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in such notice as soon thereafter as possible.

 

Very truly yours,
SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

cc: Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attn: [•]

 

  Re:

Trust Account No. Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Trustee”), dated as of __________, 2019 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a business combination with a Target Business (the “Business Combination”) within the time frame specified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as described in the Company’s Prospectus relating to the Offering. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate all of the assets in the Trust Account on ____________, 20___ and to transfer the total proceeds into the trust checking account at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to await distribution to the Public Shareholders. The Company has selected __________ as the record date for the purpose of determining the Public Shareholders entitled to receive their share of the liquidation proceeds. [You agree to be the Paying Agent of record and, in your separate capacity as Paying Agent, agree to distribute said funds directly to the Company’s Public Shareholders in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.] Upon the distribution of all the funds, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 1(i) of the Trust Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

cc: Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attn: [•]

 

  Re:

Trust Account No. Tax Payment - Withdrawal Instruction

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 1(j) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of __________, 2019 (the “Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $___________ of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

The Company needs such funds to pay for the tax obligations as set forth on the attached tax return or tax statement. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 

Very truly yours,
SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

cc: Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, New York 11219

Attn: [•]

 

  Re:

Trust Account No. Shareholder Redemption Withdrawal Instruction

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 1(k) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between SC Health Corporation (the “Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Trustee”), dated as of __________, 2019 (the “Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you withdraw $___________ of the principal and interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

The Company needs such funds to pay the Company’s public shareholders who have properly elected to have their Ordinary Shares redeemed by the Company in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public Ordinary Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Offering. As such, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the redeeming Public Shareholders in accordance with your customary procedures.

 

Very truly yours,
SC HEALTH CORPORATION
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

cc: Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

D-1

Exhibit 10.12

(1) Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd.

-and-

(2) Rockley Photonics Limited

 

 

SINO-FOREIGN EQUITY JOINT VENTURE

CONTRACT

for the establishment of

Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

Date: 19th December, 2017

Suzhou, China


Execution Version

 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1  

2.

   ESTABLISHMENT OF THE JV      6  

3.

   PURPOSES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS      7  

4.

   BUSINESS PLAN AND ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS      8  

5.

   TOTAL INVESTMENT AND REGISTERED CAPITAL      9  

6.

   TRANSFER OF EQUITY INTEREST      11  

7.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      14  

8.

   OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES      17  

9.

   FURTHER COVENANTS      21  

10.

   BOARD OF DIRECTORS      22  

11.

   SUPERVISOR      26  

12.

   MANAGEMENT OF THE JV      27  

13.

   PERSONNEL AND LABOUR MANAGEMENT      28  

14.

   FINANCIAL, ACCOUNTING AND AUDIT SYSTEM      28  

15.

   TAXATION AND INSURANCE      30  

16.

   DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS      30  

17.

   FOREIGN EXCHANGE      31  

18.

   CONFIDENTIALITY      31  

19.

   TERM      32  

20.

   EARLY TERMINATION      32  

21.

   BUYOUT      35  

22.

   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION      37  

23.

   LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT      38  

24.

   FORCE MAJEURE      39  

25.

   GOVERNING LAW      40  

26.

   SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES      40  

27.

   MISCELLANEOUS      41  

28.

   ANNEXES      43  

APPENDIX I: TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND IP LICENSE AGREEMENT

APPENDIX II: KEY TERMS OF CHIPSET SUPPLY AGREEMENT

APPENDIX III: TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

i


Execution Version

 

SINO-FOREIGN EQUITY JOINT VENTURE CONTRACT

This Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Contract (the “Contract”) is entered into in Suzhou City, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) on 19th December 2017 by and between:

 

(1)

Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd., a Chinese company limited by shares, with its registered office at 88 Hengtong Avenue, Qidu Town, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China (“HT”);

And

 

(2)

Rockley Photonics Limited, a UK limited liability company with company number 08683015 and its registered office at Cooley (UK) LLP 10th Floor Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (“RP”).

HT and RP hereinafter are also collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

After friendly negotiations conducted in the spirit of equality and mutual benefit, the Parties have agreed to establish in PRC, a sino-foreign equity joint venture enterprise of limited liability (the “JV”), in accordance with PRC laws and this Contract.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings herein, IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Unless otherwise specified in this Contract, the following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

Ancillary Agreements” shall collectively mean Technology Transfer and Intellectual Property Licensing Agreement, Key Terms of Chipset Supply Agreement and Trademark License Agreement as set forth in Article 4.2.

Affiliate” with respect to a person, means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such person. For the purpose of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of fifty per cent (50%) or more shares or registered capital with voting right, or voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling”, “controlled by”, “under common control with” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Articles of Association” means the Articles of Association of the JV to be entered into between the Parties as may be amended from time to time.

Auditor” has the meaning given in Article 14.3.1.

 

1


Execution Version

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the JV.

Business Day” means a calendar day other than a Saturdays or Sunday on which banks in PRC and the United Kingdom (UK) are open for business.

Business Licence” means the business license of the JV issued by Registration Authority.

Business Scope” means the business scope of the JV set forth in Article 3.2, subject to those as finally approved by the Registration Authority and registered in its Business License.

Chipset” means digital, mixed signal, and/or silicon photonics semiconductors supporting 25G NRZ electrical interfaces and 25G NRZ optical modulation chipsets developed, owned and manufactured by RP and to be supplied to the JV for use in and manufacturing of the Finished Products.

Chipset Supply Agreement” means the Chipset Supply Agreement specified in Article 4.2.

Key Terms of Chipset Supply Agreement” means the Key Terms of Chipset Supply Agreement specified in Article 4.2.

Company Approvals” means the PRC statutory licenses, permits, approvals and authorizations (including those relating to Business License, customs, foreign exchange, foreign trade operator) that are necessary for the JV to engage in the activities specified in the Business Scope of the JV, excluding however the certificates, certification, approvals and authorizations required for Finished Products that depend on and subject to the success of the Finished Products.

in Competition” means carrying out or engaging in the JV Business or any arrangements for such purposes directly or indirectly in the Territory by either Party.

Confidential Information” means all information or documents of confidential or proprietary nature which: (i) either Party may have or acquire (whether before or after the date of this Contract) in relation to the customers, business, products or affairs of the JV; or (ii) either Party may have or acquire (whether before or after the date of this Contract) in relation to the designs, software, codes, specifications, user’s manuals, know-how, customers, business, assets or affairs of the other Party as a consequence of the negotiations or performance relating to this Contract or any other agreement or document referred to in this Contract; or (iii) relates to the contents of this Contract (or any agreement or arrangement entered into pursuant to this Contract), but excludes the information in clause 18.1.4.

Contract” means this Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Contract, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

Deadlock” has the meaning given in Article 10.10.1.

 

2


Execution Version

 

Deloitte” means a PRC member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited who is qualified to act as the Auditor or Independent Expert in accordance with this Contract.

Director” means a member of the Board.

Equity Interest” means, with respect to each Party, such Party’s interests in the Registered Capital of the JV.

Effective Date” means the date when this Contract comes into force as set forth in Article 27.12.

Encumbrance” means (i) any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, deed of trust, title retention, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing, or conferring any priority of payment in respect of, any obligation of any Person, including any right granted by a transaction that, in legal terms, is not the grant of security but that has an economic or financial effect similar to the creation of a security that is legally enforceable under applicable Law, any proxy, power of attorney, voting trust agreement, interest, option, right of first offer, negotiation or refusal or transfer restriction in favour of any Person and (ii) any adverse claim as to title, possession or use.

Ernst & Young” means a PRC member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited who is qualified to act as the Auditor or Independent Expert in accordance with this Contract.

Establishment Date” means the date on which the JV is established pursuant to Article 2.5 hereof.

Fair Market Value” means the market value of the Equity Interests of JV determined by Independent Expert pursuant to Article 21.2.1 on an arms-length basis pursuant to legal and reasonable evaluation method it being understood and agreed that such fair market value shall not take into any consideration any minority discount.

Finished Products” shall mean 100G AOC, 100G PSM4 transceiver and 100G CWDM4 transceiver having 25G NRZ electrical interfaces for system connectivity and 25G NRZ modulation for the optical interfaces, as listed in Schedule 1 attached to the Technology Agreement and the scope of Finished Products may be modified by the Board from time to time pursuant to this Contract.

Finished Products Objective” with respect to each specific product of the Finished Products, means that the initial batch of such specific product of the Finished Products has been tested, assembled, packaged and produced by the JV on JV production line at the site of JV, and such initial batch of specific product of the Finished Products fully conforms with the Finished Products Specifications. To avoid any doubts, the Finished Products Objective for each specific product shall be achieved no earlier than Milestone 3 Day corresponding to such specific Finished Product.

Finished Products Specification” shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Article 8.6.

 

3


Execution Version

 

Force Majeure Event” means any unforeseeable or unavoidable event or circumstance beyond the reasonable control of a Party occurring after the execution of this Contract including, without limitation, fire, storm, typhoon, flood, earthquake, explosion, war, serious strikes or work stoppages, international embargo which prevents or delays the performance, in whole or in part, of this Contract or any of its obligations (other than a payment obligation) by any Party or by the JV.

Grant Thornton” means a PRC member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd. who is qualified to act as the Auditor or Independent Expert in accordance with this Contract.

Improvements” means any improvements, development, enhancements, modifications, or derivative works.

Independent Expert” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 21.2.1.

JV Business” shall mean the business of developing, assembling, manufacturing, testing and selling the Finished Products as well as provision of associated services. To avoid any doubts, JV Business shall be limited to the products as defined in the Finished Products only (unless the scope of Finished Products will be expanded pursuant to this Contract). For the avoidance of doubt, this definition of JV Business shall be used for all operative parts of this Contract as opposed to the Business Scope of the JV.

KPMG” means a PRC member firm of KPMG International Cooperative who is qualified to act as the Auditor or Independent Expert in accordance with this Contract.

Milestone 2” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the “Milestone 2” for such specific Finished Product as set out in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Milestone 3” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the “Milestone 3” for such specific Finished Product as set out in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Milestone 4” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the “Milestone 4” for such specific Finished Product as set out in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Milestone 2 Day” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the date on which the Milestone 2 corresponding to such specific Finished Product has been achieved, as specified in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Milestone 3 Day” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the date on which the Milestone 3 corresponding to such specific Finished Product has been achieved, as specified in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Milestone 4 Day” with respect to a specific Finished Product, means the date on which the Milestone 4 corresponding to such specific Finished Product has been achieved, as specified in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement.

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, joint venture, enterprise, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, limited liability company, government (or agency or political subdivision thereof), or other entity of any kind, whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

4


Execution Version

 

PWC” a PRC member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited who is qualified to act as the Auditor or Independent Expert in accordance with this Contract.

Record-filing/Approval Authority” means the Ministry of Commerce or its authorised local division or agency.

Reference Design” means the reference design package (including Reference Designs Documentation) for testing, packaging, commercialising, manufacturing and selling each and all of the Finished Products, which are developed, created and reduced to practice by RP and to be delivered to the JV pursuant to this Contract and the Technology Agreement, including any Improvements thereto to be performed by RP in relation to or otherwise necessary to achieve the Finished Products Objective pursuant to the Technology Agreement.

Reference Design Documentation” means all the data, drawings, specifications, performance specifications documentation, design schematics, printed circuit board layout files, assembly instructions, and written sequences for manufacturing and test, prototypes, models, layouts, diagrams, manuals, documents and information for the Reference Designs including without limitation deliverables set forth in Schedule 5 of the Technology Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, “printed circuit board layout files” refer to the schematic relating to the set-up of the Finished Products, but do not include the composition of the Chipsets themselves.

Registered Capital” means the total amount of registered capital of the JV set forth in Article 5.2 hereof.

Registration Authority” means the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of PRC or its authorised local division or agency.

RMB” or “Renminbi” means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC.

Rolling Business Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 4.1.2.

Senior Staff” shall initially collectively refer to and consist of one (1) General Manager, one (1) Chief Financial Officer, one (1) Chief Technical Officer and one (1) Sales Director, who are to be nominated by the Parties to the JV pursuant to Article 12.2. The composition of Senior Staff may be adjusted by the Board from time to time.

Subsidiary” with respect to a company, such company is a subsidiary of another company, if (i) the majority of shares or other securities entitled to vote for election of directors (or other managing authority) of such company is now or hereafter controlled by the latter company either directly or indirectly; or (ii) the former does not have outstanding shares or securities but the majority of whose ownership interest representing the right to manage such company is now or hereafter owned and controlled by the latter company either directly or indirectly.

 

5


Execution Version

 

Technology Agreement” means the Technology Transfer and Intellectual Property Licensing Agreement as specified in Article 4.2 and attached hereto as Appendix I.

Territory” means the territory of Greater China including (i) Mainland China; (ii) Hong Kong S.A.R.; (iii) Macau S.A.R.; and (iv) Taiwan.

Term” means the duration of the JV as set forth in Article 19.1 hereof.

 

  1.2

Interpretation

 

  1.2.1

The headings and sub-headings in this Contract and its annexes are included for convenience and ease of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Contract.

 

  1.2.2

The Recitals and Annexes shall form part of this Contract and shall have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Contract. Accordingly, reference to this Contract shall include references to its recitals and annexes.

 

  1.2.3

In this Contract, unless otherwise required, words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

  1.2.4

References to any document or agreement include a reference to that document or agreement as varied, amended, supplemented, substituted, renewed or transferred from time to time in accordance with this Contract.

 

  1.2.5

Reference to any regulation or laws of a country include a reference to that regulation or laws of a country as amended, extended, consolidated or replaced from time to time (whether before or after the date of signature of this Contract).

 

  1.2.6

Whenever the word “include ,” “includes” or “including” is used in this Contract, it shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

  1.2.7

All references in this Contract to a gender in a masculine form shall also refer to its feminine form, and vice versa.

 

2.

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE JV

 

  2.1

Establishment of the JV

The Parties hereby agree to establish the JV pursuant to the terms of this Contract and applicable PRC laws.

 

6


Execution Version

 

  2.2

Name and Address of the JV

 

  2.2.1

The name of the JV shall be “Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd.” in English and “______________________” in Chinese.

 

  2.2.2

The registered address of the JV shall be 88th Hengtong Road, Economic Development Zone, Wujiang City Jiangsu Province, PRC.

 

  2.3

Limited Liability Company

The JV shall be a limited liability company. The liability of each Party for the losses, debts, liabilities and other obligations of the JV shall be limited to the total amount of such Party’s capital contribution into Registered Capital of the JV. The profits, risks and losses of the JV shall be shared by the Parties in proportion to their respective capital contributions into the Registered Capital of the JV as set out in Article 5.3 hereof. Each Party shall not be responsible for the liabilities, debts, losses or obligations arising from any activities of the other Party, unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Contract.

 

  2.4

Legal Person

The JV shall be an enterprise legal person under the laws of the PRC.

 

  2.5

Date of Establishment

The Establishment Date of the JV shall be the date of issuance of the Business Licence of the JV.

 

  2.6

No Agency Relationship

Neither Party is the agent of the other Party nor does either Party have any power to bind the other Party or to assume or to create any obligation of responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of the other Party in the other Party’s name. Neither this Contract nor any of the other contracts contemplated herein shall be construed as creating any other form of legal association which would impose liability upon one Party for the act or failure to act of the other.

 

3.

PURPOSES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS

 

  3.1

Purpose of the JV

The purpose of the JV shall be to carry out the JV Business based on (i) Chipsets to be developed and supplied by RP to the JV; and (ii) Reference Design to be developed and delivered by RP to the JV.

 

7


Execution Version

 

  3.2

Business Scope of the JV

The Business Scope of the JV shall be: design, development, assembling, manufacturing and testing of high speed photoelectric transceiver chips, modules and subsystems, opto-electronic information and sensor products, and relevant components and parts; sales, import & export and commission agency of the aforementioned products; integration and contracting of communication and data center system and provision of testing and consultancy service; technical consultancy, technical transfer, technical services and technology support; outbound investments for aforementioned projects with self-owned funds; provision of ancillary services. The final Business Scope of the JV shall be subject to those as finally approval by the Registration Authority.

 

4.

BUSINESS PLAN AND ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS

 

  4.1

Business Plan

 

  4.1.1

The Parties shall cause the business plan be approved by the JV at the first Board meeting of the JV, which is prepared by the Parties on a best estimate basis reflecting their common understanding as of the incorporation of the JV of the estimated operation, target and profitability of the JV, including Key Performance Indicators (KPI) to be achieved by the JV, for the years 2018 through 2020.

 

  4.1.2

Starting from the second year since the establishment of the JV, the Board shall, on the basis of the first business plan approved by the Board, annually prepare and approve a properly adjusted and updated Rolling Business Plan (“Rolling Business Plan”) covering a 3-year period starting with the following calendar year. The preparation and approval of the Rolling Business Plans shall be a rolling process with each newly adopted Rolling Business Plan replacing the first business plan or the former Rolling Business Plan that was approved for the preceding year, as the case might be.

 

  4.1.3

Business plans shall form an integrate part of this Contract since their adoption by the Board.

 

  4.2

Ancillary Agreements

The Parties shall cause the Technology Agreement and Trademark License Agreement as attached hereto as Appendix I and Appendix III be adopted and approved at the first Board meeting. Within (10) days after the above approval, RP shall enter into the Technology Agreement with the JV; RP and HT shall enter into the Trademark License Agreement with the JV.

The Parties shall, and shall cause the JV to enter into the following Ancillary Agreements as soon as practically after the Establishment Date:

 

8


Execution Version

 

-    The chipset supply agreement (“Chipset Supply Agreement”), which is planned to be entered into by and between the JV and RP within 20 Business Days of since Milestone 2 Day for 100G AOC (as described in Schedule 5 of Technology Agreement) for the purpose of mass production of Finished Products with contents consistent with the Key Terms of Chipset Supply Agreement set forth in Appendix II.

 

5.

TOTAL INVESTMENT AND REGISTERED CAPITAL

 

  5.1

Total Investment

The total amount of investment of the JV shall be USD 42,000,000 (say forty-two million US dollars only).

 

  5.2

Registered Capital

The total amount of registered capital of the JV shall be USD 14,000,000.00 (say fourteen million US dollars only).

 

  5.3

Contributions of the Parties

 

  5.3.1

HT’s contribution to the registered capital of the JV shall be USD 10,514,000 (say ten million five hundred and fourteen thousand US dollars only), which shall be contributed by HT in cash by equivalent RMB, representing 75.1 % (seventy-five-point one percent) of the total Registered Capital of the JV.

 

  5.3.2

RP’s contribution to the registered capital of the JV shall be USD 3,486,000 (three million four hundred eighty-six thousand US dollars only) in cash by USD, representing 24.9% (twenty-four-point nine percent) of the total Registered Capital of the JV.

 

  5.3.3

As for the conversion between USD and RMB in connection with Registered Capital, the exchange rate shall be referred to the median of the official selling and buying USD-RMB exchange rate published by the People’s Bank of China on the date on which RP make its contributions to the Registered Capital of the JV.

 

  5.4

Timing of Capital Contributions

Subject to fulfilment of conditions precedents set forth in Article 5.5 below, the capital contribution shall be fully paid up by HT and RP respectively in one time within 15 Business Days after the issuance of the Business License.

The timing of capital contribution may be adjusted by the unanimous vote of the Board in light of the actual conditions consistent with the requirements of relevant PRC laws and regulations.

 

9


Execution Version

 

  5.5

Conditions Precedent to the Contribution of the Registered Capital

The obligation of any Party to make its contribution pursuant to Articles 5.3 and 5.4 hereof shall be subject to fulfilment or waiver of each of the following conditions:

 

  (a)

this Contract, the Articles of Association and the establishment of the JV has been duly registered with the Record-Filing/Approval Authority and Registration Authority, and any required changes to this Contract and the Articles of Association (if any) having been agreed to in writing by the Parties;

 

  (b)

the Business License has been issued to the JV;

 

  (c)

Warranties and representations of each Party are true and correct in all material respects at the date of this Contract’s execution and the date of contribution

 

  5.6

Failure to Make Capital Contribution

If any Party fails to make its capital contribution, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms of this Article 5, such Party shall pay simple interest to the JV on the unpaid amount from the date due until the date the contribution is made at the rate for short-term (6 months) commercial loans offered by the Bank of China in Renminbi on the due date plus two percent (2%).

 

  5.7

Investment Certificate

Upon payment of each Party’s capital contribution, the JV shall issue an investment certificate to each Party. The investment certificate shall indicate the following items: name of the JV, the Establishment Date, the names of the Parties and the amount of their respective capital contributions, the date on which the capital contributions were made, and the date of issuance of the investment certificate. The investment certificates shall be executed by the legal representative of the JV. The JV shall take such other steps as are necessary to establish the Parties as the legal owner of their respective Equity Interests in accordance with PRC law.

 

  5.8

Additional Funding

 

  5.8.1

Should the JV require further capital, it will first seek bank loan on terms to be agreed by the Board at the time.

 

  5.8.2

The JV may obtain additional funds through other resources on terms and conditions approved by the Board.

 

  5.8.3

In order to raise additional funds for the JV, unless otherwise agreed between RP and HT, RP and HT shall provide such security or guarantee in proportion to their then respective shareholding ratios in the JV on terms and conditions to be agreed between them.

 

10


Execution Version

 

  5.8.4

Where HT and RP agree that a shareholder’s loan to the JV is required, they shall provide the agreed loan amount in proportion to their then respective actual shareholding ratio at the time of loans, unless otherwise agreed between HT and RP in writing.

 

  5.8.5

Where HT and/or RP lend funds to the JV or provide guarantee for the JV, they shall be entitled to be paid interest on the loan at such rate or guarantee fees in such amount that they would have been entitled to be paid as if they were not a party to this Contract and as if the transaction were a negotiated arm’s length financing from a third party.

 

  5.9

Increase or Reduction of Registered Capital

 

  5.9.1

Any Party shall have the right to propose via its appointed Directors to the Board an increase or reduction in the Registered Capital of the JV, subject to approval of the Board pursuant to Article 10.4.2 and duly record-filing with or approval (if necessary) by the Record-filing/Approval Authority and duly registration with the Registration Authority.

 

  5.9.2

For an increase in the registered capital of the JV, the amount of such increase shall be offered to both Parties in proportion to their respective shareholding ratio in the Registered Capital of the JV at the time of the capital increase, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties and approved by the Board.

 

  5.9.3

Upon mutual agreements between RP and HT, a capital increase may also be offered to be subscribed by a third-party investor.

 

  5.9.4

In the event of an increase in the registered capital of the JV, the Contract and Articles of Association shall be amended to reflect the change to the Parties’ aggregate respective percentage contributions to the Registered Capital of the JV as well as the Parties’ right to appoint Directors.

 

6.

TRANSFER OF EQUITY INTEREST

 

  6.1

General Provisions

Except as otherwise provided in this Contract (including transfer to Subsidiary pursuant to Article 6.2.1, transfer in case of Deadlock pursuant to Article 10.11.1 (a) or termination of this Contract pursuant to Article 20.1), either Party hereby acknowledge and undertakes to each other that, during the whole Term of this Contract, it shall not seek, solicit, discuss or otherwise begin to assign, give, sell, transfer, dispose, encumber or otherwise grant any interest in any of the Equity Interests held by such Party in the JV to any third party unless it has obtained prior written consent of the other Party to do so.

 

11


Execution Version

 

To avoid any doubts, one Party shall not (i) contact, solicit, approach or otherwise involve in discussion with any third party to offer to sell or otherwise invite a third party to buy any part or all of its Equity Interests held by it in the JV; and (ii) send a Transfer Notice (as defined below) to the other Party, without prior written consent of the other Party.

To avoid any doubts, neither Party is obliged to give its consents to the request by the other Party to start an equity transfer, and neither the silence nor the rejection of one Party to any proposed equity transfer by the other Party shall constitute or deemed as constituting a consent from such Party to any proposed equity transfer to third parties.

Breach of this clause by RP or HT shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to terminate the Contract in addition to any other rights of action resulting from the breach of such undertakings.

 

  6.2

Lock-Up and Transfer to Subsidiary

 

  6.2.1

Transfer to Subsidiary by Either Party

Neither party shall transfer its Equity Interests in the JV to its Subsidiary within 3 years after the establishment (“Lock-Up Period”) of JV unless approved by the other Party in writing.

Either party may at any time after the Lock-Up Period, transfer part or all its Equity Interests to a Subsidiary of such Party, provided that such Party shall be jointly and severally liable with such Subsidiary (as transferee) towards the other Party under this Contract. In case such Subsidiary transfer its Equity Interests to any third party, the transferee and Subsidiary shall be jointly and severablly liable under this Contract.

 

  6.2.2

The non-transferring Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to such transfer provided for under Article 6.2.1 and waive any of its right of first refusal with respect to such transfer that it may be entitled to under this Contract or by law, and agrees to cause its Directors to vote in favour of such transfer and to execute and deliver any other documents or instruments (including consent to such transfer in writing) as required under PRC Laws to validly effect such transfer.

 

  6.3

No Transfer to Competitor

Neither Party shall assign, give, sell, transfer, dispose, encumber or otherwise grant any interest in all or part of its Equity Interests in the JV to any person (except for transfer to a Subsidiary of one Party as permitted under Article 6.2.1) that directly or indirectly competes with JV Business, the JV or the other Party.

 

12


Execution Version

 

  6.4

Transfer to Third Party and Right of First Refusal

 

  6.4.1

Without prejudice to the provisions set forth in Articles 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 above, in case that a Party (the “Transferring Party”) has obtained prior written consent from the other Party that the Transferring party may start transferring part or all of its Equity Interests (the “Offer Equity Interests”) to a third party (the “Transferee”), the proposed transfer shall not begin unless it has met the following requirements:

 

  (i)

any such proposed transfer by the Transferring Party to the Transferee shall be subject to the exercise by the other Party (the “Non-Transferring Party”) of a ROFR (as defined below);

 

  (ii)

The Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Contract and of the Articles of Association as well as the Ancillary Agreements (where necessary and applicable), which may be amended and restated to the extent that the Parties and the Transferee agree to such amendments.

 

  6.4.2

The Transferring Party shall first send a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of its proposed transfer of the Offer Equity Interests to the Non-Transferring Party and copy to the Board.

 

  6.4.3

The Transfer Notice shall specify:

 

  (i)

the intention of the Transferring Party to make the transfer;

 

  (ii)

the Offer Equity Interest it wishes to transfer;

 

  (iii)

the name and address of the Transferee and, if the Transferee is a third party, all information necessary to determine the identity of the person who have ultimate control over the Transferee; and

 

  (iv)

the nature, terms and conditions of the proposed transfer including the price, payment methods for the Offer Equity Interest.

 

  6.4.4

In respect of the Offer Equity Interests to be transferred to a third party, the Non-Transferring Party shall, within thirty (30) days since the delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ROFR Period”), notify the Transferring Party expressly in writing that if it agrees with the proposed transfer or if it intends to exercise a right of first refusal (“ROFR”) to purchase all (but not less than all) the Offer Equity Interest on terms and price as specified in the Transfer Notice (“ROFR Notice”).

 

  6.4.5

If the Non-Transferring Party delivers the ROFR Notice, the Offer Equity Interests shall be transferred to the Non-Transferring Party pursuant to Article 6.5.

 

13


Execution Version

 

  6.4.6

If the Non-Transferring Party has notified its intention not to exercise its ROFR within the ROFR Period, the Transferring Party shall be free to transfer to the Transferee(s) such Offer Equity Interests on terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice and in accordance with Article 6.5 below.

 

  6.5

Completion of Equity Transfer

Transfers of Equity Interests to third party pursuant to Article 6.4 above shall be carried out in line with below provisions:

 

  6.5.1

the transfer shall take place within sixty (60) days (“Transfer Period”) since the date on which the ROFR Period expires;

The Transfer Period shall in all cases be extended by any time reasonably necessary to complete or to satisfy any conditions precedent to which the proposed transfer may be subject (including the time needed for obtaining necessary government approvals), up to a maximum limit of three (3) months, provided, however, that once such extended time period has expired, no transfer shall be made without once again being expressly subject to the ROFR and after complying with this whole Article 6.

 

  6.5.2

The Parties hereby agree and shall ensure that all equity transfers complying with the conditions set forth in this Contract be duly approved by the Board as soon as possible and that their respective representatives and/or Directors execute and deliver any other documents and instruments required by PRC laws.

 

  6.6

Continued Implementation of Contract

Prior to completion of transfer of a Party’s Equity Interest, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Contract.

 

  6.7

Effect of Transfer

The transfer of a Party’s Equity Interest shall not release such Party from its liability to pay any sums of money accrued, due or payable to the other Party, or to discharge its then-accrued and unfulfilled obligations including any liability to the JV or the other Party in respect of any breach of this Contract.

 

7.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  7.1

Representations and Warranties of both Parties

Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party that as of the date of this Contract and as of the Establishment Date:

 

14


Execution Version

 

  7.1.1

it is an independent legal person, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of jurisdiction of such Party;

 

  7.1.2

it has full legal right, power, capacity and authority to execute this Contract and all of the contracts and documents contemplated herein to which each of them is a party and to observe and perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder;

 

  7.1.3

it has taken all appropriate and necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Contract and all of the contracts and documents contemplated herein to which it is a party and to authorize the performance and observance of the terms and conditions hereof and thereof;

 

  7.1.4

it has obtained all requisite consents, approvals and authorizations of relevant governmental, quasi-governmental and other regulatory authorities necessary for the valid execution and performance of this Contract and all of the contracts and documents contemplated herein to which it is a party;

 

  7.1.5

neither the execution of this Contract, nor the performance of its obligations hereunder, will conflict with, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any provision of its business licence, articles of association, by-laws, or any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree, authorisation or approval of any government authority, or of any contract, agreement, instrument, commitment, undertakings or arrangement, to which it is a party or it is subject to;

 

  7.1.6

it has duly authorised, executed and delivered this Contract and this Contract constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  7.1.7

there is no lawsuit, arbitration, or judicial, administrative or other proceedings or governmental investigation, pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened against it with respect to the subject matter of this Contract or that would affect in any way its ability to enter into or perform this Contract; and

 

  7.1.8

it has sufficient funds and other financial assets to meet its obligation under this Contract without impairing its ability to continue in business as a going concern.

 

  7.2

HTs Representations and Warranties

HT hereby represents and warrants to RP that, as of the date of this Contract and during the Term:

 

15


Execution Version

 

  7.2.1

it shall use all commercially reasonable endeavours to provide sufficient resources and assistance to the JV to enable the JV to establish the plant for the production of the Finished Products before Milesone 3 Day for the relevant Finished Product and shall use all commercially reasonable endeavours to cause the Senior Staff that are to be nominated by HT and necessary technical personnel to be in position before Milestone 2 Day for the relevant Finished Product;

 

  7.2.2

it shall use all commercially reasonable endeavours to assist the JV to obtain the Company Approvals within 60 days after the Establishment Date.

 

  7.3

RPs Representations and Warranties

RP hereby represents and warrants to HT that, as of the date of this Contract and during the Term:

 

  7.3.1

RP owns (or otherwise enjoys legitimate right or license to use) all necessary and sufficient intellectual property rights in respect of Chipsets and Reference Designs and all such intellectual property rights do not infringe any third-party rights, and all the information and documents relating to such intellectual property rights when they are transferred and/or licensed by RP to JV are the same as those owned or used by RP;

 

  7.3.2

Reference Design once delivered and accepted in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Agreement shall comply with and meet all standards and specifications (including those for performance and codes) as set forth in the Ancillary Agreements and the Chipsets will meet all such standards and specifications at all times during the applicable warranty period;

 

  7.3.3

the Chipsets and Reference Design shall be able to achieve the Finished Products which shall meet Finished Products Specification set forth in Schedule 1 of Technology Agreement;

 

  7.3.4

the Chipsets, Reference Design and their related technologies and intellectual property rights can be exported by RP to China and the JV (no matter in whatever form or by way of transfer or licensing) in accordance with this Contract and/or the Technology Agreement and/or Chipset Supply Agreement, without subject to any export control license; and

 

  7.3.5

RP shall have obtained all necessary consents and approvals in respect of its investment in JV, its representations & warranties, obligations and undertakings under this Contract and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

16


Execution Version

 

  7.4

Reliance on Representations and Warranties

Each Party acknowledges that the other Party entered into this Contract in reliance upon the above representations and warranties given by such Party under this Contract.

 

  7.5

Independence of Warranties and Representations

Each of the above warranty and representation shall be construed independently, and shall not be limited by any provision of this Contract or any other representation or warranty made to any Party.

 

8.

OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

 

  8.1

Chipsets

 

  8.1.1

Exclusive Supply

For the purpose of the JV Business, RP shall supply and sell Chipsets designed, developed and produced by it to the JV during the Term of this Contract in compliance with the following fundamental rules of this Article 8.1 as well as the Technology Agreement and Chipset Supply Agreement. Specifically, RP undertakes to HT that it shall not supply or otherwise make available the Chipsets to any third parties in the Territory if such Chipsets are to be used or incorporated in the Finished Products or will be in Competition with the JV Business, and for such purpose:

 

  (i)

RP shall clearly specify its RP Exclusive Supply Obligations in the relevant supply or purchase agreement and shall cause any and all purchasers who purchases Chipsets from RP (or its Affiliates) to undertake that it will not directly or indirectly resell or supply such Chipsets into the Territory in violation of RP’s obligations under this Contract and the Chipset Supply Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

RP shall immediately take all necessary actions to enforce such obligation in item (i) above against any purchaser upon its awareness of the same or notice served to it by HT or JV, provided that RP shall not be held liable only if any sales or supply of Chipsets in Territory are made through a reseller for which RP can prove that it has no control even though it has fully fulfilled its exclusive supply obligations under the Chipset Supply Agreement.

(the above items (i) and (ii) collectively “RP Exclusive Supply Obligation”).

 

  (iii)

The RP Exclusive Supply Obligation will be released if (a) the JV fails to meet customer demand (meaning that it cannot satisfy the quantity of orders placed in accordance with the timing of delivery for that applicable order) for 2 consecutive quarters after the JV has realized commercial sales of

 

17


Execution Version

 

  Finished Products to independent third parties; (b) the JV does not have the specific Finished Product certified to the extent necessary for sales in China by 8 months after Milestone 4 Day for the relevant Finished Product; (to avoid any doubts, such certification shall exclude any certification or regulatory requirements outside China or not required by Chinese authorities) (c) the JV does not realize commercial sales of the specific Finished Products to independent third parties by 8 months after Milestone 4 Day for such specific Finished Product, provided that all the above shall be for reasons not attributable to RP (including without limitation RP fails to fulfil its representations & warranties, obligations or covenants in relation to Chipsets, Reference Design and related technologies under this Contract or the Ancillary Agreements, or any Chipsets, Reference Design and related technologies fail to meet agreed requirements or specifications).

 

  8.1.2

Exclusive Procurement

The Parties agree that they shall cause the JV to procure the Chipsets for the Finished Products from RP on an exclusive basis pursuant to the Chipset Supply Agreement to be entered into between the JV and RP, provided that:

 

  (i)

RP fulfils its representations & warranties, obligations and covenants under this Contract and Ancillary Agreements (including without limitation, RP shall supply, deliver, transfer and/or license (as applicable) stable and reliable Chipsets, Reference Design and relevant technologies or intellectual property rights which shall meet all prescribed performance, codes, standards and specifications as agreed between RP and HT within agreed timeframe), provided that the foregoing shall not apply where RP remedies its breach within 30 days of a notice of such breach from the JV on condition that such failure by RP shall be no more than 2 times in one calendar year and no more than 4 times in aggregate;

 

  (ii)

the supply price of Chipsets shall be no higher than that of the same or similar chipsets that are capable of being used within the Finished Products sold by RP to third parties, otherwise RP shall compensate the JV the price difference since the first date of shipment of the relevant chipsets by RP breaching the obligation above, without prejudice to other rights and remedies of HT and/or JV; and

 

  (iii)

RP shall be able to meet the specific production and delivery demand under the Chipset Supply Agreement or the relevant purchases orders between RP and JV.

if the requirements in items (i) or (ii) above are not fulfilled, the JV shall be entitled to procure chipsets from any other resources without any limitation; if the requirements in item (iii) above are not fulfilled, the JV shall only be entitled to procure the deficit of supply from an alternate source rather the entirety of supply. RP hereby irrevocably agrees with such alternative purchase and undertakes to cooperate to cause its Directors to approve such purchase (where necessary).

 

18


Execution Version

 

  8.1.3

Without prejudicing the foregoing, at least once every 12 months, representatives from both HT, RP and JV shall meet to (a) review the Finished Products Specification (as defined herein), performance and prices of the Finished Products and the relevant elements affecting the performance of the Finished Products and JV Business (including those relating to Reference Designs and/or Chipsets) from both technical, commercial and market perspectives to ensure they are competitive within the marketplace in terms of both price and technologies; and (b) discuss RP’s upcoming capabilities for standards based transceivers including applicable technological advancement (for both Chipsets and any further reference designs) and corresponding market opportunity in the Territory; and (c) HT and RP’s joint target and plans for the JV, particularly whether the JV should expand the scope of Finished Products, and/or update, modify or vary the design of the Finished Products and/or whether the JV shall procure chipsets from alternative sources and shall agree on any such product roadmap as the parties think appropriate.

As a result of the above meeting, should the parties determine that (i) the Finished Product is no longer competitive from a technological perspective or (ii) the Chipsets is no longer competitive from a technological perspective, they shall agree on plans to procure that the JV shall use reasonable endeavours to agree a revision or update to the Finished Products. The Parties hereby undertake to cause the Board to approve and adopt all the plans or agreements agreed during such meeting, and as a result the JV shall have the right to procure chipsets from alternative sources, and RP shall have a right of priority on developing and delivering the revised Chipsets and/or relevant reference designs within the timeline agreed between the Parties during such meeting.

 

  8.1.4

Breach of any undertakings by RP or HT in 8.1.3 above shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to terminate the Contract in addition to any other rights of action resulting from the breach of such undertakings.

 

  8.2

Reference Design

 

  8.2.1

RP shall at its own risk develop and deliver the Reference Designs to the JV, license the Reference Designs Background IP and transfer Reference Designs Transferred IP (as both defined in the Technology Agreement) to the JV in accordance with agreed deliverables criteria, timing, target specifications and other conditions as agreed between RP and HT and set forth in Technology Agreement.

 

19


Execution Version

 

  8.2.2

RP shall not: (i) perform Reference Design for products that are same or in Competition with the Finished Products for any third parties in the Territory; or (ii) license or transfer or make available the Reference Design and/or the relevant intellectual property rights in relation to the Finished Products to any third parties in the Territory.

(obligations under this Article 8.2 collectively “RP Reference Design Obligations”)

 

  8.3

Export Control and Anti-Corruption

 

  8.3.1

RP hereby undertakes to HT that it shall comply with applicable export control, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in all relevant jurisdictions in relation to (i) the design, development, supply, transfer or license (as applicable) of Chipsets, Reference Design and related technologies for or to the JV; and (ii) the Finished Products and the JV Business and related technologies, as contemplated hereunder;

 

  8.3.2

HT undertakes to RP that it shall comply with applicable export control, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the Territory in relation to the Finished Products, the JV Business and related technologies as contemplated hereunder.

HT undertakes to also comply with applicable export control, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in relation to Chipsets, Reference Design and related technologies, the Finished Products and the JV Business in relevant jurisdictions other than Territory.

RP shall inform HT and the JV any applicable conditions, limitations or prohibitions in respect of the export control, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws relating to Chipsets, Reference Design, Finished Products, JV Business and related technologies as of the Establishment Date;

 

  8.3.3

The JV shall actively monitor and ensure the compliance of all applicable export control law requirements in relation to the Finished Products, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws by the JV since the Establishment Date and for such purpose JV shall employ a suitably qualified compliance officer who shall be responsible for actively managing ongoing export control compliance (including written conditions of prohibited use in all sales contracts). The JV shall specify in the relevant sales contract the countries or regions that the Finished Products are not allowed to be exported or transferred.

 

  8.3.4

Breach of any undertakings by RP or HT in 8.3.1, 8.3.2 and/or 8.3.3 (as applicable) above shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to terminate the Contract in addition to any other rights of action resulting from the breach of such undertakings.

 

20


Execution Version

 

  8.4

Trademarks

 

  8.4.1

Both Parties shall cooperate in good faith to promote the goodwill of the JV.

 

  8.4.2

The Parties shall cause the JV to execute the Trademark License Agreement with HT and RP whereby the JV will be licensed to use the trademarks of HT and RP pursuant to Trademark License Agreement.

Any use of trademark(s) shall be approved by the relevant Party owning such trademark(s) according to Trademark License Agreement.

 

  8.5

Non-Competition

 

  8.5.1

The JV shall have the exclusive right to carry out the JV Business in the Territory, and the JV is entitled to sell the Finished Products outside the Territory.

Neither HT nor RP shall, directly or indirectly, carry out any business within the Territory (including without limitation incorporating another JV or otherwise cooperate with third parties or selling the Finished Products in the Territory) in Competition with the JV Business and accordingly in Competition with the JV, except only that RP will be entitled to supply the Chipsets to third parties in the Territory for incorporation in Finished Products only in case that the RP Exclusive Supply Obligation is released pursuant to Article 8.1.1 (iii) which shall however not affect other non-competition obligations contemplated in this Article 8.5.1. or otherwise in this Contract.

 

  8.6

Finished Products

RP shall be responsible for formulating the specifications, criteria, standards and requirements (including those for performance and codes) for Finished Products (“Finished Products Specification”) that are desired to be achieved by the Finished Products.

The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the JV to test, assemble and produce the Finished Products in line with the plan and timeline set forth in the business plan and the Finished Products Specification.

 

9.

FURTHER COVENANTS

 

9.1

Each Party covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, and procure to be executed and delivered, all such documents, and do, and procure to be done, all such acts and things as required to be executed or done according to relevant laws and accounting principles, and/or as the other Parties may reasonably require, in order to better evidence or perfect or effectuate any provision of this Contract, of any Ancillary Agreements, schedule or other document executed pursuant to this Contract or any of the respective obligations intended to be created hereby and thereby.

 

21


Execution Version

 

10.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

  10.1

Establishment

The Board shall be established on the Establishment Date.

 

  10.2

Composition and Term

 

  10.2.1

The Board of the JV shall consist of five (5) Directors, of which two (2) Directors shall be appointed by RP and three (3) Directors shall be appointed by HT.

 

  10.2.2

Directors shall each be appointed for a term of three (3) years and may serve consecutive terms if re-appointed by the Party originally appointed such Director. The term of the initial Director shall commence on the date of establishment of the Board.

 

  10.2.3

If a seat on the Board is vacated by the removal, replacement, retirement, resignation, illness, disability or death of a Director or for any other reasons, the Party which originally appointed such Director is entitled to appoint a replacement Director to serve out such Director’s remaining term.

 

  10.3

Chairman of the Board

 

  10.3.1

The Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”) shall be nominated by HT from one of the Directors appointed by HT.

 

  10.3.2

The Chairman of the Board shall be the legal representative of the JV. If the Chairman is unable to perform his/her duties for any reason, he/she shall delegate another director to perform his duties. The Chairman and whoever performs the duties of the Chairman shall represent the JV externally within the scope of authorization of the Board and shall not take any action binding the JV without authorization of the Board.

 

  10.4

Powers of the Board

 

  10.4.1

The Board shall be the highest authority of the JV and shall decide all major issues of the JV.

 

  10.4.2

Board resolutions on the following matters shall be adopted by the unanimous vote of all the Directors present and voting in person, by tele-conference or video-conference or by proxy, at a duly convened Board meeting:

 

  (a)

amendments of the Articles of Association of the JV;

 

22


Execution Version

 

  (b)

extension, suspension, termination, dissolution and liquidation of the JV;

 

  (c)

increase or decrease of the Registered Capital of the JV; or

 

  (d)

merger or division of the JV.

 

  10.4.3

Without prejudice to the provisions set forth under Article 10.4.2, Board resolutions on other matters shall be adopted by a simple majority vote of all the Directors present and voting in person, by tele-conference or video-conference or by proxy, at a duly convened Board meeting, except that Board resolutions on the following matters listed from (a) through (s) under this Article 10.4.3 (the “Reserved Matters”) shall be adopted only with both (i) the favourable vote of a simple majority of the Directors present and voting in person, by tele-conference or video-conference or by proxy, at a duly convened Board meeting; and (ii) the favourable vote of at least one (1) Director appointed by HT and at least one (1) Director appointed by RP:

 

  (a)

deviation from or amendment of the business plan and material operation outside of the agreed business plan;

 

  (b)

any change in or transfer of or creation of any Encumbrances on any Equity Interests of the JV;

 

  (c)

the entering into of any financial borrowings, indebtedness or other securities relating thereto for a principal amount exceeding USD 250,000 in respect of any individual event or USD 500,000 in aggregate in any consecutive twelve-month period;

 

  (d)

expenditure not budgeted in the business plan exceeding USD 250,000 individually or USD 500,000 in aggregate in any consecutive twelve-month period;

 

  (e)

entering into any agreement between the JV and either RP or HT or their Affiliates for a principal amount exceeding USD 250,000 individually or USD 500,000 in aggregate in any consecutive twelve-month period or any agreement not on arm’s length terms;

 

  (f)

the licensing or granting of any rights over any intellectual property rights by the JV, other than in the course of ordinary business and in the form approved by the Board;

 

  (g)

the purchase, sale, transfer or otherwise disposal of any assets of the JV (other than in the ordinary course of business) with a value exceeding USD 500,000;

 

23


Execution Version

 

  (h)

the entering into any insolvency, bankruptcy proceedings or any other arrangements with creditors;

 

  (i)

forming any subsidiary or acquiring any shares in any other entity;

 

  (j)

declaring and paying any dividend or other distribution;

 

  (k)

expanding the range of Finished Products and/or the JV Business;

 

  (l)

instituting any material legal proceedings or settling or compromising any material dispute with a value exceeding USD 500,000; or

 

  (m)

changing the Auditor of the JV.

 

  10.5

Board Meetings

 

  10.5.1

The first Board meeting shall be held within thirty (30) Days following the Establishment Date. The agenda for the first Board meeting shall include, without limitation, (i) appointment of the General Manager; and (ii) approval of the Ancillary Agreements.

 

  10.5.2

Ordinary Board meetings shall be held at least one time each calendar year. Upon written request of at least one-third (1/3) of the Directors, the Chairman may convene interim Board meetings.

 

  10.5.3

Board meetings shall be convened and presided over by the Chairman. If the Chairman is unable to perform his duties for any reason, he/she designate another Director to convene and preside over the meeting.

 

  10.5.4

Board meetings may be held via telephone or other electronic audio or video means, and present by a Director or his/her proxy by such means shall constitute presence of such Director of his/her proxy at a meeting.

 

  10.6

Quorum

 

  10.6.1

Two-thirds of all the Directors (namely no less than four (4) Directors) present in person, by tele-conference or video-conference or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for any Board meeting.

 

  10.6.2

With respect to a Board meeting, if a quorum is not attained for the holding of a Board meeting, then that Board meeting shall be adjourned and shall be held ten (10) Business Days later at the same time and place or under the same form.

 

24


Execution Version

 

  10.6.3

if any Director is still absent from such reconvened meeting without having appointed a proxy to the effect that the quorum required under this Contract can not be achieved as a result of such absence, the Party appointing such Director shall be regarded as in material breach of this Contract.

 

  10.7

Written Resolution

 

  10.7.1

Resolutions of the Board may be adopted by written resolution, so long as a document (which expression shall include a facsimile of the document) containing such resolutions is signed, or different counterparts of such a document are signed, by all Directors.

 

  10.8

Proxy

 

  10.8.1

Each Party has the obligation to ensure that the Directors it appoints are present at any Board meeting in person or by telephone or videoconference or by proxy.

 

  10.8.2

If a Director is unable to participate in person or by telephone or videoconference in a Board meeting, he/she must appoint a proxy to represent him at such meeting and to vote thereat on his behalf.

 

  10.9

Voting Rights

Each Director present in person, by telephone or videoconference or by proxy shall have one (1) vote. No Director shall have any additional or casting vote.

 

  10.10

Deadlock

 

  10.10.1

If for whatever reason, including failure to reach the required quorum for the Board meeting or any Director has failed or refused to give his/her vote, the Board is unable to pass a resolution on any of the matters set out under Article 10.4.2 or the Reserved Matters set out under Article 10.4.3 (the “Deadlocked Matter”) in any two (2) consecutive duly convened Board meetings or within sixty (60) days after any one (1) Board meeting at which the Deadlocked Matter is proposed and no resolution is passed (whichever is shorter), HT has the right to notify RP in writing (“Deadlock Notice”) of the deadlock and its circumstance within ten (10) Business Days following the second Board meeting or the end of the sixty (60) day period referred to above (whichever is earlier), a deadlock (“Deadlock”) shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

  10.10.2

Within fourteen (14) Business Days of delivery of the Deadlock Notice, the outstanding issue or issues concerning the Deadlock shall be then referred to the chairmen of the Parties for discussion and resolution.

 

25


Execution Version

 

  10.11

Resolution of Deadlock

 

  10.11.1

If discussions among such Chairmen fail to result in a jointly agreed decision on the discussed matter within thirty (30) Business Days since the date of service of the Deadlock Notice, the following procedures will apply:

 

  (a)

if one (1) Party or both Parties desire to carry on the business of the JV as a going concern, one Party may offer to sell all (but no less than all) its Equity Interest to the Party desiring to carry on the business of the JV in accordance with Article 21.1;

 

  (b)

if neither Party wishes to continue the business of the JV as a going concern, both Parties shall cause the Directors appointed by them to the Board to vote unanimously to terminate and liquidate the JV pursuant to Article 22; or

 

  (c)

failing all of the foregoing, the matter shall be submitted for resolution in accordance with Article 26.2 of this Contract.

Specifically, RP expressly waives the rights under item (a) and the right to choose not to continue the business of the JV under item (b) hereof. RP undertakes that it shall not exercise any rights or discretion in relation to item (a) and (b) above and HT shall have sole discretion to decide the outcome of a Deadlock Notice in accordance with the options set out in (a) or (b) above.

 

  10.11.2

Both Parties shall continue to perform their obligations under this Contract during the period of Deadlock.

 

11.

SUPERVISOR

 

  11.1

Appointment of Supervisor

The JV shall have two (2) supervisors (“Supervisors”) and one (1) shall be nominated by HT and one (1) shall be nominated by RP. The term of office of a Supervisor shall be three (3) years and may serve consecutive terms.

 

  11.2

Functions and Powers

The Supervisor shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

  (a)

examining the financial affairs of the JV;

 

  (b)

supervising the acts of the Directors and Senior Staff when performing their duties for the JV; requesting for rectification of conducts of any Director or any member of Senior Staff if such conducts have harmed the interests of the JV; and proposing to dismiss any Director or any member of Senior Staff violating the laws, administrative regulations, this Contract, the Articles of Association or the resolutions of the Board;

 

26


Execution Version

 

  (c)

attending the meetings of the Board as a non-voting attendee and making inquiries or suggestions to the matters to be resolved by the Board;

 

  (d)

proposing convention of interim Board meetings;

 

  (e)

making proposals to the Board;

 

  (f)

initiating any legal proceedings against any Directors or Senior Staff as provided under PRC Law; and

 

  (g)

other functions and powers as designated by the Parties from time to time.

 

  11.3

Expenses

The expenses necessary for the Supervisor to perform his/her duties shall be borne by the JV.

 

12.

MANAGEMENT OF THE JV

 

  12.1

Management Organization

The Senior Staff of the JV shall initially include one (1) General Manager, one (1) Chief Financial Manager, one (1) Chief Technical Officer and one (1) Sales Director. The composition of Senior Staff may be adjusted by the Board from time to time. The Senior Staff shall report to and be under the leadership and direction of the Board.

 

  12.2

Nomination and Appointment of Senior Staff

The Senior Staff shall be nominated as per following rules:

 

  (a)

General Manager shall be nominated by HT.

 

  (b)

Chief Financial Officer shall be nominated by HT;

 

  (c)

Chief Technical Officer shall be nominated by RP;

 

  (d)

Sales Director shall be nominated by HT.

The Senior Staff shall be appointed by the Board.

 

27


Execution Version

 

The Parties shall cause the Board to approve the appointment and/or dismissal of the Senior Staff as nominated or proposed by the relevant Party pursuant to this Contract.

 

  12.3

Term and Responsibilities of General Manager

The General Manager shall serve a term of three (3) years. The General Manager shall be eligible for reappointment for further terms.

The General Manager shall be responsible to the Board and shall take charge of the day-to-day operation and management of the JV.

 

12.4

HT and RP shall have the right to nominate other managerial or technical positions (other than Senior Staff) to the JV, subject to approval by the General Manager.

 

13.

PERSONNEL AND LABOUR MANAGEMENT

 

13.1

Matters relating to the recruitment, employment, management, dismissal, resignation, wages, welfare benefits, subsidies, social insurance and other matters concerning the employees of the JV shall be handled in accordance with applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. The General Manager shall implement plans to be approved by the Board.

 

13.2

The General Manager shall have the authority to determine the numbers of employees, needed in JV’s operations, subject to prior approval of the Board. These employees will be hired in stages as required to meet operation requirements.

 

13.3

The JV shall comply with the rules and regulations of the PRC government concerning labour protection. Social insurance for the JV’s employees shall be handled in accordance with PRC Law. The employees of the JV shall be entitled to establish a trade union organization and carry out trade union activities in accordance with the PRC law.

 

14.

FINANCIAL, ACCOUNTING AND AUDIT SYSTEM

 

  14.1

Accounts, Records and Financial Statements

 

  14.1.1

The JV shall adopt the calendar year as its fiscal year, which shall begin on 1 January and end on 31 December of the same year, except that the first fiscal year of the JV shall commence on the date that the JV is granted its Business Licence and shall end on the immediately succeeding 31 December. The last fiscal year of the JV shall start on January 1 of the year of termination and end on the date of termination.

 

  14.1.2

The JV shall adopt an accounting system consistent with applicable PRC Laws.

 

  14.1.3

The JV shall keep true and complete accounts and other related records in accordance with PRC laws and regulations.

 

28


Execution Version

 

  14.1.4

Each Party shall be allowed at all reasonable times to inspect the books and records of the JV, provided that such inspection shall be carried out during the JV’s normal business hours and do not unreasonably interfere with the business operations of the JV. Each Party may exercise such inspection through authorised representatives at its own costs.

 

  14.1.5

Major changes in accounting procedures and practices may be implemented only upon approval by the Board.

 

  14.1.6

The accounts and financial statement and reports of the JV shall be true and complete and shall fairly represent the financial position of the JV, and they shall be prepared in accordance with Chinese GAAP, IFRS and relevant requirements of Chinese laws in Chinese and English.

 

  14.2

Chief Financial Officer

 

  14.2.1

The Chief Financial Officer shall be responsible for the financial management of the JV.

 

  14.2.2

The Chief Financial Officer shall formulate accounting systems and financial administrative measure of the JV and submit to the Board for approval.

 

  14.2.3

The Chief Financial Officer shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining the JV’ s financial statements, financing plans, records and accounts and the JV’s other financial affairs.

 

  14.3

Audits and Auditors

 

  14.3.1

Subject to approval of the Board, the JV shall engage an independent firm of certified public accountants registered in China as the external auditor of the JV (the “Auditor”) from one of the following candidates: Grant Thornton, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte or PWC. Such Auditor shall perform examination and verification of the annual financial statements, accounting statements on liquidation and other financial documents of the JV as required by the Board and/or by applicable laws. The annual audit report issued by Auditor shall be submitted to the Board.

 

  14.3.2

Each Party may, at its own expense, appoint an accountant (who may be either an accountant registered abroad or registered in China) to make other audits of the accounts of the JV on behalf of such Party. Access to the JV’s financial records shall be given to such auditor and such auditor shall keep confidential all documents examined while conducting audits.

 

29


Execution Version

 

  14.4

Financial Reports

The JV shall furnish the Parties with a copy of the (i) monthly management report of the JV; (ii) unaudited quarterly financial statements within 30 days within the end of the relevant quarter; and (iii) audited annual financial statements of the JV prepared in accordance with China’s Enterprise Accounting Standards within four (4) months after the end of the fiscal year which the audited accounts relate, together with a reconciliation to IFRS standards, in both Chinese and English. RP is entitled to appoint one financial personnel into the JV who shall not be a Senior Staff, and such financial personnel shall meet the relevant qualification requirements and abide by internal regulations of the JV.

 

  14.5

Bank Accounts

The JV shall, in accordance with Chinese laws, open Renminbi and foreign currency accounts with banks located in China. Subject to applicable law, the JV may also open foreign currency accounts outside China.

 

15.

TAXATION AND INSURANCE

 

  15.1

Tax

 

  15.1.1

The JV shall pay tax in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of PRC.

 

  15.1.2

The JV shall apply to obtain the benefits under applicable tax exemptions, reductions, privileges and preferences which are now or in the future become obtainable under PRC law or any treaties or international agreements to which PRC is or may become a party.

 

  15.2

Insurance

The JV shall, at its own cost and expenses, take out and maintain required insurance from a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in the PRC. The types, coverage, amounts and duration of insurance coverage shall be determined by the General Manager, subject to the written approval of the Board in the PRC in compliance with PRC law.

 

16.

DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

 

  16.1

Annual Allocation to Funds

The JV shall make payments out of its after-tax income into statutory funds in accordance with applicable PRC laws.

The amount to be allocated to statutory funds shall be determined by the Board based on the financial performance of the JV on a yearly basis, subject to applicable PRC laws and regulations.

 

30


Execution Version

 

  16.2

Profit Distribution

Subject to the provisions set out in Article 16.1, the profits to be distributed to the Parties shall be in proportion to the Parties’ respective shares in the JV’s Registered Capital.

The profit shall be distributed once every year. Unless agreed otherwise, the JV shall distribute no less than 50% of its distributable profits after having (i) fulfilled any related statutory requirements regarding distributable profits; and (ii) considered the fund needs in respect of the development of the JV.

The Parties shall procure their respective appointed Directors to cooperate with the adoption of Board resolutions with regard to profit distribution.

 

17.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

 

17.1

The JV shall handle its foreign exchange matters in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations as well as the provisions of this Contract and the Articles of Association.

 

18.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  18.1

Confidentiality

 

  18.1.1

Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the discharge of its obligations under this Contract and the Annexes hereto will involve the disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

  18.1.2

During the Term of this Contract (including any extensions thereof) and for so long as the JV continues to exist, and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, or unless and until the information properly comes into the public domain other than by virtue of a breach of this Contract or required by law, each Party shall maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of any Confidential Information and shall use Confidential Information only for the purposes specified in this Contract and the Annexes hereto, and shall not disclose to any third party or person any Confidential Information at any time without the prior written consent of the Party disclosing such Confidential Information.

 

  18.1.3

The Parties shall cause their directors, staff, and other employees, and those of their Affiliates, also to comply with the confidentiality obligation set forth in Article 18.1.2 above. The Party receiving Confidential Information, its Affiliates and the JV shall make Confidential Information available only to those of their personnel whose duties necessitate access to or familiarity with such Confidential Information.

 

31


Execution Version

 

  18.1.4

Without prejudice to the above Articles 18.1.1 to 18.1.3, the obligations contained in this Article 18 shall not apply to the Confidential Information:

 

  (a)

that is or has become publicly known, otherwise than through a breach by a Party of its confidentiality obligation; or

 

  (b)

the disclosure of which is expressly authorized by the Party who provided or is concerned by such information;

 

  (c)

which is required to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any regulatory authority to the jurisdiction of which any Party is subject; or

 

  (d)

which is independently developed by the receiving Party without prior knowledge of any Confidential Information obtained from the disclosing Party.

 

19.

TERM

 

  19.1

Term

The duration of the JV shall be thirty (30) years, commencing from the Establishment Date, unless earlier terminated or further extended as provided herein.

 

  19.2

Extension of Term

The term of the JV may be extended upon mutual consent of the Parties.

At least one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Term, the Parties shall hold consultation to discuss any extension thereof. If the Parties agree to extend the Term, the extension shall be approved by the Board in accordance with this Contract and the Articles of Association, subject to necessary record-filing with or approval by (where applicable) the Record-Filing/Approval Authority and registration with Registration Authority in compliance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations.

 

20.

EARLY TERMINATION

 

  20.1

Termination

This Contract shall terminate upon occurrence of any of the following circumstances:

 

  (a)

expiration of the Term;

 

  (b)

at any time by mutual written agreement of the Parties;

 

32


Execution Version

 

  (c)

this Contract shall terminate if an order is made by a court or other competent body or person instituting a process that will lead to JV being dissolved or liquidated and any such order is not vacated or dismissed within sixty (60) days; or

 

  (d)

this Contract may be terminated by the Party who is entitled to so terminate this Contract pursuant to provisions of this Contract (including Article 20.2 below).

 

  20.2

Termination by Notice

A Party shall have the right to terminate this Contract prior to the expiration of the Term by sending written notice (“Termination Notice”) to the other Party, if any of the following events (“Termination Events”) occurs:

 

  (a)

by non-breaching Party (“Non-Breaching Party”), if the other Party (or the other Party’s Affiliate) (“Breaching Party”) is in material breach of any of its obligations, representations & warranties or covenants under this Contract or any Ancillary Agreements, and such breach (if capable of being cured) has not been cured by the Breaching Party within 60 days after receipt by the Breaching Party of a written notice notifying such breach (to avoid doubts, this clause shall not apply to the circumstance that RP fails to deliver the Reference Design and/or Chipsets, which shall be governed by clause Article 20.2 (c) below);

 

  (b)

by the non-insolvent Party, in case the other Party becomes subject to any insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation procedures;

 

  (c)

by HT, if (i) RP fails to deliver the stable and satisfactory Chipsets to the JV for 100G AOC and l00G PSM4 products by Milestone 3 Day for 100G PSM4 of the Finished Products set forth in Schedule 5 of the Technology Agreement (“Chipsets Deadline”) and still fails to do so for an additional 8 months since the expiry of the Chipsets Deadline (to avoid doubts, if RP fails to deliver the stable and satisfactory Chipsets to the JV within the Chipsets Deadline and/or for agreed amount and still fails to do so for an additional 4 months since the expiry of the Chipsets Deadline, the Parties shall first discuss through the Board on extension or alternative solutions); or (ii) RP fails to deliver the Reference Design satisfactory to the JV by Milestone 3 Day for 100G PSM4 product of the Finished Products set forth in Schedule 5 of the Technology Agreement (“Reference Design Deadline”) and still fails to do so for an additional 8 months since the expiry of the Reference Design Deadline (to avoid doubts, if RP fails to deliver the stable and satisfactory Reference Design to the JV within the Reference Design Deadline and still fails to do so for an additional 4 months since the expiry of the Reference Design Deadline, the Parties shall first discuss through the Board on extension or alternative solutions);

 

33


Execution Version

 

  (d)

by either Party, if (i) the JV knowingly sells Finished Products that are below the agreed quality and regulatory requirements specifications contained in the Specifications, unless such sales (a) are based on reasonable commercial considerations and (b) a report containing details of these kind of sales will be provided to the Board in the regular Board meeting after such sales; or (ii) within 6 months after the Milestone 4 Day for the 100G PSM4 product, the JV has been unable to produce at least one batch of Finished Products meeting the quality and regulatory requirement specifications of the Finished Products Specifications and with a yield rate no lower than 60%;

 

  (e)

by either Party, if the JV, (i) has sustained permanent heavy losses exceeding thirty percent (30%) of the total Registered Capital per annum for two (2) consecutive years starting from the production of the first batch of 100G PSM4 products of Finished Products meeting the Finished Products Specification by the JV; or (ii) if for three (3) years after the Establishment Date the cumulative amount of losses has exceeded sixty percent (60%) of the total Registered Capital; or (iii) fails to achieve the objectives of the Rolling Business Plan for 3 consecutive years, provided that any of the above situations is not primarily attributable to a material breach of this Contract or any Ancillary Agreement by one of the Parties. In case that any of the above occurrences is due to reasons primarily attributable to one Party, then only the other Party shall have the right to terminate the Contract pursuant to this sub-paragraph (e); or

 

  (f)

by either Party, if an event of Deadlock exists and the Parties fail to reach solution pursuant to Article 10.11.1 (b);

 

  (g)

by either Party, if a Force Majeure Event continues for more than six months following serving of the Force Majeure Suspension Notice, and the Parties have failed to find a solution pursuant to Article 24.1.4;

 

  (h)

by either Party, if the JV does not comply with its obligations in Article 8.3.3, including compliance with all applicable export control, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

 

34


Execution Version

 

  20.3

Termination Negotiation

In the event that a Party gives a Termination Notice pursuant to Article 20.2, the Parties shall within a period of thirty (30) days (“Negotiation Period”) after such Termination Notice is given conduct negotiations and endeavour to resolve the situation which resulted in the Termination Events.

Should the Party receiving the Termination Notice dispute or challenge the termination of this Contract, such Party shall have the right to submit the dispute for arbitration, in accordance with the provisions of Article 26, for determination of the issue of whether termination of this Contract is valid.

 

21.

BUYOUT

 

  21.1

Buyout Option

 

  21.1.1

In case of Deadlock or in case of termination of this Contract pursuant to Article 20.1, the Parties have not reached agreement to continue the Contract, then the Parties may discuss one Party’s purchase of all of the other Party’s Equity Interest in the JV (“Buyout Option”).

 

  21.1.2

Subject to provisions of Article 23.2, if, the termination of this Contract is caused by a breach of this Contract or any of the Ancillary Agreements by one Party, the non-breaching Party shall have the priority right but not the obligation to choose whether to purchase from the other Party all the Equity Interests held by the other Party in the JV, at the Fair Market Value.

 

  21.1.3

If, (i) in case of existence of Deadlock; and/or (ii) the termination of this Contract is not caused by a breach of this Contract or any of the Ancillary Agreements by one Party or either Party is entitled to terminate this Contract, the Parties shall discuss in good faith to decide who will exercise the Buyout Option. If the Parties reach an agreement on Buyout Option, the Buyout Option shall be carried out at Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests to be transferred as assessed by the Independent Expert.

 

  21.1.4

If neither Party exercises the Buyout Option or the Parties cannot agree on a Buyout Option, both Parties shall cause the Directors appointed by them to the Board to vote unanimously to terminate and liquidate the JV pursuant to Article 22, or failing all of the foregoing, to solve the relevant matter in accordance with Article 26.2 of this Contract, without prejudice any rights of one Party may have to claim damages against the other Party under this Contract (including Article 23), the Ancillary Agreements or PRC Laws.

 

35


Execution Version

 

  21.2

Buyout Price

 

  21.2.1

For the purpose of deciding the Fair Market Value, within thirty (30) days from the exercise of a Buyout Option by one Party, the Parties shall, unless otherwise agreed, jointly conduct a valuation for the purpose of determining the Fair Market Value. For such valuation, Parties shall be obligated to jointly nominate an independent and competent appraiser (“Independent Expert”) from Grant Thornton, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte or PWC within thirty (30) days after the exercise of the Buyout Option, provided that a candidate shall be excluded if such candidate is acting as Auditor of the JV. Within thirty (30) days of the date of their nomination, the Independent Expert shall make their determination of the Fair Market Value in a written report setting forth detailed reasons for such determination. The Fair Market Value so determined by the Independent Expert shall binding on the Parties and the Parties shall carry out the Buyout Option pursuant to Article 21.3.

 

  21.2.2

In no event shall the receipt of the relevant transfer price in relation to a Buyout Option by a Party prejudice any rights of such Party may have to claim damages against the other Party under this Contract (including Article 23), the Ancillary Agreements or PRC Laws.

 

  21.3

Buyout Procedures

 

  21.3.1

After the Parties have agreed to a Buyout Option or a Party has exercised its Buyout Option, the Parties shall enter into an agreement for transfer of interest in the Registered Capital of the JV. The Parties shall assist in securing all necessary government approvals. The Parties shall complete the Buyout Option transaction within ninety (90) days following the Parties agreement on a Buyout Option. If one Party exercises the Buyout Option, the other Party shall not take any actions that might adversely affect the exercising Party’s ability to continue the operation of the JV as a going concern.

 

  21.3.2

The termination or any amendment to this Contract, its Annexes or the Articles of Association, and the transfer of Equity Interests as a result of exercise of Buyout Option by one Party shall be subject to necessary record-filing or approval and registration by the competent governmental authority.

 

  21.3.3

Until such time as the sale of the Equity Interest of one Party in the JV to the other Party is completed, the JV shall, to the fullest extent possible, maintain the conduct of its business in the ordinary course of its business.

 

36


Execution Version

 

  21.4

Survival

The following provisions of this Contract remain full force after termination:

Article 1 (definitions and interpretation);

clause 18.1 (confidentiality, which shall remain effective for 3 years after termination)

clause 22 (dissolution and liquidation);

clause 23 (liability for breach of contract);

clause 25 (governing law);

clause 26 (settlement of disputes); and

clause 27.10 (restrictions on announcements).

 

22.

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

  22.1

Liquidation

Upon expiry of the Term or termination of this Contract, the Parties shall agree and shall cause their respective Directors to convene a Board meeting and to adopt relevant board resolutions to terminate this Contract, formulate liquidation procedures, establish a liquidation committee and liquidate the JV in accordance with then applicable PRC laws.

 

  22.2

Liquidation Proceedings

 

  22.2.1

The liquidation committee (“Liquidation Committee”) shall consist of five (5) members, of which HT shall appoint three (3) members and RP shall appoint two (2) members.

 

  22.2.2

The Liquidation Committee shall conduct a thorough examination of the JV’s assets and liabilities, compile a statement of assets and liabilities, specify the valuation basis of assets, prepare the plan for liquidation, and submit the same to the Board and the competent governmental authorities for approval. In developing and executing the liquidation plan, the liquidation committee shall use every effort to obtain the highest possible price for the JV’s assets.

 

  22.2.3

During the period of liquidation, the Liquidation Committee shall represent the JV in dealing with the JV’s unfinished business and in any legal proceedings involving the JV. As soon as possible after its establishment, the Liquidation Committee shall, on behalf of the JV, settle any outstanding accounts receivable with the JV’s debtors.

 

37


Execution Version

 

  22.2.4

The assets of the JV shall be liquidated in accordance with the specific liquidation procedures adopted by the Liquidation Committee.

 

  22.2.5

Any remaining proceeds shall be distributed to the Parties in proportion to the respective percentage interest each Party holds in the JV’s registered capital.

 

23.

LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

  23.1

Breach of Contract

If a Party fails to perform any of its obligations, covenants or undertakings under this Contract, or if any representation or warranty made by a Party under this Contract is untrue or materially inaccurate, such Party shall be deemed to have breached this Contract.

 

  23.2

Indemnity for Breach of Contract

 

  (a)

If the JV or a Party suffers any cost, expense, liability or loss as a result of a breach of the Contract by the other Party (the “Defaulting Party”), the Defaulting Party shall indemnify and hold the non-Defaulting Party and/or the JV harmless in relation to any such cost, expense, liability or loss. This remedy is not intended to be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy now or then existing under any applicable law or otherwise.

 

  (b)

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that, the non-Defaulting Party shall have the right and option to choose how it will be compensated and satisfied for the losses suffered by it due to the Defaulting Party’s breach, including without limitation, any or any combination of: (i) request for immediate cash compensation payment; (ii) transfer of shares pursuant to Article 21 (including without limitation the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to request that the amount of relevant losses suffered by it due to breach by the other Party be fairly reflected in the transfer price for the Buyout Option; (iii) deduction of or offsetting any payment payable to the Defaulting Party.

 

  23.3

Limitation of Liabilities

 

  23.3.1

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 23.1 and 23.2 above, one Party or its respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not be liable to the other Party and/or the JV in connection with this Contract for indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages.

 

38


Execution Version

 

  23.3.2

Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as excluding or limiting the liability of any person for any liability which cannot be limited or excluded by law.

 

  23.3.3

Subject to Article 23.3.1 and 23.3.2 above, each party’s overall liability under this Contract shall be limited to USD 8 million.

 

  23.3.4

Neither Party shall make any claim against the other Party for or relating to the breach of any warranties, representations or obligations under this Contract (the “Repeat Claim”) if a claim has been made by the Party (“Claiming Party”) or the Claiming Party’s Affiliate under the Technology Agreement for or relating to the breach of the same or substantially similar warranties, representations or obligations.

 

  23.4

Continued Implementation of Contract

During the period of breach, the Parties shall m all other respects continue their implementation of this Contract.

 

24.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

  24.1

Performance of Obligations

 

  24.1.1

If any Party is prevented from performing any of its obligations due to a Force Majeure Event, the time for performance of the obligations under this Contract that were prevented from performance by such Force Majeure Event shall be extended by a period equal to the period of delay caused by such Force Majeure Event, subject to Article 20.2 hereof. All other obligations under this Contract and the time for performance thereof shall remain unaffected.

 

  24.1.2

Whenever a Force Majeure Event occurs, the Party whose performance of the obligations is affected by that Force Majeure Event (the “Affected Party”) must serve to the other Party, as soon as reasonably possible but not later than 7 (seven) days after such occurrence, a written notice containing full particulars of the Force Majeure Event, including its nature and likely duration, the obligation affected by it and the nature and extent of its effect on those obligations (the “Force Majeure Suspension Notice”).

 

  24.1.3

The obligations of the Affected Party are suspended, to the extent that they are affected by the Force Majeure Event, from the date the Affected Party gives a Force Majeure Suspension Notice in respect of that Force Majeure Event until the cessation of the Force Majeure Event. A Party claiming inability to perform due to a Force Majeure Event shall take appropriate means to minimize or remove the effects of the Force Majeure Event and, within the shortest possible time, attempt to resume performance of the obligation(s) affected by the Force Majeure Event.

 

39


Execution Version

 

  24.1.4

If a Force Majeure Event continues for more than six months following serving of the Force Majeure Suspension Notice, and the Parties have failed to find a solution whether continue to perform this Contract, either Party is entitled to terminate this Contract in accordance with Article 20 hereof.

 

  24.2

Continued Implementation of Contract

During the period of a Force Majeure Event, the Parties shall in all other respects continue their implementation of this Contract.

 

25.

GOVERNING LAW

 

  25.1

Governing Law

The validity, interpretation and implementation of this Contract and the rights and obligations of the Parties created hereunder shall be governed by and subject to the laws of PRC, excluding, for the sole purpose of this Contract, the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province of China.

 

26.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

 

  26.1

Consultations

 

  26.1.1

In the event a dispute arises in connection with the interpretation or implementation of this Contract among the Parties, the Parties shall attempt in the first instance to resolve such dispute through friendly consultations.

 

  26.2

Arbitration

 

  26.2.1

If any Party serves formal written notice on the other Party that a material dispute has arisen and the Parties are unable to amicably resolve the dispute within a period of thirty (30) days from the service of such notice, then the dispute shall be referred to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for binding arbitration in Shanghai, China pursuant to the then effective arbitration rules of CIETAC.

 

  26.2.2

The arbitration tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators. Each Party shall select one (1) arbitrator of any nationality. The arbitrators appointed by the Parties shall then jointly appoint a presiding arbitrator, who shall not be of Chinese or UK nationality. Should the arbitrators appointed by the Parties fail to appoint a presiding arbitrator as aforesaid within one (1) month of their own appointment, CIETAC shall select the presiding arbitrator who shall not be of Chinese or UK nationality.

 

40


Execution Version

 

  26.2.3

The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English.

 

  26.2.4

The arbitration award shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties to the arbitration. Any Party to the dispute may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. The Parties to the arbitration shall each pay an equal share of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each Party shall separately pay for its respective counsel fees and expenses, provided, however, that the prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing Party its reasonable costs and attorney fees. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non-convenience, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any action, lawsuit, claim or proceeding arising under this Contract.

 

  26.3

Continued Performance

During the period when a dispute is being resolved, the Parties shall in all other respects continue their performance of this Contract.

 

27.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  27.1

Costs

Each Party shall bear its own costs in relation to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Contract.

 

  27.2

Notices

Any notice or communication herein required or permitted to be given to any Party hereto shall be personally served or sent by facsimile or by traceable courier or by email to the proper address in English and Chinese as set out below, and shall be deemed to have been given as follows: if personally served, when served; if by facsimile, on the first Business Day following the day of transmission thereof on a facsimile machine to the proper address and facsimile number with confirmed answerback; if by traceable courier, on the date of receipt; if by email, the date on which the email is sent with confirmed email delivery message. For the purposes of this Article 27.2, the addresses of the Parties (until notice of a change thereof is given as provided above) shall be:

To HT

Address:     88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu

                   Province, China.

Telephone: +86 138 6130 1553

Email: yangym@htgd.com.cn

Attn: Yang Yuming

 

41


Execution Version

 

To RP:

Address:    Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th floor, Dashwood,

                  69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS

Telephone: +44 07792212157

Email:    ciaran.rooney@rockleyphotonics.com with a copy to

              Andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com (email to be headed “For the

              urgent attention of the General Counsel”)

Attn: Ciaran Rooney

 

  27.3

Successors Bound

This Contract shall be binding on and shall inure for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns (as the case may be) of each of the Parties hereto and none of the rights or obligations of the Parties shall be in any way affected, diminished or prejudiced by the winding up, re-organization or change in name or constitution of any of the Parties hereto.

 

  27.4

No Assignment

None of the Parties hereto may assign its rights in whole or in part hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto.

 

  27.5

Continuing Agreement

All provisions of this Contract shall so far as they are capable of being performed and observed continue in full force and effect except in respect of those matters then already performed.

 

  27.6

Entire Agreement

This Contract (together with its Annexes) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to the matters dealt with herein and supersedes any previous agreement or understanding, including any provision of the Memorandum of Understanding dated July 2017 and the relevant term sheets which are made and discussed prior to the signing of this Contract, between the Parties hereto in relation to such matters. Each of the Parties hereto hereby acknowledges that in entering into this Contract it has not relied on any representation or warranty save as those expressly set out herein.

 

  27.7

Amendment

Amendments to this Contract and the other contracts contemplated herein may be made only by a written agreement in English and Chinese signed by duly authorized representatives of each of the Parties and shall be subject to necessary record-filing with or approval by and registration with the Record-Filing/Approval Authority and Registration Authority respectively.

 

42


Execution Version

 

  27.8

Waiver

Unless otherwise provided for, failure or delay on the part of any Party to exercise any right or privilege under this Contract shall not operate as a waiver of such right or privilege nor shall any partial exercise of any right or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof. Any waiver by a Party of a breach of any term or provision of this Contract by the other Party shall not be construed as a waiver by such Party of any subsequent breach, its rights under such term or provision, or any of its other rights hereunder.

 

  27.9

Severability

If any provision of this Contract should be or become fully or partially invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Contract shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

  27.10

Restrictions on Announcements

No public announcement or communications of any kind shall be made in respect of the subject matter of this Contract unless specifically agreed between the Parties hereto or unless an announcement is required pursuant to the relevant laws or the requirements of any stock or securities exchange or any regulatory or government authority, specifically in respect of this Contract.

 

  27.11

Language

This Contract is written in Chinese and in English. If there is any inconsistency between the two language versions, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

  27.12

Effective Date

This Contract shall come into effect on the date on which it is signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

 

  27.13

Copies

This Contract is signed in five (5) original copies in both Chinese and English. Each of the Parties shall keep one original copy, the JV shall keep one original copy, and the other original copies shall be retained by the JV for submission to other relevant PRC government authorities.

 

28.

ANNEXES

The annexes and appendixes attached hereto and those referred to in this Contract shall constitute an integral part of this Contract and is equally binding with this Contract. The appendixes are as follows:

 

43


Execution Version

 

Appendix I: Technology Transfer and IP Licensing Agreement

Appendix II: Key Terms of Chipset Supply Agreement

Appendix III: Trademark License Agreement


Execution Version

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Contract to be executed by its duly authorized representative on the date first set forth above.

 

Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd.   

Rockley Photonics Limited

 

Rockley Photonics Limited

Signature:   LOGO    Signature:   

/s/ Andrew Rickman

Name:    Name:    Andrew Rickman
Title:  

 

   Title:   

 


Execution Version

 

APPENDIX I: TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND IP LICENSE AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENCE AGREEMENT

between

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

and

JIANGSU HENGTONG ROCKLEY TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 


Execution Version

 

CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

   INTERPRETATION      1  

2.

   DEVELOPMENT OF REFERENCE DESIGNS      7  

3.

   TRANSFER AND LICENCE      7  

4.

   CONSIDERATION      9  

5.

   PAYMENT      9  

6.

   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP      10  

7.

   WARRANTY & REFERENCE DESIGNS ACCEPTANCE      10  

 

i


Execution Version

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made at 19th December 2017

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED, a company registered in England and Wales under number 08683015 with registered office at Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (“Licensor”); and

 

(2)

Jiangsu Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd., a sino-foreign equity joint venture incorporated in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) whose registered office is at 88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China (“Licensee”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

Licensor is a technology company that has developed certain Intellectual Property relating to Chipsets (as defined herein), which it owns, controls or has rights to license.

 

(B)

Licensee is a sino-foreign equity joint venture jointly established between Licensor and HT (as defined herein) pursuant to the JV Contract (as defined herein) with the main company purpose of carrying out Licensee Business (as defined herein) based on (i) Chipsets to be developed and supplied by Licensor to Licensee; and (ii) Reference Designs (as defined herein) to be developed and delivered by Licensor to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(C)

Licensor and Licensee have agreed on the development, delivery and supply of the Reference Designs as well as the transfer, licensing and ownership allocation of relevant technologies and Intellectual Property (as defined herein) in relation to the Chipsets and Reference Designs between them pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In this Agreement except where the context requires otherwise, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means any entity Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with either Licensor or Licensee, as the context requires.

Agreement” means this agreement and each of the Schedules as amended from time to time in accordance with Clause 16.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any public holiday in PRC and England.

Chipsets” means the digital, mixed signal, and/or silicon photonics semiconductors supporting 25G NRZ electrical interfaces and 25G NRZ optical modulation chipsets, owned and manufactured by Licensor and to be supplied by Licensor to Licensee pursuant to the JV Contract and the Supply Agreement, for use in and manufacturing of the Finished Products, as further described in Schedule 3.

 

1


Execution Version

 

Confidential Information” means any information, in tangible or non-tangible form (including oral disclosure) including Know How, research, collaboration work plans and development plans, information relating to the customers, suppliers, business partners, clients, finances, business plans and products (in each case actual or prospective) of a Party, the terms of this Agreement, and any other technical or business information (whether or not marked as confidential), which is obtained by either Party from the other (or its Representatives) pursuant to this Agreement.

Consideration” means the consideration for: (i) the development and delivery of the Reference Designs pursuant to Clause 2.1 and all Improvements to be carried out by Licensor pursuant to Clause 3.2.1; (ii) the transfer of Reference Designs Transferred IP pursuant to Clauses 3.1 and 6.5; (iii) the licensing of the Chipsets and Reference Designs Background IP pursuant to Clause 3.2; and (iv) the Technical Support and Training pursuant to Clause 3.9.

Control” means the possession (directly or indirectly) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or other equity interest of a subject entity with the power to vote, or the power in fact to control the management decisions of such entity through the ownership of securities or by contract or otherwise and “Controlling” and “Controlled by” shall be construed accordingly.

Disclosed Collateral” means the collateral including mortgages, fixed and floating charge, lien and other collateral over all the properties, rights, assets (including the assets of the US subsidiary of Licensor) including intellectual property of Licensor granted in favour of Silicon Valley Bank and Kreos Capital V (UK), pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated 27 January 2017, the First Loan Agreement Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated 26 May 2017 and relevant Debentures, Security Agreements, IP Security Agreements and other security agreements.

Effective Date” means the date on which this Agreement is made.

Electronic Communication” means a communication by means of electronic mail.

Finished Products” means each of the 100G AOC, 100G PSM4 Transceiver, and 100G CWDM4 Transceiver having 25G NRZ electrical interfaces for system connectivity and 25G NRZ modulation for the optical interfaces, as respectively described in Schedule 1.

Finished Products Objective” with respect to each specific product of the Finished Products, means that the initial batch of such specific product of the Finished Products has been tested, assembled, packaged and produced by Licensee on Licensee production line at the site of Licensee, and such initial batch of specific product of the Finished Products fully conforms with the Specifications. To avoid any doubts, the Finished Products Objective for each specific product shall be achieved no earlier than the date on which the corresponding Milestone 3 for such specific Finished Product has been achieved, as specified in Schedule 1.

 

2


Execution Version

 

Force Majeure” means in relation to either Party any event or circumstance which is beyond the reasonable control of that Party, which event or circumstance that Party could not reasonably be expected to have taken into account at the Effective Date and which results in or causes the failure of that Party to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement including act of God, lightning, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, strike, lockout or other industrial disturbance, war, terrorist act, blockade, revolution, riot, insurrection, civil commotion, public demonstration, sabotage, act of vandalism, explosion, provided that lack of funds shall not be interpreted as a cause beyond the reasonable control of that Party.

HT” means Hengton Optic-Electric Co., Ltd., a Chinese company limited by shares, with its registered office at 88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China.

Improvements” means any improvements, development, enhancements, modifications, or derivative works.

Indemnified Party” means Licensee Indemnified Parties or Licensor Indemnified Parties, as the context requires.

Indemnifying Party” means the Party giving the indemnity.

Intellectual Property” means any and all tangible and intangible:

(A) copyrights and other rights associated with works of authorship throughout the world, including copyrights, neighbouring rights, moral rights, and mask works, and all derivative works thereof;

(B) trade mark and trade name rights, domain names and similar rights;

(C) trade secret rights and Know-How;

(D) rights in databases;

(E) rights to inventions;

(F) Patents, designs, algorithms, utility models, semiconductor design rights, and other industrial property rights, and all improvements thereto;

(G) rights to software;

(H) all other intellectual and industrial property rights (of every kind and nature in any part of the world and however designated) whether registered or unregistered, and whether arising by operation of law, contract, licence, or otherwise which subsist now or will subsist in the future; and

 

3


Execution Version

 

(I) all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions, or reissues thereof now or hereafter in force (including any rights in any of the foregoing) in connection with the foregoing.

JV Contract” means the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Contract entered into between HT and Licensor in respect of the establishment of the Licensee dated 19th December 2017.

Territory” means the territory of Greater China including (i) Mainland China; (ii) Hong Kong SAR; (iii) Macau SAR; and (iv) Taiwan.

Know How” means any unpatented technical and other information which is not in the public domain including ideas, concepts, inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, data, formulae, algorithms, specifications, information relating to the Chipsets or Reference Designs, procedures for experiments and tests, results of experimentation and testing and any other results of research and development. Information in a compilation or a compilation of information may be Know How notwithstanding that some or all of its individual elements are in the public domain.

Licensee Business” means the business of developing, assembling, manufacturing, testing and selling the Finished Products as well as provision of associated services by the Licensee.

Licensee Indemnified Parties” means Licensee and its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Licensor Indemnified Parties” means Licensor and its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Licensor Non-competition Obligations” means any and all the non-competition obligations of Licensor under the JV Contract including without limitation: (i) carrying out or engaging in the Licensee Business or any arrangement (for the purpose of Licensee Business) directly or indirectly in the Territory; (ii) supply or otherwise make available the Chipsets to any third parties in the Territory in violation of Article 8.1.1 of JV Contract; (ii) perform Reference Designs for any third parties in the Territory in relation to the Finished Products, or license or transfer or make available the Reference Designs and/or the relevant Intellectual Property in relation to the Finished Products to any third parties in the Territory in violation of Article 8.2.2 of the JV Contract or; (iii) activities in violation of Article 8.5.1 of the JV Contract.

Losses” means all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges, demands, actions, proceedings and expenses (including legal and professional fees and disbursements and costs of investigation, litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and penalties).

Reference Designs” means the reference design package (including Reference Designs Documentation) for testing, packaging, commercialising, manufacturing and selling each and all of the Finished Products, which are developed, created and reduced to practice by Licensor and to be delivered to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement, including any Improvements thereto to be performed by Licensor in relation to or otherwise necessary to achieve the Finished Products Objective pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4


Execution Version

 

Reference Designs Background IP” means the Intellectual Property owned or used or developed by Licensor (excluding any Intellectual Property in the Chipsets), that are necessary or required for the development, improvement and completion of the Reference Designs and the delivery of the same to the Licensee by Licensor, including those specified in the list attached hereto as Schedule 4 and those Intellectual Property pertaining to Reference Designs and/or Reference Designs Documentation that are not included in the Reference Designs Transferred IP, insofar as such Intellectual Property is necessary for Licensee to achieve the Finished Products.

Reference Designs Documentation” means all the data, drawings, specifications, performance specifications documentation, design schematics, printed circuit board layout files, assembly instructions, and written sequences for manufacturing and test, prototypes, models, layouts, diagrams, manuals, documents and information for the Reference Designs including without limitation deliverables set forth in Schedule 5. For the avoidance of doubt, “printed circuit board layout files” refer to the schematic relating to the set-up of the Finished Products, but do not include the composition of the Chipsets themselves

Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP” means all Intellectual Property in any Improvement to the Reference Designs Background IP, Reference Designs Transferred IP, Reference Designs or to the Finished Products by Licensee.

Reference Designs Transferred IP” means all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor in respect of the Reference Designs Documentation.

Parties” means Licensor and Licensee and “Party” shall mean any of them.

Patents” means any patents, utility models, patent applications, and all foreign counterparts of them and includes all divisionals, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, reissues, substitutions, confirmations, registrations, revalidations and additions of or to them, as well as any supplementary protection certificate, or any like form of protection.

Specifications” means the specifications, criteria, standards and requirements (including those for performance and codes) for Reference Designs and for Finished Products as set out in Schedule 1, which shall be prepared by Licensor and agreed between Licensor and HT.

Supply Agreement” means the agreement between the Parties, to be entered into at a later date pursuant to the JV Contract, under which Licensor supplies the Chipsets to Licensee in a defined territory, for use within the Finished Products, subject to any further terms and conditions agreed by the Parties.

Technical Support” has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.8.1.

Term” means the term of this Agreement determined in accordance with Clause 11.1.

 

5


Execution Version

 

Third Party” means a person other than a Party.

Training” has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.8.2.

Year” means a calendar year.

 

1.2

In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1

Clause headings and the table of contents shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.2

the singular includes the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires;

 

  1.2.3

references to Clauses and/or Schedules are to Clauses of, and Schedules to, this Agreement;

 

  1.2.4

references to something being “in writing” or “written” shall include a reference to that thing being produced by any legible and non-transitory substitute for writing (including an Electronic Communication);

 

  1.2.5

a reference to a statute of statutory provision is a reference to it as it is in force for the time being, taking account of any amendment, extension, or re-enactment and includes any subordinate legislation for the time being in force made under it;

 

  1.2.6

references to this Agreement or any specified Clause or Schedule in this Agreement are to this Agreement or the specified Clause or Schedule as in force for the time being and as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.7

any words following the terms “including”, “include” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the description, definition, phrase or terms that comes before the relevant term;

 

  1.2.8

any English legal term for any legal document, action, remedy, judicial proceeding, court, official, status, doctrine or any other legal concept shall, in relation to any jurisdiction other than England and Wales, be deemed to include the term which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term; and

 

  1.2.9

unless the contrary intention appears, words denoting persons shall include any individual, partnership, company, corporation, joint venture, trust association, organisation or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

6


Execution Version

 

2.

DEVELOPMENT OF REFERENCE DESIGNS

 

2.1

Licensor shall develop, provide and deliver the Reference Designs and Reference Designs Documentation to Licensee in accordance with the Specifications and timeline set forth in Schedule 1 and Schedule 5 respectively. The Reference Designs and the Reference Designs Documentation shall contain all the deliverables and items set forth in Schedule 5 and be delivered accordingly thereunder.

 

2.2

Licensee may request a change to the Specifications by providing Licensor with a description of the proposed engineering change sufficient to permit Licensor to evaluate its feasibility and cost. Licensor will proceed with engineering changes when the Parties have agreed upon the changes to the Specifications, delivery schedule and pricing and Licensee has issued a purchase order for the implementation costs.

 

3.

TRANSFER AND LICENCE

 

3.1

As between the Parties, all right title and interest in and to the Reference Designs Transferred IP shall vest in Licensee upon their creation absolutely. Licensor hereby assigns (by way of present assignment of present and future rights) and undertakes to take all actions necessary to assign and transfer to Licensee all rights, including all rights in Intellectual Property, in and to the Reference Designs Transferred IP.

 

3.2

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and payment of the Consideration set forth in this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee:

 

  3.2.1

Subject to fulfilment of the Licensor Non-competition Obligations by Licensor , a worldwide, non-exclusive, perpetual (subject to Clauses 11 and 12) and irrevocable (subject to Clauses 11 and 12) licence, to use the Reference Designs Background IP to test, package, manufacture, commercialise, promote and sell the Finished Products and make any Improvements to the Reference Designs Background IP; and

 

  3.2.2

a worldwide, non-exclusive, perpetual (subject to Clauses 11 and 12) and irrevocable (subject to Clauses 11 and 12) licence to use the Chipsets purchased from Licensor by Licensee pursuant to the Supply Agreement, only within the Finished Products and to the extent necessary to test, package, manufacture and sell the Finished Products, including the right of Licensee to sublicense to its Affiliates or subcontractors only to the extent necessary to test, produce or sell the Finished Products and to sublicense to end-users of Licensee or its customers to permit such end-users to use the Finished Products.

 

3.3

No licence to use any Intellectual Property is granted to Licensee or is implied except for the rights expressly granted in this Agreement.

 

3.4

Licensee shall not, nor shall it instruct or permit, procure, enable or request any Third Party to, take any action designed or intended to:

 

7


Execution Version

 

  3.4.1

use the Reference Designs or Chipsets (or any part thereof) in any manner or for any purpose that is inconsistent with this Agreement, the JV Contract and/or the Supply Agreement;

 

  3.4.2

manufacture, modify, copy, rent, lease, sub-licence (except for the right of sub-licence permitted under Article 3.2), load, merge, adapt or translate the whole or any part of the Chipsets (or any part thereof);

 

  3.4.3

contest, challenge or otherwise make any claim or take any action adverse to Licensor’s ownership of, or interest in, the Reference Designs Background IP or Intellectual Property in Chipsets or any part thereof;

 

  3.4.4

re-use, disseminate, copy, or otherwise use the Reference Designs, Reference Designs Background IP or Chipsets (or any part thereof) in a way that infringes, misappropriates, or violates any rights in Intellectual Property or other right of Licensor or any Third Party; or

 

  3.4.5

remove, alter, obscure Licensor’s trade mark, copyright notice or any other proprietary notice from the Reference Designs (except for Reference Designs Transferred IP) or Chipsets (or any part thereof).

 

3.5

Licensee shall notify to Licensor any Improvements it makes to the Chipsets or their associated firmware in breach of Clause 3.4.2. Licensee shall and hereby does assign to Licensor at no cost for Licensor all Intellectual Property Rights in Improvements made in breach of Clause 3.4.2.

 

3.6

Licensee shall notify Licensor of any Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP as soon as reasonably practicable. Licensee hereby grants to Licensor a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, sublicensable (sublicense outside the Territory only) and perpetual licence to use the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP for any purpose, subject to the Licensor Non-competition Obligations under JV Contract and Clauses 11 and 12 of this Agreement on Termination and the Effects of Termination respectively.

 

3.7

Licensee agrees that it shall not, on behalf of itself or any Third Party, bring any claim against Licensor or any member of its group, alleging that the licence granted in Clause 3.6 of this Agreement is unenforceable.

 

3.8

For each specific product of the Finished Products, Licensor shall provide Licensee with:

 

  3.8.1

all necessary technical support services to be provided by the appropriately qualified and experienced members of Licensor’s staff during the Term until the Finished Products Objective for such specific product of the Finished Products has been achieved, to the extent these services: (i) are provided during normal business hours on Business Days (ii) do not exceed twenty (20) hours in any given week, and (iii) are provided during the period of six (6) months starting on the date on which Licensee delivers a formal written notice to Licensor requesting such technical support (the “Technical Support”) and

 

8


Execution Version

 

  3.8.2

all necessary training services to be provided by the appropriately qualified and experienced members of Licensor’s staff during the Term until the Finished Products Objective for such specific product of the Finished Products has been achieved to the extent these services: (i) are provided during normal business hours on Business Days at the site of Licensee, and (ii) do not exceed 32 hours in total from the date on which Licensee delivers a formal written notice to Licensor requesting such training services (“Training”).

 

  3.8.3

Technical Support and Training shall be provided to ensure that the Finished Products Objective for each specific product of the Finished Products are achieved.

 

3.9

Licensee may procure services from Licensor: (i) in excess of the Support Services provided pursuant to Clause 3.8.1 and/or the Training provided pursuant to Clause 3.8.2, and (ii) after the Finished Products Objective has been achieved, on a ‘time and materials basis’ at Licensor’s then-current rates.

 

4.

CONSIDERATION

The Consideration shall be USD 4.7 million, to be paid in instalments according to the relevant milestones set out in Schedule 2.

 

5.

PAYMENT

 

5.1

All payments due to Licensor under this Agreement shall be made in US Dollars (USD) in cleared funds to the bank account notified by the Licensor to the Licensee.

 

5.2

Licensee shall pay to Licensor any amount payable under Clause 4 within thirty (30) days of the event which triggers the payment occurring on receipt of an appropriate VAT invoice.

 

5.3

All payments to Licensor under this Agreement are exclusive of any tax (including value added tax and withholding tax), duty or assessment, howsoever arising, and shall be made without withholding or deduction of any kind, it being understood that Licensee shall pay to Licensor the full amount stated in this Agreement, grossed-up where necessary to compensate for any payments that Licensee might be required to make to any tax authority so as to ensure that Licensor receives the same total amount that it would have received if no such withholding or deduction had been required.

 

5.4

Where Licensor does not receive payment of any undisputed sums properly due and payable to it under this Agreement within the relevant period, interest shall accrue on the sum due and owing at the rate equivalent to an annual rate of three percent (3%) over the then current base rate of LIBOR, calculated on a daily basis, without prejudice to payee’s right to receive payment within the relevant period.

 

9


Execution Version

 

6.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP

 

6.1

As between the Parties, Licensor retains sole ownership of all right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property in Chipsets (and any Improvements thereof) and Reference Designs Background IP.

 

6.2

Licensee will not acquire any right, title or interest in or to the Intellectual Property in Chipsets (and any Improvements thereof) or Reference Designs Background IP, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the JV Contract and/or the Supply Agreement.

 

6.3

Licensor reserves all rights in and to the Chipsets (and any Improvements thereof) and Reference Designs Background IP not expressly granted in this Agreement.

 

6.4

As between the Parties, all right title and interest in and to the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP shall vest in Licensee upon their creation absolutely.

 

6.5

Licensor hereby assigns to Licensee and Licensee retains sole ownership of all rights, including all rights in Intellectual Property, in and to the Reference Designs Transferred IP. Licensee hereby grants to Licensor a worldwide, non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, sublicensable (sublicense outside the Territory only) and perpetual licence to use the Reference Designs Transferred IP for any purpose, subject to the Licensor Non-competition Obligations under JV Contract and Clauses 11 and 12 of this Agreement on Termination and the Effects of Termination respectively.

 

6.6

Licensor shall not obtain any right, title or interest in or to the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP or Reference Designs Transferred IP, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

6.7

Licensee reserves all rights in and to the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP and Reference Designs Transferred IP not expressly granted in this Agreement.

 

6.8

Licensee hereby assigns to Licensor all rights, including all rights in Intellectual Property, in and to any and all suggestions, Improvements, requests, recommendations, corrections or other feedback provided by Licensee to Licensor relating to the Chipsets, including, without limitation, any Know-How.

 

7.

WARRANTY & REFERENCE DESIGNS ACCEPTANCE

 

  7.1

Each Party warrants to the other Party that:

 

  7.1.1

it has legal power, authority and right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations in this Agreement; and

 

  7.1.2

neither the execution of this Agreement, nor the performance of its obligations hereunder, will conflict with, or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any provision of its articles of association, by-laws, or any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree, authorisation or approval of any government authority, or of any contract, agreement, instrument, commitment, undertakings or arrangement, to which it is a party or it is subject to; and

 

10


Execution Version

 

  7.1.3

it has obtained all requisite consents, approvals and authorizations of relevant governmental, quasi-governmental and other regulatory authorities necessary for the valid execution and performance of this Agreement.

 

  7.1.4

this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding execution and is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

  7.2

The Reference Designs delivered by Licensor will be inspected and tested by Licensee (with all necessary assistance by Licensor) within reasonable time (which shall not exceed 3 months) of receipt of the Reference Designs by Licensee. If the Reference Designs do not comply with the Specifications and/or is unable to achieve the Finished Products Objective, Licensee has the right to reject such Reference Designs and shall provide Licensor with the relevant reasons and evidence of non-compliance. Licensor shall amend, replace or improve Rejected Reference Designs and redeliver the same to Licensee with Licensor bearing all of the risk, costs and expenses until the Finished Products Objective has been achieved.

 

  7.3

Warranties of Licensor

 

  7.3.1

Licensor warrants to Licensee that:

 

  (a)

it owns, or has the right to use, license and/or sublicense, the Reference Designs Background IP contained in Schedule 4;

 

  (b)

the Reference Designs Background IP and the Reference Designs Transferred IP constitute all necessary and sufficient Intellectual Property for the Reference Designs and they are accurate and effective when they are licensed or transferred to the Licensee;

 

  (c)

the Chipsets, the Reference Designs, the Reference Designs Documentation, the Reference Designs Background IP and the Reference Designs Transferred IP do not infringe any third-party Intellectual Property or rights in Territory and United States of America;

 

  (d)

There are no encumbrances on the Chipsets, the Reference Designs, the Reference Designs Documentation, the Reference Designs Background IP and the Reference Designs Transferred IP other than the Disclosed Collateral;

 

  (e)

The Reference Designs, the Reference Designs Documentation and the Reference Designs Transferred IP are fit for the purpose of developing and manufacturing the Finished Products and to achieve the Finished Products Objective on the basis of the Chipsets to be supplied;

 

11


Execution Version

 

  (f)

The Chipsets, the Reference Designs, the Reference Designs Documentation and the Reference Designs Transferred IP can be exported outside the UK to Licensee in accordance with this Agreement without subject to any license (including export control licence), consent, permit or authority. For the avoidance of doubt, should this warranty be breached, the Licensor shall not be liable where it procures such necessary licence, consent, permit or authority within a reasonable time to the extent that the business of Licensee shall not be adversely affected; and

 

  (g)

Licensor has obtained all consents reasonably satisfactory to Licensee regarding Licensor’s supply of Chipsets, delivery of Reference Designs, transfer/license of relevant Intellectual Property to the Licensee from third parties including any required pursuant to the Disclosed Collateral.

 

  7.3.2

Licensor will perform its obligations and duties under this Agreement with reasonable skill and care.

 

  7.3.3

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the warranties in clause 7.3.1 do not apply to, and Licensor makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to: (a) any Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP; (b) defects resulting from parts of the Finished Products not supplied by Licensor; (c) Finished Products or Chipsets that have been abused, damages, altered or misused by any person or entity.

 

  7.3.4

Upon any failure of any Reference Designs to comply with the warranties in clause 7.3.1, prior to the Licensee taking any action in relation to a breach of warranties the Licensee shall give the Licensor reasonable opportunity to remedy the breach of warranty (not exceeding 30 days) by promptly amending or replacing such part of the Reference Designs and re-deliver it to Licensee.

 

  7.4

Licensee warrants to Licensor that the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP does not infringe the Intellectual Property rights of any Third Party.

 

  7.5

Licensee will provide its own warranties directly to any of its end users or other Third Parties. Licensee will not pass through to end users or third parties warranties that are broader than the warranties provided by Licensor under this Agreement. Furthermore, Licensee will not make any representations to end users or other Third Parties on behalf of Licensor, and Licensee will expressly indicate that the end users and Third Parties must look solely to Licensee in connection with any problems, warranty claim or other matters concerning the Finished Products and/or Chipsets.

 

  7.6

Each Party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so in reliance on any warranty or other provision except as expressly provided in this Agreement, and all conditions, warranties, terms and undertakings implied by statute, common law or otherwise are excluded from this Agreement to the fullest extent permissible by law. No warranties are provided under this Agreement with respect to the Chipsets which shall be dealt with in the JV Contract and the Supply Agreement.

 

12


Execution Version

 

8.

INDEMNITY

 

  8.1

Subject to Clauses 8.3 to 8.5, Licensor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensee Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred by Licensee Indemnified Parties arising from or in connection with any actual or alleged Third Party claim or proceeding relating to (i) a breach of any of the warranties or representations of Licensor pursuant to this agreement, and (ii) the infringement of such Third Party’s rights in Intellectual Property caused by the exercise by Licensee of the rights granted in Clauses 3.1 and 3.2, except to the extent that such Third Party claim results from the breach of this Agreement (including any breach of representation or warranty) or negligence of any Licensee Indemnified Party.

 

  8.2

Subject to Clauses 8.3 to 8.5, Licensee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensor Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses (i) arising from or in connection with Licensee exceeding the scope of any licence, right or permission to use the Chipsets, Reference Designs or Reference Designs Background IP (or any part thereof) granted to it under this Agreement; or (ii) incurred by Licensor Indemnified Parties as a result of amounts awarded in final judgment or settlement of any Third Party claim or proceeding in respect of the actual infringement of such Third Party’s rights in Intellectual Property caused by the exercise by Licensor of the rights granted in Clause 3.5, except to the extent that such Third Party claim results from the breach of this Agreement (including any breach of representation or warranty) or negligence of any Licensor Indemnified Party..

 

  8.3

Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of any claim or alleged claim or notice of the commencement of any action, administrative or legal proceeding, or investigation in respect of any Third Party claim or proceeding to which the indemnity provided for in this Clause 8 may apply, the Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Indemnifying Party of such fact and the Indemnifying Party shall have the option to assume the defence thereof by election in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Indemnified Party’s notice. If the Indemnifying Party fails to make such election, the Indemnified Party may assume such defence and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for the legal and other expenses consequently incurred in connection with such defence. The Parties will co-operate in good faith in the conduct of any defence, will provide such reasonable assistance as may be required to enable any claim to be defended properly and the Party with conduct of the action shall promptly provide to the other Party copies of all correspondence and documents and notice in writing of the substance of all oral communications relating to such action.

 

13


Execution Version

 

  8.4

Should the Indemnifying Party assume conduct of the defence in respect of any Third Party claim or proceeding:

 

  8.4.1

the Indemnified Party may retain separate legal advisers, at its sole cost and expense; and

 

  8.4.2

the Indemnifying Party will not, except with the written consent of the Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement provided always, that if the Indemnified Party shall not consent to such entry of judgment or settlement, and such judgment or settlement does not involve an admission of liability on the part of the Indemnified Party then the amount which the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to recover from the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Clause 8 shall be limited to the amount that they would have received if the action would otherwise have been settled.

 

  8.5

The Indemnified Party shall not admit liability in respect of, or compromise or settle any such action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

9.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

  9.1

Neither Party shall make any claim against the other Party for or relating to the breach of any warranties, representations or obligations under this Agreement (the “Repeat Claim”) if a claim has been made by the Party (“Claiming Party”) or the Claiming Party’s Affiliate or HT under the JV Contract or the Technology Agreement for or relating to the breach of the same or substantially similar warranties, representations or obligations.

 

  9.2

Neither party shall have any liability for any consequential, incidental, punitive or indirect loss.

 

  9.3

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as excluding or limiting the liability of any person for any liability which cannot be limited or excluded by law.

 

  9.4

Subject to Clause 9.1, the maximum, aggregate liability of Licensor in respect of all claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement whether under statute or in tort (including but not limited to negligence), contract or otherwise, shall be limited to USO 8 million.

 

  9.5

Subject to Clause 9.1, the maximum, aggregate liability of Licensee in respect of all claims arising under or in connection with this Agreement whether under statute or in tort (including but not limited to negligence), contract or otherwise, and including any liability arising under Clause 8, shall be limited to USO 8 million.

 

14


Execution Version

 

  9.6

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for any failure to achieve the Finished Product Objective (or any breach of this Agreement) where such failure (or breach) is primarily attributable to (a) Licensee failing to install and maintain the appropriate equipment and manufacturing facilities sufficiently in advance of Milestone 3, as requested by Licensor from time to time, (b) Licensor not being given sufficient access to Licensee’s premises, as requested by Licensor from time to time, (c) Licensee not acting on the advice of Licensor in relation to necessary steps to achieve the Finished Product Objective, or (d) any other act or omission of Licensee, unless any fact or circumstance under the foregoing item (a) through (d) is resulted from gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Licensor.

 

10.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  10.1

Each Party (the “Receiving Party”) undertakes with each other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) that it shall keep, and it shall procure that its respective directors, officers, employees, advisors and agents (collectively, “Representatives”) shall keep, secret and confidential all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party and shall not publish or disclose the same or any part of the same to any person whatsoever other than to (i) its Representatives directly or indirectly concerned in the exercise of the rights granted under this Agreement; and (ii) investors in such Party and their underlying investors and advisors pursuant to its obligations under applicable laws and regulations.

 

  10.2

Each Party shall ensure that each of its Representatives to whom any Confidential Information is disclosed shall previously have been informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and shall have agreed to be bound by a legal obligation of confidentiality no less restrictive than that set forth in this Clause 10.

 

  10.3

The provisions of Clauses 10.1 and 10.2 shall not apply to Confidential Information which:

 

  10.3.1

the Receiving Party can demonstrate to have been in its possession (other than under an obligation of confidence to the Disclosing Party or to a Third Party) at the date of receipt;

 

  10.3.2

the Receiving Party can demonstrate that it received from a Third Party without obligation of confidence to the Disclosing Party after receipt from the Disclosing Party;

 

  10.3.3

enters the public domain otherwise than through a breach of any obligation of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party; or

 

  10.3.4

the Receiving Party can prove it has independently developed without direct or indirect access to any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

 

15


Execution Version

 

  10.4

The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information if it is strictly required to do so by applicable law or by a court, another tribunal of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity with competent jurisdiction, provided that it:

 

  10.4.1

gives prompt prior written notice of this requirement to the Disclosing Party so that to the Disclosing Party may, or may require the Receiving Party to, oppose such disclosure or seek a protective order or other remedy from the appropriate court or tribunal;

 

  10.4.2

discloses only that part of the Confidential Information that it is strictly required to be disclosed and shall be subject to prior consultation with to the Disclosing Party with a view to agreeing timing and content of such disclosure; and

 

  10.4.3

takes all reasonable measures to assure confidential treatment of the Confidential Information following the required disclosure.

 

  10.5

The Receiving Party agrees that the disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information without the express written consent of the Disclosing Party may cause irreparable harm to the Disclosing Party, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party may entitle the Disclosing Party to injunctive relief, in addition to any other legal remedies available to it, in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  10.6

The provisions of this Clause 10 shall remain in force notwithstanding the expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

11.

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

  11.1

This Agreement will become effective on the Effective Date. This Agreement will remain effective for a period of thirty (30) years from the Effective Date unless and until terminated by (i) mutual agreement between the Parties or otherwise in accordance with the terms of Clause 11.2.

 

  11.2

Without prejudice to any other rights of the Parties, this Agreement may be terminated by notice in writing:

 

  11.2.1

by either Licensee or Licensor forthwith if the other Party is in material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement and in the case of a remediable breach fails to remedy the breach within thirty (30) Business Days of written notice containing full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied; or

 

  11.2.2

by either Licensee or Licensor forthwith if, in respect of the other Party a voluntary arrangement is proposed or approved or an administration order is made, or a receiver or administrative receiver is appointed of any of the other Party’s assets or undertakings or a winding-up resolution or petition is passed (otherwise than for the purpose of solvent reconstruction or amalgamation, in particular with respect to any reorganisation of the structure of the relevant Party) or if any circumstances arise which entitle a court or a creditor to appoint a receiver, administrative receiver or administrator or make a winding-up order or similar or equivalent action is taken against or by the relevant Party by reason of its insolvency or in consequence of debt; or

 

16


Execution Version

 

12.

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

 

  12.1

Upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 11, subject to Clause 12.1 (a) and (b) below, the licences granted to Licensee pursuant to Clause 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 and the licences granted to Licensor pursuant to Clauses 3.6 and 6.5 shall terminate forthwith, and (i) Licensee shall immediately cease to exploit the Chipsets and Reference Designs Background IP, and (ii) Licensor shall immediately cease to exploit the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP and Reference Designs Transferred IP, in any way, either directly or indirectly, provided that:

 

  (a)

if either: (i) RP no longer holds equity interests in the JV according to the JV Contract (no matter by transferring its shares in the JV to its Affiliate or a third party in compliance with Articles 6.1 and 6.2 of the JV Contract), or (ii) if the termination of this Agreement is not due to breach of contract by HT and/or Licensee under the JV Contract and/or this Agreement, the licences granted to Licensee pursuant to Clause 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 shall remain in effect for the remainder of the Term of this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

if the termination of this Agreement is not due to breach of contract by Licensor under this under the JV Contract and/or Agreement, Licensee shall grant to Licensor a non-exclusive, royalty-free and sublicensable licence to use the Reference Designs Licensee Foreground IP and Reference Designs Transferred IP outside the Territory.

 

  12.2

Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, each Party shall, at the request and option of the other Party, return or destroy the Confidential Information of the other Party in its possession or control, provided that with respect to Licensee, such requirement shall not apply to Specifications, Reference Designs, Reference Designs Documentation that have been delivered to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  12.3

The termination of this Agreement howsoever arising will be without prejudice to the rights and duties of either Party accrued prior to termination. Subject to Clause 12.1, the following Clauses will continue to be enforceable notwithstanding termination: Clauses 1, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, and 15 to 26 inclusive.

 

13.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

  13.1

If a Party is unable to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement due to Force Majeure (the “Non-Performing Party”) this Agreement shall remain in effect but the Non-Performing Party’s relevant obligations under this Agreement and the relevant obligations of the other Parties (the “Innocent Parties”) under this Agreement shall be suspended for the duration of the circumstance of Force Majeure provided that:

 

17


Execution Version

 

  13.1.1

the suspension of performance is of no greater scope than is required by the Force Majeure;

 

  13.1.2

the Non-Performing Party gives the Innocent Parties prompt notice describing the circumstance of Force Majeure, including the nature of the occurrence and its expected duration, and continues to furnish regular reports during the period of Force Majeure;

 

  13.1.3

the Non-Performing Party uses all reasonable efforts to remedy its inability to perform and to mitigate the effects of the circumstance of Force Majeure; and

 

  13.1.4

as soon as practicable after the event which constitutes Force Majeure the Parties shall discuss how best to continue their operations as far as possible in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  13.2

If the Force Majeure continues for six (6) months or more, the Innocent Party may give twenty (20) Business Days written notice to terminate this Agreement to the Non-Performing Party and termination shall occur if the Force Majeure is continuing at the end of that twenty (20) Business Day notice period.

 

14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

 

  14.1

This Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the Parties to this Agreement and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, but, no Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Party.

 

  14.2

Neither Party may sub-contract its obligations under this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

15.

NOTICES

 

  15.1

All notices shall be in writing and sent by hand, Electronic Mail, or recorded delivery and shall be deemed to be properly served (i) if sent by hand, when delivered at the relevant address; (ii) if sent by recorded delivery, three (3) Business Days after posting; (iii) if sent by Electronic Mail, when transmitted, provided a confirmatory copy is sent by post within twenty four (24) hours of transmission, and shall be sent to the following addresses or email address as may be amended by the relevant Party in writing:

Licensor:

Rockley Photonics Limited

Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS

 

18


Execution Version

 

Electronic Mail: ciaran.rooney@rockleyphotonics.com with a copy to Andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com (email to be headed “For the urgent attention of the General Counsel”)

For the attention of: Ciaran Rooney

Licensee:

Jiangsu Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd

88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China.

For the attention of: Yang Yuming

Electronic Mail: yangym@htgd.com.cn

 

16.

WHOLE AGREEMENT AND VARIATION

 

  16.1

This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes and extinguishes any prior drafts, agreements and understandings, whether in writing or oral, relating to such subject matter, or those to the extent that the same are repeated in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that this shall not apply to the JV Contract and Supply Agreement.

 

  16.2

Each Party hereto acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, warranty promise or assurance (whether made innocently or negligently) by any Party or any other person save for those contained in this Agreement.

 

  16.3

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or exclude any liability or remedy for fraud, wilful concealment or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

  16.4

No variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by each of the Parties.

 

17.

CUMULATIVE RIGHTS

 

  17.1

The rights, powers, privileges and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or otherwise.

 

  17.2

No failure to exercise nor delay in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the exercise thereof or operate as a waiver thereof in whole or in part.

 

  17.3

No single or partial exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further or other exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy.

 

19


Execution Version

 

18.

INVALIDITY

 

  18.1

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable under the laws of any jurisdiction, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction shall not be affected, and the legality, validity and enforceability of the whole of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction shall not be affected.

 

19.

COUNTERPARTS

 

  19.1

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which shall together constitute one agreement. Any Party may enter into this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

20.

COSTS

 

  20.1

Each Party shall bear their own costs arising out of or in connection with the preparation, negotiation and implementation of this Agreement and the documentation referred to herein.

 

21.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

  21.1

Each Party hereby undertakes to do all such other acts and things, and execute and provide all such documents at the other Party’s request and cost as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to the purposes of this Agreement.

 

22.

NO PARTNERSHIP

 

  22.1

Nothing in the Agreement and no action taken by the Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership association, joint venture or other co-operative entity between the Parties and none of the Parties shall have any authority to bind any of the others in any way except as provided in this Agreement.

 

23.

ANNOUNCEMENTS, PUBLICATIONS AND USE OF NAMES

 

  23.1

Save as provided in Clause 23.2 neither Party shall make, or procure or permit the making of, any press release or other public announcement (including on any website or in any company publication) in relation to this Agreement without first obtaining the written approval of the other Party to any such release or announcement, which shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  23.2

Any Party may make an announcement with respect to this Agreement or any ancillary matter if required by law or the regulations of any stock exchange to which it is subject, without the other Party’s consent provided it has used reasonable endeavours in the time available to consult with the other Party on the terms of any such announcement beforehand.

 

20


Execution Version

 

  23.3

No Party shall use the name or marks of any other, except as provided in Clause 23.1 and 23.2 without the prior written consent of that Party which shall be at that Party’s sole discretion.

 

24.

GOVERNING LAW

 

  24.1

This Agreement and all matters arising from it (including any dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any contractual or non-contractual obligation) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

25.

JURISDICTION

 

  25.1

Any dispute, controversy, difference or claim arising out of or relating to this contract, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof or any dispute regarding non-contractual obligations arising out of or relating to it shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (HKIAC) under the HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules in force when the Notice of Arbitration is submitted. The law of this arbitration Clause shall be English law. The seat of the arbitration shall be Hong Kong. The number of arbitrators shall be three. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English.

 

26.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

  26.1

A person who is not a Party to this Agreement shall have no rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

[Signature page to follow]

 

21


Execution Version

 

The Parties hereby execute this Agreement by their duly authorised representatives:

 

For ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

Name:   Andrew Rickman
Title:   CEO

For JIANGSU HENGTONG ROCKLEY TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

Signature:   LOGO
Name:
Title:  

 

 

1


Execution Version

 

APPENDIX II: KEY TERMS OF CHIPSET SUPPLY AGREEMENT

The Chipset Supply Agreement to be entered into between RP and JV shall contain or be consistent with the following key terms.

RP shall supply the Chipsets exclusively to the JV in the Territory for the purpose of the N Business, which shall be consistent with the relevant provisions in JV Agreement (including Article 8.1);

The pricing for supply of chipsets shall be based on the following principle: (i) the supply price of Chipsets shall be no higher than that of the same or similar chipsets that are capable of being used within the Finished Products sold by RP to third parties; (ii) RP and JV will use reasonable efforts to agree a pricing structure that makes the price of the Chipsets competitive with comparable chipsets in the market; (iii) with the amount of Chipsets purchased by the N increases, the supply price of Chipsets shall be decreased accordingly.

RP shall provide customary representation and warranties on Chipsets supplied, including without limitation:

 

  (i)

RP has all necessary right, title and interests to Chipsets and have all required consents, approvals, certifications and licensing in each region/country where the chipsets have been obtained and will be sold, and upon sales of Chipsets to JV the Chipsets shall be free of liens and encumbrances;

 

  (ii)

Chipsets shall be capable of and suitable for the purpose of developing and manufacturing the Finished Products;

 

  (iii)

Chipsets (including the relevant IPs thereto or therein) do not infringe any third party rights; and

 

  (iv)

Subject to an agreed threshold (to be set out in the agreement), for an agreed warranty period, Chipsets will conform to the applicable specifications, free from defects in material and workmanship, and conform in all respects to RP’s then-current standard customer warranty.

 

   

Other customary terms and conditions for supply of same or similar chipsets in line with market practice.

 

1


Execution Version

 

APPENDIX III: TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

1


Execution Version

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

1


Execution Version

 

INDEX

 

1

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1  

2

  

TRADEMARK LICENSE

     2  

3

  

USE OF TRADEMARKS

     2  

4

  

COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

     3  

5

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     3  

6

  

INFRINGEMENT AND ENFORCEMENT

     4  

7

  

DURATION AND TERMINATION

     4  

8

  

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

     5  

9

  

NOTICES

     5  

10

  

TAXES AND FEES

     6  

11

  

GENERAL

     6  

SCHEDULEI HT TRADEMARKS

     11  

SCHEDULEII RP TRAEMARKS

     12  

 

1


Execution Version

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on 19th December, 2017, in Suzhou, China by and among:

 

(1)

Hengtong Optic-Electric Co., Ltd., a Chinese company limited by shares, with its registered office at 88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China (“HT”);

 

(2)

Rockley Photonics Limited, an UK limited liability company with company number 08683015 and its registered office at Cooley (UK) LLP 10th Floor Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (“RP”);

 

(3)

Jiangsu Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd., a sino-foreign equity joint venture established between HT and RP, with its registered office at 88th Hengtong Road, Economic Development Zone, Wujiang City Jiangsu Province, PRC, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China (“JV”);

HT, RP and JV hereinafter collectively referred to as the Parties and each a Party.

Whereas,

 

A.

HT is the exclusive owner of HT Trademarks;

 

B.

RP is the exclusive owner of RP Trademarks;

 

C.

The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement on the license of the HT Trademarks and RP Trademarks to the JV respectively.

AGREED TERMS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1

Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings indicated below. The definitions and rules of interpretation in this clause shall apply in this Agreement (including the Whereas Section).

Effective Date: the date on which this Agreement becomes effective pursuant to clause 11.4.

Encumbrance: means any charge or claim, easement, condition, modus, equitable interest, assessment, levy, lien (statutory or otherwise), encumbrance, option, pledge, security interest, mortgage, right of first refusal, right of first offer, right of pre-emption, retention of title agreement, inheritance right, donation right, defect of title or restriction of any kind or nature, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

 

1


Execution Version

 

Territory: the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong Special Administration Region, Macau Special Administration Region and Taiwan.

HT Trademarks: the trademarks listed in Schedule I

RP Trademarks: the trademarks listed in Schedule II.

Trademarks: shall collectively refer to HT Trademarks and RP Trademarks.

 

  1.2

The headings and sub-headings in this Agreement and its schedules are included for convenience and ease of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  1.3

The Recitals and Schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement. Any reference to this Agreement includes its recitals and the Schedules.

 

  1.4

References to clauses and schedules are to the clauses and schedules of this Agreement; references to paragraphs are to paragraphs of the relevant schedule.

 

2

TRADEMARK LICENSE

 

  2.1

HT hereby grants to the N, and the JV hereby accepts a non-exclusive, non-transferrable, royalty-free and non-sublicensable license to use the HT Trademarks for the purpose of (i) use of HT Trademarks in the company name of the JV; and (ii) the JV Business in the Territory only (“HT Permitted Purpose”), subject to, and for the duration of this Agreement (“HT Trademark License”).

 

  2.2

RP hereby grants to the JV, and the JV hereby accepts a non-exclusive, non-transferrable, royalty-free and non-sublicensable license to use the RP Trademarks for the purpose of (i) use of RP Trademark in the company name of the JV; and (ii) the JV Business in the Territory only (“RP Permitted Purpose”), subject to, and for the duration of this Agreement (“RP Trademark License”).

 

  2.3

The Parties agree that, JV is not required to pay any royalty or license fee to HT or RP for HT Trademark License and/or RP Trademark License.

 

3

USE OF TRADEMARKS

 

  3.1

The JV shall use the Trademarks licensed under this Agreement strictly in line with the instructions and requests of HT in respect of HT Trademarks and RP in respect of RP Trademarks from time to time.

To this purpose, any proposed use of the HT Trademarks or RP Trademarks (other than the use of HT Trademarks and RP Trademarks in the company name of JV) by the JV shall be informed in writing to HT or RP (as applicable) in advance and JV can only proceed with any intended use of HT Trademarks or RP Trademarks (other than the use of HT Trademarks and RP Trademarks in the company name of JV) after obtaining consents from HT or RP in writing.

 

2


Execution Version

 

  3.2

Without the prior written consent of HT or RP, the JV shall not:

 

  3.2.1

use or allow to use a trademark, trade name, logo design, symbol or word deceptively or confusingly similar to the Trademarks;

 

  3.2.2

alter, deface, remove or make any addition to the Trademarks;

 

  3.2.3

make any use of the Trademarks in any manner other than HT Permitted Purpose or RP Permitted Purpose (as applicable); or

 

  3.2.4

make any use of the Trademarks outside the Territory.

 

  3.3

The JV must, at its own expense, secure and maintain all necessary government permits, licenses and approvals in respect of use of the Trademarks.

 

  3.4

HT and RP reserves the right to grant the right to use HT Trademarks or RP Trademarks (as applicable) to any third party throughout the world.

 

4

COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

  4.1

The JV shall not grant or create any rights, licenses, options, obligations, liabilities or Encumbrances of whatever nature on or against any of the Trademarks.

 

  4.2

The JV shall not, by act or omission, do anything in its use of the Trademarks that could adversely affect their validity or enforceability.

 

  4.3

The JV acknowledges that HT and RP is respectively and shall remain as the exclusive owner of the Trademarks. Nothing in this Agreement shall give the JV any rights or benefits in the Trademarks (other than those granted under this Agreement).

 

  4.4

The JV shall not, directly or indirectly, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter: (i) challenge, contest or attack HT or RP’s title or rights in and to the Trademarks; or (ii) seek to register or claim ownership or make any application of any of Trademarks.

 

5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  5.1

Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Parties that, as of the time of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Such Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction;

 

3


Execution Version

 

  (b)

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of such Party, and this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party will not (i) violate or conflict with any of its corporate constitution documents; (ii) constitute a violation of any law, regulation or order applicable to such Party; or (iii) conflict with, or result in the breach of the provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, license, permit or other instrument to which such Party is a party or is bound;

 

  (c)

its representative whose signature ts affixed to this Agreement 1s fully authorized to sign this Agreement;

 

  (d)

it has the right to grant a license to the JV to use the Trademarks in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (e)

it has obtained all consents and approvals (including from any third parties and governmental authorities) that are necessary or required for the trademark licence contemplated herein.

 

6

INFRINGEMENT AND ENFORCEMENT

 

  6.1

Each Party shall promptly give notice in writing to the other if it becomes aware of any infringement or suspected infringement of any of Trademarks.

 

  6.2

In respect of any matter that falls within clause 6.1:

 

  6.2.1

HT or RP (as applicable) shall in its absolute discretion, decide what action to take in respect of the matter (if any); and

 

  6.2.2

HT or RP (as applicable) shall conduct and have sole control over any consequent action that it deems necessary.

 

7

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

  7.1

This Agreement and HT Trademark License and RP Trademark License become effective on the Effective Date and, subject to clause 8.2 and clause 8.3, shall remain effective for a period of 30 years therefrom.

 

  7.2

Notwithstanding the above, without affecting any other rights that either Party may be entitled to, this Agreement, HT Trademark License and RP Trademark License shall be terminated immediately:

 

  7.2.1

by either Party, if the other Parties commits a material breach of any term of this Agreement and (if such breach is remediable) fails to remedy that breach within a period of 60 days of being notified in writing to do so;

 

4


Execution Version

 

  7.2.2

by either Party, if the other Parties is insolvent or becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy for its reorganization or liquidation, or makes any assignment for the benefits of its creditors, or if a trustee or receiver of its property is appointed, or if the other Parties takes or is subjected to any other similar action based upon its inability to meet its financial obligations; or

 

  7.2.3

by either Party, if the Joint Venture Contract in respect of the JV entered into between HT and RP terminates for whatever reason.

 

8

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

 

  8.1

Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not affect any rights or liabilities accrued at the date of termination.

 

  8.2

Subject to clause 8.3, on termination of this Agreement, HT Trademark License and RP Trademark License and all rights of the JV under HT Trademark License and RP Trademark License shall terminate immediately, the JV shall immediately cease all and any use of the Trademarks.

 

  8.3

If either Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to clause 7.2.3, the JV may continue using the Trademarks in accordance with this Agreement for the purpose of sales during the three months following termination.

 

  8.4

Clauses 2.3, 8, 9, 11.8 and 11.9 shall survive any such termination of this Agreement.

 

9

NOTICES

 

  9.1

Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by commercial courier or by email to the other party as set out below:

 

  9.1.1

HT:

Jiangsu Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd

88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province, China.

For the attention of: Yang Yuming

RP:

Rockley Photonics Limited

Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th floor, Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M lQS

Electronic Mail: ciaran.rooney@rockleyphotonics.com with a copy to Andrew.rickman@rockleyphotonics.com (email to be headed “For the urgent attention of the General Counsel”)

 

5


Execution Version

 

For the attention of: Ciaran Rooney

JV:

Jiangsu Hengtong Rockley Technology Co., Ltd.

88 Hengtong Road, Wujiang District, Suzhou, Jiangsu Province

For the attention of: The General Manager

or as otherwise specified by the relevant party by notice in writing to each other party.

 

  9.2

Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly received:

 

  9.2.1

if delivered personally, when left at the address and for the contact referred to in this clause; or

 

  9.2.2

if delivered by commercial courier, on the date and at the time that the courier’s delivery receipt is signed; or

 

  9.2.3

if sent by email, four hours after the email is sent (subject to the sender receiving no bouncebacks or other errors relating to that email).

 

  9.3

The provisions of this clause 9 shall not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action.

 

10

TAXES AND FEES

 

  10.1

Any and all taxes, fees or charges incurred or applicable in connection to or as a result of this Agreement shall be filed and borne by the Party incurring them pursuant to applicable law.

 

11

GENERAL

 

  11.1

Entire agreement

This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties and supersedes all previous agreements between the Parties relating to its subject matter.

 

  11.2

Variation

No amendment or variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Parties (or their authorised representatives).

 

  11.3

Assignment and other dealings prohibited

 

6


Execution Version

 

This Agreement is personal to the Parties and no Party shall, without the prior written consent of the other Parties assign, transfer, mortgage, charge or deal in any other manner with this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or purport to do any of the same. No party shall sub-contract or delegate in any manner any or all of its obligations under this Agreement to any third party or agent.

 

  11.4

Effectiveness

This Agreement shall come into effect on the date on which it is signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

 

  11.5

Waiver

No failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this agreement or by law shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of such right or remedy shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

 

  11.6

Severance

If any provision of this Agreement (or part of any provision) is found by any court or other authority of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that provision or part-provision shall, to the extent required, be deemed not to form part of this Agreement, and the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected.

 

  11.7

Counterparts

This Agreement is written in Chinese and in English. If there is any inconsistency between the two language versions, both language versions shall have equal effect.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the same Agreement.

 

  11.8

Governing law

This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with PRC law.

 

  11.9

Dispute resolution

 

  11.9.1

Any dispute, controversy, difference or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof or any dispute regarding non-contractual obligations arising out of or relating to it shall be referred to and finally resolved through Arbitration by China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for binding arbitration in Beijing, PRC pursuant to the then effective arbitration rules of CIETAC.

 

7


Execution Version

 

  11.9.2

The arbitration tribunal shall consist of 3 (three) arbitrators. Each Party shall select one (1) arbitrator of any nationality, and the two arbitrators nominated by the Parties shall then jointly appoint a presiding arbitrator, who shall not be of Chinese or British nationality. Should the arbitrators appointed by the Parties fail to appoint a presiding arbitrator as aforesaid within one (1) month of their own appointment, CIETAC shall select the presiding arbitrator who shall not be of Chinese or British nationality.

 

  11.9.3

The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Chinese.

 

  11.9.4

The arbitration award shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties to the arbitration. Any Party to the dispute may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. The Parties to the arbitration shall each pay an equal share of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each Party shall separately pay for its respective counsel fees and expenses, provided, however, that the prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing Party its reasonable costs and attorney fees. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non-convenience, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any action, lawsuit, claim or proceeding arising under this Contract.

 

8


Execution Version

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative on the date first set forth above.

 

HengTong Optic-Electric   

Roddey Photonics Limited

 

Roddey Photonics Limited

Signature:   LOGO    Signature:   

/s/ Andrew Rickman

Name:    Name:    Andrew Rickman
Title:  

 

   Title:    CEO
JV        
Signature:   LOGO      
Name:      
Title:  

 

     

 

1

Exhibit 10.13

Dated: 24 February 2021

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS OY as the Borrower (1)

and

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED as the Lender (2)

Intra Group Loan Agreement

(Business Finland)


DATE:    24 February 2021

PARTIES

 

  (1)

Rockley Photonics OY a company incorporated in Finland (company number 2666318- 7) whose registered office is at Tietotie 3, FI-02150 Espoo, Finland (the “Borrower”); and

 

  (2)

Rockley Photonics Limited a company incorporated in England and Wales (company number 08683015) whose registered office is at 3rd Floor, 1 Ashley Road, Altrincham, Cheshire WA14 2DT United Kingdom (the “Lender”).

RECITALS

 

  A.

The Borrower has entered into a grant funded project with Business Finland (the Finnish funding agency for innovation) (the “BUSINESS FINLAND Project”) and, as a condition of the BUSINESS FINLAND Project, the Lender is required to loan certain sums to the Borrower.

 

  B.

The Lender has lent sums to the Borrower in support of the BUSINESS FINLAND Project and the parties now want to document the terms of the loan and also set out the terms of future loans made between the parties in support of the BUSINESS FINLAND Project, as set out in this agreement (the “BUSINESS FINLAND Loan”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

BUSINESS FINLAND Loan” means the principal amount of the BUSINESS FINLAND Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement, or the principal amount outstanding under this Agreement from time to time;

BUSINESS FINLAND Loan Amount” means each BUSINESS FINLAND Loan Amount in an amount agreed between the Lender and Borrower, the details of which are set out in Schedule 1 (as amended from time to time and initialled by each party).

 

2.

THE BUSINESS FINLAND LOAN

 

2.1

The Lender has lent or agrees to lend to the Borrower each BUSINESS FINLAND Loan Amount on an unsecured basis, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.2

The BUSINESS FINLAND Loan is to be deposited in the Borrowers bank account until repayment.

 

3.

DRAWDOWN

Each BUSINESS FINLAND Loan Amount, to the extent not drawn down on the date of this agreement, shall be drawn down by the Borrower on such date as is agreed between the Lender and the Borrower.


4.

AVAILABILITY AND DRAWDOWN

Immediately after the execution of this Agreement, the BUSINESS FINLAND Loan will become available to the Borrower and the Borrower shall draw down the BUSINESS FINLAND Loan in full on or before 28 February 2023.

 

5.

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

The amount of the BUSINESS FINLAND Loan will be repayable immediately by the Borrower to the Lender following the final claim submission to BUSINESS FINLAND scheduled for 30 June 2023.

 

6.

INTEREST

Interest shall be paid on the BUSINESS FINLAND Loan at such rate as is agreed between the Lender and the Borrower from time to time, the details of which are set out in Schedule 1 (as amended from time to time and initialled by each party).

 

7.

WITHHOLDING

All sums payable by the Borrower shall be paid without any withholding or deduction unless required by law, in which event the Borrower will (if required by the Lender) forthwith pay to the Lender such additional amount as will result in the receipt by the Lender of the full amount and will supply the Lender promptly with evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower has accounted to the relevant authority for the sum withheld.

 

8.

NO ASSIGNMENT BY BORROWER

The Borrower may not assign and/or transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this agreement.

 

9.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter, whether of a contractual or non-contractual nature, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales. The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

This Agreement is entered into by the parties on the date at the beginning of this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank]


SIGNATURES

 

THE BORROWER

 

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS OY

/s/ Andrew Rickman

Andrew Rickman
Director
THE LENDER
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

/s/ Robert Rickman

Robert Rickman
Director


SCHEDULE 1

Details of BUSINESS FINLAND Loan Amounts

 

Date of

Drawdown

   Amount      Annual Interest
Rate (%)
     Lender initials      Borrower initials      Note  

On or by February 28, 2023

   928,794        0           

Exhibit 10.14

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC,

a California limited liability company

as “Landlord

and

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

as “Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION        PAGE

1.

  PREMISES      4  

2.

  LEASE TERM; EXISTING TENANT      4  

3.

  RENT      5  

4.

  LETTER OF CREDIT      10  

5.

  USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS      14  

6.

  TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS      17  

7.

  MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS      18  

8.

  TENANT’S TAXES      19  

9.

  UTILITIES AND SERVICES      20  

10.

  EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION      22  

11.

  INSURANCE      23  

12.

  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION      25  

13.

  CONDEMNATION      26  

14.

  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      28  

15.

  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      31  

16.

  LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST      33  

17.

  WAIVER      33  

18.

  ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE      33  

19.

  SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER      34  

20.

  ENCUMBRANCES      35  

21.

  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      36  

22.

  NOTICES      37  

23.

  ATTORNEYS’ FEES      37  

24.

  QUIET POSSESSION      37  

25.

  SECURITY MEASURES      37  

26.

  FORCE MAJEURE      38  

27.

  RULES AND REGULATIONS      38  

28.

  LANDLORD’S LIABILITY      38  

29.

  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS      38  

30.

  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL      39  

31.

  BROKERS      39  

32.

  INTENTIONALLY DELETED      40  

33.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      40  

34.

  AUTHORITY      40  

35.

  PARKING      40  

36.

  SIGNAGE      41  

37.

  MISCELLANEOUS      41  

 

i


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Abatement Event

   22

Additional Cost

   B-5

Additional Notice

   23

Additional Rent

   9

Alterations

   18

Approved Working Documents

   B-3

Award

   28

Bank

   11

Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold

   11

Bankruptcy Code

   11

Base Operating Costs

   7

Base Taxes

   7

Broker

   41

Building

   5

Building Rules

   40

Building Systems

   16

Business Days

   21

Business Hours

   21

Changes

   B-5

Charges

   10

Claims

   24

Commencement Date

   5

Condemnation

   28

Condemnor

   28

Confidential Information

   46

Construction Documents

   B-2

Contract

   B-3

Contractor

   B-4

Controls

   21

Date of Condemnation

   28

Dry Lab Area

   B-2

Eligibility Period

   23

Encumbrance

   37

Energy Disclosure Requirements

   46

Engineers

   B-2

Environmental Losses

   17

Environmental Requirements

   16

Event of Default

   33

Existing Tenant

   5

Expiration Date

   5

Extension Notice

   D-l

Extension Option

   D-l

Extension Period

   D-l

Extension Rent

   D-2

Fair Market Base Rental

   D-2

 

ii


Fees

   39

Final Cost Estimate

   B-4

Final Construction Documents

   B-3

Final Space Plan

   B-2

Handled by Tenant

   17

Handling by Tenant

   15

Hazardous Materials

   16

HVAC

   16

Initial Notice

   22

Interest Rate

   35

Interior Common Areas

   C-1

Landlord

   5

Landlord Parties

   18

Laws

   7

L-C

   11

L-C Amount

   11

L-C Draw Event

   12

L-C Expiration Date

   11

L-C FDIC Replacement Notice

   12

Mortgagee

   37

Net Worth

   30

OFAC

   47

Offer Notice

   D-3

Operator

   42

Operating Costs

   7

Outside Commencement Date

   6

Parking Agreement

   42

Parking Facility

   5

Permits

   B-3

Permitted Hazardous Materials

   17

Permitted Transferee

   30

Premises

   5

Premises Delivery Date

   1

Property

   5

Property Manager

   25

Proposed Transferee

   30

Rent

   10

Rent Abatement

   6

Rent Abatement Period

   6

Rental Tax

   21

Replacement L-C

   30

Representatives

   17

ROFO Option

   D-3

Security Deposit Laws

   15

Service Charge

   46

Service Failure

   22

 

iii


SNDA

   37

Space Available Notice

   5

Space Planner

   B-2

Space Planning Allowance

   B-3

Substantially Completed

   B-4

Taxes

   8

Telecommunication Provider

   23

Tenant

   5

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

   46

Tenant Improvements

   18

Tenant Improvement Allowance

   3

Tenant’s Representatives

   B-4

Tenant’s Share

   9

Tenant’s Taxes

   21

Term

   5

Trade Fixtures

   20

Transfer

   30

Transferee

   30

Visitors

   17

 

 

iv


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

1.    Lease Date:    For identification purposes only, the date of this Lease is November 20, 2015
2.    Landlord:    21st CENTURY TECHBANQ LLC, a California limited liability company
3.    Tenant:    ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation
4.   

Building Address

(Article 1):

   234 E. Colorado Boulevard Pasadena, CA 91101
5.   

Rentable Area of Building

(Article 1):

   Approximately 123,110 rentable square feet
6.   

Premises

(Article 1):

  

Floor: Sixth (6th)

 

Suite Number: 600

 

Rentable Area: Approximately 7,011 rentable square feet

7.   

Lease Term

(Article 2):

   Sixty-four (64) full calendar months (plus any partial month at the beginning of the Term).
8.   

Commencement Date

(Article 2):

   The later to occur of (i) December 1, 2015, or (ii) the date Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “Premises Delivery Date,” as set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit B )
9.   

Expiration Date

(Article 2):

   The last day of the 64th full calendar month after the Commencement Date.
10.   

Base Rent

(Article 3):

  

 

Lease Year    Annual Base Rent      Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
     Approximate
Monthly Rental Rate
per RSF
 

1*

   $ 273,429.00      $ 22,785.75      $ 3,250  

2

   $ 281,631.84      $ 23,469.32      $ 3,348  

3

   $ 290,080.80      $ 24,173.40      $ 3,448  

4

   $ 298,783.20      $ 24,898.60      $ 3,551  

5

   $ 307,746.72      $ 25,645.56      $ 3,658  

6

     N/A      $ 26,414.93      $ 3,768  

 

*

Subject to Base Rent Abatement, as provided in Section 3.2 of the Lease.

 

- 1 -


11.   

Additional Rent

(Section 3.3):

   Additional Rent shall commence on Commencement Date.
12.   

Base Year

(Section 3.3):

   The calendar year 2016
13.   

Tenant’s Share

(Section 3.3):

   5.6949%
14.   

Letter of Credit

(Article 4):

   In the initial amount of $248,833.28, and subject to reduction as set forth in Article 4 of the Lease.
15.   

Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent

(Section 3.4):

   21st Century Techbanq Pasadena Dept. LA 24331 Pasadena, CA 91185-4311
16.    Business Hours:   

7:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday

9:00 a.m. - 1:00 p.m., Saturday

17.   

Parking Ratio

(Article 2):

   Three (3) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises (i.e., 21 unreserved parking passes), subject to the terms of Article 35 and Exhibit E.
18.   

Landlord’s Address for Notices

(Article 22):

  

21st Century Techbanq Pasadena LLC c/o Cushman & Wakefield 234 E. Colorado Blvd., Suite 106 Pasadena, California 91101

 

with a copy to:

 

Dominika W. Hammond, Esq., 1875 Century Park East, Suite 700 Los Angeles, California 90067

19.   

Tenant’s Address for Notices

(Article 22):

  

After the Commencement Date:

 

The address of the Premises

 

And

 

Rockley Photonics Limited Clarendon Business Centre Belsyre Court 57 Woodstock Road Oxford 0X2 6HJ United Kingdom, Attn: Averil Finn, VP Finance and Administration

 

With a copy to:

 

Wilmer Hale Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Attn: Paul Jakubowski, Esquire

 

- 2 -


20.   

Broker(s)

(Article 3):

  

Cushman & Wakefield 555 S. Flower St., 44th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071 (representing Landlord)

 

Redstone Commercial Real Estate 301 N. Lake Ave., Suite 810 Pasadena, CA 91101 (representing Tenant)

21.    Guarantor(s):    None
22.    Property Manager:    Cushman & Wakefield
23.   

Tenant Improvement Allowance

(Exhibit B):

   $70,110.00 (i.e., an amount equal to $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises)
24.   

Extension Option

(Article 38):

   Option to extend the Term for one (1) additional period of five (5) years, in accordance with provisions of Article 38.
25.   

Right of First Offer

(Article 39):

   Right of first offer with respect to Suite 610, in accordance with provisions of Article 39.

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A

   The Premises

Exhibit B

   Construction Rider

Exhibit B-l

   Final Space Plan

Exhibit C

   Building Rules

Exhibit D

   Additional Provisions Rider

Exhibit E

   Parking Agreement

The Basic Lease Information set forth above is part of the Lease. If there is any conflict between any provision in the Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.

 

- 3 -


LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, by and between the Landlord identified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Landlord”), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Tenant”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the office space and dry lab space identified in the Basic Lease Information as the Premises (the “Premises”), in the Building located at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Building”). The approximate configuration and location of the Premises is shown on Exhibit A. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable areas of the Premises and the Building for all purposes under this Lease shall be the Rentable Areas specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Building, together with the parcel(s) of land on which the Building is situated are collectively called the “Property”. The parking facility serving the Property is referred to as the “Parking Facility”. Such Parking Facility is owned by the City of Pasadena, California.

 

2.

LEASE TERM; EXISTING TENANT.

2.1 Lease Term. The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Commencement Date”) and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Expiration Date”). When the Commencement Date has been established, Landlord and Tenant shall at the request of either party confirm the Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing.

2.2 Existing Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has advised Tenant that the Premises are currently occupied by another tenant (the “Existing Tenant”) and that an agreement was reached with the Existing Tenant to terminate the tenancy of the Existing Tenant as of November 30, 2015, with said agreement to be confirmed in a written instrument prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Lease. Landlord agrees to (a) not enter into any amendment or new lease or other agreement with the Existing Tenant or any other party (other than Tenant) to lease the Premises, or (b) unless otherwise approved in writing by Tenant, extend the term of the tenancy with the Existing Tenant, and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to cause the Existing Tenant to vacate the Premises on or before November 30, 2015 (subject to Force Majeure [as defined in this Lease] and provided that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to commence or prosecute any legal action against the Existing Tenant for unlawful detainer or otherwise), and that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Existing Tenant has not vacated the Premises before November 30, 2015. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “Space Available Notice”) when all of the following have occurred: (x) the Existing Tenant has vacated the Premises, (y) all of the Existing Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property have been removed from the Premises, and (z) the Premises are available for Landlord to deliver possession thereof to Tenant, and for Tenant to start construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if for any reason the Commencement Date has not occurred by January 1, 2016 (the “Outside Commencement Date”), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by written notice to Landlord (the “Termination Notice”) given at any time prior to the Commencement Date, in which case this Lease shall terminate on the date of such Termination Notice, as if such date were the natural expiration date of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate the Lease as set forth in the preceding sentence in the event of delays caused by acts or failure to act by Tenant or other parties (provided that such action is either required by this Lease or set forth in a notice of Landlord to Tenant, and provided further that within five (5) days of Tenant’s action or failure to act. Landlord has sent to Tenant written notice of such Tenant delay), or due to Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined) of no more than thirty (30) days.

 

3.

RENT.

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information, without prior notice or demand, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except that Base Rent for the first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease and Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in the month. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

If the Basic Lease Information provides for any change in Base Rent by reference to years or months (without specifying particular dales), the change will take effect on the applicable annual or monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date (which might not be the first day of a calendar month).

3.2 Base Rent Abatement. Provided Tenant is not then in default of the Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, then during the period of four (4) months from the second (2nd) through and including the fifth (5th) frill calendar months of the Lease Term (the “Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Premises for such Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Rent Abatement”) (i.e., for a total Rent Abatement equal to $91,000.00). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Rent and to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at its option, elect, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, one or both of the following remedies: (i) that Tenant shall immediately become obligated to pay to Landlord all Base Rent abated hereunder during the Base Rent Abatement Period, or (ii) that the remaining amount of any unapplied portion of the Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default shall be converted to a credit, and shall be applied to the Base Rent applicable to the Premises at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

 

- 5 -


3.3 Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Costs and Taxes.

(a) Definitions.

(1) “Base Operating Costs” means Operating Costs for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information (excluding therefrom, however, any Operating Costs of a nature that would not ordinarily be incurred on an annual, recurring basis).

(2) “Base Taxes” means Taxes for the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

(3) “Operating Costs” means all costs of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Property, including all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance and repair of the Property (including maintenance, repair and replacement of glass, the roof covering or membrane, and landscaping); (B) utilities and services (including telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash removal), and associated supplies and materials; (C) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons who perform duties in connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Property, such compensation to be appropriately allocated for persons who also perform duties unrelated to the Property; (D) property (including coverage for earthquake and flood if carried by Landlord), liability, rental income and other insurance relating to the Property, and expenditures for deductible amounts under such insurance; (E) licenses, permits and inspections; (F) complying with the requirements of any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation or any orders pursuant thereto (collectively, the “Laws”); (G) amortization of capital improvements made or acquired after the Base Year which are required to comply with Laws, or which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve the utility, efficiency or capacity of any Building System, or otherwise for the safety, comfort and convenience of tenants, or which are required to comply with present or future conservation programs required by Law, with interest on the unamortized balance at the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed to finance such capital improvements (or, if Landlord finances such improvements out of Landlord’s funds without borrowing, the rate that Landlord would have reasonably paid to borrow such funds, as reasonably determined by Landlord), over such useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine; (H) an office in the Building for the management of the Property, including expenses of furnishing and equipping such office and the rental value of any space occupied for such purposes; (I) property management fees (provided, costs for the management fee that are in excess of the amount of management fee customarily paid or charged by landlords of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building shall not be includable in Operating Costs); (J) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Operating Costs and Taxes (other than such costs incurred in connection with a claim by a particular tenant of the Property); (K) a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and equipment used to maintain the Property and on other personal property owned by Landlord in the Property (including window coverings and carpeting in common areas); (L) contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Property; (M) the Building’s share of any shared or common area maintenance costs and expenses (including costs and expenses of operating, managing, owning and maintaining the common areas of the Property and any fitness center or conference center in

 

- 6 -


the Property); and (N) any other commercially reasonable cost, expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in accordance with generally accepted property management practices would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing a property substantially similar to the Property in the vicinity of the Property. Operating Costs for any calendar year (including the Base Year) during which average occupancy of the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) shall be calculated based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had an average occupancy of one hundred percent (100%) during the entire calendar year. For purposes of this Lease, “common areas” means all the areas of the Building and the land associated therewith that are not available for lease to tenants or occupants.

Operating Costs shall not include (i) capital improvements (except as specifically enumerated above); (ii) costs of special services rendered to individual tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; (iii) ground rent, and interest and principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building; (iv) costs of tenant improvements for Tenant or other tenants or occupants of the Building; (v) costs of services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which are available to other tenants or occupants without special charge, and costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by other tenants of the Building other than through payment of tenants’ shares of increases in Operating Costs and Taxes; (vi) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with leasing space in the Building or enforcing such leases; (vii) depreciation or amortization, other than as specifically enumerated above; (viii) costs paid by individual tenants or occupants of the Property; (ix) costs with respect to any premises at the Property occupied by a tenant or occupant where such tenant or occupant is responsible for the payment of such cost(s); (ix) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to Landlord’s violation of any Law; (x) costs incurred by Landlord to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds or is otherwise reimbursed; (xi) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building; (xii) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses, (xiii) services exclusively provided or attributable to, and costs incurred exclusively in connection with the operation of any retail or restaurant in the Building; provided, however, that the foregoing exclusion shall not apply to the cost of insurance, compliance with Laws, licenses, permits and inspections, property management fees, and any other cost, expenditure, fee or charge incurred, arising from or attributable to the operation of the Building as a whole; and (xiv) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Building or their respective agents, employees, licensees, vendors, contractors or providers of materials or services.

(4) “Taxes” means: all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Property; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Property; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the Property; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Property or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changed in assessed valuation, tax rate or other circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as “Tenant’s Taxes” (as defined in Section 8 - Tenant’s Taxes), “Tenant’s Taxes” shall be excluded from Taxes.

 

- 7 -


(5) “Tenant’s Share” means the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the total Rentable Area of the Building, as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises is changed by Tenant’s leasing of additional space hereunder or for any other reason, Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Additional Rent.

(1) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as “Additional Rent” for each calendar year or portion thereof during the Term Tenant’s Share of the sum of (x) the amount (if any) by which Operating Costs for such period exceed Base Operating Costs, and (y) the amount (if any) by which Taxes for such period exceed Base Taxes.

(2) Prior to the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of Operating Costs, Taxes and Tenant’s Additional Rent for the following calendar year. Commencing on the first day of January of each calendar year and continuing on the first day of every month thereafter in such year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord thereafter estimates that Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from Landlord’s prior estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise the estimate for such year (and Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on the revised estimate).

(3) As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement with respect to such year, showing Operating Costs, Taxes and Additional Rent for the year, and the total payments made by Tenant with respect thereto. Unless Tenant raises any objections to Landlord’s statement within sixty (60) days after receipt of the same, such statement shall conclusively be deemed correct and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to dispute such statement or any item therein or the computation of Additional Rent based thereon. If Tenant does object to such statement, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable verification of the figures shown on the statement and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes. Any objection of Tenant to Landlord’s statement and resolution of any dispute shall not postpone the time for payment of any amounts due Tenant or Landlord based on Landlord’s statement, nor shall any failure of Landlord to deliver Landlord’s statement in a timely manner relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligation to pay any amounts due Landlord based on Landlord’s statement.

(4) If Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for any calendar year exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement. If the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof exceed Tenant’s Additional Rent as finally determined for such year, Tenant’s excess payment shall be credited toward the rent next due from Tenant under this Lease. For any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Term, Additional Rent shall be prorated on the basis of a 360-day year by computing Tenant’s Share of

 

- 8 -


the increases in Operating Costs and Taxes for the entire year and then prorating such amount for the number of days during such year included in the Term. The obligations of Landlord to refund any overpayment of Additional Rent and of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent not previously paid shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord shall pay to Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may be, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s final statement for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, the difference between Tenant’s Additional Rent for that year, as finally determined by Landlord, and the total amount previously paid by Tenant on account thereof.

If for any reason Base Taxes or Taxes for any year during the Term arc reduced, refunded or otherwise changed, Tenant’s Additional Rent shall be adjusted accordingly. If Taxes are temporarily reduced as a result of space in the Building being leased to a tenant that is entitled to an exemption from property taxes or other taxes, then for purposes of determining Additional Rent for each year in which Taxes are reduced by any such exemption, Taxes for such year shall be calculated on the basis of the amount the Taxes for the year would have been in the absence of the exemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if there is at any time a decrease in Taxes below the amount of the Taxes for the Base Year, then for purposes of calculating Additional Rent for the year in which such decrease occurs and all subsequent periods, Base Taxes shall be reduced to equal the Taxes for the year in which the decrease occurs.

(5) Landlord shall keep, in the Building manager’s office, complete books and records regarding Operating Costs and Taxes (collectively, “Charges”). All records shall be retained for at least two (2) years. Tenant shall have the right to audit such records at any time during business hours upon not less than ten (10) business days’ written notice to Landlord. If such audit reveals that Tenant’s Share of any Charges has been overstated, then Landlord shall immediately refund the overpayment, and if overstated by more than three percent (3%), Landlord shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Tenant for the reasonable, actual out of pocket costs of such audit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein. Landlord shall not be required to maintain books and records regarding Charges for the period prior to Landlord’s acquisition of the Building and such books and records shall not be available for Tenant’s review and audit.

3.4 Payment of Rent. All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under this Lease, including late charges and interest (collectively, “Rent”), shall constitute rent and shall be payable and recoverable as rent in the manner provided in this Lease. All sums payable to Landlord on demand under the terms of this Lease shall be payable within ten (10) days after Landlord invoices Tenant therefor or makes demand of the amounts due. All Rent shall be paid without offset or deduction in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in Section 15 of the Basic Lease Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s option, Rent may be paid by direct payment (ACH debit) from Tenant’s bank account to Landlord’s bank account (and Landlord shall provide such information to Tenant at Tenant’s request).

 

- 9 -


4.

LETTER OF CREDIT.

4.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “L-C”) in the amount set forth in Section 4.3 below (the “L-C Amount”), which L-C shall be issued by a money-center, solvent and nationally recognized bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local Los Angeles office which will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) reasonably acceptable to Landlord (such approved, issuing bank being referred to herein as the “Bank”), which Bank must have a short term Fitch Rating which is not less than “Fl”, and a long term Fitch Rating which is not less than “A” (or in the event such Fitch Ratings are no longer available, a comparable rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service or Moody’s Professional Rating Service) (collectively, the “Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold”), and which L-C shall be in the form of Exhibit F, attached hereto. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the L-C. The L-C shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Lease and continuing until the date (the “L-C Expiration Date”) that is no less than forty-five (45) days after the Expiration Date of the Term, and if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, and (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable; (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant has failed to pay the same within the time periods (including applicable notice and grace periods) provided in this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Lease has been rejected, or is deemed rejected, under Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (E) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the L-C Expiration Date, and Tenant has not provided a replacement letter of credit prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days prior to such expiration, or (F) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (G) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (H) if (1) any of the Bank’s Fitch Ratings (or other comparable ratings to the extent the Fitch Ratings are no longer available) have been reduced below the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold, or (2) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 4 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in this Section 4.1), in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount, within twenty (20) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “L-C Draw Event”). The L-C shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity,

 

- 10 -


then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said L-C shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Article 4. and, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “L-C FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace such L-C with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer (which issuer shall meet or exceed the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold and shall otherwise be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 4. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with such conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) business day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant (not to exceed $1,000.00 in the aggregate). In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination (not to exceed $1,500.00 in the aggregate) shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days of billing.

4.2 Application of L-C. The L-C shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Term. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C upon the occurrence of any L-C Draw Event. In the event of any L-C Draw Event, Landlord may, but shall not be required to do so, and without notice to Tenant (except in connection with an L-C Draw Event under Section 4.1(H) above), draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, to cure any such L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease after applicable notice and cure periods or other L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and such L-C shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 

- 11 -


4.3 L-C Amount: Maintenance of L-C by Tenant.

4.3.1 L-C Amount. The initial L-C Amount shall be equal to the amount set forth in Section 14 of the Basic Lease Information.

4.3.2 Reduction of L-C Amount. To the extent that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods set forth in this Lease), commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and continuing on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter, the L-C Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to one-fifth ( l/5th) of the initial L-C Amount on each of the anniversary dates. For purposes of clarity, the L-C Amount shall be reduced as follows:

 

Date of Reduction

   Amount of Reduction      Remaining L-C Amount  

1st anniversary of Commencement Date

   $ 49,766.66      $ 199,066.62  

2nd anniversary of Commencement Date

   $ 49,766.66      $ 149,299.96  

3rd anniversary of Commencement Date

   $ 49,766.66      $ 99,533.30  

4th anniversary of Commencement Date

   $ 49,766.66      $ 49,766.64  

5th anniversary of Commencement Date

   $ 49,766.64      $ 0.00  

Tenant shall have the right to reduce the L-C Amount as set forth above via the delivery to Landlord of either (x) an amendment to the existing L-C (in form and content acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) modifying the L-C Amount to the amount then required under this Article 4. or (y) an entirely new L-C (in the form and content otherwise required in this Article 4) in the total L-C Amount then required under this Article 4.

4.3.3 In General. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after notice of such deficiency, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 4. and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall be subject to the terms of this Section 4.3.3 below. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of the L-C), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the L-C Expiration Date upon the same terms as required by this Lease of the expiring L-C. However, if the L-C is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the L-C in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 4. Landlord shall have the right, after providing written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to cure within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s receipt of

 

- 12 -


such notice, to present the L-C to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 4. and the proceeds of the L-C may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. In the event Landlord elects to exercise its rights under the foregoing sentence (I) any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a receivership, conservatorship, or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, property of such receivership, conservatorship or Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, and (II) Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the L-C Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the L-C Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused L-C proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

4.4 Transfer and Encumbrance. The L-C shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in or under this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability for the transferred portion of the L-C to the extent arising after such transfer, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said L-C to a new landlord.

4.5 L-C Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the L-C (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 4 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or

 

- 13 -


damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

4.6 Non-interference By Tenant. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional and thereby afford the Bank a Justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank of any L-C to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such L-C.

4.7 Waiver of Certain Relief. Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the L-C:

(a) A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

(b) Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of any L-C or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such L-C) based on any theory whatever.

5. USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied for general business office purposes and as a dry lab, and for no other use or purpose. Tenant shall comply with all present and future Laws relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises (and make any repairs, alterations or improvements to the Premises as required to comply with all such Laws), and shall observe the “Building Rules” (as defined in Section 27 - Rules and Regulations), provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be required to make any repairs, alterations, or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event Tenant’s electrical requirements are such that they would necessitate full or partial replacement, upgrades, or any additional work to the electrical system serving the Building, whether located in or outside of the Premises and whether or not serving the Premises, all such work shall be completed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is prohibited by, or that will cause a cancellation of or an increase in the existing premium for, any insurance policy covering the Property or any part thereof. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any manner that will constitute waste or a nuisance, or disturb the quiet enjoyment of or otherwise annoy other tenants in the Building. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for educational activities, practice of medicine or any of the healing arts, providing social services, for any governmental use (including embassy or consulate use), or for personnel agency, customer service office, studios for radio, television or other media, travel agency or

 

- 14 -


reservation center operations or uses. Tenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors in the Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (“HVAC”), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life safety, security or other systems in the Building (“Building Systems”), or jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii) connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other equipment other than typical low power task lighting or office equipment; or (iii) connect to any electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate electrical power requirements in excess of 80% of the rated connected load capacity of the circuit. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the safe capacity of the feeders to the Property or the risers or wiring installation of the Building.

5.2 Hazardous Materials.

(a) Definitions.

(1) “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any substance: (A) that now or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seg., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline, diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos, radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

(2) “Environmental Requirements” shall mean all present and future Laws, orders, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and other requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

(3) “Handled by Tenant” and “Handling by Tenant” shall mean and refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal, discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees, sublessees, transferees or representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors (collectively, “Visitors”) at or about the Premises in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.

(4) “Environmental Losses” shall mean all costs and expenses of any kind, damages, including foreseeable and consequential damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Property.

 

- 15 -


(b) Tenant’s Covenants. No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by Tenant at or about the Premises or Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance with Landlord’s requirements, all in Landlord’s absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as copier fluids and cleaning supplies (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”), may be used and stored at the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that Tenant’s activities at or about the Premises and Property and the Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Property all Hazardous Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section by all of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section (including its indemnification obligations under paragraph (e) below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance. Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense promptly take all actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Property, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials, complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Property or Landlord’s use, operation, leasing and sale of the Property. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency, or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits, manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises or Property. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Property in connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof. Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

(d) Landlord’s Rights. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time after reasonable prior notice to Tenant (which may be given by telephone) (i) to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.2. and (ii) to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports, plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs of Landlord’s consultants’ fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing Tenant’s obligations under this Section. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business caused by Landlord’s entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be responsible for any interference caused thereby (unless caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct).

 

- 16 -


(e) Tenant’s Indemnification. The term Landlord Parties (“Landlord Parties”) refers singularly and collectively to Landlord and the shareholders, partners, venturers, and members of Landlord, and the respective officers, directors, employees, managers, owners and any affiliates or agents of such entities and persons. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and consultants’ fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Property or Tenant’s failure to comply in full with all Environmental Requirements with respect to the Premises.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and installed in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”), as provided in the Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of any security system or telephone or data communication wiring, (“Alterations”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. Any such Alterations shall be completed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time; and (iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant’s work); and (v) subject to all reasonable conditions which Landlord may in Landlord’s discretion impose. Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (i) provide payment or performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or design professionals); (ii) use contractors or subcontractors designated by Landlord; and (iii) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant’s work, such work shall be performed at Tenant’s expense by contractors designated by Landlord. Landlord’s right to review and approve (or withhold approval of) Tenant’s plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s) and other aspects of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord, the Property and Landlord’s interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in Landlord’s consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the realty and be the property of Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for, nor may Landlord impose conditions on, either cosmetic Alterations or any Alterations not requiring a building permit to be performed by Tenant in the Premises, which do not affect the Building (other than the interior of the Premises), and the cost of which does not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in the aggregate; provided, however, that Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord of same no later than ten (10) business days prior to commencing the Alterations described in this sentence.

 

- 17 -


6.2 Before making any Alterations requiring Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed by Tenant to make the Alterations and a copy of the contractor’s license and contractor’s liability insurance policy with coverage limits the same as those required of Tenant under this Lease. Before commencement of any Alterations Tenant shall (i) obtain all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver copies of the same to Landlord, and (ii) give Landlord at least ten (10) days prior written notice and shall cooperate with Landlord in posting and maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection with the Alterations. Within thirty (30) days following the completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” plans showing the completed Alterations.

6.3 In connection with all Tenant Improvements and Alterations, Landlord shall be entitled to a construction coordination fee equal to two percent (2%) of the construction costs thereof.

6.4 Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free and clear of all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property, and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord’s administrative costs) in connection therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2 - Interest).

6.5 Subject to the provisions of Section 5 - Use and Compliance with Laws and the other provisions of this Section 6. Tenant may install and maintain furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade fixtures (“Trade Fixtures”) in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

7. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

7.1 By taking possession of the Premises Tenant agrees that the Premises are then in a good and tenantable condition. Tenant at Tenant’s expense, shall repair and maintain the Premises, including the interior walls, floor coverings, ceiling (ceiling tiles and grid), Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fire extinguishers, Tenant’s supplemental HVAC units (if any), and any appliances (including dishwashers, hot water heaters and garbage disposers) in the Premises, in a first class condition, and keep the Premises in a clean, safe and orderly condition.

 

- 18 -


7.2 Landlord shall maintain or cause to be maintained in reasonably good order, condition and repair, the structural portions of the roof, foundations, floors and exterior walls of the Building, the Building Systems (including, but not limited to the Building HVAC system), and the public and common areas of the Property, such as elevators, stairs, corridors and restrooms; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs for any damage occasioned by Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Property or any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors. Landlord shall be under no obligation to inspect the Premises. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to Landlord any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is required to repair. As a material part of the consideration for this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942, that allows a tenant to make repairs at its landlord’s expense.

7.3 Landlord hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (but provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises, except in the event of an emergency):

(a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in or to decrease the size of area of, all or any part of the Building, the land associated therewith (including land not owned by Landlord but used in connection with the Building, such as an electrical vault in a public street, the fixtures and equipment therein and thereon, and including the Building Systems);

(b) To change the Building’s name or street address;

(c) To install and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building;

(d) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the common areas and other tenancies and premises in the Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of common areas; and

(e) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Property relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking on the Property (collectively ‘’Controls”), to comply with such Controls, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the Property related thereto.

8. TENANT’S TAXES. “Tenants Taxes” shall mean (a) all taxes, assessments, license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed against or with respect to Tenant’s personal property or Trade Fixtures in the Premises, whether any such imposition is levied directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Property, (b) all rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease (excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord’s receipt of any rent

 

- 19 -


payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease (“Rental Tax”), and (c) any increase in Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations. Tenant shall pay any Rental Tax to Landlord in addition to and at the same time as Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and shall pay all other Tenant’s Taxes before delinquency (and, at Landlord’s request, shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence thereof). If Landlord pays Tenant’s Taxes or any portion thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement.

9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

9.1 Description of Services. During the Term Landlord shall furnish to the Premises for ordinary office use and occupancy: reasonable amounts of heat, ventilation and air-conditioning during the Business Hours specified in the Basic Lease Information (“Business Hours”) on weekdays except public holidays (“Business Days”); janitorial services on Business Days, provided that such janitorial services shall be limited to no more than five (5) days per week; and reasonable amounts of electricity for building standard lighting and use of office equipment requiring only 120 volt standard outlet power. Landlord shall also provide the Building with normal fluorescent tube replacement for building standard fixtures, washing of perimeter windows, elevator service, and common area toilet room cleaning and supplies.

9.2 Payment for Additional Utilities and Services.

(a) Upon request by Tenant in accordance with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for furnishing heating, ventilation and air conditioning service at times other than Business Hours on Business Days, Landlord shall furnish such service to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for such services on an hourly basis at the then prevailing rate established for the Building by Landlord. As of the date of this Lease, said rate is equal to $75.00 per hour per floor, subject to increases from time to time as determined in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected as a result of (i) any lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or (ii) the occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 125 square feet of rentable area, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and promptly upon written notice from Landlord, install in the Premises any machinery or equipment reasonably necessary to restore the temperature, including modifications to the standard air-conditioning equipment and/or installation of supplemental air-conditioning equipment. The cost of any such equipment and modifications, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by Tenant. If Tenant has not commenced the work set forth in this Section 9.2(b) within thirty (30) days from Landlord’s notice. Landlord shall have the right to perform any such work on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement of the cost thereof by Tenant within thirty (30) days from Landlord’s demand therefor.

 

- 20 -


(c) If Tenant’s usage of electricity, water or any other utility service exceeds the use of such utility Landlord reasonably determines to be typical, normal and customary for the Building, Landlord may determine the amount of such excess use by any reasonable means (including the installation at Landlord’s request, but at Tenant’s expense, of a separate meter or other measuring device) and charge Tenant for the cost of such excess usage. Examples of excess electrical usage include, but are not limited to, material consumption of electricity outside Building Hours, or consumption of extraordinary amounts of electricity at any time, such as for the operation of a server, for dedicated HVAC equipment for the Premises, or for other equipment requiring power in excess of standard 120 volt outlet power. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not apply to usage of electricity in Tenant’s dry lab area, which will be separately metered. In addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any additional or unusual janitorial services required by Tenant because of any unusual Tenant Improvements or Alterations, the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of Tenant’s business (including hours of operation).

9.3 Interruption of Services. In the event of an interruption in or failure or inability to provide any services or utilities to the Premises or Building for any reason (a “Service Failure”), such Service Failure shall not, regardless of its duration, impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1), permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any interruption of services to the Premises for more than five (5) consecutive days, resulting from any repair, maintenance or alteration by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform (an “Abatement Event”), which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Initial Notice”), specifying such Abatement Event. If Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within three (3) business days after the receipt of the Initial Notice (the “Eligibility Period”), Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the “Additional Notice”), specifying such Abatement Event and Tenant’s intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within three (3) business days of receipt of the Additional Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date three (3) business days after the Initial Notice to the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, Tenant’s Rent obligations under the Lease shall not be abated in the event of an interruption of services for the Premises resulting from acts or failure to act by Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

9.4 Sole Electrical Representative. Landlord shall maintain exclusive control over and be the sole representative with respect to reception, utilization and distribution of electric power, regardless of point or means of origin, use or generation. Tenant shall not have the right to contract directly with any provider of electrical power or services.

 

- 21 -


9.5 Telecommunications. Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with telecommunications and media service providers (each a “Telecommunications Provider”) of Tenant’s choice, subject to the provisions of this Section 9.5 and other provisions of this Lease. Upon request from Tenant, Landlord agrees to deliver to Tenant a list of Telecommunication Providers then serving the Building. If Tenant desires to (a) obtain service from or enter into a contract with any Telecommunication Provider which at the time of Tenant’s request does not serve the Building, or (b) obtain services which will require installation of new equipment by a Telecommunication Provider then serving the Building, then prior to providing service, any such Telecommunication Provider must enter into a written agreement with Landlord, acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to any such Telecommunication Provider. Landlord shall not be obligated to incur any expense, liability or costs in connection with any Telecommunication Provider proposed by Tenant. All installations made by Telecommunication Providers shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 of this Lease.

9.6 Conservation and Environment. From time to time, Landlord may elect, or may be required by law, to engage in efforts to conserve resources (such as power and water) or to engage in traffic mitigation programs. Such efforts may adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises, but Tenant shall not have any right to terminate or modify its obligations under this Lease as a result of such efforts. Tenant shall exercise objectively reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord in instituting and maintaining such conservation or traffic mitigation programs, provided that, unless such programs are required by law, such programs do not materially interfere with the operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

10. EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant. Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, actions, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable consultants’, expert witnesses’ and attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (“Claims”) asserted by any third party against Tenant for loss, injury or damage, to the extent such loss, injury or damage is caused by the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives.

10.2 Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against Claims arising from (a) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors in or about the Property, or (b) any construction or other work or maintenance undertaken by Tenant on the Premises or elsewhere in the Property (including any design defects), or (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or (d) any loss, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, arising out of or relating to Tenant’s occupancy or operation, and occurring in or about the Premises or elsewhere in the Property, excepting only Claims described in this clause (d) to the extent they are caused by the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives.

10.3 Damage to Tenant and Tenant’s Property. The Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant’s property in or about the Premises or the Property from any cause (including defects in the Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other casualty; bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes or lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in,

 

- 22 -


above, or about the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the Property). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord Parties for any such loss, injury or damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating thereto, including any loss, injury or damage caused by Landlord’s negligence (active or passive) or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary (other than such provisions in the Lease specifically providing for Tenant’s liability for such types of damages), nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business.

10.4 Survival. The obligations of the parties under this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant’s Insurance.

(a) Liability Insurance. Tenant shall at all times following complete execution of this Lease maintain in full force, commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) annual general aggregate, and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) products and completed operations annual aggregate. Tenant’s liability insurance policy or policies shall: (i) include premises and operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability coverage, broad form property damage coverage including completed operations, blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the insurance company has the duty to defend all named and additional insureds under the policy; (iii) provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or the Property; (v) extend coverage to cover liability for the actions of Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors; and (vi) either designate separate limits for the Property acceptable to Landlord, or provide that the entire insured limits are available for occurrences relating to the Property. Each policy of liability insurance required by this Section shall: (i) contain a separation of insureds clause or otherwise provide cross-liability coverage; (ii) provide that any waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss does not void coverage; (iii) provide that it is primary insurance; (iv) name as additional insureds the Landlord Parties, the Property Manager identified in the Basic Lease Information or any successor thereof (the “Property Manager”), all Mortgagees (as defined in Section 20.2 of this Lease) and such other parties in interest as Landlord may reasonably designate to Tenant in writing; and (v) provide that any failure to comply with the reporting provisions under the policies shall not affect coverage provided such additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided at least the same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such policies. All endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be at least as broad as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 01 96 promulgated by the Insurance Services Office.

 

- 23 -


(b) Property Insurance. Tenant shall at all times (including any construction or installation periods, whether or not included in the Term) maintain in effect with respect to any Alterations and Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property, commercial property insurance providing coverage, on an “all risk” or “special form” basis, in an amount equal to at least 100% of the full replacement cost of the covered property. Tenant may carry such insurance under a blanket policy, provided that such policy provides coverage equivalent to a separate policy. During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the Alterations, Trade Fixtures and personal property so insured. The Landlord Parties shall be provided coverage under such insurance to the extent of their insurable interest and, if requested by Landlord, both Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents reasonably necessary or proper in connection with the settlement of any claim or loss under such insurance. Landlord will have no obligation to carry insurance on any Alterations or on Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or personal property.

(c) Requirements For All Policies. Each policy of insurance required under this Section 11.1 shall: (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) be maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and (iii) require at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord prior to any cancellation, nonrenewal or modification of insurance coverage. Insurance companies issuing such policies shall have rating classifications of “A” or better and financial size category ratings of “VIII” or better according to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies issuing such policies shall be admitted carriers licensed to do business in the state where the Property is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request, evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section 11.1, including any endorsement effecting the additional insured status, is in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

(d) Updating Coverage. Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance as required by any Mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3) years, as recommended by Landlord’s insurance broker, if, in the commercially reasonable opinion of either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage required by Tenant’s insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(e) Certificates of Insurance. Prior to any entry into or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance reflecting that the insurance required by this Section is in force, accompanied by an endorsement showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this paragraph, Tenant shall at Landlord’s request provide to Landlord a certified copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to the requirements of this Lease or its Exhibits.

11.2 Landlord’s Insurance. During the Term, to the extent such coverages are available at a commercially reasonable cost, Landlord shall maintain in effect insurance on the Building with responsible insurers, on an “all risk” or “special form” basis, insuring the Building and the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to at least 90% of the replacement cost thereof, excluding land, foundations, footings and underground installations. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils, such as earthquakes, and/or in greater amounts.

 

- 24 -


11.3 Mutual Waiver of Right of Recovery & Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any right of recovery against each other and their respective partners, managers, members, shareholders, officers, directors and authorized representatives for any loss or damage that is covered by any policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any operation therein, regardless of cause, including negligence (active or passive) of the party benefiting from the waiver. If any such policy of insurance relating to this Lease or to the Premises or the Property does not permit the foregoing waiver or if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such policy.

12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

12.1 Landlord’s Duty to Repair.

(a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from fire or other casualty during the Terra, then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to Sections 12.2Landlord’s Right to Terminate and 12.3Tenant’s Right to Terminate, Landlord shall, at its expense, use reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property, as the case may be, to substantially their former condition to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws; provided, however, so long as Landlord has maintained the insurance required by this Lease, in no event shall Landlord have any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, or for any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

(b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the Premises and/or the Property, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant’s Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated with regard to any portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by reason of such damage or its repair from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of Landlord’s repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from fire or other casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by such casualty.

12.2 Landlord’s Right to Terminate. Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following circumstances:

(a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and the Property cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws within one (1) year from the date of the casualty;

 

- 25 -


(b) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds are not, for any reason, made available to Landlord from Landlord’s insurance policies (and/or from Landlord’s funds made available for such purpose, at Landlord’s sole option) to make the required repairs;

(c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the cost to repair and restore the Building would exceed twenty percent (20%) of the full replacement cost of the Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or

(d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the Term or if upon completion of repair and restoration, there would be less than one (1) year remaining in the Term.

If any of the circumstances described in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 12.2 occur or arise, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided above and, if not, Landlord’s estimate of the lime required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease.

12.3 Tenant’s Right to Terminate. If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if Landlord’s estimate of the time required to complete Landlord’s repair obligations under this Lease is greater than one (1) year, in which event Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to terminate within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant pursuant to Section 12.2Landlord’s Right to Terminate.

12.4 Waiver. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4) and any other applicable existing or future Law permitting the termination of a lease agreement in the event of damage or destruction under any circumstances other than as provided in Sections 12.2 - Landlord’s Right to Terminate and 12.3 - Tenant’s Right to Terminate.

13. CONDEMNATION.

13.1 Definitions.

(a) “Award” shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

(b) “Condemnation” shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-public authority, private corporation or individual having such power (“Condemnor”), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

 

- 26 -


(c) “Date of Condemnation” shall mean the earlier of the date that title to the property taken is vested in the Condemnor or the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

13.2 Effect on Lease.

(a) If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Date of Condemnation. If a portion but not all of the Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Condemnation will be unsuitable for Tenant’s continued use, then upon notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Condemnation, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of Condemnation.

(b) If fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Property or of the parcel{s) of land on which the Building is situated or of the Parking Facility or of the floor area in the Building is taken by Condemnation, or if as a result of any Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an office building, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Date of Condemnation, by notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Date of Condemnation.

(c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a Condemnor for a period not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3 Restoration. If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section 13.2 - Effect on Lease, Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee (as defined in Section 20.2 below). In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace any of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations.

13.4 Abatement and Reduction of Rent. If any portion of the Premises is taken in a Condemnation or is rendered permanently untenantable by repairs necessitated by the Condemnation, and this Lease is not terminated, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be proportionally reduced as of the Date of Condemnation based upon the percentage of rentable square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable. In addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord proceeds to repair and restore the Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be abated during the period of such repair or restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

- 27 -


13.5 Awards. Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award, including any claim for the value of the unexpired Term; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an Award for a temporary taking of the Premises or a portion thereof by a Condemnor where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the unexpired Term), or an Award or portion thereof separately designated for relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property. Trade Fixtures or Alterations, provided that in no event will any Award to Tenant reduce any Award to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled.

13.6 Waiver. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Law allowing either party to petition for a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises anchor the Property.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Landlord’s Consent Required. Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant, or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease (each and all a “Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Article 14) shall not be unreasonably withheld. Except as set forth herein, if Tenant is a business entity, any direct or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction), including a merger or consolidation, shall be deemed a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant’s interest under this Lease. Any assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee under any proposed Transfer is herein called a “Proposed Transferee”. Any approved or permitted assignee, subtenant, user or other transferee is herein called a “Transferee”.

14.1.1 Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent, but upon notice to Landlord, sublet all or any portion of the Premises or assign Tenant’s interest in this Lease to: (a) a subsidiary, affiliate, parent or other entity to Tenant which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant; (b) a successor entity to Tenant resulting from merger, consolidation, non-bankruptcy reorganization, or government action; or (c) a purchaser of all or any significant portion of Tenant’s assets (any of such parties a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that (a) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such Transfer at least ten (10) business days prior to such Transfer, (b) Tenant promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer and the Permitted Transferee, which Landlord shall maintain in confidence to the extent such information is not otherwise available to the public, except for disclosures thereof as required by law, or as necessary to Landlord’s counsel, accountants, lenders and advisers in connection with the operation and management of the Project and the analysis of the Transfer, (c) such Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (d) such Permitted Transferee shall at all times (i) be and remain throughout the Term a duly organized and validly existing entity, organized under the laws of any of the fifty (50) States of the United States of America, and operating and licensed to do business and maintaining a principal place of business in the State of California, and (ii) have tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (the

 

- 28 -


Net Worth”) at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment or sublease, or sufficient credit that Landlord would enter into a direct lease with such Permitted Transferee, and (e) such Permitted Transferee shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with the delivery of notice of Transfer but in no event later than the effective date of the Transfer, a new L- C (the “Replacement L-C”) in an amount equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the then-applicable L-C Amount set forth in Section 4.3 of this Lease. Except with respect to the L-C Amount, Replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the terms and conditions of Article 4 - Letter of Credit. Upon the delivery by Permitted Transferee of the Replacement L-C as set forth in this Section 14.1.1 and acceptance thereof by Landlord, Replacement L-C shall be substituted in place of the L-C provided by Tenant in accordance with Article 4 of this Lease and Landlord shall return to Tenant the L-C held by Landlord as of the date thereof. Transfers of beneficial interests in Tenant shall not constitute “assignments” under this Lease.

14.2 Reasonable Consent.

(a) Except with respect to a Permitted Transferee, at least forty-five (45) days prior to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name and legal composition of the Proposed Transferee; (ii) the nature of the business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance sheet, and income and cash flow statements for the last two years and such other reasonable financial and other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord may request; and (iv) a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer. Within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord receives all such information it shall notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves such Transfer or if it elects to proceed under Section 14.7Landlord’s Right to Space.

(b) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent where (i) the Proposed Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises assigned or sublet, (ii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the Proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the Proposed Transferee at the Premises, (iii) the Proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant or an affiliate of an existing tenant in the Building, (iv) the proposed Transfer would violate any “exclusive” rights of any tenants in the Building, (v) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has shown space in the Building to the Proposed Transferee or responded to any inquiries from the Proposed Transferee or the Proposed Transferee’s agent concerning availability of space in the Building, at any time within the preceding nine months, (vi) a proposed Transfer would violate any Encumbrance, (vii) any Mortgagee objects to the proposed Transfer, or (viii) Landlord otherwise reasonably determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Property or increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. In no event may Tenant publicly offer or advertise all or any portion of the Premises for assignment or sublease at a rental less than that then sought by Landlord for a direct lease (non-sublease) of comparable space in the Building.

 

- 29 -


14.3 Excess Consideration. If Landlord consents to the Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration actually paid by any Transferee for the Transfer, including the fair market value of any assignment of this Lease, whether or not there has been a specific allocation thereto, in connection with a bulk transfer of assets or a stock transfer, merger, consolidation, or other securities transaction or entity level transaction and including, in the case of a sublease, the excess of the rent and other consideration payable by the subtenant over the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder applicable to the subleased space.

14.4 No Release Of Tenant. No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the payment of rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express prior written consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

14.5 Expenses and Attorneys, Fees. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, not to exceed $2,000 per request) incurred by Landlord in connection with reviewing or consenting to any proposed Transfer (including any request for consent to, or any waiver of Landlord’s rights in connection with, any security interest in any of Tenant’s property at the Premises).

14.6 Effectiveness of Transfer. Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent) becomes effective. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document and Landlord’s standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

14.7 Landlord’s Right to Space. Notwithstanding any of the above provisions of this Section to the contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it desires to enter into a Transfer, Landlord, in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect (a) in the case of an assignment or a sublease of the entire Premises, to terminate this Lease, or (b) in the case of a sublease of less than the entire Premises, to terminate this Lease as it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such event, this Lease will terminate (or the space proposed to be subleased will be removed from the Premises subject to this Lease and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share under this Lease shall be proportionately reduced) on the date the Transfer was proposed to be effective, specified in Tenant’s notice to Landlord regarding the proposed Transfer, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the prospective Transferee identified by Tenant. The terms of this Section 14.7 shall not apply to a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.

 

- 30 -


14.8 Assignment of Sublease Rents. Tenant hereby absolutely and irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive rent and other consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application may (but shall not be obligated to) collect such rents and other consideration and apply the same toward Tenant’s obligations to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord grants to Tenant at all times prior to occurrence of any breach or default by Tenant a revocable license to collect such rents (which license shall automatically and without notice be and be deemed to have been revoked and terminated immediately upon any Event of Default).

15. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

15.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

(a) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due, or any amount required to replenish the security deposit as provided in Section 4 above, if payment in full is not received by Landlord within three (3) days after written notice that it is due. If Landlord accepts any past due Rent, such acceptance shall not be a waiver of any other prior breach by Tenant under this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular past due Rent which Landlord has accepted.

(b) Tenant abandons the Premises.

(c) Tenant fails timely to deliver any subordination document, estoppel certificate or financial statement requested by Landlord within the applicable time period specified in Sections 20 - Encumbrances - and 2i - Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements - below.

(d) Tenant violates the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 14 - Assignment and Subletting.

(e) Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition) seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights; all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within 30 days, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets.

(f) Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors’ rights, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after an appointment, without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated.

 

- 31 -


(g) Tenant fails to perform or comply with any provision of this Lease other than those described in (a) through (f) above, and does not fully cure such failure within twenty (20) days after notice to Tenant or, if such failure cannot be cured within such twenty (20)-day period, Tenant fails within such twenty (20)-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed with, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice; provided, however, that if Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable judgment determines that such failure cannot or will not be cured by Tenant within such ninety (90) days, then such failure shall constitute an Event of Default immediately upon such notice to Tenant.

15.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

(a) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including re-entry into the Premises, efforts to relet the Premises, reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, storage of Tenant’s personal property and Trade Fixtures, acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant or exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Section, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, as herein provided, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 and any other applicable existing or future Law providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder for the remainder of the Term after the date of the award of damages, including Additional Rent as reasonably estimated by Landlord, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

(b) Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

 

- 32 -


(d) Landlord may remove all Tenant’s property from the Premises, and such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store any or all of Tenant’s property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant’s outstanding obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to Tenant.

16. LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

16.1 Late Charge. If any payment of Rent is not received by Landlord when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge an additional amount equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue payment. A late charge shall not be imposed more than once on any particular installment not paid when due, but imposition of a late charge on any payment not made when due does not eliminate or supersede late charges imposed on other (prior) payments not made when due or preclude imposition of a late charge on other installments or payments not made when due.

16.2 Interest. In addition to the late charges referred to above, which are intended to defray Landlord’s costs resulting from late payments, any payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall at Landlord’s option bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by Tenant at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the “Interest Rate”). Acceptance of any late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

17. WAIVER. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

18. ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE. Upon reasonable oral or written notice to Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), Landlord and its authorized representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c)

 

- 33 -


perform any maintenance or repair of the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to the Premises is required for such installation or repair, (e) serve, post or keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease, (f) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees, Mortgagees or, during the last twelve (12) months to the Term, tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises or the Building. When reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities in the Building without liability to Tenant by reason of such closure. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct its activities under this Section in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of rent on account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Section. No action by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

19. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

19.1 Surrender. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations to Landlord broom-clean and in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, remove all telephone and other cabling installed in the Building by Tenant and remove from the Premises all Tenant’s personal property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations that Landlord has elected to require Tenant to remove as provided in Section 6.1 - Tenant Improvements & Alterations, and repair any damage caused by such removal. If such removal is not completed before the expiration or termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof and for the rental value of the Premises for the period from the end of the Term through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such property if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property described in Landlord’s notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord). Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any such property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, whichever is earliest. Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall deliver to Landlord all keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

- 34 -


19.2 Holding Over. If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other successor-in- interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession while holding over after the expiration of termination of this Lease shall be on the basis of a (7) day periodic tenancy, terminable by Landlord or Tenant at any time upon seven (7) days written notice. In all events, so long as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises and has not surrendered possession of the Premises to Landlord, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the Base Rent for each seven (7) day holdover period shall be one fourth (l/4th) of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Base Rent payable in the last full month prior to the termination hereof, provided however, that such rent may be changed by Landlord upon seven (7) days’ notice to Tenant. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease other than on the terms set forth above; and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

20. ENCUMBRANCES.

20.1 Subordination. This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded (“Encumbrance”); provided, however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees in writing that this Lease shall survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, and, in connection with any such future Encumbrance, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) from such holder; provided, however, that Tenant shall, promptly upon demand, pay all costs, fees and expenses associated with such SNDA, including but not limited to review and revision fees of the holder of such Encumbrance. Provided the conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, and the holder of any Encumbrance, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such Encumbrance, which documents may include customary commercially reasonable terms, such as the agreement of Tenant to provide such holder notice and opportunity to cure any Landlord default under the Lease (including the opportunity to take possession of the Property as provided in the Encumbrance). If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance (including, without limitation, any judicial foreclosure or foreclosure by a power of sale in a deed of trust), Tenant shall, at the request of the new owner, immediately attorn to, and become the tenant of, the new owner, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and, at such new owner’s request, shall execute a new lease confirming the lease terms of this Lease. In furtherance of the foregoing, any such successor to the Landlord shall not be liable for any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims, liabilities or obligations of the “landlord” under the Lease accruing prior to the date that such new owner exercises its rights pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

- 35 -


20.2 Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees to give any holder of any Encumbrance covering any part of the Property (“Mortgagee”), by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

21.1 Estoppel Certificates. Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing this Lease and any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the commencement and expiration dates of the Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any) and whether Tenant has accepted the Premises. Tenant irrevocably constitutes, appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant’s special attorney-in- fact for such purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord’s second written request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Property or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant’s failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate.

21.2 Financial Statements. Within ten (10) days after written request therefor, but not more than once a year. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet, a statement of profit and loss, and a statement of cash flows) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (and, if such is Tenant’s normal practice, audited by an independent certified public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or required by any Mortgagee. Landlord shall maintain the confidentiality of such financial statements, and shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Mortgagee’s agreement to maintain the confidentiality thereof; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be prohibited from providing such financial statements to Mortgagee if so required by Mortgagee, even if Mortgagee has not agreed to maintain the confidentiality thereof.

 

- 36 -


22. NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, consent or approval that either party desires or is required to give to the other party under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be served personally, delivered by messenger or courier service, or sent by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party at the party’s address for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Any notice required pursuant to any Laws may be incorporated into, given concurrently with or given separately from any notice required under this Lease. Notices shall be deemed to have been given and be effective on the earlier of (a) receipt (or refusal of delivery or receipt); or (b) one (1) day after acceptance by the independent service for delivery, if sent by independent messenger or courier service, or three (3) days after mailing if sent by mail in accordance with this Section. Either party may change its address for notices hereunder, effective fifteen (15) days after notice to the other party complying with this Section. If Tenant sublets the Premises, notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant pursuant to this Section.

23. ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and expenses of any type, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, “Fees”). The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment. The Fees shall be deemed an “actual pecuniary loss” within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code Section 365(b)(1)(B), and notwithstanding the foregoing, all Fees incurred by either party in any bankruptcy case filed by or against the other party, from and after the order for relief until this Lease is rejected or assumed in such bankruptcy case, will be “obligations of the debtor” as that phrase is used in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(d)(3).

24. QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and subject to the terms of this Lease, including Section 20 - Encumbrances, Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises throughout the Term as against any persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25. SECURITY MEASURES. Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or business interruption; provided, however, that such measures shall be implemented in a way as not to

 

- 37 -


materially inconvenience tenants of the Building unreasonably. If Landlord uses an access card system, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord a deposit for each after-hours Building access card issued to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, theft or breakage of any such cards, which must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord may retain the deposit for any card not so returned. Landlord shall at all times have the right to change, alter or reduce any such security services or measures. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant’s Representatives and Visitors to cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise, any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises.

26. FORCE MAJEURE. If either party hereto is delayed, interrupted or prevented from performing any of its obligations under this Lease, including its obligations under the Construction Rider (if any), and such delay, interruption or prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, terrorist act, labor dispute, unavailability of labor or materials or any other cause outside the reasonable control of either such party, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of either such party shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, interruption or prevention.

27. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C to the extent those rules and regulations are not in conflict with the terms of this Lease, as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by Landlord for all tenants of the Building, upon notice to Tenant thereof (collectively, the “Building Rules”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.

28. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord’s partners or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease.

29. CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

29.1 Determination in Good Faith. Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the specific provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval,

 

- 38 -


judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure.

29.2 No Liability Imposed on Landlord. The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda hereto shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Property, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, shall have any rights as a consequence thereof.

30. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CONTRACT OR TORT CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM. CROSS-COMPLAINT, OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE LAW, STATUTE, REGULATION, CODE, OR ORDINANCE. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

31. BROKERS. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the broker or brokers identified in the Basic Lease Information (the “Broker”) in accordance with Landlord’s separate written agreement with the Broker, if any. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Lease neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than the Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives.

 

- 39 -


32. INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if any, constitute the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Property or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

34. AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is and shall remain throughout the Term a duly organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

35. PARKING. The Parking Facility is owned by the City of Pasadena, California and is operated on the City’s behalf by an operator (the “Operator”). Under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to contract with the Operator for the use of the number of parking spaces in the Parking Facility as described in the Basic Lease Information, at the rates charged by the Operator. Tenant must contact the Operator to make arrangements for such parking. Obtaining the right to use the above spaces shall constitute the satisfaction of any obligation of Landlord to provide parking spaces to Tenant, regardless of the term of the Parking Agreement (defined below) with the Operator, or the rates or any other terms of such Parking Agreement.

Tenant shall be entitled to parking pursuant to the terms of the Easement and Parking Agreement dated March 31, 2000 (“Parking Agreement”), between the Pasadena Community Development Commission and YTC Properties (USA) Inc., with a joinder by Marengo Investment Group, L.L.C. A copy of the Parking Agreement is attached as Exhibit E to this Lease, and Tenant shall comply with the provisions of the Parking Agreement.

Tenant, if it has employees, shall provide in its employee manual that an employee’s unauthorized use or abuse of the validation system described in Paragraph 7 of the Parking Agreement, shall be grounds for termination of employment, and upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide a copy of the relevant portions of its employee manual evidencing its compliance with this paragraph. Landlord does not currently operate such a parking validation program and has no plans to do so in the future, but reserves the right to do so at its discretion.

Tenant covenants for itself and its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through it, and this Lease is made and accepted under and subject to the following conditions: That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure, or enjoyment of the land herein leased nor shall the Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through it, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use, or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessee, subtenants, or vendees in the land herein leased.

 

- 40 -


For purposes of the foregoing, “land” shall include the “Premises”.

36. SIGNAGE. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install and maintain signage identifying Tenant located near the entrance to the Premises, on a plaque located in the ground floor lobby of the Building, and on the directory board in the ground floor lobby. Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other tenants in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Property or the common areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion.

37. MISCELLANEOUS.

37.1 Modifications and Amendments. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

37.2 Binding Effect. Subject to Section 14 - Assignment and Subletting and Section 28 - Landlord’s Liability, this Lease shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives.

37.3 Partial Invalidity. The determination that any provisions hereof may be void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not impair any other provisions hereof and all such other provisions of this Lease shall remain in frill force and effect. The unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Lease under particular circumstances shall not render unenforceable, invalid or illegal other provisions of this Lease, or the same provisions under other circumstances.

37.4 Governing Law. This Lease shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws (excluding conflict of laws principles) of the State of California.

37.5 References; Captions. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and shall not be strictly construed against either party, even if such party drafted the provision in question. When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. Wherever the term “including” is used in this Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning “including, but not limited to” the matter or matters thereafter enumerated. The captions contained in this Lease are for purposes of convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

 

- 41 -


37.6 Liability Joint and Several. If more than one person or entity is identified as Tenant hereunder, the obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be joint and several.

37.7 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease in which time of performance is a factor, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant.

37.8 Prohibition Against Recording and Publication. Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

37.9 No Light, Air or View Easement. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Property and/or the Building, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

37.10 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Property or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

37.11 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

37.12 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

37.13 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

37.14 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord, in either case, which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the Exhibits attached hereto.

 

- 42 -


37.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Property as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Property. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Term of the Lease, occupy any space in the Building or Property.

37.16 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

37.17 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

37.18 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

37.19 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential and Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors and shareholders shall hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, reveal, report, publish or transfer any of the Confidential Information (as defined below) to any person or entity not associated with Tenant, not a director, officer, or shareholder of Tenant or not an accountant or attorney or space planning consultant of Tenant, or utilize any of the Confidential Information for any purpose, except as approved in writing in advance by Landlord or as required by law, except that Tenant may disclose the Confidential Information if required by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that Tenant shall provide immediate notice of such request to Landlord and shall use reasonable efforts to resist disclosure, until an appropriate protective order may be sought, or a waiver of compliance with the provisions of this Lease granted. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver under this Lease, Tenant is nonetheless, in the written opinion of its counsel, legally required to disclose any Confidential Information, then, in such event, Tenant may disclose such information without liability under this Lease, provided that Landlord has been given a reasonable opportunity to review the text of such disclosure before it is made and that the disclosure is limited to only the Confidential Information specifically required to be disclosed. For purposes of this Section 37.19, the term “Confidential Information” shall mean (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the fact of the lease of the Premises hereunder, (ii) all negotiations and discussions between Landlord and Tenant in furtherance of, related to or in connection with this Lease and (iii) all correspondence, notes, materials, reports or other documents relating to this Lease or any discussions or negotiations conducted in connection with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information which is or becomes generally available to the public.

 

- 43 -


37.20 California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Property, the Building and the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

37.21 Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to provisions of California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto, including but not limited to California Code of Regulations Title 20, Sections 1680-1684 (collectively, together with any future law or regulation regarding disclosure of energy efficiency data with respect to the Shopping Center, the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”), Landlord may be required in the future to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Property or the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord with respect to any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following oral or written request from Landlord, disclose to Landlord all information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with such Tenant Energy Use Disclosure, including, but not limited to, the amount of power and/or other utilities consumed within the Premises for which the meters are in Tenant’s name, the number of employees working within the Premises, and the operating hours for Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that this information shall be provided on a non-confidential basis and may be provided by Landlord to applicable utility providers, the California Energy Commission (and other governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to Energy Disclosure Requirements), and any third parties to whom Landlord is required to make any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Tenant’s failure to provide said data to Landlord shall incur Service Charge set forth in Section 37.22 below.

37.22 Service Charge. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant’s failure to submit any required document, report, statement or insurance policy or certificate as and when required in the Lease will cause Landlord to incur additional costs of administration and agrees that in the event Tenant fails to furnish any required document, report, statement or insurance policy or certificate as required pursuant to the Lease, and if such failure continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as rent, a “Service Charge” in the amount of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) for each week or portion thereof that said failure continues. Tenant agrees that such Service Charge will not constitute damages, and that neither Tenant’s payment of such Service Charge nor Landlord’s acceptance of such payment will result in a cure of any default under this Lease, or waiver of any default under the Lease by Landlord.

37.23 Anti-Terrorism Representation. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the international Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701¬1706, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, then an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

 

- 44 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
By:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

    By:  

/s/ Juanling Wu

  Andrew Rickman       Juanling Wu
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer       President
By:  

/s/ Amit Nagra

     
  Amit Nagra      
  Chief Operating Officer      

(For corporate entities, signature by TWO corporate officers is required: one by (x) the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, or the chief executive officer; and the other by (y) the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, or any assistant treasurer.)

 

 

- 45 -


EXHIBIT A

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

THE PREMISES

 

         INITIALS:
        

Landlord – JW

Tenant – AR

 

Exhibit A, Page 1


EXHIBIT B

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Delivery of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has examined the Premises. On the Premises Delivery Date, Landlord shall deliver the Premises and Tenant shall accept the Premises from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition as of the date of such delivery. The date that Landlord delivers the Premises, vacant and ready for Tenant to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the terms of this Construction Rider, is referred to herein as the “Premises Delivery Date”. Landlord anticipates that the Premises Delivery Date will occur on December 1, 2015, provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Premises Delivery Date does not occur on or before December 1, 2015.

2. Tenant Improvements. Promptly after the Premises Delivery Date, Tenant shall with reasonable diligence through a general contractor designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord) construct and install in the Premises the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider (“Tenant Improvements”). All of Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements or alterations in the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall contribute to the cost of Tenant Improvements described herein the Tenant Improvement Allowance set forth in Section 2.4 of this Construction Rider, and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, renovate the restroom serving the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act, with the scope of such renovation, materials used, and timing of completion to be determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Landlord and Tenant each shall designate in writing an individual authorized to act as a representative of each respective party with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

2.1 Scope of Tenant Improvements. Tenant Improvements shall include but not be limited to the following improvements and fixtures, which are shown on the Final Space Plan (as hereinafter defined) attached hereto as Exhibit B-l, and which is hereby approved by Landlord:

(a) Demising one (1) office and three (3) additional conference rooms of the size, configuration and finishes substantially similar to the conference room currently existing in the Premises;

 

Exhibit B, Page 1


(b) Installation of new flooring throughout the Premises, selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion;

(c) Demolition of white cubicle partitions currently existing in the Premises and replacing the same with cubicle partitions with wood-like pattern, substantially similar to the cubicle partitions currently installed in the middle of the main floor area of the Premises;

(d) Installation of drop ceiling for two (2) rooms located in the portion of the Premises adjacent to contiguous Suite 610 on the 6th floor of the Building;

(e) Installation of additional electrical system serving the workstations of Tenant’s employees, as determined in Tenant’s reasonable discretion;

(f) Installation of a dedicated 200 AMP electrical panel exclusively serving the area consisting of approximately 1,000 rentable square feet designated by Tenant for use as a dry laboratory (the “Dry Lab Area”);

(g) Installation of a sub-meter measuring electrical consumption of the equipment located in and serving the Dry Lab Area, including but not limited to the supplemental air conditioning unit described in Section 2.1(g) above;

(h) Installation of fire life safety systems and devices in the Dry Lab Area, newly demised conference rooms, and any other area or areas of the Premises, as required by Fire Department.

2.2 Plans.

2.2.1 Space Plan; Construction Documents. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the conceptual space plan for the Premises prepared by Jon Von Gaasbek of Creative Energy who has been retained by Tenant as the space planner for the Premises (“Space Planner”), dated November 20, 2015 (“Final Space Plan”), attached hereto as Exhibit B-l. Tenant shall also retain engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), to prepare all plans and engineering construction documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Engineers and the Space Plan to be prepared by the Space Planner may collectively be referred to as the “Construction Documents.”

2.2.2 Space Planning Allowance. Landlord shall provide a “Space Planning Allowance” in the amount up to $0.12 per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., $841.32) toward the cost of preparation of Space Plan set forth in Section 2.2.1. This Space Planning Allowance shall be in addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

Exhibit B, Page 2


2.2.3 Construction Documents. Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Planner and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and the Space Planner shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing Construction Documents in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Construction Documents”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Construction Documents. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Documents, either (i) approve the Final Construction Documents, (ii) approve the Final Construction Documents subject to specified conditions to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the Approved Construction Documents for permits as set forth below, if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan, or (iii) disapprove and return the Final Construction Documents to Tenant with requested revisions if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan. If Landlord disapproves the Final Construction Documents, Tenant may resubmit the Final Construction Documents to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Construction Documents, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 2.2.3 within three (3) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Construction Documents.

Once approved by Landlord as set forth above, the Final Construction Documents shall be referred to as the “Approved Working Documents,” and such Final Construction Documents shall be so approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Documents Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to submit the Approved Construction Documents to the appropriate municipal authorities for all architectural and structural permits (the “Permits”), provided that (a) the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with a copy of the package that it intends to submit prior to such submission, and (b) if there are Building modifications required to obtain the Permits, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such Building modifications. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Premises) for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Premises). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

2.3 Construction of Tenant Improvements.

2.3.1 Contractor; Tenant’s Representatives. Tenant shall retain a qualified and licensed general contractor selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) (the “Contractor”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which Contractor shall be a qualified, reputable, general contractor experienced in class A office building tenant improvement construction in the greater Los Angeles area. The Space Planner, Engineers, Contractor, other contractors, subcontractors, consultants, laborers, vendors, and material suppliers retained and/or used by Tenant in connection with the Tenant Improvements shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Representatives.”

 

Exhibit B, Page 3


2.3.2 Construction Contract; Final Cost Estimate. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit a copy of the executed contract with the Contractor for the construction of Tenant Improvements, including the general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”) to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids and proposals for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Representatives, of the final estimated costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (the “Final Cost Estimate”), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Space Planner’s and Engineers’ fees and the Landlord construction coordination fee as set forth in Section 4 below.

2.3.3 Construction. Upon Tenant’s receipt of Approved Construction Documents and Permits, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Premises Delivery Date. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have been completed in accordance with the Final Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

Following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall inspect the Premises and prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. Tenant shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible.

2.3.4 Indemnity; Insurance. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 10 of the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements. All of Tenant’s Representatives shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. Additionally, Tenant or Contractor shall also carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, which shall in no event be less than the amount actually carried by Tenant or Contractor, covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

 

Exhibit B, Page 4


2.4 Cost of Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall contribute a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount up to $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (i.e., the amount not to exceed $70,110.00) toward the cost of the design (including preparation of space plans and Construction Documents), construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be paid to Tenant within ten (10) business days of the date that Tenant has provided to Landlord an invoice(s) from Tenant’s contractor in an amount at least equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and lien waiver(s) in connection therewith. In the event that Landlord has failed to pay to Tenant, when due, any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall provide to Landlord written notice thereof. If Landlord’s failure to pay continues for fifteen (15) business days following such first written notice, Tenant may offset the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance due to Tenant from Rent due to Landlord. Such offset shall end when Tenant has offset the full amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance owed to Tenant.

The balance, if any, of the cost of the Tenant Improvements (“Additional Cost”), including, but not limited to, usual markups for overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid by Tenant, with all payments made by Tenant directly to Tenant’s Representatives, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

2.5 Changes. If Tenant requests any material change, addition or alteration in or to any Final Construction Documents (“Changes”) Tenant shall (i) inform the Landlord of the desired Changes and obtain Landlord’s written approval thereof which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2.1 within no more than three (3) business days after the date of Tenant’s request for approval (and if Landlord has not responded within such three (3)-day period, such request for a Change shall be deemed approved); (ii) following Landlord’s approval of Changes, cause the Space Planner to prepare additional Plans implementing such Changes; and (iii) promptly pay the cost of preparing additional Plans directly to the Space Planner.

3. Construction Coordination Fee. Tenant shall pay to Landlord construction coordination fee in accordance with the terms of Section 6.3 of the Lease.

4. Ownership of Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant and whether installed at Tenant’s cost or with the use of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, shall become a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

         INITIALS:
        

Landlord – JW

Tenant – AR

 

 

Exhibit B, Page 5


EXHIBIT B-1

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

FINAL SPACE PLAN

[Starts on next page]

 

         INITIALS:
        

Landlord – JW

Tenant – AR

 

Exhibit B-1, Page 6


LOGO

 

Exhibit B-1, Page 7


LOGO

 

 

Exhibit B-1, Page 8


EXHIBIT C

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

BUILDING RULES

The following Building Rules are additional provisions of the foregoing Lease to which they are attached. The capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings as these terms are given in the Lease. Whenever Landlord’s consent or approval is required under these, or any subsequent, Building Rules, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay such consent or approval).

1. Use of Common Areas. Tenant will not obstruct the halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators or stairways of the Building (“Interior Common Areas”) or the common areas, and Tenant will not use the Interior Common Areas or the common areas for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. The Interior Common Areas and the common areas are not open to the general public and Landlord reserves the right to control and prevent access to the Interior Common Areas and the common areas of any person whose presence, in Landlord’s opinion, would be prejudicial to the safety, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants.

2. No Access to Roof. Tenant has no right of access to the roof of the Building and will not install, repair or replace any antenna, aerial, aerial wires, fan, air-conditioner or other device on the roof of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such device installed without such written consent is subject to removal at Tenant’s expense without notice at any time. In any event Tenant will be liable for any damages or repairs incurred or required as a result of its installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of such devices on the roof and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any activities of Tenant or of Tenant’s Representatives on the roof of the Building.

3. Signage. No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice visible from the exterior of the Premises will be inscribed, painted, affixed or otherwise displayed by Tenant on or in any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to adopt and furnish Tenant with general guidelines relating to signs in or on the Building. All approved signage will be inscribed, painted or affixed at Tenant’s expense by a person approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

4. Prohibited Uses. The Premises will not be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, for lodging or for the sale of goods to the general public. Tenant will not permit any food preparation on the Premises except that Tenant may use Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, as well as a microwave oven, so long as such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations and provided that such activity does not generate odors outside of the Premises.

 

Exhibit C, Page 1


5. Janitorial Services. Tenant will not employ any person for the purpose of cleaning the Premises or permit any person to enter the Building for such purpose other than Landlord’s janitorial service, except with Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant will not necessitate, and will be liable for the cost of, any undue amount of janitorial labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness in or indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in the Premises. Janitorial service will not be furnished to areas in the Premises on nights when such areas are occupied after 9:30 p.m., unless such service is extended by written agreement to a later hour in specifically designated areas of the Premises.

6. Keys and Locks. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, two (2) keys to each door or lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional or replacement keys. Tenant will not duplicate any keys, alter any locks or install any new or additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises or on any other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord and, in any event. Tenant will provide Landlord with a key for any such lock. On the termination of the Lease, Tenant will deliver to Landlord all keys to any locks or doors in the Building which have been obtained by Tenant.

7. Freight. Upon not less than twenty-four hours prior notice to Landlord, which notice may be oral, an elevator will be made available for Tenant’s use for transportation of freight, subject to such scheduling as Landlord in its discretion deems appropriate. Tenant shall not transport freight in loads exceeding the weight limitations of such elevator. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building, and no property will be received in the Building or carried up or down the freight elevator or stairs except during such hours and along such routes and by such persons as may be designated by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require that heavy objects will stand on wood strips of such length and thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries caused by moving or maintaining such property.

8. Nuisances and Dangerous Substances. Tenant will not conduct itself or permit Tenant’s Representatives or Visitors to conduct themselves, in the Premises or anywhere on or in the Property in a manner which is offensive or unduly annoying to any other Tenant or Landlord’s property managers. Tenant will not install or operate any phonograph, radio receiver, musical instrument, or television or other similar device in any part of the common areas and shall not operate any such device installed in the Premises in such manner as to disturb or annoy other tenants of the Building. Tenant will not use or keep in the Premises or the Property any kerosene, gasoline or other combustible fluid or material other than limited quantities thereof reasonably necessary for the maintenance of office equipment, or, without Landlord’s prior written approval, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant will not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein. Tenant will not bring or keep any animals in or about the Premises or the Property.

 

Exhibit C, Page 2


9. Building Name and Address. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant will not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

10. Building Directory. A directory for the Building will be provided for the display of the name and location of tenants. Landlord reserves the right to approve any additional names Tenant desires to place in the directory and, if so approved, Landlord may assess a reasonable charge for adding such additional names.

11. Window Coverings. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades, awnings, screens or other coverings, window ventilators, hangings, decorations or similar equipment shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in or with any window of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to control all lighting within the Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Building.

12. Floor Coverings. Tenant will not lay or otherwise affix linoleum, tile, carpet or any other floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant will be liable for the cost of repair of any damage resulting from the violation of this rule or the removal of any floor covering by Tenant or its contractors, employees or invitees.

13. Wiring and Cabling Installations. Landlord will direct Tenant’s electricians and other vendors as to where and how data, telephone, and electrical wires and cables are to be installed. No boring or cutting for wires or cables will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The location of burglar alarms, smoke detectors, telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord.

14. Office Closing Procedures. Tenant will see that the doors of the Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities are shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, so as to prevent waste or damage. Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord resulting from Tenant’s carelessness in this regard or violation of this rule. Tenant will keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress and egress.

15. Plumbing Facilities. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be disposed of therein. Tenant will be liable for any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant, its employees or invitees.

16. Use of Hand Trucks. Tenant will not use or permit to be used in the Premises or in the common areas any hand trucks, carts or dollies except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other equipment as Landlord may approve.

 

Exhibit C, Page 3


17. Refuse. Tenant shall store all Tenant’s trash and garbage within the Premises or in other facilities designated By Landlord for such purpose. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash and garbage removal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord, only through such common areas provided for such purposes and at such limes as Landlord may designate. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of any recycling program adopted by Landlord for the Building.

18. Soliciting. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate to prevent the same.

19. Parking. Tenant shall be responsible to make parking arrangements with the Parking Operator which manages the Parking Facility (“Parking Facility”) for the City of Pasadena, California.

20. Fire, Security and Safety Regulations. Tenant will comply with all safety, security, fire protection and evacuation measures and procedures established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

21. Responsibility for Theft. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

22. Sales and Auctions. Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted any sale by auction in, upon or from the Premises or elsewhere in the Property, whether said auction be voluntary, involuntary, pursuant to any assignment for the payment of creditors or pursuant to any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

23. Waiver of Rules. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Building Rules for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord will be construed as a waiver of such Building Rules in favor of any other tenant or tenants nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing these Building Rules against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

24. Effect on Lease. These Building Rules are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Violation of these Building Rules constitutes a failure to fully perform the provisions of the Lease, as referred to in Section 15.1 - “Events of Default”.

25. Non-Discriminatory Enforcement. Subject to the provisions of the Lease (and the provisions of other leases with respect to other tenants), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce these Building Rules in a non-discriminatory manner, but in no event shall Landlord have any liability for any failure or refusal to do so (and Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such failure or refusal shall be injunctive relief preventing Landlord from enforcing any of the Building Rules against Tenant in a manner that discriminates against Tenant).

 

Exhibit C, Page 4


26. Additional and Amended Rules. Landlord reserves the right to rescind or amend these Building Rules and/or adopt any other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order therein.

 

  INITIALS:
  Landlord – JW
  Tenant – AR

 

Exhibit C, Page 5


EXHIBIT D

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RIDER

 

38.

EXTENSION OPTION.

38.1 Extension Option Right. Provided that Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, other than to a Permitted Transferee (it being intended that rights pursuant to this provision are and shall be personal to the original Tenant under this Lease and any Permitted Transferee and shall not be transferable or exercisable for the benefit of any Transferee other than a Permitted Transferee), and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at any time thereafter until the beginning of such extension of the Term, Tenant shall have the option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Term for one (1) additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the “Extension Period”), by giving written notice to Landlord of the exercise of such Extension Option at least ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term (the “Extension Notice”). The exercise of the Extension Option by Tenant shall be irrevocable and shall cover the entire Premises leased by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Upon such exercise, the term of the Lease shall automatically be extended for the Extension Period without the execution of any further instrument by the parties; provided, however, that Landlord and Tenant shall, if requested by either party, execute and acknowledge an instrument confirming the exercise of the Extension Option and the Extension Rent. The Extension Option shall terminate if not exercised precisely in the manner provided herein. Any extension of the Term shall be upon all the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease and all Exhibits hereto, except that: (i) Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term of the Lease; (ii) Landlord shall not be obligated to contribute any additional funds toward the cost of any remodeling, renovation, alteration or improvement work in the Premises; (iii) Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any fee or commission to any broker; and (iv) Base Rent for the Extension Period shall be the then Fair Market Base Rental (as defined in Section 38.2 below) for the Premises for the space and term involved, which shall be determined as set forth below. The term of this Lease, whether consisting of the initial Term alone or the initial Term as extended by the Extension Period (if the Extension Option is exercised), is referred to in this Lease as the “Term.”

38.2 Extension Rent. Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Extension Period (the “Extension Rent”) shall be equal to the Fair Market Base Rental. “Fair Market Base Rental” shall be determined by Landlord and shall mean the “fair market” Base Rent at the time or times in question for the applicable space in the Building, based on the prevailing rentals then being charged to tenants in the Building and tenants in other office buildings in the general vicinity of the Building of comparable location and quality as the Building, for leases with terms

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


approximately equal to the term for which Fair Market Base Rental is being determined, taking into account: the desirability, location in the building, size and quality of the space, including interior finishes and other tenant improvements, included services and related operating expenses and tax and expense stops or other escalation clauses; and any other special rights of Tenant under this Lease in comparison to typical market leases (e.g., for parking, signage, and extension or expansion options). Fair Market Base Rental shall also reflect the then prevailing rental structure for comparable office buildings in the general vicinity of the Building, so that if, for example, at the time Fair Market Base Rental is being determined the prevailing rental structure includes periodic rental adjustments or escalations, Fair Market Base Rental shall reflect such rental structure.

Within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives the Extension Notice, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s good faith determination of the Fair Market Base Rental (“Landlord’s Extension Term Rental Notice”). No later than the date that is thirty (30) days from the date of Landlord’s Extension Term Rental Notice, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord either accepting or disputing Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Base Rental, and if Tenant disputes Landlord’s Fair Market Base Rental, such notice shall, likewise, include Tenant’s determination of the Fair Market Base Rental. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the Fair Market Base Rental within thirty (30) days of the date of Landlord’s Extension Term Rental Notice (the “Negotiation Period”), Landlord and Tenant shall simultaneously exchange, within the following fifteen (15) days, on a date determined by Landlord and Tenant, statements of each party’s proposed Fair Market Base Rental and the basis for calculation thereof (each, a “Statement of Rental Rate”); provided, however, that if one party has not submitted its Statement of Rental Rate within such fifteen (15) day period, then the other party shall provide such party with written notice of the failure, and if such failure continues for an additional fifteen (15) days, then the determination set forth in the other party’s Statement of Rental Rate shall be final and binding upon both parties. If both parties receive the other party’s Statement of Rental Rate within such time and the lesser of the two (2) determinations is within ten (10%) percent of the higher determination, then the average of the Landlord’s and Tenant’s Statement of Rental Rate determinations shall conclusively be deemed to be the Extension Rental Rate. If these determinations differ by more than ten (10%) percent, then Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select an independent real estate professional with at least ten (10) years’ continuous experience in the business of appraising or marketing retail space in the vicinity of the Property (the “Valuation Expert”) to resolve the dispute as to the Fair Market Base Rental. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the designation of the Valuation Expert within thirty (30) days of the exchange of the Statements of Rental Rate, either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association, or any successor thereto, for the designation of a Valuation Expert. Within ten (10) days of the selection of the Valuation Expert, Landlord and Tenant shall each submit to the Valuation Expert a copy of its Statement of Rental Rate, together with any supporting material. The Valuation Expert shall not perform his own valuation, but rather, shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such submissions, select as the Fair Market Base Rental the submission which the Valuation Expert concludes most closely and accurately reflects the Fair Market Base Rental for the Premises and the rental rate set forth in that submission shall be the Extension Rental Rate for the Extension Period. The Valuation Expert shall give notice of his or her determination to Landlord and Tenant and such decision shall be final and conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of any real estate professional such party retains and such party’s counsel, if any, in connection with any proceeding under this paragraph, and the party whose determination was determined by the Valuation Expert not to most accurately and closely reflect the Extension Rental Rate of the Premises shall equally pay the fees and expenses of the Valuation Expert.

 

Exhibit D, Page 2


39. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. Provided that Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, other than to a Permitted Transferee (it being intended that rights pursuant to this provision are and shall be personal to the original Tenant under this Lease and any Permitted Transferee and shall not be transferable or exercisable for the benefit of any Transferee other than a Permitted Transferee), and provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (the “ROFO Option”) to lease the space designated as Suite 610 consisting of approximately 667 rentable square feet and contiguous to the Premises, should such space become available for lease to others (the “Suite 610”) during the Term of the Lease, as set forth herein. Upon Suite 610 becoming available to lease and prior to offering the space to the public for lease, Landlord shall first give Tenant written notice (the “Offer Notice”), offering to lease Suite 610 to Tenant on the terms and conditions of this Lease; provided, however, that: (a) the term of the Lease as to Suite 610 shall commence as provided in the Offer Notice and shall continue until the end of the Term as to the balance of the Premises (as it may be renewed in accordance with this Lease); (b) Tenant shall pay Base Rent for Suite 610 as provided in the Offer Notice (which shall be fair market rent); (c) Tenant shall not be entitled to Base Rent Abatement for Suite 610; (d) Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for Suite 610 in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Lease (provided that Tenant may be entitled to a new base year for Suite 610); and (e) Suite 610 shall be added to the Premises for all other purposes of this Lease and all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to Suite 610, other than as set forth in the Offer Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the term of the Lease for Suite 610 (and the then remaining balance of the Lease Term for the Premises as it may have been renewed) shall not be less than two (2) years (unless Tenant exercises its right of first offer hereunder simultaneously with the Renewal Option).

Tenant shall have ten (10) business days after receipt of the Offer Notice to either accept Suite 610 upon the terms of the Offer Notice, or decline the offer. If Tenant does not accept Suite 610 offered by Landlord upon the terms of the Offer Notice within ten (10) business days after receipt of such Offer Notice, then Landlord shall be free to lease Suite 610 to any other person or entity. If Tenant timely accepts Suite 610 when offered by Landlord, Tenant and Landlord shall promptly execute an appropriate Lease amendment in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant in order to confirm Tenant’s lease of Suite 610.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 39, in the event Tenant exercises the ROFO Option in accordance with the provisions hereof within the first (1st) calendar year following the Commencement Date, the lease of Suite 610 shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, Suite 610 shall be added to the Premises for all purposes, and Tenant and Landlord shall not be required to execute a Lease amendment to confirm Tenant’s lease of Suite 610.

 

Exhibit D, Page 3


40. OVERSTANDARD ELECTRICITY USAGE. If Tenant is not billed directly by the appropriate utility company, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in connection with the installation and operation of the supplemental air conditioning unit or units (if any) and dedicated 200 Amps service for Tenant’s Dry Lab Area as set forth in Exhibit B—Construction Rider above, the cost of electricity consumed by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s installation and operation of such additional equipment, as shown on the meter or sub-meter installed by Tenant for the aforementioned equipment in accordance with the terms of Exhibit B - Construction Rider. The cost of such electricity usage shall be equal to the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing such utilities. Payment shall be made to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord invoices Tenant therefor or makes demand of the amounts due.

41. ACCESS TO PREMISES. Tenant shall have the right to access the Building and the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, every day of the year. Access to the Building shall be provided by means of electronic access key cards. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including Article 6 - Tenant Improvements and Alterations, Tenant may, at its own cost and expense, install its own key card access system (“Tenant’s Access System”) in the Premises. Tenant may coordinate the Tenant’s Access System to provide that the Building’s system and the Tenant’s Access System will operate on the same type of key card, so that Tenant’s employees are able to use a single card for both systems, but shall not otherwise integrate the Tenant’s Security System with the Building systems.

 

   INITIALS:
   Landlord – JW
   Tenant – AR

 

Exhibit D, Page 4


EXHIBIT E

ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF

LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2015

BETWEEN

21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, AS LANDLORD,

AND

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., AS TENANT (“LEASE”)

PARKING AGREEMENT

[Starts on next page]

 

   INITIALS:
   Landlord – JW
   Tenant – AR

 

Exhibit E, Page 1


LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 1


RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

Richards, Watson & Gershon,

A Professional Corporation

333 South Hope Street, 38th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn: Allen E.Rennett

EASEMENT AND PARKING AGREEMENT

by and between

PASADENA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION

a public body, corporate and politic,

And

YTC PROPERTIES (USA) INC.,

a Delaware corporation

With Joinder by

MARENGO INVESTMENT GROUP, L.L.C.,

a California limited liability company

 

Exhibit E, Page 2


EASEMENT AND PARKING AGREEMENT

This Easement and Parking Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated as of this 31st day of March, 2000, and entered into by and between the PASADENA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION, a public body, corporate and politic (“Commission”), and YTC PROPERTIES (USA) INC., a Delaware corporation (“Owner”), on the basis of the following facts:

RECITALS

A. Owner is the owner of the real property (the “Security Bank Building”) commonly known as 234 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California, and legally described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

B. Commission is the owner of (i) the real property (the “Subterranean Garage”) legally described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, improved with a subterranean parking structure; (ii) the real property (the “Marengo Garage”) legally described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, improved with a parking structure; (iii) the real property (the “Commission Bridge Tract”), legally described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, improved with elevated pedestrian walkway and related public improvements (including without limitation an elevator and stairs) connecting the Security Bank Building with the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage; and (iv) the real property (the “Ramp”), legally described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, improved with a driveway connecting the Subterranean Garage with Colorado Boulevard.

C. The Pasadena Redevelopment Agency (Commission’s predecessor in interest) (the “Agency”) and Owner’s predecessors in interest entered into an Owner Participation Agreement (“OPA”), dated March 21, 1979, in connection with the development of a retail shopping center (the “Original Center”) above the Subterranean Garage. Among other things, the OPA stated various agreements and understandings between the parties regarding the use and operation of the Security Bank Building, the Subterranean Garage, the Marengo Garage and the Ramp (collectively, the “Project”), including but not limited to the following:

(i) the owner of the Security Bank Building obtained exclusive parking rights for 37 parking spaces in a designated portion of the Subterranean Garage;

(ii) the owner of the Security Bank Building obtained exclusive parking rights for 30 designated parking spaces in the Marengo Garage and non-exclusive parking rights for 133 undesignated parking spaces in the Marengo Garage;

(iii) the owner of the Security Bank Building obtained rights to use the Ramp;

(iv) the owner of the Security Bank Building obtained access to and from the Marengo Garage by way of an elevated pedestrian walkway over Marengo Avenue that would connect the mezzanine level of the Security Bank Building with the Marengo Garage; and

 

Exhibit E, Page 3


(v) the owner of the Security Bank Building obtained access to the Subterranean Garage via an elevator and stairs.

D. By Grant Deed recorded May 25,1979, as Instrument No. 79-564739, Official Records of Los Angeles County, California, Owner’s predecessor in interest granted to the Agency certain real property and easements in accordance with the OPA. The Agency subsequently caused to be constructed and has subsequently maintained pursuant to the OPA the elevated pedestrian walkway and related public improvements (including without limitation the elevator and stairs) connecting die Security Bank Building with the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage.

E. Although die OPA provided for the preparation and execution of a lease or other agreement implementing the agreed parking arrangements and easements, the parties believe that no such lease or other agreement was ever executed. Nevertheless, the predecessors in interest of the parties and the parties have otherwise substantially adhered to the provisions of the OPA.

F. Commission is concurrently entering into an agreement with the owner of the Original Center to redevelop the Original Center, including without limitation the Subterranean Garage, the Marengo Garage, the Commission Bridge Tract and the Ramp.

G. The parties now desire to enter to this Agreement in lieu of the agreements anticipated by the OPA, with such changes as may be necessary or convenient to facilitate the renovation of the Original Center, the Subterranean Garage, the Marengo Garage, the Commission Bridge Tract and the Ramp, and to provide for the parking rights of Owner after completion of the renovation.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the OPA, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on May 1, 2000, and shall expire on April 30, 2050, unless sooner terminated as provided herein. If this Agreement has not been terminated prior to April 30, 2050, Owner may at its sole option extend the term (on all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement other than this option to extend) for an additional period of not more than 49 years, by written notice of extension given to Commission not later than December 31, 2049. Notwithstanding expiration or termination of this Agreement, the nondiscrimination covenants contained in Section 12 shall remain in perpetuity.

2. Subterranean Garage Parking Permits. During the term of this Agreement, Commission shall make available (or cause to be made available) to the Eligible Persons (as hereinafter defined) designated from time to time by Owner up to seventy-five (75) monthly parking permits (“Subterranean Garage Parking Permits”) for parking in undesignated, unreserved spaces in the Subterranean Garage on the terms and conditions that comparable monthly permits are made available to the general public, which terms and conditions shall be the same as the terms and conditions required by Commission and the City of Pasadena (“City”) for comparable monthly permits for parking facilities owned or operated by either in “Subdistrict CD-I-Old Pasadena” as defined in the Central District Specific Plan of the City, as such subdistrict may be defined from time to time (the “Old Pasadena District”); if the City and the

 

Exhibit E, Page 4


Commission charge different rates for monthly permits in such parking facilities, the monthly rate determined by Commission to be applicable to the Subterranean Garage Parking Permits shall not be less than the lowest monthly rate and not higher than the highest monthly rate. Commission covenants and represents that during the term of this Agreement, there will be at least two hundred fifty (250) undesignated, unreserved spaces (other than spaces for handicapped parking or otherwise as required by law) in the western portion of the first (upper) level of the Subterranean Garage shown in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

3. Marengo Garage Parking Permits. During the term of this Agreement, Commission shall make available (or cause to be made available) to the Eligible Persons designated from time to time by Owner up to one hundred fifty-five (155) monthly parking permits (“Marengo Garage Parking Permits”) for parking in undesignated, unreserved spaces in the Marengo Garage on the terms and conditions that comparable monthly permits are made available to the general public, which terms and conditions shall be the same as the terms and conditions required by Commission and the City for comparable monthly permits for parking facilities owned or operated by either in the Old Pasadena District; if the City and the Commission charge different rates for monthly permits in such parking facilities, the monthly rate determined by Commission to be applicable to the Marengo Garage Parking Permits shall not be less than the lowest monthly rate and not higher than the highest monthly rate.

4. Eligible Persons; Costs. The term “Eligible Person” shall mean only (i) then-current tenants of the Security Bank Building, and (ii) employees of Owner and such tenants. Owner shall be responsible only for designating the Eligible Persons to purchase the Subterranean Garage Parking Permits and the Marengo Garage Parking Permits (jointly, the “Monthly Permits”); the Eligible Persons shall contract directly with the Commission or the Commission’s designee for such Monthly Permits. Owner shall have no responsibility for the costs of operating the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage or for the charges for such Monthly Permits, and Owner shall have no interest in the charges paid by Eligible Persons for such Monthly Permits.

5. Special Terms and Conditions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

(a) the Monthly Permits shall be valid each day of the year at least between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and midnight, except that the Monthly Permits shall not be valid (except as provided in paragraph 5(b)): (i) after 6:00 p.m. on the evening before the Rose Parade, and (ii) at any time on the day on which the Rose Parade is held; and

(b) up to fifty (50) of the Subterranean Garage Parking Permits, to be designated from time to time by Owner, shall be valid after 6:00 p.m. on the evening before the Rose Parade and on the day of the Rose Parade.

6. Temporary Relocation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during any period when insufficient spaces are available in the Subterranean Garage due to remodelling, repair or reconstruction, the Commission at its option may substitute seventy-five (75) additional Marengo Garage Parking Permits for the seventy-five (75) Subterranean Garage Monthly Permits described in Section 2; provided, however, that the Commission shall waive (or cause to

 

Exhibit E, Page 5


be waived) the monthly charges for the Marengo Garage Parking Permits issued pursuant to this paragraph for any Eligible Person who is entitled to park in the Subterranean Garage pursuant to a lease in effect as of the date of this Agreement. Owner will reasonably cooperate with Commission to facilitate the relocation and the remodelling, repair or reconstruction of the Subterranean Garage, the Marengo Garage, the Ramp and/or the elevated pedestrian walkway and related public improvements (including without limitation the elevator and stairs) connecting the Security Bank Building with the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage during any such period.

7. Validation Program. Owner will have the right to operate the validation program described in this section for parking by visitors to the Security Bank Building. Each month, on request, Owner and tenants of the Security Bank Building shall have the right to purchase from Commission or its designee validations permitting free parking to the holder of such validation in increments established by Commission and Owner at a cost per validation equal to the rate that is charged in City- or Commission-owned or operated parking facilities in the Old Pasadena District following the expiration of any initial period of free parking available in such facilities {e.g., if parkers in the Old Pasadena District are charged $2.00 for the first hour after an initial 90 minute free parking period, validations for up to one hour of parking will cost $2.00; there will be no period of free parking in the Subterranean Garage or the Marengo Garage). Such validations may be issued through the use of validation equipment supplied and maintained by Commission or its designee. Validations may not be added or cumulated, either with validations under this program or with validations under other programs; no more than one validation will be honored at one time. Validations under this program shall only be made available to the guests and visitors of Owner and the tenants of the Security Bank Building. Owner shall use Owner’s commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any unauthorized use or abuse of the validation system, including providing in its employee manual, and requiring in leases entered into or amended after the date of this Agreement that tenants provide in their employee manuals, that an employee’s unauthorized use or abuse of the validation system shall be grounds for termination of employment.

8. Access Ramp; Walkway and Related Public Improvements. Owner and Owner’s tenants and visitors shall have the nonexclusive right of vehicular access to the Subterranean Garage over the Ramp, in common with the general public and other users of the Subterranean Garage. So long as alternative access is provided. Commission (or the manager of the Subterranean Garage) may close the Ramp during hours that usage of the Ramp is expected to be uneconomic. Owner and Owner’s tenants and visitors shall have the nonexclusive right of pedestrian access, in common with the general public and other users of the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage, of the elevated pedestrian walkway and related public improvements (including without limitation the elevator and stairs) connecting the Security Bank Building with the Subterranean Garage and the Marengo Garage.

9. Waiver of Claims. Commission hereby waives all claims against Owner and Owner’s predecessors in interest for parking rent payable under Section 703 of the OPA through the commencement of the term of this Agreement. (Upon commencement of the term of this Agreement, Section 4 shall supersede any further rental obligations.)

 

Exhibit E, Page 6


10. Nondiscrimination.

(a) Obligation to Refrain from Discrimination. There shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person, or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry in the sale, lease, sublease, transfer, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Project, nor shall Owner or any person claiming under or through Owner establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, lessees, subtenants, sublessees, or vendees of the Project or any portion thereof. Owner and any person claiming under or through Owner shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, age, marital status, sex or sexual orientation.

(b) Form of Nondiscrimination and Nonsegregation Clauses. Owner shall refrain from restricting the rental, sale or lease of the site or any portion thereof on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry of any person. All such deeds, leases or contracts relating to the rental, sale or lease of Owner’s interest, or any portion thereof, shall contain or be subject to substantially the following nondiscrimination or nonsegregation clauses;

(1) In Deeds: “The grantee herein covenants by and for itself or its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through it, that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of, any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry in the sale, lease, sublease, transfer, use, occupancy, tenure, or enjoyment of the land herein conveyed, nor shall the grantee of any person claiming under or through it, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, lessees, subtenants, sublessee, or vendees in the land herein conveyed. The foregoing covenants shall run with the land.”

(2) In Leases: “The lessee herein covenants by and for itself or its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through it, and this lease is made and accepted under and subject to the following conditions: That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure, or enjoyment of the land herein leased nor shall the lessee itself, or any person claiming under or through it, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use, or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessee, subtenants, or vendees in the land herein leased.”

(3) In Contracts: “There shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry, in the sale, lease, sublease, transfer, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the premises, nor shall the parties to this contract or any person claiming under or through them, establish or permit any such practice or such practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use, or occupancy of tenants, lessees, subtenants, sublessee, or vendees of the premises.”

 

Exhibit E, Page 7


11. Covenants Running With The Land. This Agreement is intended to create “covenants running with the land” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1468. Accordingly, the rights of each party hereunder shall constitute benefits to the property owned by that party (the “Benefitted Property”) and the obligations of each party hereunder shall constitute burdens (in favor of the Benefitted Property) on the burdened party’s property.

12. Notices, Demands and Communications Between the Parties. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, return receipt requested, or by Federal Express or other courier service which provides a written receipt of delivery, or telegraphed, delivered or sent by telex, telecopy, or cable to the addresses set forth in this Section. The notices or other communications shall be deemed received upon: (i) if personally delivered, the date of delivery to the address of the person to receive such notice; (ii) if mailed, the date of delivery or refusal to accept delivery indicated in the certified or registered mail receipt; or (iii) if given by courier service, on the date of delivery evidenced by the receipt for delivery provided by the courier service; or (iv) if given by telex, telecopy, or faxed, when sent. Any notice, request, demand, direction or other communication sent by cable, telex, telecopy or fax must be confirmed within forty-eight (48) hours by letter mailed or delivered in accordance with the foregoing. Such written notices, demands, and communications may be sent in the same manner to such other addresses as any party may from time to time designate by personal delivery or registered or certified mail as provided in this Section 9.1.

If to Commission or City:

Pasadena Community Development Commission

100 N. Garfield Avenue, Room 222

Pasadena, California 91109

Attention: Director of Housing and Development

(626) 744-4660

(626) 744-4773 (facsimile)

With a copy to:

City Attorney

100 N. Garfield Avenue, Room 228

Pasadena, California 91109

Attention: Commission Counsel

(626) 744-4141

(626) 744-4190 (facsimile)

Richards, Watson & Gershon

333 South Hope Street, 38th Fl

Los Angeles, California

Attention: Michael Estrada

(213) 626-8484

(213) 626-0078 (facsimile)

 

Exhibit E, Page 8


To Owner:

YTC PROPERTIES (USA) INC.

c/o White & Case LLP

633 West Fifth Street Suite 1900

Los Angeles, California 90071-2007

Attention: Mr. Barrye L. Wall

(213) 620 7700

(213) 687 0758 (facsimile)

With a copy to:

White & Case, L.L.P.

633 West Fifth Street

Los Angeles, California 90071-2007

Attention: Barrye L. Wall

(213) 620-7700

(213)687-0758 (facsimile)

13. Nonliability of Officials and Employees. No member, official, representative or employee of Commission shall be personally liable to Owner, or any successor in interest, in the event of any Default or breach by Commission or for any amount which may be come due to Owner or its successors, or on any obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

14. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

15. Construction of Agreement

(a) Context and Construction. When the context and construction so require, all words used in the singular herein shall be deemed to have been used in the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and vice versa. The term person as used in this Agreement includes a natural person, corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, trust, individual, or a governmental authority or agency. Whenever a reference is made herein to a particular Section or subsection of this Agreement, it shall include all subsections and subparts thereof.

(b) Advice of Counsel. Each Party hereto has had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel of its choosing concerning this Agreement. This Agreement is deemed to have been jointly prepared by all of the Parties hereto, and any uncertainty or ambiguity existing herein shall not be interpreted against any Party on the ground that it was the drafter.

(c) Calendar Days; Computation of Time. “Day” or “days” as used herein shall refer to calendar day or days, unless otherwise specifically provided herein. Unless otherwise required by a specific provision of this Agreement, time hereunder is to be computed by excluding the first day and including the last day. If the date for performance falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the date for performance shall be extended to the next business day.

 

Exhibit E, Page 9


16. Interpretation or Enforcement; Litigation Costs. In the event of any legal action in a dispute arising between the Parties out of this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its actual litigation expenses and costs, including actual attorney’s fees and costs of appeal.

17. Consent of Commission or City. Neither the execution of this Agreement by the Commission nor any consent or approval given by the Commission or the City hereunder shall waive, abridge, impair or otherwise affect the police or regulatory (as opposed to contractual and proprietary) powers and duties of either as a governmental body. Any requirements under this Agreement that any person obtain consents or approvals of the Commission or the City are in addition to and not in lieu of any provisions of law requiring that the person obtain approvals or permits therefrom. However, the Commission and the City shall use good faith efforts to coordinate their procedures for giving contractual and governmental approvals so that requests and applications are not unreasonably denied or delayed.

18. No Obligation To Third Parties. This Agreement shall not be deemed to confer any rights upon, nor obligate any of the parties to this Agreement to, any person or entity not a party to this Agreement and the Parties explicitly disclaim any intent to create a third party beneficiary relationship with any person or entity as a result of this Agreement. This Agreement is intended to confer rights and benefits only upon the Parties and their successors and assigns and is not intended to confer any rights or benefits upon any other person or entity. No person or entity other than the Parties and their successors and assigns shall have any legally enforceable rights hereunder. All rights of action for any breach of this Agreement are hereby reserved to the Parties and their successors and assigns.

19. Further Acts. Each of the Parties shall execute such other and further documents and do such further acts as may be reasonably required to effectuate the intent of the Parties and carry out the terms of this Agreement.

20. Estoppel Certificates. Any Party hereunder may, from time to time, request the other Party to execute and acknowledge an estoppel certificate or agreement verifying that this Agreement, is in full force and effect and that no Defaults have occurred and are continuing as of the date of such certificate or agreement (nor any event which, with the passage of time and the giving of notice would result in a Default or breach under this Agreement), or stating the nature of the Default or breach or event, if any. In the event the estoppel certificate discloses such a Default, breach or event, it shall also state the manner in which such Default, breach and/or event may be cured. The Party requesting such certificate or agreement shall provide the form thereof and, provided such certificate or agreement is in form and substance commercially reasonable, the requested Party shall execute and return the same within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the final form thereof, and the requesting Party (and its lenders and successors-in-interest) shall be entitled to rely thereon.

21. Severability. Should any part, term, portion or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances be held to be illegal or in conflict with any laws, or otherwise be rendered unenforceable or ineffectual, the validity of the remaining parts, terms, or circumstances, shall be deemed severable and the same shall remain enforceable and valid to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Exhibit E, Page 10


22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

23. Entire Agreement; Waivers and Amendments.

(a) This Agreement integrates all of the terms and conditions mentioned herein or incidental hereto and supersedes all negotiations or previous agreements between the Parties regarding all or any part of the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the OPA.

(b) All modifications, additions or amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the appropriate authorities of Commission and Owner.

24. Possessory Interest. Owner recognizes and understands that the rights granted to it under this Agreement may create a possessory interest subject to taxes levied upon such interest.

 

Exhibit E, Page 11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMMISSION:

PASADENA COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION,

a public body, corporate and politic

By:  

/s/ Cynthia J. Kurts

  CYNTHIA J. KURTS
  Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Jane R. Rodriguez

Jane R. Rodriguez
Commission Secretary
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

/s/ Michael Estrada

Michael Estrada
Assistant General Counsel

 

OWNER:
YTC PROPERTIES (USA) INC., a Delaware Corporation
By:  

/s/ Barrye L. Wall

  Barrye L. Wall
  President

 

Exhibit E, Page 12


LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 13


EXHIBIT A

SECURITY BANK BUILDING

Lot 2 of Tract No. 34103, in the City of Pasadena, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 962, Pages 3 to 7 inclusive of Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

Except therefrom all oil, gas, hydrocarbon substances and minerals of every kind and character lying more than 500 feet below the surface of said property, together with the right to drill into, through, and to use and occupy all parts of said property lying more than 500 feet below the surface thereof for any and all purposes incidental to the exploration for and productions of oil, gas, hydrocarbon substances or minerals from said property or other lands, but without, however, any right to use either the surface of said property or any portion of said property within 500 feet of the surface for any purpose or purposes whatsoever, as reserved in deed recorded May 25, 1979 as Instrument No. 79-564739, Official Records.

 

Exhibit E, Page 14


EXHIBIT B

SUBTERRANEAN GARAGE

Lot 1 of Tract No. 34103, in the City of Pasadena, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 962, Pages 3 to 7 inclusive of Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

MARENGO GARAGE

Lot 4 of Tract No. 34103, in the City of Pasadena, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 962, Pages 3 to 7 inclusive of Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

COMMISSION BRIDGE TRACT

Lot 9 of Tract No. 34103, in the City of Pasadena, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 962, Pages 3 to 7 inclusive of Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

RAMP

Lot 8 of Tract No. 34103, in the City of Pasadena, County of Los Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 962, Pages 3 to 7 inclusive of Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

 

Exhibit E, Page 15


LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 16


JOINDER

The undersigned MARENGO INVESTMENT GROUP, L.L.C., the successor to Owner as the owner of the Security Bank Building, hereby joins in the foregoing Easement and Parking Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby.

 

MARENGO INVESTMENT GROUP, L.L.C.,
a California limited liability company
By: Blue Real Estate Management, a California Corporation Manager
By:   /s/ James N. Ries
  James N. Ries, President

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit E, Page 17

Exhibit 10.15

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 27, 2016, by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated November 20, 2015 (the “Existing Lease”), for the premises consisting of approximately 7,011 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 600 (the “Existing Premises”), on the 6th floor of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, CA 91101 (the “Building”).

B. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease, Tenant exercised its right of first offer for the premises consisting of approximately 667 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 610 (the “ROFO Premises”), located on the 6th floor of the Building and contiguous to the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein. In connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this First Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, all references to the “Lease” shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Lease as amended hereby. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control.

2. Modification of Premises. Effective as of May 1, 2016 (the “ROFO Premises Commencement Date”), Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the ROFO Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the ROFO Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the ROFO Premises Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to approximately 7,678 rentable square feet. The Existing Premises and the ROFO Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises.”

3. ROFO Premises Term. The term of Tenant’s lease of the ROFO Premises (the “ROFO Premises Term”) shall commence on the ROFO Commencement Date, and shall expire coterminously with Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises on the Lease Expiration Date (i.e., March 31, 2021), unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease.

 


4. Base Rent.

4.1 Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease.

4.2 ROFO Premises. Commencing on the ROFO Premises Commencement Date and continuing throughout the ROFO Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the ROFO Premises as follows:

 

Date

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
     Approximate
Monthly Rental
Rate per RSF
 

May 1, 2016 — November 30, 2016*

   $ 26.013.00      $ 2,167.75      $ 3.25  

December 1, 2016 — November 30, 2017

   $ 26,793.39      $ 2,232.78      $ 3.347  

December 1, 2017 — November 30, 2018

   $ 27,597.19      $ 2,299.77      $ 3.447  

December 1, 2018 — November 30, 2019

   $ 28,425.11      $ 2,368.76      $ 3.554  

December 1, 2019 — November 30, 2020

   $ 29,277.86      $ 2,439.82      $ 3.657  

December 1, 2020 — March 31, 2021

     N/A      $ 2,513.02      $ 3.766  

 

*Subject

to Base Rent Abatement, as provided in Section 5.2 of this First Amendment.

5. Base Rent Abatement.

5.1 Existing Premises. Provided Tenant is not then in default of the Lease (as hereby amended) beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, including but not limited to Section 3.2 of the Existing Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent attributable to the Existing Premises for an additional period of one-half of a calendar month, commencing on May 1, 2016 and expiring on May 15, 2016 (the “Additional Rent Abatement”), in addition to the Rent Abatement set forth in Section 3.2 of the Existing Lease. For clarity, the total amount of the Additional Rent Abatement shall be equal to $11,392.88.

 

2

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC

Rockley Photonics, Inc.

[First Amendment to Lease]


5.2 ROFO Premises. Provided Tenant is not then in default of the Lease (as hereby amended) beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, including but not limited to Article 39 of the Existing Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent attributable to the ROFO Premises for the first four (4) full calendar months of the ROFO Premises Term, commencing on May 1, 2016, and expiring on August 31, 2016 (the “ROFO Premises Rent Abatement”). For clarity, the total amount of the ROFO Premises Rent Abatement shall be equal to $8,671.00.

5.3 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Additional Rent Abatement and ROFO Premises Rent Abatement have been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this First Amendment, and for agreeing to pay the Rent and to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, as hereby amended. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease (as hereby amended) and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to the Lease, then Landlord may at its option, elect, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under the Lease, one or both of the remedies set forth in Section 3.2 of the Existing Lease.

6. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent; Base Year.

6.1 Existing Premises. Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent (as defined in Section 3.3 of the Existing Lease) in connection with the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease.

6.2 ROFO Premises. Except as specifically set forth in this Section 6.2 commencing on the ROFO Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent in connection with the ROFO Premises, in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3 of the Existing Lease, provided, however, that Tenant’s Share with respect to the ROFO Premises shall equal 0.5418%.

7. Letter of Credit. Effective as of the ROFO Premises Commencement Date, the “L-C Amount” as defined in Section 4.3 of the Existing Lease, shall be amended to be equal to $258.838.28. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord is currently holding the existing L-C in the amount of $248,833.28. On or before May 1, 2016, Tenant shall provide Landlord with either (i) an additional L-C in the amount of $10,005.00 (which, when aggregated with the existing L-C will make up the amended L-C Amount), (ii) a new L-C in the amount of $258,838.28 (the “New L-C Amount”) (in which case Landlord will return the existing L-C to Tenant), or (iii) an amendment to the existing L-C increasing the amount thereof to the New L-C Amount. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any portion of the “ROFO Premises Allowance” (as defined in Section 9 of this First Amendment) until Tenant has provided such additional L-C Amount. The chart showing the reductions in the L-C Amount set forth in Section 4.3.2 of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Date of Reduction

   Amount of Reduction      Remaining L-C Amount  

December 1, 2016

   $ 51,767.66      $ 207,070.62  

December 1, 2017

   $ 51,767.66      $ 155,302.96  

December 1, 2018

   $ 51,767.66      $ 103,535.30  

December 1, 2019

   $ 51,767.66      $ 51,767.64  

 

3

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC

Rockley Photonics, Inc.

[First Amendment to Lease]


Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that effective as of December 1, 2019, and continuing until the Lease Expiration Date, the L-C Amount shall be equal to $51,767.64 and no further reductions shall be made to the L-C Amount throughout the Lease Term.

8. Parking. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant is currently entitled to a total of twenty-one (21) unreserved parking passes with respect to the Existing Premises. Effective as of the ROFO Premises Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall be entitled to unreserved parking passes with respect to the ROFO Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease, in an amount equal to three (3) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the ROFO Premises, which represents two (2) unreserved parking passes. For clarity, effective as of the R0120 Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a total of twenty-three (23) unreserved parking passes with respect to the Premises. All such parking spaces shall continue to be subject to the applicable terms of the Lease, including but not limited to Article 35 of the Existing Lease and Exhibit E attached thereto.

9. ROFO Premises Improvements. Except as specifically set forth herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the ROFO Premises, and Tenant shall accept the ROFO Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition. Tenant shall construct improvements in ROFO Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B. As of the date of delivery of ROFO Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance equal to $15.00 per rentable square foot of ROFO Premises (i.e., $10,005.00) (the “ROFO Premises Allowance”) to be used for the construction of improvements in the ROFO Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider.

10. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building, Existing Premises and ROFO Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

11. Extension Option. Tenant shall continue to have right to the “Extension Option” as provided in Article 38 of the Existing Lease, which Extension Option shall apply to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the ROFO Premises).

12. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding a letter of credit (the “L-C”) from Tenant in the amount of $248,833.28, and (d) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this First Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this.

13. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this First Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield representing Landlord and Redstone Commercial Real Estate representing Tenant (collectively, the “Broker”). Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this First Amendment neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this First Amendment other than the Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant’s representatives.

 

4

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC

Rockley Photonics, Inc.

[First Amendment to Lease]


14. Ratification; No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the ROFO Premises and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This First Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

15. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in several counterparts. each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

5

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC

Rockley Photonics, Inc.

[First Amendment to Lease]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this First Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC,
    a California limited liability company
    By:  

/s/ Juanling Wu

      Juanling Wu
      President
TENANT:     ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

      Andrew Rickman
      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    By:  

/s/ Amit Nagra

      Amit Nagra
      Chief Operating Officer

 

6

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC

Rockley Photonics, Inc.

[First Amendment to Lease]


EXHIBIT A

ROFO PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall with reasonable diligence through a general contractor designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord) construct and install in the ROFO Premises the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider (“Tenant Improvements”). All of Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements or alterations in the ROFO Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall contribute to the cost of Tenant Improvements described herein the ROFO Premises Allowance set forth in Section 2.4 of this Construction Rider. Landlord and Tenant each shall designate in writing an individual authorized to act as a representative of each respective party with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

1.1. Plans.

1.1.1. Space Plan; Construction Documents. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the space plan for the ROFO Premises prepared by the space planner retained by Tenant as the space planner for the ROFO Premises (“Space Planner”), which space plan shall be promptly delivered to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall also retain engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), to prepare all plans and engineering construction documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Engineers and the Space Plan to be prepared by the Space Planner may collectively be referred to as the “Construction Documents.”

1.1.2. Construction Documents. Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Planner and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the ROFO Premises, and the Space Planner shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing Construction Documents in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Construction Documents”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Construction Documents. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Documents, either (i) approve the Final Construction Documents, (ii) approve the Final Construction Documents subject to specified conditions to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the Approved Construction Documents for permits as set forth below, if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan, or (iii) disapprove and return the Final Construction Documents to Tenant with requested revisions if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Final Space Plan. If Landlord disapproves the Final Construction Documents, Tenant may resubmit the Final Construction Documents to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Construction Documents, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 1.1.2 within three (3) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Construction Documents.

 

B-1


Once approved by Landlord as set forth above, the Final Construction Documents shall be referred to as the “Approved Working Documents,” and such Final Construction Documents shall be so approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the ROFO Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Documents Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to submit the Approved Construction Documents to the appropriate municipal authorities for all architectural and structural permits (the “Permits”), provided that (a) the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with a copy of the package that it intends to submit prior to such submission, and (b) if there are Building modifications required to obtain the Permits, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such Building modifications. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the ROFO Premises) for the ROFO Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the ROFO Premises). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.2. Construction of Tenant Improvements.

1.2.1. Contractor; Tenant’s Representatives. Tenant shall retain a qualified and licensed general contractor selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) (the “Contractor”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which Contractor shall be a qualified, reputable, general contractor experienced in class A office building tenant improvement construction in the greater Los Angeles area. The Space Planner, Engineers, Contractor, other contractors, subcontractors, consultants, laborers, vendors, and material suppliers retained and/or used by Tenant in connection with the Tenant Improvements shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Representatives.”

1.2.2. Construction Contract; Final Cost Estimate. Prior to commencement of construction. Tenant shall submit a copy of the executed contract with the Contractor for the construction of Tenant Improvements, including the general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”) to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids and proposals for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Representatives, of the final estimated costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (the “Final Cost Estimate”), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Space Planner’s and Engineers’ fees and the Landlord construction coordination fee as set forth in Section 3 below.

 

B-2


1.2.3. Construction. Upon Tenant’s receipt of Approved Construction Documents and Permits, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the ROFO Premises Commencement Date. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have been completed in accordance with the Final Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

Following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall inspect the ROFO Premises and prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. Tenant shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible.

1.2.4. Indemnity; Insurance. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 10 of the Existing Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements. All of Tenant’s Representatives shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. Additionally. Tenant or Contractor shall also carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, which shall in no event be less than the amount actually carried by Tenant or Contractor, covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may he reasonably required by Landlord.

1.3. Cost of Tenant Improvements. In connection with the ROFO Premises, Landlord shall contribute a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ROFO Premises Allowance”) in the amount up to $15.00 per rentable square foot of the ROFO Premises (i.e., the amount not to exceed $10.005.00) toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that the ROFO Premises Allowance shall only be used toward the cost of such Tenant Improvements that are permanently affixed to the ROFO Premises and it may not be applied toward the cost of furniture, fixtures and equipment (the “FF&E”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to utilize the ROFO Premises Allowance toward the cost of the design. construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements permanently affixed to the Existing Premises (but not toward the FF&E located therein), in accordance with the terms of Exhibit B to the Original Lease. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the ROFO Premises Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements. The ROFO Premises Allowance shall be paid to Tenant

 

B-3


within ten (10) business days of the date that Tenant has provided to Landlord an invoice(s) from Tenant’s contractor in an amount at least equal to the ROFO Premises Allowance, and lien waiver(s) in connection therewith. In the event that Landlord has failed to pay to Tenant, when due, any portion of the ROFO Premises Allowance, Tenant shall provide to Landlord written notice thereof. If Landlord’s failure to pay continues for fifteen (15) business days following such first written notice, Tenant may offset the amount of the ROFO Premises Allowance due to Tenant from Rent due to Landlord. Such offset shall end when Tenant has offset the full amount of the ROFO Premises Allowance owed to Tenant.

The balance, if any, of the cost of the Tenant Improvements (“Additional Cost”), including, hut not limited to, usual markups for overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid by Tenant, with all payments made by Tenant directly to Tenant’s Representatives, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the ROFO Premises Allowance.

1.4. Changes. If Tenant requests any material change, addition or alteration in or to any Final Construction Documents (“Changes”) Tenant shall (i) inform the Landlord of the desired Changes and obtain Landlord’s written approval thereof which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1.1 within no more than three (3) business days after the date of Tenant’s request for approval (and if Landlord has not responded within such three (3)-day period, such request for a Change shall be deemed approved): (ii) following Landlord’s approval of Changes, cause the Space Planner to prepare additional Plans implementing such Changes; and (iii) promptly pay the cost of preparing additional Plans directly to the Space Planner.

2. Construction Coordination Fee. Tenant shall pay to Landlord construction coordination fee in accordance with the terms of Section 6.3 of the Existing Lease.

2.1.1. Ownership of Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant and whether installed at Tenant’s cost or with the use of the ROFO Premises Allowance, shall become a part of the ROFO Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the ROFO Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

B-4

Exhibit 10.16

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of April 7, 2017, by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment” and collectively with the Original Lease, the “Existing Lease”), for the premises consisting of approximately 7,678 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suites 600 and 610 (the “Existing Premises”), on the 6th floor of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, CA 91101 (the “Building”).

B. Tenant desires to (a) expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 912 rentable square feet, commonly known as Suite 200 (the “Expansion Premises”), located on the 2nd floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein, and (b) make other modifications to the Existing Lease. In connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Existing Lease as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Second Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, all references to the “Lease” shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Existing Lease as amended hereby. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Existing Lease and the terms of this Second Amendment, the terms of this Second Amendment shall control.

2. Modification of Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3, below), Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, the Expansion Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Expansion Premises to the Existing Premises shall, effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, increase the size of the Premises to approximately 8,590 rentable square feet. The Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises.”

3. Expansion Premises Term. The term of Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises shall commence on the date (the “Expansion Premises Commencement Date”) of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant for occupancy upon Substantial Completion (as such term is defined in Construction Rider attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit B and incorporated herein) of Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises (as set forth in Exhibit


B), and shall expire coterminously with Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises on the Lease Expiration Date (i.e., March 31, 2021), unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease, as hereby amended. Landlord and Tenant anticipate that the Expansion Premises Commencement Date will occur on or prior to May 1, 2017 (the “Anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date”). In the event the Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs later than the Anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date for any reason, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s representatives shall be liable to Tenant for any claims, damages or liabilities resulting from any such delay, and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, in the event the Expansion Premises are not delivered to Tenant for occupancy by May 15, 2017 (the “Outside Date”), for any reason other than Tenant Delay (as such term is defined in Exhibit B herein), Tenant may elect to terminate this lease of the Expansion Premises upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, and Landlord shall, upon expiration of such ten (10) day period, return to Tenant the Security Deposit, which Tenant provided to Landlord in accordance with Section 7.1 herein. When the Expansion Premises Commencement Date has been established, Landlord and Tenant shall, at the request of either party, confirm the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and Expansion Premises Expiration Date in writing; provided, however, that the failure of Tenant to execute such confirmation shall not affect the determination of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

4. Beneficial Occupancy. Tenant shall have the right to enter and occupy the Expansion Premises not earlier than ten (10) calendar days prior to the Anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date (unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing the Expansion Commencement Date will occur prior to or later than the Anticipated Expansion Premises Date, then ten (10) calendar days prior to such earlier or later date, as applicable) for the sole purpose of delivery and installation of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures (as such term is defined in Section 6.5 of the Original Lease), and personal property, performance of IT/networking and electrical work (provided, however, that such IT/networking and/or electrical work shall be completed in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and any necessary permits, which permits shall be obtained by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, prior to commencement of any such work, and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and moving into the Expansion Premises, provided (i) Tenant has delivered to Landlord the required certificates of insurance for the Expansion Premises in accordance with Article 11 of the Original Lease, (ii) Tenant or its representatives do not interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s contractor in completing the Tenant Improvements, and (iii) all of the te1ms and conditions of the Lease (as hereby amended) shall apply, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent in connection with the Expansion Premises as though the Expansion Premises Commencement Date had occurred (although the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of Section 3 of this Second Amendment) upon such occupancy of a portion of the Expansion Premises by Tenant. Nothing contained herein shall affect Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent, and any other amounts due in connection with the Existing Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss of or damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and/or personal property delivered to the Expansion Premises prior to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

2


5. Base Rent.

5.1. Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease.

5.2. Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises as follows:

 

Date*

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
     Approximate Monthly
Rental Rate per RSF
 

Expansion Premises Commencement Date – April 30, 2018

     N/A      $ 2,872.80      $ 3.15  

May 1, 2018 – April 30, 2019

   $ 35,507.81      $ 2,958.98      $ 3.24  

May 1, 2019 – April 30, 2020

   $ 36,573.04      $ 3,047.75      $ 3.34  

May 1, 2020 – March 31, 2021

   $ 37,670.23      $ 3,139.19      $ 3.44  

 

*

Assumes Expansion Premises Commencement Date of May 1, 2017. In the event the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 3 of this Second Amendment, the dates set forth above shall be adjusted to reflect the same.

For clarity, the changes in Base Rent for the Expansion Premises as set forth in this Section 5.2 shall occur on the first (1st) day of each Lease Year throughout the Term. The term “Lease Year” as used herein shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning with the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (or the first day of the next calendar month if the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month) and ending one year later, and each subsequent twelve (12) month period. The first Lease Year shall include the period between the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and the first day of the month following the Expansion Premises Commencement Date if the Expansion Premises Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month. The last Lease Year shall end on the Expansion Premises Expiration Date or date of earlier termination.

6. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent; Base Year.

6.1. Existing Premises. Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent (as defined in Section 3.3 of the Original Lease) in connection with the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease, including, but not limited to, Section 3.3 of the Original Lease and Section 6 of the First Amendment.

 

3


6.2. Expansion Premises. Except as specifically set forth in this Section 6.2, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent in connection with the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3 of the Original Lease as amended by Section 6 of the First Amendment, provided, however, that (i) Tenant’s Share with respect to the Expansion Premises shall equal 0.74% and Base Year shall be calendar year 2017; and (ii) with respect to the Expansion Premises only, Operating Costs for any calendar year during which average occupancy of the Building is less than ninety-five percent (95%) shall be calculated based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had an average occupancy of ninety-five percent (95%) during the entire year.

7. Letter of Credit; Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in accordance with the Lease and in connection with the Existing Premises, Tenant has previously delivered to Landlord an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “L-C”) and that said L-C in the amount of Two Hundred and Seven Thousand Seventy Dollars and 62/100 ($207,070.62) is held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. Landlord shall continue to hold the L-C in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, including but not limited to Article 4 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 7 of the First Amendment.

7.1. Expansion Premises Security Deposit. In addition to the L-C held by Landlord pursuant to the Lease, concurrently with the execution by Tenant of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of Three Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Three Dollars and 36/100 ($3,233.36) to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended (the “Security Deposit”). If Tenant defaults beyond applicable notice and cure periods with respect to any provisions of the Lease (as hereby amended), including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage in accordance with Section 19.1 of the Original Lease, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent, and Tenant shall, within ten (10) days upon Landlord’s written demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest under the Lease (as hereby amended), within forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Section 7.1, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (x) any and all sums expressly identified in this Section 7.1, and (y) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of the Lease, as hereby amended, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of the Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

4


8. Parking. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant is currently entitled to a total of twenty-three (23) unreserved parking passes with respect to the Existing Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall be entitled to unreserved parking passes with respect to the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Existing Lease, in an amount equal to three (3) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Premises, which represents three (3) unreserved parking passes. For clarity, effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to a total of twenty-six (26) unreserved parking passes with respect to the Premises. All such parking spaces shall continue to be subject to the applicable terms of the Lease, including but not limited to Article 35 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 8 of the First Amendment, and Exhibit E to the Original Lease.

9. Condition of Premises; Tenant Improvements.

9.1. Existing Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has been occupying the Existing Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease, and therefore Tenant continues to accept the Existing Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition and acknowledges that except as specifically set forth herein or required by the terms of the Existing Lease, Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Existing Premises or to pay for the same, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Existing Premises, its condition, or its present or continued suitability for Tenant’s use.

9.2. Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby accepts the Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition and acknowledges that except as specifically set forth herein (including Exhibit B), Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Expansion Premises or to pay for the same, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Expansion Premises, its condition, or its present or continued suitability for Tenant’s use. Provided, however, that Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, construct certain improvements in the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B.

9.3. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building, Existing Premises and Expansion Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

10. Extension Option. Tenant shall continue to have the right to the “Extension Option,” as defined and provided in Article 38 of the Original Lease, which Extension Option may only be exercised with respect to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises); provided, however, that in the event Tenant exercises its partial termination right with respect to the Expansion Premises, as set forth in Section 11 of this Second Amendment, then the Extension Option shall not apply to the Expansion Premises, but to the entirety of the Premises leased by Tenant at the time the Extension Option is exercised in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as hereby amended.

 

5


11. Expansion Premises Termination Right. Provided that Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under the Lease, as hereby amended, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises only, effective as of the date set forth in the Termination Notice (the “Termination Date”), which Termination Date shall not be earlier than the commencement date of Tenant’s lease of the Available 6th Floor Space for Other Larger Space (both as defined in this Section 11, below), provided that (A)(i) there shall become available for lease during the Lease Term any space on the 6th floor of the Building (the “Available 6th Floor Space”) or other spaces in the Building which are larger than the Expansion Premises but not smaller than 3,000 square feet (each an “Other Larger Space”), (ii) Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, such Available 6th Floor Space or Other Larger Space for the entirety of the remaining Lease Term, and (iii) Tenant and Landlord shall execute an appropriate Lease an1endment reflecting Tenant’s lease of the Available 6th Floor Space or Other Larger Space; (B) Landlord receives written notice (the “Termination Notice”) from Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the Termination Date stating that Tenant intends to te1minate Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 11; and (C) Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under the Lease, as hereby amended, as of the Termination Date. Provided that Tenant terminates Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of this Section 11, Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect, and Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective obligations under this Second Amendment in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises as of the Termination Date, except those obligations set forth in the Lease, as hereby amended, which specifically survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Second Amendment, including, without limitation, the payment by Tenant of all amounts owed by Tenant under this Second Amendment up to and including the Termination Date. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Tenant the right to terminate its lease of the Existing Premises before the Lease Expiration Date.

12. Signage. At Landlord’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall have the right to install a building standard signage on the directory board in the lobby of the Building as well as a suite entry signage.

13. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding the L-C from Tenant in the amount of $207,070.62, and (d) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Second Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Second Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is relying on such representations in entering into this Second Amendment.

 

6


14. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Second Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield representing Landlord and Redstone Commercial Real Estate representing Tenant (collectively, the “Broker”). Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Broker. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Second Amendment neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Second Amendment other than the Broker. Each patty shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims, including costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

15. Tenant’s Notices. Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary, all notices required to be given to Tenant under the Lease shall hereafter also be given to the following address:

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111-5800

Attn: Anna B. Pope

16. Ratification; No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Second Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Expansion Premises and shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Second Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

17. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature page to follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Second Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC,
    a California limited liability company
    By:  

/s/ Juanling Wu

      Juanling Wu
      President
TENANT:     ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

      Andrew Rickman
      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    By:  

/s/ Amit Nagra

      Amit Nagra
      Chief Operating Officer

 

8


EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION PREMISES

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Tenant Improvements. Upon the full execution and delivery of the Second Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, complete in the Expansion Premises (as defined in Recital B of the Second Amendment) the following improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”):

 

  (a)

Demolish the existing offices as set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein;

 

  (b)

Paint the walls and ceilings with Building-standard paint;

 

  (c)

Paint the accent color selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord on up to three of the walls in the Expansion Premises;

 

  (d)

Install wall base molding;

 

  (e)

Install new carpet with the same specifications as the carpet in Suite 600; and

 

  (f)

Install up to four (4) additional electrical and data outlets in the location determined by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord.

Except for the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises set forth in this Section l, or as otherwise specifically provided in the Lease (as amended), Tenant consents and agrees that Landlord does not have any obligation to perform any other work in the Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises).

2. Other Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any items other than the Tenant Improvements as expressly set forth in Section 1, above, or any additional costs which arise in connection with any revisions, changes or substitutions to the Tenant Improvements requested by Tenant (the “Non-Conforming Improvements”). In connection therewith, any costs which arise in connection with any such Non-Conforming Improvements shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in cash, in advance, upon Landlord’s request.

3. Substantial Completion; Tenant Delays. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable. For purposes of the Second Amendment, “Substantial Completion” of the Tenant Improvements shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Premises in good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all applicable laws (including the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent), pursuant to Landlord’s plans and specifications reasonably approved by Tenant and the passing of all applicable inspections and obtaining all require fire/life-safety sign-offs allowing legal occupancy of the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s intended use, with the exception of any minor punch list items which will not impair Tenant’s intended use and occupancy of the Expansion Premises and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by, or on behalf of, Tenant. (The definition of Substantial Completion shall also include the term “Substantially Completed”).

 

B-1


Except as provided in this Section 3, the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in Section 3 of the Second Amendment. The term “Date of Substantial Completion” means the date upon which the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Second Amendment or this Construction Rider and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, the “Date of Substantial Completion” shall be the date the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements would have occurred if no Tenant Delay(s) had occurred. The term “Tenant Delay” means a delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements past the Anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of any of the following: (a) Tenant’s failure to approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval, or to deliver Tenant’s approval to Landlord, within three (3) business days, and such failure continuing for one (1) business day following receipt of notice from Landlord regarding such failure; (b) a breach by Tenant of the terms of the Lease, as amended (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in the Lease); (c) Tenant’s request for changes in the Tenant Improvements; (d) Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the Anticipated Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as set forth in the Second Amendment, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Building; (e) Tenant’s delay in the delivery and installation of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures and personal property, performance of IT/networking and electrical work, and moving into the Expansion Premises, as set forth in Section 4 of the Second Amendment; (f) any material disruption to or interference with the construction of the Tenant Improvements caused by Tenant; and (g) any other delay requested by Tenant. For purposes of this Section 3, “Tenant Delay” shall also include any action or failure to act by any person employed or engaged by Tenant, including but not limited to Tenant’s contractor(s), or by any agent or representative of Tenant.

4. Construction Coordination Fee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Existing Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay to Landlord any construction coordination fee in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

5. Ownership of Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant and whether installed at Landlord’s or Tenant’s cost, shall become a part of the Expansion Premises, shall be the property of Landlord, and, subject to the provisions of the Lease.(as amended), shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Expansion Premises without any obligation to remove or restore, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or te1mination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease, as amended; provided that any portion of the Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant during the Term, but shall become the property of Landlord upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During the Term and upon its expiration or earlier termination, Tenant shall not alter or remove from the Premises any portion of the Tenant Improvements, whether installed or paid for by Landlord or by Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

B-2


SCHEDULE I

(TO BE ATTACHED)

 

B-3

Exhibit 10.17

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of November 1, 2017 (“Effective Date”), by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease, dated as of November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”) (the Existing Lease, First Amendment, and Second Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for the premises consisting of a total of approximately 8,590 rentable square feet, located in the space commonly known at Suites 600 and 610 (approximately 7,678 rentable square feet) and Suite 200 (approximately 912 rentable square feet) (collectively the “Existing Premises”), on the 6th floor and 2nd floor, respectively, of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 (the “Building”).

B. Tenant desires to expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 6,575 rentable square feet, located in the space commonly known as Suites 500 and 502, and Landlord and Tenant desire to otherwise to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

T E R M S

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

3. Modification of Existing Premises. Effective as of the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4 below), Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, a portion of the fifth (5th) floor consisting of approximately 5,352 rentable square feet and located in a portion of the space commonly known as Suite 500 of 234 E. Colorado Blvd. - Rackley Photonics—Third Amendment to Lease Agreement (execution version) the Building (the “First Additional Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. On the first day of the seventh (7th) month following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, a portion of the fifth (5th floor consisting of approximately 1,223 rentable square feet and located in a portion of the spaces commonly known as Suite 500 and Suite 502 of the Building (the “Second Additional Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. The First Additional Expansion Premises and the Second Additional Expansion Premises are collectively referred to as the “Additional Expansion Premises.”

 

1


4. Additional Expansion Premises Term. The term of Tenant’s lease of the First Additional Expansion Premises shall commence on the earlier of (a) Tenant’s occupancy of the First Additional Expansion Premises, or (h) the completion of Tenant Improvements (as set forth in Exhibit B below) (the “Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), provided the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall commence no later than March 1, 2018. The term of Tenant’s lease of the Second Additional Expansion Premises shall commence on the first day of the seventh (7th) month following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date. The term of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Expansion Premises shall be sixty four (64) full calendar months (plus any partial month at the beginning of the term) from the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and shall expire on the last day of the sixty fourth (64th) month from the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Additional Expansion Premises Term”).

5. Base Rent.

5.1 Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 10 of the Basic Lease Information and Section 3.1 of the Original Lease, Section 4 of the First Amendment, and Section 5 of the Second Amendment.

5.2 Additional Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises as follows; provided, however, that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent for the Second Additional Expansion Premises for the first six (6) months following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date:

 

Date

 

Annual Base Rent

  Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
    Approximate
Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rental
Square Foot
 

Lease Year 1 – (Months 1-6, plus any partial month)

  $107,575.20 (Months 1-6, plus any partial month)   $ 17,929.20       3.35  

Lease Year 1 - (Months 7-12)*

  $132,157.50 (Months 7-12)   $ 22,026.25     $ 3.35  

Lease Year 2 (Months 13-24)

  $272,205.00   $ 22,683.75     $ 3.45  

Lease Year 3 (Months 25-36)

  $280,095.00   $ 23,341.25     $ 3.55  

Lease Year 4 (Months 37-48)

  $288,774.00   $ 24,064.50     $ 3.66  

Lease Year 5 (Months 49-60)

  $297,453.00   $ 24,787.75     $ 3.77  

Lease Year 6 (Months 61-64)

  $331,643.00   $ 25,511.00     $ 3.88  

 

*

Assumes commencement of the payment of Base Rent for the Second Additional Expansion Premises on the first day of the seventh (7th) month following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

2


For clarity, the changes in Base Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises as set forth in this Section 5.2 shall occur on the first (1st day of each Lease Year throughout the term of this Amendment. The term “Lease Year” as used herein shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning with the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date (or the first day of the next calendar month if the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month) and ending one year later, and each subsequent twelve (12) month period. The first Lease Year shall include the period between the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date and the first day of the month following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date if the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month. The last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated or otherwise extended by Landlord or Tenant.

6. Base Rent Abatement. Provided Tenant is not in default of the Lease (as hereby amended) beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, then during the period of four (4) months, from the second (2nd) through and including the fifth (5th) full calendar months following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises during the Rent Abatement Period (the “Rent Abatement”) (i.e., for a total Rent Abatement of $71,716.80). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Amendment, and for agreement to pay the Base Rent and to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, including this Amendment. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at its option elect, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under the Lease, one or both of the remedies set forth in Section 3.2 of the Original Lease.

 

3


7. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent; Base Year.

7.1 Existing Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 3.3 of the Original Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, and Section 6 of the Second Amendment.

7.2 Additional Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Additional Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Original Lease; provided, however, that the Base Year shall be calendar year 2018 for the Additional Expansion Premises.

8. Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of Fifty One Thousand Twenty Two and 00/100 Dollars ($51,022.00) to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended (the “Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit”); provided, however, that if Tenant has faithfully performed all of its obligations under the Lease, including this Amendment, and Tenant has not committed any default beyond any applicable notice and cure period during the Lease Term, then on the first day of the thirty-seventh (37th) month following the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall be reduced by Twenty Five Thousand Five Hundred Eleven and 00/100 Dollars ($25,511.00) (the “Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit Reduction”), and Landlord shall return the Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit Reduction to Tenant within thirty (30) days. The Additional Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall be held and applied in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Second Amendment.

9. Parking. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that as of the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to lease three (3) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Additional Expansion Premises. All such parking passes shall be subject to the applicable terms of the Lease including but not limited to Article 35 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 8 of the First Amendment and Section 8 of the Second Amendment, and Exhibit E to the Original Lease.

10. Condition of Premises; Tenant Improvements.

10.1 Condition of Additional Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby accepts the Additional Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Additional Expansion Premises or to pay for the same, except as provided below in this Section 10.1, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Additional Expansion Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall construct improvements in the Additional Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment, as of the date of delivery of the Additional Expansion Premises to Tenant, Landlord

 

4


shall provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance equal to Thirty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($32.50) per rentable square foot of the Additional Expansion Premises (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) to be used for the construction of improvements to the Additional Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider; provided, however, that the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall only be used for third party hard costs of Tenant (specifically excluding soft costs such as costs relating to Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, personal property, and data cabling).

11. Use of the Additional Expansion Premises. The Additional Expansion Premises shall be used in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Lease.

12. Expansion Premises Termination. Commencing on the Additional Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to terminate its lease of the approximately nine hundred twelve (912) rentable square feet in the space commonly known as Suite 200 (the “Expansion Premises”), pursuant to Section 11 of the Second Amendment; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall only be required to give Landlord two (2) weeks written notice that Tenant intends to terminate Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises.

13. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding the L-C from Tenant in the amount of $207,070.62, and (d) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is relying on such representations in entering into this Amendment.

14. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building, Existing Premises, and Additional Expansion Premises, have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant arising out of or related to the fact that the Building, Existing Premises, and Additional Expansion Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and Tenant waives all such liability and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of or in connection therewith. The following disclosure is hereby made pursuant to applicable California law: ”A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to connect violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Any CASp inspection shall be conducted in compliance with reasonable rules in effect at the Project and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

5


15. Extension Option. Tenant shall continue to have the right to the “Extension Option,” as defined and provided in Article 38 of the Original Lease, Section 11 of the First Amendment, and Section 10 of the Second Amendment, which Extension Option may be exercised with respect to the Existing Premises only.

Provided Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, and provided that Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at any time thereafter until the beginning of the extension Term, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the Additional Expansion Premises Term (the ”Additional Expansion Premises Option”) for one (1) additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the ”Additional Expansion Premises Extension Period”) for the Additional Expansion Premises only. Tenant’s exercise of the Additional Expansion Premises Option shall be in accord with Section 38.1 of the Original Lease, and Tenant shall exercise the Additional Expansion Premises Option by giving written notice to Landlord at least ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the Additional Expansion Premises Term. Tenant’s Base Rent during the Additional Expansion Premises Extension Period shall be equal to the Fair Market Base Rental to be determined pursuant to Section 38.2 of the Original Lease.

16. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield representing Landlord (the “Broker”). Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in negotiating or making of this Amendment, neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims including costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

17. Ratification; No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Additional Expansion Premises, and the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

18. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

19. Successors and Assigns. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding on the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

[Signatures on following page]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Lease is made as of the day and year first above written.

 

   

LANDLORD:

    21ST CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA, LLC,
WITNESS     a California limited liability company

 

    By:  

/s/ Wu Juanling

      Name: Wu Juanling
      Title: President
WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation

/s/ Diane Wallace

    By:  

/s/ Amit Nagra

      Name: Amit Nagra
      Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

7


EXHIBIT A

SITE PLAN OF ADDITIONAL EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

8


EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall with reasonable diligence through a general contractor designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord) construct and install in the Additional Expansion Premises the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider (“Tenant Improvements”). All of the Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements or alterations in the Additional Expansion Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall contribute to the cost of Tenant Improvements described herein the Tenant Improvement Allowance set forth in Section 10.1 of this Amendment and Section 1.3 of this Construction Rider, and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, renovate the restroom serving the Additional Expansion Premises in compliance with all applicable laws, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act, with the scope of such renovation, materials used, and timing of completion to be determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Landlord and Tenant each shall designate in writing an individual authorized to act as a representative of each respective party with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

1.1 Plans.

1.1.1 Space Plan; Construction Documents. The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the plans for the Additional Expansion Premises prepared by the space planner retained by Tenant as the space planner for the Additional Expansion Premises (“Space Planner”), which space plan shall be promptly delivered to Landlord for Landlord’s review and prior approval prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant Improvements (the “Space Plan”). Tenant shall also retain engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), to prepare all plans and engineering construction documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Additional Expansion Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Engineers and the Space Plan to be prepared by the Space Planner may collectively be referred to as the “Construction Documents.”

1.1.2 Construction Documents. Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Planner and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Additional Expansion Premises, and the Space Planner shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing Construction Documents in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Construction Documents”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Construction Documents. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Documents, either (i) approve the Final Construction Documents, (ii) approve the Final Construction Documents subject to specified conditions to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the approved Final Construction Documents for permits as set forth below, if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Space Plan, or

 

9


(iii) disapprove and return the Final Construction Documents to Tenant with requested revisions if the Final Construction Documents are inconsistent with the Space Plan. If Landlord disapproves the Final Construction Documents, Tenant may resubmit the Final Construction Documents to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Construction Documents, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 1.1.2 within three (3) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Construction Documents.

Once approved by Landlord as set forth above, the Final Construction Documents shall be referred to as the “Approved Construction Documents,” and such Final Construction Documents shall be so approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Additional Expansion Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to submit the Approved Construction Documents to the appropriate municipal authorities for all architectural and structural permits (the “Permits”), provided that (a) the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with a copy of the package that it intends to submit prior to such submission, and (b) if there are Building modifications required to obtain the Permits, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such Building modifications. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Additional Expansion Premises) for the Additional Expansion Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Additional Expansion Premises). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements.

1.2.1 Contractor; Tenant’s Representatives. Tenant shall retain a qualified and licensed general contractor selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) (the “Contractor”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which Contractor shall be a qualified, reputable, general contractor experienced in class A office building tenant improvement construction in the greater Los Angeles area. The Space Planner, Engineers, Contractor, other contractors, subcontractors, consultants, laborers, vendors, and material suppliers retained and/or used by Tenant in connection with the Tenant Improvements shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Representatives.”

1.2.2 Construction Contract; Final Cost Estimate. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit a copy of the executed contract with the Contractor for the construction of Tenant Improvements, including the general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”) to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids and proposals for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Representatives, of the final estimated costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (the “Final Cost Estimate”), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Space Planner’s and Engineers’ fees and the Landlord construction coordination fee as set forth in Section 2 below.

 

10


1.2.3 Construction. Upon Tenant’s receipt of Approved Construction Documents and Permits, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Additional Expansion Premises Delivery Date. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have been completed in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

Following Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall inspect the Additional Expansion Premises and prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. Tenant shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible.

1.2.4 Indemnity; Insurance. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 10 of the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements. All of Tenant’s Representatives shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. Additionally, Tenant or Contractor shall also carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, which shall in no event be less than the amount actually carried by Tenant or Contractor, covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

1.3 Cost of Tenant Improvements. As set forth in Section 10.1 of this Amendment, Landlord shall contribute a one-time Tenant Improvement Allowance in the amount equal to Thirty-Two and 50/100 Dollars ($32.50) per rentable square foot of the Additional Expansion Premises toward third party hard costs for the construction of Tenant Improvements (specifically excluding soft costs such as costs relating to Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, personal property, and data cabling). Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be paid to Tenant within ten (10) business days of the date that Tenant has provided to Landlord an invoice(s) from Tenant’s contractor in an amount at least equal to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and lien waiver(s) in connection therewith. In the event that Landlord has failed to pay to Tenant, when due, any

 

11


portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall provide to Landlord written notice thereof. If Landlord’s failure to pay continues for fifteen (15) business days following such first written notice, Tenant may offset the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance due to Tenant from Rent due to Landlord. Such offset shall end when Tenant has offset the full amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance owed to Tenant.

The balance, if any, of the cost of the Tenant Improvements (“Additional Cost”), including, but not limited to, soft costs, usual markups for overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid by Tenant, with all payments made by Tenant directly to Tenant’s Representatives, and such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amounts of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

1.4 Changes. If Tenant requests any material change, addition or alteration in or to any Approved Construction Documents (“Changes”) Tenant shall (i) inform the Landlord of the desired Changes and obtain Landlord’s written approval thereof which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1.2 within no more than three (3) business days after the date of Tenant’s request for approval (and if Landlord has not responded within such three (3)-day period, such request for a Change shall be deemed approved); (ii) following Landlord’s approval of Changes, cause the Space Planner to prepare additional plans implementing such Changes; and (iii) promptly pay the cost of preparing additional plans directly to the Space Planner.

2. Construction Coordination Fee. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the construction coordination fee in accordance with the terms of Section 6.3 of the Lease.

3. Ownership of Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant and whether installed at Tenant’s cost or with the use of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, shall become a part of the Additional Expansion Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Additional Expansion Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

 

12

Exhibit 10.18

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of August 6, 2019 (“Effective Date”), by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease, dated as of November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 7,2017 (the “Second Amendment”), and as further amended by the that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017 (the “Third Amendment”) (the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, and Third Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for the premises consisting of a total of approximately 14,253 rentable square feet located in the space commonly known as Suites 500 and 502 (approximately 6,575 rentable square feet) and Suites 600 and 610 (approximately 7,678 rentable square feet) (collectively the “Current Premises”), on the 5th floor and 6th floor, respectively, of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 (the “Building”).

B. Tenant desires to expand the Current Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 965 rentable square feet, located in the space commonly known as Suite 505, and Landlord and Tenant desire to otherwise to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

T E R M S

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

3. Modification of Current Premises. Effective as of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4 below), Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, a portion of the fifth (5th) floor consisting of approximately 965 rentable square feet and located in a portion of the space commonly known as Suite 505 of the Building (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises shall, effective as of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, increase the size of the “Premises”, as defined below, to approximately 15,218 rentable square feet. The Current Premises and the Suite 505 Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises” and all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall apply to the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, except as set forth in this Amendment.

 

1


4. Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Tenant’s lease of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises shall commence on the earlier of (a) Tenant’s occupancy of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, or (b) the completion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements (as set forth in Exhibit B below) or (c) October 1, 2019 (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”). The term of Tenant’s lease of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises shall expire on June 30, 2023 (the “Lease Expiration Date”). The Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the Lease Expiration Date shall be referred to as the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foreign, the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term shall expire concurrently with the Term of the Lease.

5. Base Rent.

5.1 Current Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Current Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 10 of the Basic Lease Information and Section 3.1 of the Original Lease, Section 4 of the First Amendment, Section 5 of the Second Amendment, and Section 5 of the Third Amendment.

5.2 Suite 505 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises as follows:

 

Date

 

Annual Base Rent

  Monthly
Installment
of Base
Rent
    Approximate
Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rental
Square Foot
 

Lease Year 1 (Months 1-12, including any partial month)

  $39,951.00 (including any partial month)   $ 3,329.25     $ 3.45  

Lease Year 2 (Months 13-24)

  $41,109.00   $ 3,425.75     $ 3.55  

Lease Year 3 (Months 25-36)

  $42,382.80   $ 3,531.90     $ 3.66  

Lease Year 4 (Months 37- June 30,2023)

  $43,656.60   $ 3,638.05     $ 3.77  

 

2


For clarity, the changes in Base Rent for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises as set forth in this Section 5.2 shall occur on the first (1st) day of each Lease Year throughout the term of this Amendment. The term “Lease Year” as used herein shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period beginning with the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (or the first day of the next calendar month if the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month) and ending one year later, and each subsequent twelve (12) month period. The first Lease Year shall include the period between the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and the first day of the month following the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date if the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month. The last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated or otherwise extended by Landlord or Tenant.

6. Base Rent Abatement. Provided Tenant is not in default of the Lease (as hereby amended) beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises during the second (2nd) and thirteenth (13th) full calendar months of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term (the “Rent Abatement Period”) for a total of Base Rent abatement of $6,755.00 (the “Suite 505 Rent Abatement”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Suite 505 Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Amendment, and for Tenant’s agreement to pay the Base Rent and to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, including this Amendment. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, then Landlord may at its option elect, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under the Lease, one or both of the remedies set forth in Section 3.2 of the Original Lease.

7. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent: Base Year.

7.1 Current Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Current Premises in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Original Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, Section 6 of the Second Amendment, and Section 7 of the Third Amendment.

7.2 Additional Rent for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Original Lease; provided, however, that the Base Year shall be calendar year 2019 for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises.

8. Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of Seven Thousand Four Hundred Eighty Eight and 40/100 Dollars ($7,488.40) to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit”); provided, however, that if Tenant has faithfully performed all of its obligations under the Lease, including this Amendment, and Tenant has not committed any default beyond any applicable notice and cure period during the Lease Term, then on the first day of the twenty-fifth (25th) full calendar month following the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall be reduced by Three Thousand Seven Hundred Forty Four and 20/100 Dollars ($3,744.20) (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit Reduction”), and Landlord shall return the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit Reduction to Tenant within thirty (30) days. The Suite 505 Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall be held and applied in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Second Amendment.

 

3


9. Parking. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that as of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to lease two (2) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises. All such parking passes shall be subject to the applicable terms of the Lease including but not limited to Article 35 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 8 of the First Amendment and Section 8 of the Second Amendment, and Exhibit E to the Original Lease.

10. Condition of Premises: Suite 505 Tenant Improvements.

10.1 Condition of Suite 505 Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 505 Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Suite 505 Expansion Premises or to pay for the same, except as provided below in this Section 10.1, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall construct improvements in the Suite Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment, as of the date of delivery of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance equal to Twenty and 00/100 Dollars ($20.00) per rentable square foot of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises (the “Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance”) to be used for the construction of improvements to the Suite 505 Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider; provided, however, that the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance shall only be used for third party hard costs of Tenant (specifically excluding soft costs such as costs relating to Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, personal property, and data cabling). In connection with the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the Tenant’s total construction costs for the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, including hard and soft construction costs, thereof, and such amount shall be deducted from the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance.

11. Use of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises. The Suite 505 Expansion Premises shall be used in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Lease.

12. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding the L-C from Tenant in the amount of $103,535.30, and (d) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is relying on such representations in entering into this Amendment.

 

4


13. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building, the Current Premises, and the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant arising out of or related to the fact that the Building, Current Premises, and the Suite 505 Expansion Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and Tenant waives all such liability and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of or in connection therewith. The following disclosure is hereby made pursuant to applicable California law: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Any CASp inspection shall be conducted in compliance with reasonable rules in effect at the Project and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent.

14. Extension Option. Tenant shall continue to have the right to the “Extension Option,” as defined and provided in Article 38 of the Original Lease, Section 11 of the First Amendment, Section 10 of the Second Amendment, and Section 15 of the Third Amendment, which Extension Option may be exercised with respect to the Current Premises only.

Provided Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, and provided that Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at the time of exercise or at any time thereafter until the beginning of the extension Term, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises Option”) for one (1) additional consecutive period of five (5) years (the “Suite 505 Expansion Premises Extension Period”) for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises only. Tenant’s exercise of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Option shall be in accord with Section 38.1 of the Original Lease, and Tenant shall exercise the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Option by giving written notice to Landlord at least ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Term. Tenant’s Base Rent during the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Extension Period shall be equal to the Fair Market Base Rental to be determined pursuant to Section 38.2 of the Original Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing. Tenant shall have the right to exercise its Extensions Options for the Current Premises and the Section 505 Expansion Premises if and only if, Tenant exercises its Extension Options for the greater of: (a) 15,218 rental square feet, which is the total square footage of the Premises as of the date of this Amendment; or (b) the number of rental square feet currently occupied by Tenant within the Building.

 

5


15. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield representing Landlord (the “Broker”). Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in negotiating or making of this Amendment, neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims including costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

16. Ratification: No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, and the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

17. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

18. Successors and Assigns. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding on the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

[Signatures on following page]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Lease is made as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
    21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA, LLC,
    a California limited liability company

 

    By:  

/s/ Juanling Wu            

        Name:   Juanling Wu                        
        Title:   President
WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.
    a Delaware corporation

/s/ Diane Wallace

    By:  

/s/ Amit Nagra            

        Name:   Amit Nagra                                    
        Title:   COO

 

7


EXHIBIT A

SITE PLAN OF SUITE 505 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

8


EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall with reasonable diligence through a general contractor designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord) construct and install in the Suite 505 Expansion Premises the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider (“Suite 505 Tenant Improvements”). All of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements or alterations in the Suite 505 Expansion Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall contribute to the cost of Suite 505 Tenant Improvements described herein the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance set forth in Section 10.1 of this Amendment and Section 1.3 of this Construction Rider. Landlord and Tenant each shall designate in writing an individual authorized to act as a representative of each respective party with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

1.1 Plans.

1.1.1 Space Plan; Construction Documents. The Suite 505 Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the plans for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises prepared by the space planner retained by Tenant as the space planner for the Suite Expansion Premises (“Space Planner”), which space plan shall be promptly delivered to Landlord for Landlord’s review and prior approval prior to the commencement of construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements (the “Space Plan”). Tenant shall also retain engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), to prepare all plans and engineering construction documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Suite 505 Expansion Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Engineers and the Space Plan to be prepared by the Space Planner may collectively be referred to as the “Construction Documents.” Tenant shall retain an electrical engineer, reasonably approved by Landlord, to prepare plans and engineering construction documents for the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, and as part of the Construction Documents, the electrical engineer shall provide to Landlord written certification that all electrical work performed by Tenant as part of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements will not overload the Building’s electrical systems.

1.1.2 Construction Documents. Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Planner and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, and the Space Planner shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing Construction Documents in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Construction Documents”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Construction Documents. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Documents, either (i) approve the Final Construction Documents, (ii) approve the Final Construction Documents subject to specified conditions to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the approved Final Construction Documents for permits

 

9


as set forth below, or (iii) disapprove and return the Final Construction Documents to Tenant with requested revisions. Landlord shall not unreasonably require changes or modifications or withhold its approval of the Final Construction Documents; provided, however, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require changes or modifications or withhold its approval of the Final Construction Documents if (1) the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements will affect the Building’s structure or the Building systems, including but not limited to the electrical system, (2) any element of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements fails to comply with any applicable laws, or (3) the cost of removing the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements at the end of the Term would be excessive in Landlord’s reasonable estimation. If Landlord disapproves the Final Construction Documents, Tenant may resubmit the Final Construction Documents to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Construction Documents, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 1.1.2 within three (3) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Construction Documents.

Once approved by Landlord as set forth above, the Final Construction Documents shall be referred to as the “Approved Construction Documents,” and such Final Construction Documents shall be so approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to submit the Approved Construction Documents to the appropriate municipal authorities for all architectural and structural permits (the “Permits”), provided that (a) the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with a copy of the package that it intends to submit prior to such submission for Landlord’s review and prior approval, (b) Tenant and/or the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with any comments to any submitted plan documents made by any governmental authority immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of same, and copies of all Permits required for construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements upon issuance, and (c) if there are Building modifications required to obtain the Permits, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such Building modifications. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Tenant or the Space Planner shall obtain a Permit for all electrical work performed at the Suite 505 Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Suite 505 Expansion Premises) for the Suite 505 Expansion Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Suite 505 Expansion Premises). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.2 Construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements.

1.2.1 Contractor: Tenant’s Representatives. Tenant shall retain a qualified and licensed general contractor selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) (the “Contractor”) for the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, which Contractor shall be a qualified, reputable, general contractor experienced in class A office building tenant improvement construction in the greater Los Angeles area. The Space Planner, Engineers,

 

10


Contractor, other contractors, subcontractors, consultants, laborers, vendors, and material suppliers retained and/or used by Tenant in connection with the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Representatives.” At least ten (10) business days prior to the date Tenant enters into any contract for construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval, the name of the Contractor, and those subcontractors whose work affects the Building structure, the Building systems, or the roof of the Building, and such additional information on such contractors as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the right to review and approve or disapprove each contractor and subcontractor submitted by Tenant based upon such contractor’s or subcontractors qualifications, including (a) quality of work, (b) creditworthiness, (c) experience in general construction of tenant improvements, and in constructing improvements similar to the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, and (d) references, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord, at least ten (10) business days prior to the date Tenant enters into any contract(s) for construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, shall have the right to designate any subcontractor whose work affects the structure of the Building, the roof, any life safety systems, and any Building system. The contractor selected by Tenant, as reasonably approved by Landlord, is herein called the “Contractor”.

1.2.2 Construction Contract: Final Cost Estimate. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit a copy of the executed contract with the Contractor for the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, including the general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”) to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids and proposals for the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Representatives, of the final estimated costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (the “Final Cost Estimate”), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Space Planner’s and Engineers’ fees and the Landlord construction supervision fee as set forth in Section 2 below.

1.2.3. Governmentally-Required Changes. Tenant acknowledges that, pursuant to all applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Building Code of the City of Pasadena, California), the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements may result in additional governmentally-required alterations or improvements to the Suite 505 Expansion Premises or the Building. If the proposed design and construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements results in any such governmentally-required alterations or improvements being imposed as a condition to the issuance of applicable permits or approvals, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses relating to such additional governmentally-required alterations and improvements (which shall be constructed by Landlord) provided, however, that if the performance of such governmentally-required alterations or improvements can be avoided by modifying the cost, design or manner of construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, then, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, Tenant may elect to modify the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements in accordance with the provisions of this Construction Rider. Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such required alterations or improvements promptly after Landlord is notified of the same.

 

11


1.2.3 Construction. Upon Tenant’s receipt of Approved Construction Documents and Permits, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Suite 505 Expansion Premises Delivery Date. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall provide evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has obtained the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date for its commencement of construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, in order to permit Landlord to post, file, and record such Notices of Nonresponsibility and other instruments as may be necessary to protect Landlord and its property from claims by contractors for construction costs that are to be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws and with all recorded restrictions affecting the property. Upon prior written notice, Landlord shall have the right to suspend any construction activity by Tenant that detracts from harmonious labor relations at the property.

The Suite 505 Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have been completed in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

Following Substantial Completion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall inspect the Suite 505 Expansion Premises and prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. Tenant shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible.

1.2.4 Indemnity; Insurance. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 10 of the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. All of Tenant’s Representatives shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. Additionally, Tenant or Contractor shall also carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, which shall in no event be less than the amount actually carried by Tenant or Contractor, covering the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. The Tenant’s Representatives, including Contractor, shall deliver insurance certificates to Landlord at least five (5) days prior to commencing construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

 

12


1.3 Cost of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. As set forth in Section 10.1 of this Amendment, Landlord shall contribute a one-time Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance in the amount equal to Twenty and 00/100 Dollars ($20.00) per rentable square foot of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises toward third party hard costs for the construction of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements (specifically excluding soft costs such as costs relating to Tenant’s fixtures, furniture, equipment, personal property, and data cabling). Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are actually incurred by Tenant for the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. In the event the cost of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements exceeds the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance, such excess amount shall be borne solely by Tenant.

1.3.1. Payment of Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant in two (2) installments in accordance with the following schedule:

1.3.1.1. Fifty percent (50%) of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance within twenty (20) business days following Tenant’s written notice to Landlord at Landlord’s address for notice(s) requesting payment and stating that the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements are fifty percent (50%) complete together with all of the following:

(a) A statement containing the complete list of the names, addresses, telephone numbers and contract amounts for all contractors, subcontractors, vendors and/or suppliers providing materials and/or labor for such portion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements;

(b) A copy of the contract with Tenant’s Contractor and all subcontractors, vendors and/or suppliers providing materials and/or labor for such portion of the design, construction or installation of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements;

(c) Copies of all paid receipted invoices from Tenant’s Contractor and all parties supplying labor and/or materials for such portion the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements showing a total amount of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that such invoices have been paid in full, including but not limited to copies of invoices marked “paid in full” or copies of cancelled checks;

(d) Tenant delivers or has delivered to Landlord original executed and notarized unconditional mechanic’s lien waivers and releases which shall comply with California Civil Code Section 8318; and

(e) A certification from the Space Planner that the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements are fifty percent (50%) complete and has been constructed in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents, this Exhibit B, and all legal requirements.

1.3.1.2 Fifty percent (50%) of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance within twenty (20) business days following Tenant’s written notice to Landlord at Landlord’s address for notice(s) requesting payment after Substantial Completion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements together with all of the following:

 

13


(a) A statement containing the complete list of the names, addresses, telephone numbers and contract amounts for all contractors, subcontractors, vendors and/or suppliers providing materials and/or labor for the Tenant Suite 505 Improvements;

(b) A copy of the contract with Tenant’s Contractor and all subcontractors, vendors and/or suppliers providing materials and/or labor for the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement if not previously provided to Landlord;

(c) A statement of Tenant’s final construction costs, together with copies of all paid receipted invoices from Tenant’s Contractor and all parties supplying labor and/or materials for such portion the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that such invoices have been paid in full, including but not limited to copies of invoices marked “paid in full” or copies of cancelled checks;

(d) Tenant delivers or has delivered to Landlord original executed and notarized unconditional mechanic’s lien waiver and releases which shall comply with California Civil Code Section 8318;

(e) Landlord has reasonably determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building;

(f) A valid certificate of substantial completion executed by the Space Planner confirming that the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents, subject to punch-list items to be completed by Tenant’s Contractor, this Exhibit B, and all legal requirements;

(g) A valid certification from Tenant’s electrical engineer that the electrical components of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements will not overload the Building’s electrical systems;

(h) All Permits and other documents issued by any governmental authority in connection with the approval and completion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, and all evidence reasonably available showing compliance with all applicable laws of any and all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, including, without limitation, a certificate of occupancy or its equivalent such as duly signed-off job cards, and/or building permit sign-offs, and/or other appropriate authorization;

(i) Copies of all of Tenant’s contractors’ warranties;

(j) A reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements;

(k) The original Certificate of Occupancy issued by the applicable building department;

(l) A copy of Tenant’s recorded, valid “Notice of Completion; and

 

14


(m) Tenant delivers to Landlord all other information reasonably requested by Landlord;

In the event that Landlord has failed to pay to Tenant, when due, any portion of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall provide to Landlord written notice thereof. If Landlord’s failure to pay continues for fifteen (15) business days following such first written notice, Tenant may offset the amount of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance due to Tenant from Rent due to Landlord. Such offset shall end when Tenant has offset the full amount of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance owed to Tenant.

The balance, if any, of the cost of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements (“Additional Cost”), including, but not limited to, soft costs, usual markups for overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid by Tenant, with all payments made by Tenant directly to Tenant’s Representatives, and reasonable evidence of such payment by Tenant shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any amount of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance.

1.4 Changes. If Tenant requests any material change, addition or alteration in or to any Approved Construction Documents (“Changes”) Tenant shall (i) inform the Landlord of the desired Changes and obtain Landlord’s written approval thereof which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1.2 within no more than three (3) business days after the date of Tenant’s request for approval (and if Landlord has not responded within such three (3)-day period, such request for a Change shall be deemed approved); (ii) following Landlord’s approval of Changes, cause the Space Planner to prepare additional plans implementing such Changes; and (iii) promptly pay the cost of preparing additional plans directly to the Space Planner.

2. Construction Supervision Fee. Landlord shall have the right to supervise all aspects of the construction of the Suite 505 Improvements; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no responsibility for the management or oversight of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the construction costs, including hard and soft costs, thereof, and such amount shall be deducted from the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance.

3. Ownership of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements. All of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant and whether installed at Tenant’s cost or with the use of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvement Allowance, shall become a part of the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Suite 505 Expansion Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be required to remove all cabling and wiring installed as a part of the Suite 505 Tenant Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, repair any and all damage caused by such removal, and restore the Suite 505 Expansion Premises to the condition it was in prior to the installation of such cabling and wiring.

 

15

Exhibit 10.19

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of May 24, 2020 (“Effective Date”), by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease, dated as of November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017 (the “Third Amendment”), and as further amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2019 (the “Fourth Amendment”) (the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, and Fourth Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for the premises consisting of a total of approximately 15,218 rentable square feet located in the space commonly known as Suites 500, 502 and 505 (approximately 7,540 rentable square feet) and Suites 600 and 610 (approximately 7,678 rentable square feet) (collectively the “Current Premises”), on the 5th floor and 6th floor, respectively, of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 (the “Building”).

B. Tenant desires to expand the Current Premises to include that certain space consisting of approximately 809 rentable square feet, located in the space commonly known as Suite 208, and Landlord and Tenant desire to otherwise to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

T E R M S

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

3. Contingency. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that this Amendment is expressly contingent upon Landlord obtaining legal possession of Suite 208 from the existing tenant. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises (as defined in Section 4 below) to Tenant on or before June 1,2020 (the “Anticipated Delivery Date”), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor shall the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. In the event Landlord is unable to obtain legal possession of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises from the existing tenant and deliver possession of the Suite 208

 

1


Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before December 31, 2020 (the “Outside Delivery Date”), then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Amendment by giving thirty (30) days written notice thereof to the other party and this Amendment shall have no further force or effect; provided, however, that if Tenant gives notice to terminate the Lease and Landlord obtains legal possession of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate the Amendment and the Amendment will continue in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant’s termination right shall be their only remedy if Landlord is unable to obtain legal possession of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises from the existing tenant and Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from such delay.

4. Modification of Current Premises. Effective as of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4 below), Tenant shall lease from Landlord, and Landlord shall lease to Tenant, a portion of the second (2nd) floor consisting of approximately 809 rentable square feet and located in a portion of the space commonly known as Suite 208 of the Building (the “Suite 208 Expansion Premises”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that such addition of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises shall, effective as of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, increase the size of the “Premises”, as defined below, to approximately 16,027 rentable square feet. The Current Premises and the Suite 208 Expansion Premises may hereinafter collectively be referred to as the “Premises” and all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall apply to the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, except as set forth in this Amendment.

5. Suite 208 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Tenant’s lease of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises shall be the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises to Tenant, which is anticipated to be June 1, 2020 (the “Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”). The term of Tenant’s lease of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises shall end at midnight on the last calendar day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month after the Commencement Date (the “Suite 208 Expansion Premises Expiration Date”). The Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Expiration Date shall be referred to as the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Term.

6. Base Rent.

6.1 Current Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Current Premises in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 10 of the Basic Lease Information and Section 3.1 of the Original Lease, Section 4 of the First Amendment, Section 5 of the Second Amendment, Section 5 of the Third Amendment, and Section 5 of the Fourth Amendment.

6.2 Suite 208 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises as follows:

 

2


Date

  

Annual Base Rent

   Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
     Approximate
Monthly Rental Rate
per Rental Square
Foot
 

Lease Year 1 (Months 1-12, including any partial month)

   $34,948.80 (including any partial month)    $ 2,912.40      $ 3.60  

The first Lease Year shall include the period between the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and the first day of the month following the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date if the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month.

7. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent: Base Year.

7.1 Current Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Current Premises in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Original Lease, Section 6 of the First Amendment, Section 6 of the Second Amendment, Section 7 of the Third Amendment, and Section 7 of the Fourth Amendment.

7.2 Additional Rent for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 of the Original Lease. The Base Year for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises shall be the calendar year 2016 as set forth in Section 12 of the Basic Lease Information in the Original Lease.

8. Suite 208 Expansion Premises Security Deposit. Landlord is currently holding a Security Deposit in the amount of $58,510.40 for the Current Premises. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of Two Thousand Nine Hundred Twelve and 40/100 Dollars ($2,912.40) to be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as hereby amended (the “Suite 208 Expansion Premises Security Deposit”). The current Security Deposit and the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall total $61,422.80. The Suite 208 Expansion Premises Security Deposit shall be held and applied in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Second Amendment.

9. Parking. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that as of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to lease up to two (2) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Suite 809 Expansion Premises, for a total two (2) unreserved parking passes. Tenant shall pay the current parking rate for each unreserved parking pass which may be increased by Landlord in its sole discretion. Landlord shall retain sole discretion to designate the location of each parking space, and whether it shall be assigned, or unassigned, unless specifically agreed to otherwise in writing between Landlord and Tenant. All such parking passes shall be subject to the applicable terms of the Lease including but not limited to Article 35 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 8 of the First Amendment and Section 8 of the Second Amendment, and Exhibit E to the Original Lease.

 

3


9.1 Condition of Premises: Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. Tenant hereby accepts the Suite 208 Expansion Premises in its presently existing, “as-is” condition and acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Suite 208 Expansion Premises or to pay for the same, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall construct improvements in the Suite 208 Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the Construction Rider attached hereto as Exhibit B. In connection with the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, if any, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice a construction supervision fee in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the Tenant’s total construction costs for the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, including hard and soft construction costs, thereof.

10. Use of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental permits and approvals, the Suite 208 Expansion Premises shall be used and occupied for general business office purposes and as a wet lab, and for no other use or purpose. Tenant’s use shall comply with Section 5.1 of the Lease.

11. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding a Security Deposit in the amount of $58,510.40; (d) Landlord is holding a Letter of Credit from Tenant in the amount of $51,767.64 and (e) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is relying on such representations in entering into this Amendment.

12. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building, the Current Premises, and the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant arising out of or related to the fact that the Building, Current Premises, and the Suite 208 Expansion Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and Tenant waives all such liability and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of or in connection therewith. The following disclosure is hereby made pursuant to applicable California law: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The

 

4


parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Any CASp inspection shall be conducted in compliance with reasonable rules in effect at the Project and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent.

13. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield and Hello Office representing Landlord (the “Broker”). Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in negotiating or making of this Amendment, neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims including costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

14. Ratification: No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, and the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

15. Conflicting Terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, the language of this Amendment shall control.

16. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that electronic signatures may be used in connection with the execution of this Lease and electronic signatures or signatures transmitted by electronic mail in so-called .pdf format shall be legal and binding and shall have the same full force and effect as if a paper original of this Lease had been delivered and had been signed using a handwritten signature.

17. Successors and Assigns. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the .terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding on the parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Lease is made as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
    21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA, LLC,
    a California limited liability company

 

    By:  

/s/ Wu Juanling

      Name: Wu Juanling
      Title: President
WITNESS:     TENANT:
    ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.
    a Delaware corporation

 

    By:  

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

      Name: Mahesh Karanth
      Title: CFO

 

6


EXHIBIT A

SITE PLAN OF SUITE 208 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

7


EXHIBIT B

CONSTRUCTION RIDER

1. Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall with reasonable diligence through a general contractor designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which contractor may be an affiliate of Landlord) construct and install in the Suite 208 Expansion Premises the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider (“Suite 208 Tenant Improvements”). All of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements shall be constructed and installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements or alterations in the Suite 208 Expansion Premises. Landlord and Tenant each shall designate in writing an individual authorized to act as a representative of each respective party with respect to all approvals, directions and authorizations pursuant to this Construction Rider.

1.1 Plans.

1.1.1 Space Plan: Construction Documents. The Suite 208 Tenant Improvements shall be constructed substantially as shown on the plans for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises prepared by the space planner retained by Tenant as the space planner for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises (“Space Planner”), which space plan shall be promptly delivered to Landlord for Landlord’s review and prior approval prior to the commencement of construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements (the “Space Plan”). Tenant shall also retain engineering consultants reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Engineers”) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), to prepare all plans and engineering construction documents relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Suite 208 Expansion Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Engineers and the Space Plan to be prepared by the Space Planner may collectively be referred to as the “Construction Documents.” Tenant shall retain an electrical engineer, reasonably approved by Landlord, to prepare plans and engineering construction documents for the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, and as part of the Construction Documents, the electrical engineer shall provide to Landlord written certification that all electrical work performed by Tenant as part of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements will not overload the Building’s electrical systems.

1.1.2 Construction Documents. Tenant shall promptly cause the Space Planner and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, and the Space Planner shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing Construction Documents in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Construction Documents”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Construction Documents. Landlord shall, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Construction Documents, either (i) approve the Final Construction Documents, (ii) approve the Final Construction Documents subject to specified conditions to be satisfied by Tenant prior to submitting the approved Final Construction Documents for permits as set forth below, or (iii) disapprove and return the Final Construction Documents to Tenant with

 

8


requested revisions. Landlord shall not unreasonably require changes or modifications or withhold its approval of the Final Construction Documents; provided, however, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require changes or modifications or withhold its approval of the Final Construction Documents if (1) the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements will affect the Building’s structure or the Building systems, including but not limited to the electrical system, (2) any element of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements fails to comply with any applicable laws, or (3) the cost of removing the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements at the end of the Term would be excessive in Landlord’s reasonable estimation. If Landlord disapproves the Final Construction Documents, Tenant may resubmit the Final Construction Documents to Landlord at any time, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the resubmitted Final Construction Documents, based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 1.1.2 within three (3) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Construction Documents.

Once approved by Landlord as set forth above, the Final Construction Documents shall be referred to as the “Approved Construction Documents,” and such Final Construction Documents shall be so approved by Landlord prior to the commencement of construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to submit the Approved Construction Documents to the appropriate municipal authorities for all architectural and structural permits (the “Permits”), provided that (a) the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with a copy of the package that it intends to submit prior to such submission for Landlord’s review and prior approval, (b) Tenant and/or the Space Planner shall provide Landlord with any comments to any submitted plan documents made by any governmental authority immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of same, and copies of all Permits required for construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements upon issuance, and (c) if there are Building modifications required to obtain the Permits, then Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to any such Building modifications. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing. Tenant or the Space Planner shall obtain a Permit for all electrical work performed at the Suite 208 Expansion Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Suite 208 Expansion Premises) for the Suite 208 Expansion Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, shall cooperate with Tenant in performing ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such certificate of occupancy (or other documentation or approval allowing Tenant to legally occupy the Suite 208 Expansion Premises). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, withhold its consent to any changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Construction Documents that affect (1) the Building’s structure or the Building systems, including but not limited to the electrical system, (2) any element of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements fails to comply with any applicable laws, or (3) the cost of removing the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements at the end of the Term would be excessive in Landlord’s, reasonable estimation.

 

9


1.2 Construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements.

1.2.1 Contractor: Tenant’s Representatives. Tenant shall retain a qualified and licensed general contractor selected by Tenant in Tenant’s reasonable discretion and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld) (the “Contractor”) for the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, which Contractor shall be a qualified, reputable, general contractor experienced in class A office building tenant improvement construction in the greater Los Angeles area. The Space Planner, Engineers, Contractor, other contractors, subcontractors, consultants, laborers, vendors, and material suppliers retained and/or used by Tenant in connection with the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements shall be known collectively as “Tenant’s Representatives.” At least ten (10) business days prior to the date Tenant enters into any contract for construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s prior approval, the name of the Contractor, and those subcontractors whose work affects the Building structure, the Building systems, or the roof of the Building, and such additional information on such contractors as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the right to review and approve or disapprove each contractor and’ subcontractor submitted by Tenant based upon such contractor’s or subcontractors qualifications, including (a) quality of work, (b) creditworthiness, (c) experience in general construction of tenant improvements, and in constructing improvements similar to the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, and (d) references, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord, at least ten (10) business days prior to the date Tenant enters into any contract(s) for construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, shall have the right to designate any subcontractor whose work affects the structure of the Building, the roof, any life safety systems, and any Building system. The contractor selected by Tenant, as reasonably approved by Landlord, is herein called the “Contractor”.

1.2.2 Construction Contract: Final Cost Estimate. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit a copy of the executed contract with the Contractor for the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, including the general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”) to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids and proposals for the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Representatives, of the final estimated costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (the “Final Cost Estimate”), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Space Planner’s and Engineers’ fees and the Landlord construction supervision fee as set forth in Section 2 below.

1.2.3. Governmentally-Required Changes. Tenant acknowledges that, pursuant to all applicable laws and regulations i (including, without limitation, Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Building Code of the City of Pasadena, California), the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements may result in additional governmentally-required alterations or improvements to the Suite 208 Expansion Premises or the Building. If the proposed design and construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements results in any such governmentally-required alterations or improvements being imposed as a condition to the issuance of applicable permits or approvals, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses relating to such additional governmentally-required alterations and improvements (which shall be constructed by Landlord) provided, however, that if the performance of such

 

10


governmentally-required alterations or improvements can be avoided by modifying the cost, design or manner of construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, then, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, Tenant may elect to modify the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements in accordance with the provisions of this Construction Rider. Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such required alterations or improvements promptly after Landlord is notified of the same.

1.2.3 Construction. Upon Tenant’s receipt of Approved Construction Documents and Permits, Tenant shall proceed with reasonable diligence to cause the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Completed as soon as reasonably practicable following the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Delivery Date. Prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall provide evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has obtained the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date for its commencement of construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, in order to permit Landlord to post, file, and record such Notices of Nonresponsibility and other instruments as may be necessary to protect Landlord and its property from claims by contractors for construction costs that are to be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws and with all recorded restrictions affecting the property. Upon prior written notice, Landlord shall have the right to suspend any construction activity by Tenant that detracts from harmonious labor relations at the property.

The Suite 208 Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be “Substantially Completed” when they have been completed in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural “punch list.” (The definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete.”)

Following Substantial Completion of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall inspect the Suite 208 Expansion Premises and prepare a “punch list” of agreed items of construction remaining to be completed. Tenant shall complete the items set forth in the punch list as soon as reasonably possible.

1.2.4 Indemnity: Insurance. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Article 10 of the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. All of Tenant’s Representatives shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in Article 11 of the Lease, and the policies therefor shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. Additionally, Tenant or Contractor shall also carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, which shall in no event be less than the amount actually carried by Tenant or Contractor, covering the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 11 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. The Tenant’s Representatives, including Contractor, shall deliver insurance certificates to Landlord at least five (5) days prior to commencing construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

 

11


1.3 Intentionally Omitted.

1.4 Changes. If Tenant requests any material change, addition or alteration in or to any Approved Construction Documents (“Changes”) Tenant shall (i) inform the Landlord of the desired Changes and obtain Landlord’s written approval thereof which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1.2 within no more than three (3) business days after the date of Tenant’s request for approval (and if Landlord has not responded within such three (3)-day period, such request for a Change shall be deemed approved); (ii) following Landlord’s approval of Changes, cause the Space Planner to prepare additional plans implementing such Changes; and (iii) promptly pay the cost of preparing additional plans directly to the Space Planner.

2. Construction Supervision Fee. Landlord shall have the right to supervise all aspects of the construction of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no responsibility for the management or oversight of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice a construction supervision fee in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the construction costs, including hard and soft costs, thereof.

3. Ownership of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements. All of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements, whether installed by Tenant or at Tenant’s cost, shall become a part of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, shall be the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be surrendered by Tenant with the Suite 208 Expansion Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of the Lease; provided, however, that (a) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be required to remove all cabling and wiring installed as a part of the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, repair any and all damage caused by such removal, and restore the Suite 208 Expansion Premises to the condition it was in prior to the installation of such cabling and wiring; and (b) Landlord shall have the right, upon at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant prior to the Lease Expiration Date, to require Tenant to remove the Suite 208 Tenant Improvements prior to the Lease Expiration Date, repair any and all damage caused by such removal, and restore the Suite 208 Expansion Premises to the condition it was in prior to the installation of such Tenant Improvements.

 

12

Exhibit 10.20

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of January 27, 2021 (“Effective Date”), by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease, dated as of November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017 (the “Third Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2019 (the “Fourth Amendment”), and as further amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of May 24,2020 (the “Fifth Amendment”) (the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, Fourth Amendment, and Fifth Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for the premises consisting of a total of approximately 16,027 rentable square feet located in the space commonly known as Suite 208 (approximately 809 rentable square feet), Suites 500, 502 and 505 (approximately 7,540 rentable square feet), Suites 600 and 610 (approximately 7,678 rentable square feet), and (collectively the “Premises”), on the 2nd floor, 5th floor and 6th floor, respectively, of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 (the “Building”).

B. The Term of the Lease for Suites 600 and 610 (collectively, the “6th Floor Premises”) shall expire on March 31, 2021, and Landlord and Tenant now desire to extend the Term of the Lease for the 6th Floor Premises and otherwise to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

T E R M S

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

3. Remeasurement. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Building and the 6th Floor Premises have been remeasured pursuant to current BOMA standards (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1- 2017), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, as of the Effective Date, the 6th Floor Premises shall be deemed to contain a total of 7,831 rentable square feet and the Building shall be deemed to contain a total of 127,586 rentable square feet. Following the remeasurement, the Premises shall be deemed to contain a total of 16,180 rentable square feet.


4. Extension of Lease Term for the 6th Floor Premises. The term of the Lease for the 6th Floor Premises is hereby extended for a term of twenty-seven (27) months, and shall expire on June 30,2023 (the “Extended Term Termination Date”). That portion of the Term for the 6th Floor Premises commencing on April 1, 2021 (the “Extended Term Commencement Date”) and ending on the Extended Term Termination Date shall be referred to as the “Extended Term”. All terms and conditions of the Lease will apply during the Extended Term, except as otherwise set forth in this Amendment. For purposes of clarification, the Term of the Lease for Suites 500, 502 and 505 (collectively, the “5th Floor Premises”) and the 6th Floor Premises, shall expire on June 30, 2023.

5. Base Rent. Commencing on the Extended Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the 6th Floor Premises as follows:

 

Date

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
 

April 1, 2021 - March 31,2022

   $ 319,504.80      $ 26,625.40  

April 1, 2022 - March 31,2023

   $ 329,089.94      $ 27,424.16  

April 1,2023 - June 30, 2023

   $ 338,962.64      $ 28,246.89  

Tenant shall pay continue paying Base Rent for the 5th Floor Premises and Suite 208 pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

6. Base Rent Abatement. Provided Tenant is not in default of the Lease (as hereby amended) beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the Base Rent for the 6th Floor Premises during the second (2nd) month of the Extended Term (the’ “Rent Abatement Period”) for a total Fixed Monthly Rent abatement of $26,625.40 (the “Rent Abatement”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Amendment, and for Tenant’s agreement to pay the Base Rent and to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease, including this Amendment. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the applicable notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, Tenant shall immediately become obligated to pay to Landlord all Base Rent abated during the Rent Abatement Period.

7. Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the 6th Floor Premises: Base Year. Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the 6th Floor Premises and all other charges in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided, however, that Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the 6th Floor Premises shall be 6.14% based on the remeasurement of the 6th Floor Premises and broken down as follows: (a) 5.53% for Suite 600; and (b) 0.61% for Suite 610. The Base Year shall remain as calendar year 2016 for the 6th Floor Premises.


Tenant shall pay continue paying Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the 5th Floor Premises and Suite 208 pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

8. Condition of 6th Floor Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant is currently occupying the 6th Floor Premises, and is aware of its existing condition. Tenant accepts the 6th Floor Premises in its “AS-IS” condition, with all faults and without representation or warranty by Landlord of any kind regarding the 6th Floor Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the 6th Floor Premises or to pay for the same, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the 6th Floor Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use.

9. Use of the 6th Floor Premises. The 6th Floor Premises shall be used in accordance with the Lease, including but not limited to Section 5.1 of the Lease.

10. Parking. Tenant shall continue to have the same parking rights as set forth in the Lease, including but not limited to Article 35 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 8 of the First Amendment, Second 8 of the Second Amendment, Section 9 of the Third Amendment, Section 9 of the Fourth Amendment, Section 9 of the Fifth Amendment and Exhibit E to the Original Lease.

11. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding a Security Deposit in the amount of $61,442.80; (d) Landlord is holding a Letter of Credit from Tenant in the amount of $51,767.64 and (e) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is. relying on such representations in entering into this Amendment.

12. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building and the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant arising out of or related to the fact that the Building and the Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and Tenant waives all such liability and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of or in connection therewith. The following disclosure is hereby made pursuant to applicable California law: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the


occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Any CASp inspection shall be conducted in compliance with reasonable rules in effect at the Building and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. ‘

13. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Amendment other than CBRE representing Landlord and HelloOffice, Inc., representing Tenant (collectively, the “Brokers”). Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that except as set forth in this Section 13, in negotiating or making of this Amendment, neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims including costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

14. Ratification; No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Premises, and the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

15. Conflicting Terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, the language of this Amendment shall control.

16. Severability of Provisions. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Amendment shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

17. Authority. Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to the other that it has the authority to enter into this Amendment.

18. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any law or presumption to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to execute this Amendment by facsimile or by using an electronic signature, including those delivered by PDF or signed through the electronic system known as “DocuSign”, and any such facsimile or electronic signature shall be deemed valid and binding and admissible by either party against the other as if same were an original ink signature. An email from either party or any of its agents, brokers, attorneys, employees or other representatives shall never constitute such party’s electronic signature, unless the email includes the document with such party’s electronic signature in its signature block. If


this Amendment has been executed by facsimile or electronic signature, including “DocuSign”, all parties executing this Amendment are expressly consenting under the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (“E-SIGN”), the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“UETA”) and the California Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“CUETA”) that a signature by facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means shall constitute an electronic signature to an electronic record under all applicable laws with respect to this Amendment.

19. Successors and Assigns; Entire Agreement. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding on the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, and may not be modified or terminated except by an agreement in writing between the parties. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, contains the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the transactions contemplated thereby, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral. Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed as a waiver by Landlord of any legal or equitable right or remedy, and Landlord reserves all rights and remedies available under the Lease, at law or in equity.

20. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflict of law provisions.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Sixth Amendment to Lease is made as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
   

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

 

    By:  

/s/ Juan Ling Wu

      Name: Juan Ling Wu
      Title: President
WITNESS:     TENANT:
   

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

    By:  

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

      Name: Mahesh Karanth
      Title: CFO

Exhibit 10.21

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this ‘Amendment”) is made as of January 27, 2021 (“Effective Date”), by and between 21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA LLC. a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease, dated as of November 20, 2015 (the “Original Lease”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016 (the “First Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2017 (the “Second Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017 (the “Third Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2019 (the “Fourth Amendment”), as further amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2020 (the “Fifth Amendment”), and as further amended by that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2021 (the “Sixth Amendment”) (the Original Lease, First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment. Fourth Amendment, Fifth Amendment and Sixth Amendment are collectively referred to as the “Lease”), for the premises consisting of a total of approximately 16,180 rentable square feel located in the space commonly known as Suite 208 (approximately 809 rentable square feet). Suites 500, 502 and 505 (approximately 7,540 rentable square feet). Suites 600 and 610 (approximately 7,831 rentable square feet), and (collectively the “Current Premises”), on the 2nd floor, 5th floor and 6th floor, respectively, of the office building located at 234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101 (the “Building”).

B. The Term of the Lease for Suite 208 (the “Suite 208 Premises”) shall expire on May 31, 2021, and Landlord and Tenant now desire to extend the Term of the Lease for the Suite 208 Premises and otherwise to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

T E R M S

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined in this Amendment, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

3. Month-to-Month Tenancy. Upon the expiration of the Suite 208 Expansion Premises Term (as defined in Section 5 of the Fifth Amendment) on May 31,2021, Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into a month-to-month tenancy (the “Month-to-Month Tenancy”)


commencing on June 1, 2021 (the “Month-to-Month Tenancy Commencement Date”). The Month-to-Month Tenancy may be terminated by either party upon delivery of forty-five (45) days written notice to the other party (the “Termination Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the term of the Lease for the Suite 208 Premises shall end concurrently with the expiration of the Lease Term for the remainder of the Premises, i.e., Suites 500,502,505, 600 and 610, which is currently set to expire on June 30,2023, as set forth in Section 4 of the Sixth Amendment. All terms and conditions of the Lease will apply during the Month-to-Month Tenancy, except as otherwise set forth in this Amendment.

4. Base Rent for the Suite 208 Premises. Commencing on the Month-to-Month Tenancy Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Suite 208 Premises as follows:

 

Date

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Installment
of Base Rent
 

Month-to-Month Tenancy

   $ 34,948.80      $ 2,912.40  

Tenant shall pay continue paying Base Rent for Suites 500,502,505,600 and 610 pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

5. Additional Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for the Suite 208 Premises and all other charges in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Base Year shall remain as calendar year 2016 for the Suite 208 Premises.

Tenant shall pay continue paying Tenant’s Share of Additional Rent for Suites 500, 502, 505, 600 and 610 pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

6. Condition of Suite 208 Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant is currently occupying the Suite 208 Premises, and is aware of its existing condition. Tenant accepts the Suite 208 Premises in its “AS-IS” condition, with all faults and without representation or warranty by Landlord of any kind regarding the Suite 208 Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use. Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to improve, repair, renovate, restore, refurbish or provide any improvement work or services in or to the Suite 208 Premises or to pay for the same, and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made or herein makes any representation or warranty concerning the Suite 208 Premises, its condition, or its present suitability for Tenant’s use.

7. Use of the Suite 208 Premises. The Suite 208 Premises shall be used in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Lease and Section 10 of the Fifth Amendment.

8. Parking. Tenant shall continue to have the same parking rights as set forth in the Lease.

9. Estoppel. Tenant hereby certifies and acknowledges that as of the date hereof (a) Landlord is not in default in any respect under the Lease, (b) Tenant does not have any defenses to its obligations under the Lease, (c) Landlord is holding a Security Deposit in the amount of $61,442.80, (d) Landlord is holding a Letter of Credit from Tenant in the amount of $51,767.64 and (e) there are no offsets against rent payable under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the representations herein set forth constitute a material consideration to Landlord in entering into this Amendment; (ii) such representations are being made by Tenant for purposes of inducing Landlord to enter into this Amendment; and (iii) Landlord is relying on such representations in entering into this Amendment.


10. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Building and the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant arising out of or related to the fact that the Building and the Premises have not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp), and Tenant waives all such liability and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of or in connection therewith. The following disclosure is hereby made pursuant to applicable California law: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Any CASp inspection shall be conducted in compliance with reasonable rules in effect at the Building and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent.

11. Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that no broker, agent or finder negotiated or was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Amendment other than CBRE representing Landlord and HelloOffice, Inc., representing Tenant (collectively, the “Brokers”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that no commission shall be paid to the Brokers relating to this Seventh Amendment. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that except as set forth in this Section 11, in negotiating or making of this Amendment, neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant’s behalf has dealt with any broker or finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim or claims including costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the other asserted by any other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any dealings with or statements made by such party or such party’s representatives.

12. Ratification; No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of the Lease shall apply with respect to the Premises, and the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be construed to be part of the Lease and shall be deemed incorporated into the Lease by this reference.

13. Conflicting Terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Amendment, the language of this Amendment shall control.

14. Severability of Provisions. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Amendment shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.


15. Authority. Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to the other that it has the authority to enter into this Amendment.

16. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any law or presumption to the contrary. Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to execute this Amendment by facsimile or by using an electronic signature, including those delivered by PDF or signed through the electronic system known as “DocuSign”, and any such facsimile or electronic signature shall be deemed valid and binding and admissible by either party against the other as if same were an original ink signature. An email from either party or any of its agents, brokers, attorneys, employees or other representatives shall never constitute such party’s electronic signature, unless the email includes the document with such party’s electronic signature in its signature block. If this Amendment has been executed by facsimile or electronic signature, including “DocuSign”, all parties executing this Amendment are expressly consenting under the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (“E-SIGN”), the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“UETA”) and the California Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“CUETA”) that a signature by facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means shall constitute an electronic signature to an electronic record under all applicable laws with respect to this Amendment.

17. Successors and Assigns: Entire Agreement. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding on the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, and may not be modified or terminated except by an agreement in writing between the parties. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, contains the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the transactions contemplated thereby, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral. Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed as a waiver by Landlord of any legal or equitable right or remedy, and Landlord reserves all rights and remedies available under the Lease, at law or in equity.

18. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflict of law provisions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Seventh Amendment to Lease is made as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:     LANDLORD:
   

21st CENTURY TECHBANQ PASADENA, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

 

    By:  

/s/ Juan Ling Wu

      Name: Juan Ling Wu
      Title: President
WITNESS:     TENANT:
   

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

    By:  

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

      Name: Mahesh Karanth
      Title: CFO

Exhibit 10.22

OFFICE LEASE

RIVERPARK TOWER I

SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA

RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     4  

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM

     5  

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

     6  

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     6  

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     14  

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     15  

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     18  

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     19  

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     21  

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE

     22  

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     25  

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     27  

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     28  

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     28  

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     34  

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     34  

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     35  

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     35  

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     36  

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     39  

ARTICLE 21 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     40  

ARTICLE 22 SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

     41  

ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     41  

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     42  

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

     43  

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     44  

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     44  

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     45  

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     46  

EXHIBITS

 

A    OUTLINE OF PREMISES\
B    TENANT WORK LETTER
C    FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
D    RULES AND REGULATIONS
E    FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

(i)


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

     Page  

Abatement Event.

     39  

Alterations

     19  

Applicable Laws

     42  

Base Rent

     6  

Base Taxes

     12  

Base Year

     7  

Brokers

     52  

Building

     4  

Building Common Areas

     5  

Building Hours

     15  

Building Structure

     18  

Building Systems

     18  

Common Areas

     5  

Contemplated Effective Date

     31  

Contemplated Transfer Space

     31  

Cost Pools

     12  

Default Rate

     43  

Direct Expenses

     7  

Eligibility Period

     39  

Embargoed Person

     54  

Energy Disclosure Requirements

     55  

Estimate

     13  

Estimate Statement.

     13  

Estimated Excess

     13  

Excess

     13  

Expense Year

     7  

Force Majeure

     48  

Holidays

     15  

HVAC

     15  

Identification Requirements

     53  

Intention to Transfer Notice

     31  

Landlord

     I  

Landlord Parties

     22  

Landlord Repair Notice

     25  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     5  

Lease Expiration Date

     5  

Lease Term

     5  

Lease Year

     5  

.Lines

     53  

List

     54  

Mail

     48  

Management Fee Cap

     10  

 

(ii)


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

     Page  

Net Worth

     33  

Nine Month Period

     31  

Notices

     48  

OFAC

     54  

Operating Expenses

     7  

Original Improvements

     23  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     33  

Premises

     4  

Project

     4  

Proposition 13

     11  

Renovations

     53  

rentable square feet

     5  

Security Deposit

     40  

Statement.

     13  

Subject Space

     28  

Summary

     !  

Tax Expenses

     11  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     55  

Tenant Work Letter

     4  

Tenant’s Security System

     18  

Tenant’s Share

     12  

Transfer Costs

     30  

Transfer Notice

     28  

Transferee

     28  

 

(iii)


RIVERPARK TOWER I

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION

1.  Date:

  

November27, 2018

2.  Premises (Article 1):

  

2.1  Building:

   That certain office building located at 333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose, California 95110.

2.2  Premises:

   Approximately 4,687 rentable square feet of space located on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 850, as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.

3.  Lease Term (Article 2):

  

3.1  Length of Term:

   Five (5) years and two (2) months.

3.2  Lease Commencement Date:

   The earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Premises and (ii) the date upon which the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, which is anticipated to be January 1, 2019 (provided, however, that Tenant has received fifteen (15) days of early access (as set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 5.1 of the Tenant Work Letter).

3.3  Lease Expiration Date:

   If the Lease Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the 62nd month of the Lease Term; or, if the Lease Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the 62nd full calendar month of the Lease Term.


4.  Base Rent (Article 3):

 

Period During Lease Term    Annual Base Rent   

Monthly Installment of

Base Rent

   Approximate Annual
Base Rent per Rentable
Square Foot

Months 1-12*

   $253,098.00    $21,091.50    $4.50

Months 13-24

   $260,690.94    $21,724.25    $4.64

Months 25-36

   $268,511.67    $22,375.97    $4.77

Months 37-48

   $276,567.02    $23,047.25    $4.92

Months 49-60

   $284,864.03    $23,738.67    $5.06

Months 61-62

   $293,409.95    $24,450.83    $5.22

 

*

Notwithstanding the foregoing Base Rent schedule or any contrary provision of this Lease, but subject to the terms of Section 3.2, below, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent with respect to the Premises during first (1st) two (2) full calendar months of the Lease Term.

**

In the event there are any inconsistencies in the foregoing rent schedule, the column entitled Monthly Installment of Base Rent shall be binding upon the parties.

 

5.  Base Year (Article 4):

   Calendar year 2019.

6.  Tenant’s Share (Article 4):

   Approximately 1.549% of the Building.

7.  Permitted Use (Article 5):

   General office use consistent with a first-class office building.

8.  Security Deposit Amount (Article 21):

   $122,254.15, subject to the terms of Article 21.

9.  Parking Pass Ratio (Article 28):

   Eleven (11) unreserved parking passes (i.e., 2.25 parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises), subject to the terms of Article 28.

10.  Address of Tenant (Section 29.18):

  

Rockley Photonics Inc.

234 E Colorado Blvd. Suite 600

Pasadena, CA 91101

Attention: Mahesh Karanth, CFO

(Prior to and after Lease Commencement Date)

 

2


  

At all times with a copy to:

 

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Samantha LaPine, Esq.

11.  Address of Landlord (Section 29.18):

   See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

12.  Broker(s) (Section 29.24):

  

Landlord’s Broker: Newmark Comish & Carey

 

and

 

Tenant’s Broker: Cushman & Wakefield

13.  Tenant Improvement Allowance (Exhibit B):

   None, provided Landlord shall construct improvements in the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter.

 

3


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Tenant Work Letter”), Tenant shall accept the Premises in its presently existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. The commencement of business operations from the Premises by Tenant shall presumptively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, except for minor “punchlist” matters related to the Building brought to Landlord’s attention within ten (10) days after Tenant commences business operations from the Premises.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of an office project known as “RiverPark Towers.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, (iii) that certain other office building located in the vicinity of the Building and known as RiverPark Tower II, and the land upon which such office building is located, and (iv) Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole discretion, add any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added to the Project, or exclude any existing real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements from the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, including the parking

 

4


facilities at the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonably discretion of Landlord (but shall at least be consistent with the manner in which the common areas of comparable Class A office buildings in the vicinity of the Building are maintained and operated) and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” in the Premises and the Building, as the case may be, shall be calculated pursuant to Landlord’s then current method for measuring rentable square footage. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that the rentable area of the Premises is as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. If Landlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on any specific date, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto (subject to modification to correct any factual errors), as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof. Tenant’s failure to execute and return such notice to Landlord within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the information set forth in such notice is as specified therein.

 

5


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term for which Base Rent is payable, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. Provided no Event of Default by Tenant has then occurred and is continuing under this Lease, then during the first (1st) two (2) full calendar months of the Lease Term (the “Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Premises during such Rent Abatement Period (the “Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Rent Abatement equals $42,183.00. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the rental and performing the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If an Event of Default under this Lease shall have occurred or is continuing at any time prior to the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period, or if this Lease is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, or in the event of casualty or condemnation, at any time prior to the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1, below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any “Expense Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.3 below, below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle

 

6


Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses”.

4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year :from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities (except to the extent Tenant and the other tenants of the Project pay for such utilities directly on a submetered or metered basis, and not as part of Operating Expenses), the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (t), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial,

 

7


alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, in accordance with standard real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at a reasonable rate over (A) its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied, (B) with respect to capital expenditures which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses, over their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below, and (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Project (collectively, “Underlying Documents”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(i) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses (except as otherwise set forth above), and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any Common Areas), and any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the relocation of any tenants and costs for the repair or replacement of the Base Building (or any component thereof) made necessary as a result of defects in the original design, workmanship or materials;

(ii) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, costs of capital repairs and alterations, and costs of capital improvements and equipment;

(iii) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier (or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease) or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

 

8


(iv) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(v) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

(vi) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(vii) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(viii) except for a Project management fee, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(ix) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(x) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing engineering, janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(xi) all costs, items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant or other occupant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(xii) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(xiii) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

 

9


(xiv) costs, to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties;

(xv) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and

(xvi) fees payable by or to Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three percent (3%) (the “Management Fee Cap”) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues, adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying full rent, as contrasted with free rent, half-rent and the like, including base rent, pass-throughs, and parking fees (but excluding the cost of after-hours services or utilities), from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide cost increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Taxes, Project insurance, security or utility costs be less than the components of Direct Expenses related to Taxes, Project insurance, security or utility costs, respectively, in the Base Year. Landlord shall not (1) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately (i.e., not as the equivalent to Operating Expenses under this Lease) to tenants (including Tenant) of the Project, and (2) subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Project in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses.

 

10


4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, real estate excise taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used by Landlord in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.2.5.3 If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, subject to the terms of the last sentence of Section 4.2.5.1, above, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession

 

11


taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, and (iv) tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to make payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due.

4.2.5.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, and, therefore, the Tax Expenses in the Base Year and/or an Expense Year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Tax Expenses due under this Lease; provided that (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses nor included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition 8 shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses nor refunded to Tenant, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the preceding sentence is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Tax Expenses of the statutory two percent (2.0%) annual increase in Tax Expenses (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Tax Expenses. The amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year attributable to the valuation of the Project, inclusive of tenant improvements, shall be known as the “Base Taxes”.

4.2.6 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses.

4.3.1 Method of Allocation. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other building(s) in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other building(s) in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole.

4.3.2 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

 

12


4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”).

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant within one-hundred and eighty (180) days following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease (or a refund if the Lease Term has expired as provided below). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess if present, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days following receipt by Tenant of the Statement setting forth the Excess, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, provided that, other than Tax Expenses and costs incurred for utilities, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Operating Expenses which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the end of the Expense Year to which such Operating Expenses relate.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

13


4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

14


5.2 Prohibited Uses. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use ·of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) the operation of a “Co-Working Facility,” as that term is defined below, and Tenant shall not allow any Co-Working Facility to occupy all or any portion of the Premises. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project. A “Co-Working Facility” means a shared working environment (that creates workplace/office solutions, with services) that often includes office space (including executive/shared office suites, an incubator-type office/facility, a flexible workplace center or virtual office space).

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday and from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturday (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays which are observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, the “Holidays”).

6.1.2 During the Lease Term, there shall be available to the Premises electrical facilities comparable to those supplied in other comparable Class A office buildings in the vicinity of the Building to provide sufficient power for normal lighting and office machines of similar low electrical consumption, and one personal computer for each desk station, but not for any additional computers or extraordinary data processing equipment, special lighting and any other item of electrical equipment which requires a voltage other than one hundred ten (110) volts single phase, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; and provided, however, that if the

 

15


installation of such electrical equipment requires additional air conditioning capacity above that normally provided to tenants of the Building or above standard usage of existing capacity as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, then the additional air conditioning installation and/or operating costs attributable thereto shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant agrees not to use any apparatus or device in, upon or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of such electricity usually furnished or supplied to the Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device to the wires, conduits or pipes or other means by which such electricity is supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of electricity, without the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld. At all times, Tenant’s use of electric current shall never exceed Tenant’s share of the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation. Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use in the Premises of any computer or electronic data processing or ancillary equipment or any other electrical apparatus designed to operate on electrical current in excess of 110 volts and 5 amps per machine, without the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant shall require electrical current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space, Tenant shall first procure the written consent of Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld) to the use thereof and Landlord or Tenant may (i) cause a meter to be installed in or for the Premises, or (ii) if Tenant elects not to install said meter, Landlord may reasonably estimate such excess electrical current. The cost of any meters (including, without limitation, the cost of any installation) or surveys to estimate such excess electrical current shall be paid by Tenant. Landlord’s approval of any space plan, floor plan, construction plans, specifications, or other drawings or materials regarding the construction of the Tenant Improvements or any alterations shall not be deemed or construed as consent by Landlord under this paragraph to Tenant’s use of such excess electrical current as provided above. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon demand therefor, all costs of such excess electrical current consumed as well as an additional use charge calculated by said meters (at the rates charged for such services to the Building by the municipality or the local public utility) or the amount specified in said estimate, as the case may be, plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the excess electrical current so consumed, which additional expense Landlord shall advise Tenant within a reasonable time after request by Tenant.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises five (5) days per week, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

 

16


6.1.7 Landlord shall provide reasonable access-control services for the Building and in the Building parking facility in a manner materially consistent with the services provided by Landlord as of the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. Subject to applicable laws and the other provisions of this Lease, and except in the event of an emergency, Tenant shall have access to the Building, the Premises and the common areas of the Building, other than common areas requiring access with a Building engineer, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be permitted to have access to and use of the freight elevator, loading dock, mailroom and other limited-access areas of the Building during the normal operating hours of such portions of the Building.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the actual cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of installing, testing and maintaining of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.31, below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided, however, (i) the foregoing restriction shall not apply to general office use of printers and personal computers on the desktops of Tenant’s employees, and (ii) to the extent the “Approved Working Drawings,” as that term is set forth in Section 1 of the Tenant Work Letter, creates separately ventilated “computer” and/or “data center” rooms, the foregoing restriction shall not apply within such designated areas. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost per zone to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish, which is currently $55.00 per hour per zone with a minimum of two (2) hours per request. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, Landlord’s standard charge for any services provided to Tenant at Tenant’s request, which Landlord is not specifically obligated to provide to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

17


6.3 Interruption of Use. Subject to Section 19.5 below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.4 Tenant’s Security System. Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“Tenant’s Security System”) in the Premises, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that in the event Tenant’s Security System ties into the Building security system, Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System is compatible with the Building security system and the systems and equipment of the Building and to the extent that Tenant’s Security System is not compatible with the Building security system or the systems and equipment of the Building, Tenant shall not be entitled to install or operate it. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System. Tenant shall provide Landlord with any information reasonably required regarding Tenant’s Security System in the event access to the Premises is necessary in an emergency. On or prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Security System and repair all damage to the Building resulting from such removal, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Security System shall be installed by Tenant in accordance with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall at all times during the Lease Term maintain in good condition and operating order the structural portions of the Building, including, without limitation, the foundation, floor slabs, ceilings, roof, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, escalators, elevators, base building restrooms and all Common Areas (collectively, the “Building Structure”), and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler and HVAC systems installed or furnished by Landlord (collectively, the “Building Systems”). Except as specifically set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems except to the extent required because of Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, furnishings, and systems and equipment therein (including, without limitation, plumbing fixtures and equipment such as dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot

 

18


dispensers), and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, and, except in the event of an emergency, such failure continues for more than ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives and releases any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations are decorative only (i.e., installation of carpeting or painting of the Premises) (“Permitted Alterations”). The construction of and ultimate surrender obligations relating to the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant from a list provided and approved by Landlord, and the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct

 

19


such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. If payment is made by Tenant directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. Except with respect to Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such Alteration to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s review and involvement with such work. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work. At Landlord’s option, prior to the commencement of construction of any Alteration, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the reasonably anticipated cost thereof, which Landlord shall disburse during construction pursuant to Landlord’s standard, commercially reasonable disbursement procedure.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry Commercial General Liability insurance in an amount approved by Landlord and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a performance and payment bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

 

20


8.5 Landlord’s Property. All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear, as determined by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear, as determined by Landlord; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to any Alteration or improvement, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the applicable Alteration or improvement will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.5. If Tenant fails to complete any required removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after receipt of notice from Landlord (unless the Property or any part thereof is in danger of being sold, forfeited, foreclosed upon, or lost, in which event Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) business days after receipt of notice from Landlord, and if Tenant shall

 

21


fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective members, directors, trustees officers, agents, servants, employees, lenders, any property manager and independent contractors of Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties. To the fullest extent allowed by law, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, claims, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify a Landlord Party for any claims to the extent that such Landlord Party’s damages in fact result from such Landlord Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as reasonable appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance. Landlord shall insure the Building during the Lease Term against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may

 

22


include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2, the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake insurance). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering claims arising out of Tenant’s operations, including (i) property/operations liability; (ii) host liquor liability, (iii) products/completed operations liability; (iv) personal and advertising injury liability; (v) independent contractors liability; and (vi) broad form contractual liability, for limits of liability on a per location basis of not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

   $1,000,000 each occurrence

Property Damage Liability

   $2,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

   $1,000,000 each occurrence
   $2,000,000 annual aggregate

Products & Completed Operations

   $2,000,000 annual aggregate

Tenant shall have the right to maintain the liability insurance required hereunder may be satisfied through a combination of primary and excess/umbrella insurance, provided that the policies contains aggregate per location endorsement that provides the required levels protection for the Premises and complies with the terms hereof.

10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering the following property that is owned by, held by, or the legal responsibility of Tenant including but not necessarily limited to: (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises made after the Lease Commencement Date; and (iv) any other property in which the Tenant retains the risk of loss including but not limited to electronic data processing equipment and employee personal property.

 

23


Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, with no exclusions or coverage limitations for wind and hail, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items, and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year. Coverage for the perils of earthquake and flood shall be added by endorsement at Landlord’s request. Policies shall also include (a) an “agreed amount” endorsement waiving any coinsurance requirement; (b) time element insurance covering business interruption and extra expense resulting from loss or damage from the hazards specified above, to owned or non-owned property, which prevents normal operations from continuing; and (c) a loss payable endorsement providing that Tenant and Landlord are loss payees as their interests may appear.

10.3.3 Statutory Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability limits of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee and policy limit for bodily injury by disease.

10.3.4 Automobile Liability Insurance covering the ownership, maintenance, and operations of any automobile or automotive equipment, whether such auto is owned, hired, and non-owned. Tenant shall maintain insurance with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than the equivalent of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each accident. Such insurance shall insure Tenant and its agents against any and all claims for bodily injury, including death resulting there from, and damage to the property of others caused by accident and arising from Tenant’s operations at the Project whether such operations are performed by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, or by any one directly or indirectly employed by any of them.

10.3.5 Umbrella Liability Insurance providing excess liability coverage with respect to the commercial general liability, automobile liability and employers liability policies described above with limits of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) general aggregate and products/completed operations aggregate. Such insurance shall be written as follow form or with a form that provides coverage that is at least as broad as the primary insurance policies.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance, except that in Section 10.3.3 above, shall (i) name Landlord, and Landlord Parties as additional insureds, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and additional insured entities; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than “A-” “VIII” in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and permitted to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary and noncontributory insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord or Landlord Parties is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ (ten (10) days’ for non-payment of premium) prior written notice of cancellation shall have been given to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said certificates of insurance on a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and copies of additional insured and waiver

 

24


of subrogation endorsements thereof to Landlord on or before the earlier to occur of (A) the Lease Commencement Date, and (B) the date upon which Tenant is first provided access to the Premises, and at least five (5) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of

 

25


insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier (including by taking into account any deductible to be paid by Tenant), as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Tenant shall in addition cooperate with requests for information regarding any such repairs from Landlord’s insurer(s) by providing the requested information within ten (10) days after Tenant receives such request from Landlord or Landlord’s insurer(s). Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies (unless such shortfall is a result of Landlord’s failure to maintain the insurance that Landlord is required to maintain pursuant to Section 10.2 above); or (iv) material damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. In addition, Tenant may terminate

 

26


this Lease if the damage to the Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, and, as a result of such damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises for a period of sixty (60) days or more. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions are satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or Tenant Parties; (b) no Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing beyond any applicable notice and cure periods; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

27


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer as defined below, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the

 

28


Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, provided that such fees shall not exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) for any such Transfer, and no such fee shall be payable in connection with a Permitted Transfer.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space by assignment or sublease to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transfer occurs during the period from the Lease Commencement Date until the earlier of (i) the fourth anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date or (ii) the date at least ninety five percent (95%) of the rentable square feet of the Project is leased, and the rent charged by Tenant to such Transferee during the term of such Transfer, calculated using a present value analysis, is less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the rent being quoted by Landlord at the time of such Transfer for comparable space in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value analysis;

14.2.5 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

 

29


14.2.6 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent (provided, however, that Landlord may not withhold its consent to an assignment or a sublease pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2.6(i) to the extent Landlord cannot meet such occupant’s space needs), or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (subject to Section 29.13 below) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium. Except in connection with any Permitted Transfer as that term is defined in Section 14.8 below, if Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, and after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations or improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent reasonably provided to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer (provided that such free rent shall be deducted only to the extent the same is included in the calculation of total consideration payable by such Transferee), and (iii) any reasonable legal fees and broker commissions incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) any amounts payable to Landlord under Section 14.1 above (collectively, “Transfer Costs”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

 

30


14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, (except that Landlord shall have no recapture rights for any Permitted Transfer), in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer (or a series of Transfers where the purpose is a subterfuge of Landlord’s recapture rights under this Section 14.4) which would cause seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the Premises to be Transferred for more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then remaining Lease Term (taking into account any extension of the Lease Term which has irrevocably exercised by Tenant), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Intention to Transfer Notice”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice to recapture the Subject Space. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, then (A) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises; (B) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same; and (C) Landlord shall construct or cause to be constructed a demising wall separating that portion of the Premises recaptured by Landlord from that portion of the Premises retained by Tenant; provided that, Tenant hereby agrees that, notwithstanding Tenant’s occupancy of its retained portion of the Premises during the construction of such demising wall by Landlord, Landlord shall be permitted to construct such demising wall during normal business hours (provided Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business), without any obligation to pay overtime or other premiums, and the construction of such demising wall by Landlord shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent, and Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the construction of such demising wall, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of its retained portion of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the construction of such demising wall, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by the construction of such demising wall; and provided further that, Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall pay to Landlord promptly upon being billed therefor, fifty percent (50%) of all costs related to the construction of such demising wall, including Landlord’s standard fee for its involvement with such demising wall (which fee shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the so called “hard” construction costs incurred by Landlord in connection

 

31


with the construction of the demising wall). If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of nine (9) months (the “Nine Month Period”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period for reasons other than delays in Landlord’s consent to same (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer), as provided above in this Section 14.4.

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than three percent (3%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, subject to Section 14.8 below, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the partners or members, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of partnership or membership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or membership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

 

32


14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If an Event of Default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such Event of Default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers; Permitted Transferees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant (an “Affiliate” shall mean an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (B) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with any public offering or sale of stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, (C) the sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any stock or other ownership interest in Tenant in connection with any bona fide financing or capitalization for the benefit of Tenant, (D) the sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any stock or other ownership interest in Tenant to an existing shareholder of Tenant (i.e., an existing shareholder in Tenant as of the full execution and delivery of this Lease), (E) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant in one or a series of transactions, or (F) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (F) of this Section 14.8 is referred to as a “Permitted Transferee” and each such transfer as a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease (unless such prior notice is prohibited by applicable law or confidentiality obligations of Tenant, in which case Tenant shall give notice as soon as permitted) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) Tenant delivers evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the Permitted Transferee, (iii) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, (iv) such Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Worth”) at least equal to the greater of (1) the Net Worth of Original Tenant on the date of this Lease, and (2) the Net Worth of Tenant on the day immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment or sublease, and (v) except in cases of a Series Reorganization, in which case the surviving entity in the series to which this Lease has been designated shall be liable as the Tenant under this Lease, no assignment relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve

 

33


Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and, in the event of an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease, the liability of Tenant and such transferee shall be joint and several. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee Assignee”. “Control,” as used in this Section 14.8, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Personal Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease for the first (1st) month of such holdover, and (ii) a two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Such tenancy shall be subject

 

34


to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other commercially-reasonable instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, but not more than once in any twelve (12) month period (except in connection with an Event of Default, Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, or Landlord’s consent to an Alteration, or in connection with a sale or financing of the Building by Landlord), Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and

 

35


agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such commercially-reasonable instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant (each, an “Event of Default”):

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due, which failure is not cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord that said amount was not paid when due, provided that if Tenant has previously received one (1) or more notices from Landlord during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period stating that Tenant failed to pay any amount required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease when due, then Landlord shall not be required to deliver any notice to Tenant and a default shall immediately occur upon any failure by Tenant to pay any rent or any other charge required to be paid under the Lease when due; or

19.1.2 Except for events described in Section 19.1.1, 19.1.4, and 19.1.5, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such failure is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, no Event of Default by Tenant shall be deemed to have occurred if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such failure; or

19.1.3 Abandonment (as defined by Applicable Laws) of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord to Tenant;

 

36


19.1.5 Tenant’s failure to maintain insurance as require under Article 10.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

19.2.1.1 The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

19.2.1.2 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

19.2.1.3 The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

19.2.1.4 Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

19.2.1.5 At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1.1 and 19.2.1.2, above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1.3 above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

37


19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Event of Default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default.

19.5.1 General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

 

38


19.5.2 Abatement of Rent. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or (ii) any failure to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease (either such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) or (ii), above, to be known as an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”) and either (A) Landlord does not diligently commence and pursue to completion the remedy of such Abatement Event or (B) Landlord receives proceeds from its rental interruption insurance which covers such Abatement Event, then the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking (to the extent not utilized by Tenant) shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then Tenant’s right to abate rent shall be governed by the terms of such Article 11 or 13, as applicable, and the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable thereto. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for rent abatement at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.5.2, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

39


ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

21.1 Security Deposit. Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If there is an Event of Default by Tenant with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without the requirement of additional notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to, apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, as applicable, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit and Landlord shall have the right to commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s other funds. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Article 21, above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (i) any and all sums expressly identified in this Article 21, above, and (ii) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by an Event of Default by Tenant, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

21.2 Reduction of Security Deposit Amount. Provided that, as of the “Reduction Date” set forth below, (i) Tenant is not then in breach of, or a default has not then occurred or is continuing under, this Lease, and (ii) Tenant has not previously been in breach of or in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, then the Security Deposit Amount shall be reduced in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Reduction Date

   Security
Deposit
Amount
 

Third (3rd) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date

   $ 48,901.66  

In the event the Security Deposit Amount is reduced pursuant to the foregoing, Landlord shall return all Security Deposit funds then held by Landlord in excess of the reduced Security Deposit Amount within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor.

 

40


ARTICLE 22

SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

Landlord shall have the right to move Tenant to other space (the “Relocation Space”) in the Project comparable to the Premises, located on the eighth floor or higher, and all terms hereof shall apply to the Relocation Space with equal force. In such event, Landlord shall give Tenant not less than ninety (90) days prior notice of Landlord’s election to so relocate Tenant, and shall provide Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, with tenant improvements at least equal in quality to those in the Premises and shall move Tenant’s effects, including the cost to install new communications and computer lines, to the Relocation Space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense at such time and in such manner as to inconvenience Tenant as little as reasonably practicable. In addition, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such relocation (including, but not limited to, the costs of reasonable supplies of replacement stationery and telephone installations), within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice therefor. Simultaneously with such relocation of the Premises, the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the relocation of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the size of the Relocation Space shall be reasonably comparable to the size of the initial Premises (and Landlord shall endeavor to provide substantially similar views from the Relocation Space as are available from the Premises); and (ii) if the Relocation Space is larger than the initial Premises, Tenant’s Base Rent shall not increase as a result of such relocation (subject to any scheduled escalations thereof) and Tenant’s Share shall not increase as a result of such relocation.

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors. If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Except as set forth in Section 23.5, below, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

 

41


23.4 Building Directory. Tenant shall have the right, at no charge to Tenant, to one Building standard directory listing on Landlord’s directory board located in the lobby of the Building for so long as such directory board exists. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to remove such directory board and replace the same with an electronic or similar directory or utilize Landlord’s access control or concierge personnel to provide directory services to visitors and guests of the Building.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

24.1 Tenant’s Compliance with Law Obligations. Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including any such governmental regulations related to disabled access (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with any Applicable Laws, and shall otherwise cure any violations of Applicable Laws, which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and any Tenant Improvements in the Premises (provided the Tenant Improvements were in compliance with Applicable Laws as of the Lease Commencement Date), or (iii) the Base Building, but as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises to the extent such Alterations are not normal and customary business office improvements, or triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use (“Tenant’s Compliance with Laws Obligations”). Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with Tenant’s Compliance with Laws Obligations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 24. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project, Building and Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialists (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree

 

42


as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards; and (c) if anything done by or for Tenant in its use or occupancy of the Premises shall require any improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such improvements or repairs.

24.2 Landlord’s Compliance with Law Obligations. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building and the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises to the extent required in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy for the Premises for the Permitted Use, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Article 4 of this Lease, above.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum (the “Default Rate”) equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

43


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any Event of Default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s Events of Default pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon at least twenty-four (24) hour advance notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, in which case the notice shall be reasonable under the circumstances) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any Event of Default by Tenant in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform beyond any applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, pursuant to applicable law for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

 

44


ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall rent from Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. The location of the reserved parking spaces, if any, shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for automobile parking passes on a monthly basis the prevailing rate charged from time to time for such parking passes. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Project’s parking facilities), Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and there being no continuing Event of Default by Tenant hereunder. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability, if any, pursuant to Applicable Laws for personal injury and property damage to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant’s rights hereunder are subject to the terms of any Underlying Documents. Tenant’s parking privileges in the Building parking facilities shall be subject to whatever parking methods are then being used in the Building parking facilities (e.g., self-parking, valet parking, stack parking, etc.). Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

 

45


ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer provided that the transferee shall have fully assumed in writing and agreed to be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit following the date of transfer, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording. Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

 

46


29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Building or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord), provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

 

47


29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, or any purely monetary obligations of the parties hereto (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“Mail”), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. Any Notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

48


RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC

Woodlawn Hall at Old Parkland

3953 Maple Avenue, Suite 300

Dallas, Texas 75219

Attn: Legal Department

with a copy to:

RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC

One Bush Street, Suite 1450

San Francisco, California 94104

Attn: TK Inbody and Grace Chu

And:

Rockhill Management

c/o RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC

One Bush Street, Suite 1450

San Francisco, California 94104

Attn: Marc Gille

And:

RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC

c/o DivcoWest Real Estate Services, Inc.

575 Market Street, 35th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: Jacqueline Moore, General Counsel

And:

DivcoWest Real Estate Services, LLC

575 Market Street, 35th floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: Asset Manager

And:

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Michael E. McFadden, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several. In the event that the Tenant is a married individual, the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon the marital community of which the Tenant is a member.

 

49


29.20 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if an entity, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of formation and (ii) qualification to do business in the State of California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; JUDICIAL REFERENCE. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE. IF THE JURY WAIVER PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 29.22 ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THEN THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY. IT IS THE DESIRE AND INTENTION OF THE PARTIES TO AGREE UPON A MECHANISM AND PROCEDURE UNDER WHICH CONTROVERSIES AND DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR RELATED TO THE PREMISES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS FOR UNLAWFUL OR FORCIBLE DETAINER OR WITH RESPECT TO THE PREJUDGMENT REMEDY OF ATTACHMENT, ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF ORIN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE HEARD AND RESOLVED BY A REFEREE UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CML PROCEDURE, SECTIONS 638-645.1, INCLUSIVE (AS SAME MAY BE AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR STATUTE(S) THERETO) (THE “REFEREE SECTIONS”). ANY FEE TO INITIATE THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDINGS AND ALL FEES CHARGED AND COSTS INCURRED BY THE REFEREE SHALL BE PAID BY THE PARTY INITIATING SUCH PROCEDURE (EXCEPT THAT IF A REPORTER IS REQUESTED BY EITHER PARTY, THEN A REPORTER SHALL BE PRESENT AT ALL PROCEEDINGS WHERE REQUESTED AND THE FEES OF SUCH REPORTER - EXCEPT FOR COPIES ORDERED BY THE OTHER PARTIES - SHALL BE BORNE BY THE PARTY REQUESTING THE REPORTER);

 

50


PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT ALLOCATION OF THE COSTS AND FEES, INCLUDING ANY INITIATION FEE, OF SUCH PROCEEDING SHALL BE ULTIMATELY DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 29.21 ABOVE. THE VENUE OF THE PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED. WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF RECEIPT BY ANY PARTY OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 29.22, THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON A SINGLE REFEREE WHO SHALL TRY ALL ISSUES, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND REPORT A FINDING AND JUDGMENT ON SUCH ISSUES AS REQUIRED BY THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN SUCH TEN (10) DAY PERIOD, THEN ANY PARTY MAY THEREAFTER FILE A LAWSUIT IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF APPOINTMENT OF A REFEREE UNDER THE REFEREE SECTIONS. IF THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED BY THE COURT, THE REFEREE SHALL BE A NEUTRAL AND IMPARTIAL RETIRED JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN THE RELEVANT MATTERS TO BE DETERMINED, FROM JAMS, THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION OR SIMILAR MEDIATION/ARBITRATION ENTITY. THE PROPOSED REFEREE MAY BE CHALLENGED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OF THE GROUNDS LISTED IN THE REFEREE SECTIONS. THE REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES OFF ACT AND LAW AND REPORT HIS OR HER DECISION ON SUCH ISSUES, AND TO ISSUE ALL RECOGNIZED REMEDIES AVAILABLE AT LAW OR IN EQUITY FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION THAT IS BEFORE THE REFEREE, INCLUDING AN AWARD OF ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS LEASE. THE REFEREE SHALL NOT, HOWEVER, HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD PUNITIVE DAMAGES, NOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES WHICH ARE NOT PERMITTED BY THE EXPRESS PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE, AND THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO RECOVER ANY SUCH DAMAGES. THE PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO CONDUCT ALL DISCOVERY AS PROVIDED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CML PROCEDURE, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE, WITH RIGHTS TO REGULATE DISCOVERY AND TO ISSUE AND ENFORCE SUBPOENAS, PROTECTIVE ORDERS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISCOVERY AVAILABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW. THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW (INCLUDING THE RULES OF EVIDENCE), AND IN ALL REGARDS, THE REFEREE SHALL FOLLOW CALIFORNIA LAW APPLICABLE AT THE TIME OF THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES SHALL PROMPTLY AND DILIGENTLY COOPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE REFEREE, AND SHALL PERFORM SUCH ACTS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN A PROMPT AND EXPEDITIOUS RESOLUTION OF THE DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION 29.22. IN THIS REGARD, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PARTIES AND THE REFEREE SHALL USE BEST EFFORTS TO ENSURE THAT (A) DISCOVERY BE CONDUCTED FOR A PERIOD NO LONGER THAN SIX (6) MONTHS FROM THE DATE THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED, EXCLUDING MOTIONS REGARDING DISCOVERY, AND (B) A TRIAL DATE BE SET WITHIN NINE (9) MONTHS OF THE DATE THE REFEREE IS APPOINTED. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 644 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, THE DECISION OF THE REFEREE UPON

 

51


THE WHOLE ISSUE MUST STAND AS THE DECISION OF THE COURT, AND UPON THE FILING OF THE STATEMENT OF DECISION WITH THE CLERK OF THE COURT, OR WITH THE JUDGE IF THERE IS NO CLERK, JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED THEREON IN THE SAME MANNER AS IF THE ACTION HAD BEEN TRIED BY THE COURT. ANY DECISION OF THE REFEREE AND/OR JUDGMENT OR OTHER ORDER ENTERED THEREON SHALL BE APPEALABLE TO THE SAME EXTENT AND IN THE SAME MANNER THAT SUCH DECISION, JUDGMENT, OR ORDER WOULD BE APPEALABLE IF RENDERED BY A JUDGE OF THE SUPERIOR COURT IN WHICH VENUE IS PROPER HEREUNDER. THE REFEREE SHALL IN HIS/HER STATEMENT OF DECISION SET FORTH HIS/HER FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW. THE PARTIES INTEND THIS GENERAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT TO BE SPECIFICALLY ENFORCEABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 29.22 SHALL PREJUDICE THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO OBTAIN PROVISIONAL RELIEF OR OTHER EQUITABLE REMEDIES FROM A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AS SHALL OTHERWISE BE AVAILABLE UNDER THE CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE AND/OR APPLICABLE COURT RULES.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Landlord shall pay the Brokers a commission in connection with this Lease pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement between Landlord and each of the Brokers. ·

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire (subject to Article 23 above). Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

52


29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information, including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is required by applicable law, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers, lenders, assignees, or subtenants, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by this Section 29.28.

29.29 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Tenant Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent, except as provided in Section 19.5 above. Except as provided in Section 19.5 above, Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations.

29.30 No Violation. Each party hereby warrants and represents to the other party that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause it to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which it is bound, and it shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the other party harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from its breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Communications and Computer Lines; Wi-Fi Networks. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “Lines”), provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser

 

53


cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with existing wireless internet, Internet and communications networks (“Wi-Fi Networks”) in the Building.

29.32 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

29.33 Intentionally Omitted.

29.34 OFAC Compliance.

29.34.1 Representations and Warranties. Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the “List”), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that the Lease, as amended, is in violation of law,

 

54


and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law.

29.34.2 Compliance with Laws. Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding Section are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under the Lease, as amended, and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

29.34.3 Event of Default; Indemnity. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the List at any time during the term of this Lease, shall be an event of default under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be an event of default under this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless and against from all losses, damages, liabilities, cost and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) that are incurred by Landlord and/or its affiliate that derive from a claim made by a third party against Landlord and/or its affiliates arising or alleged to arise from a misrepresentation made by Tenant hereunder or a breach of any covenant to be performed by Tenant under this Section 29.34.

29.34.4 Documentation. Tenant shall provide documentary and other reasonable evidence of Tenant’s identity and ownership as may be reasonably requested by Landlord at any time to enable Landlord to verify Tenant’s identity or to comply with any legal request.

29.35 Utility Billing Information. In the event that the Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas and/or water services to the Premises with the third-party provider thereof (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall within five (5) business days following its receipt of written request from Landlord, provide Landlord with a copy of each requested invoice from the applicable utility provider. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”), Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the

 

55


Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 29.35 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages to follow]

 

56


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:
RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Steve Novick

  Name: Steve Novick
  Its: Authorized Signatory
By:  

 

  Name: Ron Hoyl
  Its: Authorized Signatory
“TENANT”:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

  Name: Andrew Rickman
  Its: CEO
By:  

 

          Name:                                                                                            
  Its:                                                                                       

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:
RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

  Name: Steve Novick
  Its: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Ron Hoyl

  Name: Ron Hoyl
  Its: Authorized Signatory
“TENANT”:
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Andrew Rickman

  Name: Andrew Rickman
  Its: CEO
By:  

 

          Name:                                                                                            
  Its:                                                                                       

 

 

58


EXHIBIT A

RIVERPARK TOWER I

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

- 1 -


EXHIBIT B

RIVER PARK TOWER I

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 1

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE PREMISES

Landlord and Tenant have approved the space plan for the Premises prepared by attached hereto as Schedule 1 to Exhibit B (the “Space Plan”). The Space Plan provides what work the Landlord is responsible for from a cost standpoint (which is shown on the Space Plan as “LANDLORD TURNKEY Tis”) and what work the Tenant is responsible for from a cost standpoint (which is shown on the Space Plan as “TENANT ALTS AT TENANT’S COST”). Within five (5) days of the date Tenant executes this Lease, Tenant shall cooperate in good faith with Landlord’s architects and engineers to supply such information necessary to allow the Landlord’s architects and engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits and in a manner consistent with, and which are a logical extension of, the Space Plan (collectively, the “Approved Working Drawings”). Landlord shall construct the improvements in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings. Tenant shall make no changes or modifications to (i) the Space Plan or (ii) once completed, the Approved Working Drawings, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such change or modification would directly or indirectly delay the “Substantial Completion,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, of the Premises or increase the cost of designing or constructing the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Approved Working Drawings shall call for materials and finishes of a nature and quality of at least Building Standard.

 

EXHIBIT B

- 1 -


SECTION 2

CHANGE ORDERS

In the event that after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made at Tenant’s request (subject to Landlord’s prior approval) to (i) the Space Plan, (ii) the Approved Working Drawings (once the same are completed), or (iii) the Tenant Improvements or in the event that Tenant requests revisions, changes, or substitutions which cause the Approved Working Drawings to not be a logical extension of the Space Plan, then any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request.

SECTION 3

CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES

Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by the contractor who constructs the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”) relating to the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements, except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord hereby agrees to obtain a market standard construction warranty from Contractor for the Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 4

COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS; LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

4.1 Ready for Occupancy. The Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” upon the Substantial Completion of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor which punch-list items do not materially interfere with Tenant’s conducting of its business from the Premises or interfere with the obtaining of a certificate of occupancy for Tenant’s use of the Premises (if required by Applicable Laws).

4.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises. Except as provided in this Section 4.2, the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease and Section 4.1, above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Commencement Date, as set forth in of the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

4.2.1 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval, which continues for one (1) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord specifying that continued failure to approve such matter will constitute a Tenant delay;

4.2.2 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease, which continues for two (2) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord specifying that continued failure to cure such breach will constitute a Tenant delay;

 

EXHIBIT B

- 2 -


4.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings, provided that Landlord notifies Tenant in writing before undertaking such changes that such changes will result in a Tenant delay;

4.2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are (1) not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, and (2) which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Building (unless such standard improvement package items are not presently in stock and Tenant refuses to accept a reasonable substitute that is presently in stock);

4.2.5 Tenant’s failure to timely deliver to Landlord any amounts required pursuant to Section 2, Change Orders, above, of the Tenant Work Letter; or

4.2.6 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees, which continues for one (1) business day after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord specifying that continued failure to cure such act or omission of Tenant, or its agents, or employees will constitute a Tenant delay;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion of the Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the Premises would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion. Provided that Tenant and its agents do not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant installing equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 5.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 5.1.

5.2 Freight Elevators. Landlord shall, consistent with its obligations to other tenants of the Building, make the freight elevator reasonably available to Tenant in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Premises.

5.3 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Diane Wallace (whose email address is diane.wallace@rockleyphotonics.com) as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

 

EXHIBIT B

- 3 -


5.4 Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Steve Aberle (whose email address and phone number shall be promptly provided to Tenant upon request) as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.5 Tenant’s Agents. All contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers shall be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.

5.6 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

5.7 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an Event of Default as described in the Lease, or a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter, has occurred and remains continuing beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 4 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT B

- 4 -


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

 

LOGO

 

SHEDULE 1 TO

EXHIBIT B

- 1 -


EXHIBIT C

RIVERPARK TOWER I

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:

                                             

                                             

                                             

                                             

 

  Re:

Office Lease dated              201     between RiverPark Tower I Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Rockley Photonics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) concerning Suite 850 on floor(s) eight of the office building located at 333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose, California 95110.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

  1.

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on ____________ for a term of ___________ ending on __________.

 

  2.

Rent commenced to accrue on ____________, in the amount of __________.

 

  3.

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  4.

Your rent checks should be made payable to __________ at __________.

 

EXHIBIT C

- 1 -


Landlord”:
RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

 

         Its:                                                                                       
By:  

 

  Its:                                                                                       

 

Agreed to and Accepted as of ________, 201_.
Tenant
ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

         Its:                                                                                       

 

EXHIBIT C

- 2 -


EXHIBIT D

RIVERPARK TOWER I

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on

 

EXHIBIT D

- 1 -


supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 2 -


14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any firearms, animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 3 -


23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5, and any local “No-Smoking” ordinance which may be in effect from time to time and which is not superseded by such State law.

27 Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 4 -


Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein, provided that such additional Rules and Regulations are reasonable and provided further that Landlord does not enforce the Rules and Regulations in an unreasonably oppressive manner against Tenant. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 5 -


EXHIBIT E

RIVERPARK TOWER I

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of              201     by and between RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the eighth floor(s) of the office building located at 333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose, California 95110, certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on __________, and the Lease Term expires on __________, and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on __________.

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through __________. The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $__________.

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT E

- 1 -


11. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. To the undersigned’s knowledge, there are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at ________ on the ________ day of ________, 201_.

 

Tenant”:
                                                                                                  ,
a                                                                                                 
By:  

 

         Its:                                                                                        
By:  

 

  Its:                                                                                        

 

EXHIBIT E

- 2 -


OFFICE LEASE

RIVERPARK TOWER I

SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA

RIVERPARK TOWER I OWNER LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     4  

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM

     5  

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

     6  

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     6  

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     14  

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     15  

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     18  

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     19  

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     21  

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE

     22  

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     25  

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     27  

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     28  

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     28  

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     34  

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     34  

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     35  

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     35  

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     36  

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     39  

ARTICLE 21 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     40  

ARTICLE 22 SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

     41  

ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     41  

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     42  

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

     43  

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     44  

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     44  

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     45  

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     46  

EXHIBITS

 

A    OUTLINE OF PREMISES\
B    TENANT WORK LETTER
C    FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
D    RULES AND REGULATIONS
E    FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

(i)


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

     Page  

Abatement Event.

     39  

Alterations

     19  

Applicable Laws

     42  

Base Rent

     6  

Base Taxes

     12  

Base Year

     7  

Brokers

     52  

Building

     4  

Building Common Areas

     5  

Building Hours

     15  

Building Structure

     18  

Building Systems

     18  

Common Areas

     5  

Contemplated Effective Date

     31  

Contemplated Transfer Space

     31  

Cost Pools

     12  

Default Rate

     43  

Direct Expenses

     7  

Eligibility Period

     39  

Embargoed Person

     54  

Energy Disclosure Requirements

     55  

Estimate

     13  

Estimate Statement.

     13  

Estimated Excess

     13  

Excess

     13  

Expense Year

     7  

Force Majeure

     48  

Holidays

     15  

HVAC

     15  

Identification Requirements

     53  

Intention to Transfer Notice

     31  

Landlord

     I  

Landlord Parties

     22  

Landlord Repair Notice

     25  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     5  

Lease Expiration Date

     5  

Lease Term

     5  

Lease Year

     5  

.Lines

     53  

List

     54  

Mail

     48  

Management Fee Cap

     10  

 

(ii)


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

     Page  

Net Worth

     33  

Nine Month Period

     31  

Notices

     48  

OFAC

     54  

Operating Expenses

     7  

Original Improvements

     23  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     33  

Premises

     4  

Project

     4  

Proposition 13

     11  

Renovations

     53  

rentable square feet

     5  

Security Deposit

     40  

Statement.

     13  

Subject Space

     28  

Summary

     !  

Tax Expenses

     11  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     55  

Tenant Work Letter

     4  

Tenant’s Security System

     18  

Tenant’s Share

     12  

Transfer Costs

     30  

Transfer Notice

     28  

Transferee

     28  

 

(iii)

Exhibit 10.23

THE BOARDWALK

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between BOARDWALK OFFICE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION

1.  Date:

   January 11, 2021.

2.  Premises:

(Article 1)

 

2.1  Building:

   That certain nine (9) story building located at 18565 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California 92612 and comprised of approximately 271,527 RSF of space (“North Building”) and that certain nine (9) story building located at 18575 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California 92612 and comprised of approximately 278,926 RSF of space (“South Building”); the North Building and the South Building are each referred to herein as a “Building” and collectively as the “Buildings” and contain approximately 550,453 RSF of space in the aggregate.

2.2  Premises:

   Approximately 5,126 rentable (4,194 usable) square feet (“RSF”) of space located on the third (3rd) floor of the South Building and commonly known as Suite 300, as further depicted on Exhibit A to this Lease.

2.3  Project:

   The Premises and Building are a component of a mixed-use project known as “The Boardwalk”, as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease and depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached to this Lease.

3.  Lease Term

(Article 2):

  

3.1  Length of Term:

   Approximately sixty-seven (67) months.

3.2  Lease Commencement Date:

   The date that is thirty (30) days following “Substantial Completion” of the “Landlord Work” (as such terms are defined in Section 1.1.4 below), or such earlier date that Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work would have occurred but for any “Tenant Delay(s)” (as such term is defined in Section 1.1.4), which Substantial Completion is anticipated to occur on or around July 15, 2021. Tenant has a right to occupy the Premises from the date (or deemed date) of Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work for a period of thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date.

 

- 1 -


3.3  Lease Expiration Date:

   The last day of the month in which the sixty-seventh (67th) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs; provided, however, to the extent the Lease Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a calendar month, then the Lease Expiration Date shall be the day immediately preceding the sixty-seventh (67th) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.

3.4  Option Term:

   One (1) five (5)-year option to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.3 of this Lease.

4.  Base Rent

(Article 3):

  

 

Lease Months

   Annual Base Rent      Monthly Installment of
Base Rent
     Approximate Monthly
Rental Rate per Rentable Square
Foot**
 

1 – 12

   $ 295,257.60      $ 24,604.80      $ 4.80  

13 – 24

   $ 304,115.33      $ 25,342.94      $ 4.94  

25 – 36

   $ 313,238.79      $ 26,103.23      $ 5.09  

37 – 48

   $ 322,635.95      $ 26,886.33      $ 5.25  

49 – 60

   $ 332,315.03      $ 27,692.92      $ 5.40  

61 – 67

   $ 342,284.48      $ 28,523.71      $ 5.56  

 

*

Subject to abatement pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Lease

**

The amounts identified in the column entitled “Approximate Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot” are rounded amounts and are provided for informational purposes only.

 

5.  Advance Rent:

   $24,604.80

6.  Base Year

(Article 4):

   Calendar year 2021.

7.  Tenant’s Share

(Article 4):

   Approximately 0.9312%.

8.  Permitted Use

(Article 5):

   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office use and uses incidental thereto, including the use of up to 1,500 rentable square feet of the Premises for clinical trials and general lab use ancillary to Tenant’s office use (the “Clinical Trial Use”) (collectively, the “Permitted Use”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, (i) Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant’s Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord’s “Rules and Regulations”, as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all “Applicable Laws”, as that term is set

 

- 2 -


   forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (C) all applicable zoning, building codes and the “CC&Rs,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (D) first-class office standards in the market in which the Project is located, and (ii)(A) Landlord makes no representations or warranties regarding Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Clinical Trial Use whether such use is permissible under Applicable Laws, (B) Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary approvals prior to using the Premises for the Clinical Trial Use, and shall provide Landlord with evidence of the same upon Landlord’s reasonable request therefor, (C) in no event may any Hazardous Materials be brought to or used within the Premises, Building or Project by Tenant except for Permitted Chemicals and (D) the effectiveness of this Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder are in no way contingent upon Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Clinical Trial Use, and in the event that such use is not permitted under Applicable Laws at any time prior to the Date of this Lease or during the Lease Term, Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord in connection therewith.

9.  Security Deposit

(Article 21):

   $31,376.08.

10.  Parking Pass Ratio

(Article 28):

   Subject to the terms and conditions of Article 28 of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to rent from Landlord twenty (20) unreserved parking passes (based on a ratio of four (4) unreserved passes per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises), of which up to two (2) may be rented by Tenant for reserved passes (“Reserved Passes”), subject to availability, in mutually agreeable locations, and the balance of the parking passes shall be for unreserved parking spaces in the Project’s parking structure.

11.  Address of Tenant

(Section 29.18):

  

234 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 600

Pasadena, California 91101

Attention: Diane Wallace

E-mail: Diane.Wallace@rockleyphotonics.com

12.  Address of Landlord

(Section 29.18):

  

Boardwalk Office Associates, LLC

c/o Trammell Crow Company

3501 Jamboree Road, Suite 230

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attention: Tom Bak, Dave Nazaryk, and Chris Tipre

Email: tbak@trammellcrow.com,

dnazaryk@trammellcrow.com,

ctipre@trammellcrow.com

with copies to:   

Trammell Crow Company

2100 McKinney Avenue, Suite 800

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Lisa Sher

Email: lsher@trammellcrow.com

 

- 3 -


and:

  

AEW Capital Management, L.P.

Two Seaport Lane

Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2021

Attention: General Counsel and CPT Portfolio

Manager (separate copies to each)

and with a required copy of

any alleged default to:

  

AEW Capital Management, L.P.

601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 2150

Los Angeles, CA 90017

Attention: Boardwalk Asset Manager/Lily Kao

Email: Lkao@aew.com

and:

  

Elkins Kalt Weintraub Reuben Gartside LLP

10345 W. Olympic Boulevard

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Keith D. Elkins; Matthew J. Mahan

Email: kelkins@elkinskalt.com;

mmahan@elkinskalt.com

13.  Brokers

(Section 29.24):

  

CBRE, Inc., on behalf of Landlord.

 

Raise, on behalf of Tenant.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “TCCs”) herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in Section 1.1.4 below, Tenant shall accept the Premises in its existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

1.1.2 The Building and the Project. The Premises is a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of a mixed-use project known as “The Boardwalk”. The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking structures and/or facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building, said adjacent parking structure and the Common Areas are located, and (iii) the North Building and the land upon which the North Building is located, and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time,

 

- 5 -


provided that such rules, regulations and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease and the Permitted Use and have been provided to Tenant in writing. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that no such changes shall be permitted which materially reduce Tenant’s rights or access hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to cause the Common Areas to be maintained and operated by an association (a “Project Association”) pursuant to a declaration or similar instrument for the Project. In such event, the Project Association shall have the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to or change the location or elements of the Common Areas in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Article 2, below.

1.1.4 Landlord Work.

1.1.4.1 Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost subject to Landlord’s Maximum Contribution set forth in Section 1.1.4.5 below, on a one-time basis only, construct tenant improvements within the Premises in accordance with those plans attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “Landlord Work”). Landlord shall utilize building standard materials and specifications to the extent not specifically noted on Exhibit B. When the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant vacant and broom clean. The Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” upon the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Landlord Work shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Landlord Work in the Premises pursuant to the plans attached as Exhibit B, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Landlord’s contractor. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to cause its contractor to complete any punch-list items identified by Landlord and Tenant within a reasonable time following Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work.

1.1.4.2 In the event Tenant desires to change the Landlord Work (or proposes a change to the Landlord Work that either modifies the scope or the specifications on Exhibit B), then Tenant shall deliver written notice (the “Drawing Change Notice”) of the same to Landlord, setting forth in reasonable detail the changes (the “Tenant Change”) (including a written narrative) that Tenant desires to make to the Landlord Work. Landlord shall, in writing, within five (5) business days of receipt of a Drawing Change Notice either (i) approve the Tenant Change, or (ii) disapprove the Tenant Change and specify in reasonably sufficient detail the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval. For each Tenant Change requested, Landlord shall, at the same time as Landlord’s approval notice for such Tenant Change, submit to Tenant for Tenant’s approval a cost estimate (which shall include a five percent (5%) supervision fee to Landlord in connection therewith) and the amount of Tenant Delay for each Tenant Change, which Tenant shall either approve or disapprove within three (3) business days of receipt from Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to proceed with any Tenant Change without written authorization to do so from Tenant (which written authorization, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, may be given by Tenant to Landlord via email). Landlord shall notify Tenant at the

 

- 6 -


time Landlord approves the Tenant Change whether Tenant shall be required to remove a particular Tenant Change at the expiration of earlier termination of the Lease, or whether such Tenant Change shall remain on the Premises. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be obligated to delay the performance of any of the Landlord Work, even if there is a proposed Tenant Change that might alter the Landlord Work, unless and until such time as there is an approved Tenant Change or Tenant otherwise requests in writing for Landlord to delay performance of the Landlord Work in order to evaluate a potential Tenant Change (in which case any delay resulting therefrom shall constitute a Tenant Delay).

1.1.4.3 The anticipated reasonable, out-of-pocket costs of the Landlord Work resulting from Tenant Changes shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to commencing the Tenant Changes. Any costs resulting from Drawing Change Notices that are not ultimately incorporated as Tenant Changes shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days following written request therefor from Landlord.

1.1.4.4 The Lease Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent for the Premises shall occur as set forth in the Lease. However, if there shall be an actual delay or there are actual delays in the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work in the Premises as a result of (each, a “Tenant Delay” and, collectively, “Tenant Delays”) Tenant’s failure to approve or disapprove any matter requiring Tenant’s approval, Tenant’s failure to timely pay amounts in excess of Landlord’s Maximum Contribution required under Section 1.1.4.5 below, or any other delay by Tenant or any Tenant Party within the express time periods required herein, any delay caused by a Tenant Change or, following email notice specifying that a Tenant Delay may result from Tenant’s continued actions or failure to act, Tenant’s failure to cease or complete (as the case may be) such actions within one (1) business day after receipt of such email notice, any material interference by Tenant and/or any Tenant Party with the construction of the Landlord Work, then, regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work in the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion thereof shall be deemed to be the date that Substantial Completion would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Delays, as set forth above.

1.1.4.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, and except to the extent such costs are incurred as a result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the Landlord Work to the extent such costs and expenses exceed $51,260 in the aggregate (“Landlord’s Maximum Contribution”), and Tenant shall pay any such excess costs or expenses to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of written demand from Landlord (which demand may be made by Landlord from time to time, including prior to the commencement of the Landlord Work based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost thereof). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent such costs are incurred as a result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or the contractor’s demonstrable errors, in no event shall Landlord be required to incur costs or expenses in connection with the Landlord Work in excess of Landlord’s Maximum Contribution.

1.2 Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” and “usable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary and the rentable square feet of the Building shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; LATE DELIVERY OPTION PERIOD; EARLY ACCESS

2.1 Initial Lease Term. The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs (or if the Lease Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date), and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Month” shall mean each succeeding calendar month during the Lease Term; provided that the first Lease Month shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Lease Term and that the last Lease Month shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof.

2.2 Late Delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy by August 31, 2021 (as extended by Tenant Delays and delays caused by Force Majeure) (“Outside Date”) then Tenant shall be entitled, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, to one (1) day of free Base Rent for each day beyond August 31, 2021 (as extended by Tenant Delays and delays caused by Force Majeure) until the Premises are Ready For Occupancy. Tenant shall commence the regular payment of Base Rent (at the then applicable rates), computed in the way and manner as provided by this Lease, upon the Lease Commencement Date, subject to such credit right.

2.3 Option Term.

2.3.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants the tenant originally named herein (the “Original Tenant”) and its “Permitted Transferee Assignee,” as that term is set forth in Section 14.8 of this Lease, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of five (5) years (“Option Term”). Such option shall be exercisable only by “Notice” (as that term is defined in Section 29.18 of this Lease) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period and (ii) there has been no material adverse change in Tenant’s financial condition during the prior twenty-four (24)-month period, as determined by Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, then the Lease Term, as it applies

 

- 8 -


to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.3 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferee Assignee is in occupancy of the entire then-existing Premises.

2.3.2 Option Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the Market Rent as set forth below plus all Additional Rent otherwise payable under this Lease (without taking into account any abatement, credit or other reduction in Base Rent or such Additional Rent) (the “Minimum Option Rent”). For purposes of this Lease, the term “Market Rent” shall mean rent (including additional rent), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the applicable Option Term are, pursuant to transactions completed within the twelve (12) months prior to the first day of the applicable Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-synthetic, non-equity space (unless such space was leased pursuant to a definition of “fair market” comparable to the definition of Market Rent) in the Project of comparable in size and for a “Comparable Term,” as that term is defined in this Section 2.3.2 (such transactions, “Comparable Deals”). If no such transactions have been completed at the Project during such twelve (12) month period, then “Comparable Deals” would include transactions (as described above) at “Comparable Projects”, as that term is defined in this Section 2.3.2 (provided, however, in such event the Market Rent shall be increased to account for any rental premium then being received by Landlord with respect to lease transactions at the Project specifically, as compared to the rents being received by other landlords, or Landlord, with respect to Comparable Deals at Comparable Projects, and Market Rent would also be adjusted to give appropriate consideration to the amenities and services that are available to the Premises as being a part of the Project, including, without limitation, the parking facilities). The term “Comparable Term” shall refer to the length of the lease term, without consideration of options to extend such term, for the space in question. In addition, the determination of the Market Rent shall include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations during any Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Deals upon tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The term “Comparable Projects” shall mean the Project and other first-class institutionally-owned mixed-use projects which are comparable to the Project in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation as to the building containing the portion of the Premises in question), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including the type (e.g., surface, covered, subterranean) and amount of parking), size and appearance, and are located in the Orange County Airport area (the “Comparable Area”).

2.3.3 Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 2.3 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.3. Tenant shall deliver notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord not more than twelve (12) months nor less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Concurrently with such Exercise Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation”). Landlord shall deliver notice (the

 

- 9 -


Landlord Response Notice”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, stating that (A) Landlord is accepting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation as the Market Rent, or (B) rejecting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and setting forth Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation”). Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. For all purposes of this Lease, a “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in Orange County, California. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.3.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3.4 below.

2.3.4 Determination of Market Rent. In the event Tenant objects or is deemed to have objected to the Market Rent determination of Landlord, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Market Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection or deemed objection to the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then, within two (2) Business Days following such Outside Agreement Date, (x) Landlord may reestablish the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant, and (y) Tenant may reestablish the Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord. If Landlord and Tenant thereafter fail to reach agreement within seven (7) Business Days of the Outside Agreement Date, then in connection with the Option Rent, Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as most recently delivered to the other party pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 2.3, shall be submitted to the “Neutral Arbitrator,” as that term is defined in Section 2.3.4.1 of this Lease, pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 2.3.4. The submittals shall be made concurrently with the selection of the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to this Section 2.3.4 and shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.3.4.1 through 2.3.4.5 of this Lease, but subject to the conditions, when appropriate, of Section 2.3.3.

2.3.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall mutually, reasonably appoint one (1) arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker, appraiser or attorney who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing (or appraisal, as the case may be) of first-class, institutionally-owned, commercial properties in the Comparable Area (the “Neutral Arbitrator”). The determination of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to Section 2.3.4, above, is the closest to the actual Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.3.2 of this Lease. Such Neutral Arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date. Neither the Landlord or Tenant may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior to or subsequent to his or her appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

 

- 10 -


2.3.4.2 The Neutral Arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his/her appointment, reach a decision as to Market Rent and determine whether the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to Section 2.3.4, above, is closest to Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator and simultaneously publish a ruling (“Award”) indicating whether Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation is closest to the Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator. Following notification of the Award, the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closest to Market Rent, shall become the then Market Rent used to establish the Option Rent.

2.3.4.3 The Award issued by such Neutral Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.3.4.4 If Landlord and Tenant fail to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Orange County to appoint such Neutral Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.3.4.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Neutral Arbitrator.

2.3.4.5 The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.4 Early Access.

2.4.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.4, Tenant may:

2.4.1.1 enter the Premises at least fifteen (15) days prior the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work for the sole purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment therein; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be permitted to enter such portions of the Premises, and at such times, as Landlord reasonably determines will not interfere with the performance of the Landlord Work; and

2.4.1.2 enter the Premises for a period of thirty (30) days from the date (or deemed date) of the Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work to the Commencement Date.

2.4.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant have the right to enter the Premises until such time as Tenant has delivered to Landlord all monetary amounts due upon execution of this Lease and provided Landlord with evidence that Tenant has fulfilled its obligation to provide insurance pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. All of the provisions of this Lease shall apply to Tenant during any early entry, including, without limitation, the indemnities set forth in this Lease and Tenant’s obligation to not interfere with the performance of the Landlord Work, but excluding only the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses until the Commencement Date has occurred, whereupon Base Rent and Operating Expenses shall immediately commence (except as otherwise expressly provided herein). During any such early entry, Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss, including theft, damage or destruction, to any work or material installed or stored by Tenant at the Premises or for any injury to Tenant or any Tenant Parties (defined below). Landlord shall have the right to post appropriate notices of non- responsibility in connection with any early entry by Tenant.

 

- 11 -


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease, and shall not be excused from paying any rent due hereunder for any reason whatsoever, except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Lease. In accordance with Section 4 of the Summary, any increases in Base Rent shall occur on the first day of the applicable Lease Month. The parties acknowledge, however, that Tenant shall pay Base Rent for each “calendar month” of the Lease Term (or a prorated portion of a “calendar month”, as applicable), even though the first “Lease Month” may pertain to a period longer than one (1) calendar month. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. Provided that no event of default is occurring during the seven (7) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Lease Term and ending on the last day of the seventh (7th) full calendar month of the Lease Term (the “Base Rent Abatement Period”), Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Base Rent otherwise attributable to the Premises during such Base Rent Abatement Period (the “Base Rent Abatement”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Base Rent Abatement equals One Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Three and 60/100 Dollars (i.e., $24,604.80 per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during the Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all “Additional Rent” (as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Lease) during the Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to

 

- 12 -


be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The foregoing Base Rent abatement right set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Base Rent Abatement Period.

3.3 Rents. It is intended that all rent payable by Tenant to Landlord, which includes all sums, charges, or amounts of whatever nature to be paid by Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, shall qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of both Sections 512(b)(3) and 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Regulations”). If Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, determines that there is any risk that all or part of any rent shall not qualify as “rents from real property” for the purposes of Sections 512(b)(3) or 856(d) of the Code and the Regulations, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord by entering into such amendment or amendments to this Lease as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to qualify all rent as “rents from real property”; provided, however, that any adjustments required under this section shall be made so as to produce the substantially equivalent (in economic terms) rent as payable before the adjustment. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, the average of the fair market values of the items of personal property that are leased to Tenant under this Lease at the beginning and at the end of any fiscal year, if any, shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the average of the aggregate fair market value of the Premises and such personal property at the beginning and at the end of such fiscal year. This section is intended to ensure that the rent under this lease qualifies as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 In General. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, effective as of the first day of the thirteenth (13th) full calendar month of the Lease Term Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2, respectively, of this Lease, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1, below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct Expenses for any “Expense Year” (as that term is defined in Section 4.2.3, below) below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent; provided, however, the parties hereby acknowledge that the first monthly installment of Tenant’s Share of any “Estimated Excess,” as that term is set forth in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, Section 4.4.2 of this Lease, shall first be due and payable for the calendar month occurring immediately following the expiration of the Base Year. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

 

- 13 -


4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the period set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, renovation, restoration or operation of the Building, the Project, or any portion thereof, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities (but excluding the cost of electricity, gas, water and sewer services consumed in the Premises and the premises of other tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Project (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity, gas, water and sewer services pursuant to Section 6.1.2 of the Lease)), the cost of operating, repairing, replacing, maintaining, renovating and restoring the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons (other than persons generally considered to be higher in rank than the position of “Senior Asset Manager”) engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance, renovation, replacement and restoration of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement, renovation, restoration and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance,

 

- 14 -


replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which amortization calculation shall include interest at the “Interest Rate,” as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation by a federal, state or local governmental agency, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then- current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Lease Commencement Date, (E) which are required in order for the Project, or any portion thereof, to obtain or maintain a certification under the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”), or other applicable certification agency in connection with Landlord’s sustainability practices for the Project (as such sustainability practices are to be determined by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time), or (F) that relate to the safety or security of the Project; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over the shorter of (X) seven (7) years, (Y) its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied, or (Z) with respect to those items included under item (A) above, their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below; (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (xvi) insurance endorsements applicable to green buildings, including (without limitation) coverage in order to repair, restore, replace and re-commission the Building for certification or recertification in accordance with standards applicable to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR rating, the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED Green Building Rating System, the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) International’s 360 Performance Program or any comparable rating, certification or performance program now or hereafter in existence (“Third Party Sustainability Standards”) (without hereby obligating Landlord to seek such certification) or support achieving energy and carbon reduction targets; (xvii) the cost of sustainability and energy management services including all costs of applying, reporting and commissioning the Building or any part thereof to seek certification under any Third Party Sustainability Standard applicable to the Building as in effect from time to time; (xviii) all costs of maintaining, managing, reporting, commissioning, and re-commissioning the Building or any part thereof that is rated, certified or otherwise labeled under any Third Party Sustainability Standard applicable to the Building; and (xix) costs of any additional services not provided to the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date but which are thereafter provided by Landlord in connection with its prudent management of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

 

- 15 -


(a) costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else (except to the extent of deductibles), and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(f) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(g) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(h) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

 

- 16 -


(i) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(j) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses

elsewhere in this Lease;

(k) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Projects, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(l) costs to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services; and

(m) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not

 

- 17 -


include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs. In no event shall each of the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to utility costs, Tax Expenses, Project services costs or Project insurance costs be less than each of the corresponding components of Direct Expenses related to such utility costs, Tax Expenses, Project services costs and Project insurance costs in the Base Year. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses described above in this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Building in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses. In the event Landlord incurs, subsequent to the Base Year, costs or expenses associated with or relating to separate items or categories or subcategories of Direct Expenses which were not part of Direct Expenses during the entire Base Year, Direct Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount Landlord would have otherwise incurred during the Base Year with respect to such costs and expenses had such separate items or categories or subcategories of Direct Expenses been incurred in Direct Expenses during the entire Base Year.

4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, the land upon which the Building and the parking structure serving the Building are located).

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any

 

- 18 -


assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Building and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.4, below, refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as an increase in Tax Expenses under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.2, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Tax Expenses.

4.2.5.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, and, therefore, the Tax Expenses in the Base Year and/or an Expense Year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Tax Expenses due under this Lease; provided that (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition 8 shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that this Section 4.2.5.4 is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Tax Expenses of the statutory two percent (2.0%) annual maximum allowable increase in Tax Expenses (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, which shall be governed pursuant to the terms of Sections 4.2.5.1 through 4.2.5.3, above.

 

- 19 -


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, for the purposes of calculating Tenant’s Tax Expenses in the Base Year, if the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year, Landlord will make an appropriate adjustment to Tax Expenses in the Base Year to determine the amount of Tax Expense that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and fully assessed for all real estate taxes (including base, core and shell and interior improvements).

4.2.6 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 7 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses.

4.3.1 Method of Allocation. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole.

4.3.2 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”).

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state in general major categories the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for the particular Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Statement to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as

 

- 20 -


that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, the overpayment may be retained by Landlord to be credited and applied by Landlord to the next due installments of Tenant’s Share of Estimated Excess, or as to the final Lease Year, provided Tenant is not in default, else not until any such default has been cured, Landlord will refund such excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days following expiration of the Term of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than two (2) calendar years after the Lease Expiration Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses which (x) were levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies, and (y) Landlord had not previously received an invoice therefor and which are currently due and owing (i.e., costs invoiced for the first time regardless of the date when the work or service relating to this Lease was performed), at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth in general major categories Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Additional Rent under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting and management practices, consistently applied.

 

- 21 -


4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Landlord’s Records. Upon Tenant’s written request given not more than ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, specifically including, but not limited to, the timely payment of Additional Rent (whether or not a component thereof is the subject of the audit contemplated herein), Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation pertaining to the calculation of the Excess set forth in the Statement as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said documentation pertaining to the relevant Excess to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s written request therefor. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “Audit Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount of the Excess set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm which has previous experience in auditing financial operating records of landlords of office buildings, (B) shall not already be providing primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant and shall not have provided primary accounting and/or lease administration services to Tenant in the past three (3) years, (C) is not working on a contingency fee basis [i.e., Tenant must be billed based on the actual time and materials that are incurred by the certified public accounting firm in the performance of the audit], and (D) shall not currently or in the future be providing accounting and/or lease administration services to another tenant in the Building and/or the Project in connection with a review or audit by such other tenant of similar expense records), designated and

 

- 22 -


paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, audit Landlord’s records with respect to the Excess set forth in the Statement at Landlord’s corporate offices, provided that (i) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods provided under this Lease), (ii)Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, and (iii) a copy of the audit agreement between Tenant and its particular certified public accounting firm has been delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of the audit. In connection with such audit, Tenant and Tenant’s certified public accounting firm must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding an audit of the aforementioned Landlord records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such audit. Any audit report prepared by Tenant’s certified public accounting firm shall be delivered concurrently to Landlord and Tenant within the Audit Period. Tenant’s failure to audit the amount of the Excess set forth in any Statement within the Audit Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to audit the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such audit, Tenant still disputes such Excess, an audit to determine the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “Accountant”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such audit by the Accountant proves that the Direct Expenses in the subject Expense Year were overstated by more than seven percent (7%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such audit shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to audit Landlord’s records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6, and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to audit such records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 8 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow the occupancy density within the Premises to regularly exceed a ratio of five (5) persons per each 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose (1) contrary to the rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time (“Rules and Regulations”), the current set of which (as of the date of this Lease) is attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; (2) in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful

 

- 23 -


authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; or (3) in violation of any exclusive use now or hereafter in effect of which Landlord has given Tenant written notice (including, without limitation, the exclusive uses described on Exhibit F attached hereto). Tenant shall not bring upon the Premises or any portion of the Building or use the Premises or permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used for the growing, manufacturing, administration, distribution (including without limitation, any retail sales), possession, use or consumption of any cannabis, marijuana or cannabinoid product or compound, regardless of the legality or illegality of the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not use or operate the Premises in any manner that will cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with Landlord’s sustainability practices or the certification of the Building issued pursuant to any Third Party Sustainability Standard applicable to the Building at any time as determined by Landlord.

5.3 CC&Rs. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project, any requirements associated with any entitlements or other approvals with respect to the Building or the Project. Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the “CC&Rs”) which Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. As part of Operating Expenses (except as otherwise expressly stated herein), Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. Saturday (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”).

 

- 24 -


6.1.2 Landlord shall provide electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall designate the utility provider from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to change electricity providers at any time and to purchase green or renewable energy. Tenant shall be required to submit to Landlord electricity consumption data in a format deemed reasonably acceptable by Landlord.

6.1.3 As part of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide customary weekday janitorial services to the Premises, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises in accordance with Landlord’s sustainability practices and window washing services in a manner consistent with other Comparable Buildings.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times. Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to require installation of supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.32, below, Tenant shall not install a server room in the Premises, without the prior written consent of

 

- 25 -


Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish.

6.3 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6.4 or elsewhere in the Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, or for any consequential damages suffered by Tenant, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.4 Sharing Sustainability Information. Each party shall provide the other party, upon request made from time to time, with such information about the base building (in the case of a request made to Landlord) or of the Premises (in the case of a request made to Tenant) as may be in the possession of the party of whom the request is made or of its architects, engineers or other consultants as may be applicable to determining or maintaining the sustainability of the Building and/or the Premises. This information may include, but shall not be limited to, information provided to the U.S. Green Building Council or the Green Building Initiative, or their affiliates or subsidiaries, or any comparable third-party certification agencies now or hereafter in existence, to substantiate any third-party rating. In addition, Tenant shall also provide energy, water, and waste data to the Landlord for reporting to such voluntary sustainability surveys such as GRESB or other industry-driven organization assessing real estate sustainability performance. Each party shall hold the information so received from the other party as confidential except for its limited use to evidence compliance with any sustainability standard. A party shall not use, nor allow any of its parent, subsidiary or affiliated entities or architects, engineers, other consultants or advisors, subtenants, assignees or others claiming by or through that party to use, any of such information to challenge any sustainability score, rating, certification or other approval granted by any third party.

6.5 Sustainability. (a) Landlord may, from time to time, decide to develop, maintain and/or operate the Building in accordance with third-party accreditations, ratings or certifications that relate to sustainability issues, energy efficiency or other comparable goals, including (without limitation) Third Party Sustainability Standards. Should Landlord make such a decision Tenant

 

- 26 -


shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord’s efforts in that regard. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, providing Landlord with information within fourteen (14) days after a request is made about Tenant’s occupancy as may be required by any such third- party agency, such as staffing levels, hours of operation, utility usage, commuting patterns (to the extent reasonably determinable), cleaning methods, build-out materials and techniques, furniture, fixtures and equipment inventories, and other purchasing information, subject to Section 6.6 below. The foregoing provisions shall apply whether Landlord affirmatively seeks an accreditation, rating or certification under a Third Party Sustainability Standard and to thereafter maintain the accreditation, rating or certification, or to operate voluntarily in accordance with some or all of such Third Party Sustainability Standards but without formally obtaining the accreditation, rating or certification.

(b) The parties hereto agree to comply with all mandatory and voluntary energy, water or other conservation controls or requirements applicable to office buildings issued by the federal, state, county, municipal or other applicable governments, or any public utility or insurance carrier including, without limitation, controls on the permitted range of temperature settings in office buildings or requirements necessitating curtailment of the volume of energy consumption or the hours of operation of the Building. Any terms or conditions of this Lease that conflict or interfere with compliance by Landlord with such controls or requirements shall be suspended for the duration of such controls or requirements. It is further agreed that compliance with such controls or requirements shall not be considered an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises and shall not entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to an abatement or reduction of any rent payable hereunder.

(c) Landlord may, at any time, install separate metering for the Premises or for any specific use within the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s information technology equipment) for electricity, water, gas, steam, or other utility usage. Such separate metering may be a direct meter, a submeter, a check meter. Any meter so installed may, at Landlord’s option, be a “smart meter”. The cost of installation shall be a capital expense that is included in Operating Expenses on an amortized basis over the expected useful life of the meter. If such a meter is installed, Tenant shall pay for the consumption shown on the meter plus any fee applicable to reading the meter, either directly to the third-party utility provider in the case of a direct meter or to Landlord in the case of a submeter or check meter, and Tenant shall report to Landlord Tenant’s usage as measured by the meter. If such a meter is installed, Tenant shall thereafter not be charged as an Operating Expenses for any other tenant’s use of that utility in the other tenant’s own premises, but shall still be charged its pro rata share for the consumption of that utility in any part of the Building that is not leased to another tenant. Landlord’s property manager shall act as Tenant’s primary contact for sustainability related matters.

6.6 Privacy Standards. Landlord hereby acknowledges that Tenant may be required by Applicable Laws to safeguard “protected health information” (“PHI”), as defined by the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Part 160 and 45 C.F.R Part 164 (the “Privacy Standards”), of its patients in accordance with the Administrative Simplification provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), from any intentional or unintentional disclosure in violation of the Privacy Standards. The parties agree that nothing in this Lease shall create a “business associate” relationship between Landlord and Tenant, as defined by the Privacy Standards

 

- 27 -


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

7.1 Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cab, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas servicing the Building, including the parking areas, landscaping and exterior Project signage (collectively, “Building Structure”) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the “Building Systems”) and the Common Areas.

7.2 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned will hereinafter be defined as the “BS/BS Exception”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, equipment, interior window coverings, and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises is located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to repair within five (5) days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. All repair and maintenance performed by Tenant in the Premises shall be performed by contractors or workmen designated or approved by Landlord and must comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices, including any third-party rating system concerning the environmental compliance of the Building or the Premises, as the same may change from time to time. Tenant is responsible for reporting lighting purchases to Landlord in a format suitable to Landlord.

 

- 28 -


7.3 Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (ii) and (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and any removal and/or restoration obligations required to be performed pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.5 of this Lease. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with any and all Applicable Laws and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of Irvine, all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations (and pursuant to plans and specifications that have been approved in advance by Landlord in writing). If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a permit to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy of such permit to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb hazardous materials or substances existing in the Premises, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations concerning such hazardous materials or substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s

 

- 29 -


expense, make such changes to the Base Building. Since all or a portion of the Project is or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard) (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that without limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to any proposed Alteration in the event that such Alteration is not compatible with such certification or recertification of the Project under such LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard). The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms not located within or exclusively serving the Premises, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises is located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall retain any union trades to the extent designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Irvine in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and as a condition precedent to the enforceability and validity of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reproducible copies of the “as built/record” drawings for the Alterations, in .pdf format, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. With respect to payments to be made to Tenant’s contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord an oversight fee equal to four percent (4%) of Tenant’s out- of-pocket costs of the work, and reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of- pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, including without limitation the commercial general liability insurance limits per applicable construction trade as set forth on Exhibit H attached hereto and made a part hereof, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

 

- 30 -


8.5 Landlord’s Property. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s removable trade fixtures, furniture or non-affixed office equipment), from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the “Improvements” (as that term is defined in Section 1 of the Work Letter) to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations or improvements in the Premises (including, without limitation, the Improvements), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Alterations, (x) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Alterations, and (y) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Alterations; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Alterations, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises, and/or to return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard improved condition as determined by Landlord, then at Landlord’s option, either (A) Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Premises and Rent shall continue to accrue in accordance with the terms of Article 16, below, until such work shall be completed, and/or (B) Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be

 

- 31 -


deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, any Project Association, and their respective partners and subpartners, and each of their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes in, on or about the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (d) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project (collectively, “Tenant Parties”); (e) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. Except to the extent caused by Tenant’s or any Tenant Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct, subject to Section 10.5 below (and the other limitations on Landlord’s liability expressly set forth in this Lease), Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Tenant Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from actual or threatened claims by third parties arising in connection with the negligence, or willful misconduct of the Landlord Parties. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

- 32 -


10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with Landlord’s insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(I) sub-sections (x) and (y), or Section 10.4(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Project and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

  

$2,000,000 per occurrence and

$2,000,000 general aggregate

Personal Injury and Advertising Liability

  

$2,000,000 per occurrence and

$2,000,000 general aggregate

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to Rented Premises Liability

   $2,000,000 each occurrence

Umbrella Liability (Excess Liability)

   $5,000,000.00 per occurrence

 

- 33 -


10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Improvements, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup or overflow from sewers or drains, and (c) terrorism (to the extent such terrorism insurance is available as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. l. 109-144), and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 183), any successor statute or regulation, or is otherwise available at commercially reasonable rates).

10.3.2.1 Increase in Project’s Property Insurance. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Project if said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

10.3.2.2 Property Damage. Tenant shall use the proceeds from any such insurance for the replacement of personal property, trade fixtures, Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations.

10.3.2.3 No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.3.2.4 Property Insurance Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i) below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other (and Tenant hereby waives its rights and claims against any Project Association) for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk” property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all subtenants and licensees of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.2.4 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

 

- 34 -


10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one (1) year plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

10.3.5 Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-X (or to the extent AM Best ratings are no longer available, then a similar rating from another comparable rating agency), or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.5), (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies, and (iv) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) Business Days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

- 35 -


10.6 Third-Party Contractors. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any vendor or any other third-party contractor (collectively, a “Third Party Contractor”). All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6, (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (d) comply with Landlord’s minimum insurance requirements, including, without limitation, the insurance limits set forth on Exhibits H and I attached hereto.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. If the Base Building or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by a fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “Casualty”), Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any damage to the Premises resulting from a Casualty, and Tenant shall promptly inform its insurance carrier of any such damage. Upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and the Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the Casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises is not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises is unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

 

- 36 -


11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by Casualty, whether or not the Premises is affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within the period of time originally estimated by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) Business Days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) Business Days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) Business Days. Notwithstanding the

 

- 37 -


provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

11.4 Event of Casualty. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that a Casualty shall occur only where the physical or structural integrity of the Premises or Building has been damaged or destroyed, and that a Casualty shall in no event occur as a result of (i) a governmentally mandated closure of the Premises, Building and/or Project and/or of Tenant’s business for the purpose of protecting public health and safety (including, without limitation, to protect against acts of war or the spread of communicable diseases or infestations), or (ii) Tenant’s inability to use the Premises or any other space leased by Tenant from Landlord at the Project, to the extent such space remains undamaged by any Casualty.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

- 38 -


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord (or any Project Association) shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired (and suitable reasonable alternative access is not available), in each case for a period in excess of ninety (90) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of ninety (90) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that a governmentally mandated closure of the Premises, Building and/or Project and/or of Tenant’s business for the purpose of protecting public health and safety (including, without limitation, to protect against acts of war or the spread of communicable diseases or infestations) shall not constitute a temporary Taking for “public use” entitling Tenant to an abatement of Rent, award or any other remedy under this Lease, at law or in equity.

 

- 39 -


ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project, or would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Building than Tenant;

 

- 40 -


14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease or will cause the Building or any part thereof not to conform with the environmental and green building clauses in this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice; or

14.2.8 The Transferee does not intend to occupy the entire Premises and conduct its business therefrom for a substantial portion of the term of the Transfer.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant’s proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord’s wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord’s consent.

 

- 41 -


14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, and (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice (or at Landlord’s option, shall cause the Transfer to be made to Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the Transfer documentation promptly thereafter). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to Transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14.

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant

 

- 42 -


or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant as of the date of this Lease), (B) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange, (C) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, or (D) an assignment of the Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring

 

- 43 -


Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (D) of this Section 14.8 hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) Tenant is not in default, beyond the applicable notice and cure period, and such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, (iv) such Permitted Transferee shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“Net Worth”) at least equal to the greater of (1) the Net Worth of Original Tenant on the date of this Lease, and (2) the Net Worth of Tenant on the day immediately preceding the effective date of such assignment or sublease, (v) no assignment or sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (vi) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under either an assignment or sublease shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “Permitted Transferee Assignee.” “Control,” as used in this Section 14.8, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP

AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, in addition to Tenant’s obligations under Section 29.32, below, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade

 

- 44 -


fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, server and telephone equipment, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, such removal to be performed in an environmentally sustainable manner including recycling or re-use in accordance with LEED-EB and O&M sustainability practices and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term with the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease (with a full month of holdover rent to be payable with respect to each calendar month, or portion thereof, of any holdover period, without proration for any partial month). Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case damages in any action to recover possession of the Premises shall be calculated at a rate equal to the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease (calculated on a per diem basis) or (ii) the fair market rental rate for the Premises as of the commencement of such holdover period with a full month of holdover rent to be payable with respect to each calendar month, or portion thereof, of any hold over period, without proration for any partial month). Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s express written consent, and tenders payment of rent for any period beyond the expiration of the Lease Term by way of check (whether directly to Landlord, its agents, or to a lock box) or wire transfer, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the cashing of such check or acceptance of such wire shall be considered inadvertent and not be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy, provided Landlord refunds such payment to Tenant promptly upon learning that such check has been cashed or wire transfer received. Tenant acknowledges that any holding over without Landlord’s express written consent may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to vacate and deliver the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to vacate and deliver, and any losses suffered by Landlord, including lost profits, resulting from such failure to vacate and deliver. Tenant agrees that any proceedings necessary to recover possession of the Premises, whether before or after expiration of the Lease Term, shall be considered an action to enforce the terms of this Lease for purposes of the awarding of any attorney’s fees in connection therewith.

 

- 45 -


ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

 

- 46 -


ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice said amounts are due; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, but in no event exceeding a period of time in excess of sixty (60) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

19.1.3 To the extent permitted by law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or (vi) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.4 Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than two (2) Business Days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.6 Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (10) Business Days after the Lease Commencement Date.

 

- 47 -


The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

 

- 48 -


Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Form of Payment After Default. Following the occurrence of an event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

19.5 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.6 Landlord Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

 

- 49 -


ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) in the amount set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Article 21, above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (i) any and all sums expressly identified in this Article 21, above, and (ii) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

- 50 -


ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Identification Signage. Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program.

23.2 Building Directory. A building directory is located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to designate one (1) name strip on such directory, and any subsequent changes to Tenant’s name strip shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion).

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all of Tenant’s signage must strictly comply with the requirements of the Irvine Signage Supplemental Use District and other applicable provisions of the municipal code of the City of Irvine, as well as the Project’s standard signage program and all Applicable Laws, and shall be subject in all respects to Landlord’s prior written approval.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Section 4.2.4 above. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does

 

- 51 -


not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards; and (c) if anything done by or for Tenant in its use or occupancy of the Premises shall require any improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction- related accessibility standards, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such improvements or repairs. Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, directive or requirement (whether at the federal, State, County or municipal level) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (including, without limitation, any such governmental regulations related to disabled access, any matters of record pertaining to the Building or the Project, and any requirements associated with any entitlements or other approvals with respect to the Building or the Project (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all Applicable Laws (including the making of any alterations to the Premises required by Applicable Laws) which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) the Alterations or the Original Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Original Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, with regard to the first such failure in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s

 

- 52 -


other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the “Interest Rate” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus eight (8) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial

 

- 53 -


service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for (x) emergencies, (y) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (z) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. With respect to items (y) and (z) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall be entitled but not obligated to rent from Landlord, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of unreserved parking passes (and, if elected, up to the number of Reserved Passes) set forth in Section 10 of the Summary (collectively, “Tenant’s Parking Passes”), which parking passes shall pertain to the Project’s parking structure. All of Tenant’s Parking Passes (including, without limitation, the Reserved Passes if applicable), shall be provided within the Project parking facility on a monthly basis, and Tenant shall have the right to increase or decrease the number of any Reserved Passes which Tenant elects to rent, up to the maximum number of such passes set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord (or its designee) for the parking passes it elects to rent on a monthly basis at the following monthly parking rates during the initial Lease Term: (i) $75.00 for unreserved parking passes and (ii) $150.00 for Reserved Passes. Following the initial Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or its designee) for the parking passes Tenant elects to rent on a monthly basis at the prevailing rate charged by Landlord from time to time at the location of such parking passes. In addition to any fees that may be charged to Tenant in connection with its parking of automobiles in the Project parking structure, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by

 

- 54 -


Landlord or any Project Association, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises is temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

 

- 55 -


29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording or Publication. Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

 

- 56 -


29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Building or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord), provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, letter of intent, request for proposal, or similar agreement previously entered into between Landlord and Tenant in anticipation of this Lease) or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain or shortages in services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, pandemics, epidemics and wide-spread public health emergencies, eviction moratoria, delays in providing utilities caused by the applicable utility provider, governmental orders and directives and other

 

- 57 -


causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Force Majeure excuse the timely acceptance of the Premises by Tenant or delay the Commencement Date.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be (A) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (B) delivered personally. Any such Notice shall be delivered (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Sections 11 and 12 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. The party delivering Notice shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such Notice to the receiving party via electronic mail.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

 

- 58 -


29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 13 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

- 59 -


29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

29.29 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

29.30 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions.

 

- 60 -


29.31 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines. (a) Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any telecommunications or computer wires, cables, equipment, plans, specifications or drawings or any equipment related thereto (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use Landlord’s designated contractor for provision of cabling and riser management services (or, if Landlord does not have a designated contractor, then an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord), and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization’s “2002 National Electrical Code”)), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

(b) Landlord shall have no obligations or liability whatsoever to Tenant with respect to the provision of Lines to the Premises, provided Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant to secure such Lines to the Premises. None of Landlord’s approval of, or requirements concerning, any Lines, Tenant’s telecommunications provider or Tenant’s and/or Tenant’s telecommunications provider’s contractors or subcontractors, shall be deemed a warranty as to the

 

- 61 -


adequacy, suitability, competence or financial strength thereof, and Landlord hereby disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Further, Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the condition, security, availability, competence, financial strength or suitability for Tenant’s purposes of any Lines or telecommunications services presently located within the Building, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation or liability and hereby waives any claim against Landlord for any damages or problems in the event that Tenant’s telecommunications services, or Lines are in any way inadequate, do not satisfy Tenant’s requirements, are interrupted, curtailed, discontinued, disconnected, terminated, damaged or otherwise interfered with, or fail, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or agents. Tenant’s use of a telecommunications provider shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

29.33 Hazardous Substances.

29.33.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: “Hazardous Material(s)” shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents (for the avoidance of doubt excluding blood samples and potentially infectious material which is regulated by the Tenant in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s regulations and bloodborne pathogen standards) and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and/or toxicity. “Environmental Laws” shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi- governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (i) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials or (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

29.33.2 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws in accordance with, and as required by, the TCCs of Article 24 of this Lease.

 

- 62 -


29.33.3 Tenant represents and warrants that, except for Permitted Chemicals, it will not use, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord agrees that Tenant may use, store and properly dispose of blood samples and potentially infectious material which is regulated by the Tenant in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s regulations and bloodborne pathogen standards), commonly available household cleaners and chemicals to maintain the Premises and Tenant’s routine office operations (such as printer toner and copier toner) (hereinafter the “Permitted Chemicals”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any or all of the Permitted Chemicals described in this paragraph may constitute Hazardous Materials. However, Tenant may use, store and dispose of same, provided that in doing so, Tenant fully complies with all Environmental Laws. Nothing in this Lease shall impose any liability on Tenant for any Hazardous Materials in existence on the Premises, Building or Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date or brought onto the Premises, Building or Project after the Lease Commencement Date by any third parties not under Tenant’s control.

29.33.4 Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit. Landlord may, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws, or provides recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises, or to comply with any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigative or subsurface investigations or remediation(s) as recommended by such inspector or auditor. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent.

29.33.5 Indemnification. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or breach of any provision of this section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party.

29.33.6 Environmental Disclosure. Attached hereto as Exhibit G is a disclosure statement regarding the Premises, Building and Project.

29.34 Development of the Project.

29.34.1 Subdivision. Landlord reserves the right to further subdivide all or a portion of the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision.

 

- 63 -


29.34.2 The Other Improvements. If portions of the Project or property adjacent to the Project (collectively, the “Other Improvements”) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Project and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Project and the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Direct Expenses to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Project, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Project in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Project. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Project or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

29.34.3 Construction of Project and Other Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction.

29.35 Water Sensors. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, be responsible for promptly installing web-enabled wireless water leak sensor devices designed to alert Tenant on a twenty-four (24) hour seven (7) day per week basis if a water leak is occurring in the Premises (which water sensor device(s) located in the Premises shall be referred to herein as “Water Sensors”). The Water Sensors shall be installed in any areas in the Premises where water is utilized (such as sinks, pipes, faucets, water heaters, coffee machines, ice machines, water dispensers and water fountains), and in locations that may be designated from time to time by Landlord (the “Sensor Areas”). In connection with any Alterations affecting or relating to any Sensor Areas, Landlord may require Water Sensors to be installed or updated in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. With respect to the installation of any such Water Sensors, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably designated by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease keep any Water Sensors located in the Premises (whether installed by Tenant or someone else) in good working order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 7 of this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, Landlord has neither an obligation to monitor, repair or otherwise maintain the Water Sensors, nor an obligation to respond to any alerts it may receive from the Water Sensors or which may be generated from the Water Sensors. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove all Water Sensors installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided, however, if the Landlord does not require Tenant to remove the Water Sensors as contemplated by the foregoing, then Tenant shall leave the Water Sensors in place together with all necessary user information such that the same may be used by a future occupant of the Premises (e.g., the Water Sensors shall be unblocked and ready for use by a third-party). If Tenant is required to remove the Water Sensors pursuant to the foregoing and Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Water Sensors, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.

 

- 64 -


29.36 No Discrimination. Tenant covenants by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, sex, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

29.37 Utility Billing Information. In the event that Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas and/or water services to the Premises with the third- party provider thereof (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall promptly, but in no event more than five (5) Business Days following its receipt of each and every invoice for such items from the applicable provider, provide Landlord with a copy of each such invoice. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to Applicable Laws, Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 29.37 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.38 Recycling and Waste Management. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense: (a) to comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of the Federal, State, county, municipal or other governing authorities regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage, trash, rubbish and other refuse (collectively, “trash”); (b) to comply with Landlord’s recycling policy as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices where it may be more stringent than applicable law; and (c) that Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section. Tenant shall provide Landlord annually or at such other times as Landlord may reasonably request with waste manifests for all waste that left the Building under Tenant’s control.

29.39 Landlord’s Lien. To secure the payment of all rent and other sums of money due and to become due hereunder and the faithful performance of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant hereby gives to Landlord an express first and prior contract lien and security interest on all property now or hereafter acquired (including fixtures, equipment, chattels, and merchandise) which may be placed in the Premises and also upon all proceeds of any insurance which may accrue to Tenant by reason of destruction of or damage to any such property. Such property shall not be removed from the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord until all arrearages in rental and other sums of money then due to Landlord hereunder shall first have been paid. All exemption laws are hereby waived in favor of said lien and security interest. This lien and security interest is given in addition to Landlord’s statutory lien and shall be cumulative thereto. Landlord shall, in addition to all of its rights hereunder, also have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State in which the Premises is located. To the extent permitted by law, this Lease shall constitute a security agreement under Article 9 of the California Uniform Commercial Code.

 

- 65 -


29.40 Open-Ceiling Plan. In the event that the Premises has an “open ceiling plan”, then Landlord and third parties leasing or otherwise using/managing or servicing space on the floor immediately above the Premises shall have the right to install, maintain, repair and replace mechanical, electrical and plumbing fixtures, devices, piping, ductwork and all other improvements through the floor above the Premises (which may penetrate through the ceiling of the Premises and be visible within the Premises during the course of construction and upon completion thereof) (as applicable, the “Penetrating Work”), as Landlord may determine in Landlord’s reasonable discretion and with no approval rights being afforded to Tenant with respect thereto; provided, however, that any such Penetrating Work shall be performed upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) and in accordance with commercially reasonable practices. Since Tenant is anticipated to be occupying the Premises at the time the Penetrating Work is being performed, Landlord agrees that it shall (and shall cause third parties to) use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Penetrating Work in a manner so as to attempt to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises, including by performing such Penetrating Work outside of normal Building Hours. Landlord shall take reasonable steps to protect Tenant’s employees and property during the performance of the Penetrating Work. Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such Penetrating Work, Tenant hereby agrees that the performance of such Penetrating Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. In addition, Tenant hereby agrees to promptly and diligently cooperate with Landlord and any of the third parties performing the Penetrating Work in order to facilitate the applicable party’s performance of the particular Penetrating Work in an efficient and timely manner.

29.41 OFAC/Patriot Act Compliance. Each of Landlord and Tenant, each as to itself, hereby represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that it is not a person and/or entity with whom United States persons are restricted from doing business under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq.; the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. Appendix §5; and implementing regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) (including those persons and/or entities named on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”); or any other applicable anti-terrorist law of the United States, including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism. Each of Landlord and Tenant, each as to itself, hereby represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that no person and/or entity who is named on the SDN List has any direct interest in Landlord or Tenant with the result that this Lease would be prohibited by any applicable law of the United States. Each of Landlord and Tenant, each as to itself, hereby represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that it is not in violation of any of the applicable provisions of the U.S. Federal Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the United and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), Public Law 107-56; any of the applicable provisions of the implementing regulations related thereto, including those promulgated by the U.S. Department of Treasury contained at 31 CFR Part 103; or any other applicable anti-money laundering laws of the United States. It is understood and agreed that the representations set forth herein are made as of the Date of this Lease.

 

- 66 -


29.42 Representation. Neither Tenant nor any of its “affiliates” (within the meaning of Part V(c) of Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14, 49 Fed. Reg. 9494 (1984), as amended (“PTE 84-14”)) has the power to: (a) appoint or terminate Landlord as investment manager over assets of any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) invested in, or sponsored by, Landlord; or (b) negotiate the terms of a management agreement (including renewals or modifications thereof) with Landlord on behalf of any such plan; Tenant is not “related” to Landlord (as determined under in Part V(h) of PTE 84-14); Tenant has negotiated and determined the terms of this Lease at arm’s length, as such terms would be negotiated and determined by Tenant with unrelated parties; and Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, a “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, or an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101 of any such employee benefit plan or plan.

ARTICLE 30

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

(a) Right of First Offer. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an ongoing right of first offer during the initial Lease Term with respect to that space directly adjacent to the Premises commonly known as Suite 310 and consisting of approximately 3,436 RSF as outlined on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof (“First Offer Space”); provided, (i) such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of any existing lease pertaining to the First Offer Space (collectively, the “Superior Leases”), including any renewal or extension of such existing or future lease, whether or not such renewal or extension is pursuant to an express written provision in such lease, and regardless of whether any such renewal or extension is consummated pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease, (ii) such first offer right shall be subordinate and secondary to all rights of expansion, first refusal, first offer or similar rights granted to (A) the tenants of the Superior Leases and (B) any other tenant of the Project (the rights described in items (i) and (ii), above to be known collectively as “Superior Rights”), and (iii) such right of first offer shall not be triggered by the lease of space in the Project by Landlord to an existing tenant in the Project in connection with the relocation of such existing tenant’s premises in the Project. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 30(a). Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 30(a).

(i) Procedure for Offer. Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “First Offer Notice”) from time to time when Landlord determines that Landlord shall commence the marketing of any First Offer Space because such space shall become available for lease to third parties, where no holder of a Superior Right desires to lease such space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth Landlord’s proposed material economic terms and conditions applicable to Tenant’s lease of such space (collectively, the “Economic Terms”), including the proposed term of lease and the proposed rent payable for the First Offer Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to deliver the First Offer

 

- 67 -


Notice shall not apply during the last nine (9) months of the initial Term unless Tenant has delivered an Exercise Notice pursuant to Section 2.3.3 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, since the First Offer Space is currently vacant and available for Lease, until such time as the First Offer Space is first leased to a third party subsequent to the date of this Lease, in lieu of the foregoing, Landlord shall send Tenant a First Offer Notice if Landlord intends to negotiate to lease any portion of the First Offer Space to a third party.

(ii) Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within five (5) business days after delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver an unconditional irrevocable notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice and the Economic Terms shall be as set forth in the First Offer Notice. If Tenant does not unconditionally exercise its right of first offer within the five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires and Tenant’s right of first offer shall terminate as to the First Offer Space described in the First Offer Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

(iii) Construction of First Offer Space. Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as-is” condition, and Tenant shall be entitled to construct improvements in the First Offer Space in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease.

(iv) Lease of First Offer Space. If Tenant timely and properly exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment adding such First Offer Space to this Lease upon the same non-economic terms and conditions as applicable to the initial Premises, and the economic terms and conditions as provided in this Section 30(a). Unless otherwise specified in Landlord’s Economic Terms, Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space and the Term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date of delivery of such space to Tenant.

(v) No Defaults. The rights contained in this Section 30(a) shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant occupies the entire Premises as of the date of the First Offer Notice. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space as provided in this Section 30(a) if, as of the date of the First Offer Notice, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in default under this Lease or Tenant has previously been in default under this Lease more than once.

(vi) Remedy. The sole remedy of Tenant for a breach by Landlord of its obligations under this Article 30 shall be an action against Landlord for direct damages (excluding consequential and punitive damages), and Tenant shall not have any right to a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, injunction, specific performance or other remedy, equitable or otherwise, aside from direct damages resulting from said breach by Landlord.

 

- 68 -


[Signatures follow on next page]

 

- 69 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:

BOARDWALK OFFICE ASSOCIATES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   TC Boardwalk OM, LLC,
 

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Operating Member

  By:  

/s/ Tom Bak                                

    Tom Bak
    President & CEO
“TENANT”:

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

Name: Mahesh Karanth

Its: Chief Financial Officer

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Its:  

                                                                           

 

- 70 -


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

- 1 -


EXHIBIT A-1

PROJECT

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A-1

- 1 -


EXHIBIT A-2

DEPICTION OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A-2

- 1 -


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD WORK PLANS

[Attached]

 

EXHIBIT B

- 1 -


LOGO


LOGO

     


EXHIBIT C

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:   

 

     
  

 

     
  

 

     
  

 

     

 

  Re:

Office Lease dated ___________, 20__ (the “Lease”), by and between __________________, a _______________________ (“Landlord”), and _____________________, a ________________________ (“Tenant”), for approximately _______________ rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite _______ (the “Premises”), located on the ________ (____) floor of that certain office building located at ________________________,______________, ___________________ (the “Building”).

Dear __________________:

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, this letter is to confirm and agree upon the following:

 

  1.

Tenant has accepted the above-referenced Premises as being delivered in accordance with the Lease and there is no deficiency in construction.

 

  2.

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on _____________for a term of ending on ________________.

 

  3.

Rent commenced to accrue on __________________, in the amount of _______________________.

 

  4.

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  5.

Your rent checks should be made payable to _________________________ at _________________________.

 

  6.

The rentable and usable square feet of the Premises are __________ and ______________, respectively.

 

  7.

Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses with respect to the Premises is _________% of the Project.

 

  8.

Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein. Tenant confirms that the Lease has not been modified or altered except as set forth herein, and the Lease is in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that to each party’s actual knowledge, neither party is in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition in the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT C

- 1 -


If the provisions of this letter correctly set forth our understanding, please so acknowledge by signing at the place provided below on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the same to Landlord.

 

Landlord”:
                                                                                        ,
                                                                                      
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           

 

Agreed to and Accepted
As of __________, 20__.
Tenant”:
                                                                                        ,
                                                                                      
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           

 

EXHIBIT C

- 2 -


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Landlord may from time to time in its reasonable judgment adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the Building, any persons occupying, using, or entering the same, or any equipment, furnishings, or contents thereof, and Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements relative thereto.

2. Only persons approved from time to time by Landlord may prepare, solicit orders for, sell, serve, or distribute foods or beverages in the Building, or use the Common Areas for any such purpose. Except with Landlord’s prior written consent and in accordance with arrangements approved by Landlord, Tenant shall not permit on the Premises the use of equipment for dispensing food ox beverages or for the preparation, solicitation of orders for, sale, serving, or distribution of food or beverages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, Tenant shall be entitled to provide kitchen facilities and vending machines and other types of incidental and non-commercial distribution of food.

3. Tenant shall not install or operate any machinery or apparatus other than usual small business machines (including, without limitation, standard computers, servers, printers, fax machines, cabling and equipment associated therewith, and kitchen appliances) without specific written approval of Landlord.

4. No additional locks or similar devices shall be placed upon doors of the Premises and no locks shall be changed except with written consent of Landlord. Upon termination of Lease, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Such consent of Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld.

5. Tenant and Tenant parties may only install, remove or otherwise transport safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates and other similar large items during such hours, in such elevators, by such personnel and in such manner as Landlord may require from time to time. Before moving large quantities of any such large items into or out of the building, Tenants shall notify Landlord and shall comply with landlord’s requirements concerning the time and manner in which such move shall be performed. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such moves, including a reasonable charge for overhead and profit, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand therefore Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to any such items from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such large items shall be repaired at the expense of the tenant.

6. Provided Landlord is required to furnish janitorial services no person shall be employed by Tenant to do janitorial work in the Premises, and no persons other than the janitors for the Building shall clean the Premises, unless Landlord shall first give its written consent. Any person employed by Tenant with Landlord’s consent to do janitorial work shall, while in the Premises and Building, be subject to and under the control and direction of Landlord, but shall not be considered the agent or servant of Landlord.

7. Window coverings other than building standard, either inside or outside the windows, may not be installed without Landlord’s prior written consent and must be furnished, installed and maintained at the expense of Tenant and at Tenant’s risk, and must be of such shape, color, material, quality and design as may be prescribed by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 1 -


8. If Tenant desires additional telegraphic or telephonic connections, or the installation of any other electrical wiring, Landlord will, upon receiving a written request from Tenant and at Tenant’s expense, direct the electricians as to where and how the wires are to be introduced and run, and without such direction no boring, cutting or installation of wires will be permitted.

9. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, vestibules, halls, stairways and elevators in or about the Premises and Building shall not be obstructed or used for storage or for any purpose other than ingress and egress by Tenant.

10. Tenant shall not create or maintain a nuisance in the Premises nor make or permit any noise or odor or use or operate any electrical or electronic devices that emit loud sounds, air waves (excluding WiFi or similar signals), or odors, that are objectionable to other tenants of this Building or any adjoining building or premises; nor shall the Premises be used for lodging or sleeping nor any immoral or illegal purpose that will violate any law, damage the Premises, or injure the reputation of the Building or Property.

11. Landlord reserves the right at all times to exclude newsboys, loiterers, vendors, solicitors and peddlers from the Building and Property as deemed necessary and to require registration, satisfactory identification and credentials from all persons seeking access to any part of the Building or Property. Landlord shall exercise its best judgment in executing such control but shall not be held liable for granting or refusing such access.

12. Except for licensed service animals (where access of the same is required by applicable Legal Requirements), no animals, skateboards or other vehicles shall be brought or permitted to be in the Premises or Building (except for bicycles, which may be transported to, via the freight elevator, and kept in, the Premises) or, with respect to animals, the Project. Landlord may charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, and Tenant agrees to pay (but only to the extent such charge is then-applicable to all tenants in the Buildings), Two Hundred Fifty and No/Dollars ($250.00) per day that any dog or other animal (excepting with respect to any properly licensed or registered service dogs or other animal which, if prohibited access to the Premises, would be a violation of applicable Legal Requirements) is brought to the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Party, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, which amount shall be payable to Landlord within thirty (30) days following written demand.

13. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business from other Tenants of the Building or Property.

14. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective and efficient operation of the Building and the use of utilities. Tenant shall not adjust any common controls. Tenant shall not tie, wedge, or otherwise fasten open any water faucet or outlet. Tenant shall keep all common corridor doors closed. Tenant shall not permit space heaters or other energy- intensive equipment unnecessary to conduct tenant’s business without written approval by Landlord. Any space conditioning equipment that is placed in the Premises for the purpose of increasing comfort to tenants shall be operated on sensors or timers that limit operation of equipment to hours of occupancy in the areas immediately adjacent to the occupying personnel.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 2 -


15. Except to the extent Landlord otherwise provides security for the Building, Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery, pilferage and other crimes. Except during Tenant’s normal business hours, Tenant shall not prop open any common doors to the Building, and shall be liable for any loss caused by negligence thereto.

16. Tenant shall not overload any floor and shall not install any heavy objects, safes, business machines, files or other equipment without having received Landlord’s prior written consent as to size, maximum weight, routing and location thereof. Safes, furniture, equipment, machines and other large or bulky, articles shall be brought through the Building and into and out of the Premises at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall direct and at Tenant’s sole risk and responsibility.

17. Tenant shall not use more electrical current from individual or collective circuits as is designated by the amperage rating of said circuits at the circuit breaker panels for Tenant’s suite. Should Tenant exceed the safe capacity as designed and as stated on the circuit breakers for said circuits then Tenant shall bear the entire expense of modifications to adjust or increase the amperage for Tenant’s safe and proper electrical consumption. Landlord’s consent to such modifications to the electrical system shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant, its employees, its invitees and guests shall not smoke in the Premises, Building or any indoor common areas. Smoking is allowed in designated smoking areas only.

19. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage including stoppage caused by failure to use the apparatus as instructed or for the purpose constructed done to any common area including but not limited to restrooms, elevators, stairways, hallways, lobby, sidewalks, parking lots, landscape areas caused by Tenant, its licensees, guests, agents, contractors or invitees negligence or misuse.

20. Tenant acknowledges that it is Landlord’s intention that the Property be operated in a manner which is consistent with LEED-EB: O&M sustainability practices. Tenant is required to comply with these practices within its Premises.

21. Landlord reserves the right to establish reasonable rules and regulations which shall govern the access, activity, conduct and set specific rules and regulations with respect to contractors, subcontractors, agents or consultant which perform activities in the Building, Premises and or Property.

22. Landlord reserves the right to make such further reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the preservation of good order therein. Any additional rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord shall be binding upon the parties hereto with the same force and effect as if they had been inserted herein at the time of execution hereof, provided such additional rules and regulations do not materially increase any economic burden of Tenant under

 

EXHIBIT D

- 3 -


the Lease nor materially alter any non-monetary obligation of Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules and regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests. Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of the foregoing rules and regulations by other tenants of the Building, but Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to uniformly enforce the rules and Landlord shall not discriminatorily enforce the rules against Tenant.

23. Tenant shall not conduct or permit any auctions or sales at the Premises or Property.

24. No Tenant or Tenant Party shall bring or keep or permit to be brought of kept, any foul, noxious, flammable, combustible, explosive or otherwise hazardous substance of any kind in, on or about such Tenant’s premises or any other portion of the Building, to Common Areas or the Access Areas.

25. Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only, and no Tenant or Tenant Party shall use or permit the use of such areas for any other purpose.

26. No tenant or Tenant Party shall use or permit the use of (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, service providers, workmen, labor materials or equipment that, in Landlords reasonable judgement, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing work, labor or services in or about the Building. Tenants shall obtain ice drinking water, food beverage, linen, barbering, shoe polishing, plant care or other similar services only from vendors who have registered with the Building office and who have been approved by landlord for provision of such services in the Building. Each Tenant shall cause all vendors providing any service to such Tenant or its premises to deliver to Landlord, or its representative, evidence of insurance in an amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

27. In the event Tenant cancels a reservation to use a shared facility within the Project, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then reasonable and non-discriminatory prevailing cancellation fee respecting any reservation which is not cancelled at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time the applicable shared facility has been reserved for use. In addition, Tenant shall also be responsible to pay Landlord’s then prevailing cleaning fee in connection with the cleaning and trash removal following Tenant’s use of any shared facility.

28. In these Rules and Regulations, “Tenant” includes the employees, agents, invitees, and licensees of Tenant and others permitted by Tenant to use or occupy the Premises.

29. In the case of any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and these Rules and Regulations, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

 

EXHIBIT D

- 4 -


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of __________, 20__ by and between __________________ as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the _________ floor(s) of the office building located at ______________, ________________, California _____________, certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on ___________, and the Lease Term expires on __________, and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on _________________.

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through ___________. The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $_____________________.

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

EXHIBIT E

- 1 -


12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises is a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at ______________ on the ______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

“Tenant”:
                                                                                        ,
                                                                                      
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           
By:                                                                                     
  Its:                                                                           

 

 

EXHIBIT E

- 2 -


EXHIBIT F

LIST OF EXCLUSIVES

1. 18691 JAMBOREE ROAD TENANT LLC (Current Trade Name: WeWork), and its successors and assigns: Landlord shall not lease or consent to a sublease or assignment of a lease that specifically permits the use of space as a Restricted Business or permit any Competitor to install signage, branding, advertising or other similar matters identifying, or otherwise related to, such Competitor on the interior or exterior of the Buildings. “Competitor” means any person, entity, business or enterprise that primarily engages in the Restricted Business. “Restricted Business” means the operation and/or managing of an executive/shared office suites or “flexible workplace center”. For purposes hereof, the term “flexible workplace center” means, among other things, the operation of a business whose primary purposes shall be providing office suites and shared office workplaces and which may offer certain office services incidental to the primary office uses.

2. CAPTIVATE HOSPITALITY GROUP, LLC (Current Trade Name: Solstice), and its successors and assigns: Landlord agrees not to enter into any lease for space at the Project with any tenant who operates a full service sit-down restaurant.

 

EXHIBIT F

- 1 -


EXHIBIT G

ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURE

Prior to its redevelopment as the Boardwalk, the property was operated by Xerox Corporation as a copier equipment refurbishing facility under lease from the prior property owner. Xerox’s historic operations resulted in releases of industrial solvents to the subsurface, with initial investigation of the releases commencing in 1985. Site soils, soil vapor and groundwater were determined to be impacted by solvents. Xerox Corporation is the identified “Responsible Party” (RP) for the impacts, and under the oversight of the California Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) Xerox completed a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Facility Assessment (RFA), a RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) report, and a Baseline Health Risk Assessment (BRA). These documents were all approved by DTSC by 2008, and Xerox entered into a Corrective Action Consent Agreement (CACA) with DTSC in 2008 for remediation of the property.

Remedial actions commenced in 1985 prior to the formal CACA being signed, and have consisted of numerous rounds of contaminated soil removal as well the installation and operation of a soil vapor extraction (SVE) system and groundwater treatment system. Additionally, a network of groundwater monitoring wells was established both on- and off-site, and groundwater monitoring by Xerox is ongoing. At the present time all soil and soil vapor remediation has been completed and monitored natural attenuation is the selected groundwater remedial alternative, which is ongoing.

Just prior to the commencement of the property’s redevelopment, and following multiple rounds of confirmation sampling of both soil and soil vapor to verify that remediation objectives had been achieved, an updated Human Health Risk Assessment (HHRA) confirmed the success of the remediation, and concluded that no exposure to a future commercial occupant or construction worker at the site exists. The results of the soil vapor sampling and updated HHRA were reported to DTSC in December of 2015 in an “Addendum to the Corrective Action Measures Completion Report.” DTSC subsequently issued a “ready for development” letter to the City of Irvine attesting to the property’s fitness for re-use in January of 2016. An access agreement is in place governing the process and conditions for Xerox’s continuing site access to perform its ongoing groundwater monitoring obligations, which currently consist of semi-annual groundwater monitoring well sampling. Groundwater monitoring is expected to continue for several years until such time as the groundwater conditions have decreased to the satisfaction of DTSC, at which time the cleanup requirements of Xerox will have been met and a land use covenant (LUC) will be placed on the property and a no further action letter issued. Additional detailed information and reports can be accessed in publicly available files maintained at DTSC’s Cypress, California office.

 

EXHIBIT G

- 1 -


EXHIBIT H

CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE LIMIT REQUIREMENTS

 

Division    Trade Description    Trade Number for Limits
Required (See Attached)
Sitework   

Earthwork

Excavation

Grading

Paving

Piling/Caisson

Retention

   3

5

2

2

3

4

Concrete   

Formwork

Precasts

Structural

   5

5

5

Masonry    Masonry    2
Metal And Structural   

Metal Deck

Misc. Metals

Structural Steel

   4

2

5

Carpentry   

Millwork

Rough Carpentry

Wood Doors

   2

2

2

Moisture Protection   

Caulking

Damp proofing

Roofing/Sheet Metal

Waterproofing

   3

3

5

3

Doors, Windows and Glass   

Curtainwall

Glass, Glazing & Aluminum

Hardware

Hollow Metal Work

   5

3

1

1

Finishes   

Acoustic

Ceramic & Quarry

Covering

Lathe, Plaster & Drywall

Resilient Floor

Paint & Vinyl Wall

   2

2

2

2

2

2

Specialties   

Access Flooring

Partitions

Toilet Accessories

   1

1

1

Equipment    Crane Operations    4
Furnishings    Suppliers    1
Special Construction   

Asbestos Abatement

Blasting

   5

5

Conveying Systems   

Elevators

Escalators

Conveyers

Dumbwaiters

   5

5

3

3

Mechanical   

Fire Protection System

Plumbing

   4

4

HVAC       5
Electrical    Electrical    5
Demolition   

More than three (3) stories

Three (3) stories or less

   10

5

 

EXHIBIT H

- 1 -


Division    Trade Description    Trade Number for Limits
Required (See Attached)
General Contractor    Major Project    50
General Contractor   

Performing the following work:

 

(i) New construction under four (4) stories and less than 150,000 square feet;

(ii) Construction Contract up to $15,000,000; or

(iii) Renovation less than 15% of Building.

   10

Any unusual or specialized renovation or repair work undertaken by the General Contractor under the construction contract may require other limits of liability than those listed above. Landlord will make any determination of revised liability limits in consultation with its risk management staff.

The following are the limits of liability required depending on the trade number of the Contractor:

 

Trade Number

  

Limits of Liability

1.    $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $1,000,000 General Aggregate
   $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
2.    $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
3.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $1,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
4.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate

 

EXHIBIT H

- 2 -


   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $3,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
5.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $3,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $4,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
10.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $8,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $9,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
50.    $ 2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $ 2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $ 2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $49,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $ 2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $ 2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $50,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

EXHIBIT H

- 3 -


EXHIBIT I

SERVICE CONTRACTOR INSURANCE LIMIT REQUIREMENTS

 

Type of Service

  

Number for Limits Required

Garbage Removal and Disposal including dumpster maintained on premises.    2
Telephone and T.V. Equipment and Master Wiring and Antennas Service   

10 (exterior)

5 (interior)

Snow Removal Service    2
Sprinkler System Service and Repair    3
Alarm Systems Service and Repair    3
Signage and Light Post Maintenance    2
Landscaping and Lawn Maintenance    1
Electrical Maintenance    1
Parking Surface Maintenance and Striping    1
Asbestos Abatement and Hazardous Material Removal    5
Overhead and Revolving Door Services    2
Interior & Exterior Cleaning and Janitorial    2
Fire Extinguishing in Restaurants    2
Elevator/Escalator Service & Maintenance    5
Window Washing and Swing Station Equipment Services    3
Security & Guard Services    2
Special Events and Exhibition    Call Landlord’s Risk Management Department
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Service    2
Plumbing Service    2
Metal Cleaners and Refinishers    3
Roofers    10
Office Equipment Service    1

 

EXHIBIT I

- 1 -


The following are the limits of liability required depending on the trade number of the Contractor:

 

Trade Number    Limits of Liability
1.    $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $1,000,000 General Aggregate
2.    $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
3.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $1,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
4.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $3,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
5.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $3,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate

 

EXHIBIT I

- 2 -


   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $4,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
10.    $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $8,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate
   OR
   $1,000,000 Each Occurrence
   $2,000,000 General Aggregate
   $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
   $9,000,000 Umbrella Each Occurrence/Aggregate

 

 

EXHIBIT I

- 3 -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     5  

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; LATE DELIVERY OPTION PERIOD; EARLY ACCESS

     8  

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

     12  

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     13  

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     23  

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     24  

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     28  

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     29  

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     31  

ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     32  

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     36  

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     38  

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     39  

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     40  

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     44  

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     45  

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     46  

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     46  

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     47  

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     50  

ARTICLE 21 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     50  

ARTICLE 22 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     51  

ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     51  

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     51  

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

     52  

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     53  

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     53  

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     54  

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     55  

ARTICLE 30 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

     67  

 

(i)


INDEX

Page(s)

 

Accountant

     24  

Additional Rent

     14  

Alterations

     30  

Applicable Laws

     54  

Audit Period

     23  

Award

     11  

Bank Prime Loan

     54  

Base Building

     31  

Base Rent

     12  

Base Rent Abatement

     13  

Base Rent Abatement Period

     13  

Base Year

     14  

BS/BS Exception

     29  

Building

     1  

Building Hours

     25  

Building Structure

     29  

Building Systems

     29  

Buildings

     1  

Business Day

     10  

Casualty

     37  

CC&Rs

     25  

Clinical Trial Use

     2  

Code

     13  

Common Areas

     5  

Comparable Area

     10  

Comparable Deals

     9  

Comparable Projects

     10  

Comparable Term

     9  

Control

     45  

Cost Pools

     21  

Damage Termination Date

     38  

Damage Termination Notice

     38  

Direct Expenses

     14  

Drawing Change Notice

     6  

Economic Terms

     70  

Environmental Laws

     64  

ERISA

     69  

Estimate

     22  

Estimate Statement

     22  

Estimated Excess

     22  

Excess

     21  

Exercise Notice

     10  

Expense Year

     14  

 

(ii)


First Offer Notice

     70  

First Offer Space

     69  

Hazardous Material(s)

     64  

HIPAA

     28  

Holidays

     25  

HVAC

     25  

Identification Requirements

     63  

Interest Rate

     54  

Landlord

     1  

Landlord Parties

     33  

Landlord Repair Notice

     37  

Landlord Response Notice

     10  

Landlord Work

     6  

Landlord’s Maximum Contribution

     7  

Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation

     10  

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     8  

Lease Expiration Date

     8  

Lease Month

     8  

Lease Term

     8  

Lease Year

     8  

LEED

     15  

Lines

     63  

Market Rent

     9  

Minimum Option Rent

     9  

Net Worth

     45  

Neutral Arbitrator

     11  

North Building

     1  

OFAC

     68  

Operating Expenses

     14  

Option Rent

     9  

Option Term

     9  

Original Improvements

     35  

Original Tenant

     9  

Other Improvements

     66  

Outside Agreement Date

     10  

Outside Date

     8  

Patriot Act

     69  

Penetrating Work

     68  

Permitted Chemicals

     65  

Permitted Transferee

     45  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     45  

Permitted Use

     2  

PHI

     28  

Premises

     5  

Privacy Standards

     28  

 

(iii)


Project

     5  

Project Association

     6  

Proposition 13

     19  

PTE 84-14

     69  

Ready for Occupancy

     6  

Regulations

     13  

Renovations

     62  

rent

     50  

Rent

     14  

Reserved Passes

     3  

RSF

     1  

Rules and Regulations

     24  

SDN List

     68  

Security Deposit

     52  

Sensor Areas

     66  

South Building

     1  

Statement

     21  

Subject Space

     41  

Substantial Completion

     6  

Summary

     1  

Superior Leases

     69  

Superior Rights

     69  

Tax Expenses

     19  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Change

     6  

Tenant Delay

     7  

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     67  

Tenant Parties

     33  

Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation

     10  

Tenant’s Parking Passes

     56  

Tenant’s Share

     20  

Third Party Contractor

     37  

Third Party Sustainability Standards

     16  

Transfer

     44  

Transfer Notice

     41  

Transfer Premium

     43  

Transferee

     41  

Transfers

     41  

Water Sensors

     66  

 

(iv)

Exhibit 10.24

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is dated as of January 21, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) and is entered into by and between BOARDWALK OFFICE ASSOCIATES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant are the current “landlord” and “tenant”, respectively, under that certain Office Lease dated as of January 11, 2021 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leased unto Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, certain premises consisting of approximately 5,126 rentable square feet located on the third (3rd) floor of the building located at 18575 Jamboree Road, Irvine, California 92612 (the “Premises”).

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease to provide for Tenant’s short term use of space within the Project during the build-out of the Premises in accordance with the terms below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Scope of First Amendment; Defined Terms; Incorporation of Recitals. Except as expressly provided in this First Amendment, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in all respects and the term “Lease” shall mean the Lease as modified by this First Amendment. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this First Amendment have the respective meanings given to them in the Lease. The preamble and recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated into this First Amendment by this reference in their entirety.

2. Temporary Space. Commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Temporary Space, or (ii) March 15, 2021, Tenant shall have a license to access and utilize the Temporary Space continuing through and expiring on the date (“Temporary Space Term”) which is three (3) business days after the Commencement Date for the Premises has occurred (the “Temporary Space Expiration Date”). The Temporary Space means that certain space located in the South Building consisting of approximately 3,436 rentable square feet, known as Suite S-310 (“Temporary Space”), as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto, provided such license is conditioned upon the following conditions: (a) Tenant shall pay a license fee to Landlord in the amount of $16,664.60 per calendar month (prorated for any partial month) for each month during the Temporary Space Term, (b) Tenant’s access to the Temporary Space shall be on an “as-is”, “with all faults” basis, without representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied; (c) in no event shall Landlord be obligated to construct improvements or perform any other work, repairs or maintenance whatsoever in the Temporary Space; (d) in no event shall Landlord have any repair or other obligations, duties or liabilities whatsoever with respect to the Temporary Spaces; (e) Landlord may access the Temporary Space from time to time with or without advance notice to Tenant; (f) Tenant may use the Temporary Space solely for general office use and no other purpose whatsoever; (g) Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws in connection with its use of the Temporary Space; (h) Tenant or any of its employees, invitees, agents or contractors, shall not cause any damage to the Temporary Space and immediately report any damage to Landlord and be responsible to reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs to repair and restore

 

1


any areas to the building damaged by Tenant or any Tenant Party; (i) Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss, including theft, damage or destruction to any personal property, equipment or materials stored by Tenant at the Temporary Space or for any injury to Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, assigns, licensees or invitees; (j) Tenant has provided Landlord with evidence of Tenant’s satisfaction of its insurance requirements under the Original Lease with respect to the Temporary Space; (k) Tenant shall make no additions, improvements, installations or alterations of any kind to the Temporary Space, other than the installation of telecommunications equipment and cabling; (l) Tenant shall surrender the Temporary Space in the condition received, with all of Tenant’s personal property, fixtures and equipment (and telecommunications equipment and wiring) removed therefrom by no later than the Temporary Space Expiration Date, and shall immediately repair any damage to the Temporary Space occasioned by such removal or otherwise and restore any affected areas to the condition existing upon Tenant first accessing the Temporary Space; (m) Tenant shall have no right to assign or sublease its license to the Temporary Space without the express prior written consent of Landlord which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion; (n) Tenant shall have no right to renew or extend the Temporary Space Expiration Date and (o) Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to $24,996.90 for each month (prorated for any partial month) in which Tenant fails to surrender the Temporary Space to Landlord as required hereby, and shall compensate Landlord for all costs, losses, expenses and/or liabilities incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including without limitation, losses due to the loss of a succeeding tenancy. Tenant’s license to use the Temporary Space is revocable immediately at any time upon Tenant’s breach of any of its obligations hereunder or upon the failure of any of the conditions set forth above. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord, and its affiliates, agents, partners, members, employees, and officers from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Temporary Space (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Temporary Space or the building in which the Temporary Space is located. Except as expressly set forth in this paragraph, all of the TCCs, limitations and restrictions contained in this Lease pertaining to the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof shall apply equally to the Temporary Space and Tenant’s use thereof.

3. Parking. During the Temporary Space Term, in addition to the parking rights set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall have the right but not the obligation to rent from Landlord fourteen (14) unreserved parking passes, of which up to two (2) may be rented by Tenant for reserved passes (“Reserved Passes”), subject to availability, in mutually agreeable locations, and the balance of the parking passes shall be for unreserved parking spaces in the Project’s parking structure.

4. Security Deposit. The parties agree and acknowledge that Landlord currently holds a Security Deposit from Tenant in the amount of $31,376.08 pursuant to the Original Lease. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $18,331.06 to be added to the existing Security Deposit, such that the total required Security Deposit under the Lease shall be $49,707.14. Landlord shall continue to hold the Security Deposit (as increased pursuant to this Amendment) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Original Lease (as amended hereby).

 

2


5. No Further Modification. Except as set forth herein, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control.

6. Governing Law. This First Amendment shall be construed and governed by the laws of the state where the Premises are located.

7. Authority. This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Each party hereto warrants that the person signing below on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so and to bind such party to the terms of this First Amendment.

8. Electronic Delivery; Counterparts. Each party hereto, and their respective successors and assigns shall be authorized to rely upon the signatures of all of the parties hereto on this First Amendment which are delivered by facsimile, PDF or electronically as constituting a duly authorized, irrevocable, actual, current delivery of this First Amendment with original ink signatures of each person and entity. This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original part and all of which together shall constitute a single First Amendment. Each party hereto (i) intends to be bound by the signatures (whether original, faxed or electronic) on any document sent or delivered by facsimile or, electronic mail, or other electronic means, (ii) are aware that the other parties will rely on such signatures, and (iii) hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this First Amendment based on the foregoing forms of signature. If this First Amendment has been executed by electronic signature, all parties executing this document are expressly consenting under the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (“E-SIGN”), and Uniform Electronic Transactions Act (“UETA”), that a signature by fax, email or other electronic means shall constitute an Electronic Signature to an Electronic Record under both E-SIGN and UETA with respect to this specific transaction.

(remainder of page left intentionally blank)

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this First Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:
BOARDWALK OFFICE ASSOCIATES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:   TC Boardwalk OM, LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company, its Operating Member
By:  

Trammell Crow So. Cal. Development Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its Managing Member

  By:  

/s/ Tom Bak

  Name:   Tom Bak
  Its:   President & CEO
TENANT:

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Mahesh Karanth

Name:   Mahesh Karanth
Its:   CFO

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Office Lease]


Exhibit A

Depiction of Temporary Space

[attached]


LOGO

 

 

 

   South Tower      

Floor

3S

         Suite S-310
   The Boardwalk       Total USF     Leased RSF
   18545-18575 Jamboree       2,812             3,436
   Road Irvine, CA 92612      

Exhibit 10.25

Dated 16 November 2018

 

(1)

NEWPORT WAFER FAB LIMITED

 

(2)

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

 

 

LICENCE TO OCCUPY ON SHORT TERM BASIS

relating to office and work-stations at 3rd Floor Office Building at Newport Wafer Fab, Cardiff Road, Newport NP10 8YJ

 

 

Acuity Legal Limited

www.acuitylegal.co.uk


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause        PAGE  

1.

  INTERPRETATION      1  

2.

  LICENCE TO OCCUPY      3  

3.

  LICENSEE’S OBLIGATIONS      4  

4.

  TERMINATION      5  

5.

  NOTICES      5  

6.

  NO WARRANTIES FOR USE OR CONDITION      6  

7.

  LIMITATION OF LICENSOR’S LIABILITY      6  

8.

  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      6  

9.

  GOVERNING LAW      7  

10.

  JURISDICTION      7  

SCHEDULE Rights granted to Licensee

     8  


THIS LICENCE is made on 26 November 2018

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

NEWPORT WAFER FAB LIMITED incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 04338966 whose registered office is at Cardiff Road, Newport, NP10 8YJ (the Licensor): and

 

(2)

ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 08683015 whose registered office is at Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th Floor Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS (the Licensee).

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

The following definitions and rules of interpretation apply in this licence.

 

1.1

Definitions:

 

Accredited Members

   means employees of the Licensee who have completed the Induction Process.

Additional Space

   Means such additional space (including additional work stations and offices) as may be added to the Property from time to time by the mutual agreement of the parties from time to time.

Centre

   means all that land and buildings known as Newport Wafer Fab, Cardiff Road, Newport NP10 8YJ and shown edged red on Plan 2.

Common Parts

   means such roads, paths, entrance halls, corridors, lifts, staircases, landing and other means of access in or upon the Centre the use of which is necessary for obtaining access to and egress from the Property as designated from time to time by the Licensor.

Competent Authority

   means any statutory undertaker or any statutory public local or other authority or regulatory body or any court of law or government department or any of them or any of their duly authorised officers.

Designated Hours

   means the hours from 7.00 am to 9.00 pm on each working day.

Induction Process

   The Licensors site safety induction as applicable to the Centre

Licence Fee

   means the amount of £700 per month as amended from time to time by agreement of the parties as a result of Additional Space being added to the Property.


Licence Fee Commencement Date

   means 1 October 2018.

Licence Period

   means the period from and including 1 October 2018 until the date on which this licence is determined in accordance with clause 4.

Necessary Consents

   means all planning permissions and all other consents, licences, permissions, certificates, authorisations and approvals whether of a public or private nature which shall be required by any Competent Authority for the Permitted Use.

Permitted Use

   means for office use within Use Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as at the date this licence is granted.

Plan 1 and Plan 2

   means the plans attached to this licence respectively marked “Plan 1” and “Plan 2”.

Property

   means the office and 6 work stations upon the 3rd floor of the office block building at the Centre shown tinted orange on Plan 1 as may be amended by the mutual agreement of the parties from time to time.

Service Media

   means all media for the supply or removal of heat, electricity, gas, water, sewage, air-conditioning, energy, telecommunications, data and all other services and utilities and all structures, machinery and equipment ancillary to those media.

VAT

   means value added tax chargeable under the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any similar replacement tax and any similar additional tax.

 

1.2

Clause, Schedule and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this licence.

 

1.3

A person includes a natural person, corporate or unincorporated body (whether or not having separate legal personality).

 

1.4

The Schedule forms part of this licence and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this licence. Any reference to this licence includes the Schedule.

 

1.5

Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shall include the singular.

 

1.6

Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders.


1.7

A reference to laws in general is a reference to all local, national and directly applicable supra-national laws as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time and shall include all subordinate laws made from time to time under them and all orders, notices, codes of practice and guidance made under them.

 

1.8

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a statute or statutory provision is a reference to it as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time and shall include all subordinate legislation made from time to time under that statute or statutory provision and all orders, notices, codes of practice and guidance made under it.

 

1.9

A reference to writing or written excludes fax and e-mail.

 

1.10

Any obligation on a party not to do something includes an obligation not to allow that thing to be done and an obligation to use best endeavours to prevent that thing being done by another person.

 

1.11

References to clauses and Schedules are to the clauses and Schedules of this licence and references to paragraphs are to paragraphs of the relevant Schedule.

 

1.12

Any words following the terms including, include, in particular, for example or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms.

 

1.13

A working day is any day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, a bank holiday or a public holiday in Wales.

 

2.

LICENCE TO OCCUPY

 

2.1

Subject to clause 3 and clause 4, the Licensor permits 6 Accredited Members of the Licensee (such number shall be increased accordingly should Additional Space be added to the Property) to occupy the Property for the Permitted Use for the Licence Period during the Designated Hours in common with the Licensor and all others authorised by the Licensor (so far as is not inconsistent with the rights given to the Licensee to use the Property for the Permitted Use) together with the rights mentioned in the Schedule.

 

2.2

The Licensee acknowledges that:

 

  2.2.1

the Licensee shall occupy the Property as a licensee and that no relationship of landlord and tenant is created between the Licensor and the Licensee by this licence:

 

  2.2.2

the Licensor retains control, possession and management of the Property and the Licensee has no right to exclude the Licensor from the Property:

 

  2.2.3

the licence to occupy granted by this agreement is personal to the Licensee and is not assignable and the rights given in clause 2 may only be exercised by the Licensee and its employees; and

 

  2.2.4

without prejudice to its rights under clause 4, the Licensor shall be entitled at any time on giving not less than 4 weeks’ notice to require the Licensee to transfer to comparable space elsewhere within the Centre and the Licensee shall comply with such requirement.


3.

LICENSEE’S OBLIGATIONS

 

3.1

The Licensee agrees and undertakes:

 

  3.1.1

to pay to the Licensor the Licence Fee payable without any deduction in advance on the first day of each month and proportionately for any period of less than a month the first such payment being for the period from and including the Licence Fee Commencement Date to the end of the month following such date to be made on the date of this Licence together with such VAT as may be chargeable on the Licence Fee;

 

  3.1.2

to keep the Property clean, tidy and clear of rubbish;

 

  3.1.3

not to use the Property other than for the Permitted Use;

 

  3.1.4

not to make any alteration or addition whatsoever to the Property:

 

  3.1.5

not to display any advertisement, signboards, nameplate, inscription, flag, banner, placard, poster, signs or notices at the Property or elsewhere in the Centre:

 

  3.1.6

not to do or permit to be done on the Property anything which is illegal or which may be or become a nuisance (whether actionable or not), annoyance, inconvenience or disturbance to the Licensor or to tenants or occupiers of the Centre or any owner or occupier of neighbouring property;

 

  3.1.7

not to cause or permit to be caused any damage to:

 

  3.1.7.1

the Property, Centre or any neighbouring property: or

 

  3.1.7.2

any property of the owners or occupiers of the Property, Centre or any neighbouring property:

 

  3.1.8

not to obstruct the Common Parts, make them dirty or untidy or leave any rubbish on them;

 

  3.1.9

not to apply for any planning permission in respect of the Property:

 

  3.1.10

not to do anything that will or might constitute a breach of any Necessary Consents affecting the Property or which will or might vitiate in whole or in part any insurance effected by the Licensor in respect of the Property and Centre from time to time;

 

  3.1.11

to observe any reasonable rules and regulations the Licensor makes and notifies to the Licensee from time to time governing the Licensee’s use of the Property, the Common Parts and the facilities detailed at paragraphs 1.2—1.5 of the Schedule to include (without limitation):

a) the Site Rules attached to this Licence; and


b) access and egress, with or without vehicles to and from the Centre, to be via the North Gate House marked on Plan 2;

 

  3.1.12

to leave the Property in a clean and tidy condition and to remove the Licensee’s furniture equipment and goods from the Property at the end of the Licence Period;

 

  3.1.13

to indemnify the Licensor and keep the Licensor indemnified against all losses, claims, demands, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses or other liability in any way arising from:

 

  3.1.13.1

this licence:

 

  3.1.13.2

any breach of the Licensee’s undertakings contained in clause 3; and/or

 

  3.1.13.3

the exercise of any rights given in clause 2;

 

  3.1.14

to pay to the Licensor interest on the Licence Fee at the rate of 4% per cent per annum above the base rate of Barclays Bank pic from time to time calculated on a daily basis from the due date until payment if the Licensee shall fail to pay the Licence Fee due under this licence within 2 days of the due date (whether formally demanded or not).

 

4.

TERMINATION

 

4.1

This licence shall end on the earliest of:

 

  4.1.1

31 March 2019;

 

  4.1.2

the expiry of any notice given by the Licensor to the Licensee at any time on breach of any of the Licensee’s obligations contained in clause 3; and

 

  4.1.3

the expiry of not less than 3 months’ notice given by the Licensor to the Licensee or by the Licensee to the Licensor.

 

4.2

Termination of this licence shall not affect the rights of either party in connection with any breach of any obligation under this licence which existed at or before the date of termination.

 

5.

NOTICES

 

5.1

Any notice given under this licence shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service to the relevant party as follows:

 

  5.1.1

to the Licensor at: Newport Wafer Fab Limited, Cardiff Road, Newport NP10 8YJ and marked for the attention of “Alan Lambie, Director of Facilities & EHS”; and

 

  5.1.2

to the Licensee at: Rockley Photonics Limited c/o Cooley (UK) LLP, 10th Floor Dashwood, 69 Old Broad Street, London, EC2M 1QS and marked for the attention of “Director”, or as otherwise specified by the relevant party by notice in writing to each other party.


5.2

Any notice given in accordance with clause 5.1 will be deemed to have been received:

 

  5.2.1

if delivered by hand, on signature of a delivery receipt or at the time the notice is left at the proper address; or

 

  5.2.2

if sent by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service, at 9.00 am on the second working day after posting.

 

5.3

A notice given under this licence shall not be validly given if sent by e-mail.

 

5.4

This clause does not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any arbitration or other method of dispute resolution.

 

6.

NO WARRANTIES FOR USE OR CONDITION

 

6.1

The Licensor gives no warranty that the Property possesses the Necessary Consents for the Permitted Use.

 

6.2

The Licensor gives no warranty that the Property is physically fit for the purposes specified in clause 2.

 

6.3

The Licensee acknowledges that it does not rely on, and shall have no remedies in respect of, any representation or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) that may have been made by or on behalf of the Licensor before the date of this licence as to any of the matters mentioned in clause 6.1 or clause 6.2.

 

6.4

Nothing in this clause shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

 

7.

LIMITATION OF LICENSORS LIABILITY

 

7.1

Subject to clause 7.2, the Licensor is not liable for;

 

  7.1.1

the death of, or injury to the Licensee, its employees, customers or invitees to the Property; or

 

  7.1.2

damage to any property of the Licensee or that of the Licensee’s employees, customers or other invitees to the Property: or

 

  7.1.3

any losses, claims, demands, actions, proceedings, damages, costs or expenses or other liability incurred by Licensee or the Licensee’s employees, customers or other invitees to the Property in the exercise or purported exercise of the rights granted by clause 2.

 

7.2

Nothing in clause 7.1 shall limit or exclude the Licensor’s liability for:

 

  7.2.1

death or personal injury or damage to property caused by negligence on the part of the Licensor or its employees or agents; or

 

  7.2.2

any matter in respect of which it would be unlawful for the Licensor to exclude or restrict liability.


8.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

A person who is not a party to this licence shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this licence.

 

9.

GOVERNING LAW

This licence and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

 

10.

JURISDICTION

Each party irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this licence or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

This licence has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.


SCHEDULE

Rights granted to Licensee

 

1

The right for the Licensee to use during the Designated Hours:

 

1.1

Such parts of the Common Parts for the purpose of access to and egress from the Property and the restaurant facilities, gym, lavatories and washrooms and parking area referred to at paragraphs 1.2 - 1.5 as shall from time to time be designated by the Licensor for such purpose.

 

1.2

The restaurant facilities at the Centre (subject to payment for food, drink and any other purchasable items);

 

1.3

The gym facilities at the Centre;

 

1.4

The lavatories and washrooms shown edged green on Plan 1;

 

1.5

6 private cars or motorbikes belonging to the Licensee within parking spaces upon the main car park area edged green on Plan 2; and

 

1.6

The Service Media serving the Property.

 

Signed by   

/s/ PEI

for and on behalf of Newport   
Wafer Fab Limited   
Signed by   

/s/ Andrew Rickman

for and on behalf of Rockley   
Photonics Limited   


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF ROCKLEY PHOTONICS LIMITED

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

Rockley Photonics, Inc.    Delaware
Rockley Photonics Ireland Limited    Ireland
Rockley Photonics Oy    Finland
Rockley Photonics HK Limited    Hong Kong

Exhibit 21.2

Subsidiary of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

Rockley Mergersub Limited    Cayman Islands

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 29, 2021, relating to the financial statements of SC Health Corporation, which is contained in that Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

New York, New York

April 2, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 2, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Rockley Photonics Limited included in the registration statement/prospectus of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited and proxy statement of SC Health Corporation that is made a part of the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and Prospectus of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California

April 2, 2021

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR

In connection with the filing by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto as a future member of the board of directors of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, such appointment to commence upon the effective time of the business combination described in the proxy statement/prospectus. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 29, 2021    

/s/ Brian Blaser

    Brian Blaser

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR

In connection with the filing by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto as a future member of the board of directors of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, such appointment to commence upon the effective time of the business combination described in the proxy statement/prospectus. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 30, 2021    

/s/ Caroline Brown

    Caroline Brown

Exhibit 99.4

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR

In connection with the filing by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto as a future member of the board of directors of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, such appointment to commence upon the effective time of the business combination described in the proxy statement/prospectus. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: April 1, 2021    

/s/ Karim Karti

    Karim Karti

Exhibit 99.5

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR

In connection with the filing by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto as a future member of the board of directors of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, such appointment to commence upon the effective time of the business combination described in the proxy statement/prospectus. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 30, 2021    

/s/ Michele Klein

    Michele Klein

Exhibit 99.6

CONSENT TO BE NAMED AS A DIRECTOR

In connection with the filing by Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto as a future member of the board of directors of Rockley Photonics Holdings Limited, such appointment to commence upon the effective time of the business combination described in the proxy statement/prospectus. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 29, 2021    

/s/ William Huyett

    William Huyett